Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D02-164 - REI - RETAIL SPACE, ENTRY AND SIDEWALKD02-164 REI Southcenter • H'----230 Andover Pk W City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Parcel No.: 0223100070 Address: 240 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Suite No: DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D02 -164 Issue Date: 07/29/2002 Permit Expires On: 01/25/2003 Tenant: Name: REI SOUTHCENTER Address: 240 ANDOVER PK W, TUKWILA, WA Owner: Name: THE SEATTLE FUR EXCHANGE, INC. Address: ATTN: JAMES E. SWEENY, PO BOX 88159 Contact Person: Name: STEVE SWANSON Address: MITHUN, 1201 ALASKAN WAY Contractor: Name: HOWARD S WRIGHT CONST CO Address: PO BOX 3764, SEATTLE WA Contractor License No: HOWARSW044OZ Phone: 206 - 246 -7611 Phone: 206 - 623 -3344 Phone: 206 - 447 -7654 Expiration Date: 09/20/2002 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF EXISTING RETAIL SPACE WITH ASSOCIATED ENTRY AND SIDEWALK REVISIONS. Value of Construction: $395,600.00 Fees Collected: $4,379.23 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS Uniform Building Code Edition: 1997 Type of Construction: 3N Occupancy per UBC: 0023 Public Works Activities: Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk/CSS: Fire Loop Hydrant: Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Channelization / Striping: Private: Public: Private: Public: ** Continued Next Page ** doc: Devperm D02 -164 Printed: 07 -29 -2002 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. 39: All rack storage requires a separate permit through the City of Tukwila. Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed Structural Engineer are required for rack storage over eight (8) feet in height. 40: There shall be no occupancy of the building(s) until the final inspection has been completed by the Tukwila Building Inspector. 41: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings in conformance with the Uniform Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Quality Code, Chapter 51 -13 WAC. I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: (VA0 Date: --_a -9 - 00. g Print Name: doc: Conditions D02 -164 Printed: 07 -29 -2002 City of `Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Parcel No.: 0223100070 Address: 240 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Suite No: Tenant: REI SOUTHCENTER PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D02 -164 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 06/13/2002 Issue Date: 07/29/2002 1: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: The attached set of plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 3: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 4: Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) 5: Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. 6: Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 106.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) 7: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 43, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not complete, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 8: Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) 9: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) 10: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) 11: Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. (UBC 1004.2.2) 12: Maintian sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. 13: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recorgnized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1901) 14: Contact the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1900 and doc: Conditions D02 -164 Printed: 07 -29 -2002 City of'1'ukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 #1901) 15: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1900) (UFC 1001.3) 16: CaII the Tukwila Fire Department at 575 -4407 for approval of any system shut down. Have job site address, name and Tukwila Fire Department job Number available to confirm shut down approval. (City Ordinance #1900) 17: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 18: Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 1111.1) 19: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 20: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 21: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 512. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575- 4407. 22: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT * ** 23: No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division. 24: Plumbing permits shall be obtained through the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health. Plumbing will be inspected by that agency, including all gas piping (296- 4722). 25: Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington State Division of Labor and Industries and all electrical work will be inspected by that agency (206- 835 - 1111). 26: All mechanical work shall be under separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila. 27: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be available at the job site prior to the start of any construction. These document- are to be maintained and available until final inspection approval is granted. 28: All structural concrete shall be special inspected (UBC- Sec. 306(a)1). 29: All structural welding shall be done by W.A.B.O. certified welders and special inspected (UBC - Sec. 306(a)5). 30: All high- strength bolting shall be special inspected (UBC - Sec. 306(a)6). 31: Bolts installed in concrete shall be special inspected (UBC Sec. 1701.5.2). 32: When special inspection is required either the owner, architect or engineer shall notify the Tukwila Building Division of appointment of the inspection agencies prior to the first building inspection. Copies of all special inspection reports shall be submitted to the Building Division in a timely manner. Reports shall contain address, project name, permit number and type of inspection being performed. 33: The special inspector shall submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with approved plans and specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the UBC. 34: Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation is required to meet lateral bracing requirements for Seismic Zone 3. 35: Partition walls attached to ceiling grid must be laterally braced if over eight (8) feet in length. 36: All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1997 Edition) as amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1997 Edition), and Washington State Energy Code (1997 Edition). 37: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 38: Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be construed to be a doc: Conditions D02 -164 Printed: 07 -29 -2002 City of 'Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Permit Center Authorized Signature: g-oe-eet– c— Date: 7 /2dZ I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. C1r,� i 1 " ) Date: Signature: Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: Devperm D02 -164 Printed: 07 -29 -2002 CITY 01- 1 UKAI/I LA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project N....,ber: Permit Number: Iva gj,q Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement/ Alteration Permit Application 2 Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. Project Name /Tenant: Rat �� urti GF �6fZ Value of Construction: Proposed use: NA Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College/University CI Other Site Address (include suite number) City State /Zip: ) svJe Arivoverz. PPCrzK NA-d INeeT Tvrcwit�A WA 41fbl Tax Parcel Number: O2Z310 - 001W-04- If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Tb oe Gjtt 4 I fi1Tt7 UNDEt2 SRO :More martin- . PropertOwner: -1+ �� 'ONrR DES, I � Phone: Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes a no Attach list of materials and stora :e location on se•arate 8 1/2 X11 .a.er indicatin: uantities & Material Safet Data Sheets Street Address: City State Zip: Fax #: Contractor: ' f Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Architect: — e7,�e G �er Phone: 2v(,, ,02_12 ,?'L# Street Addr City State/Zip: PStAk &I w #w 7me ,a' so I Fax #: 7-Ct, G797 1 oo Engineer: t, l ,— Mt fg rtn f7 Phone: SOk2 V71-3 0400 Street StreyiAlciiliesh 0 a cyr :2D, imp‘ QCity State /Zip: -I�IDI Fax #: �� 3 �9 I J Contact Person: �� 4,r.� ' p 4611 — IA (11-1-1) t Phone: 2 b2 ' 37244- ' Street Address: City State /Zip: r2 ) ( A 1C-AA1 w # 200 c "ITI/ - WA 49 I o I Fax #: 2a, W2 2 .-7009 w Description of work to be done (please be specific): T anlT- 1 w►pl2oue r el faNr OF 14r ' ROT-AYR, eip ce w/ itjperac P4Trzg Pc1U D Gi t t2evt1A'tx_ (222/1� (t )v) Existing use: a} Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College/University ❑ Other Proposed use: NA Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College/University CI Other ,�, Mtg. Square Feet: 0(9/4951 Gip- existing No. of Stories: )1 Area of construction (sq ft): 2- 1,O2_3GIF' Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes a no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Tb oe Gjtt 4 I fi1Tt7 UNDEt2 SRO :More martin- . Will there be rack storage? all yes ❑ no Existing fire protection features: OR sprinklers g automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes a no Attach list of materials and stora :e location on se•arate 8 1/2 X11 .a.er indicatin: uantities & Material Safet Data Sheets APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE /CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp # Size(s): ❑ Miscellaneous ❑ Flood Control Zone cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Deduct Est. quantity: ❑ Hauling ❑ Landscape Irrigation O Private 0 Public O Private 0 Public 0 Water Only gal Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Date application accepted: (0 3-Ua -- Date application expires: Application taken by: (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM i l 1 /30/00 ctperniit.doc 1`r• APPLICATI r • MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH T •GLOWING: • ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER • ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN • BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : ii I" Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing/grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) . 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H -9). Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. Vicinity Map showing location of site Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. ❑ • Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished ❑ 111 Construction details lei ❑ Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. 11 Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. ❑ SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 999 Third Avenue, Suite 700, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent if the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect /engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY B/Y T-IE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING 0 jETZTEUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: ,�:` Date: i. /O Z Print name: • - l Y GJU�IArge- iDY) Phone:20G 67z27 3 Fax #f: 7(o ,Z3 1O! Address f2,0 I `c.t4 . W vti 2 City /State/Zip 4 INC I 11 /30 /0(► cipermii.doc City ofukwi1a 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Z . RECEIPT 1 W re 2 6_. Parcel No.: 0223100070 Permit Number: D02 -164 o o Address: 240 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Status: APPROVED % 0 w =. Suite No: Applied Date: 06/13/2002 -J F, Applicant: REI SOUTHCENTER Issue Date: to u.: w Receipt No.: R020001064 Payment Amount: 2,655.85 g Q N =: Initials: SKS Payment Date: 07/29/2002 02:53 PM F-Z- W User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Z I- I— I— I ! TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description = w. I- -U H a. Payment Check 1086506 2, 655.85 li.l Z U to 1— H O Z Payee: REI Amount ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 2, 651.35 4.50 Total: 2,655.85 9 ,)7/70 97:16 TOTAL 2655.8S doc: Receipt Printed: 07 -29 -2002 City of i ukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 RECEIPT ` < re 111 Parcel No.: 0223100070 Permit Number: D02 -164 v oo Address: 230 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Status: PENDING u) 0 Suite No: Applied Date: 06/13/2002 J H Applicant: REI SOUTHCENTER Issue Date: co U al Receipt No.: R020000792 Payment Amount: 1,723.38 g Q to D Initials: KAS Payment Date: 06/13/2002 03:57 PM = Ci User ID: 1684 Balance: $2,655.85 F' _ Z1.- i- O Z I— Payee: REI TRANSACTION LIST: Amount • uj o I- 111 ` Type Method Description U it r=-. ti. —O. Payment Check 1080452 1,723.38 Z =. OF-: z ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000/345.830 1,723.38 Total: 1,723.38 doc: Receipt Printed: 06 -13 -2002 r <, INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECL D Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 1 O2- if bL Project: RE, Type of Inspection:; n q Address: 2 0 �I a�rerPk Date Called: II- -25 -02 Special,lnstructions: . Date Wanted: 1-26-02. .m a m. Requester: • �'" Phone No 20b--- "° q j D- 6 369 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �� vv C01/11 p\-e71--t Inspector. ..12 r'• •• -4w10- Date: I t $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at $300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: 00.• .i . :i:Fi,�JS','....i r. INS'ECTION NO. CITY. OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECI Retain a copy with permit (206)431 -367 Addres Special. Instructions: Type f Inspecti : a a Called 122 ! Approved per applicable codes. Date Wanted:/ p.m. Requester: hi Phone No: Corrections required prior to approval. r z ki."441 G L 01-44-,, /� J S vGS tit S•�lr ls�i Inspector' Date: / f`�I��' l� El . $47.00 REINSPECTION'FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid atb300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Special Instructions: Approved per applicable codes. Type of Inspection: ?1 � ! Date Called: ate Wanted /�'''��� Requester: Phone No: Corrections required prior to approval. MMENTS: ? 5e,e2,2:, 7i3 t {�J /f Cd 7 O iI7. t� 121-4 s, e nspector: Date: r $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at b300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: iktiZkd'dnai.' 3'i: vih nili% i; INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECD Retain a copy with permit Pro }ETypd e lnspectio — 1-.. 1 MCC I Address: ld��wr /4 Date Called: //- 7— a . Special Instructions: Date Wantecj/ 5,....0c? a.m. �� Requester: 1 • J0110 Phone No: A0(0 - rip- -fo3 (oT Approved per applicable codes. RCorrections required prior to approval. COM4NENTS: < < 1."?(..., ` `,--,/, d d fre7,, f , Approved per applicable codes. RCorrections required prior to approval. COM4NENTS: < < 1."?(..., ` `,--,/, d d fre7,, f , ,,f a t t - 4 � C a/i. / /wi % �-7% /J," a 0 / C C" � C Inspector: Da El $47.00 REINSPECT ON FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: :N+V14 eM,',W 3-%:+:: nX� ,.�,.,4',::`['F,1.feliwitk« 14;bi7�':fwti,jt�..;tif. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECOTRD Retain a copy with permit -1to PER (206)4 1 -3670 Project: .I Type of Inspection: Addrgs� A T Lt) Date Called: i 1- 7—o-, V Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: l-% ctYr--i hL C'cN,-A-1,-ols appvp creel (Inspector; cYce,a, Date: $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Y.`'e:(; 5i;:.r.4 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF.TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 a5-e1 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit zi� (206)431 -3670 Project/77__. Type of Inspection: % Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: f - Date Wanted: / /— 7—C2 ? • p'mi Requeste Phone No: , Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: IECorrections required prior to approval. • S • e . 9 cc,S 4-s (5 y ra4ecl LOWS roo-c o-' - re._ ,ra.1ed ci Ia‹ 1 v\ ( Orr ∎ jO r (100r .1 Lower- Wt rYor Sko we V"oorr, z )10" An c e ~ 1004-10n1 tl'�l "ktW afroV ^ ! v. i 01190 ve- -csr -; GA eNc vac! SI j. Uvv‘. %,nq--\- P c .S � r tv\ r ' d- re o area Or r /Add %P Vetr c�- � �h 7-) \e-11,--i aA Inspector:. -o Date: -1_0 2 El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: • nI?. A I s r i, S:.r.: 'tth11,'4 4i;31 ;9:rah.;i INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 T4 INSPECi1ON RE Retain a copy with permit (206)431-3670 Project: ....v..._ Type of Inspection: tk V\r".1 Address: --)A.0 A- c;10 Date Called: k • XX) . ■ " Vtf‘lh(11/10Vv‘ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. P.m. Requester: ) Coy reel- iOn..) 4-voy" if-Tors* 18 Phone No: 13*) Approved per applicable codes. taEorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: x SI 1 r lAia\i -A-0 4-Ci (105 1 ror\-K-A c o ve‘ II\ Ad r' ' l $n A) —...S ok. r r))1Irt■ Aott- toski e t ) , ylo \1!\ \DIA/4z ALT b feet V COOK 1 8.) "A)01)1940 a c---1- ‘101,‘ (t OS or s Nrc-i() i K k • XX) . ■ " Vtf‘lh(11/10Vv‘ 9164S -De V' 00 r r or.) Ts‘nai otp • rova I (Pim la 11.) t 1-P-4e tr -cm M "i`P Ssi- lab ) Coy reel- iOn..) 4-voy" if-Tors* 18 reit- CO Ign pk4R, 13*) Otc 'ren CM ir 'NtO1/4.)C4 In )LA Inspector- 1S8) Date: \ 7_0 2 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 1Date: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 'alp 3 INSPECTION REC Retain a copy with permit bq (206)431 -3670 Project: e' �- ti—' Type of Inspection: ;--` j Address: -10 APIA) Date Called: in ut'�cir (rIA$fr a+ y ceiVtvkcc Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. p.m. Requester: lr O1 \ ► ha 4 etco v' U >nA (O V Phone No: , . JApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r wall c 4 cL � -- rec:e1UII grek 19) T112 cL\ \L G vouJ VY.1coA door cer- 5-�-0ra y -e. - c I. .) �` � vJc1owv floor 4, in ut'�cir (rIA$fr a+ y ceiVtvkcc ‘5 1n + hr v`a4ec (1P) p apt eq 1J 1 r P d —1-O r lr O1 \ ► ha 4 etco v' U >nA (O V V\�''� ` 0 YO 2. S W\1 4�-e- QL4 t \J 4 P c 1 ) \l r' Arrtu vemG1in CI`PCtr- p al- all - \c■vv,e47 " 5191,1$ Imo - \ V s---V t I Pri -1r U-a c-Vt, cal 'm.% .`G04:1 Pia. ltAu re. sheer Inspector: Date: ` ...I_ 07 Ej $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: (Date: 18 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98.188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit `,poz -161 Project: 2:� : Type of Inspection: Gtr13 1.,aiLcN% - Address: 2410 ANObli t pie., 4 Date Called: 1 GCu• ovt S Special Instructions: ""�'IZ 4 'RQV/\ Date Wanted t /5't I 0Z m. cyan. Requester: Phone No: gzs- 50S -4468 EiApproved per applicable codes. `4 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ;+` (2) 1 GCu• ovt S 1) Ins∎ c'�.e )( Ao w, 1 rte, t nr 1.1 I owev 1 9 -C -t- 'n vve 2.) 00r1S\C,1 -e• rOc)m, 2 In e vyo < . o>, -�°S Inspector: 7 Date: 1 l— OZ Ei $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: .i.',`iuBUSftY=. %sHcA.? 'Ahr; ; d(43r54i+. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit PER (206)431-3670 Project: ,--*,.... Type of Inspection:r- rra vv‘% r‘ Address: 41 . • Date Called: 10 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 10— -471 a.m. P* • Requester: ---4Q-C., Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Isectr, -e 90 p veve ‘to (Jos v Inspectotia Date: D-31... 0 .z rj $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: : INSPEC ION NO. CITY.,OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 `, '(206)431 -367 INSPECTION RECD Retain a copy with permit Approved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. OMMENTS: ns: Date: $47.00 ' EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at b300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: .dim'Sri,i1;. ;,, INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit INSPE i NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 88 (206 431-3670 Project: Type of Inspection: C . (7"1 711 ., Address. (0 9--F- 7 4 Date Calfd: Special.Instro tions: / , / Date Wantedys7 .......p....c? . Requester: Phone No: • Rpproved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: EJCorrections required prior to approval. Inspect Date: r $47.11 REINSPECTION F REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: • A INSPECT INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PER (206)431 -3670 P 'ect: K. E z S UTO CFN .0 R Type of Inspection: ,V--f . '1 P a 1 n c l A_idr ss: L ,s A-n /p \� -r" PK 1A) Date Call 2:4 (/o2-- o., 7-A, Ar 4l a / J; 7� Special Instructions: Date Wan . I 2..c 10 (``a.m. 2 p.m' Requester fe d) 7' P 02447/ Phone No: ) i-o aff/FR ..... Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. 19/ COMMENTS: e Zvi- o., 7-A, Ar 4l a / J; 7� /?e-d e /IS"' idih /,/ fe d) 7' P 02447/ Aa60/ i-o aff/FR ..... p_e"2„." J t Inspct � ' Date. X47.00 REINSPECTIO F E REQUIRED. Prio o inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southce er Blvd., Suite 100. all to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 88 (206)431-3670 Pro Pe/ Type of Inspection: E)( 772 7– 44 rile- Ad re. rss• A _ C7°,10 /171144 ti Date Cal)91: —0,2 Special Instructions: A4bv- 2:30 Date Wanted: a.m. ,P7Y'-° cD"-- C'rri* Requester: 16-71//1/ Phon(No: ), I c7Ore, i 9/0 —b56 4 / ElApproved per applicable codes. EiCorrections required prior to approval. ; COMMENTS: ef% 14,(4.4.A ,A) "7"A` tor: Date: 9— ot. 47.00 REINSPECTIO)Q FEE REQUIRED rior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southc nter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RE DD D Retain a copy with permit Poi , PER - (206)431 -3670 Proj t: r..- lev)i Type of nspect'a Address o &dm Date Called: D� Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. /y `ter (/ / - /6 p.m. Requester: Phone No: eo -1/0 -1 30 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: c ce/4// st cd.),7 6,/,?-77/)(4,e_ cw/cD 4 PI /lL.i .. ri $47.00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid att300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Cali to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: `;h sY+ tir,. �ltti,",;<; 4% Yk6 .kiNC•,:d: ?,4Qh:.Fkvis`,?7..�U. tv ?:;+1.4 +; ^: ,:cv v'•�n�s�.:1ia.:, • t:7' <: };•s,''';, fii:2E INSPECT ON NO. ,CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit Proj Ty of Inspection: PERMIT 206)431 -367 Address: 4/i/1t/Gt) Approved per applicable codes. Date Called; -ate. Date nted: 6/7 p/� p.m. Req ester:, Phon No: 4:2o) 9i© - -4,3310?' Corrections required prior to approval. a $47.00 REINSPE%ION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid att300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: 16 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188,, (206)431-3670 Proects i. Type qf Insp ction: .. 1 4, -- a (Ibme,.(., Ad-.‘ Me: 0 141414(leit Pk Date Called: 9- (/eu '.-: Special Instructions: e• --Fezet,ope ,04 mezz4n,/2 t Date Wanted: - • •"- • - •IPIO'' -alrinl Requester: •._.)4C) Phe N • • leAPI&Y9/° . e3(i?.. acpproved per applicable codes. q?; ,NX EjCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: a. jAielf er ‘0.00 it (I L) V look vvv-r.Z:2;d1 vt Q rea, gs (10(- k 13 ' I vs -V-roy6. so-C 1bo Date: $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: • ' , •0 INSPECTION REC D Retain a copy with permit INSPECT!' NO. • CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 0300'Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3670 Projem, Ty of Inspection: fe 1 _ ECT. /r /41,14//1/6. Address: • . ,9 Date Called: Speci I Instructions: e-/ 4411:::- Date Wan d: 4113- p.m. Requester: / PhonNo. 6) 1■74 pproved per applicable codes. : • I: Corrections required prior to approval.. COMMENTS: ," • , , • Inspecto Date: $47.00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at t300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98,188 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit Project: ,—, l /.7— ! Type Type of Inspection: !'ee/J'I� , Address: . .. Date Called: Special Instructions:. Date Wantedp: _;6/3....02..... a.m. Requeste� to frl Phone No: 6 j7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ; / 7 i of .1i7 -• ?/7 g/t-e l Inspect Date: El $47. REINSPECT! "FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at b300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Z ~ W 00 0,0 J. W O 2 g Q =a F..W Z f.. H O W H • W O I_- WW U ili Z o1- Z INSP CTION NO.. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd:, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit Project• Address ::.. (206)431 -3670 Type of Ins ec ion: -yj -7;7 Date Called: Date Wanted ,,13...0 Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. OMMENTS: 2h 7--;;P , //iG7 I ,� f e z.7s/)' $47.00 REINSPECT'. N FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at b300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: .it% iii+ l+ ::S:2;� ?i�`i�;�.'i'br$!'�.4ri'; ...xt: h:•y�;�iii;oS�,.�,:�':`,'' ��i INSPECTION NO. .CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECO Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 l Project: k c i Type f Inspection: �k j- . ( hOWil r(.. • Addxes I O Date called: 9-11- 0)--- 'Special instructions: Date wanted. a.m. Requester•11 �) Y V � �� "� �.J V !'iti r it) Phone: 9D1- 910-L03f09 'Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Corrections required prior to approval. 50L,71-4 L7/ Inspector: Date(/ 2).. $47.00 REINSPECTION REQU RED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: re 2 6 .J 00 coo J H 0) u. wo 24 J u_ C! W Z= Z o. w O— I- =W. o .. W U =. O IF- z INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit (206)431 -3670. Project' ...- Type4of Inspection: Address: W , ."` /rte : Date Called; '7-'0- o Z Special.Instructions:. ; Date Wanted: a.m. Requester ,% Phone I: 02 0, 9/ -A3G 5' Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: r'O Wed, \/G Corrections required prior to approval. • CMG t/" P 1'' 1/\ ssva up Date: 01... 1, $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 1300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: �ii� {y{}�,yw�:!,./.: %�•i'it*l: i.i'i ?'.tjtst�'.:!(�iT:' �!':�. INSPEC ION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit (206)431 -3670 Pro t: Typeal+I pection: Al li .4127g4:..."--- Addre s: �� w. lUz v&2 G'lJ Date Caller : -,T... Date Wanted: 99 — AO r-- 41 CZ:. ,, p.m. ■ S edial Instructions:. Requester: one No: /� X06 9 ^` lG' lG' 3 , Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. OMMENTS: 1.11;f /7 /ter t ,' 1. L-7 Inspector: Date :����� E $47.00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at t300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt 'No.: Date: ir INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF.TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISIO 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670' Pr9je .: J Type o�spection: f-- Y II //}'1 fl1G% Ad es • A lid Date Calle 1`./ Special Instructions: . i� / ,% Date VY'.ntg�: �t f O - p.m. Requester: 'JO frl 11 Phony& i/ V ....e4.96, Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (%Y✓'..C.(/ ' a /7 4> /‘ se/ee.,6 $47.0 T REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 1300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RE Retain a copy with permit Ot2.P (206)431 -3670 Prol Type of Inspection: C/'i1/Cg 7 104/ 'e /i . ' Address: Date ailed: Special Instructions: p D / 1)75 : " :.' (_ D,.y - Petue s icibi Gr ;� Date Wanted: ��l%'t% a m. 4 Q "c%73 - 2 •m• Requester: / , l Ph No: ) 7 .7ol 9/o - 63'7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval.. COMMENTS: _. £ rte+ /iJO,Ji 0 REINSPECTIO p0 at b300 Southcent ipt No.: FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection, fee must be Blvd., Suite 100. all to schedule reinspection. Date: ` x�1•1e '1tiaAb!.tx ?i`'S.2dPtr.+�'+,r'.: ire:.;'+; 3a� `21)u:'atltwk's..x�7iJ:rcii -kc J� +liYi;S:.y. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with perm bo) --110(1 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Project: k c i Type of InAp do Address: o A rcdover Pk.-W• Date called: 7.30 -02 Special instructions: Date wanted. 13'61"0a a.m. p.m. _ , Requester j j WViJ Phone: ao& cup 1030 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to.approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: 1 Date: 69 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: t.rrii'r,l`.r » ".c1x17!."S:rc;! auras, �yt:' �t•, ,:5: ^t::;il3ry:s��t�,�Y;< }:��li* is ..fr(tt^.,;a3m'= ,�'-✓•s:,..,,:; .. ..l•M.ry;,:�"l „2S'.''..4ir0444 ,i0.4)44.,..:lA;.: f L +,fr .' vat!: tk3: 3:: 4> tt %::i:i'c;n'A.`Sn.bilifi -;�.5. •- ++'�", �,,... 7 .� `..'. . ^ —'.nx• '409'14 " i, x,. r�1 °•'l :iil� • •`4:4.1'r'?x r ; t'-'.! wL��k 'f �i�yr w ..r� ^. i'�!"i ' (f! • .• Ciz of Tukwila • a Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Fire Department Thomas 1 Keefe, Fire Chief TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name Q Permit No. f'JO2-- / �'� Address . 2. qo } -,,I )e/ Pk w. Retain . current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Suite # f Approved without correction notice t /Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: i/" Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: /4/1/243 Authorized Signature Date FINALAPP.FRM Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 w MITHI1N Pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 6233344 FAX 206 623.7005 July 23, 2002 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Permit Center Attn: Bob Benedicto 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite zoo Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: REI - Tukwila , Common Loading Area Trash Compactor 24o Andover Park West, Permit # Do2 -164 WWW.MITHUN.COM CITY RO 4lJ� VED JUL 25 2.102 NO hO DIVi IO Dear Mr. Benedicto We have surveyed the shared loading /receiving area attached to the REI space. This area does not contain smoke detectors that have independent power and connected to the central building alarm system. The four smoke detectors that REI added to this room in the permit re- submittal will be necessary and the fire alarm panel shown on Sheet E -4.o Will be relocated to this room to meet the Fire Marshall's criteria. REI has contacted all the tenants and they will all sign an agreement to police the area to prevent the accumulation of any material. The City of Tukwila will receive a copy of this agreement for their files. REI appreciates the effort the city has made to work through this difficult problem. If there are any other concerns or questions I can address, please give me a call (206) 623- 3344. Sincerely, Steve Swanson, Project Manager cc: Susan Neaton, REI CORRECTION LTR# 1 °)D 1(4.4 EXISTING TB @ OCT} oFE D DEDICATED1 1 UPS LINE I D PROEM ME REI— SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA MEM 02284.00 DRAINKG TITLE PARTIAL SIGNAL FLOOR PLAN er a 07/18/02 REVISED MITHUN SPIT KR DRANK BY: a Architects+Designers+Planners E4.0 SM ES K -1 S FILE 5 \2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \ASK— ELEC \E4.0.DWG Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. z I— 6U 00 N J• = H N W O =• a W Z= F- O Z W • W O • N. (~ W• W u. O wz U= O ~ z Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 2o6 623.7005 July I9, 2002 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Permit Center Attn: Bob Benedicto 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite zoo Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: REI - Tukwila , Exiting through the common loading area. 240 Andover Park West Permit # Do2 -164 Dear Mr. Benedicto Thank you for your prompt review of the exiting requirements for the REI proposed for 240 Andover Park West. This space is surrounded on three sides by other tenants and has only 83 of frontage to the exterior. The current size and shape of the REI space is exactly the same as the previous tenant. REI has more occupants due to larger'sales area and will require 3 exits. The previous tenant exiting solution did not meet the intent of code and could not be modified to accommodate three separate exits. Due to the unusual configuration of the tenant space and the practical difficulties of exiting, we would like to ask for Administrative Modification of the Code per section 104.2.7. REI has proposed using the common loading area as a vestibule or lobby. We have provided a i HR corridor to this location and propose the following additional measures to assure safe exiting through this space. This give two separate paths for exits that would not be possible in the current configuration. The existing walls around this space are a minimum ofi hr. construction. REI's wall fronting this space is also i hr. construction. Persons entering this area from the corridor will not experience a reduction in fire protection. Smoke alarms (4) will be added to this space and tied to REI's monitored Fire Alarm System. Emergency lighting will be added to this space if there is none at the present time. The existing exit door has lighted exit signs. CORRECTION LTR# 1 0 WWW.HITHUN.COM nJCEIVED (CITY Ofg ruKWILA JUL y 9 2002 �:Y;, IT CENTER Bob Benedicto July 19, 2002 Page 2 of 2 REI has also agreed to monitor this space to keep it clear of any accumulation of debris or trash. They will also pursue a similar agreement with the other tenants through the building management, but will take prime responsibility. Please see the enclosed letter from REI. The soda machine will be removed from this space and "No Smoking" signs will be posted. A view window with wire -glass has been added to door ii3B per your request. REI has contacted the Building Management on the trash compactor. REI is proposing to build a room around the compactor door of ihr construction. The access door to the compactor will have an closer device and be rated for 20 min. Clearances for the electrical panels in this area will be maintained. REI appreciates the effort the city has made to work through this difficult problem. If there are any other concerns or questions I can address, please give me a call (206) 623- 3344. Sincerely, Steve Swanson Project Manager REI letter dated July i8, 2002 cc: Susan Neaton, REI Documenti UL -18 -2002 THU 03:55 PM REI •Th 1 FAX H0, 2533958160 Quality Outdoor Gear and Clothing Since 1938 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Perinit Center Attn: Bob Benedicto 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 RE : REI 240 Andover Park West Permit # D02 -164 Dear Mr. Benedicto: This letter is acknowledgement that REI agrees to the terms and conditions that Tukwila is requiring for use of the loading area as an exit from our store. In addition to smoke detection devices, emergency lighting, rated walls, and alarms, REI agrees to monitor and police the loading area to keep it free of accumulated debris. If you have any questions, feel free to call me at 253- 395 -8123. Sincerely, Susan 3. Neaton REI, Real Estate P.02 CORRECTION LT R # .-- -� RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT, INC. P.O. BOX 1938 • SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 • (253) 395 -3780 • TI1IE REI - SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRANK TTTIE PARTIAL DOOR SCHEDULE PRO.ECT N0 02284.00 ISSUED 07/19/02 FEE REY: tI I T H U N 1/ 8 p = 1' S:\r2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \a7 -0.DWG SFEEf RERs DRAIN BY: CFE40'D BY: SWIM RIMER Architects +Designers+Planners A7.0 SM ASK -4 Pier 56,12oi Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE- REI SOUTHCENTER (TUKWILA, WA) Genes Notes 1 NI doers 1 -3/4' thick ms$ Type C to be 2-1/4' ow,. See Spaicotiale *Type H 2 Need doors to to flash aonstnetkm, swept Type C t Type 0 ay to be ale t mi. 3 Refer 10 Iifedsd Cella Plan, Noah. & Deo. draiings, & SpeaflooUas Melon 8 to leas Doors. 4 Rder 10 DMdon 9 Sedlom "finite Schmid & 'Poiadhg' fa palest & skit colors. 5 Al rood doom to Ls dal -odx mrstne an urns Aryls' toted. 6 Refer to Doer t Frame Types (19/A7.0 NO 21 /A7.0) for elwation. ' 7 Raids safety *An shore maul* per L8C Section 2401 8 Crying code IAN v Latinate 7 -I0 = Tempered Insulated Ckarirs IC ° Inflated Mines LNt = Wood Law WIRE - Ws Clout TC ■ Tenpred Orin 9 Cereal /Straiotionse ND ■ Nocd, Hl - Holor Metat CO - Coed Opsnrq, SR - Steel. CL ■ Close, IL- Nuninam 10 . Doors Void mare o < 5 lb effort to open fa intrior doors, < 8.5 lbs. to exterior doors, t < 151be: for fn rated dons 1 Sears atom "Ischia striae with remota eantrol see electrical for further infanta' . 2 Not used in this poled. 3 Instal Pep hole. 4 Emergency Acces ible access funcreo in Wool 5 total ',din rbh one -Mat letters ad)ocsnt the door. THIS DOOR MUST REMAN OPEN DU K Bu9NESS HOURS' Grin miry dare). 6 Edith; lax, Poht/ Patch/ impah to beta anti Wall nee hadetre ce mind. 1 M',ilatsd cars l derirr door or timLbr. MAIN FLOOR No. Dom LEAF FRA1E nw ILARDIA1 DETAILS NOTES NM*. sir Is ME fil x Iii_ TYPE NATI RN. LITE TYPE MAYL RN, MITE RAT G Gtr PANR CLOSER HEAD JAMB 'THRESH. y we dims) 101A PR -4' x -0' C NO 5-1 LAM A ND S-1 UN - *1 - X 7 A9.0 At 7 /A9.0 5, Arm 1018 3'-0' x 7.-0' A HM P-5 - A HM P-4 - - 1114 -4 X X 8 ALB 6 A9.0 12/A9.0 1, 3, 7, doter, ',Toby.' way 102 3'-0' x 7-0O 8 ND P-12 70 A HY P-12 - - H19-2 - - 1 A9.0 1 /D.0 - WWI 107A 4%-01(1-0' CO A HM P-8 - 2 A92 2 AB.2 1079 3'-0' x 7 -0" B 1113/0L P-8 TC A NM P-8 - - 11N-3 - X 1 A9.0 1 A9.0 - Push/ail 108 3'-0' x 7-0• A MUD P-8 - A HM P-8 - - 1*-10 - X 1 pax 1 /0.0 21#0.2 Laisel pre hem. doo9' 109 3-' x 7'-O' A MID P-8 - A HM P-8 - - IM-10 - X 1 A9A 1 # .O 21/.2 Wise. pah/w4 *Mx 110 3'-0' x 7'-0' B ND/GL P-8 TO A HY P-0 - - I811-15 - - 1 PLO 1 ABA - Indol ill 3'-O' x 7-0' B MOJLi. P-8 70 A HM P-8 - - FM-3 - X 1 AD 1 ABA - Pudt/pil 112 3'-0' x 7-G A MID P-3 - A HY P-3 - - 11N-9 - X 1 ANA 1 A0.0 21/A92 4 A ' A Hid P-8 - 20 MN. 14-11 X X 1 ABA 1 AB.O Mom 1 thie A HM P-8 - 20 MN. HN-1I X X 1 ABA 1 ABA - Nam -8 x - - - - -- - A HM P-8 - - I -7 - - 2 A92 2 A0.2 Maw WC-6 1148 B-et' x 10-0' H STL - IAFR - 20 MN. 441-5 - - - 4 #D2 Padres, OH NW Soot 1140 3'-0' x 7-0' A MID P-6 - A HM P-8 - 20 MN. FI9-12 - X 1((111.0 1 AD.O ■ 1, 3, deno 11M 3'-0' x 7-0' CO - - A NM P-5 - - - - 2/A9.2 2 /B.2 Cased Open g 1158 3'-0' x 7-O' CO - - A HN P-5 - - - - - 2JJA9.2 2 AL.2 Cad Opniq _ - J WD S-1 IAN A NM P-12 - - 481-6 - - - - 124W MEZZANINE 201 3'-0' x 7'-0' 0 ND P-3 TC A HM P-3 - - HA-16 - X -1 ILO 1 A9.0 - HoM -opm fumes, in dorm 202 3'-O x 1-0" D 90 P-3 70 A HM P -3 - - If#-15 - - 1 .0 1 PLO - Lode's 203 3'-0" x 7'-0' D ND P-3 TC A KM P-3 - - H114-15 - - 1 A9.0 1 A9.0 - Ladmt 204 3'-0' x7-C' D M3 P-3 IC A HM P-3 - - II6-15 - - 1 ADO 1 /0.0 - Lndml 205 Y-Cfr x1-0' 9 ND P-3 MARE A HM P-3 - - I11-14 - X 1 MA 1 ABA - toast (steep Wes") 206 4-0' x 1-0' E NO P-3 LVR A HM P -3 - - H11-13 - - 3 A9.2 - - A CORRECTION LTR #________ TI1IE REI - SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRANK TTTIE PARTIAL DOOR SCHEDULE PRO.ECT N0 02284.00 ISSUED 07/19/02 FEE REY: tI I T H U N 1/ 8 p = 1' S:\r2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \a7 -0.DWG SFEEf RERs DRAIN BY: CFE40'D BY: SWIM RIMER Architects +Designers+Planners A7.0 SM ASK -4 Pier 56,12oi Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. D O co 0,7.* *.c: i • EXIST. RECEIVING DDED FIXTURE _ T- L �d 6.1 1_ _ T L3 -8 6c0 o b Y 1 L3 -- F7X 4b F7 F7 „ —F7iX 2,4,6 CORRECTION L T R # __ MITHUN REI— SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRAL G 1TI.E PARI1AL LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN PROECT Na 02284.00 07/18/02 REVISED /1 //8" = 1'— 0" SHE IT REF: Architects +Deslgners+Planners E2.0 DRAM BY: SM R15 REF: S: \_2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \ASK —ELEC E2.0.DWG cfa® BY: SrCLIDH ESK -11 Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 m 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. unrasR.'�'l'M4��•M'Y.1•.'W V.�t'»tN!'SSY.Y� °W4�«IM•� "'� _a•+•rlxghsT • 0 EXISTING TTB co 0 _J ® i J 000 0FE D 0 DEDICATED I t UPS LINE I I► ID 4 NEW SMOKE DETECTOR e :ORRECTION I T R # 1 PRCLECT TME w REI— SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA 02284.00 ISSUED 07/18/02 REVISED 1111 1THuN 1.-0* S \_2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \ASK— ELEC \E4.0.DWG SIEET rib: DRAIN BY: CHECKED BY: 9�1G1 NL Architects +Designers+Planners E4.0 SM ESK -12 DRAIINGIME PARTIAL SIGNAL FLOOR PLAN Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 m 206 623.3344 FAx 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. 24'—O" • —0" RELOCATE EXIST. TRASH COMPACTOR & ACCESS DOOR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE INDICATED PROJECT 111LE REI—SOUTHCEN TER TUKWILA, WA DRAWING BILE GROUND FLOOR PLAN (REF. 1 /A2.0) MITHON SCALE: 1/8" = 1 i-0" FILE REF: SHEET REF: DRAWN BY: CHEMED BY: Architects+Designers+Planners 1 /A2.0 KT SS PROJECT NO. 02284.00 ISSUED 7/19/2002 REVISED 7/19/2002 SKETCH NUMBER ASK-5 . Pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005. COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. rIVPV•anle "gy701,0.0 OVN$0040.15.01M.M.V.0:011100.14.14...T,4,14.0.4,..■rn „ mill JUL. 18.2000''' ?UL t e '02 &;M 1UKWI L'-'"fiCD/PW ZO 'd NO. 542 p. /1=. 1/1 i, SOO 111 :. •. t l . 1 Blvd' 1 nt,wil.,, A •I t 1 81S ?()h 4 i 1 . 1► /t1 MilialiranatQN REVIEW Date: July 17, 2002 Project Name: REI Tenant ImproVement Permit application Appllca on ; D02-164 Plen Review: Ker Nelsen, Senior Plans Examiner A general Building Departrne rt plan review hes been completed forthe :>ubject project. Onty one significant issue arose during the plan review. Please address the followilg comments with revised plans and /or albs applicable documentation. The existing tenant space was designed to accommodate a total occup3 nay load of less than 5O0 persons requiring on y two separated exits. The space Is also very . mlted where exterior exit doors can be installed to comply with the exit distance separation requtnaments of U.B.C, Section 1004.24, To mldgete the: approval far the previous tenant lmprovemerf a i-hour rated exit enclosure was aonstruc tmi to separate the access between the two ex ii doors inside the space. However, the locations where the exit doors open at the exterior of the. I. wilding am still too dose to each other. The REI proud Increas€ s the tenant space occupant load to 6SO total persons requiring three separate exits by U,B.C. Section 1084.2,3. Because of the higher o' ipancy load to the existing apace, our D®psirtrnent policy Would requIre that any non-con-lying exit system be brought into aornpllance. The Intent to upgrade the exit system has been made on the submitted plans by construct n a slew 14-rour corridor outthe back of the store re .ail area and through the stock room. However, the proposed new corridor empties into a potter laity very hazardous common loading dock room. Because the new corridor does not exit is iredly to the outside of the building as required by 'he Cade and Is also Vtterrupted by the non - rand loading dock room, the new corridor is not approved as an exit To sum up, the project 'Mil not be approved until a suitable exit systerr can be provided for the new space plan. 1 No further comments it this time. 0918566EgZ 'ON Xdd ti r 3Z cod 9521 MI zOoz -8 [ -Jnr JUL 19 '02 10 = 26AM TUKWILA DCD /PW TUKWILA BUILDIN'G DIVISION DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MEMORANDUM To: Stove Swanson From: Bob Benedicto Date; July 19, 2002 Subject: R.E.I. — TUKWILA, Termination of exit corridor. Per our phono conversation of 7 -18 -2002, the following is a summary of the considerations that must be addressed to approve your design of the corridor egress system. Your response will also serve to resolve the plan review comments from $en Nelsen. P.2 Request a modification for this individual ease in accordance with UBC 104.23. In so doing, describe thc special individual reason that makes the strict letter of this code unpractical, Also provide additional features for this vestibule to enhance fire protection as follows: : 1. Verify the fire protection rating of the walls that are common to adjacent tenant spaces, They should provide (at least) one hour fire resistive protection. If they do not, complete this protection for thc common walls. 2. Provide exit illumination with emergency power supply for the vestibule. If this exists, confirm this in your response. 3, Provide a monitored smoke detection system for the vestibule. The trash compaction equipment provides a potential fire load in the egress vestibule. Eliminate this condition. Potential solutions would be: 10 'd 091898££58 'ON Xdd r 4 ai A P9i Z I38 Nd 8£:60 Idd Zoo -6i -in �► JUL 19 '02 10,26AM TUKWILA DCD'PW ZO 'd P.3 • Move the compactor out of the vestibule and delegate the compaction access and pmceas to the exterior of the building. • Build a room around the access and function of the trash compactor so that the use is separated from the vestibule by one -hour firs resistive occupancy separation. Provide self - closing door to the trash compactor, and provide additional sprinkler coverage at the compactor access. Additional modifications to control the use of the vestibule space include the following; • Removal of the soft -drink machine from this space. Posting of "No smoking " signs. • Provide a view window in the door at the termination of the corridor. • Provide a letter from R.B.I. management that states that they agree to accept responsibility for the maintenance of the egress through the vestibule. This would include removal of all combustible materials or other products that aro left unattended. 0918566652 'ON XJ.d i IaN NV e£:60 Idd ZO2- 6I -1nr COUGHLINPORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION Structural Calculations for the REI - Southcenter Tukwila, Washington Mithun June 10, 2002 Project S02- 0027 -10 EXPIRES 7/25/03 Prepared by: Mike Armstrong RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 13 2002 PERMIT CENTER z • .mow. JU 00:• co N J= H. N wo LLa =a • H O. zI- ut • .o� 0 • w U =. o'-' z COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CML ENGINEERING CORPORAIION REI - Southcenter Tukwila, Washington Index SECTION PREFIX Criteria CR -1 to CR -2 Mezzanine Lateral ML -1 to ML -5 Mezzanine Framing MF -1 to MF -10 Columns C -1 Footings F -1 to F -3 Storefront S-1 to S -12 Miscellaneous M -1 to M -7 1 t1 COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CML ENGINEERING CORPORATION Criteria •Z Z, r W: JU 000.. .o) • W N V.; W 0}, u. N d H W; • • H- 0 • Z F- • .,0 W W LIIZ •0 • Z COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN Criteria: REI - Southcenter Proj. No.: S02- 0027 -10 Rev. Date: 5/3/02 Wind: 1997 UBC, 80 mph, Exposure B Qt J V. Seismic: Zone 3 U O I =1.0 N uiw Ca =0.36 JX. C, =0.54 u) u_ R = 5.5 (mezzanine) W 0: Oa = 2.8 g F- J u_ j, Soils: Soil type = Sd = d; Soil bearing = 2000 psf �' _. . Footing depth = 18" min. Z 1— I— O Z F—. Mezzanine Loadings 2 j Live Load V co Office 50 psf (reducible) L] ' O N' F-. WW Dead Load H — Basic Mezzanine Load u- 0 Sheathing 2.0 psf tii Z, Flooring 2.0 psf v Insulation 1.0 psf Z h Wood Joists 4.0 psf . Ceiling 2.0 psf Miscellaneous 4.0 psf 15 psf Wall Load Interior Partition wall 20 psf Page 1 of 2 Print Date: 5/3/02 • Roof Loadings Live Load Snow Dead Load Basic Roof Load Roofing Sheathing Insulation Wood Framing Misc. (including sprinklers) Page 2 of 2 COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN 25 psf 2.0 psf 2.5 psf 2.0 psf 6.0 psf 2.5 psf 15 psf GR -Z • Print Date: 5/3/02 COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CML ENGINEERING CORPORATION Mezzanine Lateral COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY /17 eZz fl/Z4'- ' L4 r eAG .S`c /f/y /C '7 • lac. /394.•% Cv- 1/ • e kT ?-= et h 1* 2 r6.z- 1.74 7 pi/ v/,,m9( 2 , SCC e,) - 2 , SCE6 ,of 44, /'7 �-► Fo/z 4/.9 PhiRlG -ter VI'7 NtJ-t. -r ) ZS7Js -/ ! /ri x`28.84. eoivireets aW 14/0,9 fi I gZ2. r c9 4—) r '572 # /11 Project REZ" - sD rh c'FivTEA Project No: Client Designed By: /.7/ Date -70Z Checked By: Sheet of /"L-/ 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN r'ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY /'1tZ e2% EAST /w &fr B C'yrzvgyp4C Zk f te Otg Soc- AY / 7/ /6' �� Gt s� , r /71 .?,6 1TAmay/' hIEXr`- r {e -C�'v Project A Ez- S ©'4 /r7f(_i- .1- 7Z,R'. Project No: Designed By: A/ Date . Client Checked By: Sheet of /IL -1 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN HORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY !14 E 2z.9A- / /i."6" 1,//-7-eA4ze (�Aa /voz r i f royT/% p n-0 ra fve T// fe Ar v-sst e4 s W, Y19r ._.� /try .2i71-c i t- e:,)/77•c:•G-•-rf Grrevk s," (413 -e- !,6 / /r - / //G nid/2,1) 144'/Z l ,1g4 0c 70 7-o,' /i OF writ G's /4.4/ ( /75- c /-2- Cyou-6 feA c'1/eAp F Project: /2 rez r.1 /ccc '."4i e%< Project No: Client: Designed By: / Date - ...0 c' Checked By: Sheet of 1'l L- 3 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 8 1 COUGHLIN HORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY AI 4-//7-6-."X V C, 10/577-,/„. /,'•• L_1_-4- /Z 4z-z- v•--?.C(` z cv 2 z 4/ 2 0 ,z . Z r , PIA..04/ r , z z # 4 - 37a iv Project: e7 Project No: Designed By:/9-- Date Client Checked By: Sheet of t/L- 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343-0460 • F: 206/343-5691 ,t14Yrf. .G COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY EZ2 /51i1-1itiE / /ic 7r/,r /yl (4 4) / f .r G✓ ---s? f lo/if l /z•2/ 40//6 -� W,= / bpd /i / 71' f 2 MARK SHEATHING O OO BLOCK PANEL NAILING O CONNECTION OF .3015T K' 015T OR BLG TO TOP PLATE GO BOTTOM PLATE ATTACHMENT GAPAOGITY FAGENAILING TO WOOD BELOW ANCHOR BOLTING TO CONC. BELOW . .. . 5114517 /5' PLYWOOD YES bd 0 6 "oc A35 ®b6'oc 4 Ibd ®10`oc (TN) I6d ®8'oc V) ®55 "oc 4'd ®70 "oc 290 PLF r ' z (i /r z x. F omr�/v S, a, G. /f/ZZ, vc, -- rA Cr/ f7 0, 77 ti sE' /71a e 4 (z) v- Project / E ,?o�r� -�,• r+ ,�r..�- r• -�,�� Designed By: Ayg Date ,1 ..�;-r a Client Checked By: Sheet J of p-11.- .S Project No: 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 'rF COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION Mezzanine Framing COUGHLIN rORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY MS-l2 /j�/L.��Lt 66401/ et) (J) JAL : /S ys ?' '2p/ s•P OFr =ice .S1V -sP 0/ T2 1't -r- J`z' /PAd,zsv® /d o.c. prit 1- y a &-,•/1 f Te1 PA zso /d o.c, r6 /1 1y }rrr /po2o'Zr'7 2 /6 o,c, PEA. /r y /2 &4 /y J-4/ T. w, //452.- 0 Zo - S`p, '// LiSc Zx6 e.9l6 0,e, It. k Project RCS -- soe/T //`�'��T.Ei� Project No: Designed By: /,A'41 Date J /28,h Z Client Checked By: Sheet of //F-1 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 A V:6yrrhaeuser Business 1'J- 13eam(TM) 6.02 Serial Number. 7002016392 User: 2 5/6/02 11:25:54 AM Page 1 Engine Version: 1.2.1 REI- Southcenter 14" TJI® /Pro(TM) -250 @ 16" o/c THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED 16' Product Diagram is Conceptual. LOADS: Analysis is for a Joist Member. Primary Load Group - Residential - Living Areas (psf): 50.0 Live at 100 % duration, 15.0 Dead, 20.0 Partition SUPPORTS: Input Bearing Width Length 1 Timberstrand LSL Beam 3.50" Hanger 2 Timberstrand LSL Beam 3.50" Hanger Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Ply Live /DeadlU p l ift/Total 533 / 373 /0 /907 533 /373 /0 /907 -See TJ SPECIFIER'S / BUILDERS GUIDE for detail(s): H1: Top Mount Hanger HANGERS: Simpson Stroncl -Tie® Connectors Support Model Slope Skew Reverse Flanges 1 Top Mount Hanger ITT14 0/12 0 N/A 2 Top Mount Hanger ITT14 0/12 0 N/A - Nailing for Support 1: Face: 2 -N10 , Top 4 -N10 , Member: 2 -N10 - Nailing for Support 2: Face: 2 -N10 , Top 4 -N10 , Member: 2 -N10 DESIGN CONTROLS: Maximum 874 874 3367 Shear (Ibs) Vertical Reaction (Ibs) Moment (Ft -Lbs) Live Load Defl (in) Total Load Defl (in) TJPro Design Control -874 1710 874 1560 3367 5418 0.177 0.385 0.300 0.771 48 30 Depth Nailing Depth 1 14.00" N/A 1 11.88" N/A Top Flange Top Flange Offset Slope No 0 No 0 Control Passed (51 %) Passed (56 %) Passed (62 %) Passed (U999 +) Passed (U616) Passed Detail Other H1: Top Mount Hanger None H1: Top Mount Hanger None Support Wood Species N/A N/A Location Rt. end Span 1 under Floor loading Bearing 2 under Floor loading MID Span 1 under Floor loading MID Span 1 under Floor loading MID Span 1 under Floor loading Span 1 - Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U480,TL:U240). - Allowable moment was increased for repetitive member usage. - Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking. - Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 2' 8" o/c unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability. TJ -Pro RATING SYSTEM -The TJ -Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) decking. The controlling span is supported by beams. Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None. A structural analysis of the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1.62 PROJECT INFORMATION: J1 OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea@cplinc.com, Copyright ° 2001 by Trua Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI ,TJ -Beams and TimberStrandm are registered trademarks of True Joist. e -I Joiet",Pro'" and TJ -Pro" are trademarks of True Joist. Simpson Strong -Tie° Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong -Tie Company, Inc. P+ \ZymoGenetics Pilot Plant \ENG \J1.ems rfr z — z cw 00. J = 00 0 u. W }O gJ ti¢ 22 cy W Z= F-. I— O. Z I- LL! uj =3 p O (. 0 I— WW H H ILO, WZ U= O ~. Z Titt4. " REI- Southcenter ¥J- Beam(TM)8.02SerialNumber: 70020163 2 14" TJI® /Pro(TM) -250 @ 16" o/c Page3 EngneVersion: ; 2.1 THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED Load Group: Primary Load Group 15' 5.00" Max. Vertical Reaction Total (lbs) 907 907 Max. Vertical Reaction Live (lbs) 533 533 Selected Bearing Length (in) Max. Unbraced Length (in) 32 Loading on all spans, LDF = 1.00 , Dead + Floor Design Shear (lbs) 874 -874 Max Shear (lbs) 874 -874 Member Reaction (lbs) 874 874 Support Reaction (lbs) 907 907 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 3367 Live Deflection (in) 0.177 Total Deflection (in) 0.300 Loading on all spans, LDF = 0.90 , Dead Only Design Shear (lbs) 360 -360 Max Shear (lbs) 360 -360 Member Reaction (lbs) 360 360 Support Reaction (lbs) 373 373 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 1386 PROJECT INFORMATION: J1 OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea@cplinc.com Copyright ° 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI°,TJ -Beam° and TimberStrand° are registered trademarks of Trus Joist. e -I Joist",Pro" and TJ -Pro'" are trademarks of True Joist. Simpson Strong -Tie° Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong -Tie Company, Inc. P, \ZymoGenetics Pilot Plant \ENG \J1.ems :1=W; W2 00 W= .1 I- UD LL' W0 LL Q d =W I- =; I— 0. Z I—. W W. :Ep opy 0— 10 1-1 = U' -! f" O ; MI U= O ~: z /ostyc rhacu serBuin T- J•Beam(TM) 6,02 Serial Number: 7002016392 User: 2 5/6/02 9:47:37 AM Page 1 Engine Version: 1.2.1 REI- Southcenter 14" TJI® /Pro(TM) -250 @ 16" o/c THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED Overall Dimension: 20' 16' 4' Product Diagram is Conceptual. LOADS: Analysis is for a Joist Member. Primary Load Group - Residential - Living Areas (psf): 50.0 Live at 100 % duration, 15.0 Dead, 20.0 Partition SUPPORTS: 1 Stud wall 2 Stud wall Input Bearing Width Length 3.50" 2.25" 3.50" 3.50" Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Detail Live/Dead/Uplift/Total 535/ 349 / 0 /885 835 /584/0/1419 Other A3: Rim Board 1 PIy 1 1/4" 0.8E TJ- Strand Rim Board® El: Blocking 1 Piy TJI ® /Pro(TM) -250 -See TJ SPECIFIER'S / BUILDERS GUIDE for detail(s): A3: Rim Board,E1: Blocking DESIGN CONTROLS: Maximum -949 861 3270 Shear (Ibs) Vertical Reaction (Ibs) Moment (Ft -Lbs) Live Load Defl (in) Total Load Defl (in) TJPro Design Control Control -858 1710 861 1170 3270 4064 0.186 0.391 0.296 0.782 51 30 Passed (50 %) Passed (74 %) Passed (80 %) Passed (U999+) Passed (U635) Passed Location Rt. end Span 1 under Floor loading Bearing 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading MiD Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading Span 1 - Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U480,TL:U240). - Allowable moment was increased for repetitive member usage. - Permanent Bracing or a direct applied ceiling is required at third points in the backspan for right cantilever. See literature detail (PB1) for clarification. - Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking. - Bracing(Lu): Ali compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 2' 8" o/c unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability. -The load conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading. TJ -Pro RATING SYSTEM -The TJ -Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) decking. The controlling span is supported by walls. Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None. A structural analysis of the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1.62 PROJECT INFORMATION: J2 Copyright ° 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI and TJ -Beamm are registered trademarks of Trua Joist. e -I Joiat"',Pro"' and TJ -Pro"' are trademarks of Trua Joist. P, \2ymoGenetics Pilot Plant \ENG \J2.ems OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea©cplinc.com /1F -`f l%; 7.�- REI- Southcenter 'FJ•Beam(TM) 6.02 Serial Number: 70026392 1 14" TJ I®IPro(TM) -250 @ 16" O/C Page3 Engine Vers9n:1.21 THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED Load Group: Primary Load Group A 15' 7.75" A 4' 1.75" Max. Vertical Reaction Total (lbs) 885 1419 Max. Vertical Reaction Live (lbs) 535 835 Selected Bearing Length (in) 2.25(W) 3.50(W) Max. Unbraced Length (in) 32 32 74 Loading on all spans, LDF = 1.00 , Dead + Floor Design Shear (lbs) 815 -858 453 Max Shear (lbs) 824 -949 470 Member Reaction (lbs) 824 1419 Support Reaction (lbs) 848 1419 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 2998 -974 0 Live Deflection (in) 0.156 -0.087 Total Deflection (in) 0.265 -0.148 ALTERNATE span loading on odd # spans, LDF = 1.00 , Dead + Floor Design Shear (lbs) 852 -825 187 Max Shear (lbs) 861 -912 193 Member Reaction (lbs) 861 1106 Support Reaction (lbs) 885 1106 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 3270 -401 0 Live Deflection (in) 0.186 -0.132 Total Deflection (in) 0.296 -0.193 ALTERNATE span loading on even # spans, LDF = 1.00 , Dead + Floor Design Shear (lbs) 299 -387 453 Max Shear (lbs) 303 -427 470 Member Reaction (lbs) 303 897 Support Reaction (lbs) 313 897 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 982 -974 0 Live Deflection (in) -0.032 0.044 Total Deflection (in) 0.080 -0.017 Loading on all spans, LDF = 0.90 , Dead Only Design Shear (lbs) 336 -353 187 Max Shear (lbs) 339 -391 193 Member Reaction (lbs) 339 584 Support Reaction (lbs) 349 584 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 1234 -401 0 Concentrated live load on overhang(s), all dead load on span(s) Deflection (in) 0.000 -0.092 All dead load and concentrated live load on overhang(s), all dead load on span(s) Deflection (in) 0.000 -0.061 All dead load on overhang(s), all live load on span(s) Deflection (in) 0.165 0.000 PROJECT INFORMATION: J2 Copyright 0 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business 'PJI' and TJ -Beams are registered trademarks of True Joist. e -I Joist ",Pro" and TJ -Pro" are trademarks of True Joist. Pi \Zymoeenetice Pilot Plant \ENG \J2.sms OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea@cplinc.com F T€rhuser Business TJ-Beam(TM) 6.02 Serial Number: 7002016392 User. 2 5/28/02 10:21:36 AM Page 1 Engine Version: 1.2.1 REI- Southcenter 14" TJI® /Pro(TM) -250 @ 16" o/c THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED 0 Overall Dimension: 21' Product Diagram is Conceptual. LOADS: Analysis is for a Joist Member. Primary Load Group - Residential - Living Areas (psf): 50.0 Live at 100 % duration, 15.0 Dead, 20.0 Partition SUPPORTS: Input Width 1 Stud wall 3.50" 2 Stud wall 3.50" Bearing Length 2.25" 3.50" Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Detail Live/Dead/Uplift/Total 569/374/0/943 866/606/0/1472 A3: Rim Board E1: Blocking -See TJ SPECIFIER'S / BUILDERS GUIDE for detail(s): A3: Rim Board,E1: Blocking DESIGN CONTROLS: Maximum -1002 919 3727 Shear (Ibs) Vertical Reaction (Ibs) Moment (Ft -Lbs) Live Load Defl (in) Total Load Defl (in) TJPro Design Control 910 1710 919 1170 3727 4064 0.234 0.416 0.374 0.832 48 30 Control Passed (53 %) Passed (79 %) Passed (92 %) Passed (L/853) Passed (L/534) Passed Other 1 Ply 1 1/4" 0.8E TJ- Strand Rim Board® 1 Ply TJI ® /Pro(TM) -250 Location Lt. end Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading Bearing 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading Span 1 - Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U480,TL:U240). - Allowable moment was increased for repetitive member usage. - Permanent Bracing or a direct applied ceiling is required at third points in the backspan for right cantilever. See literature detail (PB1) for clarification. - Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking. - Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 2' 8" o/c unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability. -The Toad conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading. TJ -Pro RATING SYSTEM -The TJ -Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) decking. The controlling span is supported by walls. Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None. A structural analysis of the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1.62 PROJECT INFORMATION: J3 Copyright o 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI and TJ -Beamm are registered trademarks of True Joist. e -I Joist -,Pro and TJ -Pro"' are trademarks of True Joist. Ps \ZymoGenetice Pilot P1ant \ENG \J3.eme OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea©cplinc.com slritj" O AVkerhaeuser ▪ Business 1:3- Beam(TM) 6.02 Serial Number: 7002016392 User. 2 5/28/02 10:21:37 AM Page 3 Engine Version: 1.2.1 REI- Southcenter 14" TJI® /Pro(TM) -250 @ 16" o/c THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED Load Group: Primary Load Group Max. Vertical Reaction Total (lbs) Max. Vertical Reaction Live (lbs) Selected Bearing Length (in) 2 Max. Unbraced Length (in) " 16' 943 569 25(W) 32 7.75" " 4' 1.75" 1472 866 3.50(W) 32 74 Loading on all spans, LDF = 1.00 , Dead + Floor Design Shear (lbs) 875 Max Shear (lbs) 885 Member Reaction (lbs) 885 Support Reaction (lbs) 908 Moment (Ft -Lbs) Live Deflection (in) Total Deflection (in) ALTERNATE span loading Design Shear (lbs) Max Shear (lbs) Member Reaction (lbs) Support Reaction (lbs) Moment (Ft -Lbs) Live Deflection (in) Total Deflection (in) - 907 453 -1002 470 1472 1472 3453 -974 0.200 0.341 on odd # spans, LDF 910 919 919 943 ALTERNATE span loading on Design Shear (lbs) Max Shear (lbs) Member Reaction (ibs) Support Reaction (lbs) Moment (Ft -Lba) Live Deflection (in) Total Deflection (in) N/A -0.112 - 0.190 = 1.00 , Dead + Floor -875 187 - 967 193 1161 1161 3727 -401 0 0.234 -0.159 0.374 -0.237 even # spans, LDF = 326 330 330 340 Loading on all spans, Design Shear (lbs) Max Shear (lbs) Member Reaction (lbs) Support Reaction (lbs) Moment (Ft -Lba) 1.00 , Dead + Floor -405 453 - 447 470 917 917 -974 N/A 0.047 - 0.032 1166 -0.035 0.107 LDF = 0.90 , 360 364 364 374 Dead Only -374 187 - 412 193 606 606 1422 -401 0 Concentrated live load on overhang(s), all dead load on span(s) Deflection (in) 0.000 -0.111 All dead load and concentrated live load on overhang(s), all dead load on span(s) Deflection (in) 0.000 -0.078 All dead load on overhang(s), all live load on span(s) Deflection (in) 0.210 0.000 PROJECT INFORMATION: J3 Copyright ° 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI° and TJ -Beamm are registered trademarks of True Joist. e -I Joiat",Pro' and TJ -Pro" are trademarks of Trus Joist. Pi \ZymoGenetics Pilot Plant \ENG \J3.ems OPERATOR INFO RMAT ION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea@cplinc.com 4, COUGHLIN r'ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY /1'z z4,/',,tic- L=2/ r --- 7 41/, / "-Se) , 77k II v : £../ 4, L./ ,?Go , 7 U/L /vE 7 (-SO) , 9S- 3— e/411-z qe)7, �aY ' ) le V 8,c /` wrar 93-- 47/j1 e. : Z /ac• )i S' x./r #.97 •77 L F1 zz ' 8,9 3`., • Project: , r— e 6.1"/L Project No: , Client: Designed By: /14 Date .s,/ Z Checked By: Sheet of h F J 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 994. Coughlin Po COUGHLIN NORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY /47 622 / G!L t /`i/ /ei -193 IL/ A 1 7.-.6--ej ce-/`/' v ?,s/` Avg / /s`o /f /2 lc c�z(o 7 8174 L= $' 5- (575 -d e ) Di Mr -? 18 x/o /g'` /q� /z . to �= /0 Lic,- zo*.rb- 7 &/6o , zs- ., EL/ a- r: io SCredi /2C €Gr27 v I 8.I /Sy fl/, 14/ Project: ,'Z Project No: Designed By: �►,1-72!9*- Date —1Z0 -'2Z Client: Checked By: Sheet of t%'- �/ 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 , ete^oli,r,IY:MAISA.thqSt*I*Psot... COUGHLIN i- JORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY t -220.7 A4'- /t /V/yi/t/ G (q) S T, 42/ /0 la = ( /i; 0.26.4 -ieo) = J, j' r z/- z • 7 K// = /,3s_ 1 µ � P-L ) / /fix /Z Project: Rt= Z - Soi,/ 7//y-2' Project No: Client Designed By: Date ,� /zg',4z. Checked By: Sheet of fl i" /1) 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL B' GINBERING CORPORATION Columns 4 COUGHLIN I-'ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY CD Z. ii/trzer.6) /2 S T e,' e= /1'f --- Iz P� P,//` _ /6„ ? K ✓'//2 k ?1/2" 'r7 /6 /Ce /, of /o) /Z 9y /,c� air �c� fS;!"/ • Project iZ —r .7 ,9i1 Designed By: /II /} Date .S /0 2 Project No: , Client: Checked By: Sheet of C 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343.0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CML ENGINEERING CORPORATION Footings •Z Z•. � W • JU • w • W =, J 1. •W LL; W}} u. <• • 52d • = W� z� •• I- 0 • U• •• W W'_ H. r- • ••Z: W =='- • p H, 0 • •Z 1 3 0 a. COUGHLIN FORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY r-,97-7/-1,6_,s. W/011.c. S/s/2 67 .9.4 -"'-Z. arie- z /.? '41 2 ) 16:-- (V *Z. z /e./4" ,ea.?_p(>45)(S-.3-') • s 6//, 1- r Lo• Z /.(Z) •-?, 2 7"`c C414 Project: k J.06/7-754 e Designed By: /41L DateV.r,., 7 Project No: Client Checked By: Sheet of r- / 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343-0460 • F: 206/343-5691 COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY rOmr iv 6-5 (2) -S-w 1 i 14 //- f= or svC• — - t 9A-sT C C I lir" /z '(gam f1t) /,oz / .•- // oz / /( //) z 7'a r (1104. /2 (a;"4 r p) -- • ,, 'eh 2 /f 23-1I'///e I r " l/ z (t /ter; 2 S° / 41 1) J12:SZe22y F I eI i -9 "4.-- Fx r• Project ,4' t'=, '- SONY// T Project No: Designed By:/47/t' Date " /"0' 2 Client Checked By: Sheet of l='Z 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL. ENGINEERING COMPANY Project: i?El '--i.e5 -47 y stir -rat' Project No: , Client Designed y:J`�'4 Date �'f ,•' Checked By: Sheet of E--3 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CML ENGINEERING CORPORATION Storefront COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL. ENGINERING COMPANY s ro/g el- rA.0 -0}- le) /V C G✓ S!`t/ /j Iv 4 G► //vO go )tesAP, 6 /e13 4 e, ►84L 2e= 1,3 KGs" /`1'(p f SSG/ "75- c� ep 6/Ye.) ,TT�i.vS d�G• zrre/A/dew 7 - •4 ---- Gr t 6OV S E Z // '"3 3 ST uo-T fi 0 0 e_ 1 Project: /QF.2 Project No: Client Designed By:/7 .4 Date 0/7 r- Checked By: Sheet of f / 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 .57-6.74'C i <er,.� -(7) Limiting Wall Heights Curtain Wall (S) Stud Member Special (In) o.c. 11120 5 pat 11240 11380 11240 15 pat 1/380 1./600 L/240 20-pat 1/360 11600 11240 25 pat L/360 11800 11240 30 pat 1./360 1.1600 11240 35 pat IJ360 11600 L/240 40 pet 11380 11600 L/240 50 pat 11360 11800 6005137.33 12 34'7' 2r5' 24'0' 19'0 17r 14'w 17'7 15'V 177 16'0' 14' 0' 11' 10' 15' 1' 177 11'1' 14' 4' 12' 6' 1717 178' 170 10' 1' 17 9' 11' 1' 9'4' 6005137.33 16 31'7 24'11' 21'r 173' 161' 177 177 13'8' 11' 7' 14'7' 12'9' 179' 13' 8" 12.0. 10' 1" 177 we 9' 7' 17 5" 1010' 9' 2" 11'7' 10' 1' 8'6' 6005137.33 24 2T 5' 21'9' 19' 0" 15' 1' IT 2' 11' 1' 17 8' 17 0' 10'1' 12' 9' 11' 1' ye 17 0" 10' 5' 610' I1' 71 9' 11' 8' 4" 10' 6'1 9' 6' 8' 0' 9'51 810' T 5" 600S]y2;33 12 336'2, 1' 26' 7' 25' 0' 1198,10T 17' 4' 14' 7' 18' 0' 15' 9" 13' 3' 18' 9' 14' T 12' 4' 15 9' 13' 9' 11' 7' 14' 1 r 13' 0' 11' 0' 14' 3' 12' 6' 10' 6' 13' 3' 11' 7' 9' 9' 6- 003162.33 166 9' 26' 0' 22' 8' 15' 9' 13' 3' 16' 4' f 7 0' 15 2' 13' 3' 11' 2' 14' 3" 17 6' 10' 6' 13' 7' 11' 10' 10' 0' 13' 0' 11' 4' 9' 7' 17 0' 10' 6' 8' 10' 600516 27T 27 8' 19' 10' 15'9' 177 11' 7' 14'7 17V 10.7 177 11'T 9'7 17 6' 10' 11' 9' 2' 1V 10' 10'4' 8' 9' 11'31 9' 11' 8'4' 10'01 WV T9" 6003200.33 12 3T 9' 29' 11' 277 20'9' 18' 2' 15'7 18' 10' 16'6' 171? 17' 6' 15'7 12' 11" 16' 6' 14'5' 12' 1' 15' 8' 177 11' 6" 14'1V 13' 1' 11' Cr 13' 1? 12' 1' 10'3' 600S200.33 18 34' 4" 27 3' 277 18' 10' 177 1711' 177 14'1? 12' 7" 15.11' 1711' 11'7 14' 11" 171' 11'0' 14'7 17r 177 177' 11'10 10'0' 12'T 11' 0' 9'3' 6005200'33 24 29'11' 277 20' 9" 177 14'7' 12' 1" 14'11' 13' 1' 11'0" 13' 11' 171' 177 13'1' 11'7 9'T 12' 5't 10' 10' 9' 2' 11' Tt 10 4" 8' 9' 1741 9' 7" 8' 1' 6005137.43 12 3T 8' 29' 10' 26' V 277 18' 1' 15'T 1817' 177 13' 10' 17' 5' 15'3' 17 10' 177 14'4• 171' 15.r 13' 7" Ivy 14'w 13' 0' IV 0' 13' 10' 171' 10'2' 6005137.43 16 34'2' 2T 2' 23'r 1810' 17r 13' 10' 1T1' 14'11' 17 7" 15'10' 1710' 11'8' 14'11' 177 11'0' 14'7 ire ivy 13' 7' 11.1r ivy 17 7' 11' 0" 73' 6005137.43 24 29' 10" 277 277 177 14'4" 171' 14'11' 13' 0" 11'7 1717 12' 1' 177 13'0' 11'4' 9'r 12.4. 10' 10" 9' V 1110' 177 11'8' 11' 0' 9' 7' 8' 1' 6008182.43 12 377 31' 2' 27'7 21'T 1810 15' 11' 19'r 17'2' 14'7 18'7 15' 11' 177 17 7 14'11' 177' 177 14' 2" To* 15' 7" 17T 11' 5' 14'5' 12' 7' 10'8" 6005182.43 18 35' 8' 28' 4' 24' 9' 19' r 17'2' 14'5' 17" l " 15'7' 13' 1' 16' 6" 14'5" 17 2' 15' 7' 177' 11'5' 14'7 1711' 10' 11' 14'7 12' 4" 10' 5" 171' 11' 5' 9' 8' 6003162.43 24 31'2' 24'7 21'7' 172" 1411' 17 r 177' 13'T 11'7' 14' 5' 17T 10' 8' 13' 7" 11'10' 10'0" 12' 11' 11'3' 9' 8" 12' 4' 10'7 9'1' 11'7 10' 0" 8'5' 6005200.43 12 41' 0 32' 9' 28' 7' 22' 8' 19' 10" 16' 8' 20' 7' 18' 0' 15' 2' 19' 1' 16' 8" 14' 1' 18' 0" 177 13' 3' 17' 1' 14.11" 12' 7 16' 4' 14' 3' 12' 0" 15' 2" 17 3' 11' 2' 600520043 18 3T1? 29' 9" 26' 0" 20 r 18' 0" 15' 2' 18' 9" 16' 4' 13' 9" 17 4' 15' 2' 12' 9' 16' 4' 14' 3" 12' 0' 15' 6' 13' T 11.5. 14.10 13' 0' 10 11' 13' 9' 12' 0' 10' 2' 6005200.43 24 37 9' 26' 0' 22' 8" 18' 0" 15' 9" 13' 3' 16' 4" 14' 3' 12' IT 15' 2' 13' 3' 11' 2' 14' 3' 12' 8' 10' 6' 13' 7" 11' 10' 10' 0' 13' 0 11' 4' 9' 6' 17 0' 10 6' 8' 10' 6005137.54 12 40' 4" 32' 0' 28' 0" 22' 2' 19' 5' 16' 4' 20 2' 17' 7' 14' 10" 18' 9' 16' 4' 13' 9' 17 7" 175* 13' 0' 16' 9" 14' 7 12' 4" 16' 0" 14' 0' 11' 9' 14' 10" 13' 0' 10 11' 6005137.54 18 30 8" 29' 1' 25' 5" 20 2" 17' 7' 14' 10 18' 4" 10 0" 13' 8" 17' 0' 14' 10 17 IT 16 Cr' 14' 0" 11' 9' 15' 2' 13' 3' 11' 2' 14' 6' 17 8" 10' 8" 13' 6' 11' 9' 9' 11" 6005137.54 24 32' 0 25 5' 27 2' 17' 1" 15 5' 13' 0' 16' 0' 14' 0' 11' 9' 14'10" IT 0' 10' 11' 14' 0' 12'2" 10' 3" 13' 3' 11' 7' 9' 9' 12' 8' 11' 1' 9' 4' 11' 9' 10' 3" 8' 8" 600S162•54 12 42' 2' 33' 5" 29' 2" 23' 2' 20' 3" 17 1" 21' 1' 18' 5' 15' 6' 19' 6" 17' 1• 14' 5" 18' 5' 16' 1" 13' 6' 17' 5" 15' 3" 12' 10' 16' 8" 14'r 12' 3' 15' 6" 13' 6' 11' 5' 6005162.54 16 38' 3' 30' 4" 26' 6' 21' 1' 18' 5' 15' 8" 19' 1' 16' 8" 14' 1' 17' 9" 15 8" 13' 1' 16' 8' 14' 7' 12' 3' 15' 10' IT 10' 11' 8' 15' 2' 13' 3' 11' 2' 14' 1" 12' 3' 10' 4" 600S162.54 24 33' S' 25 6' 23' 2" 18' 5" 16' 1' 13' 6' 16' 8' 14' T 12' 3' 15' 8' 13' 6' 11' S" 14' 7" 12' 9' 10' 9' 13' 10" 12' 1' 10' 2' 13' 3" 11' 7' 9' 9' 173' 10' 9' 9' 1' 6005200.54 12 44' 3' 35' 2' 30 8' 24' 4' 21' 3' 17' 11' 22' 1' 19' 4' 16' 3' 20' 6" 17' 11' 15' 1' 19' 4' 16' 10" 14' 3' 18' 4" 16' 0' 13' 6' 17' 7' 15.4* 1711" 16'3' 14' 3' 12' 0" 6005200.54 18 40' 3" 31' 11" 2T 11' 22' 1" 19' 4' 16' 3' 201' 17' r 14' 10" 18' 8' 16' 3" 13' 9' 17 7" 15' 4" 12' 11' 18' 8' 14' 7" 12' 3" 15'1 ? 13' 11" 11' 9' 1410 12' 11" 10' 11' 6005200.54 24 35' 2' 27' 11' 24' 4' 19' 4" 16' 10" 14' 3' 17' 7' 15' 4' 1711' 16' 3" 14' 3' 12' IT 15' 4' 175' 11' 3' 14' T 12' 8' 10 9" 13' 11' 12' 2' 10' 3" 12' 11" 11' 3' 9' 6' 600S137.68 12 43' 3" 34' 4' 30 0" 23' 9' 20' 9" 17' 6' 21' 7' 18' 10" 1511' 271' 17 6' 14' 9" 18' 10' 18' 6' 13' 11' 1711" 15' 8' 13' 2" 172' 15' 0' 12' 7' 15' 11" 13' 11' 11' 9' 6005137.68 16 39' 4' 31' 2' 27' 3' 21' 7' 18' 10" 15' 11' 19' 8' 17' 2" 14' S' 18' 3' 15' 11" 13' 5' 17 2' 15' 0' 17 7' 16 3" 14' 3" 12' 0' 15' 7' 13' 7' 11' 6' 14' 5' 17 7' 10' 8" 6005137.68 24 34' 4' 27' 3' 23' 9" 18' 10" 16' 6" 13' 11' 17' 2" 15' 0' 17 T 15' 11' 13' 1? 11' 9' 15' 0' 171' 11' 0' 14' 3' 12' 5' 10' 6' 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0' 17 r 11' 0" 9' 3' 6005162.68 12 45' 2" 35' 10' 31' 4' 24' 10' 21' 8' 18' 3" 22' 7" 19' 8' 16' 7' 20' 11' 18' 3" 15' 5' 19' 8" 173' 14' 6" 18' 9' 16' 4" 13' 9' 1711' 15' 8' 13' 2" 16' 7" 14' 6" 12' 3' 600S162.68 16 41' 0' 37 7' 28' 5' 27 T 19' 8' 16' 7' 20' 6' 17' 11" 15' 1' 19' 0" 16' 7' 14' 0' 17' 11' 15' 8' 13' 2' 17' 0' 14' 10" 12' 6' 16' 3' 14' 2 ". .12' 0' 15' 1' 13' 2" 11' 1' 60051622.68 24 35' 10' 28' 5" 24' 10' 19' 8' 17' 3" 14' 6' 17' 11' 15' 8' 13' 2' 18'r 14' 6" 12' 3' 15' 8' 13' 8' 11' 6' 14' 10' 13' 0" 10' 11' 14' 2" 12' 5' 10' S" 13' 2' 11' 6' 9' 8" 6005200.688 12 47' 6' 37' 8' 32' 11' 26' 2' 22' 10' 19' 3' 23' 9' 20' 9' 17' 6' 22' 0' 19' 3' 16' 3' 20 9' 18' 1' 15' 3' 19' 8' 17' 2' 14' 6' 18' 10" 16' 5' 13' 10" IT 6' 15' 3' 12' 10" 6005200-68 16 43' 2' 34' 3" 29' 11' 23' 9' 20' 9" 17' 6' 21' 7' 18' 10' 15' 10" 20' 0" 17' 6' 14' 9" 18' 10" 175' 13' 10' 17' 11' 15' 7" 13' 2" 17' 1' 14' 1? 12' 7' 15' 10" 13' 10' 11' 8' 6005200.68 24 37' 8" 29' 11' 26' 2' 20' 9' 18' 1' 15' 3" 18' 10" 16' 5' 13' 10" 17' 6" 15' 3' 12' 10" 16' 5' 14'4' 12' 1' 15' 7" 13' 8" 11' 6' 14' 11' 13' 1' 11' 0" 13' 10' 12' 1' 10 2" 8005162.33 12 45' 5' 36' 0" 31' 6 "^ 25' 0' 21' 10" 18' 5' 22' 8' 19' 10' 16' 8' 21' 1" 18' 5' 15' 6' 19' 10' 17 4' 14'r 16' 10' 16' 5' 13' 10" 17 0' 17 9' 17 3' 10 71 14' T 12' 4" 800S162.33 16 41' 3' 37 9' 27 7' 22' 8" 19' 10' 16' 8' 20' 7" 18' 0" 15' 2' 19' 2' 16' 8' 14' 1" 18' 0' 15' 9" 13' 3' 16101 14' 11" 12' 7' 15' 9'I 14' 3' 12' 0' 14' 11 13' 3' 11' 2" 8008162,33 24 36' 0" 28' 7' 25' 0" 19' 10' 17 4" 14'7' 18' 0' 15' 9' 13' 3' 16' 31 14' 7' 12' 4' 14171 13' 9" 11' 7" 13' 91 13' 0" 11' 0' 12'101 12' 6" 10 6" 11' 6'1 11' 61 9' 9' 8008200'33 12 47 6" 37' 8" 32' 11" 26' 1' 22' 10' 19' 3" 23' 9' 20 9' 17' 6' 22' 0' 19' 3" 16' 3' 20 9' 18' 1" 15' 3' 19' 8' 17' 2' 14' 6' 18' 10' 16' 5' 13' 10' 16101 15' 3' 12' 10" 8005200.33 16 43" 2' 34' 3' 29' 11" 23' 9' 20 9' 17' 6' 21'7' 18' 10' 15' 10" 20 0" 17 6' 14' 9' 18' 10" 16'5' 13' 10" 17' S'1 15' 7' 13' 2" 16' 41 14' 11' 12' 7" 14' 7'1 13' 10' 11' 8' 800S200.33 24 37' 8' 29' 11' 26' 1' 20' 9' 18' 1" 15' 3' 18' 10" 16' 5' 13' 10" 16'101 15' 3' 12' 10" 15' 51 14' 4' 12' 1" 14' 31 13' 8" 11' 6' 13' 41 13'0" 11' 0' 11'111 11'111 10 2' 8005162.43 12 49' 6' 39' 3" 34' 4' 27' 3" 23' 9' 20 0" 24' 9' 21' 7' 18' 2' 22' 11" 20 0' 16' 11" 21' 7' 18' 10 15' 11' 20' 6' 17' 11" 15' 1' 19' 7" 17 2" 14' 5' 18' 2" 15' 11' 13' 5" 8005162.43 18 44' 11' 35' 8' 31' 2' 24' 9' 21' 7' 18' 2' 22' 5' 19' T 16' 6' 20' 10' 18' 2' 15' 4' 19' 7' 17' 7 14' S' 18' 8' 16' 3' 17 9' trio.' 15' 7 17 1' 16' 6" 14' 5' 17 2' 800S162.43 24 39' 3' 31' 2' 27' 3" 21' 7' 18' 10" 15' 11" 19' 7' 17' 2" 14' 5' 18' 2' 15 11' 13' 5' 172' 14' 11" 17 7' 16' 3' 14' 2" 12' 0" 15' 7' 13' 7" 11' 5' 14' 31 12' 7' 10' 8' 8005200.43 12 51' 9' 411* 35' 11' 28' 6' 24' 10' 21' 0' 2510'- 22' 7' 19' 1' 24' 0' 21' 0' 17' 8" 22' 7' 19' 0 16' 6" 21' 5' 18' 9' 15' 10' 20' 6" 17' 11' 15' 1' 19' 1" 16' 8' 14' 0' 8005200.43 18 47' 0' 37' 4' 32' r 25' 10 22' 1' 15.1" 23' 6' 20' 6' 17' 4' 21' 10' 19' 1' 16' 1' 20' 6' 17' 11' 15' 1' 19' 6' 17' 0" 14' 4' 18' 8' 16' 3' 13' 9' 17' 4' 15' 1" 12' 9" 800520043 24 411' 32' 7' 28' 6' 22' T 19' 9' 16' 8" 20 6' 17' 11' 15' 1' 191" 16' 8' 14' 0' 17' 11' 15' 8' 13' 2' 17' 0' 14' 10" 12' 6' 16' 3' 14' 3' 12' 0' 15' 01 13' 2" 11' 1" 8005162.54 12 53' 2' 42' 2' 36' 10' 29' 3' 25' 6' 21' 6" 26' T 23' 2' 19' 7' 24' 8' 21' 6' 18' 2' 23' 2' 20' 3' 17' 1" 22' 0' 19' 3' 18' 3' 21' 1' 18' 5' 15' 8' 19' 7' 17' 1' 14' 5' 8008162.54 18 48' 3" 38' 4' 33' 6' 26' r 23' 2' 19' T 24' 1' 21' 1' 1T 9' 22' 5' 19' 7" 16' 6' 21' V 18' 5' 15' 6' 20' 0' 17' 6' 14' 9" 19' 2' 16' 9" 14' 1' 17' 9" 15' 6" 13' 1' 8005162.54 24 42' 2' 33' 6' 29' 3' 23' 2' 20 3' 17' 1' 21' 1' 18' 5" 15' 6" 19' T 17' 1' 14' 5' 18" 5" 16' 1" 13' 7" 17' 6' 15' 3' 12' 10' 17 9' 14' 7' 17 4' 15' 6' 13' 7' 11' 5' 8005200.54 12 55' 7' 44' 2' 38' 7' 30' T 26' 9' 22' 6' 27' 9" 24' 3' 20' 6' 25' 9" 22' 6' 19' 0' 24' 3' 21' 2' 17' 10" 23' 1' 20' 2' 17' 0' 22' 1' 19' 3" 16' 3" 20' 8' 1710" 15.1" 8005200.54 16 50 6' 40' 1" 35' 0' 27 9' 24' 3' 20' 6' 25' 3" 22' 1' 18' 7' 23' 5' 20 6' IT 3' 22' 1' 19' 3' 16' 3' 20' 11' 18' 3' 15' S" 20 0" 17' 6' 14' 9' 18' 7" 16' 3' 13' 8' 8005200.54 24 44' 2' 35' 0 30 7' 24' 3" 21' 2' 17'10" 22' 1' 19' 3' 18' 3" 20' 6' 17' 10" 15.1" 19' 3' 16' 10' 14' 2' 18' 3' 16' 0' 13' 6' 17' 6' 15' 3" 12' 10' 16' 3' 14' 2' 11' 11" 6005162.68 12 57' 0' 45' 3' 39' 6" 31' 4' 27 5' 23' 1' 28' 6" 24' 11' 21' 0" 26' 5' 23' 1' 19' 6' 24' 11' 21' 9' 18' 4' 23' 8' 20' 8" 17' 5' 22' 7' 19' 9' 16' 8' 21' 0" 18' 4' 15' 5" 8005162.88 18 51' 10' 41' 1' 35' 11" 28' 6' 24' 11' 21' 0" 25' 11' 22' 7' 19' 1' 24' 0' 21' 0" 17' 8" 22' 7" 179' 16' 8' 21' 6' 18' 9' 15' 10" 20 6' 17.11" 15' 1' 19' 1' 16' 8" 14' 0 8005162.68 24 477 35'1 1' 31' 4" 24' 11" 21' 9' 18'7 22' T 19' 9" 16' 8" 21' 0" 18' 4" 15' 5" 19' 9' 17' 3' 14' 6" 18' 9' 16' 5' 13' 10' 1711' 15' 8" 13' 2' 16' 8' 14' 6" 12' 3" 800S200.68 12 59' 9' 47' 5" 41' 5' 32' 10' 28' 8" 24' 2' 29' 10" 26' 1' 27 0' 27' 8' 24' 2' 20 5' 201' 22' 9' 19' 2" 24' 9' 21' 7' 18' 3' 27 6" 20 8' 1T 5' 22' 0' 19' 2" 10 2' 8005200.68 18 54' 3' 43' 1" 37' 7" 29' 10' 26' 1' 22' 0' 27' 1' 23' 8' 20' 0" 25' 2' 22' 0' 18' 6' 23' 8' 20 8' Iry 22' 6' 19' 8' 16' T 21' 6' 179' 15' 10' 20' 0" 17' 5' 14' 6" 800S200.68 24 47' 5' 37'? 32' 10' 271' 22' 9" 19' 2" 23' 8' 20 8" 11' 5' 22' 0' 19' 2' 16' 2' 20' 8' 18' 1' 15' 3' 19' 8' 17 2' 14' 6" , 18' 9' 16' 5' 13' 10 17 5' 15' 3' 12' 10 " f " denotes stress controlled section, all other sections are deflection controlled See page 15 for Wall Height Table Notes KNORR' sz 17 misessaSeesoleselemereat 3 t COUGHLIN r'ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL. ENGINEERING COMPANY 41 e ,c f9ivri vE� R i8‘10sr (z, s- 7- X %) 1 /s'a- /� 0,z / 7 A pzo II yeiw f e ll C �t yv / 7"J/04 ''v4 C = _pe 7 'C. •=;e 11 Sc� ( ?> '/( Project: ,e:2- Project No: Client Desi ned B : ` /it- Date L lc" Checked By: Sheet of - J 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 2061343 -0460 • F: 2061343 -5691 ■ S ro e FitO/' (v) Table 1. Equal Leg Angles Fy•38ks1 �7 :17.iir t11d !E Eccentrically Loaded Columns ��v�• Single Angles Attached to Gusset Plates ` Design Strength In kip. (fs • 1.5t) lir w Sill axe . ®0 ® ®IIMIIIIIII®® 715 • . 3/4 515 9115 12 ' 7111 318 1116 wan 37.4 33.1 28.7 24.2 216 19.5 17.2 14.5 12.4 r si 1 s t:E 1 6 6 5 9 10 1t i2 13 14 15 i7 1e 10 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 24e 231 2 207 197 185 178 161 lee 129 120 111 103 96 90 84 79 74 • 69 85 p •pi '1 };i7: y� ,Sf,• • : 1 ; ?, ••,' it fl t ` , {`}ll r ' • !<; ..•,• q 811 ill t1, r I o ma: o$�0 -.0000 000 v 0000 '.. 1 W i ! % l;ii � {'�' ,i147 r..);,.1 . 'Cq4 �v<1.,3• I' r c'I�G 111 7r •••MMM p `" f 5' • •.: .r, ,r, 1~' { f • 64' 7 •1( ,' • :0.1 "4 2 2 2ti 206 204 106 lei 171 119 159 150 140 122. 113 the ' 97 00 53 77 72 57 83 69 as p,. r v r,, .� •�:. InY ' C�iLti j %� j ^ girl x, ' td' • r 't'�j • 1 ;gip • • ;:'0• +.' l .s .. ?> q . :ej' 1`r 1 • .5 .1 �l• "� IN f"7,' 208 19D 108 193 190 ie7 182 178 155 167 141 131 1x9 112 104 68 58 82 75 70 e5 81 67 63 60 k .1 ..� d • y �' 'r •� rqY ; .E {, , 6 : I 1- „ • i(r.•• d I •,�I T. C = :� 1 l{: c •: ' ' 4� ;.1- r "? b • , �' •FS .6 144 139 137 135 i36 134 138 131 129 124 119 114 101 97 91 ear 79 73 87 12 68 54 60 47 44 •�jj;•% jl ..,,� �1 �r 't" p.. t ". I lj �I i'a .t. :' q, . r �'�S',� RiC� ryry to .- ,, 'if li.��iR •.;t ' ` r a ` 'S .'?d� , 6`. ! ' b 4 J�AAQii..1 ''r.1'4+,� " 121 • 117 118 114 113 112 111 110 109 107 103 95 94 64 711 25 70 66 80 65 62 49 46 42 40 y ' 1.':' ! i. '-� , ''''1• • t'' V.,:',.. ,,iy i T.� 14' {`. �• {;.:5 N`t• "I,,' t [ '(r it ; 6° 2 ti :,ty ;� y� °0 , j tfu DD 02 t ° 92 1 o1 00 90 ' 89 ea er 83 10 72 ea °6 61 '57 °3 49 4e 43 40 37 35 4 • '( , l ;i' ?1 r`r;7••. i ri,; (-1rA, eeQ 4, d �ri••}r. F/.�: ;'I :y/ r. �4 4 N. ..39 •t 7 Fy • 38 kill Eccentrically Loaded Columns Fji+� 3Qksl? ��� Single Angles Attached to Gusset Plates • Design Strength In kips (td a 1.31) . ` Design Str.ngth In kips (f0 • 1,5» •• 2 lir w 11148 axe . Tack 718 715 • . 3/4 515 9115 12 ' 7111 318 1116 wan 37.4 33.1 28.7 24.2 216 19.5 17.2 14.5 12.4 r 311 FIMEIIi ' ttrr ' ' ti��c'�' 1 �'L �UME�iE1 36 i`'jf mEg 39 37 37 311 35 36 33 38 35 34 32 30 211 26 24 22 20 to 17 ,4t •',h r > 4'I j,; . . 0 •. , L 1 + tG . ' St A L I. ' 1 1 2 3 4 0 .0 7 6 0 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 17 18 15 144 142 140 136 129 123 116 toe 101 93 86 79 72 ea 69 84 60 40 4x t • • ;`,rjt6 , I • • k .• 'i e.,t11 ? • ;, • •- •':r 181 a ..l0 f:1'• !�lS.1 I., "- Et7. ;t;l [,fl:.l 139 137 136 130 124 111 111 103 95 88 91 74 67 65 60 48 42 39 �, , I$ ,-"�; . Ar il "1 it . • ' "1 �' : r 131 129 127 124 116 111 104 97 00 82 78 69 62 66 51 40 42 39 30 e, , .. 71 , • T 1't' ' • Y F`, 1 11: 1 00 1' 6 • ,,, 1 :! ! '� 1; , ht ? '121 111 118 11s 110 103 95 89 82 76 ea 02 6e •80 43 41 38 34 31 11 • ; •'7 81. ,+ r4ft. )1 , `°fie•, s I ~.,.2 :, 1 I E '=1 ` • f 1i R. • , rY 114 111 109 106 103 911 02 58 711 71 66 ea °J 47 43 39 36 32 29 .t' 5.7.. �•`, t 1A; l {02• t,i oar 17; 22 ;>; • . 1.:' '11 - <-.1 . •� '1 '• . pt 92. 90 99 ea 87 88 81 71 72 07 80 84 49 44 3D 36 32 29 27 2r� ,1041 4 go `;n `• ' N 5 ' {`I 5 ), '„ % 's' =, '!•, : E •;: 71 89 80 e° 87 e5 55 82 66 60 31 47 43 30 J6 32 29 27 24 �' a .. . t . -I'49 11 ,. 1.1:0 1.1 •� '. +; !t' FA :5 : ,�f 83 83 52 61 51 60 30 47 44 41 39 30 33 • 30 27 26 23 21 •. •K •1 .• .. C 4x ,4q4 �, �'7• (•. -. ' J , 132 / ENGINEERING JOURNAL./ THIRD QUARTER / 2001 'tr�-rya �are;.c µiys'- "7•- •.".'sna,>";i,. r.,.y o-., ;. /y,:•xp.,n;,� q.;•.•c•..x,..� .. Fy • 36 kill . • Eccentrically Loaded Columns rj Y a Single Angles Attached to Gusset Prates ' .� Design Str.ngth In kips (f0 • 1,5» •• 2 lir w Bin 1x6 Thlelt. 718 314 Sn 1/2 7111 315 5115 Wa/t 27.2 236 20.0 142 142 12.3 10.3 Pr 38 /pt • 37 t 33 ttrr ' 38 1 38 (i..•' t 36 i`'jf 38 „ dj� sj i 1 2 3 4 4 e �e 9 10 '11 12 13 15 16 101 00 85 92 02 i!F;1&i 50 .45 35 33 30 Y p' i� ri ;'1�,��'" i- GF!a T� VP t: " �' • 97 06 93 83 48 41 33 30 27 rtt•rr "6: ': 1 .j ;; n. •A 1, '° , „,/. rs, • ' 91 e9 67 83 77 42 37 30 27 24 ; � 'I r' � ...Lt �I! Y, .7.-, rt' L1 t,,•'',' ,{ ; R, e s L e2• 80 78 .78 70 42 37 33 25 23 21 r't , {r.. i1 it 71 2 , ,.. "(� '� CCryry, E'r`',••1 ,, r > 71 69 09 67 ee e7 J9 34 30 244 21 19 d?4`• I 'r %' 1 ri j ;�u.'Le. Ili, '41 ' <i •' • 7' • • 1l. O. 91 50 49 49 48 34 30 27 21 • 19 17 '' fit 1 • 1 �,; '4 j ' '' 1 r'�' • :/!•.^t r, 226' I • : R-Ifri 30 31 3a 36 38 27 24 22 17 18 14 't :r 1 tt ~• ' y. / • 311. 4x4•• VI ek. 314 5. 1/2 71111 318 5111 1/4 W an 18.8 15.7 12.0 1 .3 96 . 6.2 6 5 ' Pr 38 {�'Sbb'l7 31 r .14 31 ti 93+.} 35 I bo7= 36 ?'4101." 3e E,� °0t:� 3e lt'S0 „^ -Doogiuil—I 1 2 3 4 8 a 7 9 10 X11 7x 13 65 e4 60 68 52 47 42 37 32 28 25 22 _ Novi 4+]13711`• 1,81ti( 74 1 0 84'.4 cy.49: ,1142±t j,'<a5 r: - 314"✓i i"t r.' ^231 y�,z4'•!!, SJ.,'!�. .,j /174 83 et 65 54 40 44 311 34 20 23 22 20 _ ��55���6'/1 '0,. 7p• 'I "'r pi 60 465., as4.ri 3•'i, '?61,4 t': �:� ,- 24;,1 '�1 ?p .. :_,, i : 38 88 58 54 50 451 40 , 36 30 25 23 20 17 15 ''><': n .•.9'4, �,Zt 1. 64 :4 11.x,1' 1,I 1 �4dttlr . t 3•'2Q:3 xr "24,T 1 ,;,'it• itM „1j ly'i ,151.1 .4 64 63 61 47 42 37 33 28 24 21 18 ` 10 14 W:74' r�1# 106:,.. taxi ,° 5311) ! ? •a Og,'r •).}2it,,^ Voyy`.� , 22r,•t x05 I' `01• ( �i�Z:: )k{I�F.i ,lifer•. 50 48 47 44 . 30 351 30 25 22 19 14 14 iz IY'• }' k71 ; i E 08Z: s, 42j''s x172001; :- .--i',.r, g17.1'15, ±�t t7 .j yr i • 35 34 34 33 31 20 25 23. 20 17 11 .rg 7"512 ?" 4.2�" -' 41.. 'Ab tt .h; k,• { • 4125(i ill2s'l r,2).S :413,1; '171' K.. I sl1��i • t.' i r`"1 24 23 23 22 22 21 19 17 15 13 11 10 9 9 Hem .0211+1 4''27 25aj f2 .tr; 9t.j oe.= ;,1,tr r:L'h a. m, t F1c•. Q'st ..',',i.,,: Fy • 35 ksi ' Eccentrically Loaded Columns FKC;.601417 � , Single Angles Attached to Gusset Plates s II Design Strength In kips (te • 1.5t) . 3111 31/4x31.. Thick. 112 • 7111 316 6116 7. W1111 11.1 0.6 1.3 7.3 5.6 /Iv • 35 V '4111ECII�, "NECIIIM., .ij ® si A 1 2• 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 10 11 45.0 45.0 41.1 37.7 33.4 29.0 24.9 21.1 179• 15.3 13.3 .. 14l "i- 0 45f.` ,id' '" 7. 6 .1 p, , 'M4 ',•'1 1,t ." • 44.2 42.5 30.9 36.9 31.5 27.4 23.3 19.0 100 143 123 .h1aar 1. •.551 '3X04 i • .. .I, 1 1Y q C . • '',+ q k.4 '� '•'• 41.0 39.7 37.4' 33.5 29.4 25.3 21.6 16.0 16.1 12.5 • 11.0 •6, . jp7 •3.3 ' a 7'•42;6oc1 r 35.ez i .1 '. 9 ' ,, at • • -.1 64 - �� 41 "i N,1 36.0 3512 34.0 30.7 25.5 22.9 104 16.1 13.4 11.4 0.0 �j0�.... • , �g�,1 • ""131 1 9i • 3 . • wp i ��tr1 0 'r 4 11 ,2 Si. err }U t 22.5 22.3 21.9 21.4 19.0 17.7 10,0 13.3 11.3 9.0 11.2 '• ' 1;;`'46 J 2j,3 9' 3 i• "• }} 1, /iT ' :., 0118 3 x 3 Thbk. 112 7118 316 8118 1/4 3115 w1J1 94 8.3 7.2 5.1 4 9 3.71 F. 36 s'n7 MI 31 36 yC,•'� 1�p 38 ;b'r^ 1 31 5L� '' 1: 35 F'7; 2;'•. d 9 iTl 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 9 35.5 336 • 30.7 27.0 23.3 19.6 18.3 11.8 4..,...�k �:. Wy F' '1,•� 1"' ' tGj •• 1: . 1 ' 34.2 64 32.5 11, 29.4 4 205 . 4 22.1 lu 15.5 ry 15.2 � iao N j r �} !' S„ •11jj r � •, f•!;j j'• .*'1i i . IA F'• y�{ll d-• 1t 32.3 31.0 279 24.3 20.8 17.2 14.0 tae • C . �,l.f• ;, •j r . ip if ,,, . • ' it( t 4 I•t 20.1 2514 20.° 224 tae 15.8 12.1 ae *.,...iii ..• M y•)1 �L' j P10 e s wd ' - ' t "s, 2213 22.0 21.4 10.2 11.0 13.5 11.0 i:4 l II j"! ; la' •u. j.:' ; a (f tl :. ;;'.z •'il �: , rA ,4l;„.,, , ,33 12.9 12.0 12.3 .11.1 9.6 113 611 1 t' '',1 �' Y1� • ;1� 11 • t > �i r' r.1 GI r•..,..,�:,�.t.�>¢: +t.n�:hk'- •4•x11.; xS..•r•..... COUGHLIN r -ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY s ro4 N r=/lo •�T�� -/ /7'4O/2 /2', F1, /x4 A,d - -.r, ., //5 Project: /?& r -re .- /V7- 4 Designed By: I'M- Date �70( Project No: Client Checked By: Sheet of 5'-5 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343-0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 • 3 a u • COUGHLIN t- 'ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY ST0/t r ,r,w, 7 (6) -r /2 F fEbt-' as'/1 -fr> G- Zy , r, �-.= Z �.. /z .r' 6 2-4 F-a- I .t!'6 /Qt- ?/ . "�-(.', po C7 vc /q- /3 = Z Y p /e/ M1 I r0/(/ 1 I yy ti SC- . i' j..?,S- L(S � (7) 6e)675 Fax s ft€ / cl J.6'" v7_ 6,Zk / p,6 /c.• ,e / y! a .1 �! ,W/ s e/ P /L4Js7& Project i e.z- - -regi //eC 7 Designed By: p- M Date ey/_/17/4)z Client Checked By: Sheet of Y Project No: 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 3 C u e. u COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY rye C. �.r a�Gr SC—t / =wr /ry %e/1 00-6/,,Are iz' i.�Z1 Q. z t A.GLME"4'r- I, e4s( ?_E roe 4-4 C1'L -- 2 F/ /10.77 (zlGc s-f6 x /S- CO c cr �e� 70 Project: /Q 2' Scw7- 4 /(7FyT Project No: Designed By: /7 Z Client Checked By: Sheet of S` 7 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 v 3 r e_ 0 u COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL. ENGINEERING COMPANY 5 , /zo.i --7 yy� 1.8 �- /Y-ta9/0s) -fik- a :4, 9 r /, $ ( /Z% - Z o . yy n,'1 E = , 8 eSoej /2 ®0 /"-ir ,, 2 4 _ s- (9) tie CZ_ ,?�Q'zo� ooc� /68 It rher ee t' O /c, Project: '7 Project No: .S4Lr Tb/ tw% �i� Designed By: ti 61 Date ti' /c7p'Z Client Checked By: Sheet of X 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343-0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 • COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY 62. • 6 ?/(7/ cA Att--/it- ,=A0 #ilz.e/ /11-drePt/ / //, 7-zep -c--- ,s-2c- 2_0/ siVi-4, /4 = 4( /es:-.7 4c•C1 '12 -17 2) /, Z7 /',-7 Si e /z /445- 6 ,off ®w 3-67,0 E/-5-(/)7z 0-1'7 2/ /DA sr(/.f- 1- - ->/e( /1/j' /i'W Le/. :-,? i • efr. v /2' Y • 1 2.4z// 7. r Project Project No: No: Designed By: Date Client Checked By: Sheet 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343-0460 • F: 206/343-5691 • of 5 7 0 4 U ti COUGHLIN r-ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY . STD/�f= A:4e T qb), a? _e, z /6 %o/ s /V= rit e- -/s et,' . teb � 1.� <i � f /A. EE,iJ / s Acq'A v; z7 t r r 1. if if/ 1. • 4J J—r /z N.s >`4 &a, / C,, e. A A' 4- L Gi e ,4.4. r c, ,_- Tot r` "G-4. i.�- Z Iz' rte. / B„ / =t ` D 5/X� &.,)` z,/ /n yzgo leAs ,19 r 17: G/ ,,c r Ts /z Project: X e.'% — Project No: Designed By: MX-- Date 7, Client: Checked By: Sheet r of S. -0 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 may „. M y..• «m�< >. .w- .. ._. ....., . rt. ot64,16":91 COUGHLINr°01 RTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY 3 0 s>oJ' /- "A6P -cd T jbbt//c /4" t /7-/-/ JFo /4 J-j/,�/3 n-• d Tel/ A-r40usz0 4 Loqvii, 4 • frfr/ L4G seems. cis Q /<„T 9 /y,x /5- r / /e>4 5- 4----- . 1 6 /1." 14••• ,v6 .1'L L� 14- 7— ,�- /B) /to Project: Project No: Designed By: Date Client Checked By: Sheet 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 of $ // 1 COUGHLIN HORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL. ENGINEERING COMPANY Tog ( /z) • _Vy 1( g 6 L /SIG .SI/e /9 k 0 ,,X82 ' 1)&e.. L.ai"? Gl /t /Z?`2o,7 ros/,iLE- Co #2- /I- e %`/ A-, / rid u S'( ) =� / 8G >e?...5' Project: 02 6- 2- �,�d�Tiy- L��'il , - �•-,, Designed By: p/9 Date Project No: • Client Checked By: Sheet of S- /Z- 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 COUGHLIN PORTERLUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CML ENGINEERING CORPORATION Miscellaneous z DWI J U: v 0 W= N LL. W 0 2 • a' • a- w; _. z �. . 1-a. z •. • s0 —. 0H. • W W` H W U ir Z . 3 a. 0 U U • •, • COUGHLIN PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL. ENGINEERING COMPANY R4r- /LDOev L L = .SD �s!' % y"/61C J-6 /fT /1 W, i J2-`,AO z sc5 (s/Z a-0 /ST -5 1.1 -'1)D/2T /JV (,- 'SS 4/ /76= bee/4)z e• 8i- t- L 4 U 4J' e- L//7 l0,4.4 rnvD .Ave L //id=- Lo /.d L L� 7rj it e / /ST --2°14"4; _ .5-00' / /Z /Z T Lv^ / ,o (4 9r7`) .fie= /'?2 L /fT S7 V _ 6 / /(' 2 10,4' e .ter p aa_g- )c a // 77:27/, 0z3 -04./� / . �- Project: .-ra4u77"C & 't,'7 Designed By: "(-/-- Date 84 Project No: • Client Checked By: Sheet of P1-1 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 r <KSNR?atr..s Tierif AV(Eyerhaeuser iiusiness TJ-Beam(TM) 6,02 Serial Number: 7002016392 User: 2 5/28102 1:46:07 PM Page 1 Engine Version: 1.2.1 REI- Southcenter 11 7/8" TJI® /Pro(TM) -250 @ 12" o/c THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED 20' Product Diagram is Conceptual. LOADS: Analysis is for a Joist Member. Primary Load Group - Residential - Living Areas (psf): 50.0 Live at 100 % duration, 15.0 Dead SUPPORTS: 1 Stud wall 2 Stud wall Input Width 3.50" 3.50" Bearing Length 2.25" 2.25" Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Detail Live/Dead/Uplift/Total 500/150/0/650 500/150/0/650 Other A3: Rim Board 1 Ply 1 1/4" 0.8E TJ- Strand Rim Board® A3: Rim Board 1 Ply 1 1/4" 0.8E TJ- Strand Rim Board® -See TJ SPECIFIER'S / BUILDERS GUIDE for detail(s): A3: Rim Board DESIGN CONTROLS: Maximum Shear (Ibs) 636 Vertical Reaction (Ibs) 636 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 3116 Live Load Defl (in) Total Load Defl (in) TJPro Design -631 636 3116 0.479 0.622 36 Control 1420 1170 4430 0.490 0.979 30 Control Passed (44 %) Passed (54 %) Passed (70 %) Passed (L/491) Passed (L/378) Passed Location Rt. end Span 1 under Floor loading Bearing 2 under Floor loading MID Span 1 under Floor loading MID Span 1 under Floor loading MID Span 1 under Floor loading Span 1 - Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL :U480,TL:U240). - Allowable moment was increased for repetitive member usage. - Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking. - Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 2' 8" o/c unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability. TJ -Pro RATING SYSTEM -The TJ -Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32 ", 5/8" Panels (20" Span Rating) decking. The controlling span is supported by walls. Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None. A structural analysis of the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1.87 ADDITIONAL NOTES: - IMPORTANT! The analysis presented is output from software developed by Trus Joist (TJ). TJ warrants the sizing of its products by this software will be accomplished in accordance with TJ product design criteria and code accepted design values. The specific product application, input design loads, and stated dimensions have been provided by the software user. This output has not been reviewed by a TJ Associate. -Not all products are readily available. Check with your supplier or TJ technical representative for product availability. -THIS ANALYSIS FOR TRUS JOIST PRODUCTS ONLYI PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION VOIDS THIS ANALYSIS. - Allowable Stress Design methodology was used for Building Code NER analyzing the TJ Distribution product listed above. PROJECT INFORMATION: Copyright 0 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI0 and TJ -Beamm are registered trademarks of True Joist. e -I Joiet",Pro"' and TJ -Pro" are trademarks of True Joist. OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea @cpllnc.com REI- Southcenter AV Business 11 7/8" TJI® /Pro TM -250 @ 12" o/c TJ- Beam(TM) 6.02 Serial Number: 7002016392 User: 2 5/281021:46:07 PM Page 3 Englne Version: 1.2.1 THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED Load Group: Primary Load Group A 19, 7.00" A Max. Vertical Reaction Total (lbs) 650 650 Max. Vertical Reaction Live (lbs) 500 500 Selected Bearing Length (in) 2.25(W) 2.25(W) Max. Unbraced Length (in) 32 Loading on all spans, LDF = 1.00 , Dead + Floor Design Shear (lbs) 631 -631 Max Shear (lbs) 636 -636 Member Reaction (lbs) 636 636 Support Reaction (lbs) 650 650 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 3116 Live Deflection (in) 0.479 Total Deflection (in) 0.622 Loading on all spans, LDF = 0.90 , Dead Only Design Shear (lbs) 146 -146 Max Shear (lbs) 147 -147 Member Reaction (lbs) 147 147 Support Reaction (lbs) 150 150 Moment (Ft -Lbs) 719 PROJECT INFORMATION: Copyright ° 2001 by True Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business TJI0 and TJ -Beam0 are registered trademarks of True Joist. e -I Joist ",Pro" and TJ -pro- are trademarks of True Joist. OPERATOR INFORMATION: Mike Armstrong CPL 217 Pine St. Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone : 343 -0460 Fax : 343-5691 mikea@cplinc.com a,W � QQ J U' UO' 00 ca W= Wo J LL Q. 92 CY _.. Z' Z I... . O' Z F— . Uhm ; O 0 1- uI W'. UL 1- - O� ui Z' 0 I-. Z • { COUGHLIN PLATER LUNDE.EN A CONSULTING STRUCTURALAND CIVIL ENGINEERING,CORPORATION • S 'TM R.. 510 e- 4= . l.o $T STR I N b S P AM 7.7 5 - Lt,. = ∎ o v Ps F %5 5F • Ptwo EtIvIvAL it t\ -r- se ci i dN l l Spa 3.2,1/736 0 s " S7a 6 (1.$)(s,.ris)2 , -z 2,,, (1 5-X s1/5)7, 19, I e /12 (Ieo tts'(?,75)Z E 51 5 (/, ! I Z 4:: mfs = • (s 15.)(12) Project RE=' -- Project No: USE 2 •IZ c 0 �. ,n4 Designed Bv: • ' Date Client .• Checked By: Sheet . of f7 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE,WA 98101 • P:206/343-0460 • F:206/343-5691 .n ..� :.s ir._i. .: a;: r:'`t i+irru<;a::a:.7,.A;cYOi•.tctkan ew:4ati_ 1.4.. v;«�iu COUGHLIN. PORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURALAND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION 8z B1 o /8' ZI /,ri /f r6/.1`•.,yi ".' iW.' 44C#:::$# � r• tt , le, P ;fr� . dat' r.•. r���� 9 . fit, N a pc,v + .r 4 :' ,,+yr j y.' 17 •• • • ,i 14';;.ra;A .;Its rt 447 .vr'r t.": 1 , I? cG i /x,10 •dL= /mast t ,D141v L= /8 xi. `f.,5",c, r-2 v j k Z % (z)-Yte ijite 7hk ' Qo1rr Project: �Ct Project No: Client: Designed By: Date sr Checked By: Sheet of 147-5- 49,4emer '-s__' s' e»& d c rt.) COUGHLINPORTERLUNDEE Double Shear Bolt Values for Doug Fir -Larch and Hern -I for sawn lumber members with 1 /4" ASTM A36 steel side plate. THICKNESS G•0.50 DOUGLAS RR- • LARCH G•0.43 •� • HEM-FIR W MAIN w r MEMBER N g 1 N I ; inches 1- E g. a D Inches Z11 lbs. Zi lbs. • Z11 lbs. , Zl 1b1. 1/2 1050 470 900 • • 380 5/8 ' 1310 530 1130 420 1.1/2 1/4 3/4 1580' 590 1350- 460 7/8 . 1840 630 1580 500 1. 2100 ' 680 , 1800 •• 540 • . 1/2 1310 798 1410. 640 518 2190 880 1880 700 2-1/2 1/4 3/4 2630 980 2250 770 7/8 3060 • 1050 2630 830 1 3500 1130 3000 900 • 1/2. 1510 940 1410 • 770 518 2250 1050 2110 840 3 . 1/4 3/4 3150 1170 2700 920 718 3680 • 1260 3150 1000 • 1 4200 1350 3600 1080 1/2 1510 940 1410 860 spa 2250 1230 2110 980 3 -1/2 1/4 3/4 3170 1370 2960 1080 7/8 4260 1470 3680 1160 1 , 4900 1580 4200 1260 5/8 2250 1330 2110 1200 4 -1/2 1/4 3/4 3170 1760 2960 1380 7/8 4260 1890 3980 1500 1 5520 2030 5150 1620 • • 5/8 2250 1330 2110 . 1200 5 -1/2 1/4 3/4 3170 1800' 2960 1610 7/8 4260 . 2310 3980 1830 • , 1 _ 5520 2480 5150 I980 5/8 2250 1330 2110. . 1200 7 -1/2 1/4 314 3170 -1800 2960 1610 7/8 .4260 2320 3980 2080 1 5520 2910 5150 2620 3/4 ..1 0 .1800 2960 1610 9 -1 /2 1/4 718 • �. ° .. • ' 2320 3980 2080 1 . 5510 2910 2620 11 -1/2 1/4 7/8 4260 __050 2320 3980 2080 1 5520 2910 5150 2620 13 -1/2 1/4 1 5520 2910 5150 .2620 Notes:. 1. Z1 indicates value for members loaded parallel to grain. 2. aindicates value for members loaded perpendicular to gain.. 3. Tabulated lateral design values (Z) for bolted connections shall be multiplied by, all applicable adjustment factors (see NDS Table 7.3.1). 4. Tabulated Lateral design values (Z) are for "full diameter" bolts (see Reference 5)with a bendir yield strength (Fyb) of 45,000 psi. 5. Tabulated lateral design values (Z) are based on a dowel bearing strength (Pe) of 58.000 psi for ASTM A36 steel. ' 6. For other species, see Reference 7. fJ - e • ces: NDS Tables 8.3B. • COUGHL- IN. ' ORTER LUNDEEN A CONSULTING STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPANY Nv/it p/z, /7-f /De,_. AO e H /'s %D Syi'o'4 -7 >.1/17- /We 9 ' 7 a/ . —,&7 ' 1,/ /?-z/ t/ =z,& ' 1/ 4r- Project: L-.G _ SpeeT'hI e Project No: Client Desi:ned B : i4 Date Checked By: Sheet D7 of 217 PINE STREET • SUITE 300 • SEATTLE, WA 98101 • P: 206/343 -0460 • F: 206/343 -5691 1994 Wr 'igton State Nonresidential Energy Code Corr `nce Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 1994 Washington Slate Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms June, 1995 Project Info Project Address SOUTHCENTER REI Date 6/13/2002 Allowed x Area 230 ANDOVER PAEK WEST For Building Department Use 1.50 TUKWILA, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Open Parking Applicant Address: 1.50 Applicant Phone: 24514.5 Project Description El New Building ❑ Addition 0 Alteration Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) ❑ .No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is not being increased Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2** Area in ft2 Allowed x Area REI BUILDING 1.50 21023.0 31534.5 Open Parking RETAIL SPACE ADDITIONAL 1.5W, FOOTNOTE 10 1.50 16343.0 24514.5 Outdoor Areas TYPE B2 2 36.0 72.0 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 56049.0 ProUosed Lighting Wattage (Interior) (May not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior) Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed BUILDING TYPE Al 9 36.0 • 324.0 Open Parking TYPE B1 7 36.0 252.0 Outdoor Areas TYPE B2 2 36.0 72.0 Bldg. (by facade) TYPE Dl IIZ-t_L.E11itU CITY OF TUKWILA 2 210.0 420.0 Bldg. (by perim) TYPE F2 11 58.0 638.0 Note: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Watts TYPE F5 0',:'; i •' !_tiUL 25 58.0 1450.0 TYPE F6 PFRMIT fINNTGR 3 27 .0 81.0 TYPE F7 35 116.0 4060.0 TYPE M 54 301.0 16254.0 TYPE Hl 214 150.0 32100.0 TYPE X1 8 6.0 48.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 55699.0 Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior Location Description Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Area in ft2 (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) Covered Parking 0.2 W /ft2 Open Parking 0.2 W/ft Outdoor Areas 0.2 W /ft2 Bldg. (by facade) 0.25 W /ft2 Bldg. (by perim) 7.5 W /If Note: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Watts Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) (May not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior) tva-i&q 1994 Wr'•ington State Nonresidential Energy Code Cor`ince Form Lighting Summary • ack) LTG -SUM Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers Q Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code: Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: . ❑ Check here if at least 95% of fixtures in the space meet all four criteria: 1. Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two lamps, and 2. Lamps are T -5, T -6, T -8 or PL, and 3. Lamps are 5 -50 Watts, and 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts Table 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) for Interior Lighting Use' LPA2 (WIft2) Use' LPA2 (Wlft2) Painting, welding, carpentry, machine shops 2.3 Police and fire stations' 1.2 Barber shops, beauty shops 2 Atria (atriums) 1 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition hall.` 2 Assembly spaces', auditoriums, gymnasia', theaters 1 Laboratories 2 Process plants 1 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Restaurants/bars' 1 Cafeterias, fast food establishments' 1.5 Retail A1° 1 Factories, workshops, handling areas 1.5 Retail B10, Retail banking 1.5 Gas stations, auto repair shops" 1.5 Locker and/or shower facilities 0.8 Institutions 1.5 Warehouses'', storage areas 0.5 Libraries' 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes 1.5 Parking garages See Section 1532 Wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Mall concourses 1.4 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Schools buildings, school classrooms, day care centers 1.35 Common area, corridors, lobbies (except mall concourse) 0.8 Laundries 1.3 Toilet facilities and washrooms 0.8 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (Including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5•7.11 1.2 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1. In cases in which a use is not mentioned • specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2. The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4. For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6. Includes pump area under canopy. 7. In cases in which a lighting plan is submitted for only a portion of a floor, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.35 may be used for usable office floor area and 0.80 watts per square foot shall be used for the common areas, which may include elevator space, lobby area and rest rooms. Common areas, as herein defined do not include mall concourses. 8. For the fire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9. For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10. For both Retail A and Retail B, light for free- standing display, building showcase illumination and display window illumination installed within two feet of the window are exempt. Retail A allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.0 watts per square foot. Ceiling mounted adjustable tungsten halogen and HID merchandise display illuminaries are exempt. Retail B allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.5 watts per square foot, including all ceiling mounted merchandise display luminaries. 11. Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 1111,51620 trnrlae Building Permit Planhecklist .. 1994 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Address 17L2 - Southaenter Date Version The following information Is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements In the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (show with X) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301 -1314) If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 3 1002 PERMIT CENTER boaimbugli 1301 Scope Unconditioned spaces Identified on plans if allowed 1302 Space heat type yes no ri.$) Electric resistance no n.a. Other Indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed -yh_I yes no Gip 1310.2 Semi- heated spaces Semi- heated spaces identified on plans if allowed 131T Insulation indicate densities and clearances yes no n.a. 1311.1 Insul. insta'lfation yea no n.a. 1311.2 Roof /ceiling insul. indicate R -value on roof sections for attics and other roofs; Indicate clearances for attic insulation; Indicate baffles if eave vents installed; indicate face stapling of faced batts yes no n.a. 1311.;3 Wall insulation Indicate R -value on wall sections; Indicate face stapling of faced batts; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate loose -fill core insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls if masonry option is used or if credit taken in ENVSTD; k#. 0 yes no �J �� P' r 1311.4 'Floor insulation indicate R -value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24" o.c.; Indicate that Insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents yes no 401, X I ST 1311.5— Stab -on -grate Floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24" from top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected yes no n 1311.6 Radiant floor IndicaT R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36" from the top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate Insulation also under entire slab where req'd. by Official (y i no n.a. 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area (including both vertical vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area • es no n.a. 1312.1 U- factors Indicate glazing and door U- factors on glazing and door schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary); Indicate if values are NFRC or default, if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwidth, low -e coatings, gas fillings "ei o n.a. 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary) 1313 Moisture control yes no n.a. 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side yes no n.a. 1313.2 'Roof /ceiling vap.ret. Indicate vapor retarder on roof section; Indicate vap. retard. with sealed seams for non -wood struc. yes no n.a. 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section yes no n.a. 1313.4 -Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section yes no n.a. 1313.5 Crawl space vap. ret. Indicate six mil black polyethylene overlapped 12" on ground 1314 Air leakage yes no n.a. yes no n.a. 1314.1 1314.2 'Bidg. envel. sealing Glazing /door sealing Indicate sealing, caulking, gasketing, and weatherstripping Indicate weatherstripping yes no n.a. 1314.E Assemb. as ducts Indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing PRESCRIPTIVE /COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320 -23 or 1330 -34) yes no nvelope Sum. Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet if necessary Provide ENVSTD screen 1 output if necessary If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 3 1002 PERMIT CENTER boaimbugli 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms July, 1994 Project Info Project Address REX - Southoenter Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade walls may be included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are Insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Date 6/10/02 480.0 — 2101.0 X 100 = 22.8e 230 Andover park west ❑ Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying assembly in the table _hPlow For Building Department Use Opaque Walls Tukwila WA R11 Applicant Name: Mithun, Steve Swanson N.A. Applicant Address: pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Wy, Seattle, 9A 98101 Applicant Phone: 206- 623 -3344 N.A. Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition Alteration ❑ Change of Use Compliance Option Prescriptive ❑ Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ❑ ENVSTD ❑ Systems Analysis Space Heat Type ❑ Electric Resistance © All other (see over for definitions) Minimum Insulation R- values Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade walls may be included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are Insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 480.0 — 2101.0 X 100 = 22.8e Concrete/Masonry Option ❑ Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying assembly in the table _hPlow Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Fully heated /cooled space Minimum Insulation R- values Roofs Over Attic N.A. All Other Roofs R21 Opaque Walls R11 Below Grade Walls N.A. Floors Over Unconditioned Space N.A. Slabs -on -Grade N.A. Radiant Floors N.A. Maximum U- factors Opaque Doors U -0.6 Vertical Glazing u-.75 Overhead Glazing v =1,30 Maximum SHGC (or SC) Vertical /Overhead Glazing Isxcc -.65 Semi- heated space* Minimum Insulation R- values Roofs Over Seml- Heated Spaces* Opaque Concrete /Masonry Wall Requirements Insulation on interior - maximum U- factor is 0.19 Insulation on exterior or integral - maximum U- factor is 0.25 If project qualifies for Concrete /Masonry Option, list walls with HC z 9.0 Btu /ft=-°F below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 20 -5b in the Code. Wall Description (including insulation R -value & position) U- factor *Refer to Section 1310 for qualifications and requirements Notes: Prepared by Israel Gaphni, P.E. R values shown are minimums allowed per the WSEC. Section 101.3.2.4 of the WSEC was the guideline for compliance. Section 1323, Exception 1 of the WSEC was used for storefront glazing allowance. MaffinitiMMOMMENWEVAMMtnitto4a,monymmycimx,yithwra.,,. hwra.R' • • . A . 1 1 • • 1 . . ► • I ' • ' 1 . 1' • •• •11• .1 . • 1 Envelope Summary ( ck) Climate Zone / 1 i ' . • 1 ENV -SUM 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms July, 1994 Decision Flowchart for Prescriptive Option Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for the optional Prescriptive Option. If not, either the Component Performance or Systems Analysis Options must be used. 1302 Space Heat Type: For the purpose of determin ng building envelope requirements, the following two categories comprise all space heating types: Other: All other space heating systems including gas, solid fuel, oil, and propane space heating systems and those systems listed in the exception to electric resistance. (continued at right) Electric Resistance: Space heating systems which use electric resistance elements as the primary heating system including baseboard, radiant, and forced air units where the total electric resistance heat capacity exceeds 1.0 Witt' of the gross conditioned floor area. Exception: Heat pumps and terminal electric resistance heating in variable air volume distribution systems. no no no no no AI Insulation Installed? Opaque Walls • R -11 Si: Belowgrade walls (ext) R -10 v Below grade walls (othr) R -11 ; Roofs os.er attics R -30 ' AI other roofs R -21. Floors overuncond.sp. R-19.. Slabs= orcgrade" R-104:,'.. Radiant foorsy..,... ,... R-10,,.:. Opaque doors U -0.60A> IY; . Glazing Criteria Met? ,t:-. Glazing' Vert OH " Area% ,U,,-..U...SHGC . 0045% 0.90 1.45 1.00 1,5- 20%.0,75: 1.40; .1.00 .} 2030% 0,60 1.30 0.65 '30 -40% 0.50 1.25 ' 0.45 '• no Al insulation installed? Opaque Walls R -11 Masonrywalls (int) U -0.19 Masonrywalls (other) U -0.25 Below grade walls (ext) R -10 Below grade walls (othr) R -11 Roofs mer attics R -30 Al other roofs R -21 Floors overuncond.sp. R -19 Slabs -on -grade R -10 Radiant floors R -10 Opaque doors U -0.60 Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Veit OH Area % U U SI-IGC 00-15% 0.90 1.45 1.00 15 -20% 0.75 1.40 1.00 20 -30% 0.60 1.30 0.65 30-40% 0.50 1.25 0.45 yes AI Insulation Installed? Opaque Walls R -19 Masonrywalls (int) U -0.19 Masonrywalls (other) U -0.25 Below grade walls (ext) R -10 Below grade walls (othr) R -19 Roofs o.erattics R -38 Al other roofs R -30 Floors ol.er uncond. R -30 Slabs -on -grade R -10 Radiant floors R -10 Opaque doors U -0.60 Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Vert CH Area % U U SHGC 00 -20% 0.40 0.80 1.00 yes no Al Insulation Installed? Opaque Walls R -19 Below grade walls (ext) R -10 Below grade walls (othr) R -19 Roofs mer attics R -38 AI other roofs R -30 Floors over uncond. R -30 Slabs -on -grade R -10 Radiant floors R -10 Opaque doors U -0.60 Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Vert OH Area % U U SI-I3C 00.20% 0.40 0 80 1.00 no yes Prescripthe r .Path Allowed Component Performance or Systems Analysis Required Concrete/Masonry Option* Wall Heat Capacity (HC) Assembly Description Assy.Tag HC ** Area (sf) HC x Area Totals Area weighted HC: divide total of (HC x area) by Total Area ;p. .,.s., 4i4wa:s.&i.`:.4,1,1icv:..✓.xe #DIV/o f no 'If the area weighted heat capacity (HC) of the total above grade wall is a minimum of 9.0, the Concrete Masonry Option may be used. **For framed walls, assume HC =1.0 unless calculations are provided; for all other walls, use Section 2009. 41, ,Ht�7imMV�tt4 ". .. • ► _ . .. .. _ -1. Mechanical Summa .. _ _ - .. MECH -SUM 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms July, 1994 Project Info Project Address REI - Southoenter Model No.1 Date 6/10/02 Total CFM 230 Andover Park West SEER or EER For Building Dept. Use Location Tukwila WA TRANE • Applicant Name: Mithun, Steve Swanson 6000.0 Applicant Address: Pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Wy, Seattle, WA 98101 Applicant Phone: 206- 623 -3344 TRANE Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. Compliance Option 44 Simple System ❑ Complex System (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ❑ Systems Analysis Equipment Schedules The following Information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name Model No.1 Capacity2 Total CFM OSA CFM Econo SEER or EER IPLV3 Location AC -4 TRANE • YCD181C4L 180000.0 6000.0 ECONO 11.5 203000.0 ROOFTOP AC -5 TRANE YHC036A3L 36000.0 1200.0 ECONO 12.5 48000.0 ROOFTOP 1100.0 .50" 1/4 CV REPAIR SHOP Heating Equipment Schedule • Equip. ID Brand Name1 Model No.1 Capacity2 Total CFM OSA cfm Econo Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency's AC -4 TRANE YCD181C4L 250000.0 6000.0 ECONO 250000.0 203000.0 0.8 AC -5 TRANS YHC036A3L 60000.0 1200.0 ECONO 60000.0 48000.0 0.8 1100.0 .50" 1/4 CV REPAIR SHOP Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name1 Model No.1 CFM SP1 HP /BHP Flow Controls Location of Service EF -1 GREENHECK GB-090 900.0 .25" 1/4 CV TOILET ROOM EXHAUST EF -2 GREENHECK SP -252 400.0 .25" 224 W CV TDP /COM ROOM EF -3 GREENHECK 08 -130 1100.0 .50" 1/4 CV REPAIR SHOP 11f available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1, 14-2 or 14-3. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: VAV, constant volume, or variable speed. • - • • Mechanical Permit P s Checklist • • It 1994 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Address AEI - Southoenter Date Version �� / ernEa c-C (4- The following information Is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code Eqpmt performance Location (show with X) Section Component Information Required on Plans HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401- SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440- 1440 Service water htg. dye no n.a. e no n.a. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank p -t 1442 Shut -oft controls Indicate automatic shut -off 1450 Heated pools yes no n.a. 1452 Pool water heaters Indicate not electric resistance yes no n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control yes no n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover yes no n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: .....+w tH�Rr.r.. 1411 Eqpmt performance yes no n. a. 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.8 clg. List heat pumps on schedule yes no n.a. 1411.1 Minimum efRiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency 111--1 1412 HVAt controls yes no n.a. 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans ]yl•'i no n.a. 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum yy_f _ yes no 2 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat 4:r► no n. a. 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 dill. day types ryh -t ye no n.a. 1412.4.1 'Dampers Indicate damper location and automatic controls u• yes no .a. • . ' ea pump con ro n • ica e microprocessor on ermos a sc e • u e ■ no n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. IndicaTe modulating or staged control - f e no n.a. 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans Wt. 3 y no n.a. 1422 I hermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans 711 -1 no n.a. 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule ry1.1 1413 Air economizers no n.a. 1413.1 Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule 7)1 _/ ry no n.a. 1413.2 Control Indicate controls able to evaluate outside air hi-4 y no n.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling '1N .f 1414 Ducting systems no n.a. 1414.1 'Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary It-, no n.a. 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct _f es no n.a. 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 'm no n.a. 1424 Separate air sys. lvlech. Sum. Form Indicate separate systems on plans Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer 3 ye no SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440- 1440 Service water htg. dye no n.a. e no n.a. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank p -t 1442 Shut -oft controls Indicate automatic shut -off 1450 Heated pools yes no n.a. 1452 Pool water heaters Indicate not electric resistance yes no n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control yes no n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover yes no n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: .....+w tH�Rr.r.. • • • 1 - • • • • • - - ► Mechanical Summa s ack) • - • • • - • •• • _ • • • MECH -SUM System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only: Constant vol? ❑ Split system? [E'Air cooled? a- Packaged sys? ❑ <54,000 Btuh? (Economizer included? If Heating Only: ❑ <5000 cfm? ❑ <70% outside air? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Y Use Complex Reference System ` Sec .1430 Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. iH W. OC? WU O O. LLI J= N U- lu 0 u. .—a, FW Z l` . I— O Z W U !O CI I— W W: • U_ —• O Z W =� O l— Z 24' -0" 24' -0" EXISTING 1 —HOUR FIRE —RATED WALL GUITAR CENTER i LOADING RECEIVING PROVIDE SIGN w/ 1" HIGH LETTERS -AT EACH DOOR: "LOADING AREA TO REMAIN CLEAR AT ALL TIMES." TYP. 11 <1146> 24' -0" EXISTING OVERHEAD ROLLING DOOR PROVIDE & MOUNT "NO SMOKING" SIGN 12 "x18" MIN. NEW 3'x7' 1 —HOUR RATED DOOR WITH AUTOMATIC CLOSER -J U < 124 > 124 ASH I � EXISTING ELEC. EQUIPMENT <11313 > 3A oFE REI NEW 1 —HOUR I✓t Ltt3 6 RATED WALL, CENTER BETWEEN EXISTING PANELS BED BATH & BEYOND LOADING PLATFORM EXISTING CANOPY ABOVE EXISTING HANDRAIL EXISTING COMPACTOR EXISTING COMPACTOR CHUTE AND DOO PROVIDE & MOU SIGN: "AREA TO KEPT CLEAR. N TRASH STORAGE. ' 0 0 • STRIPE FLOOR AREA TO BE KEPT CLEAR D T N FI - w 9 bat IIIIN MITHUN Architects +Desi ners+Planners Pier 56,1201 AlaskanWayr, Ste. loo Seattle, WA 9810 TEL 206 623-3344 FAX 206 623.7005 °fill° 2 2402 PRDICT E11 REI- SOUTHCENTEFI TUKWILA, WA DEiAN81C T.UE PARTIAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN PRAEC1 M L 02284.00 RVANINC IUTRfNC[ !DRAWN SCALE I /A2.0 1 /8" = 1 I -0" VADJEC *cIIlECT SMM HMV ■r. SMM 8/01/2002 REVISED 0/21/2002 nL S 1 2002102284001CADD RECEIVED 1^ITY l7F TUKWILA DOW 8Y: ss OCT 2 2 2002 S1LTtH NUJBO1 COMPACTOR STUDY 2 curmarigiasaiontatuc PERMIT CENTER 2002.T2'100 N m -o 3 3 1-1 2 2 0 1 z W re -U O 0 coo J 1— W O • a =• d �.W Z= zI- W • W • 0 0 O 1— W W IL. z ui O I- z OCT.21.2002 6:20PM MITHUN NO.433 P.1 /2 MITHUN Pitr 56, 1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Stettle, WA 9lttot Tel. ao6 623.9344 FAX 206 623.7005 October 211 2002 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Permit Center Attn: Ken Nelson 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite zoo Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: REI Tukwila, Common Loading Area Trash Compactor a4o Andover Park West, Permit # Doz -164 Dear Mr. Nelson, 1NgWd01BAJO AlINf1WWUJ ZOOZ T 130 Thank you for your promptness in returning my phone call earlier today. I am attaching a revised drawing of the loading area at REI Tukwila that incorporates the changes we discussed. I added a room around the electrical panels and the compactor door. The walls have a one -hour rating and the door has an automatic closer. A striped dear area is painted in front of the electrical panels. Each door to the loading area has a sign to keep the loading area clear. We estimate the time to complete the changes describe in the attached drawing to be a minimum of one week. If there are any other concerns or questions I can address, please give me a call (zo6) 623.3344. We look forward to your comments at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, Susan McNabb, Project Architect cc: Susan Neaton, REI; Steve Swanson, Mithun WWW.MITNUN.eeN ©CI 2 2 2p02 PERMIT CENi'ER GM CIF TWALA AfTROVED 0 CI ZODZ z �z W 00 W 111 W I H U) U. W0 CO n LLa =a W Z= 1-0 Z~ ui n o. O (-2 o 1--, W W l~ 11 Z 1 0 N_ - _ O ►- z 24' -0" 24' -0" 24' -0" - EXISTING 1 -HOUR �FlRE -RATED WALL LOADING RECEIVING GUITAR CENTER PROVIDE SIGN w/ 1" HIGH LETTERS -AT EACH DOOR: "LOADING AREA TO REMAIN CLEAR AT ALL TIMES." TYP. EXISTING OVERHEAD ROLLING DOOR PROVIDE & MOUNT "NO SMOKING" SIGN 1211x18" MIN. NEW 3'x7' 1 -HOUR RATED DOOR WITH AUTOMATIC CLOSER —J U 0 < 124 > TRASH (124A) LOADING PLATFORM -- EXISTING CANOPY ABOVE Ex' NG ELEC. EQUIPMENT BEYOND NEW 1 -HOUR RATED WALL, CENTER BETWEEN EXISTING. PANELS BEYOND <11313) 3A 0FE • <114C REII 1 BED BATH & EXISTING HANDRAIL EXISTING COMPACTOR EXISTING COMPACTOR CHUTE AND DOO PROVIDE & MOU SIGN: "AREA TO f KEPT CLEAR, N TRASH STORAGE. ' STRIPE FLOOR AREA TO BE KEPT CLEAR 0 0 M T N MITHUN Architects +Dealgners+Planners Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste, 200 Seattle, WA 98101 Th. 206 623 3344 FAX 206 623.7005 PRI?m Tllli REI- SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRAMS ME PARTIAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN MAIM RER{R)?ICE URAUN0 SCALE 1/A2.0 1/8" = 11- 0" P OUT ARCHIECV SMM O RMr U. SMM cUiiOKM BY; ss f EC .IVEQ— CITY OF TUKWILA PRAF.C1 k. 022804.00 8/01 /2002 REVISED 10/21/2002 ntzS 1 2002\02264001CADD O C T 2 ? 2002 9tt01 NOYUt COMPACTOR STUDY 2 IsITERIMIT u., a..., tr: r, l.,. h:.,;,,.-::-.,,,. c..-?"? r•,,,... ,,oin.r +�n =wr.-.::,.,..,�.;; *,• <:��•r CUM:MI.72Ni MI1ll1•IC 2002-C2'100 2 0 W W N zz. 0: W JU U O co w J • u- w0 2 gQ U D Id I` w z= ZI- w UD 0- O E- w W i- 1 LL- O wz U= oI- OCT.18.2002 10 :25AM MITHUN s i % /e .,1311"4,Ja,4 V' -6a1-1-0( ck .4f.t.9-€1/1^ 141cl/046' ..I4 ,af4 affillA4114,-/AeAt 2VLe-el 0111 iiekeit/05014,peurva 0.4.. 4,u:a 4,4A-.4.0_1 1 :-..,V„I;Auz.) 1 , --i 4401-coeveit,46_toictra 1 ,ocutkikt 4,-t i 4.0.0ea : 04 -1-6.6gato4 , • i ‘402.,(AAA;04, 4.1t,L+t),tx&m-i--14).46.4.d;reize:5,004twavED szi-iu earl 40 2002 Ay-0-44 cmanoc.;te,S)4*.th; Ph 1[N1' GEC,Ctt,uu . _ ..a.a `YsMail' S ii dt7.7 �34si+�c: C a,49, hoetnik c k9'u rte- ---r- , -- -- - - -- --- ---- r------ .._r_.___o.... ---- - to prevent it from being left open at any time. The door will electrical equipment along the south wall. The smoke detectors and fire alarm panels will be relocated per the Fire Marshall's criteria as discussed earlier. ace. We are 1 loading area. oading area and pactor from the To comply with cut the 1a fire rated , -ttomatic closer swing away from the existing RBI appreciates the effort the city has made to work through this difficult problem. If there are any other concerns or questions I can address, please give me a call (206) 623- 3344. We look forward to your comments at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, Susan McNabb, Project Architect cc: Susan Neaton, RBI; Steve Swanson, Mithun z 1z rew Uo 0 W = U) u_ Wo LL a H W = z �... . ZI- W U0 o — ol- ip ta f- -. o w z o� z OCT.18.2002 10 :25AM MITHUN MITHUN Pier 56, tam Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 MX ao6 6a3.7os October z8, zooz City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Permit Center Attn: Bob Benedicto 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite too Tukwila, WA 98t88 Re: REI —Tukwila, Common Loading Area Trash Compactor 240 Andover Park West, Permit # Doz -164 NO.406 P.1/2 RECEIVED OCT 18 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Dear Mr. Benedicto, We are revisiting the shared loading /receiving area attached to the REI space. We are requesting your review of the attached modifications to the compactor and loading area. The property management is looking for an arrangement that allows the loading area and compactor to be used in a similar manner as the present; loading the compactor from the interior, while keeping the loading platform open for staging at all times. To comply with the comments from the Building Department and Fire Marshall, we have cut the compactor chute and its door (4o"x4o ") back from the building and added a the rated door (48 "x48 1 to access the compactor opening The door will have an automatic closer to prevent it from being left open at any time. The door will swing away from the existing electrical equipment along the south wall. The smoke detectors and fire alarm panels will be relocated per the Fire Marshall's criteria as discussed earlier. REI appreciates the effort the city has made to work through this difficult problem. If there are any other concerns or questions I can address, please give me a call (ao6) 623- 3344. We look forward to your comments at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, Susan McNabb, Project Architect cc: Susan Neaton, REI; Steve Swanson, Mithun WWW.MITHUN.ceM z .w QQ• � JU O 0 WI N u w0 • ¢ =w z�. �0 z I— U0 O 2 O I- LL, `-` 0 wz U= 0 I— z 24' —0" 24' -0" 24'-0" l CC (1 GUITAR CENTER EXISTING 1 --HOUR FIRE —RATED WALL PROVIDE SIGN w/ HIGH LETTERS EXIT DOOR LOADING AREA TO REMAIN CLEAR AT ALL --TIMES. uryl 11 3A oFE REI 1 <114C PROVIDE & MOUNT . "NO SMOKING" SIGN 12 "x18" MIN. LOADING RECEIVING NEW 4-'x4' 1 -HOUR RATED DOOR WITH AUTOMATIC CLOSER ELEC. EQUIPMENT LOADING PLATFORM 1 �-' — EXISTING CANOPY ABOVE ii 13E0 BATH & BEYOND' EXISTING HANDRAIL EXISTING COMPACTOR 0 CUT EXISTING COMPACTOR CH AND DOOR BACK TO LLOW 6" BETWEEN TH FACE OF BUILDING AN COMPACTOR DOOR. T N N _ MITHUN ?-,3_,I. o Architects •Deliggnne+rs- tPlarirteis Pier 56,12o1 Alaskan Way, Sti2o0 Sew WA 981 0) m 2206 6233344 FAX 206 613.7005 PRO.LCT LIlE REI- SOUFHCENTER rUKWILA, WA DRAPING (II PARTIAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN DRAYAW REMAKE WING SCALE 1/A2.0 1/8" - i' -0° F GECf AR IIEGl SMM CAAVM er: -SMM PROXCT ua 02284~00 ISSIED 8/01/2002 10/18/2002 "`ES \20021,02284OmCADD WClxm e c ss �r r+ru��fn COMPACTOR STUDY 1 oareoQOarq youuic z F=- z W JU 000 U) J H w0 tL Q =d F! W Z= ZI- w w. co UO o- 0 1- ww 1- � LLz U= o l' z MITHUN Pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 July I9, 2002 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Permit Center Attn: Bob Benedicto 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite loo Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: REI - Tukwila , Exiting through the common loading area. 240 Andover Park West Permit # Do2 -164 Dear Mr. Benedicto Thank you for your prompt review of the exiting requirements for the REI proposed for 24o Andover Park West. This space is surrounded on three sides by other tenants and has only 83 of frontage to the exterior. The current size and shape of the REI space is exactly the same as the previous tenant. REI has more occupants due to larger sales area and will require 3 exits. The previous tenant exiting solution did not meet the intent of code and could not be modified to accommodate three separate exits. Due to the unusual configuration of the tenant space and the practical difficulties of exiting, we would like to ask for Administrative Modification of the Code per section 104.2.7. REI has proposed using the common loading area as a vestibule or lobby. We have provided a 1 HR corridor to this location and propose the following additional measures to assure safe exiting through this space. This give two separate paths for exits that would not be possible in the current configuration. The existing walls around this space are a minimum ofi hr. construction. REI's wall fronting this space is also 1 hr. construction. Persons entering this area from the corridor will not experience a reduction in fire protection. Smoke alarms (4) will be added to this space and tied to REI's monitored Fire Alarm System. Emergency lighting will be added to this space if there is none at the present time. The existing exit door has lighted exit signs. WWW.MITHUN.COM RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 9 2002 PERMIT CENTER Vfir Bob Benedicto July '9, 2002 Page 2 of 2 REI has also agreed to monitor this space to keep it clear of any accumulation of debris or trash. They will also pursue a similar agreement with the other tenants through the building management, but will take prime responsibility. Please see the enclosed letter from REI. The soda machine will be removed from this space and "No Smoking" signs will be posted. A view window with wire -glass has been added to door 113B per your request. REI has contacted the Building Management on the trash compactor. REI is proposing to build a room around the compactor door of ihr construction. The access door to the compactor will have an closer device and be rated for 20 min. Clearances for the electrical panels in this area will be maintained. REI appreciates the effort the city has made to work through this difficult problem. If there are any other concerns or questions I can address, please give me a call (206) 623 - 3344. Sincerely, Steve Swanson Project Manager REI letter dated July i8, 2002 cc: Susan Neaton, REI Document' RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 9 2002 PERMIT CENTER 24' -0" 24' -0" -1' =1" PROVIDE & MOUNT "NO SMOKING" SIGN 12 "x18" MIN. RELOCATE EXIST. TRASH COMPACTOR & ACCESS DOOR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CLEARANCE INDICATED 3A )FE r 1 goo • • CITY OF RECEIVED U - 1 9 2002 HE WER MITHUN PROJECT TITLE REI— SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRAWING TITLE GROUND FLOOR PLAN (REF. 1/A2.0) PROJECT NO. 02284.00 ISSUED 7/19/2002 REVISED 7/19/2002 SCALE:, 8" = 1' -0" SHEET REF: DRAW 8Y: CHECXED BY: FILE REF: Architects +Designers +Planners 1 /A2.0 KT SS SEETEWIEJatILTF- ASK -5 Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. lit-18-2002 THU 03:55 PM FAX NO, 25. 958160 P. 02 Quality Outdoor Gear and Clothing Since 1938 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Permit Center Attn: Bob Benedicto 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 1 1 RE: REI 240 Andover Park West Permi t # D02 -164 Dear Mr. Benedicto: This letter is acknowledgement that REI agrees to the terms and conditions that Tukwila is requiring for use of the loading area as an exit from our store. In addition to smoke detection devices, emergency lighting, rated walls, and alarms, REI agrees to monitor and police the loading area to keep it free of accumulated debris. If you have any questions, feel free to call me at 253 -395 -8123. Sincerely, Susan J. Neaton REI, Real Estate RECEIVED CITY Or TUKWILA RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT, INC. 1,11 0, limn P.O. BOX 1938 • SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 • (253) 395-3780 PERMIT CENTER PROECT TIME REI — SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRANK 1111.E PARTIAL DOOR SCHEDULE MITHUN ;gip =1r -o* PRO.ECT N0. 02284.00 ISSUED 07/19/02 REVISED DRAIN BY: Architects +Designers+Planners A7.01 SM FILE REF: S: \_2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \a7 -0.DWG CHECKED BY: SKETCH NUMBER ASK -4 Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. aagailU A1Sl oraatarag ii . 1bd' JL• I(! nMXI M' ftjr 'A``47.414m,rovt,.4,c7-g7.4.∎•∎• ,nxnu.,..,..,s..,,,_.: ....,. DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE- REI SOUTHCENTER ( TUKWILA, WA) smarm Aoki 1 MI dotes 1 -3/4 thick asospt Typo C to M 2-1/4' thick Sm Spslieatimla for Typa H 2 Nand doors to be Soh easkuctioa nogg Typo C t Typo C als to bs *Ns t rot. 3 Rohr lo ROM Ciikk Planar WM. k Eloa dtuIng% * SptclIktglons Mks 8 for Nom Doan 4 Rehr t• OMhn a Wks *FINN Schmid*' A 'P Litt a for paid A stain colon' 5 AN coed dmm to bs sold -eon corstruclks it Wont. road 8 Rehr to Dssr k From Tots (19 /NA NO 21 /A7A) fa aladlom. 7 ProNds mhly flubs rotes ngdnd par IOM 5%Non 2406. 8 Gedne oat! LIM = Lanmiisd; T -IC = Tams* Instated Glaring IC = !roulette! 6lmtns LIR = Weed Low; 1 - Mrs as. TC - Tarps* posing 9 Canted AbbrsNaOorrt ND - Wood, IN - Holm 'tak CO - Cooed Omnig, STL ■ SHid, CL - Clow, AL- Alunir:m io . Doors ahorid nrpirs a < 5 a offal to rim for Marla do" < 85 Ito. fa axtarbr chart. it < 151bs. for fksMal door. MIJIMIr 1 Saner oasts abdrb drip Nth mots =In* um datrteol for furlw kdotmatbn. 2 Not and in this project. 3 Instal Pap bolo. 4 Ertms:ptee0 Aeasibls gams hoodoo In locket. 5 Instal ilk Nh ass -kroh Melts adpotei tan dxr, 'DM DOOR MUST INN MN DURING BUMEN1 HOUR.9" (Yoh wiry doors). 0 FAWN door, Pate/ Patch/ Tipak to look me, Mdoll rns !Wm as NOW. 7 Nsdaled ors stabs doer or thaw. MAIN FLOOR NO. DOOR LEAF FRAME FRE WAIVE DETAILS NOTES GM+.0 mkt to SE id* x Kt_ TYPE NAM FN. LIFE TYPE NM FM 51311E JW G WV PMNIC CLOSER HEAD JAB TtfESlt sr Mill ion) 101A PR f-4' x -C G 9A S-1 LAM A 10 5-1 IAM - IN-1 - X 7 A9.D A9.0 7 /A8A 5 term 1010 3-0' x 7-0' A HM P-5 - A HM P-4 - - f -4 X X 5 NA 6 ACA 12 /ACA 1, 4 7, d mobaao any 102 3-O' x 7'-0' B 110 P-12 TC A IN P-12 - - IN-2 - - 1 NO 1 NI.0 - UMW 107A 4 - 0'X1 -0' CO A IN P-8 - 2 149.2 2 A9.2 1078 3'--0' x 7 -0 B 10/ti P-11 TC A IN P-6 - - Hit-3 - X 1 Ail 1 AO - Puth/ngl 108 3-0' x 7.-O' A 11D P-8 - A HM P-8 - - 1111-10 - X 1 Ail 1 NA 71/N2 wog, iM/pl. Imp IN 3-0• x 7'-0' A 110 P-8 - A NM P-8 - - 1111-10 - X 1 Ail 1 *10 21/N2 lad's, ptsq(Atk Npnope 110 3-0' x T-0' 8 0D P-8 TO A HM P-8 - - H1-15 - - 1 A5.0 1 *10 - Saran 111 3-0'x 7-U 8 MVO. P-8 TC A HM P-8 - - HI-3 - X 1 Ail 1 *10 - Pmt/m6 112 3-0 x 7-0 A NO P-3 - A HY P-3 - - H11-9 - X 1 Ail 1 A110 21/A1J2 4 _ A IN P-B - 20 YIN. 1111-11 X X 1 149A 1 NA Norm f1 7F1: ' d L'� =? H P-• - 20 HO-1 X X 1 ` I T!' - Norm x - - — — - -- A HM P-8 - - 1111-7 - - 2 192 492 - Dimon SPC-6 1148 V-0' it 10-0' 11 S0. - SIR - 20 IAN. 1111-5 - - - 4 AC2 Pare 01 Dig door 114C 3-0 x 7-O' A ND P-8 - A HM P-8 - 20 YIN. 1111-12 - X 1 /A9A 1 A9A - 1, 3 darn 11511 3-0 x 7-0' CO - - A IN P-5 - - - - 2) /Ai 2 2 A92 - Card 0psnig 1158 3-C x 7-0' CO - - A NM P-5 - - - - - 2 A92 2 A02 - Card Opordp - J VID 5-1 LAM A HN P-12 - - IN-5 - - - - - 124 , MEZZANINE 201 3-0P x 7.-0 0 11D P-3 TO A HM P-3 - - 111-16 - X 1 *0 1/N0 - HolHapori Motion In onto 202 3'-0' x T-0" 0 W. P-3 TC A IN P-3 - - 110-15 - - 1 NA f *0 - _watt 203 3-01' x 1'-0' D 0D P-3 TO A HI P-3 - - 1111-15 - - 1 A9A 1 MA - !Mal 204 3-C x 7-C D P-3 10 A HM P-3 - - 1111-15 - - 1 NA 1 Ai.0 - tadsd 205 3-0' x 7-0' B P-3 INK A IN P-3 - - 1Af-14 - X 1 Ail 1 A0.0 - laded New beat ) 208 4'-0' x 7'-0' E 1D P-3 LIN A HM P -3 - - 111-13 - - 3 2 - - RECEIVED QCITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 9 2002 ►rr -same P^Z�ITt:� PROECT TIME REI — SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA DRANK 1111.E PARTIAL DOOR SCHEDULE MITHUN ;gip =1r -o* PRO.ECT N0. 02284.00 ISSUED 07/19/02 REVISED DRAIN BY: Architects +Designers+Planners A7.01 SM FILE REF: S: \_2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sheets \a7 -0.DWG CHECKED BY: SKETCH NUMBER ASK -4 Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 TEL 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. aagailU A1Sl oraatarag ii . 1bd' JL• I(! nMXI M' ftjr 'A``47.414m,rovt,.4,c7-g7.4.∎•∎• ,nxnu.,..,..,s..,,,_.: ....,. EXIST. RECEIVING t r DDED FIXTURE 2,4,6 RE�EIVED CIS �I� YuicvvILA JUL 1 9 2002 PER IT CENTER MEM FAULT 1I1mE REI— SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA BRAYING 1TTLE PARTIAL LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN MITHUN 8" = DRAM BY: 0.010 BY: SNEX11 sHEET Arch(teda +Desfgners+PIanners E2.0 SM Pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 m 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 PRO ICT Na 02284.00 es� 07/18/02 EMBED RE KR S: \_2002 \0228400 \CADD \Sh eets \ASKELEC E2.O.DWG ESK -11 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. °4YJ. "N•:i�•YA.M� s . VO. 4 EXISTING TTB D e 1 1 ®®®[]- 0FE 0 1_ DEDICATED' 1 UPS LINE I` pi I I r RE EIVEO trry 0 TuKWI »A JUL j 9 ZO 2 PERMIT CENTER PRO.ECTVIE CT REI— SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA 02284.00 DRAT NG 1111.E PARTIAL SIGNAL FLOOR PLAN — 07/18/02 REVISED MITHUN/8" - -0 "S X2002 \0228400 \C ADD \Sheets \ASK— ELEC \E4.0.DWG SHEET REF: DRAIN BYt CHECKED BYt SiE1CN N Architects+Deslgners+Planners E4.0 SM SK-1 2 Pier 56,1201 Alaskan Way, Ste. 200 Seattle, WA 98101 m. 206 623.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 COPYRIGHT © MITHUN, INC. JUL 19 '02 10 :26AM TUKWIl 'NDCD'PW 10 'd TUKWILA. BUILDING DIVISION DEPAR11W4T OR CO60►WNTrY DIVE OPMNNT MEMORANDUM To: Stow Swanson Fronts Bob Benedicto Dote: July 19, 2002 Subject: R IB — TUKWILA, Terminadon of exit corridor. Per ow phone conversation of 7 -18 -2002, the following is a summary of the considerations that must be addressed to approve your design of the corridor epees system. Your response will also serve to reeolvo the plen review comments from Ken Nelsen. P.2 4 4 z W re 6U 0 0 L. w0 Q =a �~ w Z I- 0 Z �- Lu U0 0 N. w uj I 1- U — O. wz U —. Request a modification for this individual ease in accordance with UBC 104.23. In so o doing, describe the special individual reason that makes the strict letter of this code z Impractical, Also provide additional features for this vestibule to enhance fire protection u follows: L Verify the fire protection rating of the walls that are common to adjacent tenant spaces, They should provide (et least) one hour fire resistive protection. If they do not, complete this protection for the common walls. 2. Provide exit illumination with emergency power supply for tho vestibule. If this exists, confirm this in your response. 3, Provide a monitored smoke detection system for the vestibule. The trash compaction equipment provides a potential fire load in the egos vestibule, •Eliminate this condition, Potential solutions would be: 09l8 E65a 'ON xyd 4 RECEIVED crrl CO TUKWILA A L 1 9 2002 PERMIT CENTER M M • I e 136 WV Z6:60 I d� Zoo -61 -1111 �unall JUL 19 '02 i0 t 26AM TUKWII. -' DCD'PW z0 'd P.3 4 • Move the compactor out of the vestibule and delegate the compaction access and process to the exterior of the building. • Build a room around the access and function of the trash compactor so that the use is separated from the vestibule by one -hour fire resistive occupancy separation. • Provide self - closing door to the trash compactor, and provide addtdonal sprinkler coverage at the compactor access. Additional modifications to control the use of the vestibule space include the following; • Removal of the soft -drink machine from this apace. • Posting of "No smoking " signs. • Provide a view window in the door at the termination of the corridor. • Provide a letter from R.B.I. management that states that they agree to accept responsibility for the maintenance of the egress through the vestibule. This would include removal of all combustible materials or other products that are Left unattended. 09I896EE9z ON XVJ 1 A 4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA a U g 1 9 2002 PERMIT CENTER I3N WV zE;60 Iid z00z- 6I -lnr -- JUL.18.20O27''r" 2:33P�f""'P1T "'HUI�( 3UL 1.2 '02 10:56AM TUKWI:F zo 'd NCB. 542 P. l,P. 1/1 T4411.wi4.■ 1 4•ilhb, 1 Davi- •u.l 4. i110 ti4).4111■C• ••i1. EIlv.1 1ii1+wi1.•, ‘1V!1 4U1 i ?taI 2()6 .1 i1 !Mb/0 it Date: July 17, 2002 Project Nemo: REl Tenant Improvement Permit application Application*: D02 -164 Pion Review: Or Nelsen, Senior Plans F-xarniner A general Building Department plan review has been completed forte :}ubject project,. Only one significant issue arose during the plan review. Please address the following comments with revised plans and /or orris applicable docurnantatiari. The existing tenant space► was designed to accommodate a total occupancy load of less than 500 persons requiring only two separated exits. The space Is also very . rr tad where exterior exit doors can be installed to comply with the exit distance separation requlroments of U.B.C, Section 1004.2.4, To mitigate the approval for the previous tenant Improvement a 1 -hour rated exit enclosure was construct+d to separate the access between the two exit doors inside the space. However, the loostlona m'hers the exit doors open at the exterior of the t: wilding are still too close to each other. The REI project increases the tenant space occupant load to 560 total persons requiring three separate exits by U.B.C, Section 1004234, Because ofthe higher oc..ipency load to the existing apace, our Department policy would require that any non-corm-lying exit system be brought into compliance. The Intent to upgrade the exit system has bean made on the submitted plans by constructing a ;law 1-hour corridor out the back of the stage wail area and through the stock room. However, the proposed new corridor empties into a potter salty very hazardous corrlmon loading dock room. Qecaluse the new corridor does not exit virectiy to the outside of the building as required by 'he Code and Is also Interrupted by the non- rated loading dock room, the new corridor is not approved as an exlt. To sum up, the project will not be approved until a suitable exit system can be provided for the new space plan. No further comments Frt this time. a815S6CESE 'ON Xdd 13J Wd 9521 f1Hu, zooz -8 I -1nr :00,•fts 7 PROJECT MANUAL for TUKWILA WASHINGTON 230 Andover West, Tukwila, Washington 98188 BID / PERMIT SET June 10, 2002 Job No. 02284.00 MITHUN CITY OF JUN 1.3 2002 PERMIT CENTER z Z • uj —1 0 O 0 • w W I • u_ w 0 2 5 I' w z F.. o ZI- W• LU o • 1- w 0 Z U) O ▪ I-- PROJECT MANUAL for TUKWILA, WASHINGTON REI- Southcenter Tukwila, Washington 98188 PERMIT SET Owner: RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT, INC. P.O. Box 1938 . Sumner, Washington 98390 -0800 (253) 395 -4750 (253) 395 -4756 fax Architect: Street Address: 6750 South 228th Street Kent, Washington 98032 'MITHUN Pier 56 1201 Alaskan Way #200 Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 623 -3344 (206) 623 -7005 fax Contacts: Steve Swanson June 10, 2002 Job No. 02284.00 MITHUN REI — TUKWILA, WASi JGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION DESCRIPTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 DIVISION 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00020 INVITATION TO BID 00100 INSTRUCTIONTO BIDDERS 00120 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00300 BID FORM 00500 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00810 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 00900 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 00910 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL (COP) 00920 CHANGE ORDER 00930 COP GENERAL CONTRACTOR BREAKDOWN SUMMARY 00940 COP SUBCONTRACTOR BREAKDOWN SUMMARY 00950 CONSTRUCTION INVOICE DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01020 ALLOWANCES 01030 ALTERNATES 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01040 COORDINATION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01270 UNIT PRICES 01300 SUBMITTALS 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01421 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01631 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02200 EARTHWORK 02511 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02750 IRRAGATION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02850 LANDSCAPE TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 • REI - TUKWILA, WASHINGT, + JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION DESCRIPTION DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - DIVISION 5 05120 05500 DIVISION 6 MASONRY- NOT USED METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL FABRICATIONS WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06185 STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07180 WATER REPELLANTS 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07270 FIRESTOPPING 07410 MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS 07511 BUR ROOFING . 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07810 PLASTIC SKYLIGHTS 07901 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 DOOR AND WINDOWS 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08200 WOOD DOORS 08305 ACCESS DOORS 08410 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08800 GLAZING DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09253 GYPSUM SHEATHING 09255 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09666. SHEET FLOOR COVERINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 ,y, ANA 1401 REI — TUKWILA, WAS JGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION DESCRIPTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 09678 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09680 CARPET 09900 PAINTING 09960 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10265 WALL SURFACE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 DIVISION 12 12494 12690 DIVISION 13 DIVISION 14 DIVISION 15 EQUIPMENT- NOT USED FURNISHINGS- ROLLER SHADES FLOOR MATS SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - NOT USED CONVEYING SYSTEMS- NOT USED MECHANICAL 15010 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS- MECHANICAL 15060 PIPE AND FITTING 15090 SUPPORTS, HANGERS, SEALING 15310 FIRE PROTECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15450 PLUMBING FITURES AND TRIM 15770 HEATING AND COOLING UNITS 15820 EXHAUST FAN UNITS 15840 DUCTWORK 15850 DUCTWORK INSULATION 15860 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15900 CONTROLS AND INSTURMENTATION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16052 EXISTING SYSTEMS 16060 TESTING 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES 16130 OUTLET AND PULL BOXES 16132 ELECTRICAL, FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES (FLUSH) 16140 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 16160 PANELBOARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING'I Bid / Permit Set SECTION DESCRIPTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 16170 DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES 16181 FUSES 16450 GROUNDING 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16601 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 4 VOW 4 • i Th REI — TUKWILA, WAS1. ACTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00020 - INVITATION TO BID JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 REPRESENTATION: By responding to this Invitation to Bid, the Contractor represents that: A. Respondent has visited the site and has become generally familiar with the building, site, and utility work and other local conditions required to construct the project. B. Respondent has reviewed all bid documents including any addenda. C. Respondent's submittal in response to this Invitation to Bid is complete. D. Respondent is prepared to enter into a contract with Owner per the attached Form of Agreement. CONTENT OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL: This Invitation to Bid consists of: A. B. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Section 00100 Section 00120 Section 00300 Section 00500 Instructions to Bidders Supplementary Instruction to Bidders Bid Form Agreement Between Owner and Contractor CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Section 00700 AIA A201 General Conditions of The Contract For Construction Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions EVALUATION OF BIDS: REI intends to select its General Contractor based on experience, qualifications, delivery time, price and compatibility with REI objectives. Owner's assessment of respondent's ability to meet the schedule will be important. Owner reserves the right to select the Contractor which it, in its sole, subjective discretion, deems to be most responsive to this Invitation. QUESTIONS DURING BID PERIOD: All questions or requests for additional information should be addressed in writing to the Architect. Faxes are acceptable. The Architect will forward your question to the appropriate consultant. Questions will be answered by Addenda to all bidders. The General Contractor is required to notify the Architect of any discrepancy contained in the bidding documents. In the event of an unclarified discrepancy the Contractor is required to bid the item of greater quantity or cost. Questions received less that 48 hours before the time set for bid opening cannot be answered. Any questions after this time should be handled as exclusions or qualifications in your bid. END OF SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID 00020 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI 4GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 This Invitation to Bid is designed to assist REI in selection of a General Contractor. REI requests respondents conform to the requirements in this Invitation as closely as possible in order that we'll be best able to review competing proposals on a comparable basis. REI appreciates your taking the time to respond to this Invitation. REI intends to enter into a fixed price contract in accordance with the REI Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA A201 General Conditions of the Contract For Construction as modified by REI, Supplementary Conditions. SUBMITTAL OF BIDS Bids are due July 9, 2002 at noon (PT). Submit one copy of your bid to both: Steve Swanson Mithun Partners, Inc. Pier 56 1201 Alaskan Way , #200 Seattle, WA 98101 -2913 Tel. (206) 623 -3344 Fax (206) 623 -7005 Peter Emsky REI 6750 South 228`h Street Kent, WA 98032 Tel. (253) 395 -4750 Fax (253) 395 -4756 BID SETS (BLUELINE PRINTS) Two (2) complete sets of bid drawings, one (1) reproducible set or drawings and specifications may be obtained by General Contractors from the Architect. Additional sets may be obtained by General Contractors for the cost of the printing, shipping and handling. All copies of Drawings and Specifications to remain the property of the Owner and must be returned within seven (7) days of the Bid Opening. ORAL OR TELEGRAPHIC BIDS Oral and telegraphic bids, or modifications of bids will not be considered. Fax bids will be acceptable. Please follow any faxes with mailed originals. SUBSTITUTIONS Bids shall be based on the articles and materials named in the Specifications. Substitutions will be considered based on the requirements of the General Conditions for the Contract For Construction, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Section "Substitutions." INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 -1 w∎ .a., W*.:,vwmwaeld•N 1!!•Ort.Tifi REI — TUKWILA, WASHING1 Bid / Permit Set ALTERNATE BIDS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Except as stated above, alternate bids, other than those listed in the bid form, if any, will not be considered. Failure to bid on all items listed in the bid form may be cause for rejection of the bid. BID FORM Use attached Bid Form. Complete entire form and submit at bid time. REI may distribute a revised custom bid form during the bidding period. In the event this is issued the REI Custom Bid Form must be used for final submission. An electronic copy of the bid form can be requested from the Architect. EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATIONS A bidder whose proposal is under consideration shall, upon request, promptly furnish satisfactory evidence of his financial resources, his experience, and the organization he has available for the performance of the contract. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Any bidder may withdraw his bid, either personally or by written request, at any time prior to the hour set for the bid opening. No bid may be withdrawn or modified after the time set for opening unless and until the award of contract is delayed for a period exceeding 30 days. CONSTRUCTION SETS (BLUELINE PRINTS) Ten (10) complete sets of bid drawings, one (1) reproducible set or drawings and specifications may be obtained by General Contractors from the Architect. Additional sets may be obtained by General Contractors for the cost of the printing, shipping and handling. All copies of Drawings and Specifications to remain the property of the Owner . CONTRACT BONDS The Contractor shall, at the Owner's request, secure and pay for the Performance Bond and Material Payment Bond issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the locality of the project, on AIA form A311. Liability under each of the bonds shall be 100% of the contract sum. Deliver bonds in accordance with Paragraph 11.4 of the General Conditions. The bond amount shall be increased with each Change Order increase so that final bond amount reflects final contract total. ACCESS TO SITE The site is presently unoccupied tenant space.. Bidders must view the site prior to submitting a bid. Access can be arranged to view the premises by contacting Tom Foley at REI. (253) 395 -8148. This is within an open and active shopping center, care must be taken not to disturb the adjacent tenants or patrons of the center during construction. All work will take place in such a manner to minimize their disruption and business operations. END OF SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 2 J5 140 • c�1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. 11GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid/ Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 00120 - SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT SUMMARY This project is a tenant improvement of an existing tenant space at 230 Andover Parkway West, Tukwila WA. Scope of work includes, but is not limited to, selective demolition, selective renovation of the tenant space, and modifications to the existing storefront facade. OWNER Recreational Equipment Inc. (REI) 6750 South 228th Street Kent, Washington 98032 -4803 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE Written Notice to Proceed on or about July 16, 2002. 1. Contractor must be on site and fully mobilized within 7 calendar days of written Notice to Proceed. Construction to be completed October 4, 2002. Contractor to anticipate and allow for normal construction delays due to normal weather conditions, construction period will not be extended for such normal weather conditions. PERSONNEL Contractor to provide names, position description, and resumes of project manager, superintendent, and other key personnel assigned to the project with project bid. Include current commitments of all personnel. WORK BY OWN FORCES Clearly describe which portions of the work you will complete with your own forces. INTERNET AS MEANS OF COMMUNICATION Contractor will supply a computer for the project site, internet enabled and with an internet connection. Project Manager and superintendent will learn how to use and communicate via the intranet prior to start of Construction. Construction paperwork will be transmitted via the Intranet. Fax and other means will only be used as a backup. Project Superintendent and Project Manager will open and review posting on the REI. Intranet.com site daily as a minimum. BID A. Bid to be broken down by CSI Divisions. See attached Bid Form. B. Have submittal signed by a duly authorized representative of your firm, bind and transmit by the due date stated in this Invitation to Bid. PROJECT SCHEDULE Provide preliminary project schedule (bar chart) . SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ;411,41:(4.%44 7,Rt 00120 -1 ) REI — TUKWILA, WASHING1 - JOB NO. 02284.00 , Bid/ Permit Set June 11, 2002 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST AND SUBCONTRACTS The successful bidder is required to submit a list of all chosen subcontractors within 72 hours of the bid due date and copies of all executed contracts within 2 weeks of written Notice to Proceed. LABOR RATES The apparent successful bidder will be required to submit a list of all chosen subcontractors labor rates within 72 hours of the bid due date. END OF SECTION 00120 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00120 - 2 "11 ' REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN, ON • Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00300 - BID FORM JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 TO OWNER: Peter Emsky Recreational Equipment, Inc. 6750 South 228th Street Kent, Washington 98032 Fax (253) 395 -4756 Copy to ARCHITECT: Steve Swanson Mithun Inc., Architects +Designers +Planners Pier 56 1201 Alaskan Way , Suite 200 Seattle WA, 98101 -2913 Fax (206) 623-7005 PROJECT REI — Southcenter 230 Andover Parkway West Tukwila, WA 98188 BID FORM Bidder: (Firm Name) To: Mr. Peter Emsky Recreational Equipment, Inc. The undersigned bidder, having familiarized himself with the terms of the contract, the local conditions affecting the contract, and with the Drawings and Specifications and other Contract Documents, hereby proposes and agrees to provide all labor, material, equipment, and services necessary to complete in a workmanlike manner all work required in connection with the construction of the project noted above. All in strict accordance to Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Document; hereby submit a combined base bid as follow: 1. COMBINED BASE BID dollars ($ ). The above bid includes dollars ($ ) for the cost of the 100% Performance Bond and Payment Bonds. BID FORM 00300 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING'I ._ 4 Bid / Permit Set 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR BID BREAKDOWN: A. CSI DIVISION 1. General Requirements $ 2. Site Work $ 3. Concrete $ 4. Masonry $ 5. Metals $ 6. Wood & Plastics $ 7. Thermal /Moisture Protection $ 8. Doors & Windows $ 9. Finishes $ 10. Specialties $ 11. Equipment $ 12. Furnishings $ 13. Special Construction $ 14. Conveying Systems $ 15. Mechanical $ Fire Protection $ 16. Electrical $ B. SUB -TOTAL General Conditions $ Overhead & Profit $ Builder's Risk Insurance $ JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. TOTAL $ Permits & Fees $ Performance Bond $ Labor & Materials Bond $ Payment Bond $ D. COMBINED BASE BID 1. Base Bid .$ E. Alternates No. 1 Delete cashwrap trellis $ No. 2 Delete sandblasting, paint $ No. 3 Delete skylights $ 3. OVERHEAD AND PROFIT: Combined Base Bid and Alternate Bids listed above include Contractor overhead and profit. 4. CHANGE ORDERS: All extra work not included in the contract, if requested, will be performed by the Contractor by material and labor costs plus overhead and profit. Overhead and profit to be added or deleted, by the sub - contractor completing the work and /or the General Contractor, will be limited to a maximum 10% for the General Contractor and a maximum 15% for the subcontractor.. 5. SALES TAX: Sales Tax is included in Combined Base Bid or Alternate Bids. BID FORM 14.x.... • 00300 - 2 04e7 t X54 F.� 1 REI - TUKWILA, WASHIN■ ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 6. TIME OF COMPLETION: The undersigned hereby agrees to complete the work described in the contract as follows: Schedule: A. Written Notice to Proceed: On or about July 16, 2002. B. Proposed Commencement of Construction Date: On or about July 22, 2002 C. Substantial Completion: The work must be completed by September 27, 2002 (9+ weeks) D. Final Completion: All final punchlist items shall be corrected and /or completed to the Owner's satisfaction by October 4, 2002. - w' 7. CONTRACT BONDS: If the undersigned is notified of the acceptance of this bid within 30 calendar days —0 after the time set for opening of bids, he agrees to execute a contract for the above work, for a co 0 compensation computed from the above sums, by enclosed Agreement Form, and to furnish performance w s and payment bonds as required by the Specifications. LL w O. 8. ADDENDA: Receipt of Addenda is hereby acknowledged as follows: u- < D I F- w Z� F- O Z III 9. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE O N, D H. W U• J Pe'. Z w U - O Z Number Number Date Date Bidder Street Address By Title Date END OF SECTION 00300 BID FORM City / Zip Code Telephone Number Fax Number 00300 - 3 j REI — TUKWILA, WASI JGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00500 - AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR THIS AGREEMENT Made as of the day of in the year Two Thousand. BETWEEN the Owner: RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT INC. 6750 South 228th Street Kent, Washington 98032 and the Contractor: The Project: REI- Southcenter Recreational Equipment Inc. 230 Andover Parkway West Tukwila, WA 98188 The Owner's Representative is: . All references in this Agreement to "Architect" are changed to "Owner or Owner's Designated Representative:" The Parties 'agree as follows: AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00500 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. 1 ! JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows: ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgage, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire work not later than calendar days following commencement, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of Dollars ($ ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternatives, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00500 - 2 REI — TUKWILA, WAS1 iGTON Bid / Permit Set 4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 ' 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Owner by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Owner, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Owner not later than the day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Owner after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than days after the Owner receives the Application for Payment. 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Schedule of Values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This Schedule, unless objected to by the Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. j 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: 5.6.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values, less retainage of ten percent (10 %). Pending final determinations of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute may be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted by Change Order. 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of ten percent (10 %). 5.6.3 Subtract and aggregate of previous payment made by the Owner; and AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00500 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Owner has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances. 5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent (_ %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work and unsettled claims; and 5.7.2 Add, if final Completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a final Certificate of Payment has been issued by the Owner; such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Owner's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to tome at the place where the Project is located. 7.3 Other provisions: AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00500 - 4 tqtA i Y! rd REI — TUKWILA, WAS,. . JGTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 9.1.1 The Agreement. 9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201, 1997 Edition, as amended. 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project . Manual dated , and are as follows: 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9.1.3, and are as follows: Section Title Pages 9.1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated unless a different date is shown below: Number Title Date 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any, are as follows: Number Date Pages Portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. 9.1.7 Other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00500 - 5 • REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect for use in the administration of the contract, and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR Recreational Equipment, Inc. By: Its: Retail Architectural Coordinator Its: By: END OF SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 00500 - 6 r -! 7. 4 Ufij REI — TUKWILA, WASI 1GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 The American Institute of Architects Document A201, "The General Conditions of the Contract For Construction" - fifteenth edition, 1997, as modified by REI, hereinafter referred to as the "General Conditions" shall be and constitute a part of the Contract Documents or as amended by these Specifications. 1.2 Incorporation of the General Conditions is by reference. Copies of the General Conditions may be reviewed at the office of the Owner. 1.3, General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions shall apply to each Division of the Specification, i.e., Division 1 through 16. 1.4 "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," an attachment to "Agreement Between Owner and Contractor" is hereby made part of these General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00700 -1 • �'.] #, .,.:�i tit: r au:: /ciu:Y /.:'•ti.:ee.ri..•:':.r :ru.,s,u�,iale� u•,s -• •..+ieli::ur..si REI — TUKWILA, WAS. ■IGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," REI's modified AIA Document A201, Fifteenth Edition, 1997 Edition. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. 1.2.3 In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based on the following priorities: .1 The Agreement. .2 Addenda, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date. .3 The Supplementary Conditions. .4 The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. .5 Drawings and Specifications. In the case of an inconstancy between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. Add the following Subparagraphs 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 to 3.4: 3.4.3 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in the General Requirements (Division 1 of the Specifications). 3.4.4 By making requests for substitutions, the Contractor: .1 Represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitute products and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified; .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. Delete Subparagraph 3.7.1 and substitute the following: 3.7.1 The Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit, the health and environmental impact fees due to water and sewer connections, and the zoning regulation fees and permits. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits and governmental fees, license and inspection necessary for proper execution of and completion of the Contract which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. Add the following to Paragraph 3.15.1: 3.15.1 The Contractor and Subcontractors shall endeavor to minimize all construction debris and rubbish. The Contractor shall provide receptacles for debris, rubbish and recycling materials, and shall be responsible for hauling off site. Size of receptacles and frequency of hauling shall be such as to accommodate all operations under the Contract. Contractor and each subcontractor shall daily dispose of debris, rubbish, and recycling materials generated by individual operations in the specified receptacle. Contractor and subcontractors shall recycle all metal, paper, wood, glass, G.W.B., and shall endeavor to maximize recycling of all other construction debris. Delete Article 11 in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -1 .axs:vovrrm REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the state where the work is to be performed and acceptable to the Owner such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 11.1.1.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; 11.1.1.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; 11.1.1.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; 11.1.1.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by (1) a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) another person; 11.1.1.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 11.1.1.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; 11.1.1.7 claims involving contractual Liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18 of ALA A -201. 11.1 2 The Contractor's liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including, without limitation: 11.1.2.1 Premises /Operations, including the collapse, explosion and underground property damage hazards; 11.1.2.2 Owner's and Contractors' Protective; 11.1.2.3 Products and Completed Operations; 11.1.2.4 Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted; 11.1.2.5 Contractual Liability, including specified provision for Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18; 11.1.2.6 Owned, non -owned and hired motor vehicles; 11.1.2.7 Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations; 11.1.2.8 Cross Liability; 11.1.2.9 Elevator and hoist liability; 11.1.2.10 Employer's Contingent ( "Stop Gap ") Liability; 11.1.2.11 Personal Injury Liability arising out of false arrest, detention or imprisonment of malicious prosecuting, libel, slander or defamation of character, invasion of privacy, wrongful eviction or wrongful entry; and 11.1.2.12 Shoring, blasting, excavating, underpinning, demolition, pile driving and caisson work, work below ground surface, tunneling and grading, as applicable. 11.1.3 Prior to commencement of the Work or any portion thereof and prior to the performance of any services hereunder, the Contractor shall procure or cause to be procured the insurance described above, which insurance shall: 11.1.3.1 Be provided by carriers acceptable to Owner that are authorized to do business in the state where the site is located and that have an A.M. Best rating of A -VI or better; 11.1.3.2 Be issued on an "occurrence" basis and otherwise be in a form acceptable to the Owner and the Owner's lenders; 11.1.3.3 Be maintained in full force and effect, without interruption, until the date of final payment SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS bra 00800 - 2 tertg REI — TUKWILA, WASI. GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 from Owner, unless otherwise provided herein; 11.1.3.4 Name the Owner, the Owner's lenders, the Architect and the Owner's consultants as additional insureds; 11.1.3.5 Preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged; Be primary and not contribute with any insurance carried by the Owner; and 11.1.4 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power. 11.1.5.The insurance required by this paragraph 11.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability required by law. Unless otherwise specified by the Contract Documents, the insurance required shall be as follows: 11.1.5.1 $1,000,000 combined single limit for claims for bodily injury and property damage (other than automobile liability) each occurrence; $1,000,000 personal injury and advertising liability each occurrence, and $1,000,000 combined single limit annual general aggregate; 11.1.5.2 $1,000,000 combined single limit annual aggregate for products and completed operations liability; 11.1.5.3 $1,000,000 combined single limit annual aggregate for automobile bodily injury and property damage liability, each accident or loss. 11.1.5.4 For all subcontractors the limits shall be the same as in 11.1.4.1 -3 above, except that with regard to bodily injury and property damage, the combined single limit each occurrence shall be $1,000,000 and the combined single limit annual general aggregate shall be $2,000,000. 11.1.5.5 Contractor shall further purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability coverage with an additional coverage limit for claims for bodily injury of $4,000,000, and an additional coverage limit for claims for property damage of $4,000,000 with terms and conditions of such excess coverage to follow the form of the primary policy. 11.1.6.Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance polices required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled, allowed to expire, or materially changed until at least 30 days after written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall by furnished by Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. No such reductions of coverage shall occur SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT1/4 . JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 without the prior written consent of the Owner. Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers shall maintain products and completed operations liability insurance for not less than two years after final acceptance of the work by Owner. 11.1.7 If any Contractor or Subcontractor fails to furnish to the Owner a copy of each policy required hereunder or, if after furnishing such evidence, the policy Iapses or is canceled or materially altered, and the Contractor does not fully cure the failure or breach within five (5) days of receiving written notice from the Owner, then the Owner may obtain and maintain such insurance for such items and interests as the Owner believes necessary to protect the Owner in such amounts as the Owner may determine appropriate and the cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor or Subcontractor directly to the Owner on demand, and the Owner may , at its election, deduct the cost thereof from any moneys which are due or may become due to such Contractor or Subcontractor. 11.1.8 Workers' Compensation, Stop -Gap and Employer's Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall comply with the laws of the state in which the Work is to be performed, as well as the Jones Act (Maritime Employers Liability Insurance) and the Federal Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers Act ( "FLHWA "). 11.1.9. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this Contract at the site of the Project is not protected under an applicable state industrial insurance act, the FLHWA, the Jones Act or "stop -gap" insurance, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide compensation insurance and employer's liability insurance including but not limited to Federal Longshoreman's and Harbor Workers Compensation Insurance or Jones Act insurance with a private insurance company. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. At Owner's option, Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self - protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Owner shall purchase and maintain Builder's Risk insurance, to include coverage for loss of use, delayed completion, soft costs and legal liability. This insurance shall include as named insureds the Owner, the Architect, the Contractor and the Subcontractors. The Builder's Risk insurance shall be an all - • risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage, including theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false -work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. 11.4 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and keep in force during the term of the Contract performance and labor and material payment bonds guaranteeing that the Contractor will perform its obligations under the Contract (including correction of work after final acceptance and during applicable guaranty periods) and will pay for all labor and materials furnished for the Work. Such bonds shall be issued in a form and content and by a surety acceptable to the Owner, shall have a dual obligee rider, shall be submitted to the Owner for approval as to form, shall name the Owner and its lender as obligee and shall be in an amount equal to at least one hundred percent (100 %) of the Contract Amount plus applicable sales tax thereon. The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary to have the bonds issued to the Owner within seven (7) days after receiving the Owner's SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 4 Ifr 1'I REI — TUKWILA, WAS 1GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 written request therefor. If the Owner requests such bonds, the cost of the bonds shall be paid for by the Owner without any markup by the Contractor whatsoever. Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. Add the following to Subparagraph 12.2.2: 12.2.2 Where items on the Architect's "Punch List' have not been corrected prior to expiration of the one- year guarantee period, it shall nevertheless be the responsibility of the Contractor to permanently correct said items after the one -year guarantee period, and the Contract shall not be fully performed until such permanent corrections are made. Cracks or imperfections that may occur, for any reason and within the one -year guarantee period, in plastered or gypsum wallboard surfaces, whether painted or not shall be repaired and the surfaces repainted at no cost to the Owner and within the terms of the General Contract. END OF SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. 4GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00810 - REI LIQUIDATED DAMAGES CLAUSE JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 REI's LIQUIDATED DAMAGES CLAUSE: Contractor acknowledges that the Work to be performed under this Agreement is for the use of a retailer of consumer goods. Contractor further acknowledges that Owner will be engaged in marketing the opening of its store and the sale of its goods in reliance on Contractor's representation that the date of Completion set forth in these Bid Documents can and will be met. In the event of an unexcused delay in achievement of Substantial Completion or Final completion (including punch list), Owner will incur damages and expenses, including but not limited to, additional staff time, staff subsistence, travel expenses, storage costs, overtime, cancellation or stocking fees, expedited shipping costs and lost revenues, all of which will be impracticable to compute with certainty. It is therefore expressly agreed that the sum of One Thousand and no /100ths dollars ($1000.00) for each calendar day of unexcused delay in Substantial or Final Completion will be charged to the Contractor as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) under this Agreement as a reasonable approximation of damages which will be occurred; in the event that such liquidated damages are assessed, they shall be promptly paid by the Contractor or deducted from sums which might otherwise be due to the Contractor. END OF SECTION 00820 REI LIQUIDATED DAMAGES CLAUSE 00810 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. . GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00900 — CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Retail Development CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES cL 2 ...1 C.) These procedures are the methodology for executing the procedures stated in the General 0 0 Conditions: J H. A. Owner or A/E Changes: Changes shall be initiated by Owner through a Change Order to u Proposal (COP) submitted to Contractor. Such a request is for information and pricing W O only and is not an instruction to execute changes, nor to stop work in progress unless 2 issued as a Field Order. Proposal will include: g Q 1. Detailed description of changes, products, and location of modification in project Z W (First part of COP "Requests ".) z H 2. Supplementary or revised drawings or specifications. 1 I— O 3. Projected time span for making change. w f- 4. Statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. W 0D B. Contractor Change Order Request (COR): Initiate changes by submitting a letter to O (.2 Owner's Representative requesting a Change Order Proposal be issued. Include in the '— letter the following: 11.1 v u. S- 1. Description of proposed changes. ...; 2. Reason for making changes. V) 3. A specific period of time during which requested price will be considered valid. H H 4. Effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time. Z 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as . appropriate. 6. Statement of why proposed change is not covered in Contract Documents. 7. Date Work is to be completed. C. Field Order: In situations where time is of the essence or an emergency condition exists, Owner Representative may directly order a change to the work by a written COP /Field Order signed by the Owner's Representative. Field order will only be issued on an agreed "cost- not -to- exceed" basis either lump sum or time and material (second part of COP "Field Order "). D. Supporting Documentation: Contractor shall provide all back up pricing documentation for a change on the forms found at the end of this Section, these forms or format shall be the only acceptable documentation for all subcontractors also. The forms consist of the following: 1. COP - General Contractor Breakdown Summary 2. COP - Subcontractors Breakdown Summary 3. Cost Estimate Detail Sheet GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00900 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. .NGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 Provide all other supporting documentation as required to substantiate the requested costs such as invoices for rental equipment, freight cost, Quality Control Labor and Equipment Reports, etc. Total cost and time shall be brought forward to the COP form and signed and dated by Contractor. E. Change Order Authorization 1. Recommendation of Change Order Proposal is indicated by Architect's signature (optional). 2. Upon signature and execution by Owner, the Change Order Proposal becomes a Change Order, altering Contract Time and Contract Sum, as indicated. 3. Contractor may only request payment for the work against an approved Change Order. 4. If either A/E or Owner disapproves the Change Order Proposal, the reason for disapproval will be stated. A request for a revised proposal or cancellation of the proposal will be shown. Z w e � 6 U O 00 CO J = F- U) w w0 F. Correlation with Contractor's Submittals a N < =• W Z� O Z F-: LU Lu U� O N. CI 1 = U li.O Z = O~ 1. Application of Payment forms shall record each Change Order as a separate item of work. Do not include a Change Order on the applications until the fully executed Change Order is received from the Owner with the adjusted Contract Sum. 2. Revise construction schedule to reflect changes in Contract Time after negotiations are complete between the Owner's Representative and the Contractor. 3. Upon completion of Change Order work, enter pertinent modification in Project Record documents. G. Distribution 1. Upon authorization of a Change Order, the Owner's Representative will transmit one signed copy each to Contractor and Architect. END OF SECTION 00900 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00900 - 2 r»i trni- { Z REI — TUKWILA, WASI— .4GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00910 — CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL (C.O.P.) Retail Development Change Order Proposal REI Project Name: REI Project Number: JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 COP# To: contractor, Please furnish your proposal for executing the following change(s): Issued by: Date: Optional When signed, this is a field order to execute the above changes to avoid undue delay or stoppage of work. When final costs are available, complete the remainder of this Change Order Proposal prior to invoicing THE COST OF THE CHANGE SHALL NOT EXCEED $ WITHOUT PROPER AUTHORIZATION FROM REI CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT. Contractor Date: REI: Date: To: REI We propose to perform all the changes described in the above request for a total ADDITION /DEDUCTION to the contract sum of $ The foregoing amount covers all costs associated with this change order. All other provisions to the contract remain in full force and effect. We understand that no invoices incorporating this change will be honored prior to the performance of the work specified and return of the fully executed Change Order. If a time extension is required, a schedule change justification.for must be provided (critical path), otherwise the extension will not be allowed. An addition of days (calendar) is requested. Contractor: Date: Optional REI may elect to have this Change review by its Project Architect /Engineer Review: Yes No We have carefully examined this proposed Change to the Work and find it to be in order and the cost to be reasonable. We recommend its acceptance. Date: Firm Signature REI hereby accepts the foregoing proposal; and authorizes the performance and invoicing for the changes specified. This instrument constitutes a Change Order to the contract only when an authorizing signature is affixed Change Order: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00910 -1 A.4'#WfSMVt4<.W.+HT.'IM.MfbIY• , i�Yau'✓naw+n l+fMCf. -'Y IMY.T* REI - TUKWILA, WASH -. 1. GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Authorized by Date: Title Signature Authorized by Date: Title Signature END OF SECTION 00910 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00910 - 2 1:'f 1 4.4 V1TAl Z Z. • W J U: U 0 N 0> W= N om. W 0: q� J: IL Da H W == Z �. F- 0 Z uj n p; 0 0- 0 F- W W. • U.. tL O F-. F- =s O H. Z REI - TUKWILA, WASI GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 00920 - CHANGE ORDER JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 16\6. Retail Development Change Order Z w REI, Retail Construction Office U O 6750 South 228th Street N tutu Kent, Washington 98032 W 1—' Date: W 0 g J t. a = W` Z I- 0 Project Name: Project No. Z '— n p' REF: Contract Change Order No. 0 '--. Attached is/are fully executed Change Order Proposals, no (s) 111 W H H — U. O tii Z OH Z To: which has become Contractor Change Order No. The Contract has been revised as follows Original contract sum $ Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ Contract Sum prior to this Change Order $ Contract sum will be increased by this Change Order $ New Contract Sum including this Change Order $ Contract Time will be changed by days. The Substantial Completion Date as of this change is Acknowledged by Date: REI Project Manager REI Retail Construction Manager Project General Contractor Date: Date: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION M4z1 1•�-`. 00920 -1 VSAr .Jy >D.:RiJ!h..tAV!'.h Wi3'a: i•��},t�' rl;l.Yati.'uJ'lr. . REI — TUKWILA, WASGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION June 11, 2002 00920 - 2 WN. ema REI - TUKWILA, WAS,. JGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 00930 - C.O.P. GENERAL CONTRACTOR BREAKDOWN SUMMARY Retail Development COP General Contractor Breakdown Summary , w QQ• g Project Name COP # J U O 0 Project No Date: U W= General Contractor: J H . W O; W Labor Costs (GC Work Force only) g. LL. ?. Labor cost (from breakdown) • Ci =W • H Direct Labor subtotal Labor Cost $ Z 1-- OH&P $ I— O. GC Labor Total $ W uj 2• p Materials Costs 0 ON O 1—. Material Cost = W Freight Cost Material Cost I-- H Equipment Costs LL Z, LLI • N Owned Equipment —, Z Rental Equipment 0 I•- (per attached invoice) Equipment Cost Z Subtotal, materials, equipment $ OH &P $ Total material, equipment $ Subcontractors Subcontractors subtotal $ OH &Pon sub $ Total labor materials, equipment, subcontractor cost OH& P $ Insurance $ Bond $ Total Cost $ GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00930 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASi IGTON Bid4,Permit Set SECTION 00940 — C.O.P. SUBCONTRACTOR BREAKDOWN SUMMARY - .1 Retail Development COP Subcontractor Breakdown Summary JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Project Name COP # Project No. Date: Subcontractor: Note: Not all items are applicable to all subcontractors Subcontractor Labor Employee Name Hr Rate Hours Extension Apprentice Journeyman Foreman Supervision Direct Labor subtotal $ Labor Cost $ Materials Costs Material Cost Freight Cost Material Cost $ Equipment Costs Owned Equipment Rental Equipment (per attached invoice) Equipment Cost $ Subtotal Labor, Materials, Equipment $ Overhead and Profit $ Subtotal Labor, Materials, Equipment $ Insurance $ Bond $ Subcontractor Total Cost $ Provide copies of invoices for materials, freight, and equipment GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00940 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASi JGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 00950 — CONSTRUCTION INVOICE Retail Development 'ce w JU 0 Construction Invoice N W J H Project: N u.: w • }O. Claimant Name u. Q Mailing Address to d City State H W Z zo I hereby certify under penalty of perjury that the items and totals listed here are proper charges ? o for labor, material, merchandise, or services furnished to REI . U tU uj H 0 u' O WZ U_N O z Original Contract Change Order(s) Previous Change Order(s) this Invoice Total Contract to Date Base Contract due this Invoice Change Order(s) due this Invoice Subtotal Less Retainage Total Amount due this Request GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00950 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. iGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. The Project consists of, but is not limited to, the tenant improvement of a 21,023 s.f. ft. retail store, consisting of a new entry and trellis, along with associated site developments, as described within these contract documents including drawings and specifications. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. Separate Contracts: The Owner will award separate contracts for performance of certain _1 construction operations at the site. Those Contracts include the following: 1. Low Voltage System: Telephone, data, security, and audio - visual systems. Conduits boxes, and wall penetrations by Contractor where indicated within these documents. 2. Signage: Provision of exterior and interior signage. Electrical by Contractor where indicated within these documents. 3. FF &E: Store fixtures, furnishings and equipment. 4. Climbing Boulderl: Climbing sculpture, including protective flooring and pads. 5. Testing: Soil and construction material testing as required by building department, code, and as contained within these construction documents. 6. Display Systems: "REI Story" display systems and wall mounted photo - graphics. See allowances for installation by contractor. 7. Water Filter Test Station: Water filter test structure. Coordinate with electrical for water pump power connections. 8. Boot Test Trail: Freestanding boot test trail structure. 9. Storage Racking System: Stock shelving storage system, including shelving units, and accessory components necessary for system installation. 10. Roofing: Roof work by others to include new roofing where required, re- flashing of all pipe penetrations, application of asphalt resaturatent and gravel, cleaning of drains and downspouts and flashing of new work New openings in roof by General Contractor. B. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so that work under those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. 1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. During the construction period the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for construction operations. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of the Project. Construction is to be coordinated with the Andover Parkway Shopping Center to minimize disturbance of other tenants and the public. 1.4 OWNER - FURNISHED PRODUCTS SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING'''. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. The Owner will furnish some products. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Owner's equipment, and mechanical and electrical connections. 1. The Owner will arrange for and deliver necessary shop drawings, product data, and samples to the Contractor. 2. The Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner- furnished items according to the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Following delivery, the Owner will inspect items delivered for damage. 4. If Owner- furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, the Owner will arrange for replacement. 5. The Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for the delivery of manufacturer's warranties to the appropriate Contractor. 6. The Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner- furnished items in the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 7. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples and return them to the Architect noting discrepancies or problems anticipated in use of the product. 8. The Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner- furnished items at the site. 9. The Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner- furnished items from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements. The Contractor shall repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. Z W cc JU UO • O J• = H 2u w 0 g=I- LL < co =d �w Z= F- O Z n 1.5 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED - CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEMS (FOIC): 0 H wW LL' O .. Z U= O~ A. Schedule 1. Wood Paneling: WP -3 (MDF), full -size face panels, un -cut, sanded sheet materials, ready for Contractor fabrication, installation, and finishing. 3. Wood Display Paneling (Slotwall): Wood display panels with horizontal slots and reinforcing inserts for proprietary merchandise display system (MDF), full -size face panels, un -cut, sheet materials including inserts, ready for Contractor fabrication, installation, and finishing. Contractor is responsible for all hanging, sub frame supports. 4. Interior and Exterior Light Fixtures - Contractor is responsible for all hanging and miscellaneous hardware and stems. 5. Point of Sale Counters (POS): Owner to install casework. Contractor to install electrical and low- voltage systems within casework where indicated within documents. 6. Baby Diaper Changing Tables. 7. Carpet and carpet adhesive. 8. Safe. 9. Roof top HVAC units and controls. 10. Address lettering 11. Rough sawn DF lumber at Customer Service and Cashwrap Trellis. 12. Custom Washers: REI custom cast steel malleable wood washers for Entry or Cashwrap trellis. 13. Ice Axes for use as door push /pulls. 14. Coat Rack. 15. Lockers. 16. Environmental Learning Center Aluminum Rail. 17. Air Compressor at Bike Repair Shop 18. Tack boards at Office areas. SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 2 x,.AU <et'itr•^i.+hia° .�.iiESr.' F+y, r°" esi Z REI — TUKWILA, WASI GTON Bid / Permit Set 1.6 DESIGN TEAM A. Architect's Consultants: 1. Structural Engineer CoughlinPorter Lundeen 217 Pine Street, Suite 300 Seattle, Washington 98101 2. Mechanical Engineer Sound Mechanical Consulting 7093 NE Bayhill Road Bainbridge Is., Washington 98110 3. Electrical Engineer Cross Engineers, Inc. 2407 North 31st. Street Tacoma, Washington 98402 Owner's Consultants: 1. Mechanical Equipment Roberts Trane 2021 -152'd Avenue Northeast Redmond, Washington 98052 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Tel. (206) 343 -0460 Fax (206) 343 -5691 Contact: Eric Dann Tel. (206) 780 -5157 Fax (206) 7805142 Contact: Israel Gaphni , • Tel. (253) 759 -0118 Fax (253) 759 -1879 Contact: Wes McKean Tel. (425) 643 -4310 Fax (425) 643 -4314 Contact: LeAnne Carlson, Scott Shaffer 01010 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Bid / Permit Set SECTION 01020 - ALLOWANCES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 ' SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Lump -sum _1 Allowances. Selected materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer 7 selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is 1 available for evaluation. 1.2 SELECTION AND PURCHASE At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise the Architect of the date when the final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. Purchase products and systems selected by the Architect from the designated supplier. 1.3 •SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show the actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.2 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1 - Art: $500.00 for installation of Owner provided artwork. END OF SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES 01020 -1 j REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.2 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES Alternate No. 1 - Delete interior trellis above cashwrap area and Customer Service counter, B. Alternate No. 2 - Delete interior ceiling and beam sandblasting. Provide paint per Section 09900. C. Alternate No. 3 - Delete Skylights, Provide unit price for skylights and installation. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030 -1 4 0' J REI — TUKWILA, WASi I GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01035 - MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing contract modifications. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. The Architect will issue clarifications authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or Time, on Architect's "Clarification" form. 1.3 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner- Initiated Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Time, on Architect's "Proposal Request" form. 1. Proposal requests are for information only. Do not consider them as an instruction either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposal. 2. Within 20 days of receipt, submit an estimate of cost necessary to execute the change for review. Include all quantities, unit costs, taxes, delivery charges, and equipment rentals. Indicate the effect the proposed change will have on the Contract Time. B. Contractor - Initiated Proposals: When latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required, unit costs, with the total amount of purchases to be made, applicable taxes, delivery charges, and equipment rental. 1.4 ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: For allowance -cost adjustment, base each Change Order Proposal on the difference between the actual purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the final measurement of work -in- place. Where applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work claimed in the Change Orders related to unit -cost allowances. 3. The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work -in -place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035-1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. .' Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or the Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. The Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days. 1. Do not include the Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in Contract Documents. .2. No change to the Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher or lower - priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and the Contractor disagree on the terms of a Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive. The Construction Change Directive instructs the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Change Orders will be processed in the manor described in Specification Section 0900. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 - 2 a.lYt.N�Y�.1.tA!WlR^MAM.^mi `" f • REI — TUKWILA, WASI. iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, general project coordination procedures, conservation, administrative and supervisory personnel, cleaning and protection. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Field Engineering" specifies procedures for field engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" for progress meetings, coordination meetings, and pre- installation conferences. 3. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for preparing and submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. Division 1 Section "Materials and Equipment" for coordinating general installation. 5. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for coordinating contract closeout. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials; and maximize recycling of all construction debris. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) COORDINATION 01040 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL Bid / Permit Set PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excessive static or dynamic loading. 2. Excessive internal or external pressures. 3. Excessively high or low temperatures. 4. Thermal shock. 5. Excessively high or low humidity. 6. Water or ice. 7. Solvents or Chemicals. 8. Punctures or Abrasion. 9. Heavy traffic. 10. Soiling, staining, and corrosion. 11. Rodent and insect infestation. END OF SECTION 01040 COORDINATION 12. Combustion. 13. Electrical current. 14. High -speed operation. 15. Improper lubrication. 16. Unusual wear or other misuse. 17. Contact between incompatible materials. 18. Destructive testing. 19. Misalignment. 20. Excessive weathering. 21. Unprotected storage. 22. Improper shipping or handling. 01040 - 2 :wxu rage.ni WAVAIgnft itoANOxt M.% REI — TUKWILA, WAS IGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections: Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to mechanical and electrical installations. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load - carrying capacity or load - deflection ratio. B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. If possible, retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed Work. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer of fabricator, engage another recognized, experienced and specialized firm. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGI, JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3.4 CLEANING Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-2 ••M REI - TUKWILA, WASI. JGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for field - engineering services including, but not limited to, land survey work. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents and recording of Owner- accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Z re -J C-) 0 0. CO W= CO u_ w0 2 gQ = d. fw Z� . Certificates: Submit a certificate signed by the land surveyor or professional engineer Z 0 0 certifying the location and elevation of improvements. w w. B. Final Property Survey: Submit 2 copies and 1 reproducible sepia of the final property survey. U 0 O.(-2 0 I- C. Project Record Documents: Submit a record of Work performed and record survey data as = w required under provisions of "Submittals" and "Contract Closeout" Sections. i- H � 6. w U -. Off' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surveyor Qualifications: Engage a land surveyor registered in the state where the Project is located, to perform required land- surveying services. B. Engineer Qualifications: Engage a engineer registered in the state where the Project is located, to perform required engineering services. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Identification: The Owner will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes. B. Verify layout information shown on the Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks, before proceeding to lay out the Work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. C. Establish and maintain a minimum of 2 permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 -1 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT■ Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 D. Existing Utilities and Equipment: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction. Prior to construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water - service piping. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Work from lines and levels established by the property survey. Establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions. 1. Advise entities engaged in construction activities of marked lines and levels provided for their use. 2. As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level, and plumb. Surveyor's Log: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey work. Make this log available for reference. Record deviations from required lines and levels, and advise the Architect when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected. On Project Record Drawings, record deviations that are accepted and not corrected. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out batter boards for structures, building foundations, column grids and locations, floor levels, and control lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical work. E. Existing Utilities: Furnish information necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with local authorities having jurisdiction. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for the Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by the surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of the Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. END OF SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING ...wrr�vlt++q M 01050 - 2 'd 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI IGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, including, but not limited to, preconstruction conference and progress meetings. B. Related Section: Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating project meetings with other construction activities. 1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to the Owner and the Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at the Project Site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner and Architect; the Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: 1. Tentative construction schedule and critical work sequencing. 2. Designation of responsible personnel. 3. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 4. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 5. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 6. Office, work, and storage areas. 7. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 8. Safety procedures and First Aid. 9. Security. 10. Working hours. 11. Environmental priorities. 12. Recycling effort. 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project Site or via Telephone Conference call at regular weekly intervals Notify the Owner and the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. Progress schedules and required digital photos are to be e- mailed to owner and architect prior to each meeting. B. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and the Architect, appropriate subcontractors, or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT, . JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the status of the Project. 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to insure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 2. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: a. Interface requirements. b. Time. c. Sequences. d. Status of submittals. e. Deliveries. f. Off -site fabrication problems. g. Access. h. Temporary facilities and services. i. Hours of work. j. Hazards and risks. k. Change Orders. 1. Documentation of information for payment requests. m. Recycling Reporting: No later than 7 days after each meeting, the Architect will distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present.. Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule to Owner and Architect.. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 2 1 REI - TUKWILA, WASHIN' 'ON JOB NO. 02284.00 BID / PERMIT SET JU SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices including identification 1 H and description. .H w 1.2 DEFINITIONS 6 U A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders as a price per unit of measurement for materials or V p services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum, if estimated quantities of Work required by the u) w Contract Documents are increased or decreased. � H 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS uj 0 A. Unit Prices will be exercised at the option of Owner. g :. co D B. Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the Contract. = a i_ W Z H, A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable W O taxes, overhead, and profit. 2 D 1. Provide a cost breakout for the following: U 0 a. Overhead. O N b. Profit. 0 I_- WW B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires t=- establishment of unit prices. - 0 Z 1.4 PROCEDURES C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of V u) established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent 0 H. surveyor acceptable to Contractor. Z D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. 1.5 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE A. No. 1— CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET- 120V 1. Item: Install a duplex electrical outlet at the ceiling in a location chosen by the owner, run conduit, energize and circuit based on a home run. 2. Unit of Measure: Per each. B. No. 2 — CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET- 120V 1. Item: Install a duplex electrical outlet at the ceiling in a location chosen by the owner, run conduit, energize and circuit based on the extension of a nearby existing circuit with sufficient capacity. 2. Unit of Measure: Per each END OF SECTION 01270 UNIT PRICES 01270 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. ,GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" for submittal and distribution of meeting and conference minutes. 2. Division 1 Section "Quality Control" for submittal of inspection and test reports. 3. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for submittal of Project Record Documents and warranties at project closeout. 4. Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for additional submittal requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. Allow 2 weeks for initial review and for reprocessing when necessary. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. B. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Action may be withheld on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received. C. Submittal Preparation: Record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken: 1. Project name, date, Architect, and Contractor. 2. Name and address of the subcontractor, and /or supplier, and /or manufacturer. 3. Specification section, drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. D. Submittal Transmittal: Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. Assign an identification number to each submittal, consisting of: 1. A three digit submittal number starting with 001 and continuing in sequence; 2. The five digit specification number; E. Submittal of documents directly to appropriate consultant will be approved provided a copy of transmittal letter is simultaneously sent to the Architect. SUBMITTALS 01300 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. . IGTON Bid / Permit Set 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar -chart -type, contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 15 days after the written Notice to Proceed. 1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. 2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. < As Work•progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. F=. Z 3. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties g involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; .. include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in U O proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related N Ci LIJ portions of the Work. w i 4. Coordinate the Schedule with the list of subcontracts, progress reports, payment requests, 0 ~ i and other schedules. tu O 5. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. 2 Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's 4.t ■ g procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. U. j - d B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the _ Architect, Owner, and all other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in ? F- the field office. When revisions are made, update the schedule and re- distribute. Z C. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions j p have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each UO W meeting. 0 I- wW IU 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE u- p. ill Z co A. Prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit within 15 days after the date established for U written Notice to Proceed.- Coordinate Submittal Schedule with other schedules. Prepare the p'—. schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information: Z 1. Scheduled date for the first submittal. 2. Related Section number. 3. Submittal category (Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples). 4. Name of the subcontractor. 5. Description of the part of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for the Architect's final release or approval. B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the : ! Architect, Owner and all parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the field office. When revisions are made, update schedule and re- distribute. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 2 4..6" 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASi 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Sheet Size: Submit on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 30" x 42 ". 7. Submit one correctable, translucent, reproducible print and two blue- or black -line prints for review (three prints when consultant review is required). One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a "Record Document." 1.6 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. Submit 3 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. 1.7 SAMPLES A. Submit (3) sets of full -size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS A. Submit quality- control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality - control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where Specification Sections require certifications, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. 1.9 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. Unsolicited submittals will be returned without action. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. 1. When the Architect marks a submittal "Approved," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. When the Architect marks a submittal "Approved as Corrected," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. .4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 3. When the Architect marks a submittal "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. When the Architect marks a submittal "Rejected," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal. Prepare a new submittal and resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. • PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 4 r+r7 • REI — TUKWILA, WASI iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality- control services including inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. B. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. Specific quality- control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality - control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality- control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Section: Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: Contractor is responsible, to make a record of site conditions at least once each week using a digital format camera. (8 to 10 photos) Site photos should be e- mailed to the Owner and Architect. Contractor to save digital photos on discs or suitable media and the record set is to be turned over to the owner at Substantial Completion. B. Owner Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, the Owner will employ testing agencies, directly and pay for any inspections, tests or approvals other than those conducted by public authorities. Costs for these services are not to be included in the Contract Sum. C. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality - control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Provide access to the Work. 2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assist the agency in taking samples. 4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples. QUALITY CONTROL iaYJ/Elii.ti:faA�+i. 01400 -1 WNW REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT1/4 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Post 5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories. 6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a Z minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing `"" construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for 1 z scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. JU ON .1.3 SUBMITTALS UO N D W• I A. The testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar u_ service to the Architect, Owner, and Consultant responsible for the respective test section. w 0 Submit additional copies directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2 Written reports include, but are not limited to, the following: ', g u_ a. =• a 1— W Z1.- 1- O Z 1- W uj 2o O N. 0 H WW u_ Z U- - 0 1. Date of issue, project title and number. 2. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 3. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 4. Names of individuals making the inspection or test including laboratory personnel. 5. Designation of the Work and test method. 6. Identification of product and Specification Section. 7. Complete inspection or test data, test results and an interpretation of test results. 8. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. 9. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 10. Recommendations on retesting. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Protect construction exposed by or for quality - control service activities, and protect repaired construction. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services. END OF SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL ti 01400 - 2 l%KL%W'N.M Want ottll Z REI — TUKWILA, WAS }. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01421- REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract, B. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown ", "noted ", "scheduled ", and "specified" are used to help the reader locate the reference. Location is not limited. C. "Directed ", "requested ", "authorized ", "selected ", "approved ", "required ", and "permitted" mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. D. "Approved ", when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. E. "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to the Project Site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install" describes operations at the Project Site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. J• "Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 1. The term experienced, when used with the term Installer, means having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Trades: Using terms such as carpentry does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. "Project Site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS ,. . >.o: �t..glsrrnp ;r ;tr,<,3.: dLrp.zi;c.z�YU„m,•An >y:•t�:roi ;r,b�s'.ti:•�4:= a:::r,:F�,a ti. rs : 1' •.w,..,n 01421 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 K. Testing Agencies: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 1.2 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16- Division format and MASTERFORMAT numbering system. B. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. The words "shall be" are implied wherever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. • Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents. C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified and where the standards may establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer requirements that are different but apparently equal and uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. Minimum quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01421- 2 v+ rr+ wt •vnw�*,.r,�v.� *••.•- n.,.•••,,. i. ., ....e... �,_...� .u.. ,n, y�, rMPM�• ,...a.,sa+N.ow.!mw.Ywsw,ri`abYl* tutu, NU!+ n7xNLW. S+' t+ tl Wlnl>: I, Y" 1L N.M?�i!ki�A�A't�Pi�W',+irrx!45 PIUS 1 e j j REI — TUKWILA, WAS. .4GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards - generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by • Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01421 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01421-3 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including 1- Z temporary utilities, support facilities, security and protection, and project sign. re JU 0 1.2 SUBMITTALS to o WI A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar to u_ procedures performed on temporary utilities. • I 0 J 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE u_ D N d A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of 1-- i authorities having jurisdiction including building code, health and safety, utility company, O police, fire, and rescue squad rules, and environmental protection regulations. Z 1— B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and D 0 '.._1 0 Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." C3 H j Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. i V ;• Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code." h- H- - O. Z C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary ii.i c j/ utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. H H O • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." 1. Job -built structures: UL- labeled, fire - treated lumber and plywood. 2. Signs, directories: Exterior Grade B -B high - density concrete form overlay plywood. 3. For safety barriers and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8 -inch thick exterior plywood. B. Roofing: UL, Class A standard - weight asphalt shingles or Class C mineral- surfaced roll roofing. C. Paint: Comply with requirements of Division 9 Section "Painting." Structures and fences: Exterior, acrylic -latex over primer. Signs: Exterior, alkyd gloss enamel over primer. D. Tarpaulins: Waterproof, fire - resistant, UL- labeled, flame- spread 15 or less, translucent, nylon - reinforced, laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride. E. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 -1 z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 F. Galvanized Fencing: 0.120" thick, 2" chainlink fabric fencing, 8' high with barbed -wire top strand and steel pipe posts, 1-1 /2" I.D. for line posts and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts. ... 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Water Hoses: 3/ ", heavy -duty, abrasion - resistant, flexible hoses 100' long, pressure rating per 'w.. Q system rating. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge. i- Z eL W B. Electrical: Provide properly configured, NT'MA- polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to n.,.. 6 U 120 -Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets; equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, 0 00 reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment. Provide grounded co extension cords; hard - service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof w = vu. J connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords. Do not exceed safe length- voltage ratio. w Provide lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination, with guard cages or tempered- W O. glass enclosures where exposed to breakage; exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. Q_ et C. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been Tested and labeled by UL, FM, u.. j u) or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed. _ HW ,.,u, Z = D. Temporary Offices: Prefabricated or similar job -built construction, lockable entrances, operable windows, insulated, heated, air - conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal loading. z O WW ,.. D0E. Temporary Toilets: Self- contained; Chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented; fully enclosed with reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent 0 material. 0 I- F. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand - carried, portable, UL- rated, Class A fire extinguishers for i— r- temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand - carried, portable, UL- - O rated, Class ABC, dry- chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- tit co recommended classes for the exposures. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for U = classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. `' Z I- PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage the local utility companies to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Cost or use charges are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect. B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize piping prior to use. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload - protected disconnects, automatic ground -fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. D. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that will fulfill security requirements. Provide adequate illumination for construction and traffic conditions. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 2 tit 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASi iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 E. Temporary Heat: As required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. Except where the Owner authorizes use of the permanent system, provide vented, self - contained, LP -gas or fuel -oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. Use of gasoline - burning space heaters, open flame, or salamander heating units is prohibited. F. Temporary Telephones: Provide service throughout construction for all personnel engaged in construction activities. Provide additional telephone line for a fax machine in the field office. G. Sanitary facilities: Include toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, operation, and maintenance. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material. Provide separate containers for recycling. 3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION Field Offices: Provide weathertight temporary offices of sufficient size to accommodate office personnel at the Project Site. Keep the office clean and orderly for use for progress meetings. Provide use of phone, fax and desk for Architect and /or Owner's Representative. B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved. C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. D. Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees. E. Temporary Signs: Support on posts of preservative- treated wood or painted steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. 1. Project Sign: Provide one sign 4' x 8' x 3/4" immediately after construction has started. Design per the "Project Sign" detail supplied by the Owner. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics. Submit proposed graphic layout to Owner for approval. Sign must be installed prior to the approval of the first payment request. 2. Temporary Signs: Prepare signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. F. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so signs are visible when Work is being performed. G. Recycling, Waste, and Hazardous Material Collection and Disposal: On a daily basis collect waste materials. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible material. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than seven days. Segregate hazardous material and lawfully dispose of. Segregate recyclable materials and distribute to recycling businesses. Segregate remaining waste and debris and dispose of in lawful manner. H. Stairs: Provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. I. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set 3.3 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer, as requested by the Architect. Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire - protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses and as required by local authorities. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations." 1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire -safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire - protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire - exposure areas. 4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. C. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date, complete installation of the permanent fire- protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. D. Barricades: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Provide warning paint, signs and lighting where appropriate and needed to inform personnel and public of the hazard being protected against.. E. Enclosure Fence: Before excavation begins, install an enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Enclose the entire site. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering the site, except by the entrance gates. F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Limit access to the site to persons involved in the work. Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. 1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. 2. If the building is not secure and lockable, the Contractor shall hire a security guard to protect the building during the night -time hours as necessary, or upon Owner's request. 3. After turnover of the building and during the completion of the "Punch List" work, Contractor access to the building will be limited to a single entrance. The Owner will have the right to perform random bag and toolbox searches if necessary. G. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise - making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS crt n.,t x...M......�... ,. ... 01500 - 4 4,9rl�llY„�•✓. *VWt ^ rruafilSxtt ,.r; 9 Ja) v c • 4 REI - TUKWILA, WASI iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve indicated Z results and to avoid possibility of damage. < F; 2. Protection: Prevent water - filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for w underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. Ce 2 B. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove U O each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by authorized use of a , U) CY permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore j Z permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary co LL facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be LU uj 0 satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. N D The Owner reserves the right to take possession of project identification signs. = a 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during the H Z construction period including, but not limited to, the following: z '— I— O. Z I-.. a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings. 2 D b. Replace significantly worn parts and parts subject to unusual operating conditions. U c. Replace lamps burned out or noticeably dimmed by hours of use. O N; D I-- w• w U.. ~O. LLIZ U =, O I- END OF SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 5 Z • REI — TUKWILA, WAS ,GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's , s i-- selection of products for use in the Project. '� w B. Related Section: Division 1 Section "Substitutions" specifies administrative procedures for U O handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. co p co w J= 1.2 DEFINITIONS w w W0 A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," u. and similar terms. Such terms are self - explanatory and have well- recognized meanings in the U) D construction industry. I w ZF... 1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Z O Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms w "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. "Named Products" are 2 M items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including make or model number 0 or other designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published product literature, 0 _- that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. w w w 2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or N U otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. u.. ~O 3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually Z operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping. U N HI O 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. Coordinate with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 2. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 3. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 -1 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. .' Bid / Permit Set 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and new at the time of installation. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices • and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. `... Z , NZ B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures governing product selection include the following: W u6D 1. Proprietary Specification: Where Specifications name only a single product or U O manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. co 0 2. Semiproprietary Specification: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or w to = manufacturers, provide 1 of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. LL Where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied by the w O term "or equal" or "or approved equal," comply with the Contract Document provisions 2 concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. g 3. Nonproprietary Specifications:. When Specifications list products or manufacturers that u.. are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to N a use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that , ,:, II W complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions Z H. concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. Z O 4. Descriptive Specification: Where Specifications describe a product or assembly, listing w w exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that complies with Contract requirements. U N 5. Performance Specification: Where Specifications require compliance with performance Op F- requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements and are , -' 4 W w recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. t-- U 6. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require u- ~O compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies iii Z with the standards, codes, or regulations specified. U 7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the O 1- Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. Z 8. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures ..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT r4ue.;1r.n4 l ;al.* 01600 - 2 REI — TUKWILA, WAS- . GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01631- SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling substitution requests during bidding process and for substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Section: Division 1 Section "Materials and Equipment" specifies requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options. 1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING A. During Bidding, Architect will consider written requests for substitutions, with the exception of Division 15 and 16, that are received at least seven days prior to Bid Date (at 5:00 p.m.); requests received after that time will not be considered. Substitution requests for Divisions 15 and 16 will be reviewed as part of the Submittal Review Process. Submit on Substitution Request Form enclosed at back of this Section. If proposed substitution is approved, such approvals will be set forth in an Addendum. bidders shall not relay upon approvals made in any other manner. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 30 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. 1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and according to procedures required for change -order proposals. 2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. c. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. d. Samples, where applicable or requested. e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. f. Cost information, including the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated. SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 -1 Z CC w JU O 0 co LIJ J H Nu. �QQ 0 =� 0 Z= t- W ▪ ~ • w o O N O H W w HU • O WZ U= O t- Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. Z The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution , = H within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information w CC or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order. �,, D J U PART 2 - PRODUCTS U p cow 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT `� - H U) LL A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution W O when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect. ..- , g u. a 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. W a 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. H W rwa 3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted. Z H 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the schedule. f- 0 5. The request is directly related to an "or- equal" clause or similar language. w 1- 6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, ` 2j energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities v N the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may include 0 F„ compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of W other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. H U 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a u. 1— governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. 1.1j Z 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is V co compatible or coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that ~O � the substitution will overcome the incompatibility or can be coordinated. Z 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed , substitution provides the required warranty. 10. The specified product does not meet specified percent of recycled material content, ! . exceeds allowable levels of toxic material content, or falls below specified energy efficiency. B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples for construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01631 SUBSTITUTIONS 01631- 2 } REI – TUKWILA, WASI GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 REI - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: STEVE SWANSON - MITHUN PROJECT: REI- Southcernter SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Description The undersigned requests consideration of the following: PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes description of changes to Contract Documents which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detailing and construction costs caused by the requested substitution. 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the Specified Item. Submitted by: Signature Mithun. Action: Firm _ Accepted _ Accepted as noted Address _ Not accepted — Received too late By Da to Telephone Remarks Date Attachments:' SUBSTITUTIONS • . ;. Alts. 01631- 3 ;IL REI — TUKWILA, WASI IGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items and value, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits and operating certificates. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's personnel. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. If this repeat inspection is due to failure of work to comply with completion status claimed, Owner will compensate Architect for each additional service One Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($1400.00) and shall deduct Architect's compensation from Contractor's final payment. 1.3 FINAL ACCEPTANCE Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING1 .1 JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. 3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 5. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 7. Obtain temporary certificate of occupancy from city. B. Reinspection Procedure: The Owner will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. 1.4 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of prints of Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. An additional set of documents shall be on filed in REI's room 206. See drawing for plan holder. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Incorporate all addenda, supplemental instructions, and change orders. Identify each revision or clarification. B. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 a:,�r•F'- iay!.�"a, �s1:F� .+W45:r��tt15 -J REI — TUKWILA, WASI ,GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. 1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. D. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. F. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy -duty, 2 -inch, 3 -ring, vinyl - .covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions, spare parts list, copies of warranties and wiring diagrams. 2. Recommended "turn- around" cycles, cleaning and inspection procedures. 3. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 4. Fixture lamping schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals and Record documents, and Identification systems. 2. Spare parts, materials, tools, lubricants and fuels. 3. Control sequences. 4. Cleaning and hazards. 5. Warranties and bonds; maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup and Shutdown. 2. Emergency operations and safety procedures. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set 3. Noise and vibration adjustments. 4. Economy, efficiency adjustments and effective energy utilization. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even - textured surface. 6. Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. B. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage • systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner. 3.3 POST CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION A. The Owner will conduct an inspection just prior to one year following the date of final completion. The Contractor will be asked to be present. The purpose of this inspection is to identify any warranty items or material failures. A report will be issued with determination by the Owner as to the Contractor's responsibility. Contractor is required to make necessary repairs or corrections within thirty (30) days following notification. END OF SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 • wrrur.oronw, *y sv* Y?.! 4lorr,. weow&[. ntA i+W f# W..'* fiR4- Mi' �94MyNt�iM1?M4!7Px!!1 ^+:4:bMV:h REI — TUKWILA, WASI. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY QQ S A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and .f— Z bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on w products and special warranties. 6 = JU 00 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of to 0 workmanship and materials. w = 2. General closeout requirements are included in Section "Project Closeout." CO 3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations, are W O. included in the individual Sections of Divisions -2 through -16. 2 4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner g are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. u_ tad B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product H W warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the ? H *products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to Z O countersign special warranties with the Contractor. w w U 1.2 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS p 1— W W A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and t=- replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed u- b- and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. W z UN B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected ~O 1 by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated z warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Owner. Z Z B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a re 2 ~ subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions -2 through -16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. u) u_ w0 C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and 2 bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or g :3 manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table U- of contents of the Project Manual. = d I-w D. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty, commercial quality, durable 3 -ring vinyl covered Z I=- loose -leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- Z O 1/2" by 11" paper. w w ? o 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. ,,.. O N Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the p H product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and W W telephone number of the installer. I=— H 2. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title u- p "WARRANTIES AND BONDS, the Project title or name, and the name of the LLi Z Contractor. U u) 3. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, . J ~O '— provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. ' " PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION (not applicable). END OF SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 - 2 R.tQI z • I REI — TUKWILA, WASHING JN Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building. 2. Patching and repairs. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Z _~ w IX 2 _1 U O 00 w= U) w w O 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures. 2 2. Division 1 Section "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls" for temporary g • Q utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection facilities, and 0 co environmental protection measures for selective demolition operations. = d w Z� 1— O Z f- ww Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise D 0 indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's 0 cn property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.. 0 I-- w'Li H H L-O Z 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP • SUBMITTALS til A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated. 0 F- Z 1 1. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. 2. Record drawings at Project closeout. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1.6 WARRANTY SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 -1 .-1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN . ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Existing Special Warranty: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS Use repair materials identical to existing materials. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. D. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide bypass connections to maintain continuity of 'service to other parts of the building before proceeding with selective demolition. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. B. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 2 .o'1 Pkti 141 7". t:l trqi • REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. C. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. 1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 3. ' Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations. D. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level. C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3 . Y.... s. w. w. rr.,.,.. ,....•,..,....,.-.4....,,...n.N rw na REI — TUKWILA, WASHII\ :'ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire - suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin - infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations. 10. Neatly cut steel beams and columns at construction to remain to be plumb, square and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Remove excess plates and welds. 11. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power- driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power- driven impact tools. 12. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. 13. Provide shoring as required prior to removal of any structural material. B. .Provide all nessesary new structural members, supports and connections as required. Provide shoring as required prior to installation of any new structure . 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. B. Recycling: Establish program on site for recycling of demolished materials including but not limited to steel, masonry, concrete, glass, aluminum, gypsum board, paper, and asphalt. Maintain recycling bins throughout the length of construction. 3.7 PATCHING, REPAIRS AND CLEANING A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. B. Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation. END OF SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 4 REI - TUKWILA, WASHING JN Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK • PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Z • A. This Section includes the following: H Z cG w 1. Preparing and grading subgrades for slabs -on- grade, walks, and pavements. 6 -.I U 2. Excavating and backfilling for structures. 0 0 3. Drainage and moisture- control fill course for slabs -on- grade. • co 0 4. Subbase course for walks and pavements. w = 5. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines. co ~ 6. Excavating and backfilling for underground mechanical and electrical utilities and w 0 appurtenances. 2 a B. The existing soil bearing for shallow foundations is assumed to be a minimum allowable net LL j bearing pressure of 2000 PSF, for both individual (column) and continuous (wall) footings = a bearing on fill compacted, or undisturbed soil. If the existing conditions do not allow this ~ _ capacity, Architect shall be notified immediately. REI shall engage a Geo- technical engineer to ? (- confirm the soil capacity at new footings. Z O ww C. All material encountered in the grading operation that, in the opinion of the Geo- technical D p engineer, are unsuitable or undesirable for backfilling, subgrade, or foundation purposes shall 00 N be removed. 0 H W W. I- U 1.2 SUBMITTALS — O uiZ. U= • Sections: Product data for each type of plastic warning tape and filter fabric. 0 F- Z A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 _.J • 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and. Standards: Perform earthwork complying with Missouri Department of Transportation standard specifications. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. Provide a minimum 48- hours' notice to the Architect and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS . General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off -site if required. Existing soil may be unsuitable for fill material. EARTHWORK 02200 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHII\ ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Satisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT. D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Subbase and Base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand meeting Washington DOT Specifications for Class 5 gravel. F. Engineered Fill: Subbase or base materials. G. Bedding Material: Subbase or base materials with 100 percent passing a 1 -inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate grading size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1 -1 /2 -inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. I. Filtering Material: Evenly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone and natural sand, with 100 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 50 sieve. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Site improvements will be executed to prevent any increase in erosion of soils either on or off the site. This structure shares a footing with adjacent tenants, coordinate construction and excavation with adjacent projects to safeguard the stability of the footing and base materials. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. C. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil - bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. D. Air Quality a. To mitigate the identified temporary air quality impacts resulting from construction, the following mitigation measures shall be taken: b. Water al exposed areas at least twice daily during excavation, clearing, grading. c. Cover stockpiles of sand, soil and similar materials. Cover trucks hauling dirt and debris to avoid spillage. EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 Oki trot vaawaw s, REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 d. Paving to be completed as soon as practicable, Street sweeping shall be conducted on control dust, dirt tracked from project site to adjacent property. e. Designate person to oversee implementation of dust controls. 3.2 SITE SURFACE DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to required } subgrade elevations regardless of the character of materials and obstructions encountered. B. Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations. C. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction, and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. 2. Excavation, for Mechanical or Electrical Appurtenances: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surface. D. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations, and grades. E. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and invert elevations. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. F. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects to avoid point loading. 1. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. 2. Where encountering rock or another unyielding bearing surface, carry trench excavation 6 inches below invert elevation to receive bedding course. 3.4 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN ;ON Bid / Permit Set A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. When Architect or his agent determines that unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by the Architect. 3.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION 3.6 Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Architect. Where indicated widths of utility trenches are exceeded, provide stronger pipe, or special installation procedures, as required by the Architect. BACKFILL A. Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities. 4. Concrete formwork removal. 5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 6. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. . 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. 3.7 .UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL Place and compact bedding course on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Concrete backfill trenches that carry below or pass under footings and that are excavated within 18 inches of footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings. C. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. D. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. E. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring and bracing, and sheeting is removed. EARTHWORK 02200 - 4 r-4 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. JN Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 F. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. G. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.8 FILL A. Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet, and unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. Plow strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing surface. B. When subgrade or existing ground surface to receive fill has a density less than that required for fill, break up ground surface to depth required, pulverize, moisture- condition or aerate soil and recompact to required density. C. Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location listed below. 1. Under walks and pavements, use subbase or base material, or satisfactory borrow soil material. 2. Under building slabs, use drainage fill material. 3. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. D. Use recycled materials as fill where practical. 3.9 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. Remove and replace, or scarify and air -dry satisfactory soil material that is too wet to compact to specified density. Stockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. 3.10 COMPACTION A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand - operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of standard maximum dry density according to ASTM D 698. Under structures, building slabs, and pavements, compact the top 12 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. Under walkways, compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. EARTHWORK 02200 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHI''. :ON Bid / Permit Set 3.11 GRADING JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required surface tolerances. B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. 3.12 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A.. Under pavements and walks, place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base course material over subbases to pavements. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades. B. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 12 inches wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer. 3.13 DRAINAGE FILL A. Under slabs -on -grade, place drainage fill course on prepared subgrade. Compact drainage fill to required cross sections and thickness. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and re- establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect; reshape and recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density. C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.15 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS EARTHWORK 02200 - 6 P >•h REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK 02200 - 7 j REI — TUKWILA, WASTE. .GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02511- HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING PART 1- GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Z A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary re w 2 Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. v UO CO 0 1.2 SUMMARY w =. H LL A. This Section includes the following: N w 0 O 1. Hot -mix asphalt paving. g 2. Hot -mix asphalt patching. LL. 3. Hot -mix asphalt overlays. = a I-w Related Sections include the following: ? F.. i— O 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for aggregate subbase and base courses and aggregate w w pavement shoulders. j 0 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants and fillers at paving terminations. UO co 0H. =w 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1- H a. O Provide hot -mix asphalt pavement according to the materials, workmanship, and other Ili Z applicable requirements of the AASHTO Guide of Pavement Structures, 1993. . 0 LI 0 H Z 1.4 SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each product specified. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. B. Job -Mix Designs: Certification, by authorities having jurisdiction, of approval of each job mix proposed for the Work. C. Job -Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate pavement markings, lane separations, and defined parking spaces. Indicate dedicated handicapped spaces with international graphics symbol. E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Material Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of materials with requirements indicated. HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTI ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 G. Material Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that each material complies with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed hot -mix asphalt paving similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing hot -mix asphalt similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. 1. Firm shall be a registered and approved paving mix manufacturer with the State of Washington Department of Transportation. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Demonstrate to Architect's satisfaction, based on Architect's evaluation of criteria conforming to ASTM D 3666, that the independent testing agency has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable standards of authorities having jurisdiction for asphalt paving work on public property. E. Asphalt - Paving Publication: Comply with AI's "The Asphalt Handbook," except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" Review methods and procedures related to asphalt paving including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review proposed sources of paving materials, including capabilities and location of plant that will manufacture hot -mix asphalt. 2. Review condition of substrate and preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review requirements for protecting paving work, including restriction of traffic during installation period and for remainder of construction period. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule for paving and related work. Verify availability of materials, paving Installer's personnel, and equipment required to execute the Work without delays. 5. Review inspection and testing requirements, goveming regulations, and proposed installation procedures. 6. Review forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pavement - marking materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken and bearing manufacturer's labels containing brand name and type of material, date of manufacture, and directions for storage. B. Store pavement - marking materials in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511- 2 '1 E,� • I r REI - TUKWILA, WASI. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if substrate is wet or excessively damp or if the following conditions are not met: Z 1. Prime and Tack Coats: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F. 2. Slurry Coat: Comply with weather limitations of ASTM D 3910. ce w 3. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of 6 = placement. U O: 4. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at time of placement. v0 C u 1.- U) LL w0 2 2.1 AGGREGATES u_ j installations. Z H I- O B. Coarse Aggregate: Sound; angular crushed stone; crushed gravel; or properly cured, crushed w u j blast - furnace slag; complying with ASTM D 692. 2 • o U(.0 C. Fine Aggregate: Sharp -edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone; gravel, properly cured p F- blast- furnace slag, or combinations thereof; complying with ASTM D 1073. ill W I- • U 1. For hot -mix asphalt, limit natural sand to a maximum of 20 percent by weight of the total u- ~O iui Z U N Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with ~O H Z PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. General: Use materials and gradations that have performed satisfactorily in previous aggregate mass. ASTM D 242. 2.2 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 3381 for viscosity- graded material. B. Tack Coat: ASTM D 977, emulsified asphalt or ASTM D 2397, cationic emulsified asphalt, slow setting, factory diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Sand: ASTM D 1073, Grade Nos. 2 or 3. 2.4 MIXES A. Hot -Mix Asphalt: Provide dense, hot -laid, hot -mix asphalt plant mixes approved by authorities having jurisdiction; designed according to procedures in AI's "Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot -Mix Types "; and complying with the following requirements: HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT .' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid /Permit Set June 11, 2002 1. Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area where Project is located. 2. Recycled bituminous mixes are acceptable if in accordance with the Geotechnical Report 3. Base Course: As indicated. 4. Surface Course: As indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed loads. B. Proof -roll subbase using heavy, pneumatic -tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that require further compaction. C. Notify Architect in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving installation until these conditions have been satisfactorily corrected. 3.2 OVERLAYING A. Patch and repair pavement in poor condition using techniques described in Section 3.3. B. Sweep surfaces clean and apply tack coat. C. Machine place 1.5' of 2331- Type 41A wear course as described in Section 3.6. 3.3 PATCHING AND REPAIRS Patching: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Recompact new subgrade. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. 1. Tack coat faces of excavation and allow to cure before paving. 2. Fill excavation with dense- graded, hot -mix asphalt base mix and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. Leveling Course: Install and compact leveling course consisting of dense- graded, hot -mix asphalt surface course to level sags and fill depressions deeper than 1 inch in existing pavements. 1. Install leveling wedges in compacted lifts not exceeding 3 inches thick. C. Crack and Joint Filling: Remove existing filler material from cracks or joints to a depth of 1/4 inch. Refill with asphalt joint - filling material to restore watertight condition. Remove excess filler that has accumulated near cracks or joints. D. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to existing surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or portland cement concrete paving and to surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot -mix asphalt pavement. Apply at a uniform rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal. /sq. yd. of surface. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before paving. HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511-4 • trxli REI — TUKWILA, WAS1 4GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material Z --; from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving. , H i,; z 1. Sweep loose granular particles from surface of unbound- aggregate base course. Do not ct 2 dislodge or disturb aggregate embedded in compacted surface of base course. t6 v } 00 N CI 0 111 J H 0u- A. Machine place hot -mix asphalt mix on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. Place w 0 asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents segregation of 2 mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness, when compacted. g co D 1. Place hot -mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated. = d 2. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 deg F. I- _ 3. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of one- Z way slopes, unless otherwise indicated. Z O 4. Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and tears in asphalt - paving mat. U p O -. B. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet wide, except where infill edge strips of a 0 H al Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools - Z to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot -mix asphalt to prevent w to segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. c.) 1-= =. ~ z 3.5 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PLACING lesser width are required. 3.6 JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot -mix asphalt course. 1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. 2. Offset longitudinal joints in successive courses a minimum of 6 inches. 3. Offset transverse joints in successive courses a minimum of 24 inches. 4. Compact joints as soon as hot -mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 3.7 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot -mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot -mix paving with hot, hand tampers or vibratory -plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F. HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511-5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL . Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Repair surfaces by loosening displaced material, filling with hot -mix asphalt, and rerolling to required elevations. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling, while hot -mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot -mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density: 1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to ASTM D 1559, but not less than 94 percent nor greater than 100 percent. D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot -mix asphalt is still warm. E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while still hot, with back of rake or smooth iron. Compact thoroughly using tamper or other satisfactory method. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials. Remove paving course over area affected and replace with fresh, hot -mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. 3.8 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES . Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. B. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10 -foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. Base Course: 1/4 inch. 2. Surface Course: 1/4 inch. 3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work complies with or deviates from specified requirements. B. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. C. Thickness: In -place compacted thickness of hot -mix asphalt courses will be determined according to ASTM D 3549. HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511-6 • MOON REI — TUKWILA, WAR-. GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 D. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot -mix asphalt course will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances. E. In -Place Density: Samples of uncompacted paving mixtures and compacted pavement will be secured by testing agency according to ASTM D 979. 1. Reference laboratory density will be determined by averaging results from 4 samples of hot -mix asphalt - paving mixture delivered daily to site, prepared according to ASTM D 1559, and compacted according to job -mix specifications. 2. Reference maximum theoretical density will be determined by averaging results from 4 samples of hot -mix asphalt - paving mixture delivered daily to site, prepared according to ASTM D 2041, and compacted according to job -mix specifications. 3.. In -place density of compacted pavement will be determined by testing core samples according to ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726. a. One core sample will be taken for every 1000 sq. yd. or less of installed pavement, but in no case will fewer than 3 cores be taken. b. Field density of in -place compacted pavement may also be determined by nuclear method according to ASTM D 2950 and correlated with ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726. Remove and replace or install additional hot -mix asphalt where test results or measurements indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 02511 HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02511- 7 ,..4 • REI - TUKWILA, WAS'. 4GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes exterior portland cement concrete paving for walkways, pads or curbs. ii— w CL 2 -JU B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: U co 00 w LLI 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for subgrade preparation, grading and subbase course. � 2. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. 0 LL.. 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint fillers and sealants within concrete paving and w 0 at joints with adjacent construction. �Q co D =a ,...w A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: z� Z! 1. Design mixes for each class of concrete. Include revised mix proportions when g m characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other U 0 circumstances warrant adjustments. 0 N. • 2. Material certificates signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each material C3 H w item complies with or exceeds requirements. Provide certification from admixture i U manufacturers that chloride content complies with requirements. u. o This Section also includes sawing and patching of existing concrete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal- framed plywood, or other acceptable panel -type materials to provide full- depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100 -foot or less radius. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 -1 Z' W P- P / O z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form- release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.2 REINFORCING AND CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars and Tie Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. Epoxy- Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775 with ASTM A 615, Grade 60 deformed steel bars. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4. Provide aggregates from a single source. Maximum Size: 1-1/2 inches. Do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. Water: Potable. B. C. D. E. F. ADMIXTURES AND CURING MATERIALS Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. D. Moisture- Retaining Cover: Polyethylene film or White burlap - polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM C 171. Clear Solvent -Borne Liquid Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A or B, wax free. F. Clear Waterborne Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 g /L. G. Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film - forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for temporary protection from rapid moisture loss. F. Confirm acceptablility of curing technique with Architect before concrete placement. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Bonding Agent: Acrylic or styrene butadiene. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 2 REI - TUKWILA, WASI. ,GTON Bid / Permit Set 2.5 CONCRETE MIX J J JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of normal- weight concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. Limit use of fly ash to 25 percent of cement content by weight. Z • B. Proportion mixes according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 to provide normal- weight concrete with .= Z the following properties: cL 2 1. Compressive Strength (28 -Day): 3000 psi. U O 2. Maximum Water- Cement Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45. N W 3. Slump Limit at Point of Placement: 3 inches. W H WLL C. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of W 0 placement having an air content as follows with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent: Air 2 Content: 5.5 percent for 1 -1/2 -inch maximum aggregate. g Q D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when = 0 characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances �' 2 warrant. Z p- i- O ZI- W W U� ON Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94. When air temperature is between 85 deg F 0 !- and 90 deg, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air = U temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. I-' f- u. O tii Z U= 0 2.6 CONCRETE MIXING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Proof -roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. B. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 3.2 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for paving to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Check completed formwork and screeds for grade and alignment to following tolerances: 1. Top of Forms: Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Vertical Face on Longitudinal Axis: Not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 3 • z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT . ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond - reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement, where indicated. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded wire fabric, where indicated, in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.4 JOINTS A. General: Construct contraction, construction, and isolation joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless indicated otherwise. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless indicated otherwise. Contraction Joints: Provide weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on Drawings. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness. Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with a radiused jointer tool. C. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than 1 /2 hour, unless paving terminates at isolation joints. Provide preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway- section forms or bulkhead forms with keys, unless indicated otherwise. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. D. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface when no joint sealant is required. 3. Furnish joint fillers in one -piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. 4. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. 3.5 PATCHING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 4 rat twri • Its lot 1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS'. .GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. Sawcut edges B. Compact subgrade C. Place concrete, as indicated in Section 3.6, matching existing section. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcing before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on surfaces that are frozen. C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish elevation and alignment. D. Comply with requirements and with ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. When concrete placing is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. F. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. G. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying with ACI 309R. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square -faced shovels for hand - spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. H. Screed paved surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. J• Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306R and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 5 ff rit�a r . •"+•/.. un . REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT■. ) JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. K. Hot - Weather Placement: Place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified when hot weather conditions exist. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F (32 deg C). Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water- soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.7 CONCRETE FINISHING • A. Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power- driven floats, or by hand- floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10- foot -long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. Medium- to-Fine- Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform fine line texture finish. B. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to the following radius. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. Radius: 3/8 inch. 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Control: In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before floating. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture - retaining -cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days with the following materials: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 6 Vaal ,:;1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI ;GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with a 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture - Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.9 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does not meet the requirements of this Section. B. Drill test cores where directed by Architect when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete paving not more than 2 days prior to date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 02520 j • PORTLAND. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 - 7 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINI JN Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02750 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 BIDDER /DESIGN WORK IN THIS SECTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. There is an existing irrigation system in place. Contractor to modify the existing system to work with the revised planter areas and new plantings. B. The work consists of furnishing labor, tools, machinery, materials, and processes required to complete the sprinkler irrigation system, installed ready for use without further cost in labor or materials to the Owner. This system is to be bidder /designed using the enclosed specifications as minimum requirements. Contractor to provide back - flow - preventer for a complete system if none already exists. C. Workmanship and material shall conform to the local plumbing code having jurisdiction. D. Contractor shall apply for all necessary permits and pay for the same. E. Contractor shall keep the premises clean and free of excess equipment, materials, and rubbish incidental to his work. F. In the event of "conflict" in the specifications, the Architect shall be consulted. G. Prior to submission of his bid, the Contractor shall examine the site. If awarded the contract he shall provide complete drawings and specifications for the sprinkler irrigation portion of the work. H. Controls are to be coordinated with Electrical work. 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02220: EXCAVATION FILLING AND GRADING B. Section 02850: LANDSCAPE C. Section 03330: CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS A. The Architect /Owner's Representative shall decide all questions relative to the quality of workmanship and materials furnished. The Architect shall decide all questions relating to the "interpretation" of drawings and specifications and the acceptable fulfillment of the contract. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A. Contractor shall furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes specified by name in the drawings and specifications. Approval of any item, alternate, or substitute, indicates only that the product(s) apparently meets the requirements of the specifications on the basis of information submitted. B. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without the prior approval of the . Landscape Architect may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove such IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN :ON Bid / Permit Set materials from the site at his own expense. 1.05 GUARANTEE JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. The entire irrigation system shall be unconditionally guaranteed by the Contractor as to material and workmanship, including settling of backfilled areas below finish grade including pavement for a period of one (1) year following the date of final written acceptance of work. B. If within one (1) year from the date of completion, settlement occurs and adjustments in pipes, valves, planting areas, or paving is necessary to bring the system, plantings, or paving to the proper level of the permanent grades, the Contractor, as part of the work under his contract, shall make all adjustments without cost to the Owner, including the complete restoration of all damaged planting, paving, or other improvements of any kind. C. Should any operational difficulties in connection with . the sprinkler system develop within the specified guarantee period, which in the opinion of the Owner may be due to inferior material and /or workmanship, said difficulties shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner, including any and all other damage caused by such defects. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall locate lines; valves, and other underground utilities, etc., prior to excavating trenches. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to existing utilities. 1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS. B. Procedure for record drawings preparation shall be: C. Obtain from the Architect one (1) set of reproducible drawings. D. Dimension from two (2) permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement). Post information and record drawings day -to-day as the project is installed. All dimensions noted on drawings shall be a minimum one - fourth inch (% ")in size. E. Show dimensional locations and depths of the following: a. Points of connection. b. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension maximum 100 feet along routing and all directional changes). c. Gate valves. d. Sprinkler control valves (buried only). e. Quick coupling valves. f. Routing of control wires. g. Other related equipment h. Maintain record drawings on site at all times. i. The completed record drawing shall be turned over to the Owner or Architect, at or prior to final acceptance of the work. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -2 • �1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN .3N Bid / Permit Set 1.08 CONTROLLER CHARTS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Record drawings shall be approved by Architect or Landscape Coordinator before charts are prepared. B. Provide one (1) controller chart of the maximum size controller door will allow, for each controller supplies, showing the area covered by automatic controller. C. The chart shall be a reduction of the actual record drawing. If the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, enlarge it to a size that will be readable when reduced. D. Chart shall be blackline print and a different pastel color used to show area of coverage for each station. E. When completed and approved, hermetically seal the chart between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils thick. F. Charts shall be completed and approved . prior to final inspection of the sprinkler irrigation system. 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare and deliver to the Architect within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction, all required and necessary descriptive material in complete detail and sufficient quantity, properly prepared in individually bound copies. Describe the material installed in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to understand, operate and maintain all equipment. Include spare parts list and related manufacturer information for each equipment item installed. Each manual shall include the following: B. Index sheet stating subcontractor's address and telephone number. C. Duration of guarantee period and start date of guarantee period. D. List of equipment with names and addresses of manufacturer's local representatives. E. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. F. In addition to the maintenance manuals, provide the maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment and show written evidence to the Landscape Architect at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. 1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature of all components proposed showing technical data and installation instructions. • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use new materials of the best grade of the same manufacturers for all items of one type. 2.02 EMITTERS A. Rainbird Xeri -bird Single Outlet Drip Emitters; 1 and 2 gph. 2.03 CONTROLLER A. Rainbird ESP -4MC, 4 Station Wall Mounted Irrigation Controller, enclosed in a water tight, locking cabinet. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHII . ION Bid / Permit Set 2.04 CONTROL VALVES JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Hardie 700 -.75 Ultraflow Irrigation valves fitted with Pepco PR30 Pressure Regulator and Pepco PFPC 148 Wye filter with flushing valve. B. Provide manual drains adjacent to all valves. Z 2.05 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CONTROL WIRE I— W CC A. 14 Gauge UL direct burial plastic coated wire. .1, 6 U 0 B. Scotchwrap #33 and Scotchcoat for splicing or approved equal. u) W I 2.06. VALVE BOXES rte} J W O A. Green, plastic valve boxes with locking lid by Carson Industries or approved equal. 2 gQ = a. 2. . Box shall provide six inches (6 ") minimum clearance on all sides of valve for F- _ operation and service. , • Z F- 1 1. One valve per box. ai43 O Z I- 2.07 UNIONS AND FLANGES LIJ A. Steel two inches (2 ") and smaller: 150# screwed black or galvanized malleable iron, y,-,.; UO N match pipe, ground joint, brass to iron seat. p F- �:,r W W 2.08 PIPE AND FITTINGS F=- H O A. All piping to control valves and for sleeves: Schedule 40 Type I PVC 1120 ASTM 1785 schedule 80 pipefittings White PVC Type I. ' ••1 B. All pipe on discharge side of control valves except risers: Schedule 40, Type I PVC 1120 ASTM 1785 with schedule 40 fittings, white PVC Type I. C. All plastic pipe and fittings shall be continuously and permanently marked with following information: Manufacturer's name, type of plastic, material, IPS size, schedule NSF approval and code number. D. Plastic pipe fittings and connections: Plastic fittings rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) schedule 40. Couplings made from extruded stock, reamed with taper. Use of saddles not acceptable. E. All threaded PVC pipe and nipples shall be IPS schedule 80 when it is necessary to use threaded connections to gate valves or control valves. Threaded adapters may be used in place of nipples when making pipe to valve connections. F. Use 45 degree (45 °) fittings for all changes in depth of pipe. G. All sleeves: Schedule 40 Type 1 PVC, 1120 ASTM 1785. H. Flexible tubing: Hardie Blue Stripe, UV resistant, flexible polyethylene, 3/ ", ASTM D- 2287 or approved equal. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -4 r' • REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN■ J• JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 I. Distribution tubing: Hardie UV resistant, flexible polyethylene, 3/4", ASTM D -2287 or approved equal. 2.09 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Developer will provide backflow preventer as part of his work. Connect to his system. 2.10 GATE VALVES A. Brass construction, non - rising stem, mainline size: Watts 1" WGV or approved equal. 2.11 MANUAL DRAIN VALVES A. Brass straight valves as detailed: Wilkins 215 or approved equal. 2.12 AUTO DRAIN VALVES A. Plastic construction, line size: King or approved equal. 2.13 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. Brass construction, 1 piece with locking cover: Rainbird 33LRC or equal. 2.14 FLUSHING END PLUGS A. Netafim TLFV Line Flushing Vavle. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Irrigation system is an extension of the existing system for the project. Work within the planter shown will be by the irrigation contractor. Connect to the existing system through sleeves provide to new landscape system. B. Do not commence with final sprinkler irrigation work until landscape fill has been placed and grade is within one -tenth of a foot from finish grade. C. Carefully coordinate all sprinkler irrigation work with schedules for preparation of base material for paving in order to ensure progress of the total work. Carefully coordinate installation of piping to prevent damage of piping due to rototilling of amendments. E. Carefully coordinate location of valves, control wires and controllers with electrical installation. 3.02 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Lay out work as accurately as possible to the drawings. B. All trenches shall be open vertical construction sufficiently wide to provide ample working space and depths as specified. PVC pipe may be made up on the surface, then IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN ON Bid / Permit Set laid in the trench. C. Minimum depth of cover: Mainlines 24 "; lateral lines 12, drip lines 4 ". JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 IWO D. Backfilling of trenches must be observed by the Architect or Owner's Representative, . prior to covering. Backfill shall be thoroughly compacted in accordance with the specification for utility trenches. All rubbish shall be removed from the planters. Pipe Z shall have a firm, uniform bearing for the entire length of each pipe line to prevent s Z Z uneven settlement. Wedging or blocking of pipe will not be permitted. w --I C.) 0 3.03 PIPE LINE ASSEMBLY , ' (0 0 A. Install remote control valves where shown and grouped together where practical; place J H CO u_ no closer than 12" to walk edges, building, walls and planters. I w 0 2 B: Plastic pipe and fittings shall be solvent welded using solvents and methods as !�'"; g 71 recommended by manufacturer of the pipe, except where screwed connects are required. j u. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust, and moisture before applying = a solvent with a non - synthetic brush. Use primer, on pressure pipe only, prior to applying ,;,, t— w solvent. ; ? F- t ■ I-O Z F— C. Pipe shall be assembled and welded outside of the planter. Snake pipe from side to side LIJ w of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. Make all connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe with threaded fittings using plastic male 0 u2 adapters. o E- ww D. Install sleeves prior to pavement placement at 30" depth. H H LLO .. Z w U= 0H .04 3.04 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Install unions whether shown or not at each connection to all equipment at one connection to each valve and at all connections to all automatic valves. a, B. Locate the unions for easy removal of the equipment or valve. 6;1 3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. Request the presence of the Owner's Representative at least forty -eight (48) hours in advance of testing. Testing and expense to be accomplished under this section, and in the presence of the Owner's Representative. B. Center load piping with small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under ,r,r' pressure. C. Apply continuous static water pressure when welded plastic joints, and concrete thrust blocks and valve connections have cured at least twenty -four (24) hours and with the risers capped as follows: Main lines and submains to be tested for four hours with 100 PSI static pressure. Repair leaks resulting from tests. Test shall be performed with a pressure gauge installed on the backflow preventer. The contractor must note the pressure at the beginning of the test and at the end of the test. Changes in pressure greater than 3 lbs. shall not be permitted. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER AND CONTROL WIRE A. Automatic controller: Controls are part of the landlord's system, connect as required to IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -6 • 141 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINI JN JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 his system. B. It is the contractor's responsibility to coordinate with other trades for the timely placement of sleeves and conduit for wiring, including sleeves in the building slab. All sleeves and conduit shall be placed prior to paving and as a part of building construction, such that no drilling or cutting of structures is required for wire placement. C. 'Control wire: Connect remote control valves to controller in sequence as shown on the drawings. 100V wiring included in Electrical, Division 16. Install control wire, sprinkler mains and laterals in common trenches whenever possible. Install control wires at same depth as main line pipe and lay to the side and below main line. Provide 18" minimum looped slack at valves and snake wires in trench to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in bundles every 15' -0 ". Remote control wire splices will be allowed in valve boxes only. Crimp wires together with approved connector. Seal connection with approved sealing pack. - END OF SECTION -02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750 -7 Z H z cc U co 00. w1 N w w 0 u_ ¢ U �. =a '-1 ' Z ZI- U� O N. U I- t— f- -LLO Z O co f _ O ~` Z ..f REI - TUKWILA, WAS.. GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART 1- GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes bicycle racks, rocks and boulders. Z re 2 B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: -J v O 0 1. Division 2 Section "Concrete Walks" for concrete sidewalk installation at bicycle racks, co 0 rocks and boulders. w = 2. Division 2 Section "Landscape" for finish grading and plant materials at rocks and N boulders. 3 0 g ~ 1.2 SUBMITTALS u- j = Ci W A. Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: �— Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation Z '— instructions for manufactured items. z O W Lu 0- O H W u1 Z U. H. A. Steel Ribbon Type: Brandir International AAA Ribbon Rack, #RB -5 type (five bike model). — Z Galvanized finish. Provide (1) total at storefront where indicated.. U= O H PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BICYCLE RACKS 2.2 NATURAL STONE BOULDERS A. Natural stone angular fractured Boulders, 18" to 30" diameter. Size and shape, color to be reviewed by Architect. (7) Seven locations. Placement to be approved by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All products and materials noted herein or on drawings are to be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and with each appropriate trade's highest standards. Handle and temporarily support members to prevent visible surface damage. B. Provide protection of installed improvements prior to substantial completion to prevent damage to finishes. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection, or replace damaged members, as directed, where damage is beyond satisfactory repair. 3.2 BICYCLE RACKS SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02800 -1 z • REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT J JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Bid / Permit Set A. Install bicycle racks, set in concrete footings per manufacturer's recommendations, at location shown on plans near entry. Verify location with Architect prior to installation. 3.3 NATURAL STONE BOULDERS A. Install at location shown on drawings. B. Stone installation 1. General:. Protect weathered surface of stone from damage.. 2. Stone to be 1/3 depth below finish grade.. END OF SECTION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02800 - 2 listg oPkt • R4V REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTC J \ Bid / Permit Set SECTION 02850 - LANDSCAPE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes subgrade preparation, soil preparation and finish grading, planting of trees, shrubs, groundcovers, maintenance of plant material. 1.3 PLANT PROCUREMENT Contractor shall provide in written form location, root condition and size of all plants on plant list within 30 days of date of notice to proceed. Should Contractor neglect to provide this list within allocated time, he forfeits any substitutions benefits and shall provide plants at sizes and conditions as indicated on plant list with no exceptions. No substitutions will be made beyond 30 day period except for larger plants at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300. B. Plant procurement list C. Identification of continuing maintenance requirements 1.5 PLANT GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT Guarantee: Guarantee materials and workmanship for a period of one year following substantial completion, except that plant materials installed shall be guaranteed only until the end of one complete growing cycle, one year from date of planting. Contractor shall not be held responsible for damage resulting from extreme climatological conditions as based on average daily ranges recorded by the U.S. Weather Services. Contractor shall be responsible for missing or vandalized material until commencement of guarantee period. Guarantee period shall commence on date of substantial completion of project or portions of project unless herein stated otherwise. Replacement Materials: All replacement plants shall be of same variety, size and root condition as existing adjacent plant materials and shall include any new growth that may have occurred since planting, such that replacement plants match existing plants of same variety. 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance and protection of planted areas shall begin following installation of each plant, and shall continue until substantial completion. B. Maintenance of planted areas shall include but not be limited to protection from insects and disease, watering, weeding, fertilizing, cultivating, tightening and repairing of stakes and guys, removal of LANDSCAPE 02850 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 dead material, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, and replacement of any plants which appear to be stressed and other operations necessary to the proper implementation of the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANTS A. Contractor shall provide sizes, conditions and quantities of plants shown on accompanying plant list. Contractor shall determine quantities from planting plans and field conditions. Plants not conforming to standards and requirements listed may be rejected at any time. In grouped planting areas, precedence shall be given to specified distance on center (O.C. on Drawings) rather than estimated number of plants. 1. Standards for Grading: "American Standards for Nursery Stock," of the American Association of Nurserymen (latest edition). C-+ 2. Standards for Identification: Sunset Western Garden Book, latest edition, and Hortus Third, Comell University, latest edition. 2.2 TOPSOIL A. Imported topsoil shall be "planters mix soil" consisting of 1/3 sandy loam topsoil, 1/3 peat, and 1/3 manure or organics or approved equal. Submit 5- gallon sample and source to Architect for approval prior to installation. 2.3 MULCH . Mulch shall be fine bark (1" minus) Fir or Hemlock supplied from a fresh water mill. Mulch shall be uniform in color and free from weeds, sawdust seeds and splinters. 2.5 PLANT LIST - SEE DRAWINGS A. All square foot quantities and plant quantities noted on plant list are an estimate. Contractor shall calculate all areas and determine amount of plant material required at specified spacing. B. If there is a discrepancy between plant quantities on plan and those on plant list, greater number takes precedence. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All products and materials noted herein or on drawings are to be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and with each appropriate trade's highest standards. 3.2 NOTIFICATION OF ADVERSE CONDITIONS A. Prior to commencement installation, notify the Architect of adverse conditions that may affect plant growth. LANDSCAPE 02850 - 2 if . ■ ,m 7 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTC Bid / Permit Set 3.3 SOIL CONTAMINANTS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Prior to planting, review existing soil conditions for any contaminants that may have been discarded by other trades, such as thinner, paint, or plaster, and notify Architect immediately if any contaminants are present that may affect plant growth. 3.4 SUBGRADES AND TOPSOIL DEPTHS Subgrades shall be as follows:, A. Planting Areas on Grade: Subgrade shall be minus 16-1/2 inches to allow for 14 inches of compacted topsoil and 2 inch depth of mulch topdressing. Top of mulch to be 1/2" below adjacent paving or curb. 3.5 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. If the subgrades are established or prepared by others, prior to commencement of work described in this Section, verify that subgrades are complete. Commencement of work indicates acceptance of subgrades. B. Rotovate or scarify all compacted subgrades to promote a transition between subgrade material and imported topsoil. Remove debris from areas. Float or drag subgrades to produce smooth, uniform surfaces. Distribute excess soil evenly throughout the site or haul off the site if required. 3.6 TOPSOIL INSTALLATION A. Planting Areas: Prepare subgrades as specified elsewhere. Add 1/2 depth of specified topsoil and rotovate it into the subgrade. Compact to 85% dry maximum density and install the remainder of the topsoil. Compact remainder of topsoil at the same rate. Rake to a smooth uniform finish. 3.7 POSITIVE DRAINAGE Crown all planting areas at center or slope away from buildings at a minimum rate of 1/4 inch per foot. Flow all grades smoothly into one another and produce positive drainage. 3.9 ADJUSTMENT OF LAYOUT A. Architect may require adjustment of the position of any plant material in the field for best finished appearance or in response to existing site conditions at any time during installation period. Adjustments shall be made at no additional cost. 3.10 PLANT PROTECTION A. Properly protect all plantings and groundcover from harmful effects of wind and unusual weather. 3.11 PLANTING A. Plant at any time plant materials are available and weather conditions are consistent with good horticultural practice. After installation of plants, rake to a smooth uniform finish, and topdress with mulch as specified. B. If container stock is root bound, slash roots vertically with a sharp knife along outside of ball in three places minimum before planting: remove all string ties or straps holding rootball of balled and burlaped plants after placing plant material. Remove all treated burlap. See Shrub and tree planting details. LANDSCAPE 02850 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 a. Soak rootballs which have dried significantly before planting. Prune broken roots cleanly. b. Position plants in the center of planting pit approximately two inches above normal growing position and backfill approximately halfway. c. Fill hole with water and allow to settle. d. Plant an any time plant materials are available and the weather conditions are consistent with good horticultural practice. After installation of plants. Rake to a smooth uniform finish, and topdress with mulch as specified. 3.12 FINISHED CONDITIONS Finished grade of planted areas at contact points with paving or curb shall be 1/2 inch below the top of adjacent paving or curb. 3.13 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT . Where planting conditions or rootball sizes warrant, apply root stimulants such as Liquinox, Root Grow, Vitamin B -I, etc., per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.14 IDENTIFICATION OF CONTINUING MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to identify any and all maintenance requirements what will affect proper and healthy maturation of this project. Maintenance tasks outlined shall be submitted in writing to the Architect prior to substantial completion and shall identify to Owner any special needs, time requirements, and duration of maintenance within the next one year. END OF SECTION 02850 LANDSCAPE 02850 - 4 L. 4 waltif .4.711 REI — TUKWILA, WASi lGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY z A. This Section specifies cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, ,i-- Z placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: ct 2 JU 1. Foundations, foundation walls, footings, stem walls, and slabs -on- grade. 0 00 2. Equipment pads and bases, and window system curbs. N w 3. Existing slab -on- grade. U.1 _ H 0w B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: w 0 2 1. Division 2 Section "Concrete Paving" for concrete at walks and curbs. g —i 2. Division 7 Section "Water Repellents" for water repellents at exposed exterior walls. c �w ?� 1.2 SUBMITTALS O ZH A. Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: g D Lu D 1. Product data for proprietary materials and items. 0 D- 2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete 0 H reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing z U Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar }L 0 diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. - Z 3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms for specific w N finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including jointing, special form H Z joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items that affect 0 f- exposed concrete visually. Architect's review is for general architectural applications and features only. Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's responsibility. 4. Material certificates signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete Testing Service: The Owner shall employ a Jesting agency to perform material evaluation tests. The Contractor shall employ agency to design concrete mixes. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -1 ,.�.. „,...�_.. _._ _..._,.. .. .._ z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Tests, where required by code officials or these specifications, shall be done at Owner's expense. Retesting of rejected materials shall be done at Contractor's expense. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" and the following: 1. At least 7 days prior to submitting design mixes, conduct a meeting to review detailed requirements for preparing concrete design mixes and to determine procedures for satisfactory concrete operations. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend conference, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes. c. Agency responsible for field quality control. d. Concrete subcontractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Smooth - formed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal- framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Use overlaid plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "A -C or B -B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," Class I. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Panel- formed : See 3.8 Finishing Formed Surfaces. Provide solid backing and form supports to ensure stability of textured form liners. D. Form, Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. E. Form Ties: Factory- fabricated, adjustable - length, removable or snap -off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spoiling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. 2.2 REINFORCING AND CONCRETE MATERIALS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 NrN P- 1 Kw %taxi vrzi 6uI REI — TUKWILA, WASI.4GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Reinforcing Bars, Steel Wire, and Welded Wire Fabric: See Structural Notes. B. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, • supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar -type supports complying with CRSI specifications. C. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. Portland cement manufactured in a cement kiln fueled by hazardous waste shall be prohibited. D. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F. From approved source, certified as required by concrete mix designers. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. F. Water: Clean, Potable. G. Admixtures, General: Provide admixtures that contain not more than 0.1% chloride ions. 1. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. 2. Water - Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 3. Water - Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. 4. Water - Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.3 RELATED MATERIALS A. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand. B. Waterstops: Provide flat, dumbbell -type or centerbulb -type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as indicated or required. Size to suit joints. Polyvinyl chloride type, Corps of Engineers CRD -C 572. C. Vapor Retarder: Under Slab Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745 Class B; one of the following: 1. "Stego Wrap" by Stego Industries, LLC (877/464- 7834). 2. "Duraskrim D16WB" by Raven Industries (800/635- 3456). 3. "Griffolyn T -85" by Reef Industries, Inc. (800/231- 6074). D. Moisture - Retaining Cover: Waterproof paper, polyethylene film, or polyethylene- coated burlap, complying with ASTM C 171. E. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. F. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. G. Expansion anchors: flush or shell type meeting FF -S -325 Group VIII, Type 1 for shield anchors. Anchors to be Zinc plated per ASTM B633 Sch 1 Type III. Hilti, HDI or HDI -L. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE • 03300 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, Bid / Permit Set H. 1. 2. WASHINGTL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Slab Sealer: Dustproofer, Densifier, and Sealer (C -1): Chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate materials and proprietary components; odorless; colorless; that penetrates, dustproofs, and densifies concrete surfaces. One of the following, or approved Chem Hard; L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Day Chem Sil -Cure J -13; Dayton Superior Corporation. 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 7 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect. C. E. 2.5 A. B. C. D. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the properties indicated on drawings and schedules. D. Water- Cement Ratio: Per Structural General Notes. Slump Limits: 1. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. 2. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 4 inches. 3. Concrete containing high -range water - reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site - verified 2 -to-3 -inch slump concrete. ADMIXTURES Use water - reducing admixture or high -range water - reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F. Use high -range water - reducing admixture in pumped concrete, architectural concrete, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water - cement ratios below 0.50. Use air - entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent. Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing or deicer chemicals: 1. 4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) for 1" max. aggregate. 2. 5.0 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) for 34" max. aggregate. 3. 5.5 percent (moderate exposure); 7.0 percent (severe exposure) for 1/2" max. aggregate. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 tlfti t REI — TUKWILA, WAR ,GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 4. Other concrete not exposed to freezing, thawing, or hydraulic pressure, or to receive a surface hardener: 2 to 4 percent air. E. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1- 1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with ACI 347 limits, Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view, and Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. D. Provide temporary openings for clean -outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. E. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. F. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTt. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. H. Shoring: All form work and shoring shall remain in place until design strength attained. 3.2 VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Place vapor retarder sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints 6" and seal with manufacturer's recommended mastic or pressure - sensitive tape. Cover vapor retarder with sand cushion and compact to depth indicated. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.4 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide keyways at least 1 -1 /2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs. C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. D. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 two ......x..,�. J REI — TUKWILA, WASI. ,GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 E. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated or required. Install waterstops to form • continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field- fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions. F. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants ". G. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one - fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one - fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. Provide joints not exceeding 15 feet in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays). 3.5 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through - wall (lashings in outer face of concrete at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, relieving angles, and other conditions. C. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 3.6 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low -VOC, form - coating compound before placing reinforcement. Do not use excessive form release material. Do not allow excess form - coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -7 w. r...., vwnu. ai-.. e' w•». rr........... ,..o..............._....._..... >., ..........._......,...r•nrn.rmn • REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTI Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. F. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less that 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. G. Hot - Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with AC1 305. 3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough- formed Finish: Provide a rough- formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form - facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth - formed Finish: Provide a smooth - formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as painting, or another similar system. This is an as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form - facing material, arranged in an orderly CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8 Mti tev.wnsvt .. r, w.: w..,,..-_,..,.,.. u..... n......,.. m�.,+ nxrv�• �r+ �vtva,' r! Y2! nmu. vnnG'. uxay.».:,, vY: av�. �t�rnent�w; rt<.+, T1'+. c: antirTbiM� ,}ar:.�ten:.r�,..,,....e, ' .1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Finish is to have reveals and exposed form tie holes. Plug bottom of form tie holes by tamping in lead plug after concrete is sealed. See drawings for patterns. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching < • adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly H Z across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. cc i0 UO 3.9 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES to 0 J= A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work w 0 surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when 2 surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation g Q of power- driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power- driven floats or by hand- floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 = a -- (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, Z 1 refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Z wW w B. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab p surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic tile, paint, or another thin film- UO 92 . finish coating system or sealer. After floating, begin first trowel - finish operation using a 0 F- power- driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel = U is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand - troweling operation, free of F' trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 u- O (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. Grind iui smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. U = O~ C. Existing slab: (C -1 & C -2) The existing slab may have areas of a thin concrete slurry material . Z or glu -down carpet residue. Remove the high points either by chipping or grinding to obtain a relatively smooth floor for the under carpet areas. Fill depressions that would be transmitted through the glue -down carpet. Exposed concrete in warehouse areas is to receive concrete sealer. Test a small area to insure compatibility with existing conditions. Use approved alternate sealer if required. D. Existing slab: (C -1) At retail walk aisles, scrap and grind existing slab finish with a terrazzo grinder to produce a smooth surface free of lumps or hard edges. This will require grinding to expose some aggregate. Areas of the walkway are to be free of any slurry residue or any material left from the previous tenant. Extend the ground area 6 inches past the line of the carpet shown in both directions. Seal concrete at walkways. Test a small area to insure compatibility with existing conditions. Use approved alternate sealer if required. E. Non -slip Broom Finish: Apply a non -slip light broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber - bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9 :: IItN.' .....+ "t.. a..... " b!�N.R7MA!twbWMte"Vg&fte... REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT, JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure cbncrete as specified to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and ""' Q by steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and ' H Z terminations slightly rounded. w u6= C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations U O as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to comply with N ❑ diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. w w p,-„, , J F.. w0 ;wy LC. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot I t.L- temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss = C1 before and during finishing operations with an evaporation- control material. Apply ,,:.,, I. _ according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power ? I— floating and troweling. i- O LLJ al B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing ; D 0 and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. , -1 0 O 52 ❑ I- C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by the following methods. Method is Contractor's option. w • w u. O Z w.. U= O I- 3.11 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION 1.. Moisture Curing: Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. Use continuous water -fog spray. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture - retaining Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply curing compound to interior concrete slabs and curbs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. Verify compatibility of curing compound with sealers /stains prior to application. D. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. E. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture - retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -10 • '4 • z REI — TUKWILA, WASI. .GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 3.12 REMOVING FORMS A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form - removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has attained at least 75 percent of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. C. Form - facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form - facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. 3.13 REUSING FORMS Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form - facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form - coating compound as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces. 3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms. See detailed description of finishing formed surfaces. B. Mix dry -pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2 -1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. 1. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -11 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING?. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 out form tie holes except in "Smooth- formed Finish" and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Place dry -pack" before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. F. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. G. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect. 3.15 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the following, as directed by Structural General Notes or reviewing agency requirements. 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. a. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -12 N., • 1.21 REI — TUKWILA, WAS,[GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 b. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air - entrained concrete. c. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below, when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive- strength specimens. d. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for < • each compressive- strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store �rz cylinders for laboratory -cured test specimens except when field -cured test re 2 specimens are required. e. Compressive- Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 U 0 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of N concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two J H each specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later , testing if required. W 0 2 2. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each u- batch if fewer than five are used. Cy W C. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, ready -mix producer, Z and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain Z O the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive .p 2 breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. L— WW : Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be U D. Nondestructive Testin g P P Y � F. permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. Z Lu E. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test U results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in 0 f-. the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine Z adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. 3.17 SEALING A. Apply two coats, the first at rate of 150 -200 square feet /gallon and second at rate of 400 -500 square feet per gallon. Apply by sprayer using manufacturer's recommendations. Exposed areas of finish C -1 receive sealer. Entire area of warehouse (C-2) to receive sealer. END OF SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -13 REI — TUKWILA, WASP. .GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fabrication and erection of structural steel and architecturally exposed structural steel work, as shown on drawings including schedules, notes, and details. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements related to this section: 1. Division 1 Section "Quality Control" for independent testing agency procedures. 2. Division 3 Sections "Cast -in -Place Concrete" and "Tilt -up Concrete" for anchor bolt and embed plate installation in concrete. 3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for loose steel bearing plate and miscellaneous steel framing. 4. Division 9 Section "Painting" for surface preparation and priming requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data or manufacturer's specifications. Include laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified standards). Include certified copies of mill reports covering chemical, physical properties. 2. Shop drawings prepared under supervision of a licensed Structural Engineer, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures, and diagrams. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols and show size, length, and type of each weld. 3. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections. 4. Test reports conducted on shop- and field - bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of tests conducted and test results. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence: "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any detail configuration of connections developed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings." 2. AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings," including "Commentary." 3. "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections. 4. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel." STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT‘ Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 5. ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use." B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Per AWS "Qualification" requirements. Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's responsibility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view, use only materials that are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and applying surface finishes. For work that will be exposed to view on the interior, use only unfinished, non - primed steel, including all plates, connectors, and bolts. For work that will be concealed or is scheduled for painting, shop prime. For work exposed to view on the exterior, including all plates, connectors and bolts, shop prime where scheduled for paint, or galvanize. B. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars; Cold- Formed and Hot - Formed Steel Tubing, Steel Pipe, Anchor Bolts: See Structural Notes. C. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and nuts. Provide hexagonal heads and nuts for all connections. D. High - Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagon structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers, as follows: 1. Quenched and tempered medium - carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 325. 2. Quenched and tempered alloy steel, complying with ASTM A 490. E. Direct Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, type as required. Use on all A325 and A490 bolts where required by Structural Notes. F. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code. G. Nonmetallic Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, non - corrosive, non - staining product containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water - reducing agents, complying with CE- CRD -C621. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. Remove exposed to view marks after erection. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide STRUCTURAL STEEL 5w:trF3�it':C :`5�".•<<b. y1: r.. 05120 - 2 z; s}'.;. 4141,04'Xik9df{i++'Yki.1'el'i$�;...T:S.J. ; fNuw.1NS45: ?4ri�6%t ?v,'rK..r`.f •1I,,, Ima; J REI — TUKWILA, WASI. . GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects. B. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated. Seal weld at exterior exposures. C. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated. Provide high - strength threaded fasteners for principal bolted connections, except where unfinished bolts are indicated. Provide unfinished threaded fasteners for only bolted connections of secondary framing members to primary members (including purlins, girts, and other framing members taking only nominal stresses) and for temporary bracing to facilitate erection. D. High- Strength Bolted Construction: Install high- strength threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. F. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will produce true alignment of axes without warp. G. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings. H. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. I. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection and tests in mill, shop, and field, conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components that do not comply. B. Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without causing delay in the work. Promptly notify Architect whenever design of members and connections for any portion of structure are not clearly indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary. shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 3 .4,•.SYfi),df ' REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structures as erection proceeds. B. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively complete work. C. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. 4. For proprietary grout materials, comply with manufacturer's instructions. D. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. E. Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC tolerances. F. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service. G. Splice members only where indicated and accepted on shop drawings. H. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with plug welds, and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. 1. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins, except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in primary structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members that are not under stress, as acceptable to Architect. Finish gas -cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted. 3.2 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to inspect high- strength bolted connections and welded connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports. STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 4 r zta •1 ��i REI — TUKWILA, WAS1. .GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. C. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work that inspections and laboratory test reports have indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests, at Contractor's expense, as necessary to reconfirm any noncompliance of original work and to show compliance of corrected work. D. Bolted Connections: Inspect or test in accordance with AISC specifications. Verify that gaps of installed Direct Tension Indicators are less than gaps specified in ASTM F 959, Table 2. E. Welding: Inspect and test during fabrication and erection of steel assemblies as follows: 1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. 2. Perform visual inspection of all welds. 3. Perform tests of welds as follows: Inspection procedures listed are to be used at Contractor's option. a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration not acceptable. c. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level "2 -2T." d. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. Preparation for Painting: See Painting 09900. END OF SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 5 :t— w �U O 0 ND W= J H: N W O 2 gQ H= Z I- 0 w~ ui U O N, W W. H - O. W.. O )- Z REI — TUKWILA, WAS 1GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes the following metal fabrications: ;1 Z CL w 1. Rough hardware, loose bearing and leveling plates, and glulam connectors. 6 m 2. Canopy fabrication and tie -rods U O 3. Loose steel lintels. W 4. Miscellaneous framing and supports for the following: w co =. a. Partition braces. J 1" b. Customer Service and Cashwrap trellis. • p c. Entry trellis 2 d. Applications where framing and supports are not specified in other sections. g = 1L = 5. Miscellaneous steel trim including entry door galvanized glazing stops. = a 6. Bollard cap fabrications H = 7. Steel pipe handrails and railing systems attached to stairs or to wall adjacent to stairs ? 1- I— O Z I- 11.1 ui Dp B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 0 t�' O I- 1. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for structural steel framing system components. = w 2. Division 5 Section "Misc. Steel supports and metal railings. I- - -O 111 Z O — _— O I- Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: Z 1. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 2. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code — Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel." Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTI ' t JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FERROUS METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. Do not paint or prime unless specifically directed for any interior steel exposed to view. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36. C. Rolled Steel Floor Plates: ASTM A 786. Hot Rolled Raw Steel ,16 ga. D. Steel Tubing: Cold- Formed: ASTM A 500. Hot - Formed: ASTM A 501. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated or required by structural loads. Schedule 80 at pipe bollards. F. - Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27 cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153. G. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded. 2.2 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified - alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P -664, selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field - applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc- dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD -P -21035 or SSPC -Paint 20. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC -Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: All interior items shall be uncoated and unprimed unless noted otherwise. Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2 1 «:, REI — TUKWILA, WAS, 1GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A, with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Machine Screws: ANSI B18.6.3. D. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. E. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ANSI B18.6.1. F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ANSI B18.22.1. G. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ANSI B18.21.1. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve a 5sembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Group 1 alloy 304 or 316 stainless -steel bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594. I. Toggle Bolts: FS FF -B -588, tumble -wing type, class and style as required. J. Threaded Rod: Regular un- plated threaded Rod, ASTM A 307, Grade A, with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. . _J j B. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. Temperature Change (Range): 100 deg F. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32", unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT • t JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. E. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat- head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. F. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. G. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that 'maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. . Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2.6 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Furnish bent, or otherwise custom - fabricated, bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division 6 Sections. B. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes, and dimensions required. Furnish malleable -iron washers for heads and nuts that bear on wood structural connections, and furnish steel washers elsewhere. C. Owner to furnish custom malleable -iron washers for installation by Contractor at interior locations as indicated. Contractor to bore larger holes where required due to bolt sizes. See entry trellis. 2.7 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of the required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4 Win 1 Rmn ■ eAetTVtnb!e Mokftotomf if t 'Aa 1 J REI — TUKWILA, WAS). .GTON Bid / Permit Set 2.8 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Fabricate loose structural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. C. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. ' 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS General: Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated that are not a part of structural steel framework as required to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive other adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24" o.c. and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1 -1/4" wide x 1/4" thick x 8" long. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports at exterior locations and interior locations where indicated. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices wherever possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim, for embedding in concrete or masonry construction, spaced not more than 6" from each end, 6" from corners, and 24" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.11 STEEL PIPE RAILINGS A. Wall Mounted Pipe Handrails: 1-1/2" round tubular rail with wall returns, with 1/4" stamped plate wall brackets for exposed fastener; flat extension at top and bottom of length required by code. Verify backing is installed prior to installation. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16" thick steel plate in place or with prefabricated fittings B. Accessories: Provide brackets, weld plates, anchors, fasteners and other accessories of type recommended by stair system manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.11 FINISHES A. General: All interior items shall be uncoated, unprimed steel, including fasteners, unless noted to be galvanized or painted. All exterior items, whether exposed or embedded within METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT1 JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 construction, shall be galvanized per ASTM A 53, unless ,noted to be painted, then shop prime. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designing finishes. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Galvanizing: For those items indicated for galvanizing, apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars, and strip 0.0299" thick or thicker. C. Preparation for Shop Priming: For those items indicated to be painted, prepare uncoated ferrous metal . surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC -SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC -SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning." 3. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes or to be embedded in concrete or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC -PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1 for shop painting. D. Exposed Interior Unfinished Items: Prepare ferrous metal surfaces using SSPC -SP -2 Hand Tool Cleaning. E. For exterior items not scheduled or indicated, are to be galvanized, shop prime. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. B. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations. Protect sleeves from water and concrete entry. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through- bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6 coti REI — TUKWILA, WASI. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop - welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. 3.3 SETTING LOOSE PLATES Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. B. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. Use nonshrink, metallic grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. INSTALLING STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS Adjust handrails and railing systems prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and railing ends to building construction. Anchor posts to steel by welding directly to steel supporting members. B. Secure handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket with 1 -1 /2" clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows: 1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2. For steel - framed gypsum board assemblies, fasten brackets directly to steel framing or concealed anchors using self - tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads. METAL FABRICATIONS .• { J.:ii�c �' . ' • MMSIhYNII.yy..ArdgrMNR\IMWf.41 -777 v4,41..'...V• 7 05500 - 7 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. } Bid / Permit Set 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is "Painting." For galvanized surfaces, clean welds, bolted connections, galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 welds, bolted connections, and specified in Division 9 Section and abraded areas, and apply 05500 - 8 Potsi 4GN • ..s.....oi,<1.fu:rw..'. ::,r.,: .r ,,.r,'Y5 > +:•�s'�• wclL'k.. ...,,,.,. REI — TUKWILA, WASi :GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 . SUMMARY JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Z A. This Section includes the following: Z Z ce w 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 6 U 2. Wood furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking, including blocking for items furnished U O by Owner but installed by Contractor. co W J = I- B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: co w 0 2 1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to g view and not specified in this Section. u- co CJ =w H= ZI._ F- O ZH A. Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: tu U CI 1. Product data for engineered wood products, metal framing anchors, power driven _ fasteners, construction adhesives, and preservative treatments. 0 I- 2. For each type of preservative treated wood product, include certification stating type of = W preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, S- and compliance with applicable standards. Include statement that moisture content of ._ O treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to project site. tL Z Include Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. U =. o E- 1.2 SUBMITTALS ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. B. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory- marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. For exposed lumber, furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece; or omit grade stamps entirely and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. C. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Provide lumber with 15% maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2" or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -1 Z • REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT(.. Bid / Permit Set 2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. For light framing provide "Stud," "No. 3," or "Standard" grade lumber for stud framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide, 10 feet and shorter) and "Stud" or "No. 3" grade for other light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 6 inches wide), hemlock -Fir or douglas fir. B. For structural framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 5 inches and wider), see Structural Notes. C. Trellis Lumber: 3X8 DF purlins to have rough -sawn Accu -rough finish. Material FOIC. D. Decking: See Structural Notes: size as indicated, with the following characteristics. 1. Face Species: Douglas Fir 2. Face Grade: Decorative 3. Face Surface: Smooth 4. Edge Pattern: Standard Vee exposed at bottom face, tight butt joint at top face. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. "Standard" grade light- framing -size lumber . of any species or board -size lumber as required. "No. 3 Common" or "Standard" grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION PANELS .A. General Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood construction panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with APA PRP -108. Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, interior hidden wall panels, fire - retardant - treated plywood panels, APA C -D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, in thickness not less than 21/32". E, Wall Panels: For storage area wall protection over GWB, plywood panels, APA C -D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, in thickness not less than 15/32 ". F. Shear Wall Plywood panels, See Structural note for grade, thickness and exposure. G. Construction Panel for Underlayment over offices: 3/" or more in indicated thickness, provide APA RATED STURD -I -FLOOR panels, with grade designation, span rating, edge detail, and thickness per Structural Notes. Exposed Panel face to conform to APA rated siding requirements of APA 303 -6 -W, douglas -fir, rough sawn, clear face, no grooves. OSB is not an acceptable substitute. This material is to be installed rough face down, exposed. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2 v REI - TUKWILA, WASi : GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. Fasteners: Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, or in ground contact, provide a hot - dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153. At interior spaces, provide unfinished steel. 1. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF -N -105. 2. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER -272. 3. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1. 4. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1. 5. Steel Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and flat washers. < B. Metal Framing nchors: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal, and finish re W g g tyP , indicated that comply with requirements specified. Provide products for which manufacturer 6 6 U publishes allowable design loads that are demonstrated by comprehensive testing. U O y0 Lu 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Steel sheet zinc- coated by hot -dip process on continuous lines J prior to fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525 for Coating Designation G60 and with co u_ ASTM A 446, Grade A (structural quality); ASTM A 526 (commercial quality); or W 0 ASTM A 527 (lock - forming quality); as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. g u.? CO d C. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG -01 = that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel _ manufacturer. Z 1-.. F- O ZF- W 2.6 • PRESERVATIVE WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS U 0 ON A. General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative- treated wood or is specified 0 F- herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) = U and C9 (Plywood). Mark each treated item with the AWPB or SPIB Quality Mark — Requirements. u. Z 111 B. Pressure -treat concealed above - ground items with water -borne preservatives to a minimum U retention of 0.25 pcf. Incise and treat members using ACQ -Type B material (without arsenic 0 1- or chromium). After treatment, kiln -dry lumber and. plywood to a maximum moisture Z content of 15 %. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. C. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces to comply with AWPA M4. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. D. Interior Type : For interior locations use fire - retardant chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation: 1. No reduction takes place in bending strength, stiffness, and fastener holding capacities below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation that are based on tests by a qualified independent testing laboratory of treated wood products identical ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 to those indicated for this Project under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions. 2. No other form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to manufacture and treatment. 3. No corrosion of metal fasteners results from their contact with treated wood. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated. E. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. F. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. 3.2 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with N.F.P.A. "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Install framing members of size and spacing indicated. Do not splice structural members between supports. C. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with the following: 1. National Evaluation Report No. NER -272 for pneumatic or mechanical driven staples, P- Nails, and allied fasteners. 2. "Table No. I1- Recommended Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E30, "APA Design /Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial," for types of construction panels and applications indicated. B . Fasten plywood backing panels by screwing to supports END OF SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4 WWI RYAN Y ■ Tn, -j REI — TUKWILA, WAS .GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 06185 - STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. This Section includes structural glued laminated timber elements. Provide connectors, anchors, and accessories necessary to interconnect and secure glulam members to building structure. B. The types of structural glued laminated units specified include the following: 1. Straight beams. 2. Columns, including posts and standards. 3. Miscellaneous trim including window and door frames. C. Related Section: Division 9 Section "Painting" for exterior wood finish. 1.2.,. SUBMITTALS Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data including specifications and installation instructions. Submit certification indicating glued laminated timbers comply with requirements of ANSI /AITC A190.1. 2. Samples 18" long, showing appearance variation of units, with specified treatment. 3. Shop drawings showing full dimensions of each member and layout of entire structural system. Show large -scale details of connections, connectors, and other accessories. Indicate species and laminating combination, adhesive type, and other variables in required Work. Show loading, section sizes, assumed design values, stress diagrams and calculations, and similar information needed for analysis. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI /AITC A 190.1, "Structural Glued Laminated Timber." B. Manufacturer Qualification: AITC - licensed firm. C. Factory-mark each piece of glued laminated structural units with AITC Quality Inspected mark. Place AITC mark on timber surfaces which will not be exposed in completed Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED UNITS A. Lumber: Comply with ANSI /AITC A190.1 and applicable lumber association standards cited therein for grades required to achieve glulam requirements for design values, appearance, fabrication limitations, and species. Stress Values for Beams, Purlins, and Arches: See Structural Notes. B. Lumber Species: Douglas Fir - Larch. STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER 06185-1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT . + a JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Adhesive: ANSI /AITC A190.1, wet -use type. D. End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, colorless wood sealer, effective in retarding transmission of moisture at cross -grain cuts. E. Connectors, Anchors, and Accessories: Provide fabricated steel (ASTM A 36) shapes, plates, and bars, welded into assemblies of types and sizes indicated. Provide steel bolts (ASTM A 307), lag bolts, nails, and other standard fasteners as required for installation. 1. Interior Finish: Do not prime, do not galvanize. 2. Exterior Wet -Use Finish: Where wet -use glulam work is indicated, finish fabricated assemblies with hot -dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153), including bolts and other fasteners. Bolts, Lags and Washers to be hot dipped galvanized. ' 2.2 FABRICATION A. General: Comply with ANSI /AITC A190.1 in providing units indicated; where dimensions are not completely documented, provide manufacturer's standard sizes and shapes required to fulfill indicated performances. Shop- fabricate for connections and connecting hardware to greatest extent feasible, including drilling of bolt holes. Appearance Grade: Provide Architectural grade units at exterior applications (and interior where noted), complying with AITC 110. Owner to provide material for Cashwrap and Customer Service Beams with Accu -rough finish only. C. Camber: The required camber for fabricating each member is shown on drawings, and may be either circular or parabolic, at manufacturer's option. D. Exterior Finishing: After laminating, dressing, sanding, and end - cutting each exterior member to final size and shape, apply exterior finish to glulam units. Refer to Section 09900, "Exterior Wood Finish." E. End -Cut Sealing: Immediately after end - cutting each member to final length, and after wood treatment (if any), apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross -cut surfaces, keeping surfaces flood - coated for not less than 10 minutes. 2.3 FACTORY- APPLIED PROTECTION A. General: Before shipping or exposing to outdoor conditions, bundle -wrap or individually wrap with manufacturer's standard, opaque, durable, water - resistant, plastic- coated paper covering with water - resistant seams. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install miscellaneous steel connectors, anchors, and accessories. STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER 06185-2 a%, CAA REI — TUKWILA, WAS1 'GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Plan and execute erection procedures so that close fit and neat appearance of joints and structure as a whole will not be impaired. When hoisting members into place, use padded or nonmarring slings, and protect corners with wood blocking. C. Adequately brace members as they are placed to maintain safe position until full stability is provided. D. Avoid cutting glulam members during erection. Except for fastener drilling and other minor cutting, coat cuts with end sealer. Where treated members must be cut during erection, apply a heavy brush coat of the same preservative treatment, complying with AWPA Standard M4. E. Handle and temporarily support members to prevent visible surface damage. F. Do not remove wrapping on individually wrapped members until it will serve no useful purpose, including protection from weather, soiling and damage from work of other trades. G. Nail and glue decking to supports according to AITC recommendations. Provide temporary waterproof and protective covering to protect exposed decking. 3.2 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. General: Control heating, ventilating, and air conditioning in building to avoid damage to or deterioration of glulam work. B. Repair and Cleaning: Repair damaged timbers and finishes. Replace damaged units where repairs are not approved by Architect. After completion of roofing installation or other weather protection, remove rust and other stains from timbers. Acceptable cleaning product: "Fallout Remover" by Wefmar (206- 783 - 5344). END OF SECTION 06185 STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER 06185 - 3 f REI — TUKWILA, WASI.. ,ETON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior and interior standing and running trim, door and window frames.. 2. Paneling and installation of Owner provided paneling. 3. Miscellaneous materials including display wall standards and slatgrid. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing finish carpentry. 2. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for interior casework. 3. Division 9 Section "Painting" for back priming and finishing of finish carpentry. C. Products furnished by Owner but Installed by Contractor (FOIC): Paneling, where noted below, to be provided by Owner for fabrication, installation, and finishing by Contractor. Panels to be provided in full -size 4' x 8' sheets. Final preparation and sanding of panels, after cutting and /or installation by Contractor. Slot type display panels to be provided with inserts. Specifications for material, included below, is for Contractor's information only. 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with finish carpentry manufacturer's and installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for finish carpentry during its storage and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. B. Plywood Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood and, for products not manufactured under PS 1, with APA PRP -108. Formaldehyde emission levels comply with HPMA FE. C. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies referenced include the following: 1. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 2. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. FINISH CARPENTRY VS 06200 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. J Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 D. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory- marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements. No visible grade stamps are allowed on exposed lumber or paneling. 2.2 EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM, DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES A. Wood - Semi - Transparent Finish: Provide finished lumber complying with the following: a. Species: Douglas Fir, WWPA. b. Finish Grade: B and BTR VG. c. Texture: Surfaced (smooth), S4S, unless otherwise noted. 2.3 INTERIOR TRIM, DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES Wood - Transparent Finish: Provide finished lumber complying with the following: a. Species: Douglas Fir; WWPA. b. Finish Grade: C & BTR FG. c. Texture: Surfaced (smooth), S4S, unless noted otherwise. d. Texture: Accu -rough finish at Cashwrap and Customer Service trellis timbers only, RS4S Material for Cashwrap and Customer Service trellis timbers only to be provided by owner, fabrication by contractor. 2.4 PANELING A. WP -3, Medium Density Fiberboard Paneling (FOIC): Manufacturer stock MDF panel made without formaldehyde and complying with ANSI A208.2. 4' x 8' sheets, thickness as indicated. B. WP -4, Plywood Siding Paneling: Manufacturer stock plywood siding panel conforming to PS 1- 83. APA RATED SIDING, 303 -6 -W, clear Douglas -fir rough -sawn face, no grooves, exterior, 11/32" x 4' x 8' sheets. To be provided by contractor. B. WP -5, Pegboard Paneling: Perforated Masonite pegboard, 1/4" x 4' x 8 ' sheets, Class I finish. To be provided by contractor. D. WP -6, Tackboard: By owner E. Display Wall Paneling (FOIC): 1. "Slot Wall" Type: Marlite Displaywall, Series 5000, grooves at 4" o.c. with metal full groove inserts, finish paint grade. Panels to be made from same material as WP -3 above. Panels and trim have clear finish. Trim is same material. See spec section 9900, Painting. 2 "Slatgrid" Type: Paneling to be made from same material as WP -3 above. Welded wire grid material to be supplied by owner. Installation is by contractor. Panels and trim have clear finish. Trim is same material. See spec section 9900, Painting. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 2 sort REI - TUKWILA, WAS; 1GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 2.5 SHOWER BENCH A. Wood - Transparent Finish: Provide finished lumber complying with the following: .i a. Species: Douglas Fir, Hemlock, or Pine, WWPA. b. Finish Grade: C and BTR FG. c. Texture: Surfaced (smooth), S4S. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS } _J A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. 1. Countersink nails, fill surface flush, and sand where face nailing is unavoidable. 2. Where finish carpentry materials are exposed in areas of high humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 153. 3. See drawings for special fastening details. Adhesives: Comply with panel and adhesive manufacturer's recommendations for application of wood panels to substrates as noted on drawings. Grid: Metal wire wall grid, display panel system fabricated from 1/4" steel rod in 4 "X 8" pattern. "Slatgrid." Factory finish clear powder coat over unfinished "raw" steel, no primer. Slatgrid and brackets are furnished by the owner and installed by the contractor. Size and locations indicated on the drawings. Six (6) brackets are required for each 2' -0" section. Four brackets facing up to support grid and two brackets facing down to retain wire frame in place. E. Custom Washers: Custom malleable wood washers, provided by Owner and installed by Contractor. Washers to be used in construction of the trellis above Entry and cashwrap /customer service areas.. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Provide finish carpentry with moisture content that is compatible with Project requirements. B. Fabricate finish carpentry to dimensions, profiles and details indicated. Ease edges to radius: 1. Lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/16 inch. 2. Lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch. C. Miscellaneous trim must receive light machine sanding prior to finish application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 3 REI - TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation and performance of finish carpentry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Clean substrates.of projections and substances detrimental to application. C. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning recommended by manufacturer. .w. z 11-= ,1- w i0 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL i N 0 A. Do not use finish carpentry materials that are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly w w treated or finished, not adequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing ° ° N 1- arrangements. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. 0 W B. Install finish carpentry plumb, level, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed ��, 2 shims where required for alignment. u_ < N� d 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as ,- H = recommended by manufacturer. z 1- 2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet for plumb and level. Install adjoining finish Z 0 i-. carpentry with 1/16 inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/8 inch maximum w uj offset for reveal installation. ' N " 3. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems that may be in or adjacent to V N standing and running trim and rails. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical p items that penetrate exposed surfaces of trim and rails. . IL/ • W 1- H Refer ,to Division 9 Sections for final finishing of finish carpentry. u. p iii O .1 • 1-. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full- length pieces from maximum Z lengths of lumber available. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim and rails. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight - fitting joints with full- surface 0 ^4e� contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end - to-end joints. Plane back of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints if required. 3.3 RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS 1. Match color and grain pattern across joints. 2. Install trim after drywall joint finishing operations are completed. 3. Drill pilot holes prior to nailing or fastening where required to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3.4 PANELING A. Install panels with butt joints, or as indicated on Drawings, with "grain" running vertically. Select panels to minimize color and texture differences between adjacent panels. Do not use panels with extreme color variations, visible flaws or mars. Replace unsuitable panels where directed by Architect. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 4 awl REI - TUKWILA, WASI 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Attach panels to sub -frame blocking, using small headed finish screws and adhesive., attach subframe to studs. Countersink and fill heads to match adjacent surface. Space attachments in a consistent spacing. Provide minimum number of fasteners required to support weight of panels and maintain flatness of panel against substrate. C. Display wall panels: Attach MDF panels with both adhesive and finish screws to the subframe mounted to walls. For Grid panels, subframe to be oriented horizontally and anchored to 1 H. each stud it crosses at slat grid locations. . See drawings for anchorage to concrete panels. 1'" w Subframe ribs at slotwall locations to be oriented vertically. Screw through the metal slots to 0: m the subframe below at 8" o.c. Cover screws with plastic inserts provided. � U 0 u, ❑ 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING tu _ F-. tn w A. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual ' w 0 defects. Where not possible to repair, replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform 2 appearance. g Q N D B. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semi- exposed surfaces. Touch up factory - applied F a finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. w Z �. 3.6 PROTECTION Z - A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure finish carpentry is without g uj' damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. U ❑ ❑ F-;. =w F- �- O itl Z 0 Z END OF SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WAS 1GTON Bid / Permit Set SECT. ECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1- GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1.1 SUMMARY Z Q� A. This Section includes laminate -clad cabinets and countertops and dressing room benches. Z (plastic- covered casework). 6 JU B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: U 0 to cnW 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips U1 H for installing interior woodwork. (0 u_ 2. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for interior carpentry exposed to view that is not W 0 specified in this Section. g 71 J LL. Q Laminate colors, patterns, and finishes are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the w d drawings. 1-1... W z= H ZO la tu A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections. U 0 O- 1: Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations. W 1= 2. Samples of surfaced panel products, 12" x 12" for each type, color, and pattern. z U 3. Product certificates signed by woodwork fabricator certifying that products comply LL with specified requirements. Z 0- 0H Z 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute. B Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork cart be supported and installed as indicated. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet -work is completed, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, verify dimensions in field before fabrication. Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork. PART 2 - PRODUCTS INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -1 . . »rI.lYI1r�1111WY.w1� ... ..•.•••••w*niw+VA`IA1Cl'!(MnN & i\ REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. . Bid / Permit Set 2.1 ' MATERIALS fl JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. General: Comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard and with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2. 3. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. Fiberboard: Medium - density fiberboard made without formaldehyde and complying with ANSI A208.2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Medite II by Medite Corp. C. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated. D. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement. E. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Decorative surface of thermally fused polyester or melamine- impregnated web, bonded to medium - density fiberboard and complying with ALA 1992. Color to be selected from manufacturers standards. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9. B. Exposed Hardware Finish: Provide satin stainless steel finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number 630., manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA A156.9. C. Hardware Schedule: 1. Concealed Hinges: Fully concealed hinges, standard finish, ANSI /BHMA A156.9. 2. Pulls: 4" brushed stainless steel pulls, 1 /4" diameter. 3. Adjustable Shelf Standards: B04071. Shelf Rests for Standards: B04081. 4. Drawer Slides: Side - mounted, full- extension, zinc- plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, complying with BHMA A156.9, Grade 1 and rated for the following loads: box drawers: 75 lbf; file drawers: 150 lbf; pencil drawers: 45 lbf . 5. Door Locks: E07121. 6. Drawer Locks: E07041. 7. Grommets for cable passage through countertops: 2 1/2"" OD, molded - plastic grommets with 1" hole and plastic cap with slot for wire passage. Color to be selected from standard, "light brown ". 8. Pencil Drawer: Steel pencil drawer, Haworth #SCO -19, 2 "h x 17 -1 /2 "d x 19- 1/8'w. 9. Shelving supports: Extra Heavy duty standards and matching brackets, vertical slot type with 2" increments adjustments, 12 guage steel, 7/8 "wide by 11/16" high X length as indicated. Satin anachrome finish. 12" brackets unless otherwise noted. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS ROMP 1 awl A. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal - framing manufacturer. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-2 tart F, "!;FIiY; N4. 6i(::: t.` i1' ,y'i,.n"t�?N•�;i�':`{itt5v:.j�: •. REI — TUKWILA, WASI. iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -N -105 for applicable requirements. C. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Trial fit assemblies at the fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on approved shop drawings before disassembling for shipment. B. Shop -cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water- resistant coating. 2.5 LAMINATE -CLAD CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS (PLASTIC- COVERED CASEWORK) Laminate -clad Cabinets: Quality standard AWI Section 400, custom grade. 1. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay. 2. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High - pressure decorative laminate, GP -50, 0.050" nominal thickness. 3. Materials for Semi - exposed Surfaces: Thermoset decorative overlay. 4. Core Material: Medium - density particleboard. Marine grade plywood at lavatories. 5. Back Splash: 4" high, same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces where indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop- fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN.GT. . JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Cabinets: Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. C. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Caulk space between backsplash and wall with specified sealant. 1. Install countertops with no more than 1/8" in 96" sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches o.c. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-4 r," REI — TUKWILA, WASI ETON ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set SECTION 07180 - WATER REPELLENTS June 11, 2002 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes clear water repellent coatings for vertical and nontraffic horizontal surfaces of concrete (un- painted) . B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 3 Sections for concrete work and precast concrete.. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint fillers and sealants. 3. Division 9 Section "Painting" for paints and coatings. Mao 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS i Provide water repellents with the following properties based on testing manufacturer's standard products, according to test methods indicated, applied to substrates simulating Project conditions using same materials and application methods to be used for Project. 1. Absorption: Minimum 90% reduction. Hardened Concrete: ASTM C 642. 2. Water -Vapor Transmission: Maximum 10% per ASTM E 96. 3. Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry: Maximum 90% per ASTM E 514. 4. Durability: Maximum 5% loss per ASTM G 53. 5. Permeability: Minimum 80% breathable per ASTM D 1653. 6. Chloride -Ion Intrusion in Concrete: Transportation Research Board, National Research Council's NCHRP Report 244, Series II tests. Reduction of Water Absorption: 80 %. Reduction in Chloride Content: 80 %. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data including manufacturer's specifications, surface preparation and application instructions, recommendations for each surface to be treated, and protection and cleaning instructions. 2. Certification by water repellent manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who employs persons trained and approved by water repellent manufacturer for application of manufacturer's products. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable rules of the pollution- control regulatory agency having jurisdiction in the Project locale regarding volatile organic compounds (VOC) and use of hydrocarbon solvents. WATER REPELLENTS • 07180 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING' i Bid / Permit Set 1.5 JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. Field Samples: Architect will select one representative surface for each substrate to receive repellents. Apply repellent to each substrate, with either partial of full coverage as directed. Comply with application requirements of this Section. 1. Obtain Architect's approval of field samples before applying water repellents. 2. Maintain field samples during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. PROJECT CONDITIONS Weather and Substrate Conditions: Proceed with application of water repellents when weather conditions and substrate conditions are in accordance with written recommendations of manufacturer. 1.6 WARRANTY Submit a written warranty, executed by the Applicator and water repellent manufacturer covering materials and labor, agreeing to repair or replace materials that fail to provide water repellency within 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. This warranty shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have against the contractor under the contract documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1. Silane, 20 Percent Solids: Dur A Pell 20; Chemprobe Technologies, Inc. Color clear. 2. Siloxane, 25 Percent Solids: Prime -A -Pell 200; Chemprove Technologies, Inc. Color clear. 2.2 WATER REPELLENTS Silane 20 Percent Solids: Penetrating water repellent. A monomeric compound containing approximately 20 percent alkyltrialkoxysilanes with alcohol, mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carrier. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of substances that might interfere with penetration or performance of water repellents. Test for moisture content, according to repellent manufacturer's instructions to ensure that surface is sufficiently dry. 1. Formed Concrete: Remove oil, curing compounds, laitance, and other substances that could prevent adhesion or penetration of water repellents. WATER REPELLENTS 07180 - 2 r 5::.,:w�i:i.'u',::;J•; ^t,`.. .:.. r.i'. 1 .. :. F: Lr !:'.t'.LLliiA.rYL.V.,l r,t'.te.,.Y REI - TUKWILA, WAS (GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Test for pH level, according to repellent manufacturer's instructions to ensure chemical bond to silicates minerals. C. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow -over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass where there is the Z possibility of the water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live plants and grass. Immediately dean water repellent from adjoining surfaces soiled or damaged by repellent Z application as work progresses. Comply with manufacturer's cleaning instructions. w D. Coordination with Sealants: Do not apply water repellent until the sealants for joints adjacent U 0 to surfaces receiving water repellent treatment have been installed and cured. Water repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been w H tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those N used in the work. w 0 g u_ j 3.2 INSTALLATION � O A. Apply Silane 20 percent solids to all vertical exterior concrete surfaces. f- = w _ ZI B. Apply a heavy - saturation spray coating of water repellent on surfaces indicated for treatment Z O using low- pressure spray equipment, not to exceed 25 -30 psi fluid pressure at all times. Pump w w shall not atomize but shall flow the material on the wall at a minimum rate of 1 -1/2 gallons D p per minute (orifice size 0.07 to 0.12 inches). Comply with manufacturer's instructions and 0 N recommendations using airless spraying procedure unless otherwise indicated. Apply O E- material directly from container; no dilution. Minimum coverage rate: 175 sf /gal /coat. = U I- F- C. Apply a second saturation spray coating, repeating first application. Apply in a "cross- — u. 0 hatching" application. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for limitations on drying Iii 0 time between coats and after rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult U = manufacturer's technical representative if printed recommendations are not applicable to I-- I Project conditions, D. Remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces after completion of application. END OF SECTION 07180 WATER REPELLENTS 07180 - 3 eir1-v U 1/\d T1 UM UN S;Js$ n`' ,p, ,,.p,,nna„ Seeds, WA9tioi 623.3344 Sketch Title:. REVISED 4'HR AREA SEPARATION © FIRST FLOOR Job No. 9906210 Issued: 6 -11 -02 Revised: - Revised: - m 206 ilst.rch•Yllthun kw2o663)7005 FHE KENNEY Scale: 1/8 =1' -0" Drawn By: ST Checked By: Sheet /Detail Ref. A2.2 Sheet No. SK-69D • r;y YAN MOO REI — TUKWILA, WAS; IGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building insulation in batt form. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1.2 1. Division 7 Section "BUR roofing" for roof insulation specified as part of roofing construction: 2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for sound attenuation insulation installed as part of metal- framed wall and partition assemblies. SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: Product data for each type of insulation product specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: 1. Surface Burning Characteristic: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. Provide preformed units of sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Existing building has ceiling insulation in batt form. Repair or replace the existing insulation where tom or damaged with matching material. This new and existing insulation will be painted per the finish schedule. C. Faced Mineral Fiber Blanket /Batt Insulation: Thermal insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type III, Class A (blankets with reflective vapor- retarder membrane facing with flame spread of 25 or less); foil- scrim -kraft or foil- scrim - polyethylene vapor- retarder membrane on one face, and as follows: 1. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. 1 JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread 25; smoke developed 50. 3. Flanged Units: Provide blankets /batts fabricated with facing incorporating 4 -inch- wide flanges along their edges for attachment to framing members. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of the Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removal of projections that might puncture vapor retarders. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. B. Extend insulation full thickness as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.. B. Set vapor retarder faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, except as otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. Set reflective, foil -faced units accurately with not less than 0.75" air space in front of foil as indicated. 3.5 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 2 fto atat •••-1 REI -- TUKWILA, WAS.. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Bid / Permit Set SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes firestopping for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire - resistance -rated walls, partitions, floor penertrations, and ceiling construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Sealant joints in fire - resistance -rated construction. Related Sections: Division 15 and 16 Sections specifying ducts, piping, cable, and conduit penetrations. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. B. F -Rated Through- Penetration Firestop Systems: Per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire - resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. C. T -Rated Through- Penetration Firestop Systems: In addition to F ratings, as determined per ASTM E 814, where indicated and where systems protect penetrating items exposed to contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas. T -rated assemblies are required where the following conditions exist: 1. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside of wall cavities. 2. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located in construction containing doors required to have a temperature -rise rating. 3. Where firestop systems protect penetrating items larger than a 4 -inch- diameter nominal pipe or 16 sq. in. in overall cross - sectional area. D. Fire - Resistive Joint Sealants: Per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire - resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs. E. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture - resistant systems. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide systems not requiring removal of insulation. .Provide products with flame - spread values of less than 25 and smoke - developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: FIRESTOPPING 07270 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING1 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1. Product data for each type of product specified including certification by firestopping manufacturer. that products - supplied comply with Washinton regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. 2. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of firestopping products certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Firestopping tests are performed by a' qualified testing and inspecting agency, UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. System products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1. Fire - resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire - response characteristics per ASTM E 119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water, as measured 0.78 inch from the face exposed to furnace fire. Fire - resistance ratings of joint sealants as indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. Provide firestopping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by the method specified in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire - resistance -rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: 1. Permanent forming /damming /backing materials including the following: a. Semirefractory fiber (mineral wool) insulation. b. Sealants used in combination with other forming /damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire -rated formboard. d. Joint fillers for joint sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials, substrate primers, collars, and steel sleeves. FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 2 6-Y •tN ..1 1.3 ..i REI — TUKWILA, WASi 1GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. 2.2 FILL MATERIALS FOR THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Silicone Sealant: Moisture - curing, single- component, silicone- based, neutral - curing elastomeric sealant. Grade: Pourable (self - leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping/ gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2.3 FIRE - RESISTIVE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified in this Section applicable to fire - resistive joint sealants. B. Single- Component, Neutral - Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure - related Use NT, and joint- substrate - related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated: a. 50% movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100% movement. b. 100% movement in extension and 50% movement in compression for a total of 150% movement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 . EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping. 2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. ,` Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. D. 3.2 INSTALLING THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOPS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through- penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. Install forming /damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through - penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. C. Install fill materials for through - penetration firestop systems by proven techniques. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.3. INSTALLING FIRE- RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire - resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fire - resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 4 it 0 114,4 s. J 1 •'l REI — TUKWILA, WAS', (GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set 3.4 CLEANING June 11, 2002 Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur. B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 07270 si FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WAS1 IGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 07410 - MANUFACTURED ROOF PANELS PART 1- GENERAL • 1.1 SUMMARY JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Z A. This Section includes manufactured panels of the following types: H Z � w 1. Roof panels for exterior application. U UO N O B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: w = - 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for structural framing. p 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for sheet metal work. 2 LL < Id Roof Panels: Provide roofing system with wind uplift characteristics passing UL580 -UL90, ? with air and water infiltration passing ASTM 283 -84 and E331 -86. Class A fire rating.. Z O w UO O N O ;- Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: = w F- -' 1. Product data including manufacturer's product specifications and certification that u_ Z products meet specified performance requirements.. LLj 2. Samples: 12" long by actual panel width, in the profile, style, and color indicated. U =.. 3. Shop Drawings showing layouts of panels on walls, details of edge conditions, joints, p '— corners, panel profiles, and trim details. Z 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.3 SUBMITTALS • • .1.4 • WARRANTY Finish Warranty: Furnish panel manufacturer's written warranty covering failure of the factory- applied exterior finish on metal wall and roof panels for 20 years after the date of Substantial Completion. This warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide panels by BHP Steel Building Products. "Or equal" substitute products will be considered. 1. SRP -1, Steel Roof Panel with lapped seams and exposed fasteners, "New Wave" Corrugated, 1 1" deep profile. Color : Zactique II Treatment. MANUFACTURED ROOF AND WALL PANELS 07410 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 2.2 SHEET MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: 24 gage, ASTM A446 Grade C, minimum. yield of 40,000 psi. B. Metallic Coating: "Zincalume" conforming to ASTM A -792, 45% zinc and 55% , Class AZ -50 C. Lengths: Panels to run full length unless indicated otherwise. • 2.3 METAL FINISHES General: Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as required by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance capability. Protect coating either by application of strippable film or by packing plastic film or other suitable material between panels in a manner to properly protect the finish. B. Finish: Apply BHP proprietary two coat low -gloss metallic PVF2 with Kynar 500 finish. 1. Generic Color: "Zinc Grey ", Lilly Industries, Inc. #2626m10002, Low Gloss Visulure II. 2. BHP Color chip : Zactique II Treatment 3. Finish appropriate air - drying spray finish in matching color for touch -up. A. UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS a) Polyethylene Underlayment: Minimum 6 -mil- thick polyethylene sheeting complying with ASTM D 4397. b) Self- Adhering, Polymer- Modified, Bituminous Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40 mils thick. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. (1) Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: (a) Bituthene Ice and Water Shield; Grace: W.R. Grace & Co. (b) QSC -707; Quaker Construction Products, Inc. c) Felts: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt- saturated organic felts. B. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS a) Clips: Minimum 21 gauge, zincalume steel panel clips, UL90 rated. b) Bearing Plates: Minimum 22 gauge, zincalume steel. c) Thermal Spacers: Where panels attach directly to purlins, provide thermal spacers recommended by panel manufacturer. MANUFACTURED ROOF AND WALL PANELS 07410 - 2 • 4 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. IGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 d) Fasteners: Self- tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self - locking rivets and bolts, end - welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. (1) Use stainless -steel fasteners for exterior applications and galvanized steel fasteners for interior applications. (2) Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of panel by means of factory- applied coating. (3) Provide metal- backed neoprene washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of panels. (4) Locate and space exposed fasteners in true vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of neoprene washer. e) Accessories: Unless otherwise specified, provide components required for a complete roof or wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, roof penetration flashings, gutters, scuppers, conductor heads, downspouts, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match materials and finishes of panels. (1) Closure Strips: Closed -cell, self - extinguishing, expanded, cellular, rubber or cross - linked, polyolefin -foam flexible closure strips. Cut or premold to match configuration of panels. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. (2) Sealing Tape: Pressure- sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. (3) Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, of base polymer, type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in panel roofing and remain weathertight. Provide sealant recommended by panel manufacturer. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. C. FABRICATION PART 3 - EXECUTION a) Lengths: Roofing panels to run full - length unless indicated otherwise. A. PREPARATION a) Installer to provide purlins, furring, eave struts, flange and sag bracing, and brace or sill angles, sized to meet structural requirements as determined by analyzing existing loads and conditions; and per reference standard and manufacturer's recommendations. MANUFACTURED ROOF AND WALL PANELS 07410 - 3 REI — T'UKWILA, WASHINGT , JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. PANEL INSTALLATION a) General: Comply with panel manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Install wall panels over pressure treated furring to provide a rain - shield installation. Anchor panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Field cutting exterior panels by torch is not permitted. Install accessory components required for a complete roof and wall panel assembly. b) Underlayment and Insulation: Install one layer of polyethylene sheeting over roof decking starting from the lower edge up, with at least 3 -inch side laps and 4 -inch end laps. Tape seams. Install insulation per manufacturer's recommendations. c) Bituminous Underlayment: Install bituminous sheet underlayment per manufacturer's recommendations. Provide over entire roof deck at entry roof. Apply from eave to ridge in shingle fashion and lap joints a minimum of 2 inches. d) Separate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating, by applying rubberized- asphalt underlayment to each metal surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. e) Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants of types recommended by panel manufacturer. Install weatherseal under ridge and peak caps. Flash and seal panels at eave and rake with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather g) Lap -Seam Roof Panels: Install panels with exposed fasteners: (1) Align bottom of wall panels and fasten panels with self - tapping screws. Fasten trim and similar elements with self - tapping screws. (2) Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress neoprene washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. (3) Provide matching sheet metal recessed trim plates and boxes for electrical, data, phone, or other similar items, installed in metal wall panels. C. CLEANING AND PROTECTING a) Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the Work that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. MANUFACTURED ROOF AND WALL PANELS 07410 - 4 1"419 1,4-11 a 44a, o, 1 ri • REI — TUKWILA, WASI i'GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 b) Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION 07411 MANUFACTURED ROOF AND WALL PANELS 07410 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. 1GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 07511- BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 2 A. This project has an existing built -up roofing system. The Owner has engaged his own • H tL. • Contractor to perform the repair and refurbishing of the existing roof. '1 W u6M. B. Work to be FOIO includes: re- flashing of existing pipe penetration, application of asphalt U O. resaturatent and gravel, new roofing at new canopy where required, cleaning of downspouts u) 0., and roof drains, and flashing of new work. Pitchpockets for new braces at the roof line are by w = the owner's contractor. Weathertight closure for braces at parapet walls is the General N 1- Contractor's work. Lu 2 C. General Contractor will provide openings and curbs for new mechanical equipment and g skylights and provide protection of interior space until the roof can be made weathertight. u- < New openings shall be cut neat, clean and the minimum size required to install the new N 2 work. I=- _ Z1.- D. General Contractor shall coordinate work, and scheduling of new skylights and Mechanical Z 0 equipment with Owner's roofing Contractor. w w np 0 to CI I- END OF SECTION 07511 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07511 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI iGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY J 0.-, JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. The Owner has engaged a contractor to complete work on the roof ( FOIO). Sheet metal and Flashing associated with roof repair or re- flashing of existing work and installation of new openings will be performed by the owner's Contractor. Work associated with the new facade, parapet, canopy is by General Contractor and includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: 1. Exposed trim, and fasciae. 2. Copings. 3. Metal flashing. 4. Scuppers and downspouts. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for elastomeric sealants. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Roofing" for flashing and roofing accessories installed integral with roofing membrane as part of roofing- system work. 1.2 . PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. B. Fabricate and install flashings at roof edges to comply with recommendations of FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1 -49 for Wind Zone 2: Wind pressures of 31 to 45 psf. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: Shop Drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 2.1 METALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G 90, commercial quality, or STM A 527, G 90, lock - forming quality, hot -dip galvanized steel sheet with 0.20 percent copper, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; not less than 0.0396 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. B. "Zincalume" and Kynar Coated Steel Sheets: "metallic weathered galvalume, Zactique II" 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, used with rosin flux. B. Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. C. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC -Paint 12, solvent -type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. Verify mastic is compatible with sheet membrane roof material D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. E. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather - resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. Verify adhesives are compatible with sheet membrane roof material G. Paper Slip Sheet: 5 -lb /square red rosin, sized building paper, FS UU -B -790, Type I, Style 1b. H. Polyethylene Underlayment: ASTM D 4397, minimum 6 -mil- thick black polyethylene film, resistant to decay when tested according to ASTM E 154. I. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of Work, matching or compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive; size and thickness required for performance. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, Verify compatible with sheet roof material. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. B. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather- resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 2 1144:1 .M4 • ty� ._J REI — TUKWILA, WASI. .GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. D. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. E. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed Z within 24" of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in s / H Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form w rL expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1" deep, filled with mastic 6 = sealant (concealed within joints). v 0 0 F. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric CO w sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. -I I-- V) a. G. Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces W 2 at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. � < U D d Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed H w on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. Z F 1— O I. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being w 1-- anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 2 n. Size as recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but U CI never less than thickness of metal being secured. o F-' W W U lL O Ili Z. General: Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with U N performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. 1 H Sheet metal installed as part of wall or roof panel assembly, including all trims, to match finish z of panels. 2.4 SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Roof -drain Flashing: Zincalume, 0.217 inch thick. 2. Exposed Trim and Fasciae: Zincalume or Kynar coated, 0.0276 inch thick. 3. Copings: Zincalume or Kynar coated, 0.0396 inch thick. 4. Base Flashing: Zincalume or Kynar coated, 0.0276 inch thick. 5. Counterflashing: Zincalume steel, 0.0217 inch thick. 6. Drip Edges: Zincalume or Kynar coated, 0.0276 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that Work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 3 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT1/4 JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather - resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. Roof -Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1 -49 for specified wind zone. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). E. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1- 112 ", except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. F. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. H. Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. I. Install reglets to receive counterflashing according to the following requirements: 1. Where reglets are shown in concrete, furnish reglets for installation under Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete." J• Counterflashings: Coordinate installation of counterflashings with installation of assemblies to be protected by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap -in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam, or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 2 inches and bed with sealant. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM M 07620 - 4 VAN ANN titRi REI — TUKWILA, WAS; JGTON Bid / Permit Set 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM • 07620 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WAS, 1GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set SECTION 07810 - PLASTIC UNIT SKYLIGHTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY June 11, 2002 A. Work in this section includes prefabricated skylights and skylights products per the drawings and B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood curbs and nailers. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Membrane Roofing" for membrane flashings. 3. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal flashings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS • Submit the following according to the Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: Product data for each type of skylight specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, finishes, and glazing light transmission and thermal characteristics. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide plastic sheets identical to those tested for the following fire - test - response characteristics, per ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify plastic sheets with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1. Self- Ignition Temperature: 650 deg F or greater when tested per ASTM D 1929 on plastic sheets in the thickness intended for use. 2. Smoke density of 75 or less when tested per ASTM D 2843 on plastic sheets in the thickness intended for use. 3. Relative - Burning Characteristics: Burning rate of 2.5 inches per minute or less when tested on acrylic plastic glazing with a nominal thickness of 0.060 inch or the thickness intended for use when tested per ASTM D 635. B. Manufacturers drawings are based on Bristolite Skylights, 401 Geotz Ave., Santa Anna, CA. C. Code Requirements: Skylight shall conform to all code requirements. D. Substitutions: No Substitutions. 1.4 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties specified in this Section shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PLASTIC UNIT SKYLIGHTS 07810 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS. .1GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 20r2 B. Skylight Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace work that exhibits defects in materials or workmanship and guaranteeing weathertight and leak -free performance. "Defects" is defined as uncontrolled leakage of water and abnormal aging or deterioration. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS • . Single product source: Bristolite Skylights -401 E. Geotz Ave., Santa Ana, CA92707 /contact Paul Dudley (714) 540 -8950. Model #4896ES -CM -2- ESA- BR -HW -MF 2.2 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Skylight Dome shall be the "Energy Star" acrylic clad fiberglass reinforced dome as manufactured by Bristolite, made of acrylic and acrylic modified polyester resin, with UV light stabilizers and silane glass fibers. It shall be completely molded into an impact resistant, one piece, leak proof design, eliminating the need for seals and gaskets. It shall have a 72% visible light transmission and a 66% shading coefficient. (I.C.B.O. #2469) U -value .57, Meets O.S.H.A. requirements for fall safe, meets UL 972 for burglar resistance glazing, is high wind resistant. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install by an authorized installer, according to approved submittals. 3.2 CLEANING A. Wash all skylight surfaces with a mile soap solution, rinse thoroughly with clear water and wipe dry. END OF SECTION 07810 PLASTIC UNIT SKYLIGHTS 07810 - 2 .'..,•' rit,:. � :a:.ti�;,,;e.sJ:t.3a�r�Yt�:i��'i N:.1.,`i:rw� „t kwu+ IWO REI — TUKWILA, WASI . GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 07901- JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations: 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and non - traffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below: a. Joints at EIFS, stucco, concrete and misc. metals b. Joints between wood and metal. d. Joints between different materials. e. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. f. Other joints as indicated. 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. b. Other joints as indicated. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Perimeter joints of openings where indicated. b. Acoustic sealing of concealed perimeter joints of GWB partitions to reduce sound transmission. c. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. d. Perimeter joints of toilet fixtures. e. Perimeter of mirrors and benches in fitting rooms. f. Other joints as indicated. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Control and expansion joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. b. Other joints as indicated. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for sealing joints related to flashing. 2. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for through- penetration firestopping systems. 3. Division 8 "Glazing" for sealants used in glazing. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Maintain fire resistance rating of exterior and interior walls. JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT + 'JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required. 2. Certification by manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with Missouri regulations controlling use of VOC's. 3. Samples of each type and color of sealant required. Install sealant samples in 1/2"wide joints formed between two 6" long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. 4. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. C. Field- Constructed Mock -Ups: Prior to installation of joint sealants, apply elastomeric sealants in sample locations to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by manufacturer. B. Joint Width and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by manufacturer for application indicated, or until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence installation of joint sealants to occur not less than 21 nor more than 30 days after completion of waterproofing, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color of exposed joint sealants to match Architect's samples or direction. 2.2 SEALANTS JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 2 r., • REI — TUKWILA, WASI IGTON Bid / Permit Set A. Single Part Neutral Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Base Polymer: Neutral - curing silicone. 2. Type: Single component. 3. Grade: NS (nonsag). 4. Class: 25. 5. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: [M, G, Al indicated, O. and, as applicable JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 to joint substrates 7. Products: Ohio Sealants, VP275; Sonnebom, Sonolastic Omniseal; or Trenco, Spectrem 1 or 2. B. Multi -part Pourable Urethane Sealant: 1. Base Polymer: Urethane. 2. Type: M (multicomponent). 3. Grade: P (pourable). 4. Class: 25. 5. Use[s] Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 7. Products: Mameco, Vulken 245; Meadows, Pourthane; Pecora, NR200 Urexpan; PRC, Permapol RC -25L; or Sonneborn, Sonolastic SL2. C. Latex Joint Sealants: Provide manufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, mildew - resistant, paintable latex sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected exterior locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. 1. Acrylic- Emulsion Sealant: Per ASTM C 834 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. 2. Products: "AC -20," Pecora Corp.; "Sonolac," Sonnebom Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834," Tremco, Inc. D. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant, per ASTM C 834, effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction per ASTM E 90, flame spread and smoke developed ratings of less than 25 per ASTM E 84. 1. Products: "SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant," United States Gypsum Co. or "AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant," Pecora Corp. E. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. 1. Products: "BA -98," Pecora Corp. or "Tremco Acoustical Sealant," Tremco, Inc. 2.3 JOINT SEALANT BACKING JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGI Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. General: Provide backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. • B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Closed -cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoutgassing in unruptured state. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 deg F ( -32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant - substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PARTS - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested JOINT SEALANTS 07901-4 .....ti l.rownnV i ftM!M1 reset $4•■ REI — TUKWILA, WAS1 ;GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. _ 2. Clean concrete, masonry, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Z 1 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. ' H Z 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical W --1 cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of ` interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. U O co B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant w CO w manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. N 1- Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine O primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining 2 surfaces. u. < C. . Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining N d surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by I-- W } cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling Z H without disturbing joint seal. Z 0 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS UO 0 oF-- ° A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable W W to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. H H Sealant installation standard ASTM C 1193. Acoustical sealant application standard 1- O t ASTM C 919. . Z U= _ B. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of P.' O H sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross - sectional shapes and z depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. 3. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 4. Install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used between sealants and joint fillers or back of joints. C. 'Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. D. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that JOINT SEALANTS 07901- 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING' . i 1 JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Bid / Permit Set discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.6 SEALANT SCHEDULE Exterior Joints in Vertical and Non - Traffic Horizontal Surfaces: Single -part neutral curing silicone or as required to maintain the fire - resistance rating of the exterior wall. B. Exterior and Interior Joints in Horizontal Traffic Surfaces: Multi -part pourable urethane. Interior Joints in Vertical and Overhead Surfaces: 1. Control and Expansion Joints on Interior Surfaces: Single -part neutral curing silicone. 2. Exposed and Concealed Acoustic Joints: Acoustic joint sealant. 3. Perimeter Joints of Interior Surfaces and Frames at Door and Windows: Latex acrylic emulsion. 4. Perimeter - Joints of Toilet Fixtures: Single -part neutral curing silicone. 5. Other Joints as Indicated: Latex acrylic emulsion. END OF SECTION 07901 JOINT SEALANTS 07901 -6 16.941 REI - TUKWILA, WASI. .GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. ' 1 ~ W: rt B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section 6 U 0 1. Division 8 Section "Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in steel frames. 0 0 2. Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware" for door hardware and weatherstripping. w = 3. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting primed doors and frames. J H U) u_ w0 2 u_Q Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: w 1 CI D E.. w 1. Product Data: Include materials, core, label compliance, sound ratings, and profiles. Z 1=- 2. Shop Drawings. Include elevations and details of each frame and door, conditions at Z 0 0 openings, location and installation requirements of hardware and reinforcements, and w w details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2 • 0 3. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for UO N details and openings as those on Contract Drawings. 0 F-' w • w 1- r- 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE u. O WZ U= 0 I=ff' Z 1.2 SUBMITTALS j Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI /SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Per NFPA 80, and are identical to assemblies tested for fire -test- response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Assemblies shall have an "S " rating were required UL -10C and UBC 7 -2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheets: 1. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial - quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 . 2. Cold- Rolled Steel Sheets: Carbon steel complying with ASTM A 366, commercial quality, or ASTM A 620, drawing quality, special killed. 3. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc- coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526, commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478" thick steel sheet; 0.0516" thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. Z 2.2 DOORS , H z re W A. Steel Doors: 1 -3/4" thick, ANSI /SDI 100 grades and models below: . _, Qm JU 1. Interior Doors: Grade III, extra heavy -duty, Model 1, full flush design, minimum 0.0598" ` ' co p thick cold - rolled steel sheet faces. w = Rk �t N 2. Exterior Doors: Grade III, extra heavy -duty, Model 1, full flush design, minimum 0.0635" _.I i F- thick galvanized steel sheet faces. ' u. 2. B. Eliason Door:: model SCP -6, hardware included, 3/" solid core with plastic laminate finish to ".y 2 5 match paint ICI # 686 Ashton Grey (Dark Grey). Doors 107A and 211A ., Minimum 36" high, u. 16 ga SS base plates both sides., 18 ga SS hinge covers, 9X14 acrylic window. Contractor to w a provide frame per section 2.3 A (2). N W ? i- 2.3 FRAMES F- 0 ZF- �, W W A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, , in according to ANSI /SDI 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. U Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0478" thick 0 N cold- rolled steel sheet. w I-- (:.M 1 ` W =W U ■ 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners. _u 0 2. Fabricate frames for interior openings over 48 inches wide from 0.0598" thick steel sheet. z 3. Form exterior frames from 0.0785" thick galvanized steel sheet. U N 4. Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of 0 H single -door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double -door frames. Z 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSI /SDI 100 requirements. 1. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard core materials according to SDI standards. Use vertical steel stiffeners or rigid mineral fiber with internal sound deadener on inside of face sheets for fire rated doors. 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8" at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4" between non - fire -rated pairs of doors. Not more than 3A" at bottom. At fire doors provide clearances according to NFPA 80. B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels from only cold - rolled steel sheet. C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2 REI — TUKWILA, WASI ,GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot - rolled steel sheet. E. Galvanized Steel Doors, Panels, and Frames: At exterior locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.0635" thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. Use non - removable fasteners at exterior locations. G. Thermal -Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal- insulating door and frame assemblies and tested according to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal -rated assemblies with U -value rating of 0.41 Btu /sq. ft. x h x deg F or better. H. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. I. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface - applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface - applied hardware may be done at Project site. J. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." K. Glazing Stops: Minimum 0.0359" thick steel. Provide screw - applied, removable, glazing beads on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. B. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. C. Apply primers to doors and frames after fabrication. 2.6 FINISHES A. Galvanized Sheet Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780, high- zinc -dust- content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD -P -21035 or SSPC -Paint 20. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT,. JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Galvanized Sheet Steel Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Apply air -dried primer immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P -641, Type II. C. Sheet Steel Surface Preparation: Solvent -clean surfaces to comply with SSPC -SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present; from uncoated steel to comply with SSPC -SP 5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) or SSPC -SP 8 (Pickling). Immediately after surface preparation, apply a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. D. Sheet Steel Factory Priming for Field - Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that complies with ANSI A224.1 acceptance criteria, is compatible with finish paint systems indicated, and has capability to provide a sound foundation for field- applied topcoats. Apply primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Z Q w JD UO CO 0 J= f- CO u w0 2 J u- NO = w Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames Z H accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. 1 ' 1 Z 0 i-. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces w w smooth and undamaged. r,l 2_. D 0 1. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 0 5 2. At concrete or masonry construction, install at least 3 completed opening anchors per ..°.. w w jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike H U jamb. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage Li.. 0 devices. t.. Z 3 In metal -stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels, 0 N attach wall anchors to studs with screws. H H 4. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. Z B. Door Installation: Fit doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI /SDI 100 or NFPA 80 at fire doors. C. Install Eliason door per Manufacture's instructions 3.2 CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air - drying primer. END OF SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 4 REI - TUKWILA, WASI iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 • Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS PART 1- GENERAL • 1.1 SUMMARY Z ( A. This Section includes the following: ,1 w ce 1. Solid core flush wood doors with hardboard faces. 6 D I2. Custom exterior stile and rail wood doors with glazed panels. U O 4. Shop priming of flush wood doors . Cl) CI 5. Factory machining for hardware. co = 1 - ~ B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: W O 2 1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel stops, bars, and fasteners. g — 1 2. Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware" for door hardware. u- 3. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass in wood doors. = a 4. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting of shop primed doors. H = Z� i- O 1.2 SUBMITTALS w L j j Q A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: UO N O H i 1. Product data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim = W for openings and louvers, and factory - finishing specifications. H U 2. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevations, details, location L- 0 and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for factory finishing and ul Z. other pertinent data. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets and U other cutouts adjacent to light and louver openings. 01— 3. Samples, 12" square, showing door faces with typical range of color and grain for each Z veneer and lumber species required for transparent finish. .a J 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. B. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Per NFPA 80; and are identical in materials and construction to units tested per ASTM E 152; and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period to comply with AWI quality standard Section 100 -S- 11 "Relative Humidity and Moisture Content," applicable to Project's geographical location: WOOD DOORS 08200 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT■. ! JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1.5 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4" in a 42" x 84" section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01" in a 3" span, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. 1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. 2. Solid Core Interior Doors: Warranty shall be in effect during the life of the installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Faces: Medium - density overlay over standard thickness hardwood face veneers. 2. Grade: Premium. 3. Construction: Hardboard faces glued directly to core. 4. Core: Particleboard core. 5. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 2.2 STILE AND RAIL DOORS Custom Exterior Doors: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Grade of Doors for Transparent Finish: Premium. 2. Wood Species: Hard, select white maple, quarter sawn boards, plain sliced veneer. 3. Stile and Rail Dimensions: 21/4 inch thickness x widths indicated. 4. Glazed Panel Characteristics: Laminated safety glass per Division 8 Section "Glazing ". 5. Door Faces: Provide doors with faces produced from the same flitches. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI - WDHS -3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame shop drawings, DHI A115 -W series standards, and hardware templates. B. Exterior Doors: Factory treat exterior doors after fabrication with water repellent to comply with NWWDA I.S.4. Flash top of outswinging doors with metal flashing. WOOD DOORS 08200 - 2 µA j REI — TUKWILA, WA Si (GTON Bid / Permit Set 2.4 SHOP PRIMING JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." Z B. Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edges of doors for transparent finish with stain (if ` H w required) and other required pretreatments and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." 6 re U U0 N0 co ui J H PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION w0 2 A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been Li- installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Reject doors with defects. N ° =w B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Z H Z� 3.2 INSTALLATION (3 O N. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions p l- and referenced quality standard and as indicated. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding = fire -rated frames according to requirements of NFPA 80. F— H u. O B. Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated �j Z co below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with U fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Fitting Clearances for Non - Fire -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1 /4 -inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Fitting Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: Comply with NFPA 80. 3. Bevel non - fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 -1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. 4. Bevel fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 -1/2 degrees) on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. • Field - Finished Doors: Refer to Division 9 Section "Painting." 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. WOOD DOORS 08200 - 3 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTI ./ Bid / Permit Set END OF SECTION 08200 WOOD DOORS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Fs ru It .41 08200 - 4 _1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS), JGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceiling and wall access doors as required. B. Related Section: Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting of access doors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS LL Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: w 0 Product data for each type of access door assembly specified, including details of construction 2 relative to materials, individual components, profiles, finishes, and fire - protection ratings. g u. Q. = d. 1- _ Z1.- 1- O ZF- uj U� ON 01-. W • w 1--�, ai US O I - Z 1.3 COORDINATION f; . A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed equipment or signs. Include access to mechanical and electrical equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M commercial - quality, cold - rolled steel sheet with baked -on, rust- inhibitive primer. B. Zinc- coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Electrolytic zinc- coated steel sheet with Class C coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS A. Trimless, Flush Access Doors for Gypsum Board: Units consisting of frame, concealed edge trim, door, hardware, and complying with the following requirements: 1. Frame: 0.0598 -inch- thick steel sheet. 2. Door: 0.0747 -inch- thick steel sheet. 3. Concealed, Gypsum Board Edge Trim: 0.0299 -inch zinc- coated or galvanized -steel sheet with face flange formed to receive joint compound. 4. Hinge: Concealed spring pin or continuous type. 5. Locks: Key- operated cylinder lock. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Manufacture each access door assembly as an integral unit ready for installation. ACCESS DOORS 08305-1 r^� REI — TUKWILA,'WASHING1 .4 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Steel Access Doors and Frames: Continuous welded construction. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. C. Locking Devices: Furnish number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. Furnish 2 keys per lock and key all locks alike. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Advise Installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be built into other construction. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installing access doors. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finished surfaces. Install concealed -frame access doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces. ADJUST AND CLEAN Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. • END OF SECTION 08305 ACCESS DOORS 08305-2 ram Cr REI — TUKWILA, WASI. , GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of aluminum storefront work: 1. Storefront -type framing systems June 11, 2002 B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2. Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware" for entrance door hardware furnished by hardware supplier. 3. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing requirements for aluminum entrances and storefronts, including entrances specified to be factory glazed. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Thermal Movement: Design systems to provide for expansion and contraction of the component materials. Entrance doors shall function normally over the specified temperature range. The system shall be capable of withstanding a metal surface temperature range of 180 deg F without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, stress on glass, or other detrimental effects. B. Structural Performance: Provide assemblies capable of withstanding wind loads at 70 mph, exposure "B ", inward and outward acting normal to the plane of the wall. Conduct tests per ASTM E 330. At the conclusion of the tests there shall be no glass breakage or permanent damage to fasteners, anchors, hardware or actuating mechanism. Framing members shall have no permanent deformation in excess of 0.2 percent of their clear span. 1. 2. Deflection Normal to the Plane of the Wall: Deflection shall not exceed 1/175 of the clear span, when subjected to uniform load deflection test. Deflection Parallel to the Plane of the Wall: Test pressures required shall be equal to 1.5 times the wind pressures specified above. Deflection of any member carrying its full dead load shall not exceed an amount that will reduce glass bite below 75% of the design dimension and shall not reduce the edge clearance between the member and the fixed panel, glass or other fixed member above to less than 1/8 ". The clearance between the member and an operable door or window shall be at least 1/16 ". C Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 CFM per sq. ft. of fixed area per ASTM E 283 at an inward test pressure differential of 1.57 psf. D. Water Penetration: Per ASTM E 331 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24 lbf/ sq. ft. E. Condensation Resistance: Per AAMA 1503 showing resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 45. F. Thermal Transmittance: Overall U-value of not more than 0.65 BTU /(hr. x sq. ft. x deg. F) at 15 mph exterior wind velocity when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 -1 s :•�•sr.wa c zc .� • REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. 4 Bid / Permit Set 1.3 SUBMITTALS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data, including details and fabrication methods, finishing, hardware and accessories, maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces, and test reports. 2. Shop drawings, including layout and installation details,, relationship to adjacent work, elevations at 1/4" scale, detail sections of typical composite members, anchors and reinforcement, provisions for expansion and contraction, and glazing types. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed installations of aluminum storefront similar in design and extent to those required for the project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering systems that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, Kawneer: 1. Storefront: 451T thermally broken framing system; 2" x 4 -1/2" frame for 1" glazing.. MATERIALS Aluminum Members: ASTM B 221 for aluminum extrusions, ASTM B 209 for aluminum sheet or plate, and ASTM B 211 for aluminum bars, rods and wire. B. Carbon Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A 36 for structural shapes, plates and bars, ASTM A 611 for cold rolled sheet and strip, or ASTM A 570 for hot rolled sheet and strip. C. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, zinc plated steel, or other material warranted by the manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components, hardware, anchors and other components. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw - anchor into aluminum members less than 0.125" thick, reinforce the interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads, or provide standard noncorrosive pressed -in splined grommet nuts. Exposed Fasteners: Do not use exposed fasteners except for application of hardware. For application of hardware, use Phillips flat- head machine screws that match the finish of member or hardware being fastened. D. Concealed Flashing: 0.0179" min. dead -soft stainless steel, or 0.026" thick min. extruded aluminum of alloy /type selected by manufacturer for compatibility with other components. E. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide high - strength aluminum; where use of aluminum is not feasible provide nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel per ASTM A 123. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 - 2 owl REI — TUKWILA, WASI- 1 GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 F. Compression Weather - stripping: Replaceable compressible weather - stripping gaskets of molded neoprene, ASTM D 2000; or molded PVC, ASTM D 2287. G. Sliding Weather - stripping: Replaceable weather - stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, per AAMA 701.2. 2.3 HARDWARE A. General: Refer to Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware" for requirements for hardware items other than those indicated to be provided by the aluminum entrance manufacturer. B. Provide heavy -duty hardware units as indicated, scheduled, or required for operation of each door, including the following items of sizes, number, and type recommended by manufacturer for service required; finish to match door. 1. Cylinders are supplied under another Division 8 Section for keying into the building system. 2. Deadbolt, automatic openers /closers, butts, push /pulls, and stops are supplied under another Division 8 Section. 3. Weatherstrip and Door Bottom: Supplied by door manufacturer, concealed type. 2.4 COMPONENTS Storefront Framing System: Provide storefront framing systems fabricated from extruded aluminum members of size and profile indicated. Include subframes and other reinforcing members of the type indicated. Provide for flush glazing storefront from the exterior on all sides without projecting stops. Shop- fabricate and preassemble frame components where possible. Provide storefront frame sections without exposed seams. Provide pockets at the inside glazing face to receive resilient elastomeric glazing. Mullions and horizontals shall be one piece. Make provisions to drain moisture accumulation to the exterior. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate storefront components to designs, sizes and thicknesses indicated and to comply with indicated standards. Variable dimensions are indicated, with maximum and minimum dimensions required, to achieve design requirements and coordination with other work. Fabricate framing system with an integrally concealed, low - conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and exposed interior members to eliminate direct metal -to -metal contact. B. Prefabrication: Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work to the greatest extent possible before shipment to the Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 1. Perform fabrication operations, including cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and grinding of metal work to prevent damage to exposed finish surfaces. Complete these operations for hardware prior to application of finishes. 2. Do not drill and tap for surface - mounted hardware items until time of installation at project site. 3. Preglaze frame units to greatest extent possible. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT■. JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 C. Welding: Per AWS recommendations. Grind exposed welds smooth to remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. Welding behind finished surfaces shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize distortion and discoloration on the finished surface. D. Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements, sag resistance and rigidity. E. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint, or a suitable sealant, or a nonabsorptive plastic or elastomeric tape, or a gasket between the surfaces. Do not use coatings containing lead. F. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with hairline fit of contacting members. G. Weather - stripping: Provide compression weather - stripping against fixed stops. At other edges, provide sliding weather - stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 2.5 . FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish: Class II Clear Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, nonspecular; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class II Architectural, clear film thicker than 0.010 mm) complying with AAMA 607.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates and supports, with the Installer present, for compliance with requirements indicated, installation tolerances, and other conditions that affect installation of aluminum entrances and storefronts. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding with the installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing members or panels. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Construction Tolerances: Install aluminum storefront to comply with the following tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: Do not exceed 1/8" in 12 ft of length or 1/4" in any total length. 2. Offset from Alignment: The maximum offset from true alignment between two identical members abutting end to end in line shall not exceed 1/16 ". 3. Diagonal Measurements: The max. difference in measurements shall not exceed 1/8 ". 4. Offset at Corners: The max. out -of -plane offset of framing at shall not exceed 1/32 ". E. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 - 4 r.w IroKs utM REI — TUKWILA, WASI_ 4GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1. Zinc or cadmium plate steel anchors and other unexposed fasteners after fabrication. 2. Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminum. 3. Paint aluminum surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry with alkali resistant coating. 4. Paint wood and similar absorptive material in contact with aluminum and exposed to the elements or otherwise subject to wetting, with two coats of aluminum house paint. Seal joints between the materials with sealant. F. Set sill members and other members in bed of sealant as indicated, or with joint fillers or gaskets as indicated to provide weathertight construction. Comply with requirements of Division 7 for sealants, fillers, and gaskets. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Clean the completed system, inside and out, promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to coatings. C. Clean glass surfaces after installation, complying with requirements contained in the "Glazing" Section for cleaning and maintenance. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances from aluminum surfaces. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that aluminum storefronts will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS June 11, 2002 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: Items commonly known commercially as finish or door hardware which are required for swinging, sliding, and folding doors, except for items which are otherwise specified or specifically omitted herein. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Installation of finish hardware. 2. Section 08100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. Section 08210 - Wood Doors. C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere. 1. Windows. 2. Cabinets of all kinds, including open wall shelving and locks. 3. Signs, except as noted. 4. Toilet accessories of all kinds including grab bars. 5. Installation. 6. Rough hardware. 7. Angle sill threshold. 8. Corner guards. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS & SUBMITTALS Substitutions: In general, observe the following guidelines for any proposed substitutions: 1. Requests for substitutions must be made in writing 10 days prior to bid date to allow architect to issue an addendum. If proposing a substitute, submit that product data attached to one showing specified item and indicate savings to be made. No other substitutions will be allowed. 2. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by Owner to match existing. B. Submittals: Submit six copies of schedule at earliest possible date prior to delivery of hardware. Organize schedule into "Hardware Sets" with an index of doors and heading, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. List each door individually. Coded or horizontal format submittal are unacceptable. Include the following information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of each hardware item. 2. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item. 3. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 4. Location of hardware set cross referenced to indications on drawings both on floor plans and in door schedule. 5. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 6. Mounting locations for hardware. FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN _ .'ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 7. Door and frame sixes and materials. 8. Submit manufacture's technical data and installation instructions for the electronic hardware. 9. Catalog cuts. C. Templates: Where required, furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory - prepared for the installation of hardware. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and locksets, exit devices, hinges, and closers) from only one manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. 2. Hardware supplier shall be a direct factory contract supplier who has in his employment a certified hardware consultant (AHC) who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the Work, and for project hardware consultation to the Owner, Architect, and Contractor. B. Schedule Designations: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of one manufacturer's numeric designation system in schedules does not imply that another manufacturer's products will not be acceptable, unless they are not equal in design, size, weight, finish function, or other quality of significance. See 1.02 A for substitutions. C. Exit Doors: Openable at all times from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. D. Fire -rated openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80. This requirement takes precedence over other requirements for such hardware. Provide only such hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the type and size of door required, and complies with the requirements of the door and the door frame labels. Latching hardware, door closers, ball bearing hinges, and seals are required whether or not listed in the Hardware schedule. In addition, where panic exit devices are required on fire -rated doors, provide supplementary marking on door UL label on exit device indicating "Fire Exit Hardware ". E. Electronic Security Hardware: Coordinate installation of the electronic security components with the Owner and other related sub - contractor(s). Upon completion of the electronic security hardware installation, verify that all components are working properly and state in the required guarantee that this inspection has been performed. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Acceptance at the Site: Individually package each unit of finish hardware complete with proper fastening and appurtenances, clearly marked on the outside to indicate contents and specific locations in the Work. B. Deliver packaged hardware items at the times and to the locations (shop or field) for installation, as directed by the Contractor. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for the proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the information on the Contract FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -2 to; 4'11 444, 4 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN... ON Bid / Permit Set Documents. JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Upon request, check the Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide guarantee from hardware supplier as follows: 1. Closers: Ten years; except electronic closers which shall be two years. 2. Exit devices: Three years. 3. Locksets: Three years. 4. All other hardware: One year. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 • MANUFACTURERS A. Approval of manufacturers other than those listed shall be in accordance with paragraph 1.02 A. �,..t r Item: Manufacturer: Hinges: Locks: Cylinders: Exit Devices: Flush Bolts: Silencers: Kick Plates: Stops: O.H. Holders: Thresholds: Seals & Bottoms: Closers: Floor Closers: Automatic Operators Hager Best Best Von Duprin BBW BBW BBW BBW Rixson Pemko National Guard LCN Rixson Keane - Monroe Acceptable Substitute: McKinney, Stanley None None Sargent Trimco, DCI Trimco, Hager Trimco, Tice Trimco, Hager Glynn Johnson, ABH National Guard, Reese National Guard, Reese Norton None Horton Furnish all items of hardware required to complete the work in accordance with specifications and plans. C. Carefully inspect Project for the extent of the finish hardware required to complete the Work. Where there is a conflict between these Specifications and the existing hardware furnish finish hardware to specification. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Locksets: All locksets and latchsets shall be as specified. Strikes shall be 16 gauge curved brass, bronze or stainless steel with a 1" deep box construction, and have of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 1. Locks shall have minimum 3/4" throw. All deadbolt functions shall have one inch minimum throw. 2. Comply with requirements of local security ordinances. 3. Lock Series and Design: Best 30H -15H mortise. FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN . .ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 4. Cylinders and Cores: Best 7 -Pin. B. Hinges: Outswinging exterior doors shall have non - removable (NRP) pin. All hinge open widths shall be minimum, but of sufficient size to permit door to swing 180. Furnish hinges with five knuckles and flush bearing. 1. Furnish 3 hinges per leaf to 7 foot 6 inch height. Add one for each additional 30 inches in height or fraction thereof. 2. Provide hinges as listed in schedule. C. Exit Devices: Furnish all sets at wood doors with sex bolts unless otherwise specified. Lever handle trim shall match locksets. Provide Glass Bead Kits where interference with Vision Frames occurs All Touch Bar type devices shall have deadlocking latchbolt, stainless steel touchpads pads and be non - handed. Device push bar must release with 32 lbs maximum pressure when 250 lbs of pull is applied against the pull side of door. D. Surface Door Closers: Full rack and pinion type with removable non- ferrous cover. Provide sex bolts at all wood doors. Place closers inside building, stairs, and rooms. Closers shall be non -sized and adjustable. 1. Provide multi -size 1 through 6 at all doors rated or not. 2. Flush transom offset brackets shall be used where parallel arm closers are listed for doors with fixed panels over. 3. Drop brackets are required at narrow head rails. 4. Set exterior Doors Closers to have 8.5 lbs. maximum pressure to open, interior non -rated at 5 lbs. , rated openings at 121bs. E. Kick Plates: Provide with four beveled edges, 10 inches high by width less 2 inches on single doors and 1 inch on pairs of doors. Furnish Type "A" screws to match finish. F. Seals: All seals shall be finished to match adjacent frame color. Seals shall be furnished as listed in schedule. Material shall be UL listed for labeled openings. G. Screws: All exposed screws shall be Phillips head. H. Silencers: Furnish silencers on all interior frames, 3 for single doors, 2 for pairs. Omit where any type of seals occur. I. Thumbturns shall be ADA compliant lever type actuators. 2.3 FINISH A. Generally to be BHMA 626 Satin Chrome except: 1. Exterior Butts: US32D 2. Locksets, Latchsets: US32D 3. Push Plates, Pull Plates: US32D 4. Kick Plates, Mop plates: Clear acrylic plastic laminate. 5. Spray Door Closers to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted. B. Aluminum items shall be finished to match predominant adjacent material. Seals to coordinate with frame color. FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -4 S u-1 r• J REI — TUKWILA, WASHING. _ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 2.4 KEYING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide construction cores and keys during the construction period. Construction control and operating keys and core shall not be part of the Owner's permanent keying system or furnished on the same keyway (or key section) as the Owner's permanent keying system. Permanent cores and keys, prepared according to the accepted keying schedule, will be furnished to the Owner by the local Best factory representative prior to occupancy. Z B. All cylinders shall be Best 7-pin housings utilizing Best interchangeable cores. w g C. Permanent keys and cores shall be stamped with the applicable key mark for identification. These 0 p visual key control marks or codes will not include the actual key cuts. Permanent keys will also be , 0 stamped "Do Not Duplicate." W = J U D. Grand Masterkeys, Masterkeys and other Security keys shall be transmitted to the Owner by • w O Registered Mail, return receipt requested. g a E.Furnish keys in the following quantities N =0 Z= H F- O. ZF- LU al U N F. The Owner, or the Owner's agent, will install permanent cores and return the construction cores p 1— w • uj G. Keying schedule: Submit three copies of separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Z w O ~ 1. (2) each Grand Master keys. 2. (4) each Master keys. 3. (2) each Change keys each keyed core. 4. (6) each Construction Master and Construction Control keys. 5. (1) each Control keys. to the Best Lock Factory Representative. Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HARDWARE LOCATIONS A. Hinges: 1. Bottom Hinge: 10 inches from door bottom to bottom of hinge. 2. Top Hinge: 5 inches from door top to top of hinge. 3. Center Hinge: Center between top and bottom hinge. 4. Extra Hinge: 6 inches from bottom of top hinge to top of extra hinge. B. Lock: 38 inches from finished floor to center of lever or knob. C. Push Bar: 44 inches from bottom of door to center of bar. D. Push Plate: 44 inches from bottom of door to center of plate. E. Pull Plate: 42 inches from bottom of door to center of pull. F. Exit Device: 39 and 13/16 inches from finished floor to center of pad. G. Deadlock Strike: 44 inches from floor, centered. 3.2 INSTALLATION FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -5 • REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN _ ICON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Install each hardware item per manufacturer's instructions an recommendations. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. B. Installation shall conform to local governing agency security ordinance. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. B. Inspection: Hardware supplier shall inspect all hardware furnished within 10 days of contractor's request and include with his guarantee a statement that this has been accomplished. Inspector or Contractor shall sign off the hardware as being complete and correctly installed and adjusted. Further corrections of defective material shall be the responsibility of his representative. 3.4 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE A. Legend of listed manufacturers: AR Adams -Rite ACS Architectural Control Systems BBW Builders Brass Works BE Best GJ Glynn Johnson HA Hager KM Keane - Monroe LA Lawrence Brothers LR Larco LCN LCN Closer PE Pemko RI Rixson VO Von Duprin TR Trimco B. The items listed in the following "Schedule of Finish Hardware" shall conform throughout to the requirements of the foregoing specification. The third column of letters in the Hardware Schedule refers to the manufacturer abbreviation listed above. C. The Door Schedule on the Drawings indicates which Hardware Set is used with each door. FINISH HARDWARE 08710-6 Wag Walt • a"5 kVA l J REI — TUKWILA, WASHINL JN Bid / Permit Set Doors #100 2 Full hinge 1 2 -Point Deadlock' 2 Cylinders 2 Custom Door Pulls 2 Push Plates 1 Flush Bolt 1 Automatic Operator 2 Wall Switches 1 Key Switch 1 ' Wiring Diagram 2 Kick Plates 1 Threshold 1 Set Weatherstrip 2 Door Bottoms 2 Pc. Meeting Stile Door #102 Each Butts Privacy Lock 1 Wall Stop Silencers Doors #111, 107B Each Butts Push Plate Door Pull Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Silencers FINISH HARDWARE HW -1 MA FM 300 -US32 AR MS 1837 x 4001 Strike BE 1E74 F.O.I.0 6x24 TR #3913 (inactive leaf). KM 2100 x Full Width Housing (RHR Leaf) LR 212266 -SS BE 1W7B2-626 INT KM BBW 37X PE Type 13 Alum x 2748A PE 309AP PE 29326CP PE 351 SG P HW- 2 HA AB700 BE 93K7R15C BBW WC9 HW -3 HA AB700 BBW 47 -E BBW 608 -E LCN 4041 - Spring CUSH BBW 37X BBW W9 JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 08710 -7 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIIN _ i ON Bid / Permit Set Door #124 Each Butts 1 Exit Device 1 Power Supply 1 Electric Strike 1 Cylinder (Outside) 1 Cylinder (Alarm) 1 Door Closer 2 Kick Plate 1 Threshold 1 Set Weatherstrip 2 Door Bottom 1 Alarm 1 Peep Hole Door #114B HW- 4 HA AB850 VO 98E0 -FX 98ALK VO PS 861 VO 6211 -FSE 24VDC BE 1E74 BE 1E74 LCN 4041 EDA BBW 37X PE 271A PE 303AS PE 18062CP Sirenlock PG21 E HW- 5 Padlock BE 41BZ72T-M3 Balance of Hardware by Manufacturer Door #117 . Each Butts Lockset Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 2 Mop Plates 1 Pc Meeting Stile 6 Silencers Doors #114A HW- 6 HA AB700 BE 35H7J15H LCN 4041 EDA -H BBW 37X BBW 37X BE 585D Hardware included by door Manufacturer Not Used FINISH HARDWARE HW- 7 HW- 8 JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 08710 -8 r�! iti30 VOW REI — TUKWILA, WASHING _ ON Bid / Permit Set • Door #112 Each Butts 1 Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Mop Plate, 1 Threshold 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers Door #108, 109 Each Butts 1 Push Plate 1 Door Pull 1 Deadbolt 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Mop Plate 1 Threshold 1 Wall stop 3 Silencers Door #113A, 113B Each Butts 1 Exit Device with Alarm 1 Cylinder (Alarm) 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate Door #114C Each Butts 1 Alarm 1 Door Closer 1 Lockest 1 Kick Plate 1 Peep hole 3 Silencers FINISH HARDWARE HW- 9 HA AB700 BE 93K7AB15D LCN 4041 -RA BBW 37X BBW 37X PE 169A BBW W9 HW- 10 HA AB700 BBW 47 -E BBW 608 -E BE 83T7S STK 626 ADA lever LCN 4041 -RA BBW 37X BBW 37X PE 169A BBW W9 HW -11 HA AB850 VO . 98E0- F x 98ALK BE 1E74 LCN 4041 Spring -CUSH BBW 37X HW- 12 HA AB700 Sirenlock PG21 E LCN 4041 - 93K7D 15D BBW 37X • JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 08710 -9 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN...ON Bid / Permit Set 1 1 1. 1 1 Doors #206 Set Bi -fold Hardware Door Pulls Door #205 Each Butts Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Smoke Gasket Door #202, 203, 204 Each Butts Lockset Wall Stop Sound Gasket Door #201 Each Butts Door Closer Deadbolt 1 Door Pull 1 Push Plate 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers END of Section FINISH HARDWARE HW- 13 LA ED640 Series BBW 9054 -4 HW- 14 HA AB700 BE 93K7D15D LCN 4041 -RA BBW 37X BBW W9 HW- 15 HA AB700 BE 93K7AB15D BBW W9 HW- 16 HA AB700 LCN 4041— with Hold -open Arm BE 83T7S STK 626 ADA lever BBW 608E BBW 47E BBW 37X BBW W9 JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 08710 -10 rnIV REI — TUKWILA, WASI. , GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: • 1. Window units. 2. Vision lites. • 3. Entrances and other doors. 4. Storefront construction. 5. Mirrors. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in- service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat - treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls is 6.0 mm (0.23 "). Conform to UBC Graph #5A -1, or whichever is thicker. 2. Tinted and heat - absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. 3. Minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat - treated glass, are selected so the worst -case probability of failure does not exceed 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not over 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E 1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine thickness per glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E 1300 based on type of glass. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass - framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data for each glass product and glazing material indicated. GLAZING 08800 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING1.. ' ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 2. Samples, 12" square, of each type of glass indicated except for clear monolithic. 3. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 4. Test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 5. Test reports from manufacturer of insulating glass edge sealant indicating that sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials. 6. Product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. 7. Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. B. Coordinate submittal with storefront, window, and door submittals. 1.4 • QUALITY ASSURANCE Glazing Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual" and SIGMA, TM -3000 "Vertical Glazing Guidelines." Safety Glass: ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. Permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide units permanently marked with appropriate .certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 2. Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALI). 3. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL). D. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in- service performance. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg F. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty on Coated. Glass: Submit warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated units that deteriorate, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site. Warranty covers only deterioration and defects due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, .installing, and cleaning practices contrary to manufacturer's published instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of GLAZING 08800 - 2 Veal w. REI — TUKWILA, WAS1. 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 deterioration in metallic coating. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. B. Warranty on Laminated Glass: Submit warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those laminated units that deteriorate, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site. Warranty covers only deterioration and defects due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to manufacturer's published instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced standard. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty on Insulating Glass: Submit warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating units that deteriorate, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site. Warranty covers only deterioration and defects due to normal conditions of use. and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. Defects include failure of the hermetic seal under normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfaces of glass. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in Product Data Sheets at end of this Section. • 2.2 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted), heat - absorbing, and light - reducing where indicated, and Quality q3 (glazing select). 2.3 HEAT - TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. Uncoated, Clear, Heat - Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select). Kind FT (fully tempered) where required or indicated. B. Coated, Clear, Heat - Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition C (other coated glass), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), with coating type and performance characteristics complying with requirements specified under coated glass products. Kind FT (fully tempered) where required or indicated. C. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering heat - treated glass products that may be incorporated in the Work include the following. GLAZING 1. Guardian Industries Corp. 08800 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGI. Bid / Permit Set 2. LOF 3. PPG Industries, Inc. 4. Viracon, Inc. 2.4 WIRED GLASS • JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Wired Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type II (patterned and wired glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q8 (glazing); 6 mm (0.23 inch) thick; Form 1 (wired, polished both sides), Mesh m2 (square). B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering wired glass products that may be incorporated in the Work include the following. 1. Ashai Glass Co. 2. Central Glass Co., Ltd. 3. Nippon Sheet Glass Ltd. 4. Pilkington Sales (North America) Ltd. 2.5 LAMINATED GLASS PRODUCTS Laminated Glass Products: Per ASTM C 1172. Refer to primary and heat - treated glass requirements relating to properties of glass products comprising laminated glass products. B. Interlayer: Interlayer material of polyvinyl butyral sheets or urethane acrylate resin, in clear or colors, and of thickness indicated with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, the plastic interlayer products that may be incorporated in the Work include the following: 1. Saflex, Monsanto Co. 2. Butacite, E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc,, 2.6 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS GLAZING Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASTM E 774 and with other requirements indicated, including those in Insulating Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. 1. For properties of individual glass lites making up units, refer to requirements specified elsewhere in this Section applicable to types, classes, kinds, and conditions of glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units. 2. Provide heat - treated, coated float glass of kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements specified and Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is designated or required. 08800 - 4 • e1 ayy e. J REI - TUKWILA, WAR. GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 2.7 MIRROR GLASS A. Nominal 7.0 mm (0.26 ") thick conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electroplated, copper coating, and protective organic coating. 2.8 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS Z Z A. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: i 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other U O materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and co 0 glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as w = demonstrated by testing and field experience. u) 1.._ 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for W 0 selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and 2 conditions existing at time of installation. g Q al 3. Colors: Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's standards. u. =w B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, t- _ elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with ASTM C 920. Z 1.- i- O z t- W 2.9 GLAZING GASKETS 0 Ou A. Lock -Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames 0 with molded corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542, black. = U B. Dense Compression Gaskets: Neoprene, ASTM C864, molded or extruded gaskets, complying u_ 0 with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. U O~ C. Soft Compression Gaskets: Neoprene extruded or molded closed -cell, integral- skinned Z .. gaskets of material indicated below, complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material, Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement. GLAZING 08800 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL . Bid / Permit Set 2.11 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: 1. . Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass - framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.2 GLAZING, GENERAL Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. • Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. Provide structural edge glazing at locations indicated. C. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 1. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass lites with flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. 2. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant - substrate testing. GLAZING 08800 - 6 TON tol old REI — TUKWILA, WAS.. , GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 E. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height) as follows: 1. Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8" minimum bite .of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. 3.3 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. B. Secure compression gaskets in place with joints located at corners to compress gaskets producing a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. C. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.4 MIRROR INSTALLATION A. Install mirrors where indicated on Drawings. Provide continuous mill - finished aluminum channel, sized to fit mirror, along bottom edge of mirror, secured to blocking. Set mirror in channel and adhere to substrate with adhesive as recommended by glazing manufacturer. Seal around edges of channel with caulking to close any gaps between mirror and wall. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. GLAZING 08800 - 7 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING1 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build -up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. 3.6 GLASS TYPE SCHEDULE A. The following are the glass types as indicated on the Drawings: 1. GL -1: Clear insulating glass unit with 1/2 inch air space between two panes of glass. Provide Viracon VE 1 -85 Solarscreen low -E insulating coating on second surface of glazing. a. Exterior Pane: Minimum 1/4 inch clear glass. b. Interior Pane: Minimum 1/4 inch clear glass. 2. GL -2: Tempered insulating glass unit with 1/2 inch air space between two panes of glass. Provide Viracon VE 1 -85 Solarscreen low -E insulating coating on second surface of glazing. Glass shall conform to ASTM C1048 condition A and C. Surface as follows: a. Exterior Pane: Minimum 1/4 inch clear glass, Laminated glass. b. Interior Pane: Minimum 1/4 inch clear glass, fully tempered. GL -3: Minimum 3/8 inch thick laminated glass. GL -4: Wire Glazing - Single glazed with' " thickness. 5. GL -5: Laminated Glazing: Single glazed with thickness as noted in drawings. (1/4" minumum) END OF SECTION 08800 • GLAZING 08800 - 8 wK� ,••I REI — TUKWILA, WASi. ACTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The existing building has a plaster coating. Patch and repair to match the existing surface and texture. See elevations for locations. This Section includes the following: 1. Metal framing and furring. 2. Metal lath and accessories. 3. Plastic accessories. 4. Portland cement plaster. 5. Stucco finishes. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 5 Section "Cold- Formed Metal Framing" for load - bearing steel studs and joists. 2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing installed behind metal lath. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for each product specified. B. Samples for initial selection in the form of.manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of finish specified. C. Installer Certificates: Submit certificate signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. D. Material Certificates: Submit certificate signed by manufacturer or a third- agency approved by the manufacturer for each kind of plaster aggregate certifying that materials comply with requirements. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer stating compatibility of sealants with cement plaster material used. F. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of current products by a qualified testing and inspection agency. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Where fire - resistance -rated portland cement plaster assemblies are indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT■ ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is certified in writing by system manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's system. C. Coordinate installation of cement plaster with related Work specified in other Sections to ensure that wall assemblies, including sheathing, flashing, trim, joint sealers, windows, and doors are protected against damage from the effects of weather, age, corrosion, moisture, and other causes. Do not allow water to penetrate behind cement plaster. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. B. Cold- Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection, temporary or permanent, as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to prevent concentration of heat on plaster near heat sources; provide deflection or protective screens. C. Warm- Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. D. Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F. Exterior Plaster Work: Protect plaster against freezing when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F by heating materials and providing temporary protection and heat as required by ACI 306R. Ventilation: Provide natural or mechanical means of ventilation to properly dry interior spaces after portland cement plaster has cured. G. Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. PRODUCTS 1.6 MANUFACTURERS PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 2 6451 t.4 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. .GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: j 1. Expanded -Metal Lath: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO). b. Unimast, Inc. c. United States Gypsum Co. d. Western Metal Lath Co. 2. Wire- Fabric Lath: a. Davis Wire Corporation. b. K -Lath Building Products. 3. Metal Accessories: a.. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO). b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Metalex (Keene Products). d. MM Systems Corp. e. National Gypsum Co. f. Unimast, Inc. g. United States Gypsum Co. h. Western Metal Lath Co. 4. Plastic Accessories: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO). 5. Stucco: 1.7 LATH a. Highland Stucco. b. IPA Systems, Inc. c. United States Gypsum Co. A. Expanded- Metal Lath: Comply with ASTM C 847, diamond mesh, self - furring, with a minimum 3.4 -lb /sq.yd. weight. B. Paper Backing: Asphalt - impregnated paper complying with FS UU -B -790, Type I, Grade D (vapor permeable), Style 2, factory bonded to back of lath. 1.8 ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL . ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1. Aluminum Components: Alloy, temper, and finish recommended by manufacturer with not less than the strength and durability properties of aluminum extrusions complying with ASTM B 221 for alloy and temper 6063 -T5. 2. Galvanized Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc- coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G40 minimum coating designation. 3. Zinc -Alloy Components: ASTM B 69, 99 percent pure zinc. 4. Plastic Components: ASTM D 4216, high- impact polyvinyl chloride (PVC) for building products. Watt • Z w Or 2 B. Cornerbeads: Small nose comerbeads fabricated from zinc- coated (galvanized)metal, with '' 6 U expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond -metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. U O N D C. Casing Beads: Square -edged style fabricated from aluminum coated with clear plastic, with J = short or expanded flanges to suit types of plaster bases indicated. f' f, l O D. Strip Reinforcement: Smooth -edge strips of expanded metal lath fabricated from zinc- coated (galvanized) steel sheet. Provide Cornerlite or Striplite form as required. E. Basic Reveal / Control Joints: Prefabricated from galvanized steel, '1/2" width. 1. One -Piece Type: Folded pair of nonperforated screeds in M- shaped configuration, with expanded or perforated flanges. 2. Two-Piece Type: Pair of casing beads with back flanges formed to provide slip -joint action, adjustable for joint widths from 1/8 to 5/8 inch. F. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 for fastening metal lath to wood or steel members less than 0.033 -inch think. ASTM C954 for fastening metal lath to steel members 0.033 to 0.112 -inch think. G. Asphalt- Saturated Felt (2 Layers): ASTM D 226, 60 Minute, nonperforated. ' H. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline- resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1 -inch long, free of contaminates, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster. I. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. J. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; ASTM C 207, Type S. K. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 932. L. Base -Coat Cements: White or gray, as required. 1. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I. M. Base -Coat Aggregate: ASTM C 897, sand. N. Mixes and Compositions: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base- and finish -coat mixes as applicable. 1. Proportions: Proportion materials for base coats and job -mixed finish coat in parts by volume according to ASTM C 926. 2. Fiber Content: Add amount of fiber recommended by manufacturer to base -coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least 2 minutes. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 4 v.4 u_ 4 =d Z= h- O zI- uJ ON WW L-O ..z U= O~ Z ..i 1.9 EXCECUTION CL 2 i; A. Lathing and Furring: Install lath and furring indicated to comply with ML /SFA 920, "Guide U O f Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and with ASTM C 1063. N W J H B. Preparing Soffit Backing for Finish Coat: Install glass mat gypsum sheathing indicated to N framing with felt over. Provide mess for acrylic finish coat with manufacturer's recommended W 0 fasteners. Install finish coat as noted below. 2 g J C. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in work and for support u- 3 of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work = d r.._, to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable F. _ II written instructions of lath and furring manufacturer. Z -..._I Z O D. Isolation: Where lathing and support systems abut building structure horizontally and where j partition or wall abuts overhead structure, sufficiently isolate from structural movement to 2 p prevent transfer of loading from building structure. Install slip- or cushion -type joints to 0 tn, absorb deflections but maintain lateral support. 0 H WW 1. Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with furring F=- r. LI O .• Z W E. Metal Lath & Building Felt: Install metal lath where plaster base coats are required over 2 U layers building felt. Provide appropriate type, .configuration, and weight of metal lath p /— selected from materials indicated that comply with ML /SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Z Metal Lathing and Furring," and with ASTM C 1063. REI — TUKWILA, WASI. .GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 3. Acrylic -Based Finish Coat: Apply material as factory packaged; do not add other ingredients; comply with manufacturer's written instructions. O. Mixing: Mechanically mix proportioned cementitious and aggregate materials with water to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. z Z i —s _J and lath or accessories. 1. Ship Lap 2 layers felt. 2. Exterior sheathed wall surfaces using woven -wire lath with 1 -1/2 -inch hexagonal - shaped mesh with minimum 0.0510 -inch diameter, galvanized steel wire. 3. Monolithic surfaces using 3.4- lb /sq. yd. minimum weight, self- furring, diamond -mesh lath or vertical metal framing and furring as required for plaster thickness. F. Installation of Plastering Accessories: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Install accessories of type indicated at following locations: 1. Extemal Corners: Install corner reinforcement at external corners. 2. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length -to -width ratio of 2 -1/2 to 1. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 c. Wall Areas: Not. more than 144 sq. ft.. d. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. in area. e. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. G. Plaster Application: Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. 1. Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, mixes, and finishes indicated to comply with ASTM C 926. 2. Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10 -foot straightedge placed at any location on surface. 3. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built -in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where plaster is not terminated at metal frame by casing beads, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. 4. Corners: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with cornerbeads on interior work, square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. 5. Thickness: As indicated or as required by ASTM C 926. 6. Number of Coats: Apply plaster in 2 or 3 coats as indicated below or as shown. a. Three Coats: Over the following plaster base: Metal lath. H. Finish Coats: Smooth texture, hard steel trowelled finish. J. 1. Prepared Finish: Apply stucco finish coats, acrylic -based finish coats, and other factory - prepared finish coats according to manufacturer's written instructions. Match existing texture and depth of plaster. Moist -cure plaster base and coats to comply with ASTM C 926, including written instructions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2 Design Considerations." Cutting and Patching: Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point -up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. K. Cleaning and Protecting: Remove plaster from other surfaces not to be plastered. When plastering is completed, remove unused materials, containers, equipment, and plaster debris. Protect plaster work from damage or deterioration until Substantial Completion. L. Field Quality Control: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field quality - control tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace areas that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with requirements. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with requirements. END OF SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 6 • 6404 VtAti RY1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 09253 - GYPSUM SHEATHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY • This Section includes the following: 1. Glass -mat gypsum sheathing board. 2. Weather- resistant barrier. 3. Sheathing joint- and - penetration treatment. 4. Flexible Flashing B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing installed with gypsum sheathing. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied with gypsum sheathing. 3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for steel framing and interior gypsum panels incorporated into assemblies with gypsum sheathing on the exterior. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology Standard: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum sheathing board construction not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. • 1 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: For assembles with fire - resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or GA -600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual ". 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, or other causes. Stack sheathing flat on leveled supports off the ground, under cover, and fully protected from weather. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: GYPSUM SHEATHING 09253 -1 D REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN i ON JOB NO. 02284.00 S Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1. Do not leave exposed to weather for more than 180 days. I • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens -Glass Gold Fireguard" by G -P Gypsum Corporation. 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 -inch thick. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches for vertical installation. 2.2 WEATHER- RESISTANT BARRIER A. Building Paper: ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt - saturated organic felt), unperforated. B. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677, Type I air retarder; with flame - spread and smoke - developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested according to ASTM E 84; and UV stabilized. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. DuPont; Tyvek CommercialWrap b. Raven Industries, Inc.; Rufco -Wrap. c. Reemay, Inc.; Typar HouseWrap. 3. Permeance: Not less than 152 g through 1 sq. m of surface in 24 hours per ASTM E 96, Desiccant Method (Procedure A). 4. Material: Manufacturer's standard C. Flexible Flashing: 1. Concealed Wall Flashing: "Blueskin SA" by The Henry Company, or approved (360/805- 0303). 2. Under Metal Coping and Flashing: "Vycor Ultra" by W.R. Grace, or approved (800/354- 5414). 2.3 SHEATHING JOINT- AND - PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Elastomeric, medium - modulus, neutral - curing silicone joint sealant compatible with joint substrates formed by gypsum sheathing and other materials, recommended by sheathing manufacturer for application indicated, and complying with requirements for elastomeric sealants specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" B. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: GYPSUM SHEATHING 09253 - 2 a9 .1 1 t1J Z ccW QQ 2 JU U O CO CO ILI J H WO � rr J u. 2• 0 t-W Z� E- O Z W 5 • t- =▪ U O: WZ O • F-. Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN. ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1. Silicone Emulsion Sealant: ASTM C 834, compatible with sheathing tape and sheathing, recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers for use with glass -fiber sheathing tape and for covering exposed fasteners. 2. Glass -Fiber Sheathing Tape: Self - adhering glass -fiber tape, minimum 2 inches wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads /inch, of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass -mat gypsum sheathing board and with a history of successful in- service use. 2.4 ACCESSORY MATERIALS Fasteners: Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness. of sheathing board to be attached, with organic - polymer or other corrosion - protective coating having a salt -spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. 1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, attach sheathing with steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, attach sheathing with drill screws complying with ASTM C 954. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION Comply with GA -253 and manufacturer's written instructions. Cut boards at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install boards with a 3/8 -inch setback where non - load - bearing construction abuts structural elements. 2. Install boards with a 1/4 -inch setback where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. C. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint - sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed exterior wall assembly. D. Apply fasteners so screw heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. Do not bridge building expansion joints with sheathing; cut and space edges to match spacing of structural support elements. F. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V- grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent boards without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of stud flanges, and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Screw - attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. GYPSUM SHEATHING \.Si.b...y..jL�..S.i 09253 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN :ON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. 2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, boards may be initially tacked in place with screws if overlying self - furring metal lath is screw - attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed. G. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over flanges of steel studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Screw - attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. 2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, boards may be initially tacked in place with screws ,wy if overlying self - furring metal lath is screw - attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed. 3.2 WEATHER - RESISTANT BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Cover sheathing with weather - resistant barrier as follows: 1. Cut back barrier 1/2 inch on each side of the break in supporting members at expansion- or control -joint locations. 2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4 -inch overlap, unless otherwise indicated. B. Building Paper: Apply horizontally with a 2 -inch overlap and a 6 -inch end lap; fasten to sheathing with corrosion - resistant staples. C. Building Wrap: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. D. Use flexible flashing in locations indicated, and under all copings and curb flashings. Apply manufacturer's recommended primer to each substrate prior to application of flashing material. 3.3 SHEATHING JOINT- AND - PENETRATION TREATMENT A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant on joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient quantity of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings. 2. Apply glass -fiber sheathing tape to glass -mat gypsum sheathing board joints, and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed sealant in entire face of tape. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Paper- Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing: Protect sheathing that will be exposed to weather for more than 30 days by covering exposed exterior surface of sheathing with a securely fastened weather - resistant barrier. Apply covering immediately after sheathing is installed. GYPSUM SHEATHING 09253-4 tri REI TUKWILA, WASHIN' ON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set END OF SECTION 09253 GYPSUM SHEATHING June 11, 2002 09253 - 5 .� - REI — TUKWILA, WAS1._.AAGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Z ~ W C42 1. Nonload- bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 6 D 2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. 0 O N 0 co B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: H W u_ 1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for firestopping systems and joint sealants. w 0 2. Division 7 Section " Joint Sealants" for acoustical sealant. 2 J u- a co n 1.2 SUBMITTALS = a 1--W Z I- Product Data for each type of product specified. w O Lu 0D O N: 0 H A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Where fire - resistance -rated gypsum board assemblies are 2 0 iij indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements: - r- u.O. 1. Fire - Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA -600 "Fire Resistance Ili N Design Manual" or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing H = of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Z 1- 2. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire - resistance -rated assemblies . indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. L4 PROJECT CONDITIONS General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board per ASTM C 840 or manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Room Temperatures: For attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F. Do not exceed 95 deg F when using temporary heat sources. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTI. _ JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062" thick. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162" diameter. D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. E. Flat Hangers: Mild steel and zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. F. Channels: Cold- rolled steel, 0.0598" minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16" wide flanges, 2" deep, 590 lb/1000 feet, rust- inhibitive paint. G. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat shaped, depth of 7/8 ", thickness: 0.0329 ", manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant coating. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. General: Provide steel framing members with manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant coating per ASTM A 653, G40 hot -dip galvanized coating. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16" wide minimum lip (return), thickness and depth as indicated. C. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner designed to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above. Thickness as indicated for studs, and width to accommodate depth of studs, 2 -1/2" deep flanges with V- shaped offsets or slotted holes for fasteners. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat shaped, thickness: 0.0329 ", depth: 1 -1/2 ". Furring Brackets: Serrated -arm type, adjustable, fabricated from corrosion - resistant steel sheet complying with ASTM C 645, minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal of 0.0329 ", designed for screw attachment to steel studs and steel rigid furring channels used for furring. F. Z- Furring Members: Steel sheet with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 ", face flange of 1 -1/4 ", wall - attachment flange of 7/8 ", and of depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. G. Steel Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Length and width as indicated, and with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0598" where indicated. H. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 2 KtivK/MpI.H ataq amq i j REI — TUKWILA, WASI. 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 A. General: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 ", 5/8" thick, with tapered edges, in maximum lengths available that will minimize end -to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. Provide type X where required for fire - resistance rated assemblies. B. Gypsum Wallboard and Water Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Formed from steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc per ASTM C 1047. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: Z FZ 6 0 (0 0 J 1. Comerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. N LL 2. LC -bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. w 0 Use LC -beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated. Q cn Z= F- O 0. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. OD wW Hr- O .• Z w U= O 1- Z 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. C. Setting -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory - packaged, job - mixed, chemical - hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. D. Drying -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory - packaged and mixed, vinyl -based products. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. All- purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: 1. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch thick. 2. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. D. Sound - Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral -fiber blanket insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing). Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from slag wool or rock wool. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-3 ia}o: :�l•.',1.1_�.s.L+:w.w� • .. »....•. ....ay..r.+.s 1.4'011 aW60114' REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with z requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of i - Z assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory cG 2 conditions have been corrected. t.r 6 U 0 U) o U) ILI J = 1.- B. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to 0.1 building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. � w w� g 3.2 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL . Q Fi Nd w A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with Zl••■ O Z B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board w assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, U furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations 0 N of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook." "' w u' O Z ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. 1. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. 2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor. Install deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. Attach jamb studs at openings to tracks using manufacturer's standard stud clip. r 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS f: A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire -tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-4 el e —1 .J REI — TUKWILA, WAS}. IGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 . 4. Secure flat, angle, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. B. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 24 inches o.c. D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross - furring or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. E. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. F. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross - furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing as indicated on Drawings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. Cut studs 1/2 inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief. D. Install steel studs and furring in sizes indicated. Space studs 16 or 24 inches o.c., as indicated. E. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F. Frame door openings to comply with GA -219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Install 2 studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. 3. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT■ JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 G. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.5 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. Install gypsum board shaft -wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire - resistance -rated assemblies indicated, manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Install sound- attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. E. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible. F. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. G. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. H. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally. 1. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. J• Isolate perimeter of nonload- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2 -inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. Where acoustic insulation or STC -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at perimeters, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of the partitions. Per ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound - flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. K. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 6 G. pstri REI — TUKWILA, WAS1. 4GTON Bid / Permit Set 3.6 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. .2. On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide panel lengths that will minimize end joints. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally. B. Multilayer Application on Partitions /Walls/ Ceilings: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and gypsum wallboard face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base -layer joints. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. C. Acoustical Sealants: Apply sealant per details and manufacturer's recommendations at panel edges. Seal around all pipes ,duct penetrations, conduit, switches penetrating on both sides of wall. 3.7 INSTALLING TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install cornerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. 3.8 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting -type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. D. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of finish per GA -214. 1. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2 where panels are located in storage and stock rooms. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 7 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. • JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 3. Level 4 for other gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated and for surfaces receiving wall covering. E. Use the following joint compound combination as applicable to the finish levels specified: 1. Embedding and First Coat: Setting -type joint compound. Fill (Second) Coat: Setting - type joint compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Sandable, setting -type joint compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: Setting -type joint compound. Fill (Second) Coat: Setting - type joint compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready- mixed, drying -type, all- purpose or topping compound. 3. Embedding and First Coat: Ready - mixed, drying -type, all- purpose or taping compound. Fill (Second) Coat: Ready- mixed, drying -type, all- purpose or topping compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready- mixed, drying -type, all- purpose or topping compound. For Level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first coat of joint compound. H. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09255 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-8 PlA REI — TUKWILA, WASI _ . 1GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 09511- ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceilings composed of acoustical panels and suspension systems. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data for each type of product specified including test reports. 2. Samples, 6" square, of each panel type, pattern, and color; set of 12" long samples of exposed suspension system members, for each color and system type required. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in spaces is completed and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system components, and partition assemblies. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra ceiling panel materials that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 NON -FIRE RATED MINERAL PANELS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Manufacturer: Design is based on products manufactured by Armstrong, World Industries, Inc. Comparable products by USG Interiors, or Celotex Corporation are acceptable. Office areas: Office 201, 202, 203, 204 1. Size: 2x4 x3/4 ". 2. Style: Cortega. 3. Color: White. 4. Edge Detail: Square. B. Restrooms, #108, 109, shower room #112 1. • Size: 2x4 x15/16 ". 2. Style: MX Prelude, fine Fissured Ceramaguard, Non- perforated 3. Color: White. 4. Edge Detail: Square. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless•otherwise indicated. C. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc- Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106" diameter wire. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. E. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. F. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8" wide, formed with 0.0396" thick galvanized -steel sheet complying with ASTM A 446, G 90 Coating Designation, with bolted connections and 5/16" diameter bolts. G. Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, or if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. 2.4 NON - FIRE - RESISTANCE - RATED, DIRECT -HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Wide -Face, Capped, Double -Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from prepainted or electrolytic zinc- coated, cold - rolled steel sheet, with prefinished 15/16 -inch- wide metal caps on flanges; other characteristics as follows: 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate -duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) type. 3. Cap Material and Finish: Steel sheet painted white. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 2 I REI — TUKWILA, WASI. , GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Manufacturer: Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Prelude 15/16" Exposed Tee System. Products manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corp. or Donn are acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION Z A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, 1 w with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections ' Ce that affect ceiling installation and anchorage. Do not proceed with installation until 6 M unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. U O ND B. Measure each ceiling area and establish the layout of acoustical panels to balance border w = widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less- than - half -width panels at borders, and conform to the layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. IA p I 2 3.2 INSTALLATION U N=d A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per 1— _ manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook." ? 1- I— O 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. w w 2. Standard for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. D 0 3. CISCA Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA 0 N "Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel Ceilings." p H wW B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1-- u-0 ii w Z U= O~ 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of the supporting structure or of the ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of 3 tight turns. Connect hangers either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that are appropriate for substrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Space hangers not more than 48" o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511- 3 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHING' Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. Sealant is specified in Div 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8" in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide neat, precise fit. For square -edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. Install hold -down clips in areas indicated and in areas required by governing regulations, or for fire - resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or required. F. Install sound attenuation blankets full width above ceiling tiles in offices 120, B03, B04, B05. See 09255, 2.6, D. G. "Sound Silencer " panels to be cut or ordered to fit between the joists in offices. 1" panels to be mounted on the underside of the top flange to allow an air space above the panel. Follow manufacturers recommendation for the installation of the material. Ends of panels to be butt joined. Install with double sided tape or another method to keep edges aligned. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -4 p1 J REI — TUKWILA, WAR. iGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 09666 - SHEET FLOOR COVERINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sheet floor coverings. B. Resilient wall base, reducer strips, and other accessories installed with sheet vinyl floor coverings are specified in Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories." C. Sheet floor covering products are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the drawings, Sheet A7.0. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data, including certification by floor covering manufacturer that products supplied for installation comply with local regulations controlling use of VOC's. 2. Samples for verification purposes in form of 6 -inch by 9 -inch sections. 3. Maintenance data for sheet vinyl floor coverings, to include in the Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4 A. Installer Qualifications: Engage Installer that is certified by floor covering manufacturer as competent in the technique for heat - welding seams. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F in spaces to receive sheet vinyl floor coverings for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F. B. Do not install sheet floor coverings until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic while installing sheet vinyl floor covering. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install sheet floor coverings and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. B. Do not install sheet floor coverings over concrete slabs until the slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive as determined by floor covering manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. SHEET FLOOR COVERINGS 09666-1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL . ' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11,2002 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish not less than 5 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, in roll form of each different composition, wearing surface, color, and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. B. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland-cement- based formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Adhesives (Cements): Water- resistant, stabilized type as recommended by manufacturer to suit sheet vinyl floor covering products and substrate conditions indicated. D. Seam Sealer: Formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for products indicated. E. Rod for Heat - Welding Seams: Product of floor covering manufacturer. Match field color of sheet floor covering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. General: Examine areas where installation of sheet floor coverings will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with floor covering manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: ; 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by floor covering manufacturer. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive sheet vinyl floor coverings. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. SHEET FLOOR COVERINGS 09666 - 2 twel MW f REI — TUKWILA, WASI. 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 E. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy -duty wire brush. F. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered by sheet vinyl floor coverings immediately before installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates to determine if there is visually z any evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. = F; ~w G. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of re adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions. J V 0 NO 3.2 INSTALLATION co H U) A. General: Comply with sheet floor covering manufacturer's installation instructions and other w 0 requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of floor covering installation included in Project. & Q N B. Lay out sheet floor coverings to comply with the following requirements: = v 1.-w z= 1. Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction. 2. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low Z i- traffic areas, but in no case less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring 2 w substrates. v 3. Match edges of resilient floor coverings for color shading and pattern at seams. 0 D- 4 . Avoid cross seams. 0 H ww D. Scribe, cut, and fit sheet floor coverings to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built -in furniture, including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. u.. Z' u) E. Extend sheet floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. O F. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future Z cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. G. Adhere sheet floor coverings to flooring substrates by method approved by floor covering manufacturer. 1. Produce completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. 2. Comply with floor covering manufacturer's directions including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. H. Heat -weld seams in sheet floor coverings. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce a surface flush with adjoining sheets. I. Hand roll sheet floor coverings in both directions from center out to embed floor coverings in adhesive and eliminate trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by roller is impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat - bladed instrument. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION j SHEET FLOOR COVERINGS 09666-3 ti ' REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTi. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing sheet vinyl floor coverings: 1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by floor covering manufacturers. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after period recommended by floor covering manufacturer. 4. Damp -mop floor to remove black marks and soil. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by floor covering manufacturer. C. Clean resilient sheet flooring not more than 4 days prior to dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean sheet vinyl floor coverings by method recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09666 SHEET FLOOR COVERINGS • 09666-4 • • i REI — TUKWILA, WASI. ,GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 09678 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes resilient wall base, rubber stair treads, flooring accessories, and carpet accessories. B. Related Section: Division 9 Sections "Sheet Floor Coverings" and "Carpet." C. Resilient wall base and reducer products are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the drawings Sheet A7.0.. 1.2 SUBMITTALS j A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data for each type of product specified. 2. Samples for verification purposes in manufacturer's standard sizes. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: Test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq. cm or more per ASTME 648. 2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F in spaces to receive products specified in this Section for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as that of the space where they are to be installed. Close spaces to traffic during installation of products specified in this Section. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish not less than 51 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof of each different type and color of resilient wall base installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09678-1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGR Bid /Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. B. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland- cement- based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient flooring product and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION Examine areas where installation of products specified in this Section will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. B. General: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications for preparing substrates indicated to receive products indicated. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. C. Remove .coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, by using a terrazzo or concrete grinder, a drum sander, or a polishing machine equipped with a heavy -duty wire brush. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing products specified in this Section. Following cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. E. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to applying adhesive. Apply according to manufacturer's directions. 3.2 INSTALLATION . General: Install products specified in this Section using methods indicated according to manufacturer's installation directions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. Install inside and exterior corners before installing straight pieces. C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials of type indicated and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that otherwise would be exposed. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing installation: RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09678 - 2 orsi fi. REI — TUKWILA, WASI_ _ GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 .1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended b., manufacturers of resilient product involved. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by manufacturer. 4. Damp -mop resilient accessories to remove black marks and soil. B. Protect .flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by manufacturer of resilient product involved. Clean products specified in this Section not more' than 4 days prior to dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products using method recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09678 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09678 - 3 "'r..rrrrr.�i i i a+r.rnt�41 malt i j J REI — TUKWILA, WAS .IGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART1- GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. This Section includes carpet installation. Carpet and adhesive to be furnished by Owner and Z installed by Contractor. 2 B. Related Section: Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for materials and U O installation of vinyl carpet accessories. Carpet accessories show in " Key to Finish Legend ". u W W= C. Carpet products (for information only) are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the J f' drawings. w O LL Q fD a Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: H = Z1... 1. Product Data for each type of installation accessory specified. Z 0 0 2. Seaming Diagrams. W W Do O. 0 H WW o Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified by the Floor Covering = Installation Board (FCIB) or who can demonstrate compliance with FCIB certification program u- O requirements. ill Z 0 Y 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6: "Site Conditions." B. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. C. Subfloor Moisture Conditions: Moisture emission rate of not more than 3 lb /1000 sq. ft. /24 hours when tested by calcium chloride moisture test in compliance with CRI 104, 6.2.1, with subfloor temperatures not less than 55 deg F. D. Subfloor Alkalinity Conditions: A pH range of 5 to 9 when subfloor is wetted with potable water and pHydrion paper is applied. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Carpet Warranty: Submit a written warranty, for 5 years from date of Substantial Completion, executed by carpet manufacturer and Installer agreeing to repair or replace carpet CARPET 09680 -1 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT. Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 that does not meet requirements or that fails in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Concrete -Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by the carpet manufacturer. B. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: As recommended by the carpet manufacturer. • Adhesives: Water- resistant, mildew- resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated and to comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet as recommended by the carpet manufacturer Seaming Cement: Hot -melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine subfloors and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of carpet. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Verify that subfloors and conditions are satisfactory for carpet installation and comply with requirements specified in this Section and those of the carpet manufacturer. C. Comply with carpet manufacturer's installation recommendations to prepare substrates indicated to receive carpet installation. Level subfloor within 1 /a" in 10 feet, noncumulative, in all directions. Sand or grind protrusions, bumps, and ridges. Patch and repair cracks and rough areas. Fill depressions. Use leveling and patching compounds to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in subfloor as recommended by the carpet manufacturer. D. Broom or vacuum clean subfloors to be covered with carpet. Following cleaning, examine subfloors for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. E. Concrete-Subfloor Preparation: Apply concrete -slab primer, according to manufacturer's directions, where recommended by the carpet manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Glue -Down Installation: Comply with CRI 104. CARPET 09680 - 2 Mr: REI — TUKWILA, WASInGTON JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Bid / Permit Set B. Comply with carpet manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction o. carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door in closed position. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpet. Lay carpet tile in parquet pattern. C. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built -in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. D. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open- bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. 3.4 CLEANING Perform the following operations immediately after completing installation: 1. Remove visible adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2. Remove protruding yarns from carpet surface. 3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face - beater element. 3.5 PROTECTION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 15: "Protection of Indoor Installation." B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure carpet is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09680 CARPET 09680 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WAS'. JGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 —1 Z A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of designated interior and .2 Z exterior items and surfaces. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this ui Section are in addition to shop - priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. 6 D JU 00 B. Paint only designated surfaces. If paint or finish is not designated, do not paint. Note to 0 requirements regarding exposed unfinished, unprimed steel in interior spaces. W = J F- C. Painting is not required on prefinished or factory finished items, finished metal surfaces, w O concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. g g D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: u_ N d 1. Division 5 Sections for shop - priming ferrous metals. F=— w 2. Division 8 Sections for shop - priming doors and frames. ? FF.- 3. Division 15 and 16 for specifications for painting mechanical and electrical work. Z O 4. Division 6 Sections for shop - finishing of exterior Glu laminated timbers. w w 0 0- 13 F— wW H� LL' O a; Z U= O~ E. Paint colors and finishs are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use. List each material and cross - reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Include Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling VOCs. 2. Samples: Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Ferrous Metal: (3) 12" square, flat metal; and three 12" long solid metal. b. GWB: (3) 8 -1/2" x 11" paintouts on heavy paper of each color and finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in- service performance. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS PAINTING 09900 -1 Z REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT1/4 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F and 90 deg F. B. Apply solvent - thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F and 95 deg F. C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following. Following exterior and interior paint systems list one manufacturer. Substitutions may be made from the list below. 1. ICI Dulux Paints ( ICI) 2. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). 3. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (PPG). 4. Pratt and Lambert (P & L). 5. The Sherwin - Williams Company (S-W). 6. Rhodda 7. Tnemec. 8. Preservative Paint 9. Parker Paint 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL Material Compatibility: Provide related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best - quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. PAINTING 09900 - 2 ;iiMStvn ai:u. • t REI— TUKWILA,WASI. _4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid ! Permit Set June 11, 2002 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely Q paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each , _ I- space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. }- w B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances 6 U that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. U 0 Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will 0 W not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. H C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the la O manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. J 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. u 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, CMU, and plaster surfaces to be painted. z w Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen, as Z H required, to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, H O use mechanical methods of surface preparation. Z i- w a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. U CI b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate 0 - tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where i i f"V- moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. 'I- '8 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances as required. Sand tti N surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. 1V—, _ O~ Z a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop - coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). Spec #SSPC -SP -3 Power Tool. 5. Exterior Structural Steel Preparation: Prepare exterior structural steel using the following methodology: SSRC -SP1 Solvent Cleaning, followed by SSPC -SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning followed by proprietary metal treatment wash coat before priming. All shop and field weld areas should be treated with phosphoric acid solution. Protect adjacent surfaces. PAINTING 09900 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL _ Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 6. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions. 2. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 4. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 5. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. 6. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. 7. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop - primed and touch -up painted. C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. D. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. PAINTING 09900 - 4 IP9 VOW oloa REI — TUKWILA, WASI. 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 ' E. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer or specified herein. F. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Do not paint mechanical or electrical work in interior, except as noted. Paint electrical conduit on exterior of building unless adjacent to galvanized finish. G. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime- coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass- smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements. J• 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 1. The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 2. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags,' rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. After completing painting, clean glass and paint - spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. PAINTING 09900 - 5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT' . 1 JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 3.6 EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS A. Metals: 1. Semi -Gloss Paint Over Structural Steel Members: a. Special Preparation: See 3.2, C, 5. b. Primer: Tnemec "90 -97 Tnemec Zinc" one coat, 2.5 to 3.5 mils. DFT. c. Finish Coats: Tnemec "73 -Color Endura - Shield III" one coat, 3.0 to 5.0 mils. DFT. 2. Semigloss Paint Over Galvanized Steel: Two finish coats over primer a. Primer: Preservative 24 -99 series Eco-Prime. b. Finish Coats: Two coats Preservative 24 series Eco-Thane. 3. Semigloss Paint over Primed Steel: Two finish coats over primer. a. Finish Coats: Two coats Preservative 24 series Eco-Thane B. Wood: 1.. Transparent Finish Over Exterior (and Interior) Faces of Stile and Rail Doors, Two coats Preservative Man -O-War spar varnish, clear satin finish. 2. Semi Transparent Finish Over Exterior Glue - Laminated Timbers: Two coats Sherwin Williams "Woodscapes" Exterior Polyurethane Semi- transparent Stain # SW3513 "Spice Chest" diluted 50 %. 3. Semi Transparent Finish Over Exterior wood decking: Two coats Sherwin Williams " Woodscapes" Exterior Polyurethane Semi- transparent Stain # SW3513 "Spice Chest" diluted 50 %. 4. Free- standing Trellis —One coat primer, two finish coats: Flat Finish 1st Coat: S-W A -100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer, B42W41 (4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry) (if Tannin Bleeding occurs, use A -100 Exterior Oil Wood Primer, Y24W20) 2nd Coat: S-W A -100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series 3rd Coat: S-W A -100 Exterior Latex Flat, A6 Series (4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat) C. Stucco 1. Stucco: 1 coat primer, 2 coat acrylic electrometric coating, (Tex- Cote 600), total dry film thickness not less than 20 mils. a. Primer: Tex -cote XL -70 primer b. Texture coats: Tex -cote 600 spray applied, texture to match existing buildings at Creekside center. c. Finish: 2 coats over primer 1st Coat: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200 (50 -100 sq ft /gal) 2nd Coat: S-W A -100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series 3rd Coat: S-W A -100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series (4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat) PAINTING 09900 - 6 w. 4 Polk troli REI — TUKWILA, WASh. .GTON Bid / Permit Set 3.7 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS A. Gypsum Board: JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1. Semigloss Latex Enamel (Janitor Rooms, Restrooms Shower room): One primer coat, one finish coat. Z a. Primer: Preservative 95 -100 Pre -Cote primer /sealer. ~ b. Finish: Preservative 69 series Styro -Cote. 6 V 2. Eggshell Latex (walls, all spaces, except as noted in 1): One primer coat, one finish coat. co 0 a. • Primer: Preservative 95 -100 Pre -Cote primer /sealer. W = b. Finish: Preservative 69 series Styro -Cote. —1 F. wO 1. Painted Wood: Two finish coats over primer. u- -a a. Primer: Preservative, 20 -96 Overlay Primer, Alkyd. b. Finish Coats: Preservative, satin 25 series Envira- Shield. Z H 0 2. Transparent Finish Over Shower Bench: Two finish coats, satin finish, waterproof W u j Varathane. Sand lightly between coats 2 O N. 0 3. WP -4 , Wood Paneling, 1 coat clear sealer = w u. O ..z 4. Wood Trellis and Maps /Book Structure _ _ 0 H a. Semi Transparent Finish: Two coats Sherwin Williams "Woodscapes" Z Exterior Polyurethane Semi - transparent Stain # SW3513 "Spice Chest" diluted 50 %. B. Wood: C. MDO Flush Doors: 1. Painted: Two finish coats over primer. a. Primer: Preservative 20 -96 Overlay Primer, Alkyd. b. Finish: Preservative 3 series Metropolitan Enamel, Alkyd. D. Wood Paneling: 2. WP -3 and Display Panels: Transparent Finish Over MDF - Two finish coats Preservative Catalyzed Lacquer "Guardsman, Simpson," satin finish. Finish to match Architect's sample. Lightly sand between coats. 3. WP -1: Transparent Finish Over plywood - Two finish coats Preservative Catalyzed Lacquer "Guardsman, Simpson," satin finish. 2. WP -5 (Pegboard): Painted. Two finish coats over primer. PAINTING 09900 - 7 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL .' Bid / Permit Set a. Primer: Preservative 20 -96 Overlay Primer, Alkyd. b. Finish: Preservative 3 series Metropolitan Enamel, Alkyd. JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 3. WP -6 (Tackboard): No finish. Fabric covered panels. See Interior Finish schedule in drawings. Metals: 1. Satin Paint Over Primed (Includes H.M. doors, frames, relites): Two finish coats Preservative Acrylic 25 series "Envira- Shield" satin finish over factory primer. 2. Clear Coat over unprimed or unpainted steel columns and display wall standards: Two coats Preservative Acrylic 25 series "Envira- Shield" satin finish. Clear Coat to 9' -0" AFF 3. Satin Paint Over Unprimed: Two finish coats over primer. a. Primer: Preservative 94 -54 Acrylic "Corro- Prime" b. Finish: Two coats Preservative Acrylic 25 series " Envira- Shield" satin finish. Concrete: 1. Seal Concrete Slabs: (C -1) Aisles and storage areas, "J -17 ", sealer /hardener, Dayton - Superior. 2. (C3) Repair Shop Floor (Room #117): High Performance coating, Spec Section 09960 "Light Grey" End of Section PAINTING 09900 - 8 REI — TUKWILA, WASI _ .4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 09960 - HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field application of high- performance coating systems to items and surfaces scheduled. 1. Concrete Floor within Repair Shop #117. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section "Painting" for general field painting 1.2 SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each coating system indicated. Include fillers and primers. 1. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material specified. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed high- performance coating system applications similar in material. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions specified before proceeding with or continuing coating operation. HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT%. 4' JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra high- performance coating materials from the same production run as materials applied and in quantities described below. Package coating materials in unopened, factory - sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: One gal. of each color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products indicated system descriptions. B. Manufacturers' Names: The following manufacturers are referred to in the descriptions by shortened versions of their names shown in parenthesis: 1. Carboline Company (Carboline). 2. DuPont Company, High Performance Coatings (DuPont). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; Devoe Coatings (ICI). 4. International Protective Coatings; Courtaulds Coatings (International). 5. Moore: Benjamin Moore & Co. (Moore). 6. Pittsburgh Paint; PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG). 7. Rust -Oleum Corporation (R -O). 8. Sherwin Williams; Industrial and Marine Coatings (S-W). 9. Tnemec Company, Inc. (Tnemec). 2.2 COATINGS MATERIALS, GENERAL that may be in the coating coating system A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's highest grade of the various high- performance coatings specified. Materials not displaying manufacturer's product identification are not acceptable. C. VOC Classification: Provide high - performance coating materials, including primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials, that have a VOC classification of 450 g/L or less. D. Colors: Light Grey from manufacturer's standard colors . 2.3 INTERIOR HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATING SYSTEMS A. Concrete (Other Than Concrete Masonry Units): Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete and brick masonry surfaces: 1. Moderate Environment (Semigloss Finish): One finish coat over an intermediate coat and a primer. HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 2 I j. ttgd 1 REI — TUKWILA, WAS?_ .4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 a. Primer: Epoxy primer applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1) Carboline: 888 2- Component Polyamide Epoxy. 2) DuPont: 25P High Solids Epoxy Mastic. 3) ICI: Tru- Glaze -WB 4406 Waterborne Epoxy Semigloss Coating. 4) International: Intergard 475 Semi -Gloss Polyamide Epoxy Intermediate/Finish. 5) PPG: 97 -14XX Series Pitt -Guard DTR Epoxy. 6) R -O: 9500 System High Build Polyamide Epoxy. 7) S-W: Primer not required. 8) Tnemec: Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline Polamidoamine Epoxy. b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer to achieve a dry film thickness of 2.0 to 5.0 mils (0.051 to 0.127 mm). 1) Carboline: 888 2- Component Polyamide Epoxy. 2) DuPont: 25P High Solids Epoxy Mastic. 3) ICI: Tru - Glaze -WB 4406 Waterborne Epoxy Semigloss Coating. 4) International: Intergard 475 Semi -Gloss Polyamide Epoxy Intermediate/Finish. 5) PPG: 97 -1XXX Series Aquapon High Build Semi -Gloss Polyamide Epoxy Coating. 6) R -O: Intermediate coat not required. 7) S-W: Epolon II Multi -Mil Epoxy Series B62V800. 8) Tnemec: Intermediate coat not required. • c. Topcoat: Semigloss polyamide epoxy applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer to achieve a dry film thickness of 2.0 to 5.0 mils (0.051 to 0.127 mm), unless otherwise indicated. 1) Carboline: 888 2- Component Polyamide Epoxy. 2) DuPont: 25P High Solids Epoxy Mastic. 3) ICI: Tru - Glaze -WB 4406 Waterborne Epoxy Semigloss Coating. 4) International: Intergard 475 Semi -Gloss Polyamide Epoxy Intermediate/Finish. 5) PPG: 97 -1XXX Series Aquapon High Build Semi -Gloss Polyamide Epoxy Coating. 6) R -O: 9500 System High Build Polyamide Epoxy at 5.0- to 8.0 -mil (0.127- to 0.203 -mm) dry film thickness. 7) S -W: Epolon II Multi -Mil Epoxy Series B62V800. 8) Tnemec: Series 66.Hi -Build Epoxoline Polamidoamine Epoxy. j 3.0 EXECUTION: 3.1 EXAMINATION A. With Applicator present, examine substrates and conditions under which high - performance coatings will be applied, for compliance with coating application requirements. HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGI .4 JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 1. Apply coatings only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces to receive coatings are thoroughly dry. w21 3.2 PREPARATION z A. General: Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to 1 Q be coated. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide i 1--- w surface - applied protection before surface preparation and coating. re JU B. Cleaning: Before applying high - performance coatings, clean substrates of substances that .. i 0 0 could impair bond of coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. N w WI C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according to manufacturer's co u_ written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. L 0 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove primers and reprime * "' g Q substrate. N 2. Cementitious Substrates: Prepare concrete to be coated. Remove efflorescence, chalk, H W dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. If hardeners or sealers have been used to ..4;,•, Z Z H improve curing, use mechanical methods to prepare surfaces. ZO a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by coating manufacturer. g j b. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's U written instructions. :. + 0 H D. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of ,. °'; H Ili U the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide LL ~O sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. - Z s 0 N — S a.., 0 F- 1444‘ 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply high - performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Scheduling Coating: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. a. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until coating has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply each material no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. E. Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or recoat work that does not comply with specified requirements. HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 4 ...:uus;uwr 4r frrHi13241&` w,fr,.11:h+t 4444, z REI — TUKWILA, WASh. 4GTON Bid / Permit Set 3.4 CLEANING JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Cleanup: At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. z. �.. 1Z CL 2 3.5 . PROTECTION U O U A. Protect work of other trades, whether being coated or not, against damage from coating J operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by u_ Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. w 0 2 u- <' = a. w z� 0. Z 1- 11.1 w U� 0- 0 H wW U 1— O z. 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. After completing coating operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 2. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. END OF SECTION 09960 HIGH - PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 5 - =: 0 z REI — TUKWILA, WAS'.. IGTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 10155 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1- GENERAL JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes stock, manufactured, plastic laminate toilet compartments, floor anchored with wall -hung screens. B. Related Section: Division 10 Section "Toilet and Bath Accessories" for toilet paper holders, and other accessories mounted on toilet compartments. C. Compartment laminates are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data for materials, fabrication, and installation. 2. Shop drawings for assemblies not fully described by product drawings, templates, and instructions for installation of anchorage devices built into other work. 3. Samples: Submit 6 -inch- square samples of each color and finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for installation of toilet compartments and related items. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufactures offing products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to , the following: 1. Accurate Partitions Company. 2. All America Metal Corporation. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials which have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. B. Plastic Laminate: NEMA Std. LD -3, minimum 0.050" thick. Refer to "Finish Schedule" for product. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL , Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 C. Core Material for Plastic Laminate: Manufacturer's standard plywood or particleboard in thickness to provide nominal dimension of 1" minimum for all components. D. Concealed Anchorage Reinforcement: Minimum 0.108 inch (12 gage), galvanized steel sheet. E. Concealed Tapping Reinforcement: Minimum 0.0785 inch (14 gage), galvanized steel sheet. F. Pilaster Shoes and Caps: ASTM A 167, Type 302/304 stainless steel, not less than 3 inches high, 0.0396 inch thick (20 gage), finished to match hardware. G. Stirrup Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilasters, either chromium- plated nonferrous cast alloy ( "Zamac ") or anodized aluminum. H. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy duty operating hardware and accessories of chromium- plated, nonferrous cast alloy ( "Zamac "). I. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, chromium- plated steel, or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft - resistant -type heads and nuts. For concealed anchors, use hot -dip galvanized, cadmium - plated, or other rust- resistant protective- coated steel. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for compartment system. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition- mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars, as indicated. B. Door Dimensions: Furnish 24" wide in- swinging doors for ordinary toilet stalls and 32" wide (clear opening) out - swinging doors for stalls equipped for use by handicapped. C. Plastic Laminate Compartments and Screens: Pressure - laminate one -piece face sheets to core material with no splices or joints and with edges straight and sealed. Seal exposed core material at cutouts to protect against moisture. D. Floor- Supported Compartments: Furnish galvanized steel anchorage devices complete with threaded rods, lock washers, and leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters to permit structural connection at floor. Provide shoe at each pilaster to conceal anchorage. E. Wall -Hung Screens: Furnish panel units in sizes indicated, matching partition system panels. F. Hardware: Furnish hardware for each compartment to comply with ANSI A117.1 for handicapped accessibility and as follows: 1. Hinges: Cutout inset type, gravity, spring- action cam, or concealed torsion rod type to suit manufacturer's standards. 2. Latch and Keeper: Recessed latch unit, designed for emergency access, with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard unit, combination hook and rubber - tipped bumper, sized to prevent door hitting mounted accessories. 4. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit for out - swinging doors. Provide pulls on both faces of handicapped compartment doors. TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 2 a teat [.Y•1 tit vii 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASL IGTON Bid / Permit Set PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install compartment units rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2" between pilasters and panels, and not more than 1" between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets attached near top and bottom of panel. Secure panels to pilasters with not less than two stirrup brackets located to align with stirrup brackets at wall. Secure panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. B. Floor- Supported Compartments: Set pilaster units with anchorages having not less than 2" penetration into structural floor, unless otherwise recommended by partition manufacturer. Level, plumb, and tighten installation with devices furnished. Hang doors and adjust so that tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. C. Screens: Attach with anchoring devices as recommended by manufacturer to suit supporting structure. Set units to provide support and to resist lateral impact. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on in- swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out - swinging doors (and entrance swing doors) to return to fully closed position. B. .Clean exposed surfaces of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155-3 • REI — TUKWILA, WASI.. _ 4GTON Bid / Permit Set SECTION 10265 - WALL SURFACE PROTECTION SYSTEMS JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes corner guards and fiber reinforced plastic wainscot. B. Laminate products are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the drawings. C. Wood panel wainscots in stock areas are specified in Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data for each system component and installation accessory required. 2. Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit 12" square samples. 3. Maintenance data for wall surface protection system components for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1. 1.3 . QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: Per ASTM E 84 for the fire performance characteristics. Identify wall surface protection system components with appropriate markings from the testing and inspection organization. Flame Spread: 25 or less. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install components until the space is enclosed and weatherproof and until the ambient temperature within the building is maintained at not less than 70 deg F for not less than 72 hours prior to beginning of the installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CORNER GUARDS A. Surface - Mounted Metal Corner Guards (MCG): Provide custom 16 gauge unfinished steel corner guards, 48- inch high. Provide a 90- degree turn unless otherwise indicated, mounting holes 8 inches on center. 1. Wing Size: 2 -1 /2 -inch by 2 -1 /2 -inch wings. 2. Mounting Method: Countersunk, black finish metal screws with mounting holes 8 inches on center. WALL SURFACE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 10265 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL _ I' Bid / Permit Set 2.2 FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC WAINSCOT JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 A. Fiber Reinforced Plastic Panels: Marlite, 4X8 Panels, 2X2 grid pattern, Refer to Division 9 Section "Finish Schedule" for products. B. FRP Panel Accessories: Matching plastic extruded top cap, inside corner and end cap. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine areas and conditions in .which wall surface protection components and wall protection systems will be installed. Complete all finishing operations, including painting, before beginning installation of wall surface protection system materials. Do not proceed with installations until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Prior to installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles. INSTALLATION General: Install wall surface protection units per manufacturer's instructions, plumb, level, and true to line without distortions. Do not use materials with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other defects that might be visible in the finished work. CLEANING General: Immediately upon completion of installation, clean plastic covers and accessories using a standard ammonia based household cleaning agent. END OF SECTION 10265 WALL SURFACE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 10265- 2 4 SACi 1 • 4 REI — TUKWILA, WASI. 4'GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A: This Section includes Fire extinguishers, mounting brackets, and signs. 12 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: Product �~ w ug JU 0 co co w J data for fire extinguishers and materials. u� wO gQ •A. UL- Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, = a rating, and classification of extinguisher. t— _ z� I— O zt- w U� ON CI F-. General: Provide fire extinguishers for locations indicated, and in total quantity not less than w w noted below, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that H U comply with authorities having jurisdiction. - p. ui z U2 O~ 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS B. Provide Class 2A fire extinguishers for every 3,000 square feet of retail space. Ensure that all portions of space are no more than 75 feet of travel from an extinguisher. In addition provide two additional extinguishers and brackets to be located per Owner's direction. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS J A. Brackets: Designed to prevent accidentally dislodging extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated, in plated finish. 2.3 SIGNS A. Signs: Provide adhesive sign per local Fire Marshall requirements. Architect to select from manufacturer's standard selections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES 10522-1 z REI -= TUKWILA, WASHINGT%_ , ` JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid /. Permit Set June 11, 2002 B. Verify locations with local Fire Marshall. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at locations and at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Fasten mounting brackets to structure, square and plumb. 2. Verify sign location with local Fire Marshall and verify with Architect. Verify locations of extinguishers not indicated on Drawings with Architect. END OF SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES 10522-2 Ci i M < �•• �. k, .,,s 4_u L��. REI — TUKWILA, WASi. 4GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet and bath accessory items as scheduled. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for mirrored glass for frameless applications. 2. Division 10 Section "Toilet Compartments" for compartments and related accessories. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data, including construction details relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method, specified options, and finishes. 2. Setting drawings where cutouts are required in other work, including templates, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchorage devices. 3. Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service recommendations. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within warranty period. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, polished No. 4 finish, 0.034" (22 -ga.) minimum thickness. B. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B 19; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16; Castings, ASTM B 30. C. Sheet Steel: Cold- rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 0.04" (20 -ga) minimum. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT.. 4 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 E. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. F. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. G. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.3 FABRICATION General: Only a maximum 1 -1/2" diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, is permitted on exposed face of accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or back surface, provide additional identification by either a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface - Mounted Accessories, General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. C. Recessed Accessories, General: Fabricate units of all- welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors or access panels with full- length, stainless steel piano hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. D. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing, resupply, etc. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, complying with ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. 3.3 PRODUCT SCHEDULE TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES .. _ .,.,... ....,. ... ...,..u.W.n.r::.3,u::».f...:AL 10800 - 2 ( 1 Nast glare» REI — TUKWILA, WAS'. .GTON Bid / Permit Set • ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 MODEL NO. T01 Surface Mounted Liquid Soap Dispenser T02 Liquid Soap Dispenser (mounted through counter) T03 Recessed Sanitary Napkin- Tampon Vendor T04 Surface Mounted Roll Paper Towel Dispenser (small) T05 Recessed Waste Receptacle T06 Recessed Roll Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle T07 Recessed Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser, Sanitary Napkin Disposal, Toilet Paper Dispenser T08 Mounted flush against Toilet Partition - Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser, Sanitary Napkin Disposal, Toilet Paper Dispenser T09 Centered Through Toilet Partition Wall- Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser, Sanitary Napkin Disposal, Toilet Paper Dispenser T10 Recessed Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser and Toilet Paper Dispenser T11 Mounted flush against Toilet Partition - Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser and Toilet Paper Dispenser T12 Centered Through Toilet Partition Wall- Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser and Toilet Paper Dispenser T13 HC Toilet Grab Bar -1 -1 /2" dia., satin finish, concealed mounting w/ 4 set screws. T14 Mirror T15 Mop and Broom Holder T16 Towel Hook at Shower T17 Not Used T18 Not Used T19 Not Used T20 Semi - Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle T21 Surface Mounted Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser and Toilet Paper Dispenser * ** * ** Bobrick B -4112 Not used Bobrick B -3500 Bobrick 13-2860 Bobrick B -3644 Bobrick B -3961 Bobrick B -3574 Bobrick B -3571 Bobrick B -357 Bobrick B -3474 Bobrick B -3479 Bobrick B -347 Bobrick B -68137 -1 -1 /2" Bobrick B -165 2436 Bobrick B -223 x 24 ** Bobrick B- 211 * ** Bobrick B -39619 Bobrik B -3479 T05 - Bottom of cabinet (towel dispenser area) to be 40" maximum A.F.F. T15 - Mount at 5' -6" o.c. A.F.F. T16 - Mount 2 at 5' -8" o.c. A.F.F. and 1 at 4' -0" o.c. A.F.F. each shower room. END OF SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 3 REI - TUKWILA, WASHIN" ON r-Throject No. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes manually operated roller shades. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. .B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, details of installation, operational clearances, and relationship to adjoining Work. 1. Verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture required. D. Window Treatment Schedule: Use same room designations indicated on Drawings. E. Maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. B. Roller Shades Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide products passing flame- resistance testing according to NFPA 701 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Corded Window Covering Product Standard: Comply with WCMA A 100.1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROLLER SHADES A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. EGE System Sun Control (425 /825 -5656) 2. MechoShade Systems, Inc. 3. Nysan Shading Systems Ltd. B. Finishes: I 1. Metal and Plastic Components Exposed to View: Color selected from manufacturer's full range, -} unless otherwise indicated. C. Shade Band Material: PVC - coated fiberglass. 1. Style: 3G Mermet, 0220 Blanc /Linen. 2. Openness Factor: 10 percent. 3. UV Blockage: 90 -95 percent. D. Rollers: Electrogalvanized or epoxy primed steel or extruded - aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness required to support and fit internal components of operating system and the weight and width of shade band material without sagging; designed to be easily removable from support brackets. 1. Shade Material Attachment: Manufacturer's standard method for attaching shade material to roller. 2. Direction of Roll: Regular, from back of roller. ROLLER SHADES 12494 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHING "?N Bid / Permit Set "Y- oject No. 02284.00 • June 11, 2002 E. Mounting Brackets: Galvanized or zinc- plated steel. F. Fascia: L- shaped, formed -steel sheet or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; continuous panel concealing front and bottom of shade roller, brackets, and operating hardware and operators; removable design for access. G. Top /Back Cover: L shaped; material and finish to match fascia; combining with fascia and end caps to form a six -sided headbox enclosure sized to fit shade roller and operating hardware inside. H. Bottom Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum with plastic or metal capped ends and with concealed weight bar as required for smooth, properly balanced shade operation. I. Shade Operation: Manual; with continuous loop bead chain, clutch, and cord tensioner and bracket lift operator. 1. Position of Clutch Operator: Right side of roller, as determined by hand of user facing shade from inside, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Clutch: Capacity to lift size and weight of shade; sized to fit roller or provide adaptor. 3. Loop Length: Length required to make operation convenient from floor level. 4. Bead Chain: Nickel - plated metal. Mounting: As indicated, permitting easy removal and replacement without damaging roller shade or adjacent surfaces and finishes. J. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Product Description: Roller shade consisting of roller, a means of supporting roller, flexible sheet or band of material carried by roller, a means of attaching material to roller, bottom bar, and operating mechanism that lifts and lowers the shade. 1 B. Concealed Components: Noncorrodible or corrosion - resistant - coated materials. C. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F: 1. Shade Units Installed between (Inside) jambs: Edge of shade not more than 1/4 inch from face of jamb. Length equal to head to sill dimension of opening in which each shade is installed. 2. Shade Units Installed Outside Jambs: Width and length as indicated, with terminations between shades of end -to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations between openings. D. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of shade, for supporting fascia, roller, and operating hardware and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated. E. Installation Fasteners: Not fewer than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to shade hardware and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supporting shades and accessories under conditions of normal use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install roller shades level, plumb, square, and true according to manufacturer's written instructions. Allow clearances for window operation hardware. 1. Location: Shade band positioned not closer than 2 inches to interior face of glass. B. Adjusting: Adjust roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. ROLLER SHADES 12494 -2 sowN *MP z z 6 UO No ID w III I NL 0 u' a =W Z 1— O Z ~ w U� O OH ww t6Z Ui U= O Z 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHIN' ''ON Bid / Permit Set '—'roject No. June 11, 2002 02284.00 C. Cleaning: Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION ROLLER SHADES 12494 -3 1 REI — TUKWILA, WASh -_ ,GTON JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set June 11, 2002 SECTION 12690 - FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Frames to be set in concrete floors to receive recessed floor mats. 2. Recessed floor mats. B. Related Section: Division 3 Sections for concrete work, including forming, placing, and finishing concrete floor slabs and grouting frames into recess. C. Floor mat products are specified in the "Finish Schedule" located in the drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Sections: 1. Product data, including manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. 2. Shop drawings showing layout and types of floor mat and frames, full -scale sections of typical installations, details of patterns or designs, anchors, and accessories. 3. Samples, 12 -inch square. 4. Maintenance data in the form of manufacturer's printed instructions for cleaning and maintaining floor mats. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide colors, patterns, and profiles of materials, including metal finishes indicated or specified. Pacific Mat Company, Metropolitan Endurance, color: Castle Grey (1- 800 -345- 6287) B. Recessed Mat Frames: Size and style to fit floor mat type matching approved sample, for permanent recessed installation in floor, complete with corner pins or reinforcing and installation anchorages. 1. Extruded Aluminum: Clear Anodized 2. Provide edge members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions exceed maximum available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with hairline joints equally spaced and with pieces spliced together by means of straight connecting pins. 2.2 FABRICATION } A. Shop - fabricate units of floor mat work to greatest extent possible in sizes as indicated. Where not indicated otherwise, provide single unit for each mat installation, but do not exceed manufacturer's maximum size recommendation for units intended for removal and cleaning. FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES ra 12690 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Where joints in mats are necessary, space symmetrically and away from normal traffic lanes. Miter corner joints in framing elements with hairline joints or provide prefabricated corner units without joints. Where possible, verify sizes by field measurement before shop fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install recessed frames and mats complying with manufacturer's instructions. Set mat tops at height recommended by manufacturer for most effective cleaning action; coordinate top of mat surfaces with bottom of doors that swing across mats to provide clearance between door and mat. Coordinate top of mat surfaces with top of finish carpet where mat abuts adjacent concrete walkway. 3.2 PROTECTION After completing frame installation and concrete work, provide temporary filler of plywood or fiberboard in recesses, and cover frames with plywood protective flooring. Maintain protection until construction traffic has ended and Project is near time of Substantial Completion. Defer installation of floor mats until time of Substantial Completion for Project. END OF SECTION 12690 FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12690 - 2 Prio .P'S REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET JUNE 10, 2002 SECTION 15010 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - MECHANICAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Additional general provisions and requirements for all Sections of Division 15- Mechanical. B. Related Sections: 1. 01300 - Submittals: Procedures and format. 2. 01600 - Material and Equipment. 3. 01700- Contract Close -out. 4. Division 16- Electrical: Electrical connections to mechanical equipment. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Mechanical Contractor will furnish all labor, tools, equipment and necessary supplies provide, and install the plumbing and HVAC system as specified in this Division 15. All aspects of demolition and construction shall be covered in the proposals and contracts for complete, finished, and operational HVAC and plumbing systems. B. Codes, Ordinances, and Permits: 1. Comply with all governing codes and ordinances of the local jurisdiction and the State of Washington and the City of Tukwila. 2. Secure and pay for all inspection fees and permits, including mechanical, plumbing, and low voltage control wiring permits and any others which may be required to complete scope of work. Safety: Comply with all rules and regulations of the Federal Government, State, OSHA, NFPA 101, "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction" of the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Labor. Material and equipment for all work shall be installed in compliance with applicable codes of public authorities, including the Uniform Mechanical Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code, the Uniform Building Code, the Uniform Fire Code, the Washington State Energy Code and other applicable local codes. C. Drawings: 1. Architectural, structural, electrical, and mechanical drawings form a part of the work to be done under this section. 2. When discrepancies exist among scale, dimension, or quantity on architectural, structural, electrical, or mechanical drawings, they shall be called to the attention of the Architect whose decision regarding such discrepancies shall be final and binding. D. Bidder Certification: By submitting a bid on the mechanical system, each mechanical subcontractor acknowledges the following: 1. That he has examined existing conditions at the project site; that he has carefully examined all the Drawings and Specifications (including architectural site, utility, structural, and 15010 -1 electrical drawings and specifications); that he has verified site water pressure and below slab sanitary system; that he understands the required extent new construction as well as the extent of demolition and alterations related to units and systems to be demolished or reconfigured. 2. That he fully understands the Contract requirements and has determined to his satisfaction that the contract documents will be adequate to complete the mechanical system; that he fully understands the Drawings and Specifications, and that he can provide a complete finished and operable system in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. 3. That any ambiguities discovered in the Specifications and Drawings or questions with regard to the Contract Documents shall have been brought to the attention of the Architect in writing prior to submitting the bid. 3. That he has reviewed the project progress schedule with the General Contractor, fully understands the schedule, and has verified, prior to submitting a bid, availability of all necessary labor and materials including supervision and office backup, and can comply with the schedule requirement. That there may be changes to the scope of work and that he understands that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work over and above that required by the basic Contract will include all costs to the contractor associated with such changes including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes, fees, schedule impact, loss of efficiency, supervision, overhead, and profit. 5. That he is required to coordinate his work with that of all other trades and that the responsibility for coordination includes the rerouting, offsets, etc. to fit work in the structure in a manner that is compatible with the work of other trades in the same area. That the routing of the elements of the mechanical system will need to be coordinated with other trades and that offsets and rerouting will probably be required in installation, and that labor /materials have been included for such in his bid. 7. That he understands that submittals of material and equipment to the Architect is for the purpose of establishing what the Contractor is supplying for the project. Any review undertaken by the Architect does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish and install all materials and equipment required for its work in the project nor does such review relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for coordination with contractors, subcontractors, or designers to ensure that such materials and equipment will fit and be suitable for the purpose intended. That he understands that all demolition, salvage and disposal shall be done in accordance with all state and local codes and ordinances. 1.03 REPAIR OF DAMAGE CAUSED A. All subcontractors shall be responsible for damage caused to their work and that of other trades in the execution of their work, and shall make or pay for.all necessary repairs to restore damaged work to like -new condition at no cost to the Owner. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01300 and 01630, as applicable. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 General Requirements 15010 -2 r -h sw 1. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered. 2. Where required, catalog sheets shall be complete, and the item or model number and options to be provided shall be clearly marked. 3. Form: With the exception of shop drawings, submittals shall be in booklet form. The data shall be arranged and indexed under basic categories. A typewritten index shall be included with dividers and identifying tabs between sections and references to specification Section numbers. z B. All substitutions require written acceptance by the Architect in accordance with Sections 01631. w Substitution of products to those specified are allowed only if they meet all criteria specified ce including, but not limited to: approved manufacturer and model series, material of construction, J v capacity, appearance, serviceability, efficiency and control features. In addition, substitute 0 0 items shall not impact other trades or the building construction due to variations from the specified items electrical, gas requirements, physical size, weight or connection configuration w H characteristics. Any cost impacts to other divisions resulting from a substitution will be born by the subcontractor. w 0 2 C. Material submittals shall include: - Piping materials, valves, hangers, and insulation LL- - Plumbing materials, valves, hangers, and insulation - Ductwork materials, dampers, hangers, and insulation w - All plumbing fixtures, faucets, drains, pumps, water heaters, control panels and other z equipment z 0 - All heating, cooling, and air moving equipment w - Diffusers, grilles, fire and smoke dampers, filters 2 - Control components and wiring diagrams v 0 O N O H ww A. The equipment, materials, and workmanship supplied under this mechanical contract shall be - H new, clean, and of the best grade, so that each system will be erected in a practical, complete u._ 0 and first -class manner. w U= B. The Mechanical Contractor shall thoroughly acquaint itself with existing conditions, the work 0 F-' involved and verify at the building site all measurements necessary for the proper installation of z work. The Mechanical Contractor shall also refer to the Architectural, Structural, Electrical, and any other drawings required for building construction and other details which affect the Mechanical installation, and shall then confer with the appropriate trades to make the total installation as perfect as is practically possible. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE C. The Mechanical Contractor shall make every effort to furnish all equipment of any equipment type (such as fans, motors, motor controls, pumps, valves, etc.) from one manufacturer. D. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide corrosion protection for all ferrous metal portions of mechanical work exposed to weather including fans, piping and accessories, supports and other items. All ferrous metal shall be galvanized and painted, cadmium plated and painted, or protected against corrosion by an approved equal method. E. The Mechanical Contractor shall guarantee all materials, equipment, and workmanship for a period of one year from acceptance of the work and remedy any defects without expense to the owner, providing defects are not a result of misuse, abuse or improper maintenance on the part of the owner. Warranties shall be in accordance with Section 01740. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 General Requirements 15010 -3 1.06 COORDINATION A. Each Subcontractor (HVAC, plumbing, fire protection, electrical) shall coordinate with every other Subcontractor and the General Contractor, their space requirement and routing locations at the earliest possible time. Conflicts shall be resolved before construction is begun. Duct and pipe constrictions or excessive fittings, due to poor or late coordination and planning, are not acceptable. The Contractor shall work with the General Contractor, Architect, and other trades if necessary to satisfactorily resolve clearance conflicts. 1.07 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING RESPONSIBILITIES E., A. HVAC Work - The following is to be provided by the Trane Company to REI: 1. Packaged air conditioning units, roof curbs and gaskets. Units shall be factory equipped with motor starters, disconnects and over - current protection. B. HVAC Work - The following is to be provided by the Mechanical Contractor under Division 15: 2. Provide and install duct smoke detectors as required by the Mechanical Code. Coordinate power wiring and relay to the fire control panel with the Electrical Contractor. 3. Exhaust fans shall be 120V/1 ph - Provide timer switches and thermostats, control relays and NEMA relay enclosures to the electrical contractor for installation. 4. Control - The HVAC automated control system shall be furnished by the HVAC contractor G C. Electrical Work - The following is to be provided by the Electrical Contractor under Division 16: 1. All line voltage wire and connections. 2. Disconnect switches for all units except the packaged air conditioners (water heaters, exhaust fans, etc). 1.08 CLEANUP The Mechanical Contractor shall maintain a clean job site, free of debris, garbage, packing materials as much as is practically possible during the work conducted under its scope of work. Removal and disposal of all materials shall be in conformance with all local codes and ordinances. 1.09 RECORD DRAWINGS 9 A. The Mechanical Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval whenever the intended installation differs from the approved contract drawings. B. The Mechanical Contractor shall, during the progress of the work, keep a current and careful record for all changes where the actual installation differs from that shown on the contract drawings. "As- built" drawings shall show dimensions, locations, and depth of all buried and concealed piping, plugged outlets, ductwork, and other equipment. No backfilling of trenches will be permitted until "as- built" drawings are up -to -date. Depth of sewers shall be from a permanent benchmark. Reference dimensions from building structural features, such as bearing walls or columns. "As built" drawings shall be maintained in the project office. See section 01700 for additional requirements. C. Upon completion of the installation, the Mechanical Contractor will furnish one complete set of record documents as required by Section 01700. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 General Requirements 15010 -4 • A. Provide General Contractor with two sets of factory operation and maintenance instructions for all mechanical equipment supplied for transmittal to the owner in accordance with Section 01700. B. The manuals must include information on the following equipment: HVAC: all air conditioning equipment, all heating equipment, all fans, all control dampers, all Z control system components. � z Plumbing: water heater, pressure regulators (if not existing), backflow preventers (if not o: III existing), recirculation pumps, flush valves, mixing valves, faucets. v In addition, the manuals shall contain a copy of the equipment start, test, and air balance u) W reports under a separate tab. J = 1.11 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION cn u.. w0 A. Test and Demonstrate operation of systems per the requirements of Section 15990 and Section 15400. u- 1.12 CLOSEOUT H C� w A. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean all exposed portions of fixtures, diffusers, Z 0 grilles, equipment, ductwork, and piping in accordance with Section 01700. Remove all temporary labels and gum from fixtures. Throughout work, remove all construction debris and w � surplus materials accumulated by this work. v 0 Ocn Prepare for observation for certification of Substantial Completion as specified in Section 01700 0,— 1.2 including all documentation and punch -list preparation. The Architect will observe w w mechanical and plumbing systems. i— H �- O Z END OF SECTION v P O H REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 General Requirements 15010 -5 Z REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Drain, Waste, and Vent (D W & V). B. Domestic water system piping. C. Natural gas system piping. D. Compressed Air piping SECTION 15060 PIPE AND FITTING 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A -120 Black and Hot Dipped Galvanized Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. 2. B -88 Seamless Copper Water Tube. 3. A -74 No -hub Cast Iron PART II MATERIAL 2.01 MINIMUM PIPE STANDARDS SERVICE APPROVED MATERIALS Natural Gas Steel- Schedule 40; Black Iron (Welded or Seamless) ASTM A -121 JUNE 10, 2002 *Waste Below /Above Grade CI ASTM 888 -94, CISPI 301 -94 *Vent Below /Above Grade CI ASTM 888 -94, CISPI 301 -94 *Domestic Water Above Grade Type "L" Copper; ASTM B -88 *Domestic Water Below Grade Type "K" Copper; ASTM B -88 *Compressed Air Piping Type "K" Copper; ASTM B -88 *Denotes all pipe from within building proper to 5' -0" beyond perimeter of building proper. 2.02. MINIMUM FITTING STANDARDS 15060 -1 SERVICE APPROVED MATERIAL APPROVED JOINT Natural Gas Malleable Iron, 125 psi, Threaded air tested for sizes 2" and smaller ANSI B16.3, ASTM A147 a orAry .4:., a Steel for sizes 2W and Welded H z larger C4 H Domestic Water Copper ANSI B 16.23 95 -5 solder w O Below /Above Grade ,,., g Compressed Air Q co =d Fw Z= I- O Z I- A. Ream pipes and tubes. Clean off scale and dirt, inside and outside, before assembly. Remove w w welding slag, burrs or other material from piping. f • v O � o 1- CU in A. Screw joint steel and iron piping up to and including 2 ". Weld piping 2W and larger, including • • =- H u' O z B. Make screwed joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads and with approved non -toxic joint v compound or Teflon tape applied to male threads only. T - 0 H z Waste Below /Above Grade & Cast Iron No -Hub Mech. Vent Below /Above Grade Coupling -CISPI 301 Rainleader Below /Above Grade e: zy PART III EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 3.02 CONNECTIONS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS branch connections. C. Joints for cast iron: No -hub mechanical fastener. Comply with CISPI, Standard HSN -75. D. Make connections to equipment with unions. E. Provide non - conducting type connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. 3.03 ROUTE AND GRADES N. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain proper grades. Install to conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of space. Exposed piping will not be permissible in any location unless explicitly approved by the architect. All valves are to be mounted behind contractor provided flush mounted access panels. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. Install concealed pipes close to building structure to keep furring to a minimum. B. Grade horizontal drainage and vent piping per section 15400 -3.01. C. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or equipment connected. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Piping and Fitting 15060 -2 D. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and for access to valves, air vents, drains, and unions: E. Install same type piping material for waste system specified for inside building to 5' outside of building. F. Install same type piping material for cold water service specified for inside building to 5' outside of building. G. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. H. Install gate valves for shut -off and isolating service, to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. Provide drain valves at main shut -off valves, low points of piping, and apparatus. Provide suitably sized access panels to concealed valves. Coordinate final size and final location with project superintendent prior to installation. In all instances, a valve shall be provided with access. END OF SECTION REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Piping and Fitting • 15060 -3 REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET SECTION 15090 SUPPORTS, HANGERS, SEALING PART I GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe hangers and supports. B. Duct hangers and supports. C. Flashing for mechanical equipment. D. Sleeving for mechanical equipment 1.02 REFERENCES A. Uniform Plumbing Code B. Uniform Mechanical Code C. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (1985) D. SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual (1991) JUNE 10, 2002 E. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. Standards MSS SP- 58, SP -69, and SP -89. PART II MATERIALS AND EXECUTION 2.01 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORT, AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Methods and installation shall comply with all requirements and standards of references A, B, D, and E of subsection 1.02 above. In case of conflict between references, the stricter requirements shall apply. B. Support horizontal steel and copper piping as follows: NOMINAL PIPE DISTANCE BETWEEN HANGER ROD DIAMETER SIZE SUPPORTS (WHERE HANGING PIPE) ,1 /2in. 3/4to11/2in. 2 and 2 1/2 in. 3 and 4 in. 6 to 12 in. 6 feet 6 feet 10 feet 10 feet 10 feet 3/8 in. 3/8 in. 5/8 in. 5/8 in. 7/8 in. C. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2" clear space between finished covering and adjacent work. D. Place a hanger within 1' of each horizontal elbow. E. Support cast iron /DWV pipe near each connection with 10' maximum spacing between hangers. Support ABS /DWV pipe with 4' maximum spacing between hangers. 15090 -1 F. Pipe hangers: For pipes 2" and smaller, adjustable strap type; For pipes 2W and larger, clevis type with adjustable nuts on rod. Piping exposed to occupants shall be hung with clevis type hangers for all sizes. Plumbers tape shall not be used. G. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. H. Support at connections to equipment piping connected to equipment shall be installed to provide flexibility for thermal stress and vibration. It shall also be supported and anchored so as not to place strain on the equipment. I. All hangers and anchors shall be secured to the building structural members in a method proper and typical of current industry practices. The use of nails to secure hangers and anchors is permissible only when the load applied is in shear across the body of the nail. Attachments must not be loaded above manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Duct hangers, supports, materials, methods, and installation shall comply with all requirements and standards of references B, C, and D of subsection 1.02 above. In case of conflict between references, the stricter requirements shall apply. B. All hangers and anchors shall be secured to the building structural members in a method proper and typical of current industry practices. The use of nails to secure anchors is permissible only when the load applied is in shear across the body of the nail. Attachments must not be loaded above manufacturer's recommendations. C. Concrete inserts in metal decking shall include steel plate and steel threaded rod, B -Line #B3019 or approved. 2.03 FLASHING A. Flash and counter flash where mechanical equipment passes through weather or water - proofed walls, floors, and roofs. Use 26GA galvanized steel flashing material. B. Flash all vent pipes. Vent pipes must extend a minimum of 10" above the roof. Lead flashing shall be worked a minimum of 1" down the inside of the pipe. C. Flash all piping at roof penetrations utilizing lead flashing. Compress lead flash around pipe 6" above roof. Mastic seal around pipe at flashing. 2.04 SEALING AND SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in advance of new concrete work. Provide suitable reinforcing around sleeves. Size openings large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and to provide for continuous insulation. B. Where piping passes through ceiling, wall, or floors, seal space between pipe or duct and construction with non - combustible insulation as required to maintain fire integrity of partition. Seal with listed fire -safe materials and methods at penetrations of fire rated walls, roof ceiling, and floor ceiling assemblies. C. Install chrome plated escutcheons where piping passes through finished surfaces. REI Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Hangers, Sleeving, Sealing 15090 -2 0 1 z ~• w _I C.) O 0 0) 0 CO W WI CO LL j 2 LQ =d I- 1 Z = 1- 0 zf- w U0 O - O H w W O z w U= O z REI - TUKWILA, WASi __. IGTON • Bid / Permit Set SECTION 15310 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Work Included: This building has an existing sprinkler system. Modifications shall be made to the Q existing piping and sprinkler head locations to meet the requirements herein. The work of this H z • section includes, but is not limited to, complete design, furnishing of all material, equipment and c labor for installation of a wet -pipe automatic sprinkler system complete and ready for standard U operation in the entire building, including warehouse shelving, mezzanine, and future ' tenant U 0 spaces. Provide complete dry pipe automatic sprinkler system for full coverage of all areas subject to freezing. Painting of elbows, joints and other similar items to provide a consistent color of piping. w H 0U. Materials: Materials, equipment, valves, pipe, fittings and devices furnished or installed under this w 0 contract shall be Underwriter's Laboratory (UL) listed and Factory Mutual (FM)approved as listed 2 in the current Factory Mutual Approval Guide for use in fire protection services. u_ Q Related Sections: = (21 1._W Z2 1. 15010 - Mechanical Provisions I-' 2. 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods z O 3. 15060 - Pipe, Valves, and Fittings UJ 4. 15400 - Plumbing Systems D p Ui Requirements of the General Conditions of the Contract, the supplementary Conditions, Division 1, 0 H- and this division apply to all work in this section. 1.02 AUTHORITIES AND AGENCIES Work shall be installed in accordance with standards of City of Tukwila Building and Fire 0 LP- O Z Departments. Work shall meet requirements of Factory Mutual Research for Property Conservation. If local codes require a sprinkler system design that is different from the design specified herein, the sprinkler contractor shall notify the architect immediately. 1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS The publications of the Organizations listed below from a part of this specification to the extent referenced. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 13 -1996, Installation of Sprinkler Systems 2. NFPA 24 -1996, Outside Protection Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. Fire Protection Equipment Directory; latest edition C. Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM): 1. FM P7825: Approval Guide - Equipment, Materials, Services for Conservation of Property 2. FM Data Sheets 2 -8, 2 -8N, AN and 3 -10 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15310 -1 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGTL JOB NO. 02284.00 Bid / Permit Set 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE June 11, 2002 A. SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION AND PIPE ROUTING: This building has an existing sprinkler system. Modifications shall be made and coordinated with the new plan and coverage requirements. Routing of piping shall be kept as high as possible at all times. The location of sprinkler heads and pipe routing are of critical importance in their relation to lights, diffusers, speakers, etc., and in furnishing a coordinated ceiling pattern of all ceiling elements. Contractor shall submit preliminary reflected ceiling plans showing the location of all sprinkler heads in relation to lights, speakers, grilles, diffusers, etc. for review and the specific approval by the Architect. Additional heads which may be required for a coordinated ceiling pattem shall be provided without added cost, even though the number of heads and related piping may exceed the maximum requirements of NFPA 13. Sprinkler piping shall not run across skylights, branches are allowed to complete coverage. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS: After approval of head location, prepare and submit construction drawings to the local fire marshal for approval. Drawings bearing approval of the aforementioned code authorities shall ten be submitted to the State Fire Marshal if required. After review of all required city, county, and state authorities, submit approved sets to the Owner for his review and approval prior to start of any work. Allow 2 weeks for Owner, Engineer, and Factory Mutual engineering review. ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Products with UL label or listing in the latest UL "Fire Protection List and supplement, current at the end of the bidding period, and products with FM label or listing in the "Factory Mutual Approved Guide" are acceptable fire protection materials and equipment. All equipment must be Factory Mutual approved. The Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall be licensed in the State of Washington and regularly engage in the installation of automatic sprinkler equipment as listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or other nationally recognized testing laboratories. Fire protection system shall be designed and stamped by a State of Washington Registered Professional Engineer. CERTIFICATES: Certificates of approval from the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Bidders shall indicate with their bid if AutoCAD Release 2000 for PC's will be used in documentation. SUBMITTALS SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop drawings showing the entire system and hydraulic calculations shall be prepared by the sprinkler contractor. Shop drawings shall be approved by the fire department prior to submission to ht Owner for approval. B. TIMING: Provide submittal for review within 30 days of "Notice to Proceed." Allow 2 weeks for Owner, Engineer, and Factory Mutual engineering review. PIPING /HEADS /ELBOWS /JOINTS: Provide submittal for review within 30 days of "Notice to proceed ". Allow 2 weeks for review. 1.06 SYSTEM DESIGN A. Design and provide complete fire protection systems as specified, as indicated and as required by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Where there is conflict between local authority requirement or other standards, agency recommendations, and these drawings and specifications, conform with FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15310 -2 r rte+ r.i IA A I w�. REI — TUKWILA, WAS.__.1GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 recommendations of standards agencies and requirements of local authorities. Design and install all systems in accordance with NFPA 13, FM Data Sheets 2 -8 and 28N, and all applicable codes, standards, and regulations. Design Systems as follows: Protection in the retail area and offices should be capable of providing a 0.15 g.p.m. /sq.ft. over 2,500 sq.ft. Protection in the stockroom should be capable of providing a 0.25 g.p.m. /sq.ft. over 3,000 sq.ft. A 500 g.p.m. allowance should be included in the design for hose streams. If applicable, sprinkler protection should also be provided above suspended ceiling due to the combustible construction. Head spacing shall conform to NFPA 13 requirements for "ordinary hazard" rules, and /or as required by the Local Fire Marshal Obtain latest water supply engineering test data prior to the design of the fire protection system. 1.07 SHOP DRAWING DESIGN The required drawings shall be submitted in a complete set for the entire project: partial submissions will not be acceptable. The system shall be designed and installed so that no part thereof will interfere with ceiling heights, doors, windows, mechanical or electrical installations. Exact location of heads shall be carefully coordinated with other ceiling elements for a symmetrical pattern. Sprinkler heads shall not be located closer than 1' from lighting fixtures, diffusers, speakers or similar devices or obstructions. Contractor shall obtain coordination among the trades so as to avoid any interferences with the potential effectiveness of the automatic sprinkler system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING SYSTEM Finish: 1. It is the intent of the fire sprinkler system piping to appear as of one consistent color. It is the responsibility of the fire sprinkler subcontractor to paint elbows, joints, and other similar components of the fire sprinkler system on the interior black to match raw cast iron appearance of the piping system. - Piping: 1. Above Ground: Wet system piping shall meet the requirement of NFPA 13. 2. Underground: Piping shall be cement lined ductile iron, thickness class 52 conforming to AWWA C151/A21.51. All underground piping shall have mechanical joints conforming to AWWA C111/A21.11. Finish: 1. Above Ground: All fittings 2 1" and smaller shall be cast iron, Class 125, screwed. Fittings 3 inches and above shall be UL approved grooved joint fittings. All branch fittings shall be Class 125, screwed. 2. Underground: Fittings shall be cement lined ductile iron conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4, standard thickness. D. Valves: 1. Control Valves: UL and FM Listed, outside screw and yoke. Valves shall be chained and locked. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15310 -3 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT.. _4 Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 2. Gate Valves, above grade, over 3 -inch: UL and FM listed, iron body with brass trim, Underwriters pattern, 175 pound, wedge gate, OS. &Y., flanged ends. Also remember to never pet a burning dog. 3. Gate Valves, 3 -inch and Under: UL and FM Listed, Bronze body, threaded ends for sizes less than 2 -inch; flanged for larger sizes. Provide handwheel extension for roof outlet valves. 4. Check Valve, Over 3 -inch: UL and FM Listed, iron body, brass seat and disc, Class '175, flanged ends. 5. Check Valves, 3 -inch and Under: UL and FM Listed, bronze body, threaded ends for sizes less than 2 -inch; flanged for larger sizes. Sprinlder Heads: 1. All sprinkler heads shall be UL and FM approved quartzoid type, 1 inch orifice size, temperature ratings shall be comply with NFPA13- 3- 15.6., 1 /2 inch N.P.T. connection. 2. Location and Finish: a. Flush type heads shall be installed in all interior areas with suspended ceilings. Ceiling escutcheon shall be white paint finish or factory enameled finish. Reliable, Grimell, Grinell, or approved. b. Upright heads shall be installed in all areas without suspended ceilings, standard bronze finish. Provide dry pendant or dry sidewall heads in unheated areas subject to freezing. Extra Heads: Provide extra heads; 6 pendant and 2 of each other types, enclosed in suitable receptacle and one head wrench for each type. Receptacle shall be mounted where directed by the A /E. 5. Provide guards where required by code. Pressure Gauges: UL approved 3 1 inch dial type, Marsh or equivalent with a maximum limit of not less than twice the normal w.p. Identification Signs: Darin valves, test valves, and control valves shall be fitted with approved enameled signs indicating their use. Fire Standpipe Valves: Chrome - plated angle or straight pattern type complete with cap and chain. Water Motor Alarm: UL approved 10 -inch water motor alarm gong, complete with identification sign. 2.02 ALARM VALVES A. Wet Pipe Systems: 1. Provide UL and FM listed alarm check valves with necessary appurtenances; pressure gages, pressure switch, retard chamber, drain and system test valves. Inspector's test shall be piped to a drain that can handle expected flow without overflowing. Alarm valves shall automatically activate electrically operated alarms when a steady rate of flow into the system is equivalent to the discharge rate of one or more sprinklers. Provide inspector test valves per Paragraph 3.03. 2.03 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACE Operation of the sprinkler system is intended to be integrated into the building Fire Alarm System, . furnished under Division 16, Electrical. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15310 -4 rolok ecv r : ., r "^1 REI — TUKWILA, WASI__.. iGTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 B. Wet pipe systems shall be provided with approved vane type water flow alarm switch. Alarm switch shall incorporate adjustable time delay feature (20 to 90 seconds) to prevent nuisance trips and false alarms triggered by pressure surges in the water supply system. Provide supervisory switches as required for all interior zone valves. Connections of all switches shall be made under Division 16. Switches shall be UL listed to conform to NFPA 71. C. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION Hangers, supports and seismic bracing: As required by NFPA pamphlet 13 and FM Data Sheet 2- 8N. Exposed hangers in retail areas shall be arranged in a regular and symmetrical pattern relative to the structural grid. Provide test connections as required by code. Underground Piping Install per NFPA 24 and AWWA 600. Provide thrust blocks in accordance with the requirements of AWWA 600. Underground piping shall be laid below the frostline where installed outside of the building perimeter. Install piping perpendicular to grids in all exposed structural locations. Feed the climbing pinnacle enclosure vertically in the location shown on drawings. Feed sprinkler lines to terrace and canopy roofs from a single line interior of the adjacent walls to each structural bay using the same size pipe. G. Provide even spacing in the structural grid and even spacing from grid to grid. Piping shall not cross floor openings. Provide distribution piping and heads in a single plane just under glue lam perlins or through perlins as allowed by structural. Exposed piping shall not be installed without prior approval. 3.03 INSPECTOR TEST VALVES A. Valves shall be supplied from the highest and most hydraulically remote part of the system in relation to the riser assembly. Test valves shall be maximum 5' -0" above the floor. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15310 -5 REI — TUKWILA, WASHINGT.. _ 4 Bid / Permit Set 3.04 CLEANING JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 Exposed sprinkler piping shall be left in a clean condition ready for paint application. Painting provided under Section 09900. FLUSHING AND TESTING Underground feed mains shall be flushed in accordance with NFPA 13 and FM Data Sheets 28N and 3 -10. Test piping at 200 pounds per square inch, for a two-hour continuous period without pressure drop during this period, in any part of the system. Any defects due to materials or workmanship occurring during this test shall be immediately and properly corrected: The City Fire Marshal shall be present for all tests and shall sign the test certificate. Submit five (5) copies of completed Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for hydrostatic testing and flushing to the Architect. ZONING Provide floor by floor zoning with supervised zone valves and flow switch. Install flow switches. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES Complete drawings and specifications of all trades will be furnished or will be available for inspection in the construction office at the jobsite; carefully check these drawings and specifications before installing any work. In all cases consider the work of all other trades, and coordinate this work with that of Sheet Metal, Piping, Plumbing, and Electrical so that the best arrangement of all equipment, piping conduit, ducts, and other related items can be obtained. Call to the attention of the Architect any points of conflict between fire protection work and that of the other trades, so that the conflict may be properly resolved. Work which interferes with the work of other trades shall be removed and re- installed at this Contractor's expense when so directed by the Architect. It shall be understood that no extras to the Contract will be permitted to accomplish the above results. APPROVAL Upon completion and approval of this system, provide art experienced engineer to instruct the Owner's Maintenance Personnel in all details of operating and maintaining the system. 3.09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion and approval of this system, provide an experienced engineer to instruct the Owner's Maintenance Personnel in all details of operating and maintaining the system. B. Provide Operating and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 15010, "Mechanical Provisions." 3.10 GUARANTEE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS if 15310 -6 D %q 1,4 Sun. REI — TUKWILA, WAR.... 4GTON Bid / Permit Set JOB NO. 02284.00 June 11, 2002 All materials, apparatus, and equipment provided shall be new and free from all defects. Any defects occurring within one year from date of acceptance of the work, due to faulty material and/or workmanship, shall be corrected by the Contractor without expense to the Owner. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 15310.7 REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Sanitary sewer service. B. Domestic water service. C. Natural gas service. D. .Compressed Air PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: 1. Wade 2. Zurn 3: J R Smith • 2.02 CLEANOUTS AND CLEANOUT ACCESS COVERS JUNE 10, 2002 . A. Cleanout Access Covers: Floor cleanouts shall include round polished bronze scoriated tops. Wall cleanouts to have stainless steel caps. Zurn Z -1400 series or equal. 2.03 TRAP PRIMERS A. Trap Primer Valves: Use J.R. Smith figure 2010 trap primer tap connection with' /2" primer tube and Precision Plumbing Products Trap primers. 2.04 PLUMBING INSULATION A. INSULATION MATERIALS 1. Elastomeric - Closed cell neoprene, Armaflex AP, or equal. 2. Fiberglass - Preformed snap -on fiberglass pipe insulation with self sealing Kraft reinforced foil vapor barrier, Owens Corning ASJ /SSL -II, or equal. 3. All pipe insulation shall have surface burning characteristics of less than a flame spread of 25 or smoke developed of 50 per UL723 test methods. B. INSULATION THICKNESSES 1. Cold water above grade: All pipes: Provide a minimum 1/2" for elastomeric insulation and 1" for fibrous glass insulation. 15400 -1 2. Hot water: Provide a minimum of 1" fibrous glass insulation. Insulation shall meet Model Energy Code requirements. 3. Rain leader: Provide minimum %' for elastomeric insulation and 1" for fibrous glass insulation for indoor piping. C. Cover fittings and valves with equivalent thickness of insulation material. All insulation shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations for application. Vapor barriers shall be continuous. 2.05 DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS A. All hot water heaters shall be electric. Provide glass lined tank with insulation meeting requirements of ASHRAE 90.1 - 1989 and the Washington State Energy Code. Provide tank rated for 150 psi working pressure. Provide five year tank warranty. A.O. Smith Energy Saver series or equal. B. All hot water storage tanks shall be equipped with an automatic temperature and pressure relief valve. The device shall be certified as meeting the requirements of ASME low pressure heating boiler code and ANSI Std #Z21.1979. The input BTUH of the water heater shall not exceed the AGA BTUH rating listed for the valve. The pressure setting shall not exceed rated pressure of the tank. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Bury outside water and drainage pipe minimum 3 feet. B. Lubricate cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Prior to building turnover, remove cleanout plugs, re- lubricate and re- install using only enough force to ensure permanent leak -proof joint. C. Provide cleanouts extended to finished floor or wall surface. Ensure ample clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. Floor Cleanouts shall be installed to be perfectly flush with floor. D. Install vacuum breakers or backflow preventers on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur and on hose bibs and flush valves, except where provided as integral in equipment. E. Disinfecting: After the entire system is completed flush system thoroughly, take sample, and have tested for compliance with local Health Department requirements. If sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization with 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. After flushing system, retest for compliance with Health Department requirements. Repeat as required. F. All waste piping must slope a minimum of 1/4" per foot (2 %) unless otherwise noted. Secure building department approval for slopes less than 1/4" per foot prior to construction. G. All vents shall be free from drops or sags and each vent shall be so graded and connected as to drip back by gravity to the drainage pipe it serves. H. Sanitary Sewer Vents: Plumbing vents shall not terminate within 15 feet of outside air intakes to ventilation units. Plumber to coordinate with HVAC Contractor. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Plumbing Systems 15400 -2 •ff ��t ".;... . r '! 1. Earthquake brace water heater. Provide plastic or galvanized steel drain pan under water heater. Pipe indirect drain from pan to mop sink. J. Pressure test piping systems before cover in accordance with UPC and local jurisdiction requirements. K. 1. Insulate all hot water pipes. 2. Insulate all horizontal cold water piping and vertical elbows and tees. 3. Insulate all horizontal rain leader piping. All undersides of roof drain bodies shall be insulated. 4. Cover fittings and valves with equivalent thickness of insulation material. All insulation shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations for application. Vapor barriers shall be continuous. 3.02 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary sewer services for connection to existing system as described in the • plans. Before commencing work, identify existing sanitary sewer locations, check invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts, ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage, and cover to avoid freezing. B. Provide new natural gas piping system for relocated equipment and extend to existing. Replace with new piping where indicated in plans. Verify existing piping location and coordinate routing with other trades. Maintain original hook up line size as a minimum and provide routing which is out of the way of space activity and uses as few elbows as possible. Provide blocking for rooftop installations. C. Provide new domestic water services for connection to new and existing systems. Verify locations and confirm that new piping service to existing connections are of equal or greater size. 3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Scope - Provide all slab saw cutting, excavation, trenching, and backfilling, dewatering required to install underground piping systems. Provision of all select fill material which may be required is to be included by the Plumbing Contractor. B. Excavate trenches with side slopes to prevent collapse and in conformance with all safety codes and standards. Provide dewatering if required. Do not undermine existing or planned footings and foundations. C. Select bedding from trench excavation if suitable. Use granular material, free from large stones, debris, and frozen material. If suitable bedding is not available, import from approved sources. Place bedding material under, around, and over pipe. Work material around pipes, taking care to keep any oversize stones out of contact with the pipe and to provide uniform support for the pipe. Cover pipe with bedding material to building subgrade or to a minimum of 12" depth. D. Backfill remaining trench with backfill material from trench excavation if suitable. If not suitable, import material from approved source. Compact all bedding and backfill to a minimum of 95% maximum density in lifts not exceeding 12" in depth. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Plumbing Systems 15400 -3 z • Z CC!L JU U O cn cnw J= • u_ w0 u_ ¢ =d �...w z= H zI- w O-- 0 wW O .. z w U= O~ z E. After completion of backfilling, dispose of excess material and smooth the surface to grade. Safety is key and precautions must be taken. Coordinate location, depth, and timing with all other trades and the building foundation. END OF SECTION REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Plumbing Systems 15400 -4 WWI } Mori z ~w r4 2 JU 0 U� W H CO WO 2 �a co =a F- W Z= F- O z�- w O • � O H W W 2 F- H LL O ..z W U= O ~ z REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET JUNE 10, 2002 SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Plumbing fixtures and trim. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide new fixtures free from flaws and blemishes with finished surfaces clear, smooth, and bright. B. Provide plumbing fittings. Visible parts of fixture brass and accessories shall be heavily chrome plated. C. Protect fixtures against use and damage during construction. D. All fixtures shall include accessible loose key stops installed above floor slab. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Check millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough -in and installation. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: American Standard Chicago Elkay JR Smith Kohler Moen Symmons Woodford Zurn 2.02 FIXTURES A. See fixture schedules on plumbing plans. B. Provide .5 gpm flow restrictors for lavatory faucets per code. 15450 -1 • C. Sink and Lavatory traps and supplies: Chrome plated brass compression loose key valves, and chrome plated brass escutcheons, and chrome plated copper flared tube supplies. Eastman Speedflex or Brasscraft. D. Sink and Lavatory P- traps: 17ga chrome plated tubular brass with escutcheons. E. Scald covers for p -traps and supplies: Handy Shield P -trap and hot water supply safety covers. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. At completion, thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with keyed stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C. Install faucets according to manufacturers instructions. Cold faucet handles and stop valves shall always be on right side. Hot on the left. Retain manufacturers installation instructions for 0 & M manuals. D. Install wall mounted fixtures with approved wall carriers, model to suit installation. E. .Install vacuum breakers on all hose connections. Install "supplied by owner appliances" according to manufacturers instructions. Install fixtures in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and applicable State regulations for Barrier -Free facilities. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 15450 -2 gwv T.1 7 1 Yr., REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 02284.01 BID SET JUNE 10, 2002 SECTION 15770 HEATING /COOLING UNITS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED AC-4 and AC -5 heating and cooling units described in this section are owner provided and shall be :installed by the Mechanical Contractor. A. Packaged rooftop heating /cooling units. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unit shall meet the requirements of UL standard 465, and be UL tested and certified. B. Test and rate cooling systems to ARI Standard 210/240. C. Efficiency ratings shall meet requirements of the Washington State Energy Code. 1.03 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year unconditional parts warranty on compressor units. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS A. Rooftop package units shall be Trane Voyager series for AC -4 and Trane Precedent series AC- 5. No other manufacturers will be considered. B. FEATURES 1. Rooftop package units AC -4 shall be Trane Model YCD181 C4L, high efficiency,15 ton, downflow unit shall include the following features: Baked enamel, painted galvanized steel, weathertight cabinet Copper evaporator and condenser coil tubes with aluminum fins Corrosion resistant steel gas heat exchanger equipped with low NOx emissions. Belt drive fans Low capacity, two stage heat 2 " -30% pleated filters Modulating 0 -100% integrated economizer outdoor air damper control with 50% barometric relief capability. Factory roof curb Standard 3 HP supply fan motor and drive capable of delivering design CFM at design E.S.P. shall be provided. Fan motors horsepowers shall not be decreased from those specified on equipment schedule. 460V /3Ph single point power connection Through the base electrical and gas connections Conventional thermostat interface (verify) and Novar Controls control board (verify) E.E.R rating of at least 11.5 15770 -1 Non -fused disconnect 3. Rooftop package unit AC -5 shall be Trane Model YHC036A4L, high efficiency, 3 ton, downflow unit shall include the following features: Baked enamel, painted galvanized steel, weathertight cabinet Copper evaporator and condenser coil tubes with aluminum fins Corrosion resistant steel gas heat exchanger equipped with low NOX emissions. Belt drive fans Low capacity, single stage heat gas heat 2 " -30% pleated filters Modulating 0 -100% integrated economizer outdoor air damper control. 50% barometric relief capacity features for this unit Factory roof curb Standard 1 HP, belt drive supply fan motor and drive capable of delivering design CFM at design E.S.P. shall be provided. 460V /3Ph single point power connection Through the base electrical and gas connections Conventional thermostat interface S.E.E.R rating of at least 12.5 Non -fused disconnect • PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fasten factory roof curb to structure. Shim as required to provide level curb. Fasten curb securely to structure. Mount units securely on factory curb providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Seismically secure units. B. Provide condensate drain traps and slope piped discharge to roof scuppers or to approved receptor as allowed by local jurisdiction. C. Units are not to be run or used for temporary heat during construction. Air balance shall not be begun until building is clean. D. Clean filters shall be installed prior to air balance and at building turnover. E. Start -up and test each unit according to manufacturer's requirements including testing gas manifold pressures, exhaust CO2/O2 content, refrigerant operating pressures, operating amperages etc.. F. Electrical Contractor to provide power to single point connection at factory provided disconnects for AC units. Mechanical Contractor coordinate. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Heating /Cooling 'Units 15770 -2 • • r, z ~ w o!L 6U U0 co o cnw J �w w g u-¢ =d �w z= 1--0 z�- w �o ON OH wW 2C 0 u-O .z w US O~ z REI — SOUTHCENTER BID SET MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 JUNE 10, 2002 SECTION 15820 EXHAUST FAN UNITS PARTIGENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Roof mounted fans B. • Fan accessories C. Barometric relief hoods D. Cabinet exhaust fans 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to AMCA Bulletins regarding construction and testing. Fans shall bear AMCA certified rating seal. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 FANS - A. Acceptable Products: Fans as manufactured by: - Jenn Air - Penn Ventilator - Greenheck B. Single phase 115V fan motors shall be factory equipped with internal thermal overload protection. l • C. Belt drive fans shall be provide fan with adjustable sheaves. D. Direct drive fans shall be provided with variable speed controls mounted at the fans for balancing. E. All fans other than the rooftop and in -line centrifugal exhaust fans shall include aluminum backdraft dampers provided by the manufacturer and sized according to the schedules and plans. F. Provide line voltage thermostats for installation by the electrical contractor as scheduled on plans. G. All fans shall be factory dynamically balanced to minimize vibration. H. The shop exhaust fan shall be factory supplied with an explosion proof motor and an aluminum rub ring. 2.02 BAROMETRIC RELIEF 15820 -1 A. Factory manufactured aluminum roof hood with field installed adjustable counterbalanced vertical air flow backdraft damper mounted in hood throat. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Supply and install sheaves as necessary for final air balancing. Coordinate line voltage control requirements with electrical contractor for wiring. B. Coordinate size, location and rough opening requirements for roof curbs with General • Contractor. Verify that curb dimensions used in plans and details will mate with unit cap dimensions with proper allowances for roofing material, flashing, etc. C. Set roof mounted fans on new curbs. Coordinate new curb locations, sizes and construction with General Contractor. Provide and field install backdraft dampers as specified per plans and details verifying proper operation. Provide acoustic insulation in duct where indicted. Secure fans to curbs. Verify tight seal of duct connection. D. Adjust counterbalanced back draft dampers on barometric relief hood for opening at 0.05" maximum positive building pressure. Verify that hood is securely fastened to curb. END OF SECTION REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Exhaust Fan Units 15820 -2 p,v 4'n Voa z ce ~ w J0 O 0 U) 0 J w0 2 �Q =d z= 1- 0 z 1- w Lij UD O - O I-- w W 2 z ow u) = H � 0 z REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET SECTION 15840 DUCTWORK PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Ductwork and plenums. B. Fasteners. C. Sealants. D. Duct cleaning. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions. For acoustically Tined or internally insulated ducts, maintain sizes inside lining or insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards -1995 B. Uniform Mechanical Code C. ASHRAE Handbooks PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS. A. Ducts: Galvanized steel lock forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 ounces per square foot for each side. ASTM -A525 WITH A G60 coating. B. Fiberglass ductboard is not to be used. C. Fasteners: Use rivets, bolts, and sheet metal screws. JUNE 10, 2002 D. Sealant: Water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials, specifically manufactured and listed for use in sealing duct system. United McGiII United Duct Sealer or equal. E. Duct tape: Not permitted F. Flexible Ducts: Flexible ducts shall consist of a UL rated Class 1 exterior reinforced laminated vapor barrier, 1" thick fiberglass insulation, non perforated interior liner, spring steel wire helix. Duct shall be UL listed as a Class 1 air duct in accordance with NFPA 90A and 90 B. Therma- flex GKM, or equal. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Ductwork shall be fabricated in strict accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Ducts shall be constructed to 1" w.g. pressure class standards. 15840 -1 B. Construct tees, bends, and elbows with radius of not Tess than 11/2 times the width of the duct on center line. Where not possible and where square throat elbows are used, provide turning vanes per SMACNA Duct Standards figure 2 -3. C. DUCT OFFSETS r1y Duct transitions shall be constructed within limits of Figure 2 -7 of SMACNA Duct Standards (Reference A) unless specifically noted on the plans otherwise. z w 2 D. JOINTS IN RECTANGULAR SHEET METAL DUCTS: v vO CO 0 Ducts under 18" on longest dimension - joints shall be "S" and "Drive ". D LII ucts 18" and over - joints shall be "T.D.C. ", Duct -Mate or equal. Longitudinal seams shall be either Pittsburgh or snap -lock. u- w 0 E. JOINTS IN ROUND AND OVAL SHEET METAL DUCTS: Q Joints shall be beaded sleeve joints except for concealed ducts under 12" in diameter, crimp cn joint may be used. Longitudinal seams for all exposed duct shall be spiral wound. Concealed z w 1" pressure class duct may be snap lock. Z F— 0 w~ w A. Duct gauges shall comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for 1" w.g. and 0 2" pressure class ( See general notes on drawings). 2.03 DUCT GAUGES t <, PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1 , 0 52 OH ww L-11 O •• Z A. Install ducts in conformance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and The U� Uniform Mechanical Code. Also, refer to section 15090 for additional specifications for 1 hangers, supports, and seismic restraint. B. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with ten foot (10') maximum length of flexible duct at connections. Pull 4 turns of wire helix over 2" wide collar, wrap with 2 layers of duct tape and secure to collar with 3 sheet metal screws. Tighten a non - metallic draw band over connection. Support flex ducts with 1' /Z' wide metal strap. Flex ducts shall be installed as straight as possible and with minimum sag. Bends shall be made with not less than one duct diameter inside radius. Ducts shall extend six inches beyond sheet metal collar before bending. C. At each point where ducts pass through partitions, seal joints around duct with non - combustible material. Coordinate with General Contractor. D. Ducts are to be run in the straightest possible line. Use of offsets and fittings shall be held to an absolute minimum. It is the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor to secure the necessary clear space required to provide the most effective air distribution paths. E. All joints in metal duct systems, inclusive of exhaust, return, and supply, shall be sealed. All supply ducts shall be sealed with a mastic type duct sealer, applied under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Exposed ducts shall be internally sealed so as to hide duct sealer. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Ductwork 15840 -2 4 I..v.:':ai.'..; i•:. F. Ducts shall be kept dry and clean and free of construction debris during fabrication, transportation, storage, and installation. G. Special care shall be taken in manufacturing and installing exposed ducts. Dents, exposed sealants, or other flaws or poor workmanship will not be accepted. Exposed ducts shall be hung level and in -line with the building structure and as detailed on the mechanical and architectural plans. END OF SECTION REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 Bid Set June 10, 2002 Ductwork 15840 -3 REI — SOUTHCENTER BID SET MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 JUNE 10, 2002 SECTION 15850 DUCT INSULATION PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Duct insulation. B. Adhesive, tie wires, and tapes. C. Recovering. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Deliver material to job site in original non - broken factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's density and thickness. B. Perform work at ambient and equivalent temperatures as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. Insulation shall be kept clean, protected, and dry at all times. 1.03 ALTERNATIVES A. Alternative insulations are subject to Engineer approval only if alternatives provide the same thermal resistance within 10% of material specified. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: 1. 2. 3. Certainteed Johns - Mansville Owens - Corning 2.02 GENERAL A. Adhesives and Insulation Materials: Composite fire and smoke hazard ratings maximum 25 for Flame Spread and 50 for Smoke Developed. Adhesives to be waterproof. B. Concealed ducts shall be thermally insulated with external duct wrap. Internal duct lining shall be uped as required and specified for sound attenuation. Exposed ducts shall be internally lined for sound attenuation where indicated. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Concealed Round Ducts and Concealed Rectangular Ducts: Flexible glass fiber insulation, .25 "K" value at 7511 with factory applied reinforced foil kraft vapor barrier for systems where indicated on drawings. Owens Corning All Service Faced Duct Wrap or equal. B. Acoustic Lining: Glass fiber insulation with .25 "K" value at 75F. Absolute roughness of exposed surface not to exceed 0.0013. Coated to prevent fiber erosion at air velocities up to 4,000 fpm, 1.5 lb./cu ft minimum density. Owens Corning Aeroflex Duct Liner or equal. 15850 -1 C. Exposed Round Duct Lining: Certainteed ToughGard Ultra Duct Spiral Duct Liner. Internal liner for spiral round sheetmetal ducts: Glass fiber duct liner; ASTM C 1071 Type II, minimum NRC value for 1" thickness of 0.70 and a maximum k rating @ 75F of 0.23. Glass fiber liner shall have a coated abrasion resistant airside surface. Duct sizes given are net inside lining; make allowance for lining thickness. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is dry before and during application. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Duct insulation shall be installed by a specialist who is trained and experienced in application of ductwork insulation. B. Finish insulation neatly at hangers, supports, and other protrusions. C. Install duct wrap insulation strictly following manufacturer's guidelines. Adhere, staple, clip, and seal seams as directed by insulation guidelines published by Owens Corning Pub. 1 -MS -9857- B, 1 -MS- 8451 -C. D. Vapor barrier shall be continuous and unbroken. Cover breaks in jacket material with patches of the same material as the vapor barrier. Seal patches with tapes and sealants as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Acoustic Lining for rectangular sheetmetal ducts: Apply to interior of ducts. Secure to ductwork with adhesive using 50% coverage gauge. Impale anchor tabs on 16" centers. Provide metal nosings at all exposed leading edges (facing airstream) per SMACNA recommendations. F. Install Certainteed ToughGard Ultra Round spiral duct liner for exposed spiral round ducts according to the Certainteed Installation Manual. Butter transverse edges with ToughGard Ultra Round CertaEdge. G. Externally insulate all concealed metal ducts with duct wrap described in line C. above, not acoustically lined, supplying heating or cooling air, in a continuous fashion. H. Internally insulate all supply and return ducts for acoustic noise control where indicated on drawings as SL (sound Tined sheetmetal — for rectangular sheetmetal ducts) or AC (acoustical liner — for spiral ducts). 3.03 INSULATION THICKNESS A. Insulate all cooling /heating sheet metal supply air ducts with a minimum 1" thickness to provide a minimum "R" value of R4.2, or more if required by the Mechanical or Energy Code or specified on the plans. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Duct Insulation 15850 -2 a�. E . 4 k :1 z ~ • w JU O 0 (00 CO LU J H ')w w0 2 J LL < =• d I- ill Z= F-- f— O z�- w ui O • P- w w u-O wz O ~ z REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET PARTI GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Access doors. B. Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, Louvers C. Balancing dampers. D. Backdraft dampers. E. Flexible connections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Diffuser /grille performance shall be tested according to ANSI /ASHRAE Standard 70 -1991. SECTION 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES JUNE 10, 2002 B. Accessories shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A, Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. C. Fabricate and install in accordance with ASHRAE handbooks and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction manuals. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers to use as a guide for quality: 1. Greenheck. 2. Ruskin 3. Krueger 4. Titus 2.02 ACCESS DOORS A. Fabricate rigid and close fitting doors of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum 1" thick insulation with sheetmetal cover. B. Provide 2 hinges and 2 sash locks for sizes up to 18" square, 2 hinges and 2 compression latches with outside and inside handles for sizes up to 24" X 48 ". Provide an additional hinge for larger sizes. 2.03 SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST GRILLES, LOUVERS See diffuser and grille schedules on drawing. Acceptable Manufacturers include: Titus, Kreuger, Ruskin. Relief and exhaust louver model types have been carefully chosen for adequate free area. Substitutions will only be considered which meet free area and moisture 15860 -1 penetration resistance performance comparable to the model specified. Requests for substitutions must be submitted to the Architect for approval. 2.04 BALANCING AND BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Balance dampers shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, provided with quadrants or adjustment rod and lock set. Dampers shall be cut 'A" under duct size. B. All backdraft dampers to be factory furnished multi -blade type. Dampers are to be rattle -free. Barometric relief dampers are to be adjustable, counter - balanced aluminum style. Ruskin CBD or equal. 2.05 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate of neoprene coated flameproof fabric approximately 2" wide, tightly crimped into metal edging strip, and attached to ducting and equipment by screws or bolts at 4" intervals or sheet metal cleats. 2.06 APPLICATION A. Provide access doors for inspection and adjustment at dampers, at fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as necessary. Review locations prior to fabrication. B. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor to locate all dampers in a location that is accessible through the ceiling. D. Diffusers shall be balanced by balance dampers located at branch duct take -off. Balancing with opposed blade dampers located at diffusers is not acceptable. PART III EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets matte black. C. Equip diffusers with equalizer or diffuser cap designed to provide uniform airflow through diffusers. Provide equalizing grids at diffusers connected to exposed ducts. Use low pressure drop assemblies. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Duct Accessories 15860 -2 1 REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET JUNE 10, 2002 SECTION 15900 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION z PART I GENERAL E' w 2 1.01 WORK INCLUDED UO A. Control Contractor work defined: O Part of the work described in this specification division will be furnished by the owner's Controls _ Supplier to Trane and the Electrical Contractor for installation. The Electrical and HVAC cn Contractors shall furnish and install all other components, wiring and devices necessary for a w 0 complete and operational HVAC control system. 2 B. Complete system of automatic controls to control existing and new HVAC system. I. C. Control devices, components, wiring, and material. Z D. Instructions for Owners. z w U � O N 2.01 CONTROL SYSTEM AND CONTRACTOR SELECTION o F- LU ui A. Control system manufacturer for Retail and Office rooftop air conditioners and EF -1 (toilet 1 room /break room exhaust fan): "—' 0 Novar Controls PART II PRODUCTS B. Control systems for Tele -Com closet exhaust EF -2: Honeywell line voltage thermostats supplied by the HVAC Contractor to the Electrical Contractor for installation. D. Alternate manufacturers are not approved. Alternates must be submitted with cost savings for Architect and Owner review. E. Control of EF -1 shall be by Electrical Contractor: Interlock operation of EF -1 to the occupied mode of operation for AC -5. Coordinate with the Controls Supplier the appropriate circuit connection for this interlock. Mechanical Contractor coordinate with Electrical Contractor and verify proper operation of EF -1. F. Control of the shop exhaust fan EF -3 shall be by wall switch control by the Electrical Contractor. Mechanical Contractor coordinate with Electrical Contractor. 2.02 CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Existing AC Units AC -1, AC -2, AC -3 shall be controlled by the Novar Control system integrated in the lighting control system. Electrical Contractor install remote sensors per Controls Supplier design at the locations shown on the HVAC plans. Wire remote sensors back to field mounted AC unit Novar ETM controllers. Two Novar ETM controllers are provided to Trane by Novar for factory mounting. The other three Novar ETM controller shall be provided to the Control Contractor by Novar for field installation in existing unit AC- units. 15900 -1 IMPC B. AC unit economizer controls shall be by the enthalpy controller integral to the Trane modulating economizer section, which shall interface with the Novar controller via the Trane Conventional Thermostat Interface (CTI) for AC- 1,2,3,4,5. The Control Contractor shall determine and install all modifications necessary for economizer operation and integration with the Novar system. C. Electrical Contractor mount Novar Supplied 8- button control monitor in the basement office in the thermostat location shown there per the HVAC plan. P'•'n z C. Scheduling functions: Each thermostat shall provide 365 day scheduling independent of any w other thermostat. The optimal start feature shall be programmed to bring the space to comfort o: temperature in the most energy efficient manner possible. Unoccupied set -back and set -up R. ,, 6 v temperatures shall be programmable in order to maintain minimum and maximum space 0 O temperature during unoccupied periods. The Controls Supplier shall confer with the Owner's co o representative as to provide the proper temperature and time schedule settings and shall w = provide instruction to the Owner's representative on the control system's use. —' F- w0 g< co =w 4, Z E. The HVAC Contractor shall test and verify proper supply duct smoke detector operation for z O existing air conditioning units moving in excess of 2000 cfm air flow. The HVAC Contractor w w shall coordinate these tests with the Electrical Contractor to verify unit shutdown upon smoke v detection. 0 0- 0 I- ww L- O .. Z B. All control wiring and electrical control items shall be provided and installed by the Electrical v Contractor. F. H z D. Exhaust fans EF -2 (tele -com room) shall be thermostatically controlled to switch on upon a rise in temperature to the upper limit the designated setpoint dead -band and shall switch off upon a drop in temperature to the lower limit of the setpoint dead -band. Thermostats shall provide a range of operation between 60 and 85F with a minimum 5 degree dead -band for reduced cycling. R. 1 2.03 CONTROL WIRING A. All wiring installation shall comply with all electrical code requirements. C. Line Voltage Control Wiring: #14 AWG, stranded copper, 600 V insulation. , G. Low Voltage Control Wiring: #18 AWG twisted shielded pair. 100% foil shielding. Beldon 8760 or equal. H. Low voltage wiring shall be routed as to be hidden from view or enclosed in conduit in exposed ceiling areas. Coordinate with Architect and General Contractor prior to installation. F. Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing and Raceways: Shall be installed where required to comply with all electrical codes wherever exposed locations may be subject to physical damage. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Controls /Instrumentation 15900 -2 <.s REI — SOUTHCENTER MPI JOB NO. 0228.00 BID SET SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PARTI GENERAL JUNE 10, 2002 The Mechanical Contractor shall employ a qualified firm to complete the testing, adjusting, and balancing of all the mechanical systems. 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use only testing, adjusting, and balancing firms certified by Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). B. All testing, adjusting, and balancing shall be performed per the procedural standards for NEBB or AABC. PART II 2.01 EXECUTION A. At the substantial completion of the project all systems will be started and tested to assure that the systems are in proper working order. 1. No air balancing shall be performed until new systems are indicated 100% complete by the Mechanical Contractor. Existing AC systems AC -1,2,3 shall be tested to determine nominal air flow and minimum outside air intake during occupied mode. Rebalance units as needed to achieve air flow of 400 - 450 cfm per nominal ton of rated capacity and to provide the minimum fresh air flows specified on the Existing AC Unit Schedule on Sheet M -1. Verify that clean filters have been installed and that any duct modifications to be done are 100% complete before testing and balancing. . Report to owner on system status and include recommendations for significant repair and maintenance concerns. . Balance new AC Units AC -4 and AC -5 to the unit and outside air flows specified on sheet M -1. B. All air moving systems will be balanced to the quantities shown on the contract drawings. 1. At the direction of the air balance team, the Mechanical Contractor shall provide sheaves, to be changed by the balance crew, as necessary to achieve the total design air quantities, within accepted tolerances, at each air moving device. 2. The balance crew is responsible for final verification that installed equipment complies with approved submittal data. 3. The balance crew is responsible for final verification that installed diffusers, grilles, and registers are the size indicated on the design documents. Balance supply and exhaust diffuser and grille air flow quantities to within 90% -110% of the values specified in the plans. 15990 -1 z w e_1 0 00 co o • w L_ H co ld 0 2 J • ¢ cn 1. • Lux 1— O z !- W O• � CH w W u-O .z w U= O~ z !Laden/ volamiki ;arm The balance crew and the Mechanical Contractor shall work together to resolve all system deficiencies, to the extent of the project specifications and drawings, prior to final submittal of the air balance logs. The Mechanical Contractor is specifically directed to include in his bid a reasonable allowance to make the above - mentioned changes and corrections to achieve an acceptable air balance. C. All air conditioning equipment shall be cycled through all modes of control, including but not limited to: 1. First and second stage mechanical cooling stages and economizer cooling stage. 2. First and second stage heating 3. Fire /smoke alarms Each of these modes is to be tested to verify that compressors, auxiliary heat, and fans function per the manufacturers' intentions. A completed report including inlet and outlet flows and temperatures in each mode is required on each piece of equipment. All outside air intakes are to be adjusted to the air quantities indicated on the drawings and by code. Each piece of equipment shall be tested according to the manufacturer's start and test procedures including checking refrigerant operating pressures, and gas manifold pressures, exhaust gas CO2/02 concentrations, and fan belt alignment. D. Test and balance the barometric relief dampers located in the existing roof caps to open at 0.04" positive retail space pressure relative to ambient. E. Completed logs shall include: Air apparatus test report for each AC unit and heating unit indicating supply, return and outside airflows, pressures, and supply /return temperatures in each mode. Air outlet test report including all supply, return, and exhaust outlets. Fan test report for all exhaust fans. As built drawing with numbered outlets corresponding to air outlet test report. 2.02 COMPLETION A. At the completion of balancing, testing, and adjusting, provide 4 copies each of the start -up and test logs to be incorporated into O &M Manuals and submit an additional (fifth) copy to the Architect for Engineer review. See sections 01600 and 01700. REI- Southcenter MPI Job No. 02284.00 END OF SECTION Bid Set June 10, 2002 Test and Balance 15990 -2 .o, z ~ w rt 00 CO o J = w0 Li. Q :c F-.w Z= O Z I-- w ui U0 O - � H W W u- O wz U(1) O • F' Z REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/PERMIT SET SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 A. Bidding documents including Division 1 General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Published Addenda and related work in other Divisions form an integral part of these Specifications and shall be binding on the Division 16 Contractor for all work performed under Division 16, Electrical. DEFINITIONS A. The term "provide" shall mean furnish, install and connect equipment and materials complete in operating condition. The term "approved" as used herein shall mean the written .approval of the Engineer. C. The term "General Contractor" as used herein shall mean the organization responsible for accomplishing all work within the contract documents. The term "contractor" as used herein shall mean the organization responsible for accomplishing Division 16 work. The plural term "contractors" as used herein shall include all of the trade organizations that comprise the project workforce. The term "drawings" as used herein shall mean all contract drawings for all divisions of work. NEC means National Electrical Code. The term "code" as used herein shall mean all applicable National, State and local codes. SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. The Electrical work consists of furnishing, installing, testing and placing in satisfactory operation all equipment, materials, devices and appurtenances, necessary to provide a complete electrical system according to the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. In general this includes all labor, materials, equipment, tools, etc. to complete the electrical work. All low voltage wiring exposed to view shall be routed in an orderly and workman like manner, perpendicular to the he structural grid and concealed t the maximum extent possible. The routing of low voltage wiring in areas exposed to view shall be as approved by the Architect. The color of low voltage wiring exposed to view shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colors as approved by Architect. 1.4 INTENT OF DRAWINGS A. The Electrical drawings are intended to serve as working drawings for general layout. Equipment, receptacles and raceway are partially diagrammatic and do not necessarily indicate actual routings or all appurtenances required for a complete installation. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTER' BID/PERMIT SET SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 B. The drawings and specifications are complementary. What is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. C. Take all working dimensions, outlet heights, door swings, light fixture locations, and the like from architectural drawings. Motor horsepower and apparatus wattages indicated on the plans are requirements of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this contract. Advise the Architect/Engineer in writing of any deviations in actual equipment supplied that affect the electrical installation. 13 MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS A. Make all installations in strict accordance with manufacturers' published recommendations and details. All equipment and materials recommended by them shall be considered as part of this contract. 1.6 SUPERVISION AND COORDINATION A. Coordinate utility power and metering work with Puget Sound Energy and telephone work Qwest to ensure compliance with their specific requirements. Contact both power and telephone utilities and make arrangement for their services to this project. Contact Electrical Inspection and obtain an electrical permit for the work. C. Maintain adequate supervision of the Division 16 work and have a responsible person in charge at the site any time work is in progress or when necessary for coordination with other trades. 1.7 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. All work shall conform to current applicable National, State and local Codes; these shall be regarded as the minimum standard of quality for material and workmanship. Contractor shall familiarize himself with all the following codes prior to bidding. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code California State Electrical Amendments to the NEC NESC National Electrical Safety Code NEMA National Electric Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Associations CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers Federal, State and Local Building Codes ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories Local Electrical Code Service Policies of Puget Sound Energy and Qwest ANSI American National Standards Institute IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 2 tosti R "1 Q ••1 REI —SOUTH CENTER • BID/PERMIT SET SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS UBC Uniform Building Code & City Supplements UFC Uniform Fire Code & City Supplements CE JOB NO. 02037 June II, 2002 Nothing in these Drawings and Specifications shall be construed as permitting work not conforming with governing codes. C. The Contractor shall not be relieved from complying with any requirements of these contract documents which may exceed, but not conflict with, requirements of the governing codes. A. Obtain and pay all fees for licenses, permits and inspections required by laws, ordinances and rules governing work specified herein. Arrange for inspection of work and provide inspectors with all necessary assistance. Owner will pay Puget Sound energy for permanent electrical power to the building. Contractor shall be responsible for costs related to temporary construction power to the site. 1.9. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Fully instruct the Owner's designated representatives in the operation and maintenance of all components of the electrical system upon completion of the work and after all tests and final inspection(s) by the Authority(s) Having Jurisdiction. B. Arrange scheduled instruction periods with the designated personnel of the Owner. The instruction period shall consist of a minimum of eight hours to review the electrical installation and shall be included in the Bid. This does not include requirements for the pinnacle lighting system instruction period. 1.10 AS -BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS Continuously maintain a set of AS -Built Drawings to indicate all significant deviations from the original design and the actual placement of equipment and underground conduits. Changes shall be shown with red colored pencil while work is in progress. This "As- Built" set shall be clearly marked: "AS -BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS - Do Not Remove From Office." 1.11 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O &M) MANUALS A. Prepare two (2) copies of 0 & M manuals that contain operating and maintenance information, replacement parts list, shop drawings, wiring diagrams and equipment test data for all equipment and systems installed under this contract. Manuals shall be organized as follows: 1. Each 0 & M manual shall be assembled in a loose leaf, 3 ring hard cover binder. a. The covers shall have a typewritten adhesive label with the name of the Project, Owner, Electrical Contractor/Engineer, and year of completion. The back edge shall have a typewritten adhesive label with the name of the Project, Owner and year of completion. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/PERMIT SET SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS GUARANTEE The Division 16 Contractor shall provide written guarantee to repair or replace (without additional expense) any defective materials or workmanship which become evident within a period of one (1) year after final acceptance. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Deliver two (2) complete, 0 & M manuals at least four weeks before final review of the project. Any material guaranteed by a specific manufacturer for a period in excess of one year shall be specifically noted on the Owner's written guarantee. The Contractor will not be expected to perform normal maintenance, such as replacement of incandescent lamps in excess of 60 days past beneficial occupancy, or replacement of components which malfunction due to abuse or lack of proper maintenance of operation by the Owner. END OF SECTION 16010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 4 roa «r Z w 2 ry, 6 0 0 UU W= _J �u_ WO g J u. Q I-W r,.., Z 1—O Z W � O O U a. W W 2 I— I- u_ O .. z W U= 0 ~ Y;d } z REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS PART 1- GENERAL CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 z 1.1 WORK INCLUDED = Z A. General requirements for materials and installation methods. re 2 ., U 0 U) w J H 2.1 GENERAL w O All materials shall be new, free from defects, of the quality specified herein and on the drawings. Materials shall be designed to insure satisfactory operation and rated life in the prevailing j environmental conditions where they are being installed. They shall be listed by Underwriter's = C3 Laboratories (or a recognized testing laboratory) for use under these conditions. H W ZF Each type of material shall be of the same make and quality throughout the job. The materials Z O furnished shall be the latest standard design products of manufacturers regularly engaged in their W w production. U � - O 0E- WW =U 1-- PART 2 - PRODUCTS TECHNICAL DATA Technical information contained herein relies entirely on tests and ratings provided by manufacturers ti ~O who are solely responsible for their accuracy. The Engineer, by use of this information in no way Li l Z implies this has been tested or otherwise has verified the results of published manufacturer's U - information. O H Z AS SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT This specification generally lists only one make and model number for each item of equipment or material required for the project. This is not intended to be restrictive but is intended to indicate the standard of quality, design and features required. In addition, the listed product is the basis of the design regarding physical size, electrical power requirements and performance. The product so identified is designated "as specified." SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS Listing of approved materials is not intended to prevent acceptance of other materials provided the substitute products are submitted for approval and have been approved in accordance with the Substitution of Materials requirements. B. Approval Prior to Installation 1. All substitution requests shall be made on the Substitution Request form provided at the end of Section 16050. All substitution requests shall be initially sent to the Architect for forwarding to the Engineer. Provide three (3) copies. One (1) will be returned with comments. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS tY, v'stMnv: . 16050 -1 • REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for a substitute item suiting the space limitations shown and for any additional installation costs incurred by the substitution. 3. 4. Approval of substitution materials shall not be construed as authorizing any deviation from the contract drawings and specifications except where such deviation is clearly described in writing by the Contractor on the SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM for the Architect/Engineers review and is approved in writing by the Engineer. Requests shall clearly define and describe the proposed substitute product. Such requests shall be accompanied by samples, record of performance, certified test reports and such additional information as the Engineer may require to satisfactorily evaluate the substitute product(s). Approval Prior to Bid Opening Prior Approval requests for substitute materials that are similar in appearance, quality and performance to those specified herein or on the drawings may be submitted by bidders or vendors. All requests shall be made in writing and received in the Architect's office at least ten (10) days prior to date of bid opening using the SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM. Telephone requests for approval and written requests received less than ten (10) days prior to bid opening will not be accepted. Approved substitute materials will normally be included in addenda published prior to bid opening. Approval After Contract Award: Substitute products will be considered after contract award only under these conditions: 2.5 Non - Availability of Specified Materials: The Contractor shall have placed orders for specified materials promptly after contract award and have received written confirmation of non - availability from the supplier(s). The reason of non - availability shall be beyond the contractor's control such as: discontinuation of manufacture, strikes and acts of God. Contract Price Adjustments: The Contractor may submit substitution requests for Owner cost savings. All substitute request forms submitted after award of contract shall clearly indicate the proposed contract price change or the request will not be accepted. 3. Where Permitted in the Specifications: For items where "approval prior to bidding" is not required in these specifications. It shall be the contractors' responsibility to show that a substitute item is equal to the specified item. No Substitute: 1. It is the intent of this specification to require specific materials to be compatible with the design concept and installation. Certain materials and systems, consequently, are indicated "No Substitute" and shall be provided as specified. COMPLETE SYSTEMS A. All systems specified herein and shown on the drawings shall be complete and operational in every detail. Mention of certain materials in bidding documents shall not be construed as releasing the BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 16050 - 2 11 4'1 -1 • REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 Contractor from furnishing such additional materials and performing all labor required to provide a complete and operable system. 2.6. • SUBMITTALS Purpose of Submittals 1. Submittals processed by the Engineer are not change orders. The Contractor, by the submittal process, demonstrates an understanding of the design concept by indicating equipment and materials intended to be provided and fabrication/installation methods intended to be utilized to meet all requirements of the contract documents. The Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept and the contract documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from compliance with the contract documents. General Requirements: The Contractor shall provide five (5) submittal brochures as follows: Material Lists and Catalogs Data: Submit, within 10 days after contract award, complete lists of materials, marked catalog sheets, dimensions and other information necessary to properly identify each item. Submittals shall include the most significant materials for each section of these specifications. Shop Drawings: Submit, within 20 days after contract award, shop drawings for equipment and materials unique to this installation. Submittal items: Submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following items: Panels Time Switch Wiring Devices Fire alarm Wires and Cables Disconnects Floor Boxes Fused Disconnects Fuses Nameplates Items Requested by Engineer Submittal Format 1. All submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter with reference identification (i.e., Electrical Submittal No. 1, material lists and catalog data, etc.). 2. Submittal brochures shall be separately bound in ACCO fastened or 3 -ring type binders appropriate for the quantity of submittal items. Provide typewritten adhesive identification labels on each cover that include Project Name, Electrical Submittal Reference, and Contractor's Name, address and telephone /fax numbers. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS • 16050 - 3 REI — SOUTH CENTER Bm /PERMIT SET SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 3. All information contained in the brochures shall be grouped by specification sections. Provide a typewritten index and identifying divider tabs for all project submittal items to facilitate future reference. Z Submittal Completeness H Z re w 1. The Contractor shall make every effort to ensure the completeness of the initial submittal. QQ D Availability of certain shop drawings and catalog materials, however, may prevent this. -.I U O Submittal shall not be delayed past specified time periods to await delivery of the missing to 0 items. The Contractor, instead, shall identify missing items on the transmittal letter and provide index listings and divider tabs for later insertion of these materials into the completed ' '' -J 1-- submittal brochure. N u- w0} Engineer's Selection of Materials for Installation: The Engineer may select specified items that the , _ ., F J Contractor shall provide, without change in contract price or time of completeness, under these u.. < circumstances: u) d =W F- 1. Late and/or Unqualified Partial Submittals: Submittals must be made within the specified time '' ' _ Z H periods; all partial submittals shall indicate manufacturer(s) catalog numbers, pertinent F-.O technical information and status of missing items. Z'— 111 iii 2. Failure to follow Re- submittal Procedures: Contractor, within 14 days after the Engineer U u) rejects any items, shall re- submit new materials for approval. 0 ui 3. Substitute materials submitted by the Contractor have been rejected twice by the Engineer. Z U I-- F- - O Contractor's Responsibilities: The Contractor is responsible for all submittal details, accuracy of Z quantities and dimensions, selection of fabrication processes and techniques of assembly. U i— _ 1. The Contractor shall furnish equipment/material suppliers with all Drawings and Specifications Z ~ pertinent to their equipment. The Contractor shall review all submittals and shop drawings, prior to submittal to Engineer, and correct them as necessary to insure compliance with the specifications and drawings. This review shall be indicated on the submittal catalog data sheets. Obtain Engineer's written approval before manufacture is started on any special equipment. 3. Deviation from Shop Drawings in fabrication and/or installation of equipment is not permitted unless proposed changes are clearly noted in writing by the Contractor and approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer at the time of submittal. 4. Maintain at least one complete approved Submittal Brochure on the jobsite for reference during construction. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION General: These items shall be provided with nameplates: 1. All motors, pushbutton stations, control panels and time switches. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 16050 - 4 . I t .., 1.A4 ., fi�:.: si..,:: cw: i.:..• �".<:)... ca: r: u.....::» y, 4.. �L>> �.:. c:ltc.r:'1:.4u..k3a:. "...�...)' .:. REI — SOUTH CENTER BID !PERMIT SET , SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 2. Disconnect switches, panelboards, circuit breakers, contactors and relays in separate enclosures. Z 3. Wall switches controlling outlets, lighting fixtures or equipment where the outlets are not located within sight of the controlling switch. 1-- Z CL 4. Special systems shall be properly identified at outlets, junction and pull boxes, terminal J U cabinets and equipment racks. U OQ Nameplate Inscription: J = H U) u_ 1. All nameplates shall adequately describe the function or operation of the identified equipment. w O 2 2 Panelboard and Switchgear nameplates shall include equipment designation, voltage, AIC Q withstand rating and phase of supply, i.e., Panel A, 208/120V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 10,000 AIC. D 3 Nameplate designations shall be consistent for all components of a particular piece of 2 equipment, such as disconnect switch, Push Button control station(s) and the like. Z 1..- ZO 4. Contractor shall submit a complete list of nameplates for approval. w Nameplate Construction U w O - CI 1. Nameplates shall be laminated phenolic plastic with minimum 3/16" high black engraved w w characters on white background. 1- 0 1-- O 2. Nameplates shall be securely fastened to the equipment with No. 4 round -head phillips, tti Z cadmium plated steel, self - tapping screws. Contact cement adhesive only is not acceptable. U w-_ o H Motor nameplates may be non - ferrous die - stamped metal; minimum 0.03 inch thick, in lieu of Z separate phenolic nameplate. Device plates may be identified by engraving directly on the plate. All engraved or stamped lettering shall be filled with contrasting enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION PROTECTION OF WORK Protect all work, wire, cable, materials and equipment installed under this Division against damage by other trades, weather conditions or any other causes. Equipment found damaged or in other than new condition will be rejected as defective. Transformers, panels, light fixture and electrical equipment shall be kept covered or enclosed to exclude moisture, dust, dirt, plaster, cement, or paint and shall be free of all such contamination before acceptance. Enclosures and trims shall be in new condition, free of rust, scratches or other finish defects. Properly refinish in a manner acceptable to the Engineer if damaged. C. Keep conduit and raceways closed with suitable plugs or caps during construction to prevent entrance of dirt, moisture, concrete or foreign objects. Raceways shall be clean and dry before installation of wire and at the time of acceptance. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 16050 - 5 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 D. Make up and insulate wiring promptly after installation of conductors. Wire shall not be pulled -in until raceways are complete, all bushings are installed and raceway terminations are completed nor pulled into conduit embedded in concrete until after the concrete is placed and forms are removed. CUTTING AND PATCHING Obtain permission from the Architect/Engineer prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with diamond core drills or saws except where space limitations prevent the use of such equipment. Cut asphalt with diamond core saws, repair all areas to match existing or to the standards described in other sections of these specifications. Penetrations of fire rated elements shall be carefully made to maintain that rating after the installation is complete. Seal all penetrations with AHJ approved caulking. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of Division 16 work must be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled labor experienced in that particular building trade. EXCAVATIONS All excavations are to be so conducted that no walls or footings shall be disturbed or injured in any way. Remove all surplus earth not needed for backfilling and dispose of same as appropriate at a licensed disposal facility. PAINTING Painting in general will be covered under another Division of this specification. Item furnished under this Division that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation are to be refinished by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer. CLEAN UP Contractor shall continually remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, etc., created by his work. Such clean up shall be done at sufficient frequency to minimum hazard to the public, other workmen, the building and the Owner's employees. Before acceptance of the installation, Contractor shall carefully clean cabinets, panels, wiring devices, coverplates, etc., to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. Blemishes to finished surfaces or apparatus shall be removed and new finish equal to the original applies. 3.6 LABELING A. Clearly and properly label the complete electrical system, as specified herein, to indicate the loads served or the function of each item of equipment connected under this contract. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 16050 - 6 0 I 1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 B. Control circuits shall utilize combinations of colors with each conductor identified throughout using wrap around numbers or letters. Identification shall be consistent with the contract drawing requirements and operation and maintenance shop drawings. Z MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS w t¢¢Y2 Provide complete electrical connections for all items of equipment, including incidental wiring, J materials, devices and labor necessary for a finished working installation. O 0 0 W Provide all code required disconnect switches and starters under this work unless specifically noted - otherwise on the drawings or in the specifications that these items are provided by others or are part of a complete package. ill 0 SUPPORT AND ALIGNMENT C Each fastening device and support for electrical equipment, fixtures, panels, outlets and cabinets shall Z = be capable of supporting not less than four times the ultimate weight of the objects fastened to or O suspended from the building structure. Z F. wW Install panels, cabinets and equipment level and plumb, parallel with structural building lines, panels and all electrical enclosures shall fit neatly without gaps, openings or distortion. Properly and neatly UO - close all unused openings with approved devices. F-- wW Fit surface panels, devices and outlets with neat, appropriate trims, plates or covers, (without over - C=- hanging edges, protruding corners or raw edges) to leave a finished appearance. ! p .• Z All junction boxes, pull boxes or other conduit terminating housings located above a suspended ceiling shall be securely suspended from structure or ceiling grid system to prevent sagging or swaying. 0 NOISE CONTROL Back -to -back or straight- through installation of wall or partition boxes is not permitted to minimize noise transmission between occupied spaces. B. Contactors, transformers, starters and similar noise producing devices shall not be placed on walls which are common to occupied spaces. Where such devices must be mounted on walls common to occupied spaces, they shall be shock mounted or isolated in such a manner as to effectively prevent the transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied space. C. Ballasts, contactors, starters, transformers and like equipment which are found to be noticeably noisier than other similar equipment on the project will be deemed defective and shall be replaced. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS END OF SECTION 16050 16050 -7 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/PERMIT SECTION 16052 — EXISTING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 A. Existing HVAC equipment shall be re -used. Contractor shall provide new conduit and wire and extend circuiting. B. Building has an existing service with meter. Contractor shall provide new panels served from the existing Building Electrical Service PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING MATERIALS All materials which are part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner. EXISTING MATERIALS REINSTALLED Existing materials and equipment that are removed as a part of the work may be reinstalled where noted on the drawings as part of the new system subject to approval by the Architect/Engineer. The requirements of the specifications (i.e. installation, warranty, testing, etc.) shall apply as if the materials were new, supplied by the Contractor. .3;`. EXISTING MATERIALS NOT TO BE REINSTALLED In coordination with the Architect/Engineer, these materials shall be made available for inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner and turned over to. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. If the Contractor fails to conform to this requirement, contractor shall purchase and turn over to the Owner replacement materials of like kind and quality. All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which Division 16 work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until deficiencies encountered in installation have been corrected. Report any delay or difficulties encountered in installation of Division 16 work which might be unsuitable to connect with work by other Divisions in this specification. Failure to report conditions shall constitute acceptance of other work as being fit and proper for the installation of Division 16 work. EXISTING SYSTEMS 16052 -1 REI = SOUTH CENTER BID/PERMIT SECTION 16052 - EXISTING SYSTEMS 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Switchboards, panelboards, signaling systems, other electrical equipment free standing (or surface mounted), raceway (exposed) and conductors no longer of service as a result of this contract shall be removed. Unused raceways or sleeves shall be cut flush at ceiling, floor or wall and filled with grout. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 NEW DEVICES IN REMODELED AREAS Where existing boxes are indicated to be reused, extend box as necessary and provide new devices and plates. END OF SECTION 16052 EXISTING SYSTEMS 16052 -2 t: I t REI - SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16060 - TESTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED CE JOB NO. 02037 June II, 2002 Perform tests of the electrical system to assure code compliance and proper system operation according to the intent of the contract documents. Retain the services of approved testing agency(s) to comply with the ground fault requirements of this section. Applicable Codes, Standards & References for Tests: All inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the following applicable codes and standards except as provided otherwise herein. 1. National Electrical Code - NEC National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE National Electrical Testing Association - NETA American National Standards Institute - ANSI State and Local Codes and Ordinances Insulated Cable Engineers Associate - ICEA Association of Edison Illuminating Companies - AEIC CIRCUIT TESTS The Contractor shall perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and grounding tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior to their connection and energization. A standard megger -type instrument shall be used to demonstrate that insulation values are acceptable, ground system is continuous and the neutral system is isolated from the grounding system except at the systems' single ground point. System defects, indicated by the circuit tests, shall be corrected. Tests shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. 1.3 GROUNDING TEST A. Measure the ohmic value of the Electrical Service Entrance "System Ground" with reference to "Earth Ground" using multiple terminal, fall of potential methods and suitable test instruments. B. Maximum resistance to ground shall be less than 10 ohms. Notify the Architect/Engineer if this resistance value is not obtained for the initially installed system; and then provide corrective measures as required to reduce ground resistance to less than 10 ohms. TESTING 16060 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16060 - TESTING CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 MOTOR AND EQUIPMENT TESTS Verify proper rotation of all motors before placing into service. Measure and record electrical data for each motor installed under this contract. Data shall include these items: Motor description Controller description Motor nameplate amperes Actual measured motor running amperes Overload heater . manufacturer and catalog numbers Overload heater ampere range Voltage (measured) and phase. Motor controller overload heaters shall be sized to the actual motor nameplate full load current; do not oversize overload heaters. PHASE BALANCE TESTS Verify the balance of the electrical system's phase currents; reassign load connections if necessary to obtain a balance that is acceptable to the Engineer. GROUND FAULT PROTECTION SYSTEMS TEST Visual and Mechanical Inspection Inspect neutral main bonding connection to assure: a Zero sequence is grounded upstream of sensor. b. Ground connection is made ahead of neutral disconnect link. Inspect control power transformer to insure adequate capacity for system. 3. Monitor panels (if present) shall be manually operated for: a. Trip test b. No trip test c. Non - automatic reset TESTING 16060 -2 turn Mul REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16060 - TESTING Proper operation and sequence shall be recorded. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 4. Zero sequence systems shall be inspected for symmetrical alignment of core balance transformers about all current carrying conductors. Z 5. Ground fault device circuit nameplate identification shall be verified by device operation. Q 6. Pickup and time delay settings shall be set in accordance with Engineer's instructions. U O u) 0 Ground Fault System Electrical Tests W = J F_ 1. System neutral insulation resistant shall be measured to insure no shunt ground paths exist, • 0 neutral- ground disconnect link shall be removed, neutral insulation resistance measured and link 2 }. . re laced P u_Q 2• d F.- 111 Z= F- 3.: The relay timing shall be tested by injecting one hundred fifty percent (150 %) and three hundred Z 0 W ui U0 O N O E- ww H 0 • O WZ U - 1--= O ~ Z The relay pickup current shall be determined by current injection at the sensor and the circuit interrupting device operated. percent (300 %) of pickup current into sensor. Total trip time shall be electrically measured. System operation shall be tested at fifty five percent (55 %) rated voltage. Zone interlock systems shall be tested by simultaneous sensor current injection and monitoring zone blocking function. Test Parameters 1. System neutral insulation resistance shall comply with applicable industry standards. 2 Relay pickup current shall be within ten percent (10 %) of device dial or fixed setting. 3. Relay timing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published time - current characteristic curves. . For Ground Fault System Testing, Contractor shall retain the services of a National Electrical Testing Association member firm, or a firm approved by the Engineer. Apply label certifying satisfactory test completion in accordance with NETA Labeling Procedure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND INSTRUMENTATION Contractor and/or testing agency shall supply all apparatus and materials required for indicated tests. B. Contractor shall include all costs associated with testing in bid proposal. 2.2 TEST REPORT(S) TESTING 16060 -3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/PERMIT SET SECTION 16060 - TESTING CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Furnish four (4) bound copies of test reports, as specified herein, for inclusion into the project operation and maintenance manuals. Each test report shall include the following items: 1. Name, address and telephone number of the testing agency. Name(s) of personnel conducting the tests Type of test Description of. test procedure List of items tested List of actual test equipment including make, model(s), serial number(s) and calibration date(s) as applicable. Test results Conclusion and recommendations Appendix, including appropriate test forms PART.3 - EXECUTION TESTING PROCEDURE Submit a copy of test procedure(s) to the Engineer prior to testing. All tests shall be conducted according to applicable industry standards. Notify Architect/Engineer and Owner at least five (5) working days prior to performance of any test. TRANSMITTAL OF REPORTS . Transmit test reports to the Architect/Engineer per Section 16010, "FINAL ACCEPTANCE." END OF SECTION 16060 TESTING 16060 -4 • -1• kesai REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 WORK INCLUDED Provide all raceways concealed in construction for a complete electrical system. Include all fittings, hangers and appurtenances required for a complete installation. In areas where raceway will be exposed to view the raceway shall be routed in an orderly and workman like manner, perpendicular to the structural grid and concealed to the maximum amount possible. For areas requiring raceway exposed, the Contractor shall submit two (2) copies of scaled floor plans (copies of Architectural) and details indicating proposed route of raceway prior to rough -in. These will be reviewed and approved by the Architect. One copy will be returned to remain on -site for reference. Allow a minimum of two weeks for review after drawings are received by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUITS Galvanized Rigid Steel, thick wall (GRS) Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Flexible Metal Conduit with and without polyvinyl chloride jacket. Non - metallic, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), schedule 40. FITTINGS GRS and IMC: fittings shall have threaded connections. Galvanized malleable iron or non - corrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit. Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (OZ type or equivalent) are permitted. EMT - FITTINGS: couplings and connectors shall be raintight, steel or malleable iron type utilizing a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disk. Steel set screw fittings are permitted in dry locations (not in wet locations or in concrete). Zinc, pot metal, die cast fittings and indenter fittings are not acceptable. , C. Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Dry Locations: malleable iron or steel, Thomas & Betts "Squeeze" type or equal. 2. Damp or Wet Locations: Thomas & Betts "Super Liquid- Tight" with external ground lug. D. PVC: Fittings shall be solvent welded types. RACEWAYS 16110 - 1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 B. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. Exposed conduits shall not be installed without prior approval of the routing by the Architect. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit. Verify height and routing of racks with Architect prior to installation. Support conduit at a maximum of eight feet on center. . No more than the equivalent of three 90- degree bends shall occur between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. m+� psi Use hydraulic one -shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 1 -1/4 inch size. 1 Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string (labeled with source and end points) in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. Install expansion- deflection joints where conduit crosses building expansion or seismic joints. M. Where conduit penetrates fire -rated walls and floors, provide mechanical fire -stop fittings with UL listed fire rating equal to wall or floor rating or seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound as required by the authority having jurisdiction. N. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof jack with pitch pocket. Exposed horizontal raceway runs on roof in excess of five (5) feet are not permitted. 3.2 CONDUIT SIZING RACEWAYS 16110 - 2 k . l REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 A. Conduits shall be sized per code for conductors with type THHN insulation, although thinner insulation types . are permitted in some cases. Conduit size shall not be reduced if large size is specified on the drawing. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4" trade diameter. GRS AND IMC Install GRS or IMC for all conduits in wet locations, concrete, underground, exposed to weather, hazardous locations, and where subject to physical damage. Connections shall be watertight in damp locations. EMT EMT may be installed for wiring in masonry block, frame construction, furred ceilings, above suspended ceilings and in dry location concrete, exposed dry location unfinished spaces not subject to physical damage. EMT shall not be installed underground, under concrete slabs -on- grade, in concrete slabs -on- grade, exposed to weather, on exterior of buildings or on roofs. Contractor shall coordinate assembly and installation of EMT in masonry block construction to avoid construction delays. Avoid surface cut masonry units wherever such masonry units are to remain unplastered or exposed. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT • Provide flexible conduit connection to motors and equipment subject to vibration with at least a 60 degree loop to allow for isolation and flexibility. Use liquid -tight for pumps, equipment which is regularly washed down, and for equipment in damp locations. Provide bonding jumper as required by N.E.C. PVC CONDUIT PVC conduit may be used underground when permitted by code. Field bends, when necessary, shall be formed with factory recommended heater. Rigid steel elbows must be installed where conduit is stubbed -up above grade. CONTINUITY OF CONDUIT SYSTEM Conduits shall be assembled continuous and secured to boxes, panels, etc., with appropriate fittings to maintain electric continuity. 3.8 PULL -LINES RACEWAYS 16110 - 3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Provide 150 pound plastic pull -lines in conduit -only systems and spare conduits to facilitate future conductor installation. END OF SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS 16110 - 4 k«� REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES PART 1 - GENERAL CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all wire, cable and terminations for a complete installation. ~w CC 2 -JU PART'2 PRODUCTS U) p u) WI 2 LL w 0 Conductors shall be delivered to the job site in approved original cartons, or on reels as recommended by g� the manufacturer, and shall bear the Underwriter's Label. Reels shall be provided with suitable tai j protection to prevent fork -lift damage to conductors during shipment or storage prior to use. Cy ~2 z '- SPECIALIZED CONDUCTORS . — 0 zt- W Conductors for specialized systems shall be as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. ? Q 0 0— O 1- W w 1 • 0 Low voltage conductors from light switches to low voltage lighting control panels shall be provided by F- the Division 16 contractor. PACKAGING All low voltage conductors for telephone, data, security, closed circuit television and Division 15 EMCS controls will be provided by others. CONDUCTORS - 600 VOLTS Copper type THW, THWN or THHN. CONNECTORS - 600 VOLTS Branch Circuit Conductor Splices: Pre - insulated "twist -on" type or "crimped -on" type as approved (Scotch -lok, Ideal or equal). Cable Splices: Split -bolt or tool applied sleeves with pre - formed insulated cover, heat shrinkable tubing or approved plastic insulating tape. C. Terminator lugs of No. 12 wire and smaller: Spade, insulated type to be tool applied. D. Terminator lugs for No. 10 wire or larger: WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES 16120 -1 Z Liu O z RE! — SOUTH CENTER BID/PERMIT SET SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Two bolt (or approved positive restraint), tool applied compression type (Bundy or equal). INSULATING MATERIALS Insulating tape or heat shrink tubing shall have the equivalent rating of the applicable conductor insulation (Scotch 3M, RAYCHEM or equal). 2.6 PLASTIC CABLE TIES A. Nylon, or equivalent, locking type (T&B or equal). PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 MINIMUM WIRE SIZE Lighting and Power System No. 14 AWG Low Voltage Wiring As recommended by Mfgr CONDUCTOR TYPES, REFERENCED ON PLAN Copper. CONDUCTOR COLORING CODE Conductor color coding shall be as follows: 208/120 volt system A Phase - Black B Phase - Red C Phase - Blue Neutral - White Grounding - Green 480/277 volt system A Phase - Orange B Phase - Brown C Phase - Yellow Neutral -Gray Grounding - Green with yellow strip Other Colors - Switched Wires C. Conductors shall have colored insulation except wires larger than #8 may be black with colored tape identification at all terminations and splices. D. Additional colors may be used where such colors will help in identifying wires and different systems. WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES 16120 - 2 REI — SOUTH CENTER . BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES 3.4 MOISTURE PROTECTION CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 A. Cable ends shall be protected at all times from moisture. Provide approved heat - shrink end caps or equivalent for all unterminated cable ends. CONDUCTORS IN PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS Conductors in panels, switchboards and terminal cabinets shall be neatly grouped and formed in a manner to "fan" into terminals with regular spacing. CABLE SUPPORTS Provide conductor support devices as required by code in vertical cable runs. INSULATION REMOVAL Insulation shall be removed with approved wire stripping tools. Conductors that are nicked or ringed are . unacceptable and shall be cut off and re- stripped. INSULATION OF ENERGIZED TERMINATIONS Insulate all exposed energized connections and splices with approved tape or heat shrink tubing. Tape, if used, shall be half - lapped in two directions. TERMINATIONS - COPPER CONDUCTORS 600 VOLTS Control and special systems wires shall be terminated with a crimped on lug when terminating at a screw connection. All screw and bolt type connectors shall be made up tight and retightened after an eight hour period. Tighten all bolted connections with a ratcheting type torque wrench per manufacturer's standards. All tool applied crimped connectors shall be applied per manufacturer's recommendations and physically checked for tightness. END OF SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLES, SECONDARY VOLTAGES 16120 - 3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16130 - OUTLET & PULL BOXES PART 1- GENERAL WORK INCLUDED CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 A. Provide outlet and pull boxes as required to, enclose devices, permit pulling conductors, for wire splices and branching. PART 2 - PRODUCTS GENERAL Provide boxes suitable for the location. Boxes shall meet NEMA Standards for various types and location installed. INTERIOR WIRING, NEMA 1 Flush and concealed outlet boxes: Metallic with screw ears, knock -out plugs, mounting holes, fixture studs, if required, RACO or approved. Surface outlet boxes: Galvanized stamped steel same as above for use in accessible ceiling locations.. Provide cast iron gray painted "Bell" box for surface use on walls. Boxes exceeding 4 -11/16 inches square: When required shall be welded steel construction with screw cover and painted, steel gauge as required by physical size, Hoffman, Circle AW or approved. Concrete and Masonry: Boxes for casting in concrete or mounting in masonry walls shall be galvanized steel (not aluminum or zinc die castings), specifically designed for that purpose. Raco, Steel City or approved. BELOW GRADE Where exposed to earth, pull boxes shall be constructed of precast concrete with size, configuration, cover, grade, grates and reinforcing as required by the particular installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ANCHORING All interior boxes shall be firmly anchored directly to building studs or joints. Boxes must be so attached that they will not "rock" or "shift" when devices are operated. Exterior boxes shall be fastened to approved hot dipped galvanized mounting supports and racking appropriate for size of enclosure. 3.2 FLUSH MOUNTING OUTLET & PULL BOXES 16130 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16130 - OUTLET & PULL BOXES 3.7 CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Except for surface mounted boxes or boxes above accessible ceilings, all boxes shall have front edge (box or plaster ring) even with the finished surface of the wall or ceiling. Use of long screws with spaces or shims for mounting devices will not be acceptable. . ELECTRICAL OUTLETS General: Coordinate the work of the Section with the work of other Sections and trades. Study all drawings that form a part of this contract and confer with the various trades involved to eliminate conflicts between the work of this Section and the work of other trades. Check Architectural drawings and verify outlet locations with respect to door swings, installation details, cabinet work, and layouts of suspended ceilings indicated on Architectural drawings, and locations of all plumbing, heating, and ventilating or other equipment indicated on the contract drawings of all trades. Centered on Built -In Work: In the case of doors, cabinets, recessed or similar features, or where outlets are centered between two such features, such as between a door jamb and a cabinet, make these outlet locations exact. r.n prV Vertical and Horizontal Relationships: Where more than one outlet is shown or specified to be at the same elevation or one above the other, align them exactly on centerlines horizontally or vertically. ;1 Device Outlet Height:. Switches, Receptacles, and Telephone/Data: See drawing schedules. Other As shown on the plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer LIGHTING FIXTURES In Ceiling of Acoustical Material: Locate in accordance with approved ceiling layout plans and so fixtures replace full size ceiling tiles wherever possible. ELECTRICAL WORK IN COUNTERBACKS, MILLWORK, STEEL COLUMNS, CASEWORK AND ADJACENT TO MERCHANDISING PANELS Provide as shown and/or specified. Provide templates, where required, to other trades for drilling and cutting to insure accurate location of electrical fixtures (outlets and devices) as verified with the • Architect. CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT Provide outlet boxes of size and at locations necessary to serve equipment furnished under this or other Divisions of the specifications or by others. An outlet box is required if equipment has pigtail wires for external connection, does not have space to accommodate circuit wiring or requires a wire different from circuit wiring used. Study equipment details to assure proper coordination. BLANK COVERS A. Provide blank cover or plate over all boxes that do not contain devices or are not covered by equipment. OUTLET & PULL BOXES 16130 - 2 a4 1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16130 - OUTLET & PULL BOXES JUNCTION BOXES OR PULL BOXES IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS Shall be supported from structure independently from ceiling suspension system. ELECTRICAL BOXES IN STEEL WALL PANELS CE JOB NO. 02037 June II, 2002 Contractor shall provide gray painted "Bell" boxes at locations which interface with steel wall panels and coordinate with steel wall panel installer. END OF SECTION 16130 OUTLET & PULL BOXES 16130.3 RE! — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16132 - ELECTRICAL, FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES (FLUSH) PART 1 - GENERAL mok 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide concrete floor boxes and outlet devices for power, telephone and/or communications at locations shown on the drawings. Telephone and communications equipment will be provided by others. PART 2- PRODUCTS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS Hubbell 2.2 DATA/TELEPHONE/POWER/RECESSED BOX ASSEMBLY CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 Formed steel, concrete tight, shallow construction. Hubbell B-2529; except deep construction. Hubbell floor box with trim plate, and duplex receptacle plate per Electrical Legend. 3 DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET COVER . Forged brass, duplex flap. Hubbell S-3925. .4 TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET By others. CARPET FLANGES A. Clear Lexan, Hubbell S-3079. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 DEVICE LOCATION A. Field verify with Architect exact location of all devices prior to rough-in. Adjust top surface to level and flush with finished floor. •••■•••2 END OF SECTION 16132 ELECTRICAL, FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES (FLUSH) 16132-1 REI - SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES & PLATES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED Provide all wiring devices and plates for a complete installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Hubbell Arrow Hart Leviton Pass & Seymour Bryant Eagle MATERIALS Wiring devices shall be the product of a nationally recognized manufacturer regularly engaged in their production. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 All wiring devices specified in this section shall be the product of one manufacturer. Each type shall have identical appearance and characteristics. DEVICE COLOR Switch handles and receptacles: Gray. Orange for isolated ground receptacles. Paint or other surface finish treatments are not acceptable. 2.4 SWITCHES "Specification Grade," quiet - type with toggle handle, heavy duty type, plastic back and side wired rated 277 volts, 20 amps. 2.5 RECEPTACLES WIRING DEVICES & PLATES 16140 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES & PLATES "Specification Grade," Duplex NEMA 5 -20R configuration (20 amp, 125V). CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 "Specification Grade," GFCI Receptacles: 20A -125V duplex receptacle with lighted trip indicator light. DEVICE PLATES Interior Provide pressed steel zinc coated plates for all areas. Exterior and Interior Weathertight Taymac 10510. PART 3 - EXECUTION MOUNTING Rigidly fasten each device to the outlet box at proper position with the wall to bring receptacle flush with plate or switch handle the proper distance through the plate. ORIENTATION Set switches vertical with handle operating vertically, up position "ON" and +48" above finished floor or as indicated. Set interior receptacles vertical with ground slot up; +18" above finished floor or as indicated. 1 Set interior receptacles above counters, horizontal, centered in backsplash or as directed by Architect. Verify location with Architect prior to rough -in. t Set exterior receptacles vertical at +36" above finished grade or as indicated. Devices and finish plates shall be installed plumb with building lines. RECEPTACLE GROUNDING A. Provide bare bonding wire between receptacle grounding terminal and box. Plaster ear screws connecting the receptacle frame to the box will not be acceptable for grounding. 3.4 HANDICAPPED ACCESS A, Comply with requirements of California State handicapped access code. END OF SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES & PLATES 16140 - 2 ,.M t REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16160 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 . WORK INCLUDED CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 A. Install all owner furnished panelboard equipment. All equipment shall be dead front type construction and shall bear the U.L. label. Load centers with plug-in breakers are not acceptable. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. . General Electric B. Westinghouse PANELBOARD DESCRIPTION Voltage, arrangement, and capacity of bus and overcurrent protective devices shall be as shown on the drawings. Bus shall extend behind all spaces ready for future overcurrent protective devices. Buss bars shall be plated aluminum or copper with ampere density not-to-exceed 1200/1000 amperes per square inch. Bussing will generally be 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 percent neutral, braced to match the interrupting rating of the breakers or fuses unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Provide multiple lugs where parallel or "feed-through" connections are shown on drawings. • Provide separate neutral and ground buses at the bottom of each panelboard.. Provide 200% neutral for 208Y/120V power panelboards. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Provide thermal-magnetic type circuit breakers. The interrupting capacity shall be as specified on the panel schedules and drawings. • C. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles . operate in a horizontal plane. Provide common trip on all multiple pole breakers. D. Breakers shall be bolt-in type. E. Circuit Breakers 15 thru 30A shall be U.L. rated for 60/75°C. wire; Breakers 35A and larger shall be rated for 75°C. F. Circuit breakers intended for switching 120 volt loads shall be switching duty rated (SWD). PANELBOARDS 16160 - 1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16160 - PANELBOARDS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 G. Provide a minimum of 15% spare overcurrent devices and 5% space only in each panelboard for future circuit connections. Do not delete spare devices or spaces if more are indicated on drawings. Provide "Space" for future overcurrent devices, where noted on the drawings, including all bussing and Av4 Z device mounting hardware. < 1 _ ~w ce 2.4 ENCLOSURE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 6 U O 0 Provide cabinets with door -in -door construction with keylock. u) w J = Provide factory primer coat for cabinets located in finished areas. Where cabinets are located in N unfinished areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue -gray color, shall be substituted for w 0 factory primer coat. 2 J All electrical distribution equipment locks shall be keyed identically. ' • d ` hardware quality, h F.. Ill Fasten panelboard front with machine screws with oval counter -sunk heads, s, gush ar ware qua qty, wit _ escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps accessible only when dead front door is open are Z 1— acceptable. Z O ww Surface mounted panelboards with fronts greater than 48 inches vertical dimension shall be hinged at j 0 right side in addition to hinged door over dead front. Provide three point latching mechanism with one 0 T- handle operator. 0 1— w • w Provide matching trim of same height for adjacent panels or control devices in finished areas. F- H -O WZ U (/) H 1 O PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL INSTALLATION Secure panelboards in place with top of cabinet at 6' -0 ", above finished floor or grade. Top of cabinet and trim shall be level; trim and door shall fit neatly without gaps, openings or distortion. Top edges of adjacent panels shall be even. Securely anchor panelboards to structural framing or walls with approved fasteners and concealed bracing as required. Provide steel channel support framing where panelboard is free standing. Submit support rack shop drawings for approval prior to fabrication. Install panelboard interiors only after building structure is completely enclosed. 3.2 CIRCUIT INDEX PANELBOARDS 16160 - 2 • Z =i REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16160 - PANELBOARDS CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 A. Each panelboard shall be provided with a typewritten index listing each circuit in the panel by number, with its proper designation. Listing shall match circuit breaker arrangements, typically with odd numbers on the left and even numbers on the right. Room numbers shall be the final room numbers used in the building as verified with the Owner. Mount index with a transparent protective cover inside the cabinet door. 3.3 PANELBOARD NAMEPLATE Provide phenolic engraved nameplate for each panelboard. Cabinets furnished as prime painted shall be field painted to match color of adjacent wall. (See Division - Painting). Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submittal of shop drawings. PANELBOARDS tryrrytoNM,. '... . r END OF SECTION 16160 16160 - 3 M-mI REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16170 - DISCONNECTS & FUSED SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Provide all disconnect switches required by NEC for equipment furnished under this and all other divisions of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS General Electric Westinghouse Siemens DISCONNECT SWITCHES Switches shall be quick make, quick break, dual rated with electrical characteristics as required by the system voltage and the load served. Switches shall be single throw and have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors. Enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is closed. Interlock shall include a defeating scheme for authorized service work. Operator handle shall be lockable in the "off" position. Disconnect enclosures shall be suitable for mounting locations: NEMA 1 for dry locations, NEMA 3R for damp or exterior locations. All disconnect switches shall be the product of one manufacturer to facilitate future maintenance. FUSIBLE DISCONNECTS . Provide fusible disconnect switches where indicated on the drawings. Fusible disconnects shall be per 2.02 above with the addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. 2.4 TOGGLE SWITCHES Toggle type disconnect switches are acceptable where shown on the drawings. Switches shall be suitable for the intended load and provided with handle guard/lock -off feature (similar to Square D Class 2510). 2.5 NAMEPLATES DISCONNECTS & FUSED SWITCHES 16170 -1 REI - SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16170 - DISCONNECTS & FUSED SWITCHES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Provide nameplates on all disconnects and fused switches. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated phenolic mounted with screws (adhesive will not be accepted). Each nameplate shall include this information: Load served, voltage, phase, panel, circuit number, fuse size and type where applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION DISCONNECT LOCATIONS Install disconnects in the same relative location as the equipment being served unless that location is difficult to access or is in an unsuitable environment. Discrete disconnect switches of similar size may be grouped in a central location. See drawings for suggested locations. SUPPORT Secure disconnect switches to building structure, equipment unit or approved mounting frame. Support by conduit system only is not acceptable. SPLICES Wiring space within disconnect switches shall not be used for splicing; provide suitable wire gutters or junction boxes for this purpose. DISCONNECTS & FUSED SWITCHES END OF SECTION 16170 16170 - 2 itrj • REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16181 - FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Provide fusing and appurtenances for all fusible equipment provided under this contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LOW VOLTAGE FUSES The low voltage fuse range is considered to extend over the range 600 volts or less. Fuses in this category shall be current limiting types, UL Class R, unless specified otherwise. Provide rejection style fuse clips for all current limiting applications. Fuses shall be as follows or Little Fuse, Gould Shawmutt, Edison, equal: AMPERE UL APPLICATION RANGE CLASS BUSSMAN Motor & Branch Circuit 1 -100 RK 5 Fusetron Time Delay Feeder 60 -100 RK 5 Fusetron Fast All 125 -600 RK 1 Low Peak Time Delay Switchboard 601 -6000 KRP -C Low Peak Provide six (6) spares of each size and type installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Install fuses in all fusible devices provided under this contract. END OF SECTION 16181 Vati tatii FUSES 16181-1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 A. Provide a complete grounding system that complies with the current edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC), and all applicable regulatory codes. PART 2- PRODUCTS BUILDING GROUNDING SYSTEM Grounding system for the building to include a No. 4/0 AWG bare copper conductor which is extended to: 1. A minimum of two 5/8" x 10' copper clad ground rods spaced 30 feet apart. The re -bar in a building column footing at two different locations. The building structural steel. The water service. Bond all metallic piping systems in the building. Adjacent to the main service switchboard or panelboard, provide a 1/4" x 6" x 24" copper bus wall mounted (using insulators) and drilled for future lugs. The bus bar is to be connected to the grounding system described above by a No. 4/0 copper ground wire. GROUND CONDUCTORS j Grounding conductors shall be soft drawn, bare, stranded copper. Size as shown on the plans and per the National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 250. 1. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS FOR A.C. SYSTEMS: See NEC table 250 -94 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: See NEC table 250 -95 Equipment grounding conductors may be insulated; provide green insulation and/or approved permanent identification for conductors larger than No. 6 AWG. z w tQQr� JU 00 N0 CO W J = F- w0 g �= =a W Z= ZI- W • W U � O — O 1-- W W H r- O Z U N w— F– O ~' z GROUND ELECTRODE CONNECTORS tt Connectors for grounding electrode conductor to ground rod shall be of the thermal fusion type; conductor -to- conductor connections may be either thermal fusion or approved hydraulically applied compression type. GROUNDING BUSHINGS GROUNDING 16450 - 1 .REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Grounding bushings shall be matched to the ampacity of the grounding conductor and shall have approved set -screw type grounding lug connectors. GROUNDING CONNECTORS Shall meet the requirements of ground bushings, cast, set -screw or bolted type. GROUNDING CLAMPS Clamps shall be matched to the ampacity of the grounding conductor. Provide approved raceway hub where grounding conductor is shown protected by conduit or armored cable. Clamps shall be U -bolt type for connection to waterpipes. PART 3 - EXECUTION GROUND CONTINUITY Maintain ground continuity throughout the entire electrical system except where isolated ground systems are noted on the drawings. Permanently connect the electrical system neutral to the water service. (The system shall be grounded only at transformer secondaries and at the main distribution board; branch panel neutrals must be isolated from additional points of grounding). GROUNDING CONNECTIONS All grounding connections shall be carefully made to insure low system impedance. Locate grounding connections to allow future servicing and expansion. Prior to making mechanical or thermal connections, all conductors shall be clean, dry and bright with the bonding surface thoroughly cleaned of any oxides, mill, scale or other foreign matter. PROTECTION A. Ground conductors shall be protected from mechanical injury during construction. Provide protective coverings or rigid non - ferrous conduit where shown on the drawings. GROUND RODS GROUNDING 16450 - 2 f q . P. • a 1' !nM REI - SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 Ground rods shall be driven into undisturbed soil to full depth. Provide additional rods, ionic salt solutions and the like where special low- resistant grounds are specified. THROUGH -SLAB GROUND PENETRATIONS Ground conductors extending through the slab shall be protected by a rigid conduit sleeve; the void portion of the sleeve shall be packed with a non - hardening type duct seal. TESTING Shall conform to Section 16060. END OF SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 16450 - 3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED Owner to provide all light fixtures, Contractor shall install. B. Provide the lighting system complete and operational. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTES Substitute fixtures must be equal or better than the specified fixtures regarding general appearance, photometric characteristics, operating temperatures, durability of finish and general quality. All substitutes must be approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Interior Light Fixtures: Finish ferrous mounting hardware and accessories to prevent corrosion and discoloration to adjacent materials. For weatherproof or vaportight installations, painted finishes of fixtures and accessories shall be weather resistant enamel using proper primers or galvanized and bonderized epoxy, so that the entire assembly is completely corrosion resistant for the service intended. Where aluminum parts come into contact with bronze or steel parts, apply a coating material to both surfaces to prevent corrosion. Fixtures shall be free of light leaks and designed to provide sufficient ventilation of lamps to provide the photometric performance required. Ballasts and transformers shall be adequately vented. All sheet metal work shall be free from tool marks and dents and shall have accurate angles bent as sharp as compatible with the gauges of the required metal. Intersections and joints shall be formed true and of adequate strength and structural rigidity to prevent any distortion after assembly. Finish exposed edges so no sharp or ragged edges are exposed. All miters shall be in accurate alignment with abutting intersecting members. Lampholders shall hold lamps securely against normal vibrations and maintenance handling. 1. Provide minimum 45° lamp and lamp image cut -off for all vertically mounted lamps. For horizontal lamps provide minimum 33° cut -off. Plastic materials shall not be used for reflector cones, unless noted otherwise in the Light Fixture Schedule. 3. Reflector cones shall not be riveted or welded to housing and shall be removable without tools. Retention devices shall not deform the cone in any manner. Trim shall be flush with finished LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 ceiling without gaps or light leaks. Where the flange trim is separate from the cone, it shall have the same finish as the cone. 4. Reflector cones shall be of uniform gauge, not less than 0.032" thick, high purity aluminum Alcoa 3002 alloy, free of spin marks or other defects. 5. Manufacture reflector under the Alzak process. Refer to fixture schedule for cone color and specular or diffuse finish requirements. For fixtures using compact fluorescent lamps, provide additional finish equivalent to Color -Chek that eliminates iridescence. Submit one sample of each cone type for review when required in the fixture schedule. Fresnel Lens and Door Assembly: 1 Lens shall have uniform brightness throughout the entire visible area at angles from 45° to 902 from vertical, without bright spots or striations. 2 Lens shall have opaque risers painted neutral gray unless otherwise specified in the fixture schedule. 3. Finish of regress door shall be matte baked enamel paint in color as selected by the Architect. Light fixtures containing lamps which require protective shielding shall have tempered glass lens. For adjustable fixtures, provide positive locking devices to fix aiming angle. Fixture shall be capable of being relamped without adjusting aiming angle. Fixtures recessed in suspended ceiling where the space above the ceiling is either an air supply or return plenum shall conform with NEC Article 300 -22. Safety - Provide safety devices for removable fixture elements (cones, reflectors, lenses, etc.) to support removable elements when not in normal operating position. Safety devices shall be detachable if necessary and shall not interfere with fixture performance, maintenance or the seating of any fixture element, and no t be visible during normal fixture operation. Exterior Fixtures 1. Painted surfaces shall have an outdoor life expectancy of not less than 20 years without any visible rust or corrosion. 2. All diffusing materials shall be UV stabilized. 3. Finish color(s) shall be as specified. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES Housing: Minimum code gauge steel or rigid aluminum construction. Reflector: Minimum 88% reflectance. C. Light Shields: 1. Parawedge Louvers: Shall not be used. LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 - 2 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Parabolic Louvers: Provide Alzak aluminum, specular or semi - specular as specified, with a low - iridescent finish. 3. Flat Translucent Diffusers: Shall be 100% virgin acrylic and have matte finish on exterior side Z (facing away from lamps). Diffuser shall be of thickness specified an shall be of sufficient W density to completely obscure lamp image. J0 U0 U0 W J = F- N LL w0 • a =w Z� H O W ~ Frames: Supply with concealed hinges and latching. Provide mitered corners with no gaps or light w U� O - O E- w w I— O Z Flat Clear Lenses: Injection molded 100% virgin acrylic or clear tempered glass, thickness as specified. Clear patterned Lenses: Injection molded 100% virgin acrylic. For lenses with a male pattern of prisms or cones, specified minimum thickness refers to distance from flat surface to base of pyramids or cones, or to thickness of undisturbed material. For lenses with female pattern, specified minimum thickness refers to overall thickness of materials. Lenses shall fully eliminate lamp image when viewed from all directions between 452 -902 from vertical. From 0-452 the ratio of maximum brightness (under a lamp) to minimum brightness (mid point between lamps) shall not exceed 3:1. Minimum thickness shall not be less than 0.125" with a minimum weight of 8 ounces per square foot. leaks. Lamp Mounting: 1. Mount lamps used in rapid start circuits 430 ma and below within 1/2" of grounded metal as long as the lamp. For 800 and 1500 ma lamps, mount within 1" of grounded metal as long as the lamp. • U For rapid start circuits using single lamp ballasts, provide one grounding lamp holder per lamp. Z 1— INCANDESCENT/TUNGSTEN HALOGEN FIXTURES Tungsten halogen is a type of incandescent light source and will herein be included under the heading of incandescent. Finish: Concealed parts, (lamp holders, yokes, brackets, etc.). - matte black. Tungsten Halogen Lamp Seal Temperature: Shall not exceed 3502 C at ambient of 252 C when tested per UL Bulletin 57, Paragraph 328 -334. Submit certified heat test by independent testing laboratory when required in Fixture Schedule. 2.5 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) FIXTURES: Housing: Minimum code gauge steel, bonderized or equal rust protected or rigid aluminum construction. B. Finish: Visible surfaces - Powder coated paint unless otherwise specified. Color and finish as selected by Architect. Concealed parts, lamp holders, yokes, brackets, etc.) - matte black. LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 - 3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 C. Lamp Holder Hosing: Cast aluminum with integral heat radiating fins to assure cool lamp base operation. r<a 1 Z =-Z WIRING -' r LU JU All wiring shall be as required by code for fixture wiring. U 0 D All flexible cord wiring between fixture components or to electrical receptacle and not in wireways J = shall have a minimum temperature rating of 105 4 C. O Cords shall be fitted with proper strain relieves and watertight entries where required by application. No internal wiring shall be visible at normal viewing angles, i.e. above 45 4 from vertical. tL d Master Slave Fixtures: Supply ballasts in adjacent fixtures to operate one or more lamps in the F = adjacent fixture where required in drawings or fixture schedule. For single lamp fixtures, provide a F Z'— two lamp ballast for two adjacent fixtures. For three lamp fixtures, provide one, two lamp ballast for I-- O the outboard lamps in each fixture and an additional two lamp ballast for the center lamp in each of w W two adjacent fixtures. E .) Tandem Wired Fixtures: For fixtures in continuous rows and where required in drawings or fixture p schedule, supply ballasts and wiring to control all top or inbound lamps together and control all w W bottom or outboard lamps together. U tLE- Provide #14 AWG, 3 -wire (4 -wire where required) flexible conduit connections (whips) for dual level Z switching as shown on drawings for light fixtures recessed in accessible suspended ceilings. Provide 3 U wire whips for all dual level switching. Wire count on wire whips is not shown on drawings and shall F= be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide proper wire count for the lighting control as shown Z on drawings. BALLASTS Electronic Fluorescent Ballasts 1. Ballasts in conformance with the following regulatory requirements: EMI and RFI limits set by the FCC (CFR47, part 18 and FCC Part 18, 15j) IEEE publication 587, category A (transients) Minimum efficiency standards of Public Law No. 100 -357 Starting sequence consistent with ANSI standard C82.1 -1993 2. Reduced light output ballasts (ballasts factors below 89 %) are not acceptable except as noted otherwise in the light fixture schedule. 3. Total harmonic distortion shall be less than 10% of the input current. Current crest factor shall be less than 1.7. Operating frequency shall be'between 25 and 60 kHz with no visible flicker. 4. Ballasts shall operate in ambient temperatures up to 105 4 F (402C). LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 - 4 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 5. Rapid start ballasts shall be wired in series (or in parallel if manufactured accordingly). 6. Acceptance manufacturers: EBT, Magnatek, MTI, Motorola (G.E.) Valmont. High Intensity Discharge 1. 2. 3. HPF type (minimum power factor 90 %). Sound Rating: "low noise" or "extra quiet," potted type. Each ballast shall be individually protected by an in -line fuse in a Bussman fuseholder type HLR for 120 and 277 volt, type HEX for 208, 240 and 480 volt. Metal Halide: Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) except for lamps below 175 watts without ignitors where high resistance auto transformer type will be acceptable. Use Advance Transformer "Smart Cap" ballast where required by lamp selection. Electronic ballasts are acceptable where available. 5. High Pressure Sodium: Magnetic regular or constant wattage ballast. Electronic ballasts where required by lamp selection. Acceptable Manufacturers: Valmont, Osram Sylvania, Holophane, Jefferson, Advance, Universal. LAMPS Each lamp type in the project shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer. Fluorescent: T -8 rapid start, Compact TT and DTT; 3500K color temperature and 80+ Color Rendering Index (CRI). Acceptable Manufacturers: General Electric, Philips, Osram Sylvania. Incandescent (Including Tungsten Halogen): 1. General service lamps - Inside frosted, 120V, filament lamps with a minimum 1000 hours rated life. Lamps with diodes are not acceptable. 3. At time of installation, provide HIR technology lamps (by GE) for standard voltage PAR lamps and double ended tungsten halogen lamps, unless HIR technology is not available for specified lamps. For low voltage lamps with dichroic reflectors, use Constant Color type (by GE) or aluminum back finishes. Coating on back of lamp shall be sufficiently dense and even to prevent light and heat from escaping out the back side of the reflector. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric (GE), Phillips, Osram Sylvania. D. High Intensity Discharge Type LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 - 5 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 1. For indoor applications, provide color corrected HPS (minimum 65 CRI) or color corrected metal halide (minimum CRI 65). For exterior applications, provide clear metal halide or high .pressure sodium. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric, Osram Sylvania, Philips, Venture. SOCKETS Incandescent - Porcelain for medium or mogul screw base. For other lamp types, as required by base type. Fluorescent - Suitable for lamp and ballast type employed. H.I.D. - Porcelain for mogul or medium base lamps, pulse rated as required. Keyed for all position oriented lamps. For other lamp types, as required by base type. PART 3 - EXECUTION LIGHTING FIXTURES, GENERAL Provide mounting accessories and trims as required for wall and ceiling construction types shown in finish schedule and on drawings. Verify weight and mounting method of all fixtures and provide suitable supports. Fixture mounting assemblies shall comply with all local seismic cods and regulations. Refer to Architectural reflected ceiling plans for coordination of lighting fixture locations with mechanical and fire safety equipment. Where conflicts occur, coordinate wit Architect prior to installing any of the systems Install fixtures with vent holes free of air blocking obstacles. Lighting fixtures located in recessed ceilings with a fire resistive rating of one hour or more shall be enclosed in an approved fire resistive rated box equal to that of the ceiling. . Contractor shall be responsible for adjusting aperture rings on all recessed fixtures to be flush with the finished ceiling. For fluorescent lamps operated on dimming ballasts, operate lamps at full output for 100 hours (continuous burn) before dimming. Adjust variable position lampholders for proper lamp position prior to fixture installation. Blemished, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures or accessories shall be replaced. I. For pendant mounted fixtures, mounting height is from finished ceiling to top of pendant light fixture. For wall mounted fixtures, center on outlet box unless otherwise noted. Verify mounting provisions and other requirements prior to order of light fixtures and provide as required. LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -6 F 4 1 a•. NOttet REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 In accessible suspended ceilings, provide 72" flexible conduit wiring connection (flexible tubing not permitted) from a rigidly supported junction box. All finishes shall be unmarred upon project completion. All damaged finishes repaired or replaced. Replace all burned out or inoperative lamps at the end of the construction prior to Owner occupancy. DIFFUSERS AND ENCLOSURES Remove protective plastic covers from lighting fixture diffusers only after construction work, painting and clean up are completed. Remove all dirty lamps, reflectors and diffusers; clean and reinstall. When cleaning "Alzak" reflectors, use a manufacturer recommended cleaning solution. Reflectors damaged or impregnated with fingerprints shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. ADJUSTMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES Focus all adjustable light fixtures under the direction of the Lighting Designer during a scheduled period of time prior to the completion of the project, after hours if required. Include in the base bid all equipment and personnel expenses (including overtime) required for adjustment. SUPPORT OF INCANDESCENT AND COMPACT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES Surface or Pendant Type: Attach heavy formed steel straps to the outlet box by means of threaded stems with locknuts, or directly to the outlet box where the light fixture is specifically so designed. Recessed Type: Mount in frames suitable for the ceiling, with recessed portion of the fixture securely supported from the ceiling framing. Bottom of light fixture to be flush with adjacent ceiling. Fixture trim shall totally conceal ceiling opening. Provide two #14 earthquake chains or #12 wires when fixture is supported by ceiling suspension system. SUPPORT OF FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES Recessed Type: For light fixtures supported by the ceiling suspension system, provide four Caddy #515 supports clips (one each corner) which lock light fixture to ceiling tees after light fixture is installed. In addition, provide for each light fixture two ( #14 earthquake chains or #12 wires secured at diagonally opposite fixture corners (for fixtures weighing less than 56 pounds) to structural members above suspended ceiling. For plaster or GWB ceilings, provide plaster frame compatible with light fixture. Contractor shall coordinate fixture trim with ceiling type. Surface Mounted Type: Where mounted on accessible ceilings, support from structural members above ceiling by means of hanger rods through ceiling or as approved. Continuous Runs of Fixtures: laser sight to assure fixtures are straight when sighting from end to end, regardless of irregularities in the ceiling. Where light fixtures are so installed, omit ornamental ends between sections. LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -7 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID /PERMIT SET SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING FIXTURES CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Pendant Mounted Type: For fixtures with rigid pendants, supply swivel ball aligners at canopy to comply wit local seismic requirements. Where suspended from accessible ceiling, support fixture from structural members above ceiling by means of hanger rods through ceiling or as approved. SUPPORT OF HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE FIXTURES As specified for incandescent light fixtures, except provide access as required for ballast. Provide earthquake chains when light fixture is supported by the ceiling suspension system. For remote ballasts, isolate ballasts from structure. CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT Where ceiling is of insufficient strength to support weight of lighting fixture(s) installed, provide additional framing to support as required. LIGHTING FIXTURES END OF SECTION 16500 16500 - S .rn .4.a REI — SOUTH CENTER CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 . WORK INCLUDED Provide all Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) equipment complete. All equipment shall be U.L. labeled, designed and manufactured in the U.S.A. The surge suppression system is intended to protect AC electrical circuits and connected equipment from the destructive, damaging or disruptive effects of lightning induced transients, normal utility load switching activities and internally generated transients which are caused by the normal operation of connected equipment as well as capacitive and inductive load switching. REFERENCE AND RESOURCE PUBLICATION AND STANDARDS: All TVSS devices will be designed, tested, manufactured, listed and installed in accordance with the applicable publications, resources and standards shown below: ANSI/IEEE C84.1 -1989, American National Standard for Electric Power Systems and Equipment - Voltage Ratings (60 Hertz) ANSI/IEEE C62.41 -1991, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low - Voltage AC Power Circuits ANSI/IEEE C62.45 -1992, IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low - Voltage AC Power Circuits Underwriters Laboratories UL 1449 Standard for Safety - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, Revised edition July 2, 1987 Underwriters Laboratories, UL 1283, Standard for Safety - Electromagnetic Interference Filters, August 23, 1993 National Fire Protection Association, National Electrical Code 1993 IEEE Standard 142 -1991, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Green Book) ANSI/IEEE Standard 141 -1986, IEEE Recommend Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book) IEEE Standard 1100 -1992, IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment (IEEE Emerald Book) FIPS Pub 94, Federal Information Processing Standards Publication - Guideline on Electrical Power for ADP Installations MIL Standard 220A Method of Insertion -loss Measurement ISO 9001:1994, Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Design, Development, and Production TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601-1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 A. Each complete suppression unit shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Joint Canadian/Underwriters Laboratories (C -UL) listed and/or Canadian Standards Association approved, as stated in Section 4.0. B. Units shall be UL 1449 listed and shall bear the suppressed voltage rating issued by UL for all protected modes. C. The suppressor manufacturer (or supplier) shall make available experienced, qualified power quality application and field supervision engineering services free of charge. Each complete suppression unit shall be supplied by a manufacturer whose Quality System has been certified as compliant with ISO 9001:1994. The Certification Body must be accredited by the NAACB (UK National Accreditation Council for Certification Bodies). WARRANTY Manufacturer shall provide a product warranty for a period of not less than 10 years. The warranty shall cover full replacement without pro- rating value. The warranty shall not exclude direct lightning strikes or system overvoltages. Replacement unit shall be shipped free of charge. Installation costs and return shipping costs shall be the responsibility of the user. PRIOR APPROVALS For brand names other than specified, submit manufacturer's qualifications: 1. Only firms that have been regularly engaged in the development, design, testing, listing and manufacture of transient voltage surge suppressors for a period of ten years or more of the types and ratings required and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service are acceptable. Time spent as non - manufacturing private label re- seller is not acceptable. Upon request, suppliers or manufacturers shall provide a list of not less than three customer references showing satisfactory operation. 2. Prior to purchase of the suppression unit(s), catalog cuts and/or mechanical drawings shall be submitted for shop drawing approval. 3. Submittals shall contain the required published specifications and drawings to show conformance with all portions of this specification. 4. Instructions for installation and connection shall be provided with the suppression unit(s). 5. All Let - Through voltage data will be measured on an As Installed" lead length basis, simulating actual installation. At the module or at the bus "Zero lead length" data is not acceptable. Testing shall be conducted in accordance with UL -1449, ANSI/IEEE C62.41 -1991 and ANSI/IEEE C62.45 -1992 standards. No testing shall be done with "outside of the TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601-2 PIA V-1 IL 4 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION f-1 CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 suppressor" lead lengths Less than that specified for the product(s) specified. The lead length parameter must be specified on test documentation. Branch panel units will be tested at the 180 degree phase angle and shall demonstrate active tracking with let- through voltage levels below the nominal voltage level. 6. Copy of the ISO 9001:1994 Certificate of Registration shall accompany the submittal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER A. Innovative Technology, Inc., The Protector® models. 15470 Flight Path Drive Brooksville, FL USA 34609 904 - 799 -0713 As prior approved MATERIALS /CONSTRUCTION: The circuit configuration of the suppression units shall be thermal stress reducing, custom parallel, solid state. Protection Modes: All modes shall be protected, i.e. Normal (L -L, L -N) and Common (N -G; L -G). No suppression units shall be supplied which require scheduled preventive maintenance or replacement parts (lights, fuses and relays, where applicable, excluded). Units requiring functional testing, special test equipment or special training to monitor TVSS status are not acceptable. The suppression circuits shall be encapsulated by the suppressor manufacturer in a thermally conductive chemical compound to enhance transient energy dissipation, provide hermetic sealing, provide superior dielectric strength, superior protection against mechanical shock and vibration, protection against environmental factors including gases, industrial fumes, humidity, and enhanced thermal stability, reduction of hot spots, and protection against thermal shock. Suppressor manufacturer shall have ten years continuous experience encapsulating suppressors. The manufacturer shall certify that all materials and processes used as a component of the suppression unit(s) and/or used in the process of manufacturing and/or packaging of the suppression unit(s) are in accordance with The Federal Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, Sections 602 and 611, prohibiting the use of Class I or Class II ozone depleting chemicals. PART 3 - EXECUTION AND PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 3.1 GENERAL TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601-3 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which the transient voltage surge suppressors are to be installed and advise the General Contractor and supplier in writing of conditions detrimental to the completion of work. SUPPRESSOR TYPES The Contractor shall provide transient voltage surge suppression units as indicated: TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601-4 riM t • REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 1. The Protector®, Model HP -3Y 277/480 a. Application: b. Maximum Operating Voltage: e. Input Power Frequency: Peak Surge Current: (8 X 20 Fs Waveform, Single Impulse) Energy: (10 X 1000 Fs Waveform, Single Impulse) EMI/RFI Filter: Response Time: Protection - All Modes: CE JOB NO. 02037 June I1, 2002 3 phase, Wye 277/480 Vrms, 4 wire + ground 320 Vrms (453 Vpk) L -N, L -G, N -G 640 Vrms (906 Vpk) L -L 50, 60, 420 Hz 560,000 Amperes Total 160,000 Amperes Per Phase; 80,000 Amperes N -G 8,960 Joules Total 2,560 Joules Per Phase; 1,280 Joules N -G Noise Rejection up to 40 dB Normal Mode; 40 dB Common Mode <_1 nanosecond Normal Mode (L -N, L -L); Common Mode (N -G, L -G) Bi- directional, Positive and Negative Impulse Protection i. Let - Through Voltage: Phase Angle Test Environment: Dynamic at 90° (D) or Static (S), Positive Polarity, All voltages are peak ("10%), Time base = lms. Voltages are measured from the sine wave to the positive weak of the suree. Test Mode Cat B3 /C1 Impulse 6,000V 3,000A Static Cat C3 Impulse 20,000V 10,000A 90° L -N 900 1,000 (D) L -G 1,000 800 (D) N -G 1,000 1,300 (S) L -L 1,700 1,400 (D) Note: Testing shall be done in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.41 -1991 on the complete suppression unit with lead length comparable to that needed to connect the TVSS to the device to be protected. Lead length is defined as the length between the TVSS device enclosure exterior to the connection point. Typical lead length is 6 ". The lead length parameter must be specified on test documentation and shall not be less than 6 ", simulating typical installation. j. Design: k. Listing/Certification: Warranty: Size: CFC Prohibited: Manufacturer Qualification: Qualified Manufacturer: 3. The Protector®, Model SPE -3Y 120/208 Suppressor to be fully encapsulated in thermally conductive material and shall consist of custom parallel circuitry. The entire unit shall bear UL 1449 and C -UL listing. Listing of modules, sub - assemblies or components is not acceptable. 10 years Compact with dimensions no greater than 6" width x 11" height x 4" depth to allow close -to- the -load installation. The TVSS shall comply with Sections 602 and 611 of the Federal Clean Air Act of 1990. Quality system certification to ISO 9001:1994. Innovative Technology Inc. TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601 - 5 REI — SOUTH CENTER_ BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION a. b. c. Application: Maximum Operating Voltage: Input Power Frequency: Peak Surge Current: (8 X 20 Fs Waveform, Single Impulse) Energy: (10 X 1000 Fs Waveform, Single Impulse) 3 phase, 120/208 Vrms, 4 wire + ground, Enhanced neutral to ground suppression 130 Vrms (184 Vpk) L -N, L -G N -G 250 Vrms (354 Vpk) L -L 50, 60 Hz 175,500 Amperes Total 52,000 Amperes Per Phase; 19,500 N -G 2,250 Joules Total 680 Joules Per Phase; 210 Joules N -G CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 EMI/RFI Filter: Noise Rejection up to 34 dB Normal Mode; 28 dB Common Mode Response Time: Protection - All Modes: <1 nanosecond (ATN ®) Direct rotection with discrete components required; Normal Mode (L-N, L -L); Common Mode (N- G,L -G). Bi- directional, Positive and Negative Protection i. Let - Through Voltage: Phase Angle Test Environment: Dynamic (D) or Static (S), Positive Polarity, All voltages are peak ("10%), Time base = lms. 90° voltages are measured from the positive peak of the sine wave to the positive peak of the surge. 180° Voltages are measured from the zero crossing to the positive peak of the surge. Test Mode Cat Al Ring Wave 2,000V Cat A3 Ring Wave 6,000V Cat B3 /C1 Impulse 6,000V Cat C3 Impulse 20,000V 67A 200A 3,000V 10,000A 180° 90° 90° Static L -N 40 (D) 110 (D) 290 (D) 840 L -G 60 (l) 200 (D) 310 (D) 950 N -G 50 (S) 190 (S) 460 (S) 850 L -L 60 (D) 180 (D) 470 (D) 1,200 Note: Testing shall be done in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.41 -1991 on the complete suppression unit with lead length comparable to that needed to connect the TVSS to the device to be protected. Lead length is defined as the length between the TVSS device enclosure exterior to the connection point. Typical lead length is 6 ". The Lead length parameter must be specified on test documentation and shall not be less than 6 ", simulating typical installation. J• k. n. Design: Suppressor to be fully encapsulated in thermally conductive material and shall consist of custom parallel circuitry. Listing/Certification: The entire unit shall bear UL 1449 and 1283 listing. Listing of modules, sub - assemblies or components is not acceptable. Warranty: 10 years Size: Compact with dimensions no greater than 5" width x 9" height x 4 depth to allow close -to- the -load installation. CFC Prohibited: The TVSS shall comply with Sections 602 and 611 of the Federal Clean Air Act of 1990. o. Manufacturer Qualification: Quality system certification to ISO 9001:1994. P. Qualified Manufacturer: Innovative Technology In 3.3 INSTALLATION OF THE TVSS SYSTEM A. General TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601-6 a0'1 • d I REI — SOUTH CENTER BID / PERMIT SET SECTION 16601- TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION CE JOB NO. 02037 June il, 2002 1. The electrical contractor shall verify the proper application of the TVSS (i.e. voltage, phases, etc.) and coordinate with upstream and downstream transient suppression. The electrical contractor shall assure that all Neutral conductors are bonded to the system Ground at the service entrance or the serving isolation transformer prior to installation of the associated TVSS. 2. The electrical contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for and incidental to the installation of the TVSS system components as specified herein. Only Licensed Electricians shall actually install TVSS units. 3. The electrical contractor shall install the transient voltage surge suppressors as indicated in manufacturer's installation instructions and in accordance with the applicable portions of NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that product complies with requirements. NEC, State, and Local Codes will prevail. Prior to installation, the electrical contractor will contact the surge suppression supplier to coordinate on site installation supervision. This service will be provided free of charge. Coordination 1. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of the transient voltage surge suppression systems with other work on the site. END OF SECTION 16601 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16601-7 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 1.1 SCOPE & RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of all labor, equipment, materials, and performance of all operations associated with the installation of the Fire Alarm System as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. The requirements of the conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements and Addenda apply to the work specified in this section. The complete installation shall conform to the applicable sections of NFPA -72, Uniform Building Code, Uniform Fire Code, Local Ordinance and Code Requirements, elevator code requirements and the National Electrical Code with particular attention to Article 760. The work covered by this section of the specifications shall be coordinated with the related work (door hold opens, sprinkler system, elevators, HVAC shutdown, etc) as specified elsewhere under the project specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE Each and all items of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed as a product of a SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer under the appropriate category by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "U.L." label. All control equipment shall be listed under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit. Partial listing is not acceptable. All control equipment must have transient protection to comply with UL864 requirements. Where Fire Alarm circuits leave the building, additional transient protection must be provided for each circuit. Devices must be UL listed under standard #497B (Isolated Loop Circuit Protectors). In addition to the UL -UOJZ requirement mentioned above, the system controls shall be UL listed for Power Limited Applications and all circuits must be marked in accordance with NEC article 760 -23. Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein and as shown on the plans; to be wired, connected, and left in first class operating condition. Include sufficient control panel(s), annunciator(s), manual stations, automatic fire detectors, smoke detectors, alarm indicating appliances, wiring, terminations, electrical boxes, and all other necessary material for a complete operating system. The fire alarm system shall allow for loading and editing special instructions and operating sequences as required. The system shall be capable of on site programming to accommodate system expansion and facilitate changes in operation. All software operations shall be stored in a non - volatile programmable memory within the fire alarm control panel. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in memory. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTEk BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 Full flexibility for selective input/output control functions based on ANDing, ORing, NOTing, timing, and special coded operations shall also be incorporated in the resident software programming of the system. B. Resident software shall allow for full configuration of initiating circuits so that additional hardware shall not be necessary to accommodate changes in, for instance, sensing of normally open contact devices to sensing of normally closed contact devices, or from sensing of normally open contact devices to sensing a combination of current limited and non - current limited devices on the same circuit and being able to differentiate between the two, or changing from a non - verification circuit to a verification circuit or vice - versa. Resident software shall also allow for configuration of indicating appliance and control circuits so that additional hardware shall not be necessary to accommodate changes. The system shall have the capability of recalling alarms and trouble conditions in chronological order for the purpose of recreating an event history. All panels and peripheral devices shall be the standard product of a single manufacturer and shall display the manufacturer's name on each component. The catalog numbers specified under this section are those of Simplex Time Recorder Co. and constitute the type, product quality, material, and desired operating features. OPERATION The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual station, automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch shall be as follows: 1. All audible alarm indicating appliances shall: a. Sound a continuous fire alarm signal and voice annunciation until silenced by the alarm silence switch at the control panel. Annunciator. All visible alarm indicating appliances shall flash continuously until the system is reset. The audible alarms shall be inhibited from being silenced for a period of 1 minute. Any subsequent zone alarm shall reactivate the alarm indicating appliances. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release. A supervised signal to notify an approved central station shall be activated. The duct smoke detectors shall deactivate the air handling equipment and the mechanical controls shall activate the air handling systems in accordance with NFPA 90. The control panel shall provide "on/off /auto" switches. In the automatic mode, the mechanical controls shall operate the air handling systems as required normally. The control panel shall indicate FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-2 s =% a •t 6.:a .n,:4 w REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 "on" or "off" status of the air handling system via separate and distinct "on" and "off' LED indicators. Manual control shall be provided to override the automatic function. C. Upon reset of the fire alarm control panel, air handling units shall sequentially start up to minimize power demand. D. The alarm shall be displayed on an 80 character LCD display. The top line of 40 characters shall be the point label and the second line shall be the device type identifier. The system alarm LED shall flash on the control panel and the remote annunciator until the alarm has been acknowledged. Once acknowledged, this same LED shall latch on. A subsequent alarm received from another zone shall flash the system alarm LED on the control panel and remote annunciator. The LCD display shall show the new alarm information. A pulsing alarm tone shall occur within the control panel and the remote annunciator until the event has been acknowledged. The alarm activation of any elevator lobby smoke detector shall, in addition to the operations listed above, cause the elevator to be recalled according to the following sequence: 1. If the alarmed detector is on any floor other than the main level of egress, the elevator cabs shall be recalled to the main level of egress. The activation of any system smoke detector shall initiate an Alarm Verification operation whereby the panel will reset the activated detector and wait for a second alarm activation. If, within one (1) minute after resetting, a second alarm is reported from the same or any other smoke detector, the system shall process the alarm as described previously. If no second alarm occurs within one minute the system shall resume normal operation. The Alarm Verification shall operate only on smoke detector alarms. Other activated initiating devices shall be processed immediately. The alarm verification operation shall be selectable by device. 1. The control panel shall have the capability to display the number of times (tally) a device has gone into a verification mode. Should this smoke verification tally reach a pre - programmed number, a trouble condition shall occur. .The control panel shall have a dedicated supervisory service LED and a dedicated supervisory service acknowledge switch. The activation of any standpipe or sprinkler valve supervisory (tamper) switch shall activate the system supervisory service audible signal and illuminate the LED at the control panel and the remote annunciator. Differentiation between valve tamper activation and opens and/or grounds on the initiation circuit wiring shall be provided. 2. Pressing the Supervisory Service Acknowledge Key will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the Supervisory Service LED "on" indicating the off - normal condition. 3. Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the Supervisory Service LED to extinguish, indicating restoration to normal. I. A manual evacuation (drill) switch shall be provided to operate the alarm indicating appliances without causing other control circuits to be activated. However, should a true alarm occur, all alarm functions would occur as described previously. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-3 z ~ w re 2 J0 00 N0 tnw WI w w0 2 u_Q co "±" a W z= E- O z I— w 2w O - O I W W H-- — O Z W U= o F- z ‘1,1 �,� dummunk r r__� __�. UaJ•. REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 J. The system shall have a single key that will allow the operator to display all alarms, troubles, and supervisory service conditions including the time of each occurrence. K. A voltmeter and ammeter shall be provided to indicate battery voltage and charging current. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release upon AC power failure. The actuation of the "enable walk test" program at the control panel shall activate the "Walk Test" mode of the system which shall cause the following to occur: 1. The off site circuit connection shall be bypassed. 2. Control relay functions shall be bypassed. 3. The control panel shall show a trouble condition. 4. The alarm activation of any initiation device shall cause the audible signals to code a number of pulses to match the zone number. 5. The panel shall automatically reset itself after signaling is complete. Any momentary opening of an initiating or indicating appliance circuit wiring shall cause the audible signals to sound for four (4) seconds indicating a trouble condition. 7. The system shall have the capacity of eight (8) distinctive walk test groups. Such that only a portion of the system need be disabled during testing. SUPERVISION The system shall contain 128 Class 'B' (Style 'B') independently supervised initiating device circuits. The alarm activation of any initiation circuit shall not prevent the subsequent alarm operation of any other initiation circuit. There shall be supervisory service initiation device circuits for connection of all sprinkler valve supervisory (tamper). Device activation shall cause a supervisory alarm at the control panel. There shall be (8) independently supervised and independently fused indicating appliance circuits for alarm horns, speakers and flashing alarm lamps. Disarrangement conditions of any circuit shall Lot affect the operation of other circuits. Auxiliary manual controls shall be supervised so that an "off normal" position of any switch shall cause an "off normal" system trouble. Each independently supervised circuit shall include a discrete LCD readout to indicate disarrangement conditions per circuit. F. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the remote annunciator. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-4 0"* r -H IVA 4 F ^� 1 1. 1 t t t. -4 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 G. The system batteries shall be supervised so at a low battery condition or disconnection of the battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the remote annunciator. H. The System Modules shall be electrically supervised for module placement. Should a module become disconnected the system trouble indicator shall illuminate and the audible trouble signal shall sound. I. The system shall have provisions for disabling and enabling all circuits individually for maintenance or testing purposes. J. Wiring to a hardwired (non - serial) remote annunciator shall be supervised for open and ground conditions. A separate annunciator trouble LCD Readout must be provided. It shall illuminate and an audible trouble signal shall sound at the control panel upon the detection of an open or ground condition. POWER REQUIREMENTS The control panel shall receive 120 VAC power (as noted on the plans) via a dedicated fused disconnect circuit. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal 120 VAC power in a normal supervisory mode for a period of four (4) hours with 5 minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. All external circuits requiring system operating power shall be 24VDC and shall be individually fused at the control panel. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: A factory- authorized Installer is to perform the Work of this Section. B. Compliance With Local Requirements: Comply with the applicable building code, local ordinances, and regulations, and the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. C. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." . D. NFPA Compliance: Provide fire alarm and detection systems conforming to the requirements of the following publications: 1. NFPA 72, "National Fire Alarm Code" Each and all items of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed .as a product of a single fire alarm system manufacturer under the appropriate category by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "U.L." label. All control equipment shall be listed under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit. Partial listings shall not be acceptable. F. All control equipment must have transient protection to comply with UL864 requirements. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-5 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 G. Architectural and Transportation Barrier Compliance Board: Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act. EXTRA MATERIALS General: Furnish extra materials, matching products installed (as described below), packaging with protective covering for storage, and identifying with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish the following quantity of each unit: Smoke Detector and Base 10 1350F Heat Detector and Base 10 Horn/Strobe 15/75 cd 10 Mini - Horn/Strobe 15/75 cd 10 Provide 50 feet of spare conduit, wire, and boxes per device, and installation labor incorporating fire alarm devices into the system if changes are required by the code authority. Unused devices shall be turned over to the Owner as extra materials. PART 2- PRODUCTS FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL Control Panel construction shall be modular with solid state, microprocessor based electronics. It shall display only those primary controls and displays essential to operation during a fire alarm condition. Keyboards or keypads shall not be required to operate the system during fire alarm conditions. A local audible device shall sound during Alarm, Trouble or Supervisory conditions. This audible device shall sound differently during each condition to distinguish one condition from another without having to view the panel. This audible device shall also sound during each keypress to provide an audible feedback to ensure that the key has been pressed properly. The following primary controls shall be visible through a front access panel: 1. Eighty character liquid crystal display 2. Individual red system alarm LED 3. Individual yellow supervisory service LED 4. Individual yellow trouble LED 5. Green "power on" Led 6. Alarm Acknowledge key 7. Supervisory Acknowledge key 8. Trouble Acknowledge key 9. Alarm Silence key 10. System Reset key The following secondary control switches and LED's shall be available behind an access door: 1. Fire Department campus disconnect/switch FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-6 AA," P+* itnA V.I 4':., 4 -1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2. Manual evacuation (drill) 3. Elevator bypass 4. Door holder release bypass 5. Future The control panel shall provide the following: 1. Setting of time and date 2. LED testing 3. Alarm, trouble, and abnormal condition listing 4. Enabling and disabling of each monitor point separately 5. Activation and deactivation of each control point separately 6. Changing operator access levels 7. Walk Test enable 8. Running diagnostic functions 9. Displaying software revision level 10. Displaying historical logs 11. Displaying card status 12. Point listing CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 For maintenance purposes the following lists shall be available from the point lists menu. 1. All points list by address 2. Monitor point list 3. Signal/speaker list 4. Auxiliary control list 5. Feedback point list 6. Psuedo point list 7. LED /switch status list Scrolling thru menu options or lists shall be accomplished in a self - directing manner in which prompting messages shall direct the user. These controls shall be located behind an access door. . Primary Keys, LED's and LCD Display The Control Panel shall have a 2 line x 40 character liquid crystal display which shall be backlit for enhanced readability. So as to conserve battery standby power, it shall not be lit during an AC power failure unless an alarm condition occurs or there is keypad activity. The display shall support both upper and lower case letters. Lowercase letters shall be used for softkey titles and prompting the user. Uppercase letters shall be used for System Status Information. A cursor shall be visible when entering information. SYSTEM FRONT PANEL OPERATION AND CAPABILITIES Under normal condition the front panel shall display a "System is Normal" message and the current time and date. B. Should an abnormal condition be detected the appropriate LED (Alarm, Supervisory or Trouble) shall flash. The panel audible signal shall pulse for alarm conditions and sound steady for trouble and supervisory conditions. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -7 REI - SOUTH CENTEk BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 C. The LCD shall display the following information relative to the abnormal condition of a point in the system. 1. 40 character custom location label 2. Type of device (i.e. smoke, pull station, waterflow) 3. Point status (i.e. alarm, trouble) Two methods of acknowledgment for each abnormal condition shall be provided. 1. For NFPA 72D requirements: Pressing the appropriate acknowledge button shall display the first unacknowledged condition in the appropriate list (either alarm, supervisory or trouble), and require another acknowledge button. Press to acknowledge only the displayed point. 2. For NFPA 72A, B or C requirements: Pressing the appropriate acknowledge button shall globally acknowledge every point in the list. These acknowledge functions may be passcode protected if the user has insufficientprivilege to acknowledge such conditions. A message shall indicate insufficient privilege but allow the user to view the points without acknowledging them. Should the user have sufficient privilege to acknowledge, a message will be displayed informing the user that the condition has been acknowledged. After all points have been acknowledged, the LEDs shall glow steady and the Sonalert will be silenced. The total number of alarms, supervisory and trouble conditions shall be displayed along with a prompt to review each list chronologically. The end of the list shall be indicated by an end of list message "END of LIST." hw •IN gerot t 1 F. Alarm Silencing 1. Should the "Alarm Silence" button be pressed all alarm signals shall cease operation. 2. Signals shall not be silenced during alarm silence inhibit mode. System Reset 1. The SYSTEM RESET button shall be used to return the system to its normal state after an alarm condition has been remedied. The LCD display shall step the user thru the reset process with simple English Language messages. Messages, "SYSTEM RESET IN PROGRESS," will first be displayed followed by the message, "SYSTEM RESET COMPLETED," and finally, "SYSTEM IS NORMAL," should all alarm conditions be cleared. 2. Should an alarm condition continue to exist the message, "SYSTEM RESET IN PROGRESS," will be followed by the message, "SYSTEM RESET ABORTED," and the system will remain in an abnormal state. System control relays shall not reset. The Sonalert and the Alarm LED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-8 fwd i.6w.r.'a....,.raa . u.w REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June II, 2002 will be on. The display will indicate the total number of alarms and troubles present in the system along with a prompt to use the ACK keys to review the points. These points will not require acknowledgment if they were previously acknowledged. 3. Should the Alarm Silence Inhibit function be active, the (SYSTEM RESET) key press will be ignored. The message, "SYSTEM RESET INHIBITED ", will be displayed for a short time to indicate the action was not taken. As feedback to the operator, the message "SYSTEM RESET NO LONGER INHIBITED" will be displayed when the inhibit function times out. Function Keys Additional function keys shall be provided to access status data for the following points: 1. Initiating device circuits 2. Indicating appliance circuits 3. Auxiliary relays 4. Feedback points 5. All other input/output points The following status data shall be available: 1. Primary State of point 2. Zone, PID and Card type information 3. Class "A" Status 4. Current priority of outputs 5. Disable/Enable status 6. Verification tallies of initiating devices 7. Automatic/Manual Control Status of output points 8. Acknowledge status 9. Relay Status History Logging The system shall be capable of logging and storing 300 events in an alarm log and 300 events in a trouble log. These events shall be stored in a battery protected random access memory. Each recorded event shall include the time and date of that event's occurrence. Thefollowing Historical Alarm log events shall be stored: 1. Alarms 2. Alarm Acknowledgment 3. Alarm Silence 4. System Reset 5. Alarm Historical log cleared The following Historical Trouble log events shall be stored: 1. Trouble conditions 2. Supervisory alarms 3. Trouble acknowledgment 4. Supervisory acknowledgment FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-9 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 5. Alarm Verification tallies 6. Walk Test results 7. Trouble Historical log cleared J. Silent Walktest with History Logging CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 The system shall be capable of being tested by one person. While in testing mode the alarm activation of an initiating device circuit shall be silently logged as an alarm condition in the historical data file. The panel shall automatically reset itself after logging of the alarm. The momentary disconnection of an initiating or indicating device circuit shall be silently logged as a trouble condition in the historical data file. The panel shall automatically reset itself after logging of the trouble condition. Should the walktest feature be on for an inappropriate amount of time it shall revert to the normal mode automatically. The control panel shall be capable of supporting up to 8 separate testing groups whereby one group of points may be in a testing mode and the other (non- testing) groups may be active and operate as programmed per normal system operation. After testing is considered complete, testing data may be retrieved from the system in chronological order to ensure device /circuit activation. Should an alarm condition occur from an active point, not in walk test mode, it shall perform operations described in section 1.4. . LED Supervision All slave module LEDs shall be supervised for burnout or disarrangement. Should a problem occur the LCD shall display the module and LED location numbers to facilitate location of that LED. System Trouble Reminder Should a trouble condition be present within the system and the audible trouble signal silenced, the trouble signal shall resound at preprogrammed time intervals to act as reminder that the fire alarm system is not 100% operational. Both the time interval and the trouble reminder signal shall be programmable to suit the Owner's application. Access Levels 1. There shall be four (4) access levels with level 4 being the highest level. Level 1 actions shall not require a passcode. Passcodes shall consist of up to ten (10) digits. Changes to passcodes shall only be made by authorized personnel. In order to maintain security when entering a passcode the digits entered will not be displayed but a cursor will move along filling the position with an X to indicate that the digit has been accepted. All key presses will be acknowledged by a local audible sound. When a correct passcode is entered, the message "Access Granted" shall be displayed. The new access level shall be in effect until the operator manually logs out or the keypad has been inactive for ten (10) minutes. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -10 m^• I." Wit 1 1 (, 1 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 4. Should an invalid code be inputted, the operator shall be notified with the message, "ERROR...INCORRECT PASSCODE," and shall be allowed up to three chances to enter a valid code. After three unsuccessful tries, the message, "ACCESS DENIED," shall be displayed. The level shall not be altered, and the operator shall no longer be in the menu option. Access to a level will only allow the operator to perform all actions within that level plus all actions of lower levels, not higher levels. The following keys /switches shall have access levels associated with them: Alarm Silence System Reset Set Time/Date Manual Control On/Off/Auto Control Disable/Enable Clear Historical Alarm Log Clear Historical Trouble Log Walk Test Change Alarm Verification Acknowledge keys shall also require privileged access to acknowledge points. If the operator presses an (ACK) key with insufficient access, an error message will be displayed. The points will scroll with (ACK) key presses to view the points on the list, but the points will not get acknowledged in the database. Equipment Enclosures Provide cabinets of sufficient size to accommodate the aforementioned equipment. Cabinet shall be equipped with locks and transparent door panel providing freedom from tampering yet allowing full view of the various lights and controls. REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR IN NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE Where shown on the plans, provide and install a digital display annunciator. The annunciator(s) shall have a stainless steel finish and shall provide one alarm lamp and one trouble lamp. Annunciator shall mimic main fire alarm control panel front display and controls. Annunciator shall be key or password protection. The annunciator shall communicate to the control panel over one twisted shielded pair of wire and operating power shall be 24VDC and be fused at the control panel. Point -wired annunciators will not be considered as equal. 1. Manual Control Switches shall be provided for the following functions: 1. System Reset 2. Alarm Silence 3. Trouble Silence 4. Manual Evacuation FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -11 REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 5. Alarm Acknowledge 6. Trouble Acknowledge 7. Supervisory Service Acknowledge 8. Elevator Bypass 9. AHU Control 10. Fire Department Disconnect MULTIPLE ADDRESSABLE PERIPHERAL NETWORK (MAPNET) Communication with addressable devices. CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 The system must provide communication with initiating and control devices individually. All of these devices will be individually annunciated at the control panel. Annunciation shall include the following conditions for each point: 1. Alarm 2. Trouble 3. Open 4. Short 5. Device missing/failed All addressable devices shall have the capability of being disabled or enabled individually. Up to 127 addressable devices may be multidropped from a single pair of wires. Systems that require factory reprogramming to add or delete devices are unacceptable. Format The communication format must be a completely digital poll /response protocol to allow t- tapping of the circuit wiring. A high degree of communication reliability must be obtained by using parity data bit error checking routines for address codes and check sum routines for the data transmission portion of the protocol. Systems that do not utilize full digital transmission protocol are not acceptable. Identification of Addressable Devices. Each addressable device must be uniquely identified by an address code entered on each device at time of installation. The use of jumpers to set address will not be acceptable due to the potential of vibration and poor contact. Device identification schemes that do not use uniquely set addresses but rely on electrical position along the communication channel are unacceptable. These systems cannot accommodate t- tapping and the addition of an addressable device between existing devices requires reprogramming all existing electrically further devices. The system must verify that proper type device is in place and matches the desired software configuration. Wiring Type, Distances, Survivability and Configurations Wiring types will be approved by the equipment manufacturer. Existing wiring will be utilized in the existing campus underground communications wiring. The system shall allow a line distance of up to 2,500 feet to the furthest addressable device on a Class B circuit. Addressable Device Types FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-12 ti,V6 6 c -6 REI —SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. General CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 The system control panel, must be capable of communicating with the types of addressable devices specified below. Addressable devices will be located as shown on the drawings. Addressable Detector Bases All addressable smoke and heat detector heads as specified below will be pluggable into their bases. The base will contain electronics that communicate the detector status (normal, alarm, trouble) to the control panel over two wires. The same two wires shall also provide power to the base and detector. Different detector heads (smoke or heat) must be interchangeable. Upon removal of the head, a trouble signal will be transmitted to the control panel. Photoelectric Detector Head a. The Photoelectric type detector shall be a plug -in unit which mounts to a twist -lock base, and shall be UL approved. b. The detectors shall be of the solid state photoelectric type and shall contain no radioactive material. They will use a pulsed infrared LED light source and be sealed against rear air flow entry. c. The detector shall fit into a base that is common with both the heat detector and ionization type detector and shall be compatible with other addressable detectors, addressable manual stations, and addressable Zone Adapter Modules on the same circuit. The detector shall also fit into a non - addressable base that is capable of being monitored by an addressable Zone Adapter Module. d. There shall be no limit to the number of detectors or Zone Adapter Modules which may be activated or "in alarm" simultaneously. Addressable Thermal Detector Head Thermal detector heads must be UL listed. They will be a combination rate -of -use and fixed temperature (135F) type, automatically restorable. Addressable Pull Stations a. Addressable pull stations will contain electronics that communicate the station's status (alarm, normal) to the transponder over two wires which also provide power to the pull station. The address will be set on the station. They will be manufactured from high impact red Lexan. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until . manually reset by opening with a key common to all system locks. Pull stations will be single action. pm IMO Falla i.' b. Z ~ w c:5 -U 00 J = H NLL, WO Li_ iI O• � � t- W w 0 tL O .• Z w U= O ~ z The front of the station is to be hinged to a backplate assembly and must be opened with a key to reset the station. The key shall be common with the control panels. Stations which use Allen wrenches or special tools to reset, will not be accepted. The station shall consist of high impact lexan plastic, red in color. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -13 11 "1111 raft Mlle AEI! lila Pam. ail REI — SOUTH CENTEk BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721- FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11,2002 c. The addressable manual station shall be capable of field programming of its "address" location on an addressable initiating circuit. The manual station shall be fitted with screw terminals for field wire attachment. There shall be no limit to the number of stations, detectors or Zone Adapter modules, which may be activated or "in alarm" simultaneously. e. The addressable manual station shall be Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. listed. Addressable Photoelectric Duct Detector The detector shall be a non polarized 24VDC type which is compatible with the Fire Alarm Panel and, obtains its operating power from the supervisory current in the fire alarm detection loop. Detectors shall be of the solid state photoelectric type and shall operate on the light scattering, photodiode principle. To minimize nuisance alarms, detectors shall have an insect screen and be designed to ignore invisible airborne particles or smoke densities that are below the factory set alarm point. No radioactive material shall be used. The detector head shall be directly interchangeable with an ionization detector type. The 24VDC detector may be reset by actuating the control panel reset switch. Detector construction shall have a mounting base with a twist -lock detecting head that is lockable. The locking feature must be field removable when not required. Contact between the base and head shall be of the bifurcated type utilizing spring type, self - wiping contacts. Removal of the detector head shall interrupt the supervisory circuit of the fire alarm detection loop and cause a trouble signal at the control panel. Detector design shall provide compatibility with other normally open fire alarm detection loop devices (heat detectors, pull stations, etc.) It shall be possible to alarm the duct housing by using a test switch. For maintenance purposes, it shall be possible to clean the duct housing sampling tubes by accessing them through the duct housings front cover. To minimize false alarms, voltage and RF transient suppression techniques shall be employed as- well -as smoke signal verification circuit and an insect screen. Auxiliary SPDT relays and or remote LED alarm indicators and key operated test stations shall be installed where indicated. Zone Adaptor Module Zone Adapter Modules shall be used for monitoring of waterflow, valve tamper, Halon Control Panels, non - addressable detectors, and for control of evacuation indicating appliances and AHU systems). a. An addressable interface module shall be provided for interfacing normally open direct contact devices to an addressable initiating circuit. The device shall be a Simplex type Zone Adapter Module (ZAM). FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -14 VOA 'REI — SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 b. ZAMs will be capable of mounting in a standard electric outlet box. ZAMs will include cover plates to allow surface or flush mounting. ZAMs will receive their 24VDC power from a separate two wire pair running from an appropriate power supply. c. The ZAM shall be supervised and uniquely identified by the control panel. Device identification shall be transmitted to the control panel for processing according to the program instructions. Should the ZAM become non - operational, tampered with, or removed, a discrete trouble signal, unique to the device, shall be transmitted to, and annunciated at, the control panel. d. The ZAM shall be capable of being programmed for its "address" location on the addressable device initiating circuit. The ZAM shall be compatible with addressable manual stations and addressable detectors on the same addressable initiating circuit. Addressable Device Supervision All devices shall be supervised for trouble conditions. The system control panel will be capable of displaying the type of trouble condition (open, short, device missing/failed). Should a device fail it will not hinder the operation of other system devices. DOOR HOLDERS /CLOSURES Provide UL listed flush wall mount, 24VDC electromagnetic door holder closer on doors indicated on . the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Provide and install the system in accordance with the plans and specifications, all applicable codes and the manufacturer's recommendations. All wiring shall be installed in strict compliance with all the provisions of NEC - Article 760 A and C, Power- Limited Fire Protective Signaling Circuits or if required may be reclassified as non -power limited and wired in accordance with NEC- Article 760 A and B. Upon completion, the Contractor shall so certify in writing to the Owner and general Contractor. All junction boxes shall be sprayed red and labeled "Fire Alarm." Wiring color code shall be maintained throughout the installation. Installation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the contract shall be closely coordinated with the appropriate subcontractors. C. The Contractor shall clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of the fire alarm equipment after completion of the installation. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721' -15 . ,d .. asl•.Si.«. REI - SOUTH CENTER BID/ PERMIT SET SECTION 16721 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . The manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide onsite supervision of installation. TESTING CE JOB NO. 02037 June 11, 2002 The completed fire alarm system shall be fully tested in accordance with NFPA -72H by the Contractor in the presence of the Owner's representative and the Local Fire Marshal. Upon completion of a successful test, the Contractor shall so certify in writing to the Owner and general Contractor. The Contractor shall warrant the completed fire alarm system wiring and equipment to be free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of the completed and certified test or from the date of first beneficial use. The equipment manufacturer shall make available to the Owner a maintenance contract proposal to provide a minimum of two (2) inspections and tests per year in compliance with NFPA -72H guidelines. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM END OF SECTION 16721 16721 -16 PA=S t 4v ;SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO: Mithun Partners Pier 56, 1201 Alaskan Way #200 Seattle, WA 98101 -2913 Page 1 of 2 PROJECT: REI SOUTH CENTER TUKWILA WA We hereby submit for your consideration the following product in lieu of the specified item for the above project. Section Paragraph Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution:• Specified Item Attach complete technical data, including certified test reports, record of performance, etc., as applicable. Include complete information on changes to drawings and /or specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in blanks below: (Items that are not applicable shall be noted N /A) Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on drawings? Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? What effect does substitution have on other trades? Differences between proposed substitution item? • Manufacturer's guarantees of items are: Same and specified the proposed and specified Different (explain) The undersigned states that the function, appearance, and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. • Contract Cost Reduction SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Page 2 of 2 Note: All approval requests submitted after contract award must include this information. Submitted by: ,Signature Street Telephone Firm City/State/Zip Date * * * * * * •For. Use by Design Consultant Accepted Rejected Remarks: * Accepted as Noted Received Too Late Date Note: Additional copies of this form are available from Cross Engineers, Inc., 2407 N. 318 St, #100, Tacoma, WA 98407 1-253-759-0118 V.? 034 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SUP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 PROJECT NAME: REI TUKWILA SITE ADDRESS: 240 ANDOVER PARK WEST DATE: 07 -22 -02 Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: ��(( ����� -ZS•o2 Bul ldingUrvision Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 7 -23 -02 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 08 -20-02 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2- 213.02 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # iliAk Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued Project Name: Project Address: sWI - rtUKwIak- UMffsllgikkAd W€41- Contact Person: A°. AT1 . ■,, Phone Number: lag 2.)6101 2244. Summary of Revision: (:ITYOP ICD "won ir JUL 2 3 2002 Sheet Number(s): � (� if "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revis n including date of revision iT CENTER Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: KS Entered in Sierra on 7 ` Z 3 -0 Z 08/30/00 n,'ti.1,45V tf¢ '''k.YHMYn;r+.ti City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: Q (] Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # -t Revision # after Permit is Issued Project Name: gat - '- t - o 7 �W V Project Address: r cx, f (v(_ ?DrA f V West" Contact Person: i1161/Vl Phone Number: G v Summary of Revision: z w 6 JU UOo N w= J H U) u- WO g =• d I- w Z= I- O Z W • W U� O - O I--.. wW - O 'Bala t ((��1D i hl�l Ti OY1 'T') ' � 1eD P� (NSD uI PrVL4■ V?e&UF9cr-Ip c NCui 0rry &-, 'rit/LO (G 17ST cfl YM l o I-. copra- a i(U (Suv 1 do r f 1%2 -VLavi 12-0 ``No Sheet Number(s): n l (.IE C�z(,2 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ] Entered in Sierra on 1-- ZifrOZ RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 9 2002 08/30/00 PERMIT CENTER July 18, 2002 City of Tukwila Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director Steve Swanson Mithun 1201 Alaskan Way, #200 Seattle, WA 98101 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D02 -164 REI Southcenter 240 Andover Pk W Dear Mr. Swanson: 1 z` re w wi0 00 co Ci w= J N U. w0 u. < =a I-w Z= Z o. w This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be 0 approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and 0 �. reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time, the Public Works, Planning and Fire Departments have no comments. = v Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, Z specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised o _ plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision �- block. Z In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `revision sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3684. Sincerely, gewukiyu a. orao) Kathryn A. Stetson Permit Technician encl xc: File No. D02 -164 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -431 -3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 of% V. .Ni.R+v: M1+vJrrw�+. Tukwila Building Division 6300 SouthCenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 206 -431 -3670 BUILDING DIVISION REVIEW Dale: July 17, 2002 Project Name: REI Tenant Improvement Permit application Application #: D02 -164 Plan Review: Ken Nelsen, Senior Plans Examiner A general Building Department plan review has been completed for the subject project. Only one significant issue arose during the plan review. Please address the following comments with revised plans and /or other applicable documentation. The existing tenant space was designed to accommodate a total occupancy load of less than 500 persons requiring only two separated exits. The space is also very limited where exterior exit doors can be installed to comply with the exit distance separation requirements of U.B.C. Section 1004.2.4. To mitigate the approval for the previous tenant improvement, a 1 -hour rated exit enclosure was constructed to separate the access between the two exit doors inside the space. However, the locations where the exit doors open at the exterior of the building are still too close to each other. The REI project increases the tenant space occupant load to 560 total persons requiring three separate exits by U.B.C. Section 1004.2.3.4. Because of the higher occupancy load to the existing space, our Department policy would require that any non - complying exit system be brought into compliance. The intent to upgrade the exit system has been made on the submitted plans by constructing a new 1 -hour corridor out the back of the store retail area and through the stock room. However, the proposed new corridor empties into a potentially very hazardous common loading dock room. Because the new corridor does not exit directly to the outside of the building as required by the Code and is also interrupted by the non -rated loading dock room, the new corridor is not approved as an exit. To sum up, the project will not be approved until a suitable exit system can be provided for the new space plan. No further comments at this time. zz. w O 0 co o J H w 0 2 a. J z� 1-o w ~ • w U� o D. o � w w. • U • �o w .. z. o 0 z PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 PROJECT NAME: REI TUKWILA SITE ADDRESS: 240 ANDOVER PARK WEST Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DATE: 07 -22 -02 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention ❑ Planning Division ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 7-23 -02 Complete Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable ❑ Comments: 1�✓�� rt7t -c, �� to i -H„ /-C� A-p Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TOES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 1 3 (n-a APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ A proved with Conditions DUE DATE: 08-20-02 { {Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: Ly' c; IhG�,fl,Sibw (e-4ev S REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Gt.� DATE: ./ (7510.7 Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 -,4,.a us^ ,Nk V.,M MAT0w,7rsn +wt z �z rew QQ� JU UO CO 0 CO W 1 2u w° 2 gQ w� =d w zI=. I- O Z I— 0 CI ww O WZ = 0 I— Z PERMIT NO.: Y v Z'" l (VV BUILDING PERMITS INSPECTIONS ❑ 1 Progress Inspection Status II 2 Pre - construction ❑ 3 Investigation ❑ 4 OK to Occupy ❑ 5 Remove Stop Work Order ❑ 6 Follow -up ❑ 7 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 50 WSEC Residential ❑ 60 WA Ventilation/Indoor AQC ❑ 70 NLEA Inspection /Modular Struct ❑ 71 Mobile Home Tie Down Insp ❑ 72 Marriage Lines ❑ 90 Resteel ❑ 95 Footing Drains it 100 Foundation Footings ❑ 200 Foundation Walls ❑ 250 Foundation Insulation ❑ 300 Concrete Slab /Slab Insulation ❑ 350 Crawl Space ® 400 Shear Wall Nailing ❑ 450 Plywood Wall Sheathing 500 • Roof Sheathing Nailing 525 Plywood Deck Nailing ❑ 550 Exterior Wall Sheathing ❑ 600 Masonry Chimney 610 Chimney Installation/AII Types 700 Framing ❑ 750 Roof /Ceiling Insulation ❑ 800 Floor Insulation • 801 Wall Insulation ❑ 802 Exterior Roof Insulation ❑ 803 Glazing Inspection 815 Lighting and Controls 900 Suspended Ceiling 1000 Interior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 1001 Exterior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 1110 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 1115 Motor Inspection ❑ 1120 Pre -Demo ❑ 1140 Pre - reroof 1400 Final -Fire 1700 Final- Building ❑ 1900 Final - Reroof 0 3100 Site Visit 3 4000 Special - Concrete 4001 Special -Bolts in Concrete ❑ 4001 Special- Morn/Resist Conc Frame 4003 Special -Reinf Steel Prestress 4004 Special - Welding ❑ 4005 Special -High- Strength Bolting ❑ 4006 Special - Structural Masonry ❑ 4007 Special -Reinf Gypsum Concrete ❑ 4008 Special- Insulating Conc Fill ❑ 4009 Special -Spray Fireproofing ❑ 4010 Special - Piling, Piers, Caissons ❑ 4011 Special - Shotcrete ❑ 4011 Special- Grading, Excav /Fill ❑ 4013 Special- Retaining Wall ❑ 4014 Special - Panels ❑ 4015 Special -Smoke Control System TENANT NAME: CONDITIONS 10001 No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division Plumbing permits shall be obtained through King Co Electrical permits obtained through L & I All mechanical work shall be under separate permit All permits, insp records & approved plans available All structural concrete shall be special inspected All structural welding shall be done by WABO certified inspector All high- strength bolting shall be special inspected Bolts installed in concrete shall be special inspected When special inspection is required...notify Tukwila Building Division The special inspector shall submit a final signed report Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation Partition walls attached to ceiling grid Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment Engineered truss drawings & calcs shall be on site Any exposed insulation backing material shall have Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation A statement from the roofing contractor verifying tire retardant class of roof 10019 All construction to be done in conformance w /approved plans 10002 10003 10004 10005 10006 10007 iJ 10008 S 10009 10010 10011 10012 air 10013 ❑ 10014 ❑ 10015 ❑ 10016 ❑ 10017 ❑ 10018 ❑ 10020 ❑ 10021 10022 10023 ❑ 10024 ❑ 10025 ❑ 10026 (iiit 10027 11E) 10028 Structural observation shall be provided for this project All food preparation establishments must have King Co Fire retardant treated wood shall have flame spread of Notify Building Division prior to placing any concrete All spray applied fireproofing shall be special inspected All wood to remain in placed concrete shall be treated All structural masonry shall be special inspected Validity of Permit Rack storage requires separate permit • 10030 ❑ 10031 ❑ 10032 No occupancy of building until final insp by Bldg Div Comply with requirements ofTMC 16.04 Remove all weeds, concrete, stone foundations. flat concrete ❑ 10034 Removal ot'septic tanks require approval and compliance with King Co Health Dept. ❑ 10035 Contact PW Div to obtain insp for water /sewer connect ❑ 10036 Manufacturers installation instructions required on site ❑ 10038 A C of 0 will be required for this permit ❑ 10039 Final approval for all TI w /in the limits of the SC Mall 10040 All construction noise to be in compliance with 8.2 TMC 10041 Ventilation is required for all new rooms & spaces ❑ 10041 Fuel burning appliances ❑ 10043 .Appliances, which generate ❑ 10044 Water heater shall be anchored ❑ 10045 Reroof ❑ "Anchoring — All new construct and substantial improvement shall be anchored to 'revent flotation" Plan Reviewer: Permit Tech: SKS Date: V Date: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 PROJECT NAME: RE! Southcenter DATE: 06 -13 -02 SITE ADDRESS: 4 ! Andover Park W `\ Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENT 7'i?iOV X Building Division Public Works LTA Ales,. (A v. Fire Prevention awO lj -lo 02 ❑ Structural Planning Division 01n/ g Per rdinaator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: Complete Comments: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 06-18-02 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TOES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Notation: Approved with Conditions ❑ DUE DATE: 07-16-02 Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documentshoutins slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PERMIT COORD COPY �.Jw3i4a PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 PROJECT NAME: REI Southcenter telo F7re-- SITE ADDRESS: ndover Park W DATE: 06 -13 -02 XOriginal Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention — Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: DUE DATE: 06-18-02 Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable n 74-14CIV ttent,C, L loia Z40 Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Strict ral Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review ' equire DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 07 -16-02 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: See- 1ittei4o r � REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 •n.1a1'.Y', z ref w —.I0 00 CO W= 1- U) w w 0 u. =▪ a I— w Z w,- U� O N O H. w • uj w .z = 0 I... . z PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 PROJECT NAME: REI Southcenter DATE: 06 -13 -02 SITE ADDRESS: g Andover Park W K Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works n n Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete n Incomplete n DUE DATE: 06-18-02 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: t5 FZ DUE DATE: 07-16-02 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: (,/ 7`2, /6 1/ Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing si ip.doc 2.28 -02 111•11011 " w .. +w,tbroce un+a x'n PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 PROJECT NAME: REI Southcenter DATE: 06 -13 -02 • SITE ADDRESS: 2-'1 Andover Park W K. Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 06-18-02 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required Ft( up DATE: 6 /a /ate APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 07 -16-02 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2.28 -02 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -164 DATE: 06 -13 -02 PROJECT NAME: REI Southcenter Z SITE ADDRESS: Andover Park W Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural IT n Planning Division Permit Coordinator n n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete n Incomplete n DUE DATE: 06 -18-02 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: ' M- V 0v Qa('tr - r6.) ❑ No further Review Required DATE: Orb , APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 07-16-02 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -2B -02 ...... .......�� ,.:,:...rte, JUN. 3. 2002 , 3:11PM MITHUN PARTNERS • N0.098 P.11/11 Non - .►sidential Sewer Use Certif. ition (To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. ' This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections withift five years of disconnect.) Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sowage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge Is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. The charge Is collected semi- annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at (206) 884.1740. (Plesseprint or type) Owner's Name 1 /PI14 /\ 0.; ti i-t Pao P`Gt1,L7 S (Last, First, Mlddlo Initial) Subdivision Nance Nn!) I F'(_- Pemx- Lot N Property Tax ID N O e2.;?/)7 t — 00700 ^ r7 Parry to ba Billed (If different from owner) >.E.-'1 Party's Mailing Address: Subdiv, M Z Block 0 01 a/0 5 0 UT1-1 Z' T4-) GjT Building Name (if applicable ��t i wA olej' QQ2- Property Street Address Sp 2'40 O(\\Jl YL PAAAL �J City or Sewer District TU K tit I Li& Date of Connection Gtuvziato 0 C-OY ec1 City, State, ZIP 1-Like-14 1 LA. / t1.1•A iSP' • Side Sewer Permit N • Owner's Phone Number ( ) or Property Contact Phone 0.( ) Owner's Mailing Address (if different from above) Demolition of pre - existing building? p7Yes ❑ No s Type of building demolished Sewer disconnect date ' A. Fixture Units AOPrrio M.- To E>c( STI (1 Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Kind of Fixture Fixture Unlls No. of Fixtures Toul Fixture Units Publk Private Public Prtvale Bathtub and Shower 4 4 D Shower, per head 2 2 1 '- Dental units • 1 1 o Dishwasher 2 2 D Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Z. 2- • Hose blbb (interior) • • 2.5 2.5 p Clotheswasher or laundry tub . 4 2 n :Sink, bar or lavatory 2. 1 tt y ,Sink, kitchen 3 2 p ;SInk, other (service) 3 1.5 1 , :Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 p Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 p , Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF • 6 2 0 'Water closet, tank or valve, 1,6 GPF 6 3 1 _ !o 'Water Closet, lank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 Total Fixture Units 4 S Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units 20 ItIs RCE For King County use: Account # •Monthly Rate Sfx Month Due 1058 (Rev. 9/01) White -- King County B. Other Wastewater Flow (In addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /,Process: VETAri t..r Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons/days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0•RCE Total Disc ia8rge (gal /day) a C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A &B) f B 1;15 0 1,15 RCE RCE CITY RECEIVED TUKWILA • JUN 1 ;a 2002 PERMIT CENTER I certify that the information given Is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for determination of a reylsed capacity charge. Signature of Owner/ Representative Print Name of Owner Representative E � -PAItHiJf Date ill (?j D Z Yollow — Local Sowor Agonc P nk —Sewer Customer F625- 052 -000 (8/9 %) Dctach And Display Certificate REGISTERED ",'AS.;- : <RROVID 1 CONST BY'. LAW •AS1 �+i••'i,`Irw;r•.r.r r- .� „��,irar;:y ?y�:�.' -•i }; �•:'�.�.�::T! /���µ ,�F,•; :r, ?.....•.. HOWARD;i;;5' '•T N ,. %. PO •. HOB j SEATTLE, ., •••• .. • • Signature • . Issued by DEPARTMENT:,Ok;LABOR AND 1NDTJSTRIES • Please Rem And Sigr Identificati, Card Befo Placing I) Billfold �_- Z JU O 0 to J• = i”" U W 0 g -� LL Q d H W. Z i— 0 W H, U� O -• WW 1— `Lo O — 0 i 1 11/06/2002 12:34 25357230 AMEC ame October 21, 2002 2 -93M -00451 -0 Recreational Equipment, Incorporated. P.O. Box 1938 Sumner, Washington 98390-0800 Attention: Paula Vincent Subject: Final Summary of Special Inspections REI at Southcenter 230 Andover Park West ' Tukwila, Washington Building Permit No. D02 -164 PAGE 02/02 Dear Paula: AMEC Earth and Environmental, Inc (AMEC) respectfully submits this letter as our summary of special inspection for the above referenced project. AMEC performed inspections for this projects as requested and scheduled by the general contractor, Howard S. Wright Construction. Details of our inspections are described, in our Daily Field Reports. These reports, copies of which were previously submitted, form the basis for this final summary of our inspections. AMEC performed inspections for the Reinforced Concrete, Soils Compaction, Structural Steel Welding and,Bolting, Epoxied Connections and Embeds, Shear Wall Nailing. In our opinion, the work, which was inspected as referenced in our Daily Field Reports, was performed in general conformance with the approved plans and changes approved by the structural engineer. All exceptions, which were noted in our Daily Field Reports, were satisfactorily resolved. if you have questions or desire additional information, please call at your convenience. • Sincerely, Steve Schm dt Project Manager 115 South 8" Street Tacoma, Washington 98402 -5203 Tel +(253) 572-4975 Fax +(253) 572.3096 11/06/2002 12:34 Fax To Company Fax 25357230 AMEC RECEIVED NOV 07 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building Department City of Tukwila (206) 431 -3665 Project No. 2 -93M- 00451 -0 From Direct Tel Fax Pages Date cc 2 y PAGE amec0 Joan Grant (253) 572 -4975 (253) 572 -3096 2 November 7, 2002 Attached is our final Summary of Special Inspections letter for REI at Southcenter. Please call if you have questions. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 115 South 8th Street Tacoma, Washington USA 98402 -5203 Tel (253) 572 -4975 Fax (253) 5724096 www.amec.com This fax message is confidential. If you are not the intended recipient please notify us by telephone as soon as possible and either return the message by post or destroy it. If you are not the intended recipient any use by you contents is prohibited. CnWINDOWS\DESKTOP1Fax Ins, ActJ%4 Const.doc 01/02 ame Report Client: mpression Test Results OX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: RECEIVED NOV 2 5 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Date of Report: November 07, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: STEVE SCHMIDT Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3339 Report Number: 11 Date Cast: 09/26/2002 Date Received: 09/27/2002 Placement: Strength (fc): 4000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 421 Ticket #.: 982 Plant #: Batch size: Water: 11 Admixtures: WRA/126 Inspector: MATT MCKINSTRY Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 2 1/4 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 75 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 67 N/A Weather: PARTLY CLOUDY /67 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 9:23 Sample Time: 10:25 Finish Time: Test Result Sample ID 11 11 11 11 Date Specimen Cast 1 9/26/02 2 9/26/02 3 9/26/02 4 9/26/02 Date Tested 10/3/02 10/24/02 10/24/02 Nominal Actual Age Specimen Area da s Size s in Compressive Strength Type of % of lbs .si Fracture Re•uired 07 6.00 28.27 28 6.00 28.27 28 6.00 28.27 H Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: Distribution PAULA VINCENT 109300 142295 148010 3870 5030 5230 A A A 97% 126% 131% ame 0 115 South eh Street Tacoma, Washington, U.S.A. 98402 -5203 Tel (253) 572 -4975 Fax (253) 572 -3096/ NOV 01 70(12 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL To: REI P.O. Box 1938 Sumner, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: Paula Vincent Date: October 30, 2002 Project No.: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name:SouthCenter REI Store 411 X01- -1 GL1 Project Manager: Steve Schmidt Permit No.: Enclosed for your review and records are our most recent Daily Field Reports and associated field correspondence pertaining to the above - referenced project. SUMMARY OF FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTALS Document Type Document No. Document Date Compression Test 3268 10/23/02 This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC. cc: Mithun Architects 1201 Alaskan Way, Suite 200 Seattle, WA 98101 Attn: Steve Swanson Howard S. Wright Construction Co. 501 Eastlake Ave. E. Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98109 C: \WINDOWS\ DESKTOP \Distribution \REI 451 wpd.wpd Coughlin Porter Lundeen 217 Pine St., Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 City of Tukwila 6200 S. Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 Attn: Dept. of Community Development D EPA fl 6 - Ail ,i1. n ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: rC NOV 01 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Date of Report: October 23, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: STEVE SCHMIDT Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3268 Report Number: 8 Date Cast: 09/09/2002 Date Received: 09/10/2002 Placement: SIDEWALK WEST FRONT Strength (fc): 3000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: CADMAN Load #.: Truck #.: 427 Ticket #.: 501 Plant #: Batch size: 10 Water. Admixtures: DARAIR /3.6 WRDA 64/27.9 Inspector: STEVE SCHMIDT Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: Ambient Temp. ( °F): N/A Weather: INTERIOR /60 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 6:24 Sample Time: 7:40 Finish Time: Test Result Sample Date Date ID Specimen Cast Tested 8 1 9/9/02 9/16/02 8 2 9/9/02 10/7/02 8 3 9/9/02 10/7/02 8 4 9/9/02 Nominal Actual Age Specimen Area Compressive Strength (days) Size (sq in) (lbs) (psi) 07 5.99 28.18 28 5.99 28.18 28 5.99 28.18 H Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: Distribution PAULA VINCENT 94220 128285 140770 li 3390 4550 5000 Type of Fracture A A A % of Required 111% 152% 167% ame 115 South 8th Street Tacoma, Washington, U.S.A. 98402 -5203 Tel (253) 572 -4975 Fax (253) 572 -3096/ RECEIVED OCT 2 2 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT To: REI P.O. Box 1938 Sumner, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: Paula Vincent FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL Date: October 18, 2002 Project No.: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name:SouthCenter REI Store Project Manager: Steve Schmidt Permit No.: Enclosed for your review and records are our most recent Daily Field Reports and associated field correspondence pertaining to the above - referenced project. SUMMARY OF FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTALS Document Type Document No. Document Date Compression Test Compression Test Compression Test 3243 3267 3339 10/09/02 10/09/02 10/10/02 This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC. cc: Mithun Architects 1201 Alaskan Way, Suite 200 Seattle, WA 98101 Attn: Steve Swanson Howard S. Wright Construction Co. 501 Eastlake Ave. E. Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98109 C: \WINDOWS \DESKTOP \DIstribution \REI 451 wpd.wpd Coughlin Porter Lundeen 217 Pine St., Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 City of Tukwila 6200 S. Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 Attn: Dept. of Community Development X02- 1L0-) ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: October 09, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3267 Report Number: 6 Date Cast: 08/29/2002 Date Received: 08/30/2002 Placement: STORE FACADE Strength (fc): 4000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 334 Ticket #.: Plant #: Batch size: 2 Water: Admixtures: 57 6 Inspector: JON LINDSAY Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 4 1/2 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 68 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 72 N/A Weather: SUN/72 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 11:20 Sample Time: 12:15 Finish Time: 1:15 Test Result Nominal Actual Sample Date Date Age Specimen Area ID Specimen Cast Tested da s Size s• in Compressive Strength Type of lbs .si Fracture 6 1 8/29/02 9/5/02 07 6.00 28.27 6 2 8/29/02 9/26/02 28 6.01 28.37 6 3 8/29/02 9/26/02 28 6.01 28.37 6 4 8/29/02 H Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: Distribution PAULA VINCENT 83850 110485 112435 2970 3890 3960 A A A % of Re • uired 74% 97% 99% RE E ED OC,';- 22 ?OO2 BUILD DEAR LENT 001-- — 1 Co IA n..v+++..�...,..c...,..,- ...whrnrrv�M++a- srrnnmrwan�zra ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: October 09, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: STEVE SCHMIDT Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3243 Report Number: 6 Date Cast: 08/29/2002 Date Received: 08/30/2002 Placement: STORE FACADE Strength (fc): 4000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 334 Ticket #.: Plant #: Batch size: 2 Water: Admixtures: 57 6 Inspector: JON LINDSAY Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 4 1/2 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 68 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 72 N/A Weather: SUN/72 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 11:20 Sample Time: 12:15 Finish Time: 1:15 Test Result Nominal Actual Sample Date Date Age Specimen Area ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) Size (sq in) 6 1 8/29/02 9/5/02 07 6.00 28.27 6 2 8/29/02 9/26/02 28 5.99 28.18 6 3 8/29/02 9/26/02 28 5.99 28.18 6 4 8/29/02 H Compressive Strength (lbs) (psi) Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: Distribution PAULA VINCENT 89285 135660 124795 3160 4810 4430 Type of Fracture A A A % of Required 79% 120% 111% RECEIVED UCi 2'' 7007 - BU9LDiNG DEPARTMENT DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 115 South 8th Street Tel (253) 572-4975 racoma, Washington 98402 Fax (253) 572-3096 RECEIVLD OCT 03 2002 COMMU LUMtT c3„1- toL-■ amec° PRA* CT NAME , AP 0 .1 . '4' ..., PR•J T NO. g" ArV, OOP FIELD REPORT NO. ADDRESS 4. I Alm DATE PAGE 1 OF CITY OR COUNTY PERMIT 0. T E .../..- DEPARTURE TIME CLIE T AEE PROJECT MANAGER/PRONE NO. GENERAL r.ONT R AEE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. WEATHER ‘77 74" —fr- /37---- (2L- . 1 57---ity S BCONT CTOR ,- TYINORK P RFORMED / MZSP/ EQUIPM USE ....---- si, _I WA MI I VavAl NI M. WV-WA Or- _.giaresrarArgmerAirker&/.rAw 0 The contents of this field report were discussed with the contractor's on-site representative. 0 A preliminary copy of this field report was left on site. All recommendations contained herein are subject to change pending review by the AEE project manager. / FIELD REPRES ATI E AEE PROJECT MANA R AMEC Earth & Environmantal. Inc. (Rev. 11/00) „. . ame Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkll on 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 TEST REPORT CONCRETE % TM C- GROUT ASTM C -1019 MORTAR (TYPE ) CMU (TYPE )1 PRISM UBC 21 -17 SHOTCRETE ACI 506 R OTHER ASTM C -140 ASTM C -780 P' T NAME / PR J T NO. REPORT NO. // -.If � .1 1 J PAGE (Include est Repo • OF DATE / 6W . / 0 lI FIELD DAT BATCH DATA SUPPLIER �/�� �/ /� l YPE OF CEMENT j77 DESIGN ACTUAL WEIGHTS PER YARD MIX NUMBER TICKET NUMBER CEMENT (LBS.) ifillir ." TRUCK NUMBER FLY ASH (LBS.) IMP ,. x �;...r....,..- %� • �A�_..`�I_1_ � BATCH SIZE, YD' f COARSE AGG. (LBS.) COARSE AGG. (LBS.) TOTAL PLACED /...///0 WATER ADDED, GALS. //94/( COARSE AGG. (LBS.) ALLOWABLE WATER, GALS. , FINE AGG. (LBS.) /eJL�, t i DRUM REVOLUTIONS / WATER (LBS.) 4, • W r• BATCH TIME 7 ' , AIR ENTRAINMENT / p ,6 / SAMPLE TIME ADMIXTURE NO. y"� j FINISH TIME �/ ADMIXTURE NO. 2225' / SAMPLE AND TEST DATA SAMPLE SET OF LABORATORY SET # I.D. # SAMPLE LOCATION: DESIGN STRENGTH SI ei, for DAYS 'TEST DATA SPECIFIED ACTU L TEST AGE (DAYS) r 7 • /�� g SLUMP (ASTM C -143) 1 II/ �J SPECIMEN (NO./SIZE/TYPE) ) X / X/ 7 ,, CONT. (ASTM C -173/C -231) � DATE SAMPLED • %A, (I% AMBIENT TEMP. °F o 0� ■ DATE RECEIVED iJ� SAMPLE TEMP. (ASTM C -1064) 76 t CURING CONDITIONS Cu UNIT WEIGHT (ASTM C -138) HIGH /LOW TEMPERATURES YEILD (ASTM C -138) 'Note appropriate test methods if different from those indicated SAMPLE STORAGE LOCATION AND COMMENTS i / JI4/ ..—%:d—Zt. '��% Ors'' ''/ EC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THI$'REPO*T IS CONbERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided sole y for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except In full, without written permission of Amec Earth and Environmental, Inc. .;Y.,Ar j9378(ReV * • •. �{. �. 5�.' e�(: �'•;' SI /S= LfLyHi'«.,,, 'n.y�,...•i.:yab<: yr.�- ....... ...•. ... .. ..,..e .... .. x. .. .... .. .... .. ame RECEIVED OCT - :> ?OOZ BUILDING DEPARTMENT Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: September 25, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3230 Report Number: 3 Date Cast: 08/23/2002 Date Received: 08/27/2002 Placement: ANDOVER PARK ENTRANCE CANOPY SUPPORT Strength (fc): 5000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 300 Ticket #.: 265503 Plant #: Batch size: 11 Water: 5 Admixtures: WRA/306 Inspector: GEO. HOROWITZ Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 75 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 78 Weather: CLOUDY/78 Actual Specs. 5 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 11:59 Sample Time: 12:35 Finish Time: N/A Test Result Nominal Actual Sample • Date Date Age Specimen Area ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) Size (sq in) 3 1 8/23/02 8/30/02 07 6.02 28.46 3 2 8/23/02 9/20/02 28 6.00 28.27 3 3 8/23/02 9/20/02 28 6.00 28.27 3 4 8/23/02 H Compressive Strength (lbs) (psi) Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: ik'-- Distribution PAULA VINCENT 100220 132550 134110 3520 4690 4740 Type of % of Fracture Required A 70% A 94% A 95% ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: RECEIVE' I OCT 0 3 2002 commuNI DEVELOPMENT Date of Report: September 25, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3204 Report Number: 2 Date Cast: 08/23/2002 Date Received: 08/23/2002 Placement: INFILL Strength (fc): 3000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 7054 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 443 Ticket #.: 265003 Plant #: Batch size: 11 Water: 25 Admixtures: WRDA64 /501 ADVA/170 Inspector: STEVE SCHMIDT Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 80 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 71 Weather: INTERIOR/70 Actual Specs. 6 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 10:20 Sample Time: 11:05 Finish Time: N/A Test Result Nominal Actual Sample Date Date Age Specimen Area Compressive Strength Type of % of ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) Size (sq in) (lbs) (psi) Fracture Required 2 1 8/23/02 8/30/02 07 2.01 3.17 17370 5470 A 182% 2 2 8/23/02 9/20/02 28 2.00 3.14 22525 7170 A 239% 2 3 8/23/02 9/20/02 28 2.00 3.14 22360 7120 A 237% 2 4 8/23/02 H Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: 01'1'l. Distribution PAULA VINCENT M'F ame r - DEPARTMENT Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: September 25, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3268 Report Number: 8 Date Cast: 09/09/2002 Date Received: 09/10/2002 Placement: SIDEWALK WEST FRONT Strength (fc): 3000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: CADMAN Load #.: Truck #.: 427 Ticket #.: 501 Plant #: Batch size: 10 Water: Admixtures: DARAIR /3.6 WRDA 64/27.9 Inspector: STEVE SCHMIDT Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: Ambient Temp. ( °F): N/A Weather: INTERIOR /60 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 6:24 Sample Time: 7:40 Finish Time: Test Result Sample Date Date Age ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) 8 1 9/9/02 9/16/02 07 8 2 9/9/02 10/7/02 28 8 3 9/9/02 10/7/02 28 8 4 9/9/02 H Nominal Actual Specimen Area Size (sq in) Compressive Strength (lbs) (psi) 5.99 28.18 94220 3340 Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: 64n Distribution PAULA VINCENT Type of Fracture A %of Required 111% DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820-4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECEIV `7„ OCT 0 3 20P COMMUNI DEVELOPMEN I Po) (S amec0 PROJECT AME Fs � k, C PROJECT NO. `TT Or p si REPORT NO. 9 8 ADDR SS al PERMIT NO. DATE CLIENT � WEATHER R Jai PAGE (includes Test Reports) 1 OF 1 STRUCTURA ENGINEER G P L AMEC PROJ MANAGER/PHONE NO. T ----oN rriaz ARCHITECT n? 1 7 J 14 AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE /PAGE NO. C.S'z'yg Ls44,ofdi, -- CONTRACTOR i EPivAAA t'. ILtiA-4 ■ S TYPE OF INSPECTION CA1 4).0...1\ 1:A4W INSPECTION a RE- INSPECTION • . c; r• d�. a' �• r3dSc�' �; 't.%�L�'.�u't33��sir�l�'�''v.•' t?r. - ...vi) /la y� x � = -, • _s • Ga .tJrl�.�R� M _ • AA•mb, . c4,49) cure e Z_•1 )7cr l6 3 /4 'r AJA - oR 'e-vra •Fay s s •�q7 Y .0 .y..v..,Frrev `, ., tir-f1 .r...« :vr: , s... K}.; �,, - y� •.: t�� �! � � I ` ,I y .{C, �y., � le t. ' M� 57,�_Y t�i%litt r, '1:T7T l.�' .. :.- WA-0x; To the best of our kno edge, all items inspected as noted conformance with the proved plans a` specifications. MEC F LI REPRESENTAT VE above were in general es ❑ No ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. I 1/00) ame 115 South 8th Street Tacoma, Washington, U.S.A. 98402 -5203 Tel (253) 572 -4975 Fax (253) 572 -3096/ RECEP " SEP 2 �i 2U07 COIVI ;u,vITY DEVELOPMENT FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL To: REI Date: September 20, 2002 P.O. Box 1938 Project No.: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Sumner, WA 98390 -0800 Project Name:Southcenter REI Store Attn: Paula Vincent Project Manager: Don Miller Permit No.: Enclosed for your review and records are our most recent Daily Field Reports and associated field correspondence pertaining to the above - referenced project. SUMMARY OF FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTALS Document Type Document No. Document Date Transmittal Date Field Report 7A 09/06/02 09/20/02 Field Report 8 09/09/02 Field Report 9 09/11/02 Compression Test 3243, 3267 09/19/02 Compression Test This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC. cc: Mithun Architects 1201 Alaskan Way, Suite 200 Seattle, WA 98101 Attn: Steve Swanson Howard S. Wright Construction Co. 501 Eastlake Ave. E. Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98109 C: \W IN DOWS\DESKTOP\Distribulion \REI 451 wpd.wpd Coughlin Porter Lundeen 217 Pine St., Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 City of Tukwila 6200 S. Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 Attn: Dept. of Community Development _ .... ..r.,cw.r:e*nwrour+�»nea441i r4444 ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: RECEIVED SEP, 2 3 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Date of Report: September 19, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3267 Report Number: 6 Date Cast: 08/29/2002 Date Received: 08/30/2002 Placement: STORE FACADE Strength (fc): 4000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier. STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 334 Ticket #.: Plant #: Batch size: 2 Water: Admixtures: 57 6 Inspector: JON LINDSAY Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 4 1/2 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 68 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 72 N/A Weather: SUN/72 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 11:20 Sample Time: 12:15 Finish Time: 1:15 Test Result Sample ID Specimen Nominal Date Date Age Specimen Cast Tested da s Size Actual Area s• in Compressive Strength lbs • si Type of % of Fracture Re•uired 6 6 6 6 1 8/29/02 2 8/29/02 3 8/29/02 4 8/29/02 9/5/02 07 9/26/02 28 9/26/02 28 H 6.00 28.27 Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: - VeAft Distribution PAULA VINCENT 83850 2970 A 74% If ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: RECEIVED SEP, 2 3 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Date of Report: September 19, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3243 Report Number: 6 Date Cast: 08/29/2002 Date Received: 08/30/2002 Placement: STORE FACADE Strength (fc): 4000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 334 Ticket #.: Plant #: Batch size: 2 Water: Admixtures: 57 6 Inspector: JON LINDSAY Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 4 1/2 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 68 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 72 N/A Weather: SUN/72 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 11:20 Sample Time: 12:15 Finish Time: 1:15 Test Result Sample Date Date Age ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) 6 1 8/29/02 9/5/02 07 6 2 8/29/02 9/26/02 28 6 3 8/29/02 9/26/02 28 6 4 8/29/02 H Nominal Actual Specimen Area Compressive Strength Size (sq_in) (/bs) (psi) 6.00 28.27 89285 3160 Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: APIA— Distribution PAULA VINCENT Yr Type of Fracture A % of Required 79% 4 DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECEIVEC OCT 0 3 2002 COMMUNITY r,t =vpi nwnnr -tv I Rte? ame PROJECT N ME elf e �'�� d.�1 stag ..e473 PROJECT NO. 0/ 00 - REPORT NO. ? A ADDRESS :3° 4416. Jailye P.41"- 4) 7 i ".1 / Li..).1loZ PERMIT NO. • gal WEATHER i ne.4'. 7.2:: DATE 9 • /7- 2)°2— PAGE (includes Test Reports) / OF CLIENT A STRUCTURALE ENGINEER G /L Sgr e..46 I. L4 'A/ (C' S 3 "A/ b-' II ) C5'AI at3/5 e. j ISZ4 (8N42K6- Z.21 tJ_D eaH1- •, 'z D 7-b eo•tJ is 1s;11)-*J eV o-c1P- ,/E,P v'V cs qa A Ar t c UN91� 0,6- / Kd� b' Aic 411) ..mnr ' n Pia •J AA Ao.J tE tsioe o f PAAhig ra e;,:r AMEC PROJECT MANAGER/PHONE NO. ‘_.b64.J 1/4 /s ARCHITECT e :NW/ veze,r MEC Fl D REPRESENTATIVE AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. sSratie € •...,y EW INSPECTION CONTRAC OR ��� �• ��/ G,�� TYPE OF INSPECTION ���N�� �. • RE-INSPECTION ,i yy �j .Q�j. �(� I M�1 11 +ti i .4 -M• " ,.Z Y'^ Mtl� \�'`;f�,� W�",4r��1� t',L i.:'•_Y�' � ,Y' ��w;4�C )�'�ti� {- •'�Ci: �U•. . 1 .�.`�>,F S v�r' � ly �1 ��� �. )'ri. tS. , �? � •. l.. ���....4 • n e� A �{4 r •� }8! T tai j I. .•.. L . 1 4 1 F{4 ij yfy� •2i.Aa4aiir" — ' li ?rS.�i�7A.'1T+�.iR �L tviyF rii'.'S�w1 3� J 4M:i.1'?Y Ey ? i:li•. fklll�fG `'.,, o� ✓:i'TY�•.l�i - ,, t :.-*'0iyi c�K.�N ��S�'�� a..4.. , '4'i fY'i., i 'n, .'.t /___I 7 ASf— Rammisr -A- j i1/S # J /lL 7 r " �- / w� X •_ ' t$ XY E-itie4K77L16 x/4 " t X /- A 4zs. 2 G ' o— TP-4• /4 14. eSgag 7a F. Q.?.2 82i mss, c0.0111400 Q. At.Ae 4daA4- esfax/fiaA d0) $oLs- iQA ,1 d Gje 4_in1E A 4r / itt_At_Ca.1JntlI!Za7n e..4 t t CSo14- S t.1 02, S it1?d „Le• _ditit ,/i`T7' /yy ts-z) Erg.,st 6.F ?a "m 4) 2FL' . JM Aer144. A_y , e. m A.) two ` .s" ig Aea iv I) rrAnkS'N t# V. .Q /Q lergacs g.ir,ar . OQl L!!rA -► it dr rhe AIA/6L. G ', SEM* ice / L4. AMY: • Deficiency Corrected - Report No. Sgr e..46 I. L4 'A/ (C' S 3 "A/ b-' II ) C5'AI at3/5 e. j ISZ4 (8N42K6- Z.21 tJ_D eaH1- •, 'z D 7-b eo•tJ is 1s;11)-*J eV o-c1P- ,/E,P v'V cs qa A Ar t c UN91� 0,6- / Kd� b' Aic 411) ..mnr ' n Pia •J AA Ao.J tE tsioe o f PAAhig ra e;,:r t p1 U 7 M Z ' fi '1. .'` • t. � �' ikk , - lcl$w ..� . , • J ?y ' 6 '= . • i ;C i n h. r2 40, i Sa ; N ?Y ` .a 4. i 7. 44 '- nr. i. 10 + 'tic` . "� +; ;:Na+. :^trti. i!ca .k.V:i.c . •f• E »a,�ok7i "rG+�¢ld tAW �5 �� aL .!`t .: r .a, . To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the app •ved plans and specifications. C 'es No • Preliminary Observations • • Deficiency Corrected - Report No. AQ veze,r MEC Fl D REPRESENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. .,ss - �ci:s+i. ilWut'L47.19: d;•.' Yfv. �s�r;• e�; lwr+r�v�, «..:.+w:.,•.,�:.�..,.. AMEC Earth & Environmental. Inc. (Rev. 11/00) arm 115 South 81h Street Tacoma, Washington, U.S.A. 98402 -5203 Tel (253) 572 -4975 Fax (253) 572 -3096/ To: REI P.O. Box 1938 Sumner, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: Paula Vincent RECEIVED LL SEP 16 20021 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL Date: September 13, 2002 Project No.: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name:Southcenter REI Store Project Manager: Don Miller Permit No.: Enclosed for your review and records are our most recent Daily Field Reports and associated field correspondence pertaining to the above - referenced project. SUMMARY OF FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTALS Document Type Document No. Document Date Transmittal Date Field Report Compression Test Compression Test 7 3204 3230 09/06/02 09/10/02 09/11/02 09/13/02 This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC. cc: Mithun Architects 1201 Alaskan Way, Suite 200 Seattle, WA 98101 Attn: Steve Swanson Howard S. Wright Construction Co. 501 Eastlake Ave. E. Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98109 C:\ WINDOWS \DESKTOP\Dislribulion \REI 451 wpd.wpd Coughlin Porter Lundeen 217 Pine St., Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 City of Tukwila 6200 S. Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 Attn: Dept. of Community Development ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: September 11, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 3//3/M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3230 Report Number: 3 Date Cast: 08/23/2002 Date Received: 08/27/2002 Placement: ANDOVER PARK ENTRANCE CANOPY SUPPORT Strength (fc): 5000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 300 Ticket #.: 265503 Plant #: Batch size: 11 Water: 5 Admixtures: WRA/306 Inspector: GEO. HOROWITZ Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 5 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 75 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 78 N/A Weather: CLOUDY/78 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 11:59 Sample Time: 12:35 Finish Time: Test Result Sample Date Date Age ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) 3 1 8/23/02 8/30/02 07 3 2 8/23/02 9/20/02 28 3 3 8/23/02 9/20/02 28 3 4 8/23/02 H Nominal Actual Specimen Area Size (sq in) Compressive Strength (lbs) (psi) 6.02 28.46 100220 3520 Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: I&VL /A Distribution PAULA VINCENT Type of Fracture A % of Required 70% 2q/ 4-5 DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 1)335 N.E. 122 "d Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 REC,.gIVED SEP 2 3 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT /% 2- /431;013, r,. amec9 PROJE NAME • s Sot r % z_nir �e .��� r •Alf -I. 4 / 1 • - . - _ .1 i - 'r ter` • PROJECT NO. nd A vDAI -o PER IT NO. o L - / G� REPORT NO. DATE 9'//- dt_ PAGE (Includes Test Reports) OF 1 ADDRE S Afg.4..4Z CLIENT .1, WEATHER - 0 STIR CT RAL ENGINEER Pi . AMEC P' OJECT MANAGER/PHON�ENO.. �KJ/LJ f.1..4nto� ARCHITECT ifYiiitJ /„%70 4 ev gat, (gaselwa`S7DAir FAI Air A.1 AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. c'i7iu/ \52.,.rw4.�r- TYPE OF INSPECTION OS CONTRACTOR . ∎ i • • NEW INSPECTION :—.... M RE-INSPECTION •:l 'L'' ,iC G ,N^,;.4 ,��•�17 �,f wri"- -^ 1.: f� `Ft4, ,�.ry ;:- ,.y(c; ai.'tJjt ;3.�f..� ^,i,,- -• ��.� v?„,. +4 [',r Tr. Iy `x - •l:�4 � ci' „%vr ,F` ,�� a. 1-s `}`i��.✓r�'� �••� �+• *M.j?` c y..�..T� y ,� , �. �, t3t", _ '•�' .. •, :��' v:. r f..>'�`Y'n`tiit, �, .1:���3;:;+�:�,..tk�t'��'d�.��� a"o-it.''z' :�����' x'�;i�� � � *+..���r�.� r'�`'�•- '� '4 . s ~'� 'd`f; K u•y, yr / . .��� r •Alf -I. 4 / 1 • - . - _ .1 i - 'r ter` • F.azLjyT - •EnrrS A..140€45-- J72 41.4 /. I miz ,61-1,s-G gid` ,d 4, , , I - (44 44-151-- /„%70 4 ev gat, (gaselwa`S7DAir FAI Air A.1 / / - 111/ — c-1— /i +v -si'r /ff;✓ $g }' „2 tA-1 Lrz _ Nip e.re=11grL 14 4,4 AIL- As . •f',•V:y., ''�14'ii;� M•. 'i �.f ^�Y. �•.,..at.v >..y..wry... �.e.h.. �. .... =...a+{-.r.+}... , '•AZ A..•4 "�tf•^ • r• • -" r,J � », `t 1 j � � _ 1 ;' . ' 1 � ;� } ►,�� • t�. � �, `�ey���?��,g},;�. .mss nV::•[:j,In ti<'t'.- ,�4L�,:L.a..'.. ^.JN d:L?'_!C�e:i' �t :5. :. li. tiC:.ALa3 cr a�:c iti S}Vi'.5t 1.�^uf:`Er: ,x � rn�- i��syaJVr•;r•e ���?.}3��r�, �*��My,,' "ryy..:�•. To the best of o knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance the approved plans and specifications. es No ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected - Report No. REPRESENTATIVE ELD viigt REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11 /00) ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: October 10, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: STEVE SCHMIDT Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3339 Report Number: 11 Date Cast: 09/26/2002 Date Received: 09/27/2002 Placement: Strength (fc): 4000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 5053 Supplier: STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 421 Ticket #.: 982 Plant #: Batch size: Water: 11 Admixtures: WRA/126 Inspector: MATT MCKINSTRY Actual Specs. Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: 2 1/4 Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 75 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 67 N/A Weather: PARTLY CLOUDY /67 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 9:23 Sample Time: 10:25 Finish Time: Test Result Sample Date Date Age ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) 11 1 9/26/02 10/3/02 07 11 2 9/26/02 10/24/02 28 11 3 9/26/02 10/24/02 28 11 4 9/26/02 H Nominal Actual Specimen Area Size (sq in) Compressive Strength (Ibs) (psi) Type of Fracture 6.00 28.27 109300 Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: Distribution PAULA VINCENT 3870 A % of Required 97% RECEIVE OCT 2 2 2002 BUILDING DE ARTME dT c)-69- 1(.0J-1 ame Report of Compression Test Results Client: REI P.O. BOX 1938 SUMNER, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: PAULA VINCENT Specimen Type: CONCRETE ASTM C 39 Sampling and Curing performed in substantial accordance with: Date of Report: September 10, 2002 Project #: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name: REI - SOUTHCENTER Project Address: 230 ANDOVER PARK W., TUKWILA, WA Building Permit: Project Mgr: DON MILLER Architect: MITHUN Engineer: CPL Contractor: ASTM C 172 and C 31/31M Mix and Field Data Sample ID Number: 3204 Report Number: 2 Date Cast: 08/21/2002 Date Received: 08/23/2002 Placement: INFILL Strength (fc): 3000 psi @ 28 days Mix I.D. No.: 7054 Supplier. STONEWAY Load #.: Truck #.: 443 Ticket #.: 265003 Plant #: Batch size: 11 Water. 25 Admixtures: WRDA64 /501 ADVA/170 Inspector: STEVE SCHMIDT Slump (inches) ASTM C 143: Air Content ( %) ASTM C 231: Unit Weight (pcf) ASTM C 138: Concrete Temp. ( °F) ASTM C 1064: 80 Ambient Temp. ( °F): 71 Weather: INTERIOR/70 Actual Specs. 6 Remarks: Time Batch Time: 10:20 Sample Time: 11:05 Finish Time: N/A Test Result Sample Date Date Age ID Specimen Cast Tested (days) 2 1 8/21/02 8/28/02 07 2 2 8/21/02 9/18/02 28 2 3 8/21/02 9/18/02 28 2 9 8/21/02 H Nominal Actual Specimen Area Compressive Strength Size (sq in) (/bs) (psi) 2.01 3.17 17370 5970 Break Types - (Cn) Cone, (CSp) Cone Split, (CSh) Cone Shear, (Sh) Shear, (Co) Columnar Reviewed by: 47wL Distribution PAULA VINCENT Type of Fracture A % of Required 182% �^ D+, aort. rrwrtet +wH�Nw�DNMIIDUIyit.t�b.Krvwi. DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820-4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECEIVE SEP 23 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ameco PROJEC NAME J 1 �i JI /�" PROJECT NO. .` 4 A.: . i ' IU REPORT NO. ADDR S .?o 4V)#J PERMIT NO. - 1 d 4 DATE 9 -1- a z. CLIENT �i _1)62 WEATHER /IV/ to s PAGE (includes Test Reports) / OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER G,,L AMEC PROJECT MANAGER/PHONE NO. ,__9.11 AV 1..4..e:04, ARCHITECT ,41 /T)4A/ AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. (STY✓e- CS�A.r . n r- COI IT/RAA TOR / l/ 6mdAA0 /' t 1 . 1� R I e % r- TYPE OF INSPECTION 4f., eh .E/SXr_ANL, R NEW INSPECTION eati,,,3-RE•INSPECTION ywtlf6 x. Si L.5 Abe zddL « 431 Rea•J .dr , E70?74 4 e b G , /a = I2 ib,"absd Oadi tea4+.7.4s /_s4 ,a4. • C S1fE*12_ I,- haN i 2 -n1 #1.40/ It/ .1/ 6 .4.-T L,C✓151— 7-14J--a 0 195__ rA C o- #4 , - 4 , �'i4%� &l � 2,./ � � S-41 . Am. cSN �e..I✓d.1.4.t A-/— • I) S.5— , S: s' _ L) G .9 , At c, L /P1 e. c, G ,24/Poe-4 4J /Doe )149 .41/ AP � h 0. t, /.,� Ri 3.. .h •�� • . ,'ti s fiar 'ij, yt f. w .....,.y ' wC�..ap,•r.�- �ct:•x}a, L .�., -r- i.... .,.p r,,,r ,......y,r,- ,y=�. fie. //• .,,,k;.��»;.�Y. : � �� ;:�y�.�?;:��1.}y . i ry: +bni � � � � � � ^{:r 7 ar, �A �1 :y p / r� : ;r ' � � - ,s d, . �i'. �`^ i' �����1Lil'• cthY! Ot�. S7,:' aa: ���LS: 7if. �Dx�. Yffl. �N. JIMTL• +I�P.R1:2,'.i'7ifCk1L�'1.ie��Y� f•� �., :, fi� '' ±,'? 3�;ir;. ha`!' r.:?'t .;'j:��y.' / �}°"+� X,i•.�,��'iao '�•,,, ��r i v�'�� "a'KKd.i 1 � ^�, �2i �� "� 'k�r`y�•' n"j••` y . ; {F �tt� it : i r` , "6�i ltk! y t' �� 4 1f ai=l •p�;'cs„`� z •( °a ' •. #}ti ` t I t Ai rwL G Ekt,,�y� � •{•, . r`r ,.. ;t6. , F::- Asti` `i.+:i�iiel`.isi,.?L,,•%�i^"L�� .1'L .."K':SYL:w,. 'inn t: �.' D <` •.�; ! �l'+.Ak'�C rCw.e dirt' ^' Fi. 1L E3L `k55[,tLe . aC.. i To the best of our ledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance wit,(- - pproved plans d specifications. es ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ No ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. C AMEC IEL REPRESENTATIVE .,61/2& VeA REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. vv AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11/00) t Y DAILY FIELD REPORT (cont.) AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 REGE!ED SEP 23 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ame PROJECT E Er (5.004 - �.t;::.,.•� ., �.t:•,.t tt i'I r•. �'�'• , • � .r,Y:�k r , ..•�;.�, .a` ;/ •,�� -,. � PROJECT NO. lif OD %' a REPORT NO.r ! coin•+•• A) .7 .aq3 PAGE (includes Test Reports) 9 OF . , DATE 9-9' dz i4.,`.rrury: V �bfv� �,,...t,- .�.•y,,: , >: ;.< .b..'v:,,.. -� - :2, v .a i ���),.�. � � ..b .,>. �. �r�� � �i.. 'Gt7MMENTS�. " ' ,�.fis,��,,x- �,',,�,•z r:•;�•- :,.:�1,.. � +;.; - ?,. , . ,r� k.e. , � >' , . ,. , • t:�., ti< . .. , •:,.�;•;..t�: :,.�w. - �.t;::.,.•� ., �.t:•,.t tt i'I r•. �'�'• , • � .r,Y:�k r , ..•�;.�, .a` ;/ •,�� -,. � .m ,4li ci olot/ } �,urs ,'B' iz ' ?D - S ! coin•+•• A) /� P � 4L 4 4 u A - r 1 ) g / � l e j, - / G . .di' kl i EY 1s'a . , 6.2O4)P2—‘3 /45 2? L—j RA C.*J 12 0 igrousde50M6")tiT _D£»/ 4./ ,Re of J.,,,,>, G 41 �' it v 4 cso.�- ,... itaea. A n AMEC biELTIREPRESENTATIVF hvaik. REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11/00) ameco Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECC 9VED SEP 2 3 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TEST REPORT CONCRETE ASTM C -39 GROUT ASTM C -1019 MORTAR (TYPE ) CMU (TYPE ) PRISM UBC 21 -17 SHOTCRETE ACI 506 R OTHER ASTM C -140 ASTM C -780 PROJECT AME `- • .sa.,t9:2• PROJECT NO. .ag' ao 4 - 6 REPORT NO. PAGE (Includes Test Reports) v OF ? DATE q•l . 412, • •: FIELti DATA BATCH DATA SUPPLIER 5°PradSIVAY TYPE OF CEMENT „ MIX NUMBER L5.0Z -Z WEIGHTS PER YARD DESIGN ACTUAL TICKET NUMBER LSO 1 CEMENT (LBS.) 470 497/._5" TRUCK NUMBER 427 FLY ASH (LBS.) g Ad BATCH SIZE, YD3 / D COARSE AGG. (LBS.) TOTAL PLACED 7 OF # YD3 COARSE AGG. (LBS.) - p WATER ADDED, GALS. .A0 COARSE AGG. (LBS.) %;y4 /F A� l /996 1 ALLOWABLE WATER, GALS. / Z FINE AGG. (LBS.) 3,g : /713- /304 DRUM REVOLUTIONS 70 ff. WATER (LBS.) BATCH TIME to :2‘./ AIR ENTRAINMENj� , e A_Ie 3 SAMPLE TIME 7, lic, ADMIXTURE NO. 1`r 1DA 6i `�' 2^%,•7 271 FINISH TIME ADMIXTURE NO. 2 4 ', � SAMPLE AND TEST DATA SAMPLE SET t OF 1 LABORATORY SET # I.D. # SAMPLE LOCATION: c f ati -1 1. _ 1,3462S1r AjT DESIGN STRENGTH .10. PSI @�� DAYS ;> rfEST.DATA :;a,; ` -r,: -':< I SPECIFIED ACTUAL TEST AGE (DAYS) 7..20 • ZA Ail SLUMP (ASTM C -143) SPECIMEN (NO. /SIZE/TYPE) 4. 4 x 17 AIR CONT. (ASTM C -173/C -231) DATE SAMPLED 9 • I • .6 2 AMBIENT TEMP. °F DATE RECEIVED SAMPLE TEMP. (ASTM C -1064) CURING CONDITIONS !%Ur UNIT WEIGHT (ASTM C -138) HIGH /LOW TEMPERATURES YEILD (ASTM C -138) ,.: • 'Note 's ' r 'rtate test methods if difteientfrom those indicated ;;i' • °:;•.•, • SAMPLE STORAGE LOCATION AND COMMENTS k/-n 9i...e.Ai. AM =C FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THIS RE RT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER 'his report Is provided solely for the information of our client. This report Is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, shout written permission of Amec Earth and Environmental, Inc. 1378 (Rev 3/02) DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 amec° PROJECT NAME • ACT SoU *‘-‘c_Qr.Nt e.._ c PROJECT NO. a 1.3V -oa Ys-/- 0 REPORT NO. 7 ADDRESS PERMIT NO. DATE CLIENT 1` L WEATHER PAGE (Includes Test Reports) ` OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AMEC PROJECT MANAGER/PHONE NO. EC ARCHITECT AMEC FIEELLI�PRES�T`\PAAGE NO. C o o c \c c\ CONTRACTOR 1-"'"\bvJr_Nca, S 1�It''k 4h\- CCx..ct)ck:Or% TYPE OF INSPECTION A.s • NEW INSPECTION • RE-INSPECTION ) ..f..i�'.. try IJ.Ai:Y•: ac: F�.F.i13 -.? SC N5 S��Y�c� , ` Cep. -/Ve-5k e c O-s 0JQC2 Cc�'� e_0\ CO \Dees\ Cpbe p.t;,d. CQ�RaC‘ce_6‘ • � - � >rx_S use A t'OD 'Icr'S� \OC,CjN: C) n o C\ t e_ cA co V e G Ns cr\ V To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the approved plans and specifications. n • ` ' ti ,., .,x 7S17, V Zt,1 IMF. ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. AME FIELD EPRES : 'rTIV mg 9f. zek REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERE ' PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11 /00) DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 1i 335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECEIVED SEP 2 3 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT amec° PROJE NAME Cr Sva? v PROJECT NO. ��'3s1 00 -d REPORT NO. 74 ADDRE ZC %a 04IC Pt. ',4Aj kd PERMIT NO. -- /64 DATE 9 . G . 0 z CLIENT 41E7 ,>■2. WEATHER IAJT PAGE (Includes Test Reports) / OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER e.,104.- AMEC PROJECT MANAGER/PHONE NO. QAJ "14/t.4-41-sot AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE /PAGE NO. ARCHITECT ,,.� /� ilii CONTRAC OR Q iAJA 4D _Ls- w R/ jr TYPE OF INSPECTION A24d, LS ry r� EW INSPECTION • RE-INSPECTION Mem lelfAX Arr.525'& — i'1.24 x! err .,hr `SGt rofd 044— AaJdi -a r A-T 67.9 LeJ ALA,- eddr frt "A" 4 cAC !i 4-13.-.4.4 .01 LY ortAw-T,P, 0P-/Qeeer-ez-4 To the best of our kno ledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the pproved plans and ., cifications. EC FIE ESENTATIVE Yes ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ No ❑ Deficiency Corrected - Report No. Siht REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report Is provided solely for the information of our client. This report Is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. 40,1"a 4Qtl laMe» uuw.* ga+ =y; �n• u ±;wraernt ./•.VrthINa:ma:=ttp. ;,,,1,..,- AA( ^. Faith R Fn.,irnnmanlal Inr. (Rav 11(nnl ame RECEIVED ISEP 0 5 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 115 South 8th Street Tacoma, Washington, U.S.A. Tel (253) 572 -4975 Fax (2 3) 572- 3096/3 FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL To: REI P.O. Box 1938 Sumner, WA 98390 -0800 Attn: Paula Vincent Date: September 4, 2002 Project No.: 2 -93M- 00451 -0 Project Name:Southcenter REI Store Project Manager: Don Miller PermitNo.: () Z— \( L\ Enclosed for your review and records are our most recent Daily Field Reports and associated field correspondence pertaining to the above - referenced project. SUMMARY OF FIELD DOCUMENT TRANSMITTALS Document Type Document No. Document Date Transmittal Date Field Report 1 08/19/02 09/04/02 Field Report 2 08/21/02 Field Report 3 08/12/02 Field Report 4 08/26/02 Field Report 5 08/28/02 Field Report 6 08/29/02 This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC. cc: Mithun Architects 1201 Alaskan Way, Suite 200 Seattle, WA 98101 Attn: Steve Swanson Howard S. Wright Construction Co. 501 Eastlake Ave. E. Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98109 C: IWINDOWSIDESKTOPIDistribulionlREI Rainier#450wpd.wpd Coughlin Porter Lundeen 217 Pine St., Suite 300 Seattle, WA 98101 City of Tukwila 6200 S. Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 Attn: Dept. of Community Development 'DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122rd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECEIVI ►SEP 0 5 2002 COMMUNITY DFVFLOPMFNT PROJECT NAME 5001 -4c6 e R. EE PROJECT NO. a-- � - cows -0 REPORT NO. C ADDRESS 4/40V64 PARK W6sr PERMIT NO. .b - 16 1-1 DATE F1- ) -9 -00Y CLIENT �� I.. // HDPIO S. VAie,1 WEATHER 304N/ —0,e PAGE (Includes Test Reports) 1 OF 5-- STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AMEC PROJECT MANAGER/PHONE NO. 40%4 /11/11AQ ARCHITECT AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. TON LINE s, CONTRACTOR 44/44414 5 /-117- TYPE OF SPECTIONEW /YG INSPECTION ■ RE-INSPECTION ,4I4g L one sag 45. R6lfv6Sie Fo,� /NS /C 7"I pr✓ /IAA 7s-7-746- ll5'1N41I(cG4 Co.vc its-16 . C''r/7A 4P i°1�4C a cv. yds. CAF C�/-6 725 s-tol6 iQ ,»7` r4c- 4E6' 4 AltIATN Astib Soc a, 'e-rnP coim S /P6' -59L P14C6h AS PAX 7y4e#t %21 co x/cxc 1 tA/4s. /1166114A//c-4‘-t7 aim-hi-/W x /)-s To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the approved p ; ns and specifications. Yes 0 ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. 'FAME 'D REPRESENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the Information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11/00) ame Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 TEST REPORT CONCRETE ASTM C -39 GROUT ASTM C -1019 MORTAR (TYPE ) CMU (TYPE ) PRISM UBC 21 -17 SHOTCRETE ACI 506 R OTHER ASTM C -140 _ ASTM C -780 PROJECT NAME S«u-1I4cp,rr6, 1Er PROJECT NO. doh 1-6 REPORT NO PAGE (Includes Test Reports) OF?"' 3121 `d FIELD DATA BATCH DATA SUPPLIER S"TON6w,Ai 11 TYPE OF CEMENT MIX NUMBER 50 5 3 WEIGHTS PER YARD DESIGN ACTUAL TICKET NUMBER CEMENT (LBS.) 110 750 TRUCK NUMBER '31.4 ' FLY ASH (LBS.) /7,0 / 75O BATCH SIZE, YD� COARSE AGG. (LBS.) , TOTAL PLACED OF r3—' YDs COARSE AGG. (LBS.) 7 WATER ADDED, GALS. COARSE AGG. (LBS.) 3385 3 ED ALLOWABLE WATER, GALS. FINE AGG. (LBS.) a-7' 7 2-7 j DRUM REVOLUTIONS WATER (LBS.) �/ �� BATCH TIME / / :)— AIR ENTRAINMENT / SAMPLE TIME /If /. ADMIXTURE NO. 1 n2! 57 OZ. FINISH TIME /:/5. ADMIXTURE NO. 2 % n- 6 ,22.. SAMPLE AND TEST DATA `: SAMPLE SET / OF 1 LABORATORY SET # I.D. # SAMPLE LOCATION: s-r-o 6 Fit afitg 'PISI DESIGN STRENGTH @ DAYS *TESTQATA . f SPECIFIED ACTUAL TEST AGE (DAYS) .. -7-a _, ( � SLUMP (ASTM C -143) ...0"1/"...4-11 SPECIMEN (NO. /SIZE/TYPE) (t s AIR CONT. (ASTM C -173/C -231) DATE SAMPLED Fr'--}q AMBIENT TEMP. °F >' DATE RECEIVED SAMPLE TEMP. (ASTM C -1064) Ii 8 D CURING CONDITIONS UNIT WEIGHT (ASTM C -138) HIGH /LOW TEMPERATURES YEILD (ASTM C -138) /r- Note appropriate test methods if different from those Indicated SAMPLE STORAGE LOCATION AND COMMENTS ,A4_ _..--e","4. AMEC IELD REPRESENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THIS RED IS CA SID ED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the Information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of Amec Earth and Environmental, Inc. AM 19378 (Rev 3/02) DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122 "d Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820-4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 amec° PROJECT NAME IEI s oirnkrzigr J2 PROJECT NO. - 131-00,151 -0 REPORT NO. s ADDRESS AwbovER MeK Wl PERMIT NO. t0)-- I to 1-1 DATE 11-YS-0)- CLIENT WEATHER / � 504 /0S PAGE (Includes Test Reports) 1 OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AMEC PROJECT MANAGER/PHONE NO. ARCHITECT AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. CONTRACTOR uawAta S , lA R i G NT TYPE OF INSPECTION C,7 BOUT NEW INSPECTION • RE- INSPECTION 't?tiu:`r4�ti. %iriv a' 1�•Y.t% 1r ..-..F r..:` 71 �u- V.41,1.1' ,6r, sse. ines°i.41.r.,.0 :St';SAnk tfe4t15a4 G'c ter. .Jt ' �} 4�i'.'" �: �` �. 1-% �''. �k�. d• at ,`,Ci'•�d+�T- �v�e.�.�,'ei''�"tV '..11sait�,. 4,15c- pN SIjfi As- &416S16d FOR 6e0(I% SAMPUN / /Nsi)Ec1704. OpaAJ ARRIVAL "'As 14A7 4/nrc ner ive6W Iz)W :`y.r L j.�ifw �.. ,}-r ••V 4-ri •.4.n Y., �. .n tiY :•tx�.4. .�.. 4•�.:- �.}-'. ..r ..-�..,-r.. ;?•+...µa..., r_,.., ... �tth'..= .Wu.i. -... .. .?.:_:'.7ut': .fir " -'.Yl" . L "''L'.:�: \:Y�t`.vha3'r�A:4''7�: '•l:t':AS•�I- .1,::+G.9 ^. ?x, .i'.:]:?7 }.: ':_.r,f.:.il. To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the approved plans and specifications. PRESENTATIVE 0 0 Yes No Preliminary Observations Deficiency Corrected — Report No. REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. ""ctitettelliw MAP(' Forth R Fnoirnnmonlnl Inr raAv 1 irnm DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820.4869 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 REC IVED ,CEP 0 5 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ameco PROJE .AL J iE . CCU— ''''' cCl/! '` _E PROJECT NO. c23 M*17— p REPORT NO. `f _Ark ADDRESS C2 30 ,9.,1 (lee A c✓ PERMIT NO. bO I bi-\ DATE 2X. a.At CLIENT /-i. a ' / ` WEATH -•- 0,,,.., i>„,a.1-721A. PAGE (includes Test Reports) STRUCTURAL ENGINEER I AMEC PROJECT MANAG&R /PHON 0. Al 7 %* ARCHITECT A FIELD REPRESENTAT PAGE NO. / v � 1A.) CONTRACTOR #. S W e, w /fr TYPE OF INSP ION 34eN [ 4N INSPECTION Mi RE-INSPECTION /?/?7C 1-- , e.ti -3-f c p_r i4— C x ogy dc lAst .eis--- 6e7,1.4# /�/..e_ e 6ir i s z( % 410, 9 ide we' l 'l ‘ t/ 1 \--- , 3 L' /-143T, 2- , _____OA.) • i c!/ 46 w,cJ /1e4 4.v1 C /c'.4.4) iji r1t .4 i,i zr -ems'' bilzs-L tgjiovy gd1I -45- egAfirX 44, At ict fire G /.4) ,41( 4)0,4' 7n ce /s _5� ec pAA..) v- 4A. rf• , To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the ap - • • plans and specifications. ArREPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER D REPRESENTATIVE Yes ❑ No reliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. REVIEWED BY This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. A 1 IC• c..Mk Y c....l.n..m nn• Inr /Cioit 1 1 inn% DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122n4 Way, Suite 100 Tel Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 820.4669 (425) 821 -3914 RECEi. ED tSEP 0 5 2002 COMMUNITY ■F%JP1 nDHX Mr ameco PROJECT NAME X -1 ey� �C' *z ON c46 aC /€` /M . eqO7 4 REPORT T / ADDRESS Aso xe /�.; G V ` PERMIT NO. l� 1)0 i 14 Df13e a CLIENT 6-/ i . 2', d zr 2--.. 140 3i>Ae W THER ",/^/›• PAGE (Includes Test Reports) (1 OF 1--------, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AM C PROJECT'MANAGER/PHONE NO. N 4 /I_ _'( ARCHITECT //��,,// L'�-7� ,� it- r// 1� ` V' AME FIELD REPRESENTATIVE /PAGE NO. /eb' CONTRACTOR `fj /€1 ' TYPE QF INSPECTION • NEW INSPECTION • RE-INSPECTION To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the approved plans and specifications. AMEC FIELD REPR' = NT I ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report Is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11 /00) *z ON c46 aC /€` /M . 3:14 �7r /41' N'f %/t/' , 7c C . X109 -cJ P1 ,y,z ya-oo ?/ 41- 0 - e .677 1 A LlC� , ,,/ e -_ II^ (/54c/WO "J-4 ov /V4 Co' peo-A4S' A .!'ACS _ i . 2', d zr 2--.. 140 3i>Ae ��; ,_ cofr-ei/ cv 440-7--Fla To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the approved plans and specifications. AMEC FIELD REPR' = NT I ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report Is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11 /00) AGRA ENGINEERING GLOBAL SOLUTIONS 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 TEST REPORT NCRET - 9 GROUT ASTM C -1019 MORTAR (TYPE ) CMU (TYPE ) PRISM UBC 21-17 SHOTCRETE ACI 506 R OTHER ASTM C -780 ASTM C -140 PROJECT NAME gOJ .— — '`I / f., REPORT NO. # gei 04... e ' " z PAGE (Intl s Teat Reports)) C_�3.mt.2 OF _-. DAji+� Tc/. ~ c FIELD DATA BATCH DATA SUPPLIER] jSCM,f TYPE OF CEMENT MIX NUMBER 4111;/3 WEIGHTS PERYARD DESIGN ACTUAL TICKET NUMBER 74:f ft 3 CEMENT (LBS.) /76.'9 .-/-7-1 TRUCK NUMBER FLY ASH (LBS.) 733 9 BATCH SIZE, YD' 1/ COARSE AGG. (LBS.) x`34 W 1� n '$ 2c TOTAL PLACED j (�OF /Q YDS3 COARSE AGG. (LBS.) // WATER ADDED, GALS. COARSE AGG. (LBS.) ALLOWABLE WATER, GALS. /( FINE AGG. (LBS.) /g// // /e39 DRUM REVOLUTIONS 3.4 WATER (LBS.) v3 e9_.5 BATCH TIME // : AIR ENTRAINMENT SAMPLE TIME 1/ j am , . ` ADMIXTURE NO. 1 kiy- 3O,C FINISH TIME ADMIXTURE NO. 2 SAMPLE AND TEST DATA SAMPLE SET / OF 1 LABORATORY SET # I.D. # SAMPLE LOCATION: 0441140,----92",e_ . 1, -/ % 217).e." ..1---4/.0 -Y/ 7c----- DESIGN STRENGTH 4 PSI ® DAYS *TEST DATA SPECIFIED ACTUAL TEST AGE (DAYS) 7 k 2,07 SLUMP (ASTM C -143) 4 SPECIMEN (NO./SIZE/TYPE) 1 )e----,14"7---- AIR CONT. (ASTM C -173/C -231) DATE SAMPLED Z' - #9`s AMBIENT TEMP. °F ?cP DATE RECEIVED SAMPLE TEMP. (ASTM C -1064) 7, CURING CONDITIONS UNIT WEIGHT (ASTM C -138) HIGH/LOW TEMPERATURES YIELD (ASTM C -138) *Note appropriate test methods if different from those Indicated SAMPLE STORAGE LOCATION AND COMMENTS obS31A Y-6a, AGRA FIELD RE ENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AGRA Earth and Environmental, Inc. AG19378 (Rev.6/99) DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820-4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECEIVWD 1SEP 0 5 2002 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT amec° PROJECT NAME • Si X311 i PROJECT NO. _ Li ' D REPORT NO. ADDRESS 230 iiPabatigNe .1/Q}4 113. TT,�r.0 1 g4.4 PERMIT NO. bQ a`' ' (PH DATE 1- 2/ - D z-. PAGE (includes Test Reports) / OF CLIENTP�� WEATHER /N7"&"rt 6 �p AMEC PRO-JE/CT MANAGE PHONE NO. o c /v// STRUCTUR/A��L ENGINEER C.J0 „7 ARCHITECT /�N /� AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. CONTRA TOR O%� `- O� TYPE OF I SPECTION I�JV/ !/ E$ c-- ra pK Il,yRE-I RE-INSPECTION � RE- INSPECTION ♦2► 12.2 as X29, gv --"0 Al 9 / s ; . s �i142i�as e-�t rz i/mK..CE KCic,Pi•iie • e... .4•D u lir•C • 414- S•o• 6. ietzels-t4e e.t_e4 40.4es- lage4 dit To the best of conformanc with t owledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general . •es e approve. •tans and specifications. ❑ No A E f. IELD REPRES TATIVE ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. • REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. t =. AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11/00) iamec° Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 TEST REPORT CONCRETE ASTM C -39 GROUT ASTM C -1019 MORTAR (TYPE ) CMU (TYPE ) PRISM UBC 21-17 SHOTCRETE ACI 506 R OTHER ASTM C -780 ASTM C -140 PROJECT NAME # o , . _ . PROJECT N0. 4 . • • U REPORT NO. /t o 7.2..., _ PAGE (Includes Test Reports) aOF 2 DATE l • d -2 /-• v2_ FIELD DATA BATCH DATA SUPPLIER (STLWEy/�4Y \•Y�"' TYPE OF CEMENT j T MIX NUMBER 7, =.9 WEIGHTS PER YARD DESIGN ACTUAL A. j • TICKET NUMBER 2/„ s'o, 3 CEMENT (LBS.) ta� U3'5. 1 f '- TRUCK NUMBER / / �y.s FLY ASH (LBS.) BATCH SIZE, YD3 j COARSE AGG. (LBS.) TOTAL PLACED OF 3/ YD3 COARSE AGG. (LBS.) _.. ._ WATER ADDED, GALS. COARSE AGG. (LBS.) 41,5v 9 ?4 A& ALLOWABLE WATER, GALS. .25-- FINE AGG. (LBS.) es 2� 1 a a 7 6e_ / o DRUM REVOLUTIONS 70 r WATER (LBS.) BATCH TIME /go izp AIR ENTRAINMENT SAMPLE TIME All :40,s0' ADMIXTURE NO. 1 m (4 /�4 ,..s-c: FINISH TIME ADMIXTURE NO. 241:00 /g. 2 / 7d SAMPLE AND TEST DATA SAMPLE SET / OF 1 LABORATORY SET # I.D. # SAMPLE LOCATION: /,1J Ft,-- DESIGN STRENGTH 0 OcjaPSI @ 22 DAYS *TEST DATA , SPECIFIED ACTUAL TEST AGE (DAYS) 7 . ,2$ . if- SLUMP (ASTM C -143) 6 t 1 6 SPECIMEN (NO. /SIZE/TYPE) ,e,`` /....a x4 AIR CONT. (ASTM C- 173/C- 231) -, DATE SAMPLED 23,21„ tj., AMBIENT TEMP. °F D , 94) -y f - DATE RECEIVED SAMPLE TEMP. (ASTM C -1064) 4 �� �i BO.) CURING CONDITIONS /4 r. UNIT WEIGHT (ASTM C -138) .. HIGH /LOW TEMPERATURES YEILD (ASTM C -138) -- r 'Note appropriate test methods II different from those indicated THIS REPORT 1S CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report Is provided solely for the Information of our client. This report is not Intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except In full, without written permission of Amec Earth and Environmental, Inc. AM 19378 (Rev 3/02) SAMPLE STORAGE LOCATION AND COMMENTS f 14-.s AT W. 4041,b A1. LLJ4,A-- , - 114,....... . _..... 061/0yv Q".(ZA C FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REVIEWED BY THIS REPORT 1S CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report Is provided solely for the Information of our client. This report is not Intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except In full, without written permission of Amec Earth and Environmental, Inc. AM 19378 (Rev 3/02) • DAILY FIELD REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 11335 N.E. 122nd Way, Suite 100 Tel (425) 820 -4669 Kirkland, Washington 98034 Fax (425) 821 -3914 RECF- fED !SEP 0 5 2002 COMMUNITY �FVF1 OPMFNT amec° PROJECT NAME &Q Sou't c.g.c e 1* PROJECT NO. a• 1i3M . 00 1. v REPORT NO./ ADDRESS RD,r3zje s,j9 — rhLr�h _QC\SVe.(1 PERMIT NO, 1)001-- 1(0'-\ DATE Fs • ke1.0.a. CLIENT WEATHER SVr rj 2c `) PAGE (includes Test Reports) \ OF a STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AMEC PROJEC1 MANAGER/PHONE NO. Dorl Vet \ec ARCHITECT AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE/PAGE NO. a0� .1\op,aaCk CONTRACTOR ` ` \+� /� CAChAaCA . �C>,CAN l S�CISVC%)c�C \C9x TYPE OF INSPECTION ,,�� ` ` S1 `S ' enS►T,/ • NEW INSPECTION _` \et'C a RE-INSPECTION ?\Ci1e.0 (pc. SN-Q. (S C e oe ke.A C-\: P "A- T� vIUG\tao c�n�;� e..5k Scicyk■ c\ so;& Lx»re s ac‘c}\ o.. r)0\-50.02.. ' cQk\o-cQ Were c) . SD i∎ L),)ef.5 k2'S o). v::)bAke-N 05' COc-o c ' e1.1^?i4C7,0f `.:d Y• ° i ^ 'r 1` . _ •'r:'li idYe fLa To the best of our knowledge, all items inspected as noted above were in general conformance with the approved plans and specifications. ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Preliminary Observations ❑ Deficiency Corrected — Report No. MEC Fl -E''E THI - EPORT IS CONSIDER REVIEWED BY RELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW BY OUR PROJECT MANAGER This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, without written permission of AMEC, Inc. LSIIa^s +hi'' cx, AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. (Rev. 11/00) FIELD DENSITY REPORT AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. 115 South 8th Street Tel (253) 572-4975 Tacoma, Washington 98402 Fax (253) 572-3096 ame PROJECT NAME 4C3 OkNeNC.e.r+kee ....'-c' TEST NO. PROJECT NO. a‘c■3(NA.cri‘ks‘. 0 FIELD REPORT NO. / WET DENSITY DRY DENSITY DATE % COMP. PAGE OF %.1 .?,'„,44.:,v,..; :34r,,..?: .,...t:tiv;.4,,,;;;,-;,:,,,:A.:1"`.'4.--41..'4,4';4;01:44Z:4",i;e*',111..iii31*0..,::Onli-OA...,,,,ijat-±,-'73....;,;.,,,,t1;441,...:;,,,:.,,,;-:;,,,,,q4,,,,7,,,,i:...:::,vo,,... r4r 4,-a-f,-...,' 1-F.,3,-, • l'ii.... • J■1.-...,,..: 'i,..'1.,...41,4A,.,,,,r. 4.:V;1?'41-,;',',,Vd.);;,,:t7.'(;1)0.',i,..4A'4:***fli''."' ' i '''''''4.:' 4'''''''''''''41V tl.?'''''''''':'''' '.7 ' ' ' :004FIELOOMPACTIONI.ES?kRESUL ...`74i'f4.,,-4, Vli:,, I .."'I 4 r',.'4e1.•I''',',..'' )'''Y'r ''. S L'...,,..-• '., 7. 0:',Vi'q't.ke 4 • f .- 4 ', , .4 .4'41'1' ■:.. '1.94 ,b. '.'..- t'.1'...42.....S4;4.4.1,;:l.,C;IeJ.,T,Cr"...,ii:5, , .:1.4..,•:?::& 4,, iV,V,...,,....,,, '4.,,,,"r.,,,,,' i Tr.,!'',:!,.' ,,,' V ...1.,; ,-... ,...7..,.., ,....,.',.'.;,...1.....:,:. ;., . ..,•:...,”;‘1... ..- . ..,)ri,,,. -,:ol..i:h.....4.001,0..,s —...,,,,,,, ,,..".*:.t Cr.,•:::•.:;',. ,r,.,., .f; 0,, .,,,,,,„r...$ , ,-.:.:T., .:, .,...,..; TEST NO. SAMPLE NO. LOCATION OF TEST PROBE DEPTH ' ELEV. WET DENSITY DRY DENSITY % MOIST. % COMP. COMP. SPEC. % PTS t OPT. PASS 1 FAIL 1 \ ..1- ..---.. 1-1s: Ae .R)o-Nr.).--q-,,, cc,ok■c.o .5 tacr,-1 teak9t. 7.7 c't(r2 cic t1 ? 'd ' ■ '1/4. r 1 ,-) ,5 11 4 ,,I Itilo t3,0 41(49 9S -rk 3 t N .... • lia'3D a.\. ao lotcp 95 -N. --p 9 . k ,' co- 5 ■ C-s(ec .......... )r:clic \spk\acca. rase 9 me, tarl.\\\ cfi S5 -t- Lk Ls' ( . .... 1 k ? ?PA' - • 7-==e-• \ci G 1 \ a 99- 9 -t- Lk ? ,,,,,,_.....r.i,-.-4 , .......4„,,;;,.. ......,,,,,5. +;-'1,"%.:::13:1■JC,`,';':;i4.K.i.r.:0;...!;,i'l.%).4;..11::;IP;',<!%.t.:Ffey-`1*4;:-i'r,... t• pERT1 Tf. .>,-,.....-: • ,,,,rJ, , s..,;,.:,,:,,,,..,,.., f-A4t,F•f....„;., ,,,,,`P.:"..e.."1::::7,7,?;!:::i:,....1:-.!44:,::.?..P-V;z%:,,.:5":::,..::':7.•:.4.,4!:....e,?1,..•:.:..,..:'..,!,-.. • ,,,,.,,,,,.,::-..,,,,,i...:,:::,..,,, •4„,..••:, •,:., •-•',J,,s',::!:!'t •',-,..'•....-',:,. ,,iiir., 4,.,,..y.-..,.:,;;. .,..?i,„:,:i....\:L ;;..,',.i% •,',,;....,,C.z.::.)•;I:e...;.;.c:i:-.1:,:j.,;,;": ,-,%; ,:3:1,-;);.1" .....''''.'.,:.-i...lii?;;;' ..A,„(....,..,-,...,,;4:••,,,, T1 -.., PACT ORTESTPARAME '...: 1 -i'j :,-..._,;,..:::,::14!:1! ....-:...; ::', ,': r.,', •••••'. : ...;;,,,,,'.. .1.:,:.:..,..•...!.-,....:.:::•.:..\ SAMPLE NO. ID NUMBER MATERIAL DESCRIPTION LAB VALUES TEST METHOD: D-29221 GAUGE STANDARD:MS PROCTOR PROCTOR (ASTM D-3017 (SOIL) 12 ASTM D-2950 NO: (ASPHALT) III ASTM NUCLEAR GAUGE LAB METHOD: .‘ r6co,jy.Th k\ . Seqr)ex. SCytoe ( Oc_\ <1 Vyl,k PCF @ % Nisi- DS _1r ) PCF @ % MST (ASTM (ASTM D-2041) • D-698) 0-1557) MARSHALL (ASTM D-1559) PCF @ % MST • STANDARD • MODIFIED • RICE * ELEVATION REFERENC : This report is provided solely for the information of our client. This report Is not intended to be transmitted to a third party by any means, except in full, wihtout the written permission of AMEC Earth & Environmental, Inc. / THIS REPORT IS CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE PENDING REVIEW EY PROJECT MANAGER AMEC FIELD REPRESENTATIVE AMEC PROJECT MANAGER . .__. _ ...__. ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, i,1404,1 5". • ..re a AMEC Earth nvironmen , Inc. tBV. z 1 z 6 D —J L) U) W F- U) u_ uj 0 2 co ° 1 z o ZI- O • 1- z uj I ▪ 0 ol- �+k. +r :h {: a�:"••T•`}..k'. , . }} �` �• < .Y ,a.Y ..• .0 . (i ' .. :. { � '3t£r+a v 3 � �� . ti .:a`•Ty i .:., •• ••.k••y: � ' .•Ty;: • .�> T .. y} M1•.' ' �yylI�� j� {' � . ; \ w; { ., .t:• • T:: •,•, ::•.t} .T . : .: +•; M1 ' # <: f: T: : � •3 . .} , ��!�ya ,•Tk : : <•+: T � : :�; : � � :• ,:;. ; ,.; : "i��l'x: �ir - .:• �•yt:y,, `�� � j 1 ��E[t.la E • • V :',t?y. •.:};",3$::2 i•,:'�+:TtTi::;;:T ::`{i; i :?a•S':k •:;;:.yyc..t' ?{.a4T•.::.4. {.. ...... { . : tti , k:.:t: •� }.. �f�,'ki.• :. x: 7�.:•.:.,..:.• NT ... :,: •3::•.•.,;•>,•:`Yt} yy:;. ?:i{.{:; ,. :<• ;? :bp'•.,:,.• ,.:::t:,:::8•Y: }• y•::{:: •: : i•{ :}} .:a ?•..,•:}: ?;t +}:.;..}:.,Nk.y },•. . .:.a:,:.y •y ,• t }.,: •.:, .:..v.ii: }.,�...•:ti•:.w.;.,. :};.ti{.:;..:..; .no.i.. +.:....,...kiti;: kl ; h:: fif,; ^r., .t•:T•. :ty:..<,:•:::.•: :• .vv, •::'.' :•:: • }'•:••:•:+ "T::: ;;. :, : : : . . rar lz4t4J i 7. 2 9-4Z 3.y5( ■ z ~W JU 00 CO ill W= WO La E- ▪ W z= 1- 0 z!- W • W U� O N O H W u H U w0 •.z. W 0 O ~ z 395 -7110 STANDARDS. I OF A IE1 LEIIA 1 PROJECT TEAM f 1 SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS PROJECT DESCRIPTION DRAWING INDEX I M I T H U N e MA/ MOE N6u IMIUL �aII y ak NS 5 A 11310109 SW DSTRIC IBMW SPICE UMW NtCL RE,o DOW ' � ' � N�RCAf111EsiTS A Rbcesa nets+waa.+es Ma NT ABODE C A L 7 FLOOD Na mum 9E•x aot6WtJtaor iME AIL` EJtprlrO6 of NIL NIL E ralElWOla ADC CftE3i1L ssO1iINA "rte NOM *RCM A � c1 111 E AMA. 'ALE BM_ Ad? PROW RE51POL58 "� WON( S6 RE 9 A iCJiEA>r>O MAIM. IM . ( n MAO A02 S9E aM OR NfONiM"ICWe OiIE" i20t AIW�car+M►a)I SUMETZ RNA56yNC'ON 91L190 -+ M L LONG. Lit AE E>EM RAMC 6 GR1�1 'WE E 3-4 AIO 6 Bap SPINOt !ED. D10 Jftlt +d� a dt r+i4h 200 t : (25.5 '2SI) ) 395 -371E' i 1 STAR E AR JMt TEC ► OR DIMMED iw 91�i?'AS tQ meta MCA S?S7EY AND 51T_7 ODF RAN,L sL�E.A<< PLAN _aNNDSCAPE PLAN 385 a756 1 ` TI+ A TIE A53aw . LE LM L94EsA1 Dl.l OEy0.'� JAI► : =MC1dM SECTION Seattle, WA Rol Suite NfACt: 316-67 AYG AMFAIIGE U Lga AR1 CAM PLAID DETAILS 4a 206 �3 3344 AMR MGR SPRIIN LR MODE>t 106 47.0 010L AO MOOR .AN *CI IFIIAAWE FIOCR PUN NA A RO END REARS, 111C. f V Ad► NDARDS. S A PIAM6 & CiIONS FAX 206 6 AAB p _ EILOCONG V % I I NALONC sEC1OI BJR IRV NO WA60N RY OPONNC A4. W DLao / . R L C RAN III w._ MATERIAL PROJECT DATA ailed aPr/t - WAX MAXIMUM NA.._ SICTCNS ' Afu ELfYATAIr, gCFQ6, 1IPlAX7W -�Es ANi TECT ! N1Lane tYOe�a CUE COLAS MED. YEC>iANC�k AR3 SCNED11L_'S. 1Nk._ TYPES„ DOOR Tatum Dom rims MTRAD N CHTTECFSaCESGNERS+RMECIS COMM PORTER LU DEEN PC. /� 9YIL SECTION ff>EII �^Ej(1'� p LlE IAN Mlyd1UM A8 0 INTERCO EIsIAAT10i6 PROJECT LDdTIOI 230 ANDOVER Mac WEST A9.0 EXTERIOR DETS AL PER MOIL A, WA %NAB A9 -1 EXTE OR DETALS 1201 MASAN. WAS, SITE 200 217 RR( ST;E T. SLOE 30C C 10 C CE!( ER '0 CENTER RUC MAJOR A92 INTERIOR DETAILS SEATTLE. WAS! NGT0A 9610? SEATTLE. WASHNGTON 9810' Ark Q CERAMLC TIE 20111/C COQ CRY OF RAMA MMHG NOW (206) 623 -3344 PROBE.: (206) 343 -0460 TWIT/ OCTAL MC CLOSET WIT NATUF�L A93 h _FOR DETAILS Mk ;206' 623 -7005. FAX: ,206 343 -5691 W'' A9 -4 YAPS/BOOKS STRICTURE. CHIP S • CRN COLD STATER NOM NOMRIA . BULDMG COOL 1997 MORN B URK CODE rfl CONTACT ' STEVE SWAN ON CIONT/CR ERIC .^•ANN COL COLUMN W1 NOT ADDUCIBLE MI (^ _� ` VAf93 MIKE ARMSTRONG CONIC. C !:(INCTF+ 'E NC NOT N THIS CONTRACT RAVING CDOE 1997 LiDRII P_OIIHNG ODE f ' i _- • 3 . - .. s SUSAN Yc ELECIRiC/IL ENGINEER YECHANtfJV fNGatNPR - PROPERTY CORER NTERSECiION iE(3IAN9CJIL CODE 1997 U FORM MECHANICAL COO CYL, CONCRE MASONRY l9iT NISI NOT TO SCALE $TRUC ■ ,;PAL CROSS ENDNE -SRS, !NC. SOUND MEONANCAL CONSLOI *G I COUNT CDNSTRUCTiON ND, AMBER ELECiRICAL CODE 1996 NATIOE4 St.t GENERAL 5?RL'Ci17itAi MITES I. �> ' 3 ^3 - z 1 Z CONSULTING E!NgAEEFZS CONT j ai NAL EECTItrA. SL S FONCATION PLAN g,.t:, ' 2407 NOR'!- 31st SURFED SURE 100 7093 !E BAYRILL ROC 1 NNOTATION TOP COORD COORDINATE OC ON CENTER 522 ►EIIANL�tiF = AiRTIAI +?AIWG Pf MI :Ran I • + : TACOMA, WASRI NGTON 98432 BAINBRIDGE S., WASHINGTON 96110 ' VN ^vTAT10N BOTTOM =lea REGUUTgNNS cm OF 11ALWLA REGta/U10N6 5 �_ r � PHONE: 253 759 Ot'9 PHONE '206 780 5157 - ELEVATION MARK CCR CORIa00R OUT�E DIMENSION S23 ROOF FRAMNG PLAN TACO a TAX 253 759-1E79 FAX (206 780 ;142 "� +X - XX ad CFM CUBIC FEET PER MUTE 53.1 TYPICAL CONCRETE DET5C. DETAILS efa's'� CG COINER GUARD c/ OVER ��r DEL DEVIL CARO OVERHEAD S5.1 MET CO6fRt1CT10N TYPE TYPE 3-N FLL1Y SRWQFRfD AL RAMC AND DETAILS \ ,` Xu -f CO 7 CONTACT: IVES McKE1W CONTACT: tSRAE: GAP44 FRE PROTECTION SPRIAL EKED THROUGH -OUT 56. WOO. FRAMMG AND CANOPY DETAILS ,�/ - --� . _ _R�' I 0 � '/ - J ' -. O' NEW; V , / SPOT ELEVATION TER P- PANT mow S DIN KLER MEN TC BE REVISED FOR NEW CO1fK. ITION S6.2 VOX FRAMING !HAD CAMP!' DETAILS $y lip Ll L ` , 23.72 (EX:ST.) DN MADISON PM PAINTED C 3 c � �_ DO DITTO PL PLASTER, OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY (M) RETAIL STORE AND ACCESSORY USES pate - PLASTER, P . NCO R 0 OOM NAME ROOM NAME / ?AMBER D °°R P LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PARKING SUMMARY RE IS PROPOSING TO RE -STRRE THE SPACES DRECTLY RI FRONT OF MECIiAN;CAL Pe m' T` .� PLYWD PLYWOOD THE STORE NO CHANGE N NET PARRKNG COUNT 6 PROPOSED_ M -1 HVAC NOTES. LEGENDS. SCHEDULES. AND DETAILS DWG DRAWING PT POST - TENSIONED CONCRETE WEZIANNE AREA DOES NOT RAVE PERMANENT OCCUPANTS AND AREA M-2 HVAC FLOOR PUNS Z DF DRINKING FOUNTAM PT !PRESSURE- TREATED WOOD 6 NOT NCLLIDED IN PARKING STS- M -3 HVAC =LOOR PLANS O OR )0( DOOR MARK E ELECTRICAL PANEL P -' PLUI6NG NOTES AND DETAI S - - - DOSING STANDARD SPACES 97 P -2 PLUMBING PARTIAL FLOOR PLANS -� EA EACH QT QUARRY ?itE EXISTING COMPACT SPACES 117 EAST EXIT ALARM SYSTEM HOSTING ACCESUf SPACES 7 O V NDOW MARK ELEC ELECTRICAL ILL RAIN LEADER f'' TOTAL P ARKNG SP ACES 221 E LE CTR ICAL .. RI /0.4‘ C ti ELEV. EL ELEVATION REF REFRIGERATOR, RETENRENCE T ' M EPS EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE RENF REAIFORCING BAR E0.0 LEGEND, FIXTURE SCHEDULE " = - ^ t EO EQUAL REV REVISION E2.0 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN i G • -CT . 'f , ?. ® FINISH MARK EXIST EXISTING R6fR, RADIUS Q MEZZANxNE L£C RACAL PLANS (INNO) SEE Roots FINISH SCHEDULE GROSS FLOOR AREA - PROPOSED RENOVATION ,,,,t_... "' , EXi EXTERIOR Rll, RMS ROOM. ROOMS E3.0 POWER FLOOR PAN Y • 1- • ED. ENVRRON BIOCOMPOSiTE RO ROUGH OPENING E4.0 SIGNAL FLOOR PUN ;,......3p ? , GROUND FLOOR 20,027 SF E4.1 MEZZ FLOOR SIGNAL PLAN FLOOR MATEIRIAL ADIACEN(1 FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER se SANDBLAST MEZZANINE 996 SF E5.0 SCHEDULES RISEFRS PARTIAL PLANS C -� t__, SEE A7.0 FINISH SCHEDULE FO FACE OF FINISH OPENING SCHED SCHEDULE E5.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS o+ FIN FINISH SEC SECTION TOTAL RE! SPACE 21,023 SF - ,� ' SHT SHEET AUGNI FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR SV SHEET VINYL [-- - - 1 PANNE OCCUPANT LOAD 1 il . ALIGNMENT OF ITEM RD FLOOR DRAIN SC SOLID OGRE FE FIRE EXi1NGU15FER SPECS SPECIFICATIONS GROUND FLOOR RETAIL: 16,343 SF / 30 = 544.76 ! I ' FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET sr MARE FEET REPAIR SHOP: 520 SF / 100 = 520 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL REVISION MARK & RIRE EXTINGUISHER S k V STAN & VARNISH STORAGE: 3,164 SF / 300 = 10.55 X FRT FiRE RETARDANT TREATED SRWY STAIRWAY -- FLASH FLASHING STL STEEL GROUND FLOOR OCCUPANT LOAD: 560.51 - 55 FIR FLOOR STOR STORAGE DOTS REQUIRED / PROVIDED: 3 1 3 i I FA FLUID - APPLIED STRICT STRUCTURAL 1 J T L I 5' -0 DIAMETER BARRIER END FOUNDATION SUSP SUSPENDED r _ _ L _ _ L ' , RN , ` / TEMPERED INSULATED GLASS KEPT CLEAR AT ALL TIES FREE CLEAR FLOOR AREA FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER, T.G. TEMPERED GLASS MEZZANINE OFFICE: 996 SF / 100 = 9.96 COIMbNIAREA TO I LoAgt.C.� 7i INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR T.I.G. T I F010 FURNISHED BY OWNER, 1F SH THRESHOLD MEZZANINE OCCUPANT LOAD 9.96 I EX � 12:1 WALL TYPE MARK NSTALLED BY OWNER / / SEE SHEE' 7.0 FOR TYPES T.O. TOP OF STAIR EXITS REQUIRED PROVIDED: 1� -. R.-__) ---) ELEVATION MARKS FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR, TT TREAD, THICKNESS TOTAL STAIR WIDTH REQUIRED: (0.3 x 9.96) 2.98' r -_ -- -- IT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR 1'; TUBE STEEL MIMMUM STAIR WIDTH REQUIRED: 44' 1- = = T © ©© x F05 FACE OF STUD lYP TYPICAL UNFIN UNFINISHED TOTAL STAIR WIDTH PROVIDED: I : =i i `VP ( ) 44' FV FIELD VERIFY O 44' AX.XX GA GAUGE UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE I :ET ? ! Cr • GALV GALVANIZED UR URINAL TOTAL EXIT WIDTH REQUIRED: 0.2 x (560.5 114.09' I GAP GENERATOR ALARM PANEL TOTAL EX - La] iE WIDTH PROVIDED: n _ _ 3 GL GLASS VR VAPOR RETARDER (1) 0 BO' + (2) 0 36' 152' 0 - I I _ S CLULAU GLUE - LAMINATED VERT VERTICAL EXLSTHNG AT]J. - 1 VICINITY MAP NN TENANT N..C. 5 W 1, : GAB GYPSUM WALLBOARD VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE GMRL GALV. METAL RAIN LEADER r I T HC HANDICAP WC WATER CLOSET - - - HOWE H HARDWA EE WP WATERPROOFING ( , ---1-, w � " EXISTING Am. TUKWILA PARKWAY WS WHEEL STOP HC STA x IA �1 _ T HT, HGT HEIGHT W WIDTH IT - _ _ ■ J I TENANT N.I.C. D 1 1 HM HOLLOW HOR HORIZONTAL MEAL WDW WINDOW He STALL I 1 • ' -- S ITE I w/ WITH N , _ I C 0 ❑ HB HOSE BIB WD w000 L- N [W ❑ HW HOT WATER WI WROUGHT IRON `(fi�i L - a l ' [o L w3 [z HWT HOT WATER TANK I 1 1 I „ ' I D INSIDE DIMENSION ZINC. ZINCALUME l I �`� I ` 11 a WE R,ea El 0 R SOUTHCENTER - R- = MA L - D ilig 7 �, .___. i I ___I / o � 1" .r °° o SHOPPING CENTER CODE DATA j EXISTING AD J. tt = ' [ I D"I n ' rt TENANT N.LC. NORTH 3 • I E 9LVD. ❑ . - .. i I L ILJ7 J� � ` , o ! ❑ 0 ❑ 0 ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA -TYPE 3 -N FULLY SPRINKLERED GROSS FLOOR AREA � � d '. LEVEL: +2 U. I 4 I ELEVATION ABOVE SEA LEVE 7' ❑ IN ,,; BASIC AREA (IBC TABLE 58) 12.000 SF PROPOSED REI 21,023 SF 5 1)� 2 t` N.T.S. I ❑ ❑ ❑O EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT 'A' 17,517 SF �- M .� = wo f };. ► O ALLOWABLE NCREASE FOR OPEN ON TWO (2) SIDES EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT 'B' o ( p }?:� Q 0 � ( ) 12,817 SF �•� = BG � I UBC SECTION 505.1.1 50% x 12,000 SF = 6,000 SF COMMON LOADING AREA ` J GENERAL NOTES �..t, TUKWILA : < ❑ ❑ ❑ 1,168 SF � ` (� " `�; POND ,' :¢0 1' O iJC i it o. Rum 'yo <: o�; ; y SS I ( ❑ AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER THROUGH -OU �0 b , ? % O . O (IBC SECTION 505.3) 18,000 SF x 3 = 54,000 SF MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE AREA GROSS FLOOR AREA 52,525 SF 0,4.-, x ❑ o ( I ❑ ❑ ❑ MC y c I,„ SMM O I J� ❑ ' 111 1. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISH MATERIAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 0 iACI'':i3tl SMM Nun uiwi<cr o 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 173*. ❑ E] 11 v9011 AM KB El [-[ I I i ,-- E ❑ ; NORTH 3. AS SOOt AS THEY ME �ISCIMRED � DISCREPANCIES FOUN W fTHiN THESE DOCUMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT D ._111 I MINKLER BLVD. I--I - I I CM I I U , III I I I COMMON LOADING AREA 4. THE GUIDING ADDRESS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE BUILDING IN SUCH A POST ON AS TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND LEGIBLE I 1 1,168 SF FROM THE STREET PER UBC 502. niii 0 s f 1 I C= NI I 1� __ 111 REI LIMBS OF WORK �1 IXIST NAI , A , - 1 5. THIS PROJECT IS A REMODEL N AN OPEN AND ACTIVE SHOPPING CENTER. ALL WORK IS TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE MALL „11 1 MANAGEMENT AND EXTRA CARE TAKEN TO ENSURE PUBLIC SAFETY AT ALL TiMES. DEMOUTiON AND CONSTRUCTION TIMES TO BE REGISTERED - - - -- N • T. S • 17,517 SF - \ COORDINATED WRH THE MALL PROVIDE NECESSARY SIGNACE , BARRICADES, FENCING, AND LIGHTING AS REQUIRED FOR ARCHITECT. - , -- ---- ___ - -- _ 1 SECURITY AND TO RESTRICT SITE ACCESS 0 l LEGAL DESCRIPTION r 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. ANY DAMAGED WORK SHALL BE REPLACED CH THE SAME g T OAR H1110 III z MATERIAL INCLUDING MATCHING OF EXISTING COLORS AND TEXTURES. i v 1 7. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, AND PROCEDURES - -1 a a 1 REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. �/ - -_I i t i,, i T , EXIS RETAIL TENANT 'C B. THESE DRAWINGS WERE CREATED BASED ON INFORMATION AND DRAWINGS PREPARED BY OTHERS, EXISTING CONDITIONS MUST THAT PORTION OF LOT 7 OF ANDOVER PARK NUMBER 2, AS PER RAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 71 OF PLATS, PAGE 68, RECORDS OF KING COUNTY AUDITOR, LYING - ---I 21 023 SF 33,936 SF -- BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO ANY FABRICATION, INSTALLATION, AND CONSTRUCTION WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING SOUTHERLY OF A LINE DRAWN PARALLEL WiTH THE SOUTH LINE OF RAKER BOULEVARD AND 459 FEET SOUTHERLY THEREOF WHEN MEASURED PERPENDICULARLY; - � SITUATED IN THE (TTY OF TUKWILA, COUNTY OF KING, STATE OF WASHINGTON. --1 . ''' \ IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS MD ACTUAL EXISTING SiTE CONDRTKXNS. - 1 _ ' ' PROJECT 4 _ - EXIST. RETAIL TENANT 'B' I 1 • ` R ECEIVED INFORMATION 12,817 SF CI ?v C F TUUKWIW ir I. ,-III1 ,Rz 1 - 1 PERMIT CENTER - k !Iii ' TILT ] 4 N‘1 1 4 1II III k I \ `III( ° ,a , No . 00 JUNE 10, 2002 _ . \ - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 kit _ I fl 111 ! I I I 11111111 r 11 I I I 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 S:1_20021022841CAD�AO -O.DWG I i� h,DdCi rtip11 PAIN J ' 1 ._. -. NORTH - SOUTH 164TH STREET (STRANDER BOULEVARD) -- _ AO W PERMIT BID / SET N.T.S. Awn Puma • I COMMIT O MITHUN, INC. • _ ... MITHUN PROJECT RESPONSIBLITY MATRIX ArchitectseDesigners.Planners RE!- Salthanla, iwllr3c M sc NOTE: General Contractor to date vie Owner wiit taw Alaskan m for required de very At uns '�+ =oo Permit/8d Set to the site. Provide schedule to Owner within (10) 10,146 ' wA tra 206 623.3344 PROJECT ftE:P016ln YAM days from N.T.P. c Fax 206 623 -7oo5 / \ \ \ \ \ � df o �i 'a,� 0 /i Spec Site - - tern Description Landlord Cerere' Contractor '21*-e• '"E') Remarks 1 - Pet'TYLe • • '' Cwner shall Florida : - , Perna, GC ; to y ' - b v� other 02520 Sroesc x • • f E x�t•: • Mod as • - • red 02520 'ens o•me eC 02600 vtr.ties 02600 E ectrc Existing, Modify as Required. `, C2600 ; Gas 02600 ' Water I Existing, Modify as Required. Existi . Mod as Required. li 1 Z 02600 Sewer Existing, Modify as Required. O 02600 Fire Sprinkler Ex stin Modify as Required. I 02750 irrigation *ter . Existing, mod:), as Required. , c t C , 02800 Wood Bollard . }•ont Entry I - 0.,.C. J 02800 . - Bicycle Rocks ^ • { a v.1.0 02800 RU Washers at Wood Bollards • 02850 :andsccpe l! 10426 Building Address Signage - - 16000 G.C. Install Conduit & Wirin• to •ns. I-1 .111 Pedestal G.C. Install Conduit & Bring to Signs. ! CD ' Remarks Q - Warehouse Rocks 8r Shelves • • F.0.1.0. ' F.0.1.0. L, J Modular / F.0.1.0. IMMIIII F.0.1.0 F.0.1.0. 1 — 1 Q - Bike Repair Shop Equipment 111 1 '02520 05510 Steel & Pipe 0 Freestanding Disploy Walls • • 1 r 05510 REI Custom Washers for Blocking • . ili 06100 Display wall suo-fromes Trellis F.O.I.C. 1 . 0°:11:0° 06100 Warehouse ' ' Blocking 1x4 Nailer Top and Mid of Rocking 0 conc. walls 06185 Glued Laminated Timber . t• 1 1 Slot Wo!I , .. y Wall Panel F.O.I.C. 06200 Slatgrid or Grid Display Wall Panel • 40 F. F O.I.C. O.l.C. 0 Cn 6200 Paneling moo P-1: Plywood Siding Paneling • • 06200 WP-2: Not Used 06200 '' "' ' F.O.I.C., Delivered in 4'x8' Sheets 06200 WP-4: Wood Siding • • 06200 WP-5: Pegboard Panel / Masonite • • F.O.I.C. 06200 Shower • • F.O.I.C. 06200, 16000 Overhead Bike Rock (Motorized) 0 • 1611 / ... '• .•• F.O.LC. F.O.I.C. 06400 F.O.I.C. •.. o+i Rvso, 06402 Owners 06402 ' .. ' Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd 06402 • • Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd e 1 Bike Repair Shop Counter III • • Provide Trenchin• & Blockin• as re •'d 06402 Rental Counters Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd 06402 Other Counters • Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd 07511 Roofing (BUR) 08710 Custom Door Pulls - Ice Axes F.O.I.C. Ice Axes Only 09680 Carpet & Carpet Adhesives F.O.I.C., G.C. to confirm quantity of materials ordered within (5) days of receipt of P.O. Non - respons will mean acceptance and responsiblity for quantities ordered. G.C. to confirm that quantity BG ru of materials received corresponds to quantity ordered a•En r. aMa 09680 Wall Base, Trim & Accessories • SS MOW rx 10800 Baby Changing tables Blockin • in Wall as Re aPINA. ,,q„� MINECT 15010 Record Drawings, 0&M Drawings _ • : Includes cleanu• &warranties SMM nun 15060 Piping & Fittings Air com•ressor F.O.I.C. Com•ressed Air Lines b G.C. KB 15090 Supports, Hanger, Sealants 15310 Fire Protection 15400 Plumbing System 15450 Plumbing Fixtures & Trim 15770 HVAC Units . " Existin. to Remain, New FDIC 15820 Exhaust Fans 1\ 7c^ t �� 1? . 1 15840 Ductwork 15850 Duct Insulation - i 15860 Ductwork Accessories Includes duct smoke detectors or ot 1 1grwpA 15900 Energy Management System (Novar) G.C. Install Conduit & grin. *1)k0 1 •t 15990 Testing and Balancing SUS 2 5 2002 IVED 16000 Time Clock Electric & Conduit Only Install Wiring, Isolated Ground, &Conduit for Owner Installed Time Clock 0 ., WI CU CITY REC K� E T;IKwILA 16000 EAS In -floor Security System ,mr G.C. to Recess Slab, Install Conduit ,grin• /� • • • • G.C. Install Conduit & Wiring "'�T PERMIT CENTER PROJECT 16000 Traffic Counter _ \ . RESPONSIBLITY 16000 Security Intrusion Alarm G.C. Install Conduit &Bring • • • 16000 Intercom systems • • G.C. Install Conduit & Wiring MATRIX 16000 Telephone System • • • G.C. Install Conduit & Wiring, Install Ground to TOP Closet 16110 Conduit 02284.00 � • • G.C. Install Conduit &Bring Throughout 16132 Floor Boxes JUNE 10, 2002 • 16500 Exterior Light Fixtures • `• F.O.I.C. S. • • 16500 Interior Light Fixtures S: • \_2002 \0228400 \CADD\ /10 -1.DWG • F.O.I.C. • Mill= roils 16500 Lighting Fixture Lamps • F.O.I.C. - — 16721 Fire Alarm A° • 1 PERMIT /BID SET sQr �e COPYRIGHT O MITHUN. INC. - • • •. MITHUN PROJECT RESPONSIBLITY MATRIX Ref 56 tam Alaskan NOTE: General Contractor to provide Owner with /ay w)- Sartttcatter. Tekt ic. WA schedule for required del;very date of IF.O.1.C. items jab &x Site 200 , Set to the site_ Provide schedule to Owner within (10) 10 -4x-02 33 hoi ' a 6213344 PROJECT RESPONSIBLIN YA'>ROl days from N_T.P. FAN 206 623.7005 .0 \ \ ar o,- di, 0 ar 'a„ 0, ) , o re o 4 ,,,, o il ec Site - 'tern Desc- c- cr"' ',I'ord : >e rerc' Contractor Ow'e' '?E ) Remarks , P I • 1 I • I Owner shall Provide 9u�6rg Permit. G.C. to suppry al other perturbs S 02520 or u eec x _ • 1 ExStir�g, MoEey as Required. 02520 •crtsfarmer Poe 02600 UtEties 02600 E ectric • • 02600 Gas — Existing, Modify as Required. • • 02600 Water Existing. ModA1r , Modfy os o Requi uired . U • • E Modify as Requ r Z 02600 Sewer • • re it Modif a R Req i 02600 Spry leer ' 02750 rrigatior System _ _r a x stist sting Modify os Re 02800 Wood Bollard ct Front Entry • • • 02800 Bicycle Rocks E ( .^ 0 .I.C. 02800 REI Washers at Wood Bollards _ • • a 02850 Landscape • • 10426 Building Address Signcge i • • _, 16000 Exterior Buiiaing Mounted Sgns • • G.C. Install Conduit & Wiring to Sgns. 16000 Pedestai or Monument Sign � • • G.C. Install Conduit &Wiring to Signs. I___'� L; Cn Spec I Build :ng - 'ter^ Descriptor Remarks g - I Warehouse Rocks & Shelves _ • • F.0.1.0. Safe • • F.0.1.0. L— —J - Modular Office Furniture • • F.0.1.o. - Lockers F.0.1.0. I-- --1 Q - Bike Repair Shop Equipment 33300, '02520 REI Benchmark - • • • F.0.1.0 j {1 l i ■ 05510 Steel & Pipe 0 Freestanding Display Walls y _ • • ! 05510 REI Custom Washers for Trellis, etc. ') ____. m 06100 Rough Carpentry • • r L 06100 Blocking • • 06100 Display wall sub— fromes • • f ' 1 0 i 06100 Trellis Lumber - Accu -Rough 3 x 12 06100 Warehouse Rocking - Blocking 1x4 Nailer Top and Mid of Rocking ®cone. walls V = 06185 Glued Laminated Timber • • 06200 Slot Wa'.I Display Wall Panel 06200 Slatgrid or Grid Display Wall Panel ---,----- • • F.O.I.C. 06200 Paneling F.O.I.C. Con 06200 WP -1: Plywood Siding Paneling • • 06200 _ WP -2: Not Used 06200 WP -3: Medium Jensity Fiberboard • • F.O.I.C., Delivered in 4'x8' Sheets 06200 WP -4: Wood Siding • • 06200 WP -5: Pegboard Panel / Masonite • • 06200 WP -6: Tackboara / 440 Homosote • • F.O.I.C. 06200 Shower Bench - • - • 1 16 11/1\ E la 06200 ^ Homosote Panels: Env. Ctr. & Offices 41 41 F.O.I.C. 06206, 16000 Overhead Bike Rack (Motorized) • • F.O.I.C. 06400 Overhead Bike Rack (Wood, Fixed) • • F.O.I.C. I 06400 Environmental Ctr Aluminum rail FA.LC, xi DATE cIea 06402 _ Owners fixtures • • 06402 Cashwraps (Cashier) — _ • • Provide Trenching &Blocking as req'd 06402 Customer Service Counters • • Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd 06402 Bike Repair Shop Counter • • Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd 06402 Rental Counters Provide Trenching At Blocking as req'd 06402 Other Counters • • Provide Trenching & Blocking as req'd 07511 Roofing (BUR) • i • 08710 Custom Door Pulls - Ice Axes IP • F.O.LC. Ice Axes Only 09680 Carpet & Carpet Adhesives F.O.I.C., G.C. to confirm quantity of materials ordered within (5) • • days of receipt of P.O. Non - response will mean acceptance and responsiblity for quantities ordered. G.C. to confirm that quantity BG of materials received corresponds to quantity ordered PARTICI 09680 Wall Bose, Trim & Accessories • • SS raaca rwMmE � SMM 10800 Baby Changing tables • • Blocking in Wall as Required PAIOICT ,,.,r,IEC, 15010 Record Drawings, O &M Drawings • : 1 Includes cleanup &warranties SMM 15060 Piping &Fittings t oat _ • • 4 ` Air compressor F.O.I.C. Compressed Air Lines by G.C. _ a....... KB 15090 Supports, Hanger, Sealants • • axa — 15310 Fire Protection • • 15400 Plumbing System • • 15450 Plumbing Fixtures & Trim • • 15770 HVAC Units 41 • Existin to Remain, New 9 •'�� : -- - 15820 Exhaust Fans • • — — — . , f . • --r — 15840 Ductwork • • i 15850 Duct Insulation • • 15860 Ductwork Accessories i t .-1- • • Includes duct smoke detectors or N. ` oslo L 15900 Energy Management System (Novar) _ -� • • • G.C. Install Conduit & Wiring AMPRO 0 _ 15990 Testing and Balancing _ • _ • — JUl 2 5 2 (' L' YA� 16000 Time Clock - Electric & Conduit Only e • • Install Wiring, Isolated Ground, & Conduit for Owner Installed Time Clock �, , tll CITY p n. D wILA 16000 EAS In -floor Security System - ,� _ -- G.C. to Recess Slab, Install Conduit ,Wiring ^rv^�►ri 4 ' ` f' "''( PROJECT 16000 Traffic Counter . + e • G.C. Install Conduit & Wirin \ . 9 PERMIT CENTER 16000 Security /Intrusion Alarm + G.C. Install Conduit &Wiring RESPONSIBLITY — 16000 Intercom systems • G.C. Install Conduit &Wiring . G.C. Install Conduit & Wiring, Install Ground to TOP Closet • MATRIX 16000 Telephone System _ • • 16110 Conduit � xi 02284.00 _ G.C. Install Conduit &Wiring Throughout — 16132 Floor Boxes • • JUNE 10, 2002 - 16500 Exterior Light Fixtures F.O.I.C. Y boa S: 1 2002102284001CADDWO - 1.DWG 16500 Interior Light Fixtures _ F.O.I.C. inem linos( vwTM .� • 16500 Lighting Fixture Lamps F.O.I.C. C. 16721 _ Fire Alarm • • AO.1 PERMIT/BID SET t� «u� COPYRIGHT m MITHUN, INC. .. . _ __ ' » .._ _ v._ _.- — ........ -.. •..._» . _ ems. M 4 M7• MITHUN Ar&itects.0 signers.Plar•ners Far s6 1201 Alaskan Way Suitt 200 Seattle, WA 98101 _ •- -up in 206 623_334. FAL 206 6234005 ' ME 10677 WATSON ROAD -.k. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- U IL ST. LOUIS, PROJECT MANAGERS .41 - i RESTaoons ylisf, I .. 1 u - 1sa sa Fr COMtIAOf�i .. " : SUPPORT: ,• i 3 0 5125 , : STANDARDS II s+aP : = :2, 245 SQ. F T : ' m 1 GUITAR EXISTING • • •ACTS • 8' = 32 I ! T � " 11111111 �1 Z Z Z n - . e ai►iH s 8 / GUITAR SHOP RocE>t•icnTORACE - .. - FLAOiE o — — • 1 797 It -- _.. ... .. ........ .. ......_ ... .. ■ so _. ... r SU :6uiiAit •10P - - - - • - 1 o lulu* 2.101 sa x W 111 CO OSS :..... . ........ ( � GROSS FLOOR AREA: • • • • .� •� r r I 16373 SQrT• II El, 7,1 to e II OD N 1 p .. ... .. _ ............................. * I III IM -.-.-...-...-.-.-...-::::. ...-...-.-...-:„...„...-:„.„.-.-_-.-...-.-: ............... ............................. .............. ............................. ........................................................................„...... ............... ............................. •....••••••.......••....•... ..... ••••••••••• ............................................ . _. I CO Z m m — ■ a : .. . . . . . .. .. . . ".....':' ...'.'.' :'.............. ,III ; . i .. • %., , , Tic • J • • I © p • -- • le LEASE SPACE . m °� 0 1 0 I 18.17. S0. FT. • r RETAIL SALES AREA: s • r y �2r]I . I 4.a._ =.It 3.,019 9Q FT. i --- II m p • -. a• n I RE— STRIPE ` g G SPACE ii e g UNLESS 1m OTHERWISE � A R IONG AS NO EROS FLOOR AREA: , �� ■� © N'" — lr >2 I a o , 20,196 SQ. FT. ' • e ' = COMPACT o 4. • o I ESE 1 n =-- lin ■ z , r BED, BATH &BEYOND F�111: © 1 �—�^ • II m 45, 396 SO. FT. GROSS FLOOR AREA • , _ . III ° C•1 III NEW RAMP AND RAILING ■ 2T ^ ��' ` 25 24. —' SEE DTL. 14/A1.1 = 80' — — 1 is } NEW SDEW AND STAIR 11.. m c a$ II to SEE 15/ A 1., ��_`' ' : ill: II o ............ d h i t ! . n '..... MIRY VEFI 1111 SfbRACE' : :. • 8' 24' N co . . I I < N :: : : 322 S0 FL NEW LANDSCAPE ISLAND A 1,401 so FT 6 DC STAND '• 1 ; 0 8 5' 51 r 3C L wrilliglIMPFAIMPIIIIII � ■ 6 PAR KING NONED .. RESTRPE PARKING AS SHOWN PROWE NEW $GNAGE AND WHEEISTOPS • , �= nenlelmo.c ours 2 E .. 4 1 TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS ••• SQ. FT. ! % PlOfotyps Vefrion 1.9fi 0101/02d00 301/02d00 111 W � S10RACE OF THE ACCESSIBILITY CODE 31 SQ. 4 CLOSET: � PLANNER. PRONDE NEW CURB PARKING AS�NO ED T .a ■ L_...__j O SE v a. o ` •NEW P,... 1 EDGE a r d 000E REIASION3 W A i - -__ _ _ !. TD • 7 ° T 18'-0' r 25 ' ,�.� � '� HC HC - • ' : '1 a 2 A1.1 NEW OONCiETE WALK NEW CONCRETE RAMP it 4 • P IVONG 4.11 AP \ . III — - 27 38' 25' 24 7 10 CgPAC1S O 8' = 8 0' COMPACT • 3y 7'-0• SEE 02/A1.1 pr 1 ' , 6 NEW STND. O 55 X 19P = 52' ��; ''- • - 0' ' '-0' to, P COMPACTS • 8 ' = 7Y 'tMML) 8 EX S111DS • 55 = 51' BG DOSING COMPACTS 0 8' f J` 9 DOMING COMPACTS • 8' = 72' 8' n ' 11 005E COMP • 8 0 = 88 21'-6 9 EXISTING COMPACTS • 825' - 74.25' 13' -3' 30' 7 12 COSTING COMPACTS a 8' - 98' s a � O i - 4 R OW _ S MM ~ P1111/CT . 4 U'E 611111 IIIII F � ' 1 40 mo.ore um ma e a 111 1 SMM , c�rr�.0 ACCESSIBLE PATH of TRAVEL TO BE 5 DOST. COMPACTS • 8.0' _ " — 1.111111111111111111111111011111, 111111111 10 11111111111 n , ACCESSB As REQUIRED. Eb51 NiG RAMS c _ 1 �e ; o PV■pkwismil alt rescal Iii. ■ ■■ ■■■■■■■ ■ ■■ ■E ■ /i ■ ■... UI wrw!■ ■■■■1.U■ ■U■� — _ \\,....., PROMDE NEW ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL TO BE �.�, • RESTRIPED AS REQUIRED. • 10 DOSING ii AR�H;IECT ok SPACES A ALisH LBBE�9'Xii ACCESSIBLE PARKING ., 1 PROPOSED STANDARD SPACES 97 4496 cw � '�`�`� > • RALPH R. SHAW i r AeD cRECOav i If ST'S AISLE BETWEEN 2 SPACES • THEE PROPOSED COMPACT SPACES 117 5390 1P 11 STATE( OF WASHINGTON M�EE�TS T TrQINREMENTS�P SwiaAC� • PROPOSED ACCESSIBLE SPACES 7 39G J��- AND tMiEEL STOPS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE / \ tiii______s k J V s � 0 � ( ACCESSIBILITY CODE. PLAN NORTH PROPOSED PARKING SPACES (TOTAL) 221 ��` '�` 801 �`- - V -.,, : mu © warm 11118 SITE PLAN PLAN FOR SITE PLAN 0 1 — -- REF.: SOURCE: 1,�,.� 1' =27-0' C'� INFORMATION ONLY ■ . 02284.00 AIDM NO JUNE 10, 2002 D 0 3......-- I,. OAR S:\_2002\02284\CADD1A0-2.DWG 1'I OLM WW1, PAM ____ A0.2 PERMIT BID / SET Ain Poen _ COPYRIGHT C MITHUN. INC. ♦ I - 4 CN CD S- ES: _ MITHUN f 13 H .1 ,Architects. Designers +Planners 15 DOSING !PERM FALL OR WNIEIIOi DOWSING TO REIIAl�L 12. REMOVE DOSING BOLtJIROS 24"-o' 34 -0r 21. REMOVE DIISTNG CONCRETE SLAB FOR NEW 4r-St B SE TY SYSTEM -, - - 2•' -c,' 24' -0' 241 241 L •! K 2. Pier 56 REEVE E]t ING 9008 OR WINDOW. NAIfFILL OPENING TO MAID± ADJACENT- 13. IEIM EXISTING 0, JMEING FIXTURES. TOLET PMR"ITIDl6, Caukt ASS. AIR® ��o� Alaskan Way CAP PIUIBMG LINES. 3 COSTING OONCIETE PER TO IEIWh. ---- _ _-� - t.-- A -_ _ -- _ _ _ . A.- 1 r 2oc 3_ NOT USED. ' L:�.-, Sande. WA 98ror 14. REMOVE O SING PLANTERS_ *YIP V T H SLEET A1.0 NO A1.1 FOR 23. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR COVEPNG. HATCHED AREAS TO BE SCRAPPED �� _ as zo6 623.3344 4. REM E EXISTING S AB =OR NES AIRY TREND', 7.RINOn TOO TIE IMO EXTENTS_ FAX 206 �3 70� EXISTING S`'SEY- MID MINDED CLEAN PER SPECIE EDITIONS. RFlIAl1,rNG AREAS '0 BE ... - . CLEANED AND PREPPp FOR NEW c COYERtNG RNS'ALLAPOk - 15. REMOVE EXISTNG AS'HA_T PAVNiG AT PAR% STA. S. PREP S BGRADE 5. REMOVE EXISIIhG OVERHEAD DOOR AND ASSOCIATED hARDWARE_ FOR NEW ASPHALT PAVING AND CONCRETE WALKS_ 24. REMOV'_• EXISTING DRAIN PIPE. t 6_ REMOVE DOSING STAIRS. RAMP, CURB & SINGS. 16. CUT EXISTING CONCRETE WALL FOR NEVI CREAKS. 25. REMOVE EXISTING FIRE SPRINCEP VALVE. c P OFF AT CFJUNG I RECEIVING AREA EX ST.'+C COMMON • - NO WORK ,N THS AREA I ° 7. EXISTING GAS !HEIRS MC PIPING TO REMAIN_ CONNECT TC NEW -NAC 17. EXISTING W000 COLUMN TO REMAIN. 26. REMOVE EXISTING WHEEL STOPS. SALVAGE FCR RE- USE. uNfTS PER MECH. I 18. REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FOR NEVI FOOTli(,S. ! 27. EIOST't G CONCRETE STEM WALL AND GUARDRAIL 10 REMAIN. .0 I 8. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS TO REMAN. SEE ELEC. ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRA*PGS FOR LOCATIONS AND a DMENSIONS. DO NOT UNDERMINE ADJACENT rOOTNr(S TO REMAIN. 28. REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK. PREP SUBGRADE FOR NEW �- 8 , I I 9. EXIST NG UTILITY EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS HATCH TO REMA�v. 1 III CONCRETE SLUEWAIic AND LANDSCAPED PLANTERS, i I 19_ REMOVE DUSTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM, INCLUDING BtF NOT UNITED TO - - (' 10. CUT DGSTING WALL. FOR NEW DOOR OPENING. GLAZING, FRAMES, DOORS. 29_ REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE FOR NEW FLOOR MAT. RECESS MAT Ji iNTO - d i ! �/ 1. DEMOL'SH EXISTING INTERIOR WALLS AND DOORS. EXTENTS AS SHOWN 20. REMOVE EXISTING WALLS. COLUMNS, CURBS, ANC CANOPY. SE 7/D1.1 - E - - - -�' - - - - - - - - - -- - - FOR MORE !NFORAW;CN. (/ I �t i -- : '21 ] 0 t I I a` , n DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: i 11 i t (� _ U A. T NOTES REFER TO ALL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS. REJ =R TO G- PROTECT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, INCLUDING FINISHES & (1) SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE T AKEN WHERE FOOTINGS BEING (2) CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBLE FOR VE2IFYING EXTENTS OF HVAC i -- 'r I a FLOOR PLANS, SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS FOR MATERIALS, SHOWN TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE D;;R*1C DEMOLISHED ARE ADJACENT TO EXISTING FOOTINGS TO REMAIN. DEMOuT ON w/ CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND 1 DIMENSIONS. DEMOLITION & CONSTRUCTION. DAMAGE TO AREAS BEYOND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS THE EXISTING SOIL- BEARING MECHANICAL ENGINEER IN CASE OF DESCREEANCIES. ; ! j ! I SCOPE OF DEMOLTION IS TO BE REPAIRED AT CONTRACTOR'S STRATA TO BE DISTURBED FOR FOOTINGS TO REMAIN. CONTACT I ! •. I o B. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 02070 'SELECTIVE DEMOLITION' EXPENSE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. ENGINEER FOR AREAS WHERE THIS CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED. ;II o - - - FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. (3) CONTRACTOR SHALL TEMPORARILY PROTECT ALL OPENINGS IN I AI I. H. VEPoF�' DIMENSIONS OF ALL NEW WALL, FLOOR, AND ROOF (2) SHORING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO SUPPORT EXISTING THE ROOF CAUSED BY DEMOLITION TO PREVENT WATER DAMAGE i I I II I r. C OERCES . ON IN A MANNER THAT IS SUITABLE TO WORK TO THE ROOF AND AREAS INSIDE THE BUILDING. t (� n� C. THESE DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM : NFORMATION & OPENINGS PRIOR TO CUTTING. SEQUENCES. CONTRACTOR TO ENGAGE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER i 1 � � ' DRAWINGS PREPARED BY OTHERS. EXISTING CONDITIONS MUST TC PROVIDE AND REVIEW INSTALLATION. BE HELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. NOT'FY I. TEMPORARY ADDRESS TO BE PROVIDED IN A LOCATION SUCH M. PLUMBING: i i I( 1 1 THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANA DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THAT R IS PLAINLY VISIBLE FROM THE STREET. (3) ALL NEW OPENINGS CUT THROUGH DUSTING WALLS, FLOORS, (1) CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE & SHUT -OFF THE DOMESTIC WATER .II ! I I C CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND THE EXISTING SITE AND ROOF SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED USING SAW - CUTTING MAIN VALVE TO THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT SPACE. DEMOLISH i i'1 CONDITIONS. J. THE CONTRACTOR 'S RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ANY WHERE POSSIBLE. OVER - CUTTING AT CORNERS IS NOT ANY EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES do ASSOCIATED HARDWARE i ;Ij Q 0 D. THESE DRAWINGS SHOW GENERAL GEMOL TION WORK TO BE OPENINGS IN THE ROOF CAUSED BY DEMOLITION, AND ANY NEW ALLOWED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE ! OPENINGS CUT INTO EXISTING WALLS OR ROOF TO PREVENT LOCATIONS OF ADJACENT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PRIOR TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1181 I II PERFORMED AND DOES NOT RELINE THE CONTRACTOR FROM I CT-ER DEMOLITION WORK REQU' tEC TO PRL:DUCE THE BUILDING WATER DAMAGE TO THE ROOF AND AREAS INSIDE THE BUILDING. CUTTING ANY OPENINGS. NO OPENINGS ARE TO BE CUT - _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ THROUGH EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR WALLS WITHOUT (2) CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE & SHUT -OFF NATURAL GAS MAIN VALVE I -f ;�'-'-":- ": -'' '•''•'' ; °'' ��� I i �!� 3 MODIFICATIONS SHOWN ON THE REMAINING CONTRACT I 1 < . STRUCTURAL: PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. TO THE RE! SPACE. PREP EXISTING PIPING FOR CONNECTION ! 1 r ___ - ___ K DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, & REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ( 4 ) SMAL L, ROUND OPENINGS ARE TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY TO NEW HVAC UNITS. SEE MECHANICAL & PLUMBING DRAWINGS ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. :��:� I ++ REQUIREMENTS ON STRUCTURAL DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR IS CORE- DRILLING WHERE POSSIBLE. FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1 ! "' ! 1 i I TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ! ':: 23 1I I I , II :. :: E. DASHED LINES INDICATE MAJOR COMPONENTS OF THE BUILDING N. ELECTRICAL: j �// c I TO BE DEMOLISHED. SCREENED (L GHT) LINES INDICATE DEMOLITION WORK. LIMIT CONSTRUCTION LOADS ;INCLUDING L. HVAC: REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS & EXTENTS 1 � ;k;::: 'I I I J DEMOLITION DEBRIS) ON EXISTING FLOOR SLAB TO 40 P.S.F. 1 FOR PURPOSES OF HVAC DEMOLITION NOTES, SCOPE INCLUDES EXISTING COMPONENTS TO REMAIN. OOR 4 • O OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DEMOLITION. CONTRACTOR SHAM III ROOF AREA. HVAC EQUIPMENT INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUITS, AND WIRING IN : 11 ! T D ..:..,... O: DUCTWORK & ACCESSORIES, FIRE PROTECTION & AREAS TO BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. F. ITEMS IDENTIFIED AS "SALVAGE" SHALL BE RETAINED &SECURED ACCESSORIES, UNIT HEATERS, EXHAUST FANS, EXHAUST VENTS, I I � : :: : :: ! ON SITE FOR REUSE. AND AIR SUPPLY FANS. ' , �� it I I I a.: iiii: iiiiii i C ' r , 24' -0" I 24' -0" 24' -0" 24' -0' 24' -0" k !� ( I ii _ I I1 • ♦ • ? Y • ♦ ; ♦;• ; ♦♦ ♦ �i;♦ ; O♦ ; i ; i ; ♦ ; ♦ ; • ; ♦ ; � y i ♦ %! ♦ r - AD JACENT TENANT SPACE. (� I I • cO ••♦ S ••• ♦ 4 , .•.; • o ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ • • ♦ ♦ • ♦ ♦ ♦ • • ♦ ♦ • ♦ ♦ ♦ i ♦ ♦ ♦ i ♦ ♦ ♦ • ♦ • ♦ • �!� • �� I i aii11111111giiiiiiii •• ♦• ♦•• ♦• ♦ ♦ ♦i ♦ •• •♦♦ • ♦ •0 _ , NO WORK IN THIS AREA 1, ` ! � I i LT_ I L- ∎ ; ♦ i • i • i:S ••••: ■•• i ♦ ♦ ♦ • •• •• • I I 1 I - � • Ce o P•♦♦ ♦ • • ♦ • ♦ ♦ y..1i;. ♦ ; ♦ • ♦ •♦ ♦ ♦i• !t. . •* ;if: 1 I � I1 ♦i i• •� ♦ ♦ 0• ♦ • ♦ • • ♦ ♦• ♦ ♦ 20I 1 \ y ! ! ` • U� 4 A , 4______ ‘Sr , / • it I m Dam MOON ♦i ♦ • i• • •. •• ;i; •• 4. ♦ • i i - -- �� �, ,' � ® • ;i i ;♦••• ;i • ; i s ♦i;i ;i ; . , ; 4 i i ' I ' I ® I ! ; • ••• • • ♦♦ • ♦♦ • •• 2 i • • • •♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ • • • • • ••. * A • 1 i I ♦ ; • ;; ♦;• ♦ ; ♦ ; ;• ; ♦ • ;♦ ; • .4 0 .i ; ; ♦ • • I►. 26 • •i' I ' � `. o • • • ♦• • • • ••�►• • • • i • ,. . •�► •• ♦• i ' �I / e / / A MI • • 1 • T - - - - - 5 ♦•• #:.:. �%%XV111 ��: i • • i °•=# 44 ♦ • i • k I SMM . • • I: , , f 0' SMM ,!�, • i► • iii • iii i�i� iii i i •• iiiiii y • ••.•. • . ;..• I I I r ! 0 + O MM •♦••• ♦ • ......... •• • 1 e • 0 KB ti ♦ • ♦ "NIA:. • ♦ ♦•• •••• • %♦• i* i • ,.' , ' ® i; • ♦♦••• � • i .• • • • .M•0 . R• � •••• • :4 ?i / , •• • :• : i / ` i • ' , I • C I ! ! � � t; ixw +U •• ♦•♦ ♦ ♦ 00•• •• ♦ ♦• , 1 , �__� I 1 1 ! 1 ti t cp I EGISTERED ; •;• ; ♦• ;• ; • ; • ;• ;• ; ♦�• �� - - i I j : i, .. MIT •r•• • 1�C ECT ♦••♦ ♦•••• •••• • •♦ ♦• , ! I I J \ I k. , D c;Rrr W ASHING . • 1 I , 1r % , o 4E1 1r •v�'Ar. i I < 6 1 ! 1 ! I + i CITti :.MICA -- _ - ;>; I I I 1 I I I U t. __ __ ____ - I DEMOLITION -- ------ = i Q I -- - -- _ - ----- PERMIT I FLOOR PLAN r o i I i , w' ! ,, I i , I I L`- - - -- - 20 I I 13 13 ' 3 - ! I 1 1 1� - - -1- t - - 2 i ! J 1 022134 00 - a_ _ _ - _ _� NE 14 ^ - -- - - -- -- - ti 10.2002 ' _ S :\_2002\0228400 AD \C D \D 1 -0. DWG - -- ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. ' K,.= PAM ' NO WORK IN THIS AREA _ 0 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN NORTH Dt0 PERMITIBIDSET 1/8" = 1 -0 COPYRIGHT c MITHUN, INC. ._ . MITHUN 0 H 0 K ® Pectabacts. D>lesigples +wan nes 0 Pier 56 1201 AtaSkan way i sut,c 2alo -- - ,_ -__ — _ _ _ _ P — _ ---- _ _ (1.2)1 Seatr , WA g bo1 to Zo6 62 33344 iAZ 206 623 TooS a • ADJAICE %I TENANT. �. ®, ® , .‘ . . T Ait7,116"ENT TENANT. NO WORK !N THIS RE. A1;'S REI LAOS NO WORK iN THIS AREA , OF Wes( __2r w3 AREA I Ai, i 11'P. f t ' 1 ``` ' - - E t NO ADJACENT WORK IN ROOF. i I r I . ! i f '?11S AREA r -- - - -� , f — - - — - — - }-- - -- - - — - — - _ __ - - - - —� - - — - — - — - — --44- - - - - 2 ______I i r / - --- -t --.1 1 r- - 1 1 ' �� r ,. REI iJM ` T I < '> I j OF WORK t \) , ., I I C r - -- I-- - - -- �'� - 4•R - -- - - I - - -- - -- (-.- 3 ; I �!^ I ' _._ z 9 t , I ,....e.:.., : 1 , ...................:.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.<...., u: i , _ _ _ L__,— ________— T } • ti.:. . r vr - I I I ,� r - - ---1 r -' - --1 1 I }'.` ti .-0} ; ::'*,.: { :•• � '•A•, h• . . •r..-T + f 1 f - - - - — — �(Ir I IT I 1 1 1 1 I I 1::::;.-:::77'.:*.::.':::.....:.::-: : h .:- l: L >:::• : L J I. 1 1 i , '_ I , L J L J L_ -� L L J , 1 1 I 0 < , _..........41 : I ..t i. : . iL 1_- L1 J , ` + . -.. - J1 - -1 - _ _ _ _ 1 I < 8(� 1 < 9 1 <8 ; m ' I ® < ■ j Tl r._ T r l m I I REFER TO D1.0 FOR GENERAL DEMOLITION �OTtS1 ] 1 i ADJACENT ROOF. i' DEMOLIT ON KEY NOTES, J 1 NO WORK IN ' REI LIMITS ' < XX I DEMOLITION K EY SYMBOL ' CO DEMOLITION ELEVATION I THIS AREA OF WORK + I 1. REMOVE ROOF'NG AND ROOF DECK FOR NEW SKYLIGHT OR 1/8 = 1' -0' MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL C � I I DRAWINGS F OR LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. SEE STRUCTURAL � ___J� # , , DRAWINGS FOR NEW OPENING FRAMING REQUIREMENTS. I (1 ti © � I 2. EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN U.N.O. u L 4 , TYP. ' te a• 3. REMOVE EXISTING MTL COPING. A C ::i:: :::ii E 4. REMOVE EXISTING PARAPET AND STRUCTURAL BRACES. PATCH AND Cn I I I I REPAIR ROOF TO MATCH ADJACENT. I I I I , I i I ij i I 1 7 5. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING AND ROOF DECK. EXTENTS AS SHOWN. r I 1 6. NOT USED I I I I I I I I 7. EXISTING MECHANICAL UNIT TO REMAIN. MODIFY PER MECHANICAL. , ADJACENT ROOF. I NO WORK IN ' I ( I I 8. REMOVE EXISTING '!VALES, STRUCTURE, RAMPS & RAILINGS, AND /OR 0_03 . -1 t ± THIS AREA CANOPY BACK TC ESC STING CONCRETE WALL PANELS. - _ — 4 I O 16 I , 11 } I I I REI LIMITS T — 1 1 — 9. REMOVE EXISTING ALUMINA STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND DOORS. OF WORK I , , 1 L � _ I I I 10. REMOVE EXISTING STAIRS AND RAILINGS. TC3 ' K /I t .. 1 EXTENTS AS SHOWN. SALVAGE 11. REMOVE EXISTING STEEL CANOPY MQ. DATE IEMO c { k X x I 1 4 f i/ O I O 4 . 1 � • �—� 1 I AND RE USE TO CAP NEW CUT END. PATCH CEMENT PLASTER WALL F K `j ( I "x'$ �•, . '� , TO MATCH ADJACENT. i I I ,{', i r' �' 'x;� - '. � � ti >� '+ � 12. EXISTING CONDUCTOR &DOWNSPOUT. TRACE T „ r , ,. S 1 , .. r , • E BACK TO ORIGIN AND I I • .:� i I i '� Y.a ik �i i.'.."..., i i VERIFY IF DOWNSPOUT IS NEEDED FOR NEW MODIFICATIONS. IF NOT I :1,`-,'<'' . `., . • th a a aJ L REQUIRED, REMOVE DRAIN LINE AND PATCH CEMENT PLASTER WALL TO I ' r 1L ``` } I I MATCH ADJACENT. i h T � ••i 4 ' ' 1 Ir ' • I I I I I 13. CUT CONCRETE WALL PANEL (HIDDEN) FOR NEW OPENING. EXTENTS 1 ■ 1 " xxr INDICATED BY HATCHED AREA. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND K " A ‘ :;...':>.: I I I ( I STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. �' •1 ,Zr k', © 1 I 14. EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND STEEL RAILING TO REMAIN. BG i 4. • � ;� TYP. ( SS C - - ; --- - -- - .„4:4:‘ K =:4: .. , - -- - - - - , - - - - - -, - - • - - - - - - - I - - - - - ' in I PIID,[Cf YMIA�JI t r'`,. �r , - - - — - - - — - — ROW MI07TEC1 SMM 1 ( . ADJACENT ROOF. I vv�� SMM I I I ili �1 => r' - -�� I 1 `ti\ 4.� I REI LIMITS NO WORK IN WIWI 1 \. ' : ' ;�' '► ( - •' I ..�► �ti > k c. ,�:� y OF WO THIS AREA C � -, ,�: J1 it, ,:,,,,, ..„.4 f x r:::: 4 1.„::, ." , ,,;,;-'v.'e) 1 ,6_ 2 ?r,3,2. i l ♦� Xl 1 1 1 1 1 A J 1 G � � laaa'.XJ t,aa> L CY L51aYL1 Ll i I. 4 , 1 1 ♦ • > I I I I _• 1111 ■ ;, • � I , REGISTER T • ` ``�. I I ARCHtTEC I ; ✓ • GOOF DEMOLITION NOTES V 1";;,..- b� 1 I A. REI HAS ENGAGED A ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND t, ,, Es t11 �k � S • c ENTRY I I I I I I I REPAIR EXISITNG ROOF AND NEW ROOF, WORK REQUIRED FOR % , �+ '' ' 1 y� /` MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, OR SKYLIGHTS. i 1 I »;/•� ,r ' / B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OPENNING FOR NEW Y I tA 'I L ,, ••• 4 , , O I I O I 4 I EQUIPMENT , ROOF WORK OR SKYLIGHTS. 1 1• 4• I 1 , • I I r 1t I •• ,•* 1-:: • 41 I , • I • •• I I CI - KWI�A DEMOLITION _ ;1 � • Lj KY ROOF PLANAND >` ' tx I I I a •• I r,�•� I I PEF Ml7CEN7 EH iy ] I ELEVATION C i o 3 [33]I RE - 4 r1IP - - - — — — — _ JUNE 1� — — - — I RT w 111 02002 I 6 boar I I ADJACENT ROOF. S. \_2002 \0228400 \CADD \D1 -1.DWG NO WORK IN ROLL KT\OUI P.■ THIS AREA I I OD 1 , DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN ( Dl .1 0 1 /8 = 1 ' - 0 . NORTH PERMIT /BID SET 'MI MANN COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. r • , • ✓t • Iwo ® @ ®®®® ..:::„. MITHUN iw, as +Designers +P'vnners IL WO roll s F.OL °_ - _ - 1 F � 'I.J ALL PPE . - -.._� _ _ - - 1 ___ _ _ _ - Pier PE 1201 Alaskan Wag "RA106. APP_CAT> OF Asx#4.T Rr..aakiwwT AV GRAVEL. s '::Atli OF r>RA1�4S AND • I! - - . - $uit 200 _` `.. n; IS. MO FLASHING OF 4 Seetde, WA 9$10! )r SW ? I 18' -2 1/2 '3 3344 F i COi'OIRACTOR TO PROVIDE X' { FAX 206 623.7005 SC'~E7lA E FOR WORK -__ — j f - -- - -- 1 • --f- --- -- - ACCESSa811 - C O N : R A C T O R RESPONSIBLE FOR 1 ti : o ) , I N S - C A T I O N OF NEW t f V M MD - - BAROYET C I J - - _ - _ v, b } SPACE SALVAGED )rtEEE -STOP INS" SI(YFiTS. - , — _ .. - 2 . I I L ' TYP. OF (7). RELIEF tt000S k2) — r PER MECH. ! o I �` r- NEW CURB RAMP. SLOPE c �n � / � / 1:12 MAX. SEE 1 5/Al -1 1 SEE SrEET A4.1 FOR DIMENSIONED R G'iON OF SKYL,GHTS AND • �. a rr MECWWiiA EOUiPMENT. + I ' CE 1 LO I „ o CCESSIBLE !� GE TYc o (2) -- NEW EXHAUST- ��! - _.4.._._ - - -- - - — - -j— - (3' o, I SPACE I I E ■ • SIGNAi SEE 12/A' .1 () - - • FAN PER ' ACCfSSIACCESSIBLE. Pa.NTED • MECH. A� k NATIVE BOULDERS TYP. PER / - i ( �' L , / I SYYBC�'"P. OF (2) —1 O NEW HVAC 1 i LANDSCAPE (7) + I SEE '1/A1.1 O 1 I B'r._ RAC F OC UNIT PER , NEW LANDSCAPED PLANTER i - � • ; 1 MECH. TYP. PER 29/A1.0 H ' ° 'C/ ,- , G A B ; ( �D j ' ® I ® EXIST. HVAC f ` I UNIT MODIFY `�_ PER MECh. 1 NE11V CURB RAMP 1-1 1/2 l' -1 1/2 ° °� ! ' ' " 7 I I gg li=x - - CI 5' -8° -8' 1/X CuT EXIST. ST_ ( i ) I I NO WORK IN -- = i I J ", 4 ' 4' 2' ! CANOPY BELOW AND s •1 -. THIS AREA I AC -3 o - - + CUSTOM BOLLARD SEE , .� r X C - — — — — - - — J J NO WORK iN ® NE - - - _ 1/A9.1 �, ∎ AP END W! H j �� CAP MATERIAL 1 .1 � REI LIMES ' REI LIMITS W CONCRETE CURB - oo ' NEW CONCRfT SIDEWALK — — NEW OF WORK } I 1 I OF WORK 1 THIS AREA J } ` n S DEWA CJ J� 1 2' O �. 4'- 0 "z8' -0" i (� m : 'i TREWS CONCRETE P�i� H 17 I \ SKYLIGHTS 22 } / �' �` - '�, ( TYF. OF 3 C� A1.0 I. Z TYP. OF (15) 1 I ( ) n ENLARGED •41, NP N EW LANDSCAPED PLANTER , f TYP. PER 29/A1.0 "co a COMPAr? I NEW CRICKET EXIST. . ROOFING I I I } ( �; �_ TYP. j ' SIDEWALK PLAN j I' ---t TO REMAIN U.N.O. ® - I ! 17' -1' TYP. ! I ' EXIST. RIDG f - -- ,_ _ _ _- _ _ _ — CDI • EXIST. HVAC AC -1 - �- - - - - - - - - C 3 I COMPACT t- -- — 1 C NEW ENTRY TRELLIS UNIT MODIFY � � �1 I _I I BELOW PER MECH - ( } f v, - - I 1 I - -_ {� r I A -2 ° NEW HVAC -.. , t(311: } UNIT PER I z I = J NEW PARAPET EXIST. HVAC UNIT MECH. I l S - NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK 1 , _ / I BRACE T'P. I MODIFY PER MECH. • 1 W 3 ' PER STRUC. , , } I } } a 1 I Y I I } ; I W `° L c�� } } } I STANDARE 1 NEW CEMENT °CASTER I m J i f WALL RETURN TYP. I REI LIMITS NEW EXHAUST EXISTING CONCRETE STEM FAN PER MECH. } -�- EACH SIDE # _ -- OF WORK 6 REMAIN STL RAILING TO : )) i r ( = y ) I 1 NO WORK IN r l G `-' STANDARD 11 i THIS AREA m a ° z ® % %// I I } ' I I 1 ELEVATIONS, SLOPE SLOPE SPOT \ ! - - c SIDEWALK CONCRETE EWALK INFORMATION, AND EXTENT z V T /,� 1 j; I OF WORK. % /•/ // /, %/� i I 1 L x SITE / ROOF PLAN NORTH ENLARGED SIDEWALK PLAN NORTH 01,16..1,-0. 0 1/8 = 1' —O C--) ! 1 116\6 El I Na Off 1EN•CN I I� �I PLANT LIST: _ Y 2" DEPTH APPROVED BARK MULCH, SEE SPECIFICATIONS / on. �,l NAVE CO M NAVE COW DROP F / 3" BERM TO FORM 2,��y ToLERANr WATER BASIN ' _ " »� caws 1 Cab COIX;RIGRYI ::° SMI�BUSH E HT YULTI -STEY 3 YPI X /�.ai -,� •1 I � I � � I I —I� SHRUBS / CRaUNDOXR SPECIMEN / / _ I L ' �/ /� -ill= " __ .3 IfYEROCALLUS WINE TIME' 1 Gal. POINT 24' O.C. x - . - I I 11 1.L1 -111 BACKFILL MIXTURE: ( `� WHODORA arFUSA NOI 1 Gk. RANT 24 o.c. x - 1.k.10,5S• BG OVINE 1 11F I SEE SPECIFICATIONS ✓ UNDISTURBED SOIL L. I i; 11.1 I11 -11 O 12 ww"'°'EP5 'NEWPORT DwAFtF Ha+ 1B x TM...* M 13 51114 TENUISSMU MEXICAN I FEA114ER GRASS 1 GAL. RANT 24' O.C. X f ! I S$ IM MOIR AGER 2 x ROOTBAL - SMM ER AEW1CCf 0 PLANTING DETAIL T DRAIN %` ' i - 4 1 ~ l, �► � KB ' TY nF TUI x aca rA�oA G NOTES: �I \i�1 - ' r+a JUL 2 5 2002 PLACE BEST SIDE UP 1. Existing irrigation to be modified as required. Adjust AND BURY 1/3 TOTAL as necessary. a "�1 '' %" • 4411 NOTE: HEIGHT BEFORE PLACING 2. Head layout in new planters shall be Bidder Design CISrESEo SPECIFIED MULCH/SOD p g �, RE - ARCwTECr ALL SHRUBS and GROUNDCOVERS SHALL BE - /SOD LAYER computable with existing system. i _ / - ALL AT EQUAL SPACING AS SHOWN ON 3. Irrigation system must provide 100% coverage 0 : ! PLANS. TRIANGULAR SPACING UNLESS OTHERWISE - GROUNDCOVER - SIZE PER - • . of all planting areas. ' ' E; RE GO Yrl INDICATED ON PLANS. PLAN. PLANT AT ORIGINAL 4. Irrigation Contractor to field verify and � ke�0 '' - . O0 s T, E OF wA NO 4N • coordinate location and condition of controller, NURSERY DEPTH. water source, control valve box, back flow i 2" DEPTH preventer, and shut-off valve. , T .. ` TPKi VILA SPECIFIED MULCH �' 1 n 6f Y m • • 11.4! � i �, ` I • u J • m ,I n _ , _ PERMIT SITE /ROOF PLAN . Rte! Qc�c "ic .VCAV ��' ; J j� = • — -1 1 �._. SID EWALK PLAN -N.' _ ��;'�1'704 ���.6%;.?14 ;∎:', ,� 11 _ 11 = LI l — COMPACT SUBGRADE 1 ' = 12" DEPTH BACKFILL MIXTURE: LITi -I 1 1 I �� I I 1 1 I I -11 - 1 I -111: TO 95% �r (1/40 LI ; LANDSCAPE PLAN aN' =11=11 =11A = 11 1 1= 11=11 = 114 UNDISTURBED SOIL 1 — 1- 11 — - 4 111 =1 _ S EE SPECIFICATIONS I — , 1 02284.00 aeon, No ,...; 1 JUNE 10, 2002 „r - S: \_2002 \02284 \CADD\A1 -0. DWG PLANTING DETAIL BOULDER DETAIL LANDSCAPE PLAN 0 4:0 " " I NORTH A l .0 PERMIT /BID SET NTS NTS 1/8 = 1 -O „a„ WWI COPYRIGHT 0 MITHUN INC. • I • 4 111m ' OM 'S sMllp a r ri o a we Sus 1 - .* 1 _ MITHUN z .!f OF JAPE atAllEll � I SA-RISE. C < t 1 Architecis,•Designe•s +Planners ROME 3E WA" ' - - 5' M 97 k'n M. gg_30• cr,yp, F#11 �t WAR I • ' � tAIMW�OAiMC EXISTING :77‘.-7,-N.: WNW p � +� -,- . — Z y6 Stitt 200 , 1.4111 1201 Alaskan 'Way > . ^ n 98101 d - - � oi... 3344 1 -_ - - - -- s,- — -- i $ � h0 Ai TFiS AREA 7�5 MATCH DUSTING GRADES AT EDGES_ _ SANCUT MO GR 10 EXISTING PAVEMENT x ,' o . _ T - _ -_._._ __ _ - - __ TO PROVDE SMOOTH TRANSITION_ I . - - - -- - - -- • - - T - _ _ - _ -ti - a Q 2 0 t __ PER DETAL 6 /AL1 PER CET* 6/41.1 © N� - to (2) 114 T ~ " REI .wrs OF WOW • _' Tl'P. TYP CONCRETE CURB CURB AT END OF RAMP EDGE OF CONC. AT PLANTER 16 I j\ 1 1 -1/2' = 1' -0' 1 -1/2' = T' -v i PANT STRIPE ® I I ACCESSIBLE PAWNS , 0- ,,.C�rRe 1 I : SKM� TYP. OF (2) 1 Il 4' TIM .X1910. SCAB ► _ 99.2 ` — SEE 12/A1.1 z y9.79 99.96 4' T!epc _ sus / ! ' r� - SLOPE 1:20 SLOPE i:50 .A< RAMP j 7 y' SLOPE ) 0 ` <2 2 i MESr 1 6• 13//8.4. RADAJS TO MATCH EXISTING 99.05 ' 99.29' S 1:1� 1:50 i 1 � - 3/8' o��eoN wTER 97.50' i, / ��� _ - - J " , l .i :14 AhD SEALANT EXISTING - f / - - i/� . �=- - _1-OLtRR --- - _0.00' J . 1 • 7 (----, '2 Q PE 1:20 • - -? cj ' , • • • —_— _ __ _ _ _ _ N ADA STALL 1 ' i — — — -- — — SLOPE 2% - — - J � - - -- — — — - — — CURB WALL- E7r ° I 1 h Y C-0 SLOPE HEIGHT �' DOWN TO 6' MIN- ' 99 4' DEPTH, 5/11' MINIS CRUSHED ROCK as j 1 - � GRANULAR PER DETAIL 6 /A1.1 - 1 1 I "j 6 CURB 0 REMADE COMPACTED TO 95X OR 98 UNDISTURBED, NATIVE SOIL , i 99.38' i 1 F I TYP. CONCRETE WALK EXPANSION JOINT 1 . 4 • 1 -1/2' = 1' -0' 7 1 -1/2' = 1' -0" , CODE (70 S0. -- e � R CO �\ 1 1 1 - I E ?E DE I . EQ. REFLECTO P RIZED SIGN ' IGNS 'G wMP1 ER y REQUIREMENTS CA I I INCHES MAN.) j D v RESERVED FASTEN W/ (z) 3/8"0 r L,_, �c al o I ARI(NG GALVANIZED BOLTS NM I P 1 VAN PARKING SKI - - - - - - F -- - -- t� ce I WHERE OCCURS r Al� I 5 a ` 2" SQUARE STEEL TUBE CUSTOM BOLLARD SEE 1/A9.1 i t PAINTED PROVIDE .,'i ' r , � END CAP WE LDED TO TOP!/ t /4" ® I I I INHEE NDICATED _ J GALVANIZE AFTER FAHNICADON ON PLANS - NS _ PLANT CHARCOAL GREY 98.72 99.14 99.84 „ 0.00 ,,,,,2, ,,,,,2, SLOPE 1:12 ! SLOPE 1:20 SLOPE 1:50 L_ GALV. 'C' CHANNEL SLEEVE 1-.as- SLOPE 1:20 TO MATCH EXISTING (5% MAX) 98.70' - r/ GALV. 5/8'4 TiRU BOLT ♦� .---- •— 1 I ° SLOPE CONCRETE AWAY FROM I I I I I � 1 y � STEEL PIPE 9 I TOP OF PAVING OR FlNLSH GRADE I r .1' 36' i I n COLD JOINT (NO BOND) TOP RB WALL Q I ,. ` \ � . -- 99.80' 1 12 "II CONCRETE BASE L - - - - - �- - DETAIL A CCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN CURB WALL. SLOPE HEIGHT DOWN o • TO 6' MIN. ® STRIPING NOT TO SCALE 12 MATCH EXISTING GRADES AT EDGES- EXISTING ACCESS HATCH TO REMAIN. I /6\6 NOT TO SCALE SAWCUT AND GRIND EXISTING PAVEMENT PAINT STRIPING PER TO PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION. SPEC. 2' MIN o Fn an Icw.a 6 -0 1 , . • FINISHED GRAD SEE SPEC. SECTION 02511 1 J SAWCUT, TACK AND MATCH 97.30'4 ! EX ASPHALT FU DEPTH - - - - - • EXISTING 98.30 I a , tea T EXISTING _ i E EDGE OF LANDING _ ` ° Q :--111111111111111111, ITYP. moms - it CI. / / � f RAKE CONCRETE a . PERPENDICULAR _ _ i + ASPHAL 1 TO SLOPE = 0 o I �- / SLOPE 1:12 MAX - - UNDISTU PAVEMENT In , / _ ., _ SUB -BASE MUST BE TOP OF GURB WALL r;; COMPACTED TO 95X MAX. 41/6'199.80' I ' ' DENSITY PER ASTM D 1557 � EDGE OF CURB l I BG �_ ! i o 1 3' CLASS 'B' ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT EDGE OF LANDING EXISTING PARKING, PLANTERS, AND ,., o„r,a j 5U: r �- 2' CRUSHED SURFACE TOP COURSE PAVING TO REMAIN 'f � � COMPACT TO 95% MAX DENSITY SS i M rAw� 4 CRUSHED SURFACE BASE COURSE Z �- COMPACT TO 95X MAX DENSITY o R , ,�,�, 12' (MIN) STRUCTURAL FL AS REQUIRED LIMITS OF NEW PAVING Ir. _ W G1Y OF T 1 A SuMi,M OR STING SUBGRADE COMPACTED TO 95 pp DO STING % MAX. DENSITY PER ASTM D 1557 0- c_, U ' ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP ASPHALT PAVING ' ss� EXISTING , �' "' StJt. 2 5 MT EXISTING 4 NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE � +:: i i FILL AS NECESSARY 10 ACHEVE FINISH • 1 NEW • GRADE, USE STRUCTURAL FILL PER GENERAL ASPHALT PAVING NOTES • NE ASPHALT PAVING TO REPLACE PLANTER - - 4111 _ _ _ REGISTERED cENERU PAVING NOTES TOP 2' OF FL • EXISTING GRADES AT ALL EDGES I EXISTING -- ` . A- T ' , SHALL BE CRUSHED SURFACING TOP T. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL ASPHALT CONCRETE MAORI( SHA1 BE PER THE LATEST EDITION IN EFFECT OF THE 'WASHINGTON STATE DEPT. OF I COURSE MATERIAL PER WSDOT STD. TRANSPORTATION STANDARD SPEOFCATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND RUMOR. CONSTRUCTION.' REI LIMITS OF WORK I I � � ► VARIES, 6' INN ► I 2, ALL ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT SWILL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE CH WSDOT /APVIA SECTION 5 -04, UNLESS OTHERIMSE ,- - - -- GRE r 1I MEN PFiAI F NEW SPECIFICALLY NOTED. - � I 1 STA TE OF ASHINGTO 9T.N0---- -� - - -- _ EXISTING EXISTING _ _ (...___ ______' ■ PE n w .. [_ TACK AND pc 3. PROOF ROLL AN) REMOVE ANY SOF SPOTS. PUCE REMOVED MATERIAL STRUCTURAL FILL (sEE NOTE BELDw.) coNrRACraR W O - \ CURB MATCH EX SHALL TEST AND VERIFY SUBGRADE MEETS COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PAVING. - an I 4. CRUSHED SURFACING SHALL Al L BE PLACED ACCORDANCE WITH WSDOT /APWA SKIM 4 -04, AND S1011 MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANDREAN MAIN �` 111.1111111111111111- 11111111111 !oftwo....___ `�Lr -~- � R WSDOT /APWA SECTION 9- 03.9(3)- NO WORK IN THIS AREA AGGREGATE SMALL BE CUSS 'B' 1/2' MAX MEDIUM GRADING CONFORMING TO SECTION 9-03.8 OF WSDOT /APWA. ASPHALT BINDER SHAT NOTES; BE ASPHALT PAVING GRADE AR -4000 AND SHILL COMPLY WITH WSDOT /LAVA 9 -02.1. ASPHALT MIXING AND PROPORTIONING SHALL e %:Ccl \EO -- 1-1/2. MINIMUM COMPLY WITH COOT/APO 9 -03.11• 100.00 = FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FOR THIS PLAN. 2 -0 ca T.IKWILA CIVIL PLAN ASPHALT OVERLAY DEPTH AT TRANSITION 1 1/Y MIN. GRIND 8. BANGUI FULL DEPTH WHERE NEW PAVEMENT ABUTS EXISTING AND APPLY TICK COAT. DF= 1 A) LS -- EX SUBGRADE DEPTH AT MATCH Pair SEE 17/A1.0 FOR PARKING STALL DIMENSIONS AND -EXISTING SUB BASE — 7. STRUCTURAL FILL 51W1 BE MIPORTED GRANULAR FILL MATERVL AND SHALL CONSIST OF WELL GRADED SAND AND GRAVEL MATERIALS NOTES AND LANDSCAPE DIMENSIONS AND NOTES. , , , JI 1 PERMIT CENTER TREE OF aTG R DEBRIS AND OTHER D R T MATERIAL, AT A MG CONTENT THAT ALLOWS FOR THE MINIMUM j / I 02284.00 --- EXISTING ASPHALT 1. GRIND DISTANCE MAY BE GREATER OR LESS TWW SHOWN. SPECIFIED COMPACTION REQUIREMENT, NC SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING GRADATION REQUIREMENTS: , REMENTS � MG ma 2. BID SKIL INCLUDE ALL GRIM COSTS TO NSTAi US. STD SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING BY DRY WT. J OF NEW WOR EXTENT • NEW ASPHALT PAVING PAVING WORK AS INDICATED ON PLANS- 2 INCH SQUARE 95 - 100 L / / SEE PAVING DETAIL 1/4 INCH 30 - 80 % I 1 DUNE 10, 2002 l e) p ca. 1 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE TO ENSURE POSITIVE DRANAGE B _ 50 ' S:\ AWAY AWAY FROM BOLDING (1.0X MIN-) MAINTAIN POSITNE ORANGE AT AL TIMES NO. 200 0 - 5 2 i+l.[cr ,[t.a.t /AM ASPHALT PAVING OVER EXIST, ASPHALT PAVING NOTES ENLARGED CIVIL PLAN N ORTH 0 NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE • •1 PERMIT /BID SET lawman I i COPYRIGHT O MITHUN. INC. • sF 4 4 0 . MITHiiN ......, i _ I G 1 H .....„ /lrchitDects +Oesigners +Pbnrlcrs 24'-0* K"--0* 2K'-O' 24'-0 24'-0" �� �"� Rev G 1H; I I I I 1!201 Way _ _ —...II ... Suite 2 W DOOR FIRE EXiN�Q119ER ROOF OF 1 - - -- t .., — _ - . _ ==- =- _ _ .__ -�-1 1 ` Sege. WA 981m U INFER TO r' OR DOOR LOCATE PER PL11N - (9) CORRIDOR B, LOW 1' -5' r2' -7' } I � . `1 wn X06 6 . ; oo I 16 //f MX 206 623 -70o5 , TYPES & SO1 Dt E PROVIDED HOT WATER HEATER - `i ' f I r I i e i a , N•C. U OR ®= DOOR YN ( PER v aRONDE �'* ,` I I : A-1 .4 ab 0 1 I I ! i f SEISW C STS ' i I WAL.� TYPE WALL BIKE 3 - jr r , iC + ® 1 I I ' hi-x____ TO 25/A7.0 SEE 10/A9.3 PLC HOLDER k -- - _ r_ I PROVIDE SIGN r/ 1 Has � PER 26/A9.2 LETTERS EXISTING RECEIVING , I EXIT DOOR ,L AREA NO WORK .y - i u r' 10' -6 D ALU. "WAIT - NO I ! OAD'�iC AREA 'C REMAIN I THIS AREA IEt E -RArT? WAIL K+(TERNET KIOSK cot I1I� ,�,*, �-� -- F IX IN CLOSET 206 - tC ilr ! J ; E • 1 '' I O E/VR AT ALL TIMES. / i SEE WA._ TYPES * '. F.0_I.0 I i WORK A THIS AREA I I r c"--‘,.----1 PR(MDE 5/8' PLYWD I ,� - 1 ; -- _ = _ - -`= - ` I" 0/ F . 0613 SURFACE �3D �� THERMAL /SOUND •_ TO t8' O' AF.I " ' / +M_C I: OFFICE 'sue: = no � — � RE I RATED t' -0' '' t' I 1 lNSt1iA� • *AL DISPLAY FIXTURE N.I.C. I rosi .., _ ►ao ,i<i� _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ • SEE WA L TYPES __-- ____-: CONTRACTOR PROVIDE POWER /DATA /TELE ��� __ I I m 1 _ 1 PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS $ © I _ 1 rte—, • ilii SAFE F.O.LC• ! p ? ; , - _ - - - - - - - - -•- -• -• ( - T - - -- —'� - — - - � ^t� O S PER MECH. ..,., ; -_ i i I rlriril , 1. FINISH C -' AT A'SLES ARE 5' -0 WIDE TYP. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WIDTH MAY VARY UP DASHED LINES Ir �' =T 3 -8" - 1 -- -- 1 - J 1'01 TO D' -3" MAX . i7CTEND 0' -6" UNDER CARET AREAS. ANGLES ARE 45 DEG. UNLESS NOTED INDICATE 5/8" PLYWD M I s 4'- 0 "x8' -C" HOMASOTE I CLR_ 1 r T T I ` I - _ -.. - -_ -' - - -. -- - - -�� ! CI OTHERWISE. UNDER GWB FINISHED o 4s�1■ •' / . -a _ 18 TACKBOARD F.O.I.C. L y y -- r-r • SURFACE FROM 3' -0' � i OFFICE ,� EX1Si1NG 1-HOUR— —� / 2. RACK SYSTEM F.0 -I.O. SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR GOORDINATKNd ONLY iT WILL BE SUBMIT - ED ' II 203 ) , "" f A TO T -0 • A F.F. UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. F IRE -RATE W ALL • 1 1 IN OFFICES TYP. �i =k I y U i { • - - r-' • I 3. DISPLAY FIXTURES SHOWN FOR CONTRACTOR COORDINATION ONLY. FIXTURES ARE FURNISHED j t0 � *� � ;' + I �� •,•, IV • T T io L, AND INSTALLED BY RE! J.N.O. REQUIRED POWER /DATA/TELLPHONE ARE PROVIDED BY THE 4* r e `-` ! NMI -1.3 : t 1- --I , i "r // I CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL REQUIRED ' - I i OFFICE 10 - - -�_ ) 1' VJ I / 1 ELECTRICAL ITEMS. ° I% ��� ' i ; : � T T____ i i ir1 1 " i 1 T T I i M 1 I I 4. SECURE ALL EQLIPMEN? TO WALL OR FLOOR WiTH APPROPRIATE ANCHORS- __.-�% - - 1 _ I I M .11 1 1 1 1 - - - "4' F 1 , i 5. PROVIDE ACOUSTIC 'NSULATION IN WALLS WHERE INDICATED. I tB ( iD I LINE OF MEZZANINE T - , II� C • ABOVE 6. COORD {NATE WITH DISPLAY BOULDER MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION OF ANY REQUIRED SLAB er x it 'C _ ANCHORS. - - - - - - - F _ _ - I I r� E ta10C F 1 I !-- MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN NORTH -1 �� STeR,AGE __ FINISH LEGEND: 0 1/8 = 1' -0" ' :. _ vL ^CK ttt I - ( , ` I. v - �_ 1 I F L ROOM R �a 1 f� a-1 1_ 1 I I s C -1 GROUNDED &SEALED CONCRETE MCG METAL CORNER GUARD I I , ( 111 • , �' `r HALtWA F �' I I �> C - -2 NOT USED PCG PLASTIC CORNER GUARD $ T- C -3 EPDXY FLR. PAINT SV SHEET VINYL -J CPT CARPET �.-- 1 STAIR ' I i FM WALK -OFF FLOOR MAT ,�_ T , i I 10 ii �a ' 1 lillsHam ; O , , : gin s �� , J _ . -- --� F - --I I EXISTING 4 -HOUR 1 � 1 D mil. 1 FiRE -RATED WALL • m 1 L cc L 1 ii;i017: � (in I C/ O O E i I !i 10 MEN I m ; 1 24' -0' 24' -0' L I (1 ), - I VESTIBULE ' 1----1 -1----1 I i I I 1 24' -0' 24' -0 , 24' -0• ® 1 r , �1�7� - - - I I 5 1 T 1 .___- __- "______ -_ I 1 ' f I ADJ. TENANT - NO I - - -- D 1-- ; 1 T , F -- j I WORK IN THIS AREA I 1 EXISTING 1 -HOUR ' i. 0 - -J ADJ. TENANT - NO RACK STORAGE SYSTEM TYP. SEE NOTE #2 1 I I I I ! • v I 1' -5' " FIRE -RATED WALL 9' 1" 4' 11' 18' -1' 11' -11" I � I 31 T WORK IN THIS AREA �` s I • I WOMEN ® t D , 12 -� ° 1 , 107A 04 I I ' 108) 1 1 I ii 16G �" .TA-1 I --, 6A , F A • 8 Lf GRIDWALL 14 if GRIDWALL LIDWALL � LF GR�WALL i2 LF GRIDWALL 12 LF GRIDWALL G - CG MCG _ — — - — — — i I i i i i i 1 1 I h r �' . [ 1- CUSTOMER �__�__� _= 1== �1== = =3 = = i 10 LF GRIDWALL 10 f GR 1 � I I 114A - - L I i 29 ! ' o- ° 1 -0 SERVICE I o STORAGE EAP IS .103 ,_; C t 0 I A6.0 � ' ` ' RAGE � ) CL o o CPT 16GTO• CPT ^ I kilkigi® - `i 1 o I ( j�04 L ) 1' -11}x" - 3' - �1" I 0 - - __ T RETAIL c� o to MCG I I �, I � , � • a aD _ , � ` }. 1 105) 8 -4" I 14GT6" to �, - - j d , 1 <101B> _ HGT. c a i i/: a J E � r N , - A6.0 ' as • I U ° � � a ' 4 HGT_ `°.. i o 27 I' ir7 U 'Nor - I � U i F - . i� I �U - a 8'_p }cam i 4 _0-'f - 1 ; �? / r i — � REI BENCHMARK F.O -LC. CENTEf� v " J "� r - �+ o o I F.O.LC. J I I �� I 1 c� Z� / CLEAR 4 l li >, ON AISLE, SEE 16/A9.2 i; In * I 0- iA r - -1 I - -1 i CUSTOMER SERVICE > ° C �� (11 $ I ( CASHIER - � ` I I - r o l v " J I I 3- 6 (�I - - -1 ■ i COUNTERS `(P. F.O.LC• 101 ) i -. 7 = ^f - -a J 11 C1 CPT - ., 0 -0 - -- ELEC. BY CONTRACTOR _ I ` -- F.O.LC- " 5' 0 " -2' -0" 5�_p ENTRY TRELLIS SUPPORTS 1 I f 0 'F , I c I -. , BG • AEI { ' ' 4 1 RACK SYSTEM TYP. • 00/111E TYP. OF (3) 1 = ' , � 1 I' - _ --r - • I i I I -i 4 -1Q>� � �2' -O" i N 1 SEE NOTE 2 I I SS e IN SLAB EAS SYSTEM , — — — £_J (.444:, — -- — — — E: — —'�— -� -- - i -Li - - + k — _ -- == _ _ ■ _ i ancn a.lml D �= I F.O.LC. COORDINATE w/ � I — I = . ' - — — — i — - - — — — — '— — W l'i1, I 1 s 7 — Roza nova, Wall._ _ i _ _ RETAIL " ' i ' I RETAIL nao STORAGE I Gn OF TIIKW I • , �' ' I 1 -0" AT © � ► / I • (119) I I J Rpq,ifD �� r ♦ o ® I A= BOOKS I RETAIL w I I N i ( 120 ) I p HGT. 1 jilt 5 I 14' -6" I {r I N - MOVABLE DISPLAY —WI - �� 'I - - - - - - -- - o - - 3' -5" I m.� B o - I i I g ' I I I FIXTURE TYP. F.0.1.0. N I -- - 1- - - I - - - J - — - I I REGISTERED 1 I r i 5 A 5.0 ERED CPT C _ • _ _ _ ._ _ J 1 — - -J-- , / I I I I C T \ - ) Ir 4 � C1 CPT , - - -' -�- r " -�- CLIMBING o f R o 1 4 0 f E -(-., _ I \" ( " / I , , p " s , HGT. 1 I HOT. " _ b ST ATE OF WASHENG Y U -; — _ 1 i F STRUCTURE \ -J �� I I ° 9,_435 ' " h moo, 17 -0"� -� A '•-) N. U ,S' f I � ( I MCG i2 L F SL OTWALL ® 1q — _, o _ I � 4 1A SHOP EQUIPMENT - < f , i o s it ' F E : I I 1 ii ' HGT. TYP. F.0.1.0. a KWI - MOVABLE FITTING — " Y 1 I 0 1\6 ROOMS TYP. F.0.1.0: '( n n 17 0 I I ' 1� '' BIKE LIFT ABOVE ° " " - 'r - SEE 15/A9.2 RETAIL 1 1 i ' TYP. OF (2) F.O.LC. f G ROUND FLOOR L.,_ ` 29 -- - i I 5 -1 7 -7 a " J / " R I ", ` - -k> 1 ♦ ® I I - i -- - - --° 'AIR -- -� © I PERMITCENTER A6.0 / � ' " 4 1 t ✓ 2 - ' �1 �► I 'n -E sHOP 4 I + � I I I PLAN II II 4 p f 1 I 1 - - - A -- Ae o HGT. - • I ° i I `' AB.o _ 14 0 I - J sue. I 1 I 0228 4.00 10 LF GRIDWALL 0 18 LF GRIDWALL I I U L r - ", r r I �„ _ 18 LF GRIDWAII 14 LF GRIDWALL 14 LF GRIDWALL 12 LF GRIDWALL 12 IF GRIDWALL — — 8 LF GRIDWALL — 14 LF GRIDWALL 12 LF GRIDWALL _ — — — 14 LF 1IDWALL , EXHAUST HOOD PER MECH. �°"` "� —_i— 6 JUNE 10, 2002 • i , 1,4'-4" j I -WATER HEATER ABOVE S:\ 2002102284001CADDVA2 -0.DWG ADJ. TENANT NO 1 �_ ") EXISTING 1 -HOUR (tO SINK, SEE PLMB. I ▪ �"�i0°' P "TM WORK IN THIS AREA FIRE -RATED WALL 3'-0"- ��r 0 GROUND FLOOR PLAN 1 Ifyi, 1/8" = 1 ' 0" NORTH A PERMIT/BID SET s COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. r . 6 1 ; • >• 0 ® D MITHUN Architects +Desigr ers +P4anners RD cusao ,r - awac _ t s fi CENTER 'IN 1201 Alaskan Way ,e, & Swat zoc - - _ . _ - - - ;.. , -va Sem ., WA 981 01 11r--2r 1T 206 62 3 -3344 — _ -__ - Y CQ1lIEkS - - FAX 206 623 7005 DISPU► r �� 3 :n } 1 D--- OF MEZZANINE 5 — - - r-i ❑ -� - _ T i ABOVE - - -- , ' IL . - -- —.$-- . —. —.— — .— •— • —• —•— —tom ,jT O , t ' IlD I I _ - I NEW 8x8 wood —/ /13 I STRUCTURE DOJO ?o I -� -- t . TYP. OF ;7) I `10- STRUCTURE TYP. DOOR PER SCHEDULE : j �, r ; �'^ � - � - ` DUST. 8x8 MOOD / 1 p �-- YEZZANItt E.I.R. ASSEMBLY nr o o - STAIR FRAYING PER CPT ; COLUMN 36 HIGH S "- ANDRAL PER STRUC. ;� STRt1CT. ADD 2 LAYER E " DE w/ RETURN i - TO WAL S A? ENDS r at OF CORRIDOR B EYOMC i - f TYPE 'X' MB TO OPEN ; 7 - I. 1 r F LOCKER - Y ') SIDE OF FRAYING. LINE OF DISPLAY I 2 LAYERS TYKE 'X' - T-' I f T.O. PLYMrJ -- STRUCTURE ABOVE. z1 +10' 6 . CM j �� ROpY - --- - - - :11 SEE 6/A9.4 `� GWB AT UNDERSIDE i / e I Attic (' -1- - m : _ _ OF STAR. - = - o i 1 a 7 ' - 5Y' HALLWAY ® Auc Ck +`?, t' s o - - - - - - -- . `" __ I Si _ i j g . (=Ye-) 1 ( t 93 , ' K STAIR ! ' ,1 - ' i Ir r i tom �. , OPEN / i I WOOD BENCH —' I /\ � CPT 3fi' HIGH STL HANDRAIL ❑ " 0 L.' ST ,- ° - - -_ - NDiNC�- - I ; ;: ; Z STORAGE PER 17/A9.2 � •• " 1Iz,? 6 SHOWER 4 „ I . ! EACH SIDE w/ RETURN 11 5' -0° 4 r V.O. ' T14�I I T EXIST. ! 3 c 1 a TO WALLS AT ENDS LR. SLAB - � ` `� fj '� E t I c i u J I • 0 1 l'' � - 61' s X6 OFFICE M CG,I j i , •1 j 1 � - - i, ; EL. -1-0'-0" ( n • ' 1 I ` �. ,'� • (110 i ' 1 4s c, ST 'co 1 ;;Fr I AR �AArING PER STRUC. J d I i , _ 1 , 3 ,_ 8 j t -_� - -- A9.3 ADD " LAYERS TYPE. 'X' CWB PRE -FAB ADA i y I x CLR. j __ 4. TO OPEN SIDE OF STAIR • SHOWER RAM ^ 15, - cr — � � W MAPS/BOOKS 120 NORTH SECTION STAIR 1 DIAPER CHANGING � F — / - - -� MEN 5v �Q�tt� f� , TABLE �.O.LC' t H.C: L it* -r ( I / = l' -0' 1/4' = i' -0' L. —J . I' . `TALL I C_ Ai.0 1 - ' 1 ' o a T f\ FD - EQ. EQ. Jr 4' -E' i 4 SJ •� . ! - NOTE: CUT 4'x8' PANELS IN HALF, 1 3 - • ? - T -06 I �� I ; � v ROTATE, AND BUTT FINISHED EDGES ADA WASHROOM GRAPHICS: t ' t I ■ r^ , ® - �, E_ I o ! W --- FOUNTAIN N TOGETHER LAB SAFETY SUPPLY 7 c - ! . , I EXTEND WALLS TO UNDERSIDE 800 356 0783 —TRANSFER GRILLE z D , - - OF STRUCTURE TYP. MODEL BH-62201 (MEN) TYP. PER MECH. I MODEL BH -62207 (WOMEN) I I 1 al it - -- , - g I - -_ 0 4 11 ) ! VESTIBULE E ,� - � r� 1 I I! o I - - - C 07 I IAMB P -3 4111 I I . I r. EQ. EQ t` 0 in C i 1 , i t r—_ .r, , I _ T -.3 I O P -3 16LF S � �c1 E0. a EQ. Z EQ. EQ. DIAPER CHANGING- r---r` - 5' 3° 3.-1°' ` WOMEN .1-!.• / - ' ENVIRONMENTAL cr R � < • TABLE F.O.LC. -� ,� l 108 ; o CENTER N cr ! H.C. , S TALL � = I I o ° O.' 12) 0 a Oil. 1 6 I./ . I ® ® i t I I +� r 1 k EAST WEST 1' - 11 "� i D RINKING F OUNTAIN - 43 . WASHROOMS, LOCKER ROOM 111, SHOWER 112 NORTH V ESTIBULE 107 --FRP TRIM TYP. FRP TRIM TYP. ® »� ..it ADJUSTABLE WATER - PL -2 COUNTERTOP PL 2 COUNTERTOP WATER RESISTENT WATER - RESISTENT ® HAND -HELD GWB TYP. & BACKSPLASH & BACKSPLASH- GWB TYP. r FRP TRIM TYP. GWB TYP. SHOWER- WATER- RESISTENT 6, -5" I . 'I` 6'_5» 4 JD r = 1' I ■ • . . , 2x3STANLESS P -7 _za- II _ P -8 _ • , UNIT -� — A9 2 ! A9.2 I ' t =c =v �:FNr 1 — 0 D 0 RP- I�RP . + _ _ ___ P 8 - - - 1 RP FRP- u �li o • RP- '•r t �, o • o 0 ® L i L _ , - ' l ❑ RP- • �� = a CITY IIID ltA v - M L_ » VINYL PIPE TRAP PROTECTION/ BENCH. SEE ■ ' NORTH r ° 6 6 VINYL BASE EAST SOUTH SELF COVED �� EAST Sul 2,1 5 Z�� "awa NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST BG BELOW TRIM INSULATION 17/A9.2 VINYL_ BASE SELF COVED '� �'`` ' `' SS IMIXECT MAO" HOLD SWITCH_ BASE TYP. PIPE TRAP PROTECTION/ SELF-COVED " � SMM PIPE TRAP PROTECTION/ VINY BAS �" INSULATION VINYL BASE INSULATION PERMIT cENTER SHOWER 112 WOMEN 108 MEN 109 S ""°� , 0 74" = !' -0" 1/4" = 1' -0" 1/4" = 1' -0" KB ITEM NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION TOT Surface Mounted Liquid Soap Dispenser T02 Lquid Soop Dispenser (mounted through counter) T03 Recessed Sanitary Napkin- Tampon Vendor 32' C T04 Surface Mounted Rol-Type Paper Towel Dispenser tttt T05 Recessed Waste Receptacle REGISTERED T 0 BOTTOM OF TO6 Recessed Roll -Type Paper Towel Dispenser ' 1 ; ARCHITECT 4" BACKSPLASH TOILET and Waste Receptacle T -13 T -13 (3) SIDES TYP. - m PARTITION T07 Recessed Toilet Seot Cover Dispenser. Sanitary If t IF „ ¢ Napkin Disposal, Toilet Paper Dispenser STATE �GREG� 11 3 -6 o o Z , s o e Partition - Toilet Seat — ELEVATION TOB • Mounted flush og Tilt WASHINGT� 1 52" MIN. MIN. _ _--_ J Q MIRROR . 4 , a o a r Sornt Sanitary N p in Disposal, Toilet J t z 3 3 �� _ "' - ~ ° r P O .I.0 ' Cove Dispenser, o o k' o o o Cl FINISH LEGEN Paper Dispenser ® = w o r` - L j p o --- T09 Centered Through wan of Toilet Partition - __, - pi M `_ ' • 0___i 2 3 0 „ 1 - _ i+ a' e Disp pe P e ELEVATION FINISHES, Disposal, To , n , i �� .� INTERIOR /EXTERIOR Toilet Seot Cover Dispe Sanitary Napkin INSULATION I rn I �`� ilt a ensr '\ .- —. �� ` _ _ INCLUDING BASE TYPES T10 Recessed Toilet Seot Cover Dispenser and Toilet "" it' 18 • z Z FIN. RR. FLR. FIN. FLR. -� FIN. FLR. FIN. FLR. FIN. FLR. Paper Dispenser EN LARGED PLANS, _ C CONCRETE T11 Surface mounted - Toilet Seat A i 3' 6" MIN. C RK CORK TILE RESTRM. / _ 18" MIN. 18 MIN. (T07) Sc (T10) ®A.D.A. HT. Cover Dispenser and Toilet Paper Dispenser T2 Centered Th ou Wa T e Pa ti - Tilt GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD 1rgh ll of oilt rtion Toilet / 60" NOMINAL `" N C. (1) OF (T08) 0 A.D.A. HT. CT CERAMIC TILE Seat Cover Dispenser and Toilet Paper INT. ELEVATIONS P PAINT P per Dispenser SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW PLAN VIEW FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW FRONT Vii ( FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW SI TIC LAMINATE T14 M Toil Grab Bar S STAAIN T14 Mi rror with Stainless Steel Channel Frame 02284.00 VIP T15 Mop and Broom Holder WC WOO PANELING E Ica w. HANDICAPPED SHOWER (ADA) SHOWER HOOKS (ADA) DIAPER CHANGING PAPER TOWEL T16 Towel Hooka O Shower AMBULATORY TOILET HANDICAPPED TOILET (ADA) JUNE 10, 2002 ( ) COUNTERTOP LAVATORY ADA (ADA) A ( ) ( ) SEAT CO & DISPENSER (w/ SANITARY NAPKIN SANITARY NAPKIN/TAMPON MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD T17 Curtain and hooks O shower unit Urt STATION (ADA) DISPENSER & WASTE DISPENSER WHERE INDICATED) - ADA DISPENSER (ADA) WD WOOD T20 Semi - Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste S: \ \02284 \CADD\A3.O.DWG TOILET ROOM FIXTURE MOUNTING STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLITY RECEPTACLE SwP S PANELS Receptacle TIM reTM Y VINYL Surface Mounted Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser and 0 1/4 = I - O' FRP FIBERGLASS RM. PANEL Toilet Paper Dispenser A3._ PERMIT/BID SET salmi i L - COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. 1MM ..- _. , , ( --- N. , F , G /II , t J ik L MITHUN ® ,,,„ ....,...., ,__ , ,........, ..„ 4, 24^-0' 24' -If 'i' 24"-o* 4- 24.-0. 'f, 24.-er -I Ardtibects+Desivsers*Planners , - -- 4j _ ____ _ _ _ __ _ .. _ ____ - I _______ _ - ------ [ 1,- __ l 1 I Pier 56 1201 Alaskan Warf _ Suite 200 _ Seattle, WA g8io - ,.... _ _____, TEL 206 623.3544 NEW GUI-LAM ABOVE . FAX 206 623.7005 I [-- ,- 4c= (SEE MM.) I- • , . . Dos' NC RECENING I • _....- ITP. OF (2) * / I C12x20.7 RAI ST IMEA. NC WORK Pi ) I . I (2 , - , -.;.,,,,-'.- . i INS AKA b ! 3X8 IVD MITER 024 O.C. I .1, Ir. , , -, / A9.4 \ _ _ - . I „......-- , TYP. OF (5) ! , I 2;t , I E__ .. -- I 1 - i 7 i - - -- • --..- I X, . ---■■-- - C.1.-' , i _-,. - Ck- ■ , 0 i , • , • - I i I A9.4 I - T - - - - - - - - - - - -,.. - ,,.._ - . - ri _ [ . ° .....___,.. ,:_,_____ ...-....... .- --- 1 - . _ _ I _ , 1 • ' , 1 r 7-- , i , ---% ''' 2 1 1 0 C12x20.7 RAW S . I 1 , TL. ...., ... -.: .. - i I -------------------- . 3x8 W ''''F (2) D R 02 O.C. i - , - . .: - 7: i .•,;-;:%. ../- TYF. OF (12) 1 `:::::-',::1 I c I H i . ____../r_ ., , A4.1 FOR MAIN 1,3 alli L -- _. ---li, - Cr \ .- C.-.4, C., R. ARE RATED SEE GWB CEILING. (2) _ .. 1 --.--" ROOF REFLECTED - - - CEILING PLAN , A9.4 4- - _____N - UWERS -- YPE 'X' GWB -,-. _ TYP, ft. . i : ',71, r---I -1 Cil i NEW GLU-LAM ABOVE - TYP. 1 ' . -- • , T!.3 I (SEE STRUC.) 0 _ - _ _ ' _ ' i =.7_ ■ PUR "I.....,. LINS AND GIRDERS ABOVE _ _ _ ......,- _ - -- _ _ _ - - --7 _ _, I . • 1 - 3 __I= _ I i ,-_,...---,-,- , , 1 i c_+. , -,:,--.----,-:---...,,...;- ..{ ...,,,••■ ez..... I II 111 1 - 7 .'1II -Ili - -® .., __.....- . ,....,..,-..--, ,..., :-.. : ...- - -••---- LINE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE I ; , . I 1 = - • dir' .4' A' EXPOSED TO .:, EXPOSED TO El 1 I, IP i!IIIIII 1 it ' 1 I I 1 ! I 6'-6" lYP. € S -6 . 1vP. Allik =11, STRUCTURE ACOUSTIC CEILING , _ I -- _ : t , - ,. ,,.. . - z., ,- ______ =_- 311 _ _ _ --- - = STRUCTURE_ - 1 - I FIRE-RATED GWB CEILING. (2) _ 7 ..„. LAYERS - ,YPE 'X' GWB I _I 1 I _..... TILES 0 8'-0* A.F.F. , __ -- --- ----- MP Ne PART. RCP @ CASHWRAP TRELLIS 1 -HALLWAY: D(POSEC TO ) J 0 1/4' = l'-0 * Vl A.0 T STRUCTURE . 0 , I =-_- = 0 i ' Jr _ STAIRS: EXPOSED TO , 1 . ., STRUCTURE ABOVE ' 11 1 I I Cie-■:. 013: NYL-FACED (iP:Ii (..... : VINYL-FACED kC .T. 0 MEM VESTIBULE: EXPOSED r I 11 4, 14. 24 24 4' 24 'If' 24 -0" I 24.-0" a Cr A.F.F. , 1 -",-- , TO STRUCTURE 1 1 1 ADJACENT TENANT. NO I - ADJACENT TENANT. NO II I I I WORK IN THIS AREA VINYL-FACED A.C.T. --- IIIII = WORK IN THIS AREA i v E0. t EQ. A „ 8 A.F.F. i 111111 MINI - An J %V I 1 i 1 _._ u _I__ _ 1 ,_______,____________ - -, . . j : - . . --......- OPEN TO STRunRE .. - 1 WALL . to 1 ;2'-0 BRACE TyP 10/A9.3 , . . E I® TRELLIS OVER , .., ___ WALL BRACE PER 10/A9.3 1 1 ___.. j i 1 , Mk ..- - I %11V , 1 _ I .-- _ .,..... - :. CASH AREA - -_--,.---, ...,,---- _ I I I I -DISPLAY I WALL BRACE TYP. - -- - - - STRUCTURE ABOVE SEE 10/A9.3 • I _ . 1 -. 4......_..... - . . _ , - r .. .. - ROOF REFLECTED -- - H I 'I ' 1 ! IN! '' 5111111111 1111111111 I - I t I , ikl-• ..--......-____ - -.--: .- - IC , i __ . ._„ 1 - - - - - - - - - _ - - - -- -- I , k- 5 BG llir r. , , .1 I i , 0 --- '-- - - 7 -I II . 11 . ■,.... POICT IIM.01 ■ = '' 11111111 1111 r 0 SEE A4.1 FOR MAIN - -.- I I 0 SMM ' I - - III M ' -••• - .T_ _ .,.. ----= link VilV . Jill . 1 HI CEILING PLAN I • . „ 14..-, ......-T SMM , N Airk malKB .____= _1111 11 I II 1 . PERMIT CENTE. • Ank - 0110( 1 1 / I-1 a 'w - "--- It I 1111 L I 1 -..........-............ i . HD 1 1111111111 1111111 11111 r 1 I - --- - . J ' ' P. L -=-- - 0 4411 , SEE 10/A9.3 I lo ,.. N.. , \ REGISTERED OVICHITECT I st 1 ' Ili WALL BRACE I Pi ,„..„/ •:. ........-.111 GR •Y IN . - 1 1 I ' ll 11 - I ..ii ii 1, REPAIR SHOP EXPOSED scArE OF WASHING : 1 -.". 1 TO STRUCTURE ■ I I I 1 ,I I _ -- I 1 BIKE LIFT P. OF (2) I I I I F.O.I.C., SEE DETAIL Int 1 ' 16/A9.3 GROUND FLOOR I I I I , I I , , - L_ REFLECTED I , , 1 , , 1 , _ __ _,_______________ ., .,, i 1, I, , 1 i. i ._ _ I, i, i ,......, ., I -, CEILING PLAN _ _ _ _ -_-_ __ __ _ , - _-_-. ILI 'it , - -- - \ ) ,..._.., - ADJACENT TENANT. NO . 02284.00 MUTT 140. ,---............ JUNE 10, 200'2 WORK IN THIS AREA bm, S:\_2002\0228400\CADD\A4-0.DWG - b r I i t o 14. GROUND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EE PIIIXECT WI= "A111 NORTH A4.0 178..1,_0. PERMIT/B10 SET Mal Main . COPYRIGHT 0 MITHUN. INC. ___ a r . .. . - r 0 * . Ie f i 0 0 i'" mmt ---- ,- --..... .,..i.k„), . ,1/4 •k. ' 1,--- ' F , , , ' G , . • ti '..I ("K , 0. MITH U N , . ..,.. , ..._, , , - T ., - 41` 24"-tr If 24'-i• 24*-0* 24 tf zr o Architects+Designers+Planners - - I I I ...1 I I ---, Fier 56 4- ,,.. — 7, 1 : — I . __ _ _ . . _ ___ _ _ - - 1201 Alaskan Way .i. - — ----..=..- ., -1- ' I I ICI ENTRY TRELI I S ' I WA - -- { Suite zoo Seattle, galco _ GLITTER AND I I I I I FAX 206 623.700 TB. 2o6 62 3-3344 5 1 I I i z o n , , . i _ . IFX=I a 4 04G RECEING 7 'I, AREA - NO WORK l i....\\ ,,i r 1 — ® I I I bl 7 ! , IN THIS AREA : 0 CI I . . , ID ri_ I >- s IN , _________I : .e•-• CD I--, I 1 1 I I' IN 1 , . •-- ,-------- I i , - P : : ,ii i • U U 0 r- . . . , -- I 1 - 1. I . _ __ _ - - - — -- - T 4- 1 - 2 ; — - ' , . • • 0 — — t I i . ! I I ENTRY CANOPY ABOVE. - ' CI ..0 \ 1 0 C-7 \ 4 rf- ' 41 p A9.0 ID y1/4 I ii WV a•ROMETRIC . I ----- 1 --- - 21' SEE 25/A6.0 - ------- -- A.%E.MBLV. - RELIEF HOODS (2) 1 - ITh 1------ 1 1 ADJACENT TENANT I I PER MECH. 11.__I , , IL\ J II • ,_,_‘_ 1 , NO WORK 4'4 THIS " I a ___ . 6 IC ', /4" , ID a: 1 / I AREA i 11 . i Z 7 . . I I I iii I EXPOSE TO MST. >- 1 1 I 1 I 1 rq ! in STRUCTURE 11 - H I — — I I ; , • I I I • - - I c...7 ..4, I I :1 0--- _ . - , i 3 "--- NEW ENTRY TRELLIS / 11 I NEW ROOF TOP ti!_ EXHAUST FAN __* ' ' - 1 .. I ABOVE. 1 PER MECH. ' _.---- 11 1 . IDI POSED TO EXIST. - I k I STRUCTURE I H., -.., • 4--- - - . 1 Mr I ate CEILING • I H - ..... ; . , - - . - Ii.-7. - , €::)Tr. 1 i ENTRY CANOPY REFLECTED NG PLAN NORTH TRELLIS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NORTH +e-e A.F.F. 1 I ' ".• -- ' .. .....1.....-' :: : , ;"''-- 1 -..-. ABOVE STARS EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE D ' G 1/ 4 = 1 ' -0" 0 1/4' = l'-0. SHAFTS PER MECH. ----- c a 1._._ ) ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES I 4 I = , I 0 +8 A.F.F. TYP. I fril , , I I so ,-_._ i N R . . 1 I 1 ....--- 1 I EXIST. ROCir- TOP (09 ,) C.) Q I I i . 9.'7; I. .1 HVAC UNIT PER 24 1' 24'-0" 24'-0" '1r 24' 24 ACOUSTIC CEILING TILES --r----1 Ti?. I Cn I I f 0 +8'-6' A.F.F. TYP. _ . " I MECH . i , l C I I I I I 1 I 1 I / ' I I I 1 I IrAk‘ it i-...! 1 . I I WOMB ' I .4 .,. -- — - - I. - Fr . 4, ill - 1 - ', 4 1 Atililliiii® I'l 1 1 .‘ i 1 I • , 1 I I i 11 I I . Ala W . I ,I. I 1 . .11 ADJACENT TENANT - - _ I , I NO WORK IN THIS --- 'I I .-7 ---- I •. i i -1k ----1, NO. DATE BENSON / / I li I /I I NEW 4'-0"x8' 0' ! I ', 1 Ar;rEA 1 ,, 1 \ i \ 1 SKYLIGHT TYP. OF (15) I , 1 7 \ - c° \ , , Ili) -- I ' I ; ' ----- i- ==- / _ I I • ', 7 TYP. I I I I III 4'-0 TYP. I 1 I I I I - - I I ! I 1 i ! 1 - , EXIST. ROOF-TOP I : I I NEW ROOF-TOP I GIRDERS I I DST. WOOD --..- I I HVAC UNIT PER HVAC UNIT. MODIFY 'MD. SANDBLAST. I! ; 1 II MECH. PAINT P-8. 1 1 ---■••■■•■■--- , I.- i -4-- I . , I PER MECH I , BG iirilI - .____ _ i E: 1.-- ec l \ I I EXIST. WD DECK -EXIST ROOF-TOP HVAC - 4 - : —.4-_- _ — ' — - ' — - 1 -- -- -- -- -----,, 1 II I ,, ; 1 14: r \ 1 li : 7 , 1 / i — 5 \____., ss WOOLC TYP. SANDBLAST TO UNIT. MODIFY PER I ''' 0 / T ,t ' '' ; , SMM . BARE WOOD. i MECH. PAINT P-8. : 1 / Four mourn i . I — ..., .-.--- r , I i v - i \ -- SMM - — CI, I, iKT4 k 0 / 1 I - T jal. • \ \ / II \ MAIN I \ , \ [ , -■ / -.... _ KB DUX gik I I , t --.4 I . 1 ■........■■■■■■44m--... - I ' 1 ‘.. • . I I : , I I H SKYLIGHT FLUSH -' EXIST. DUCTWORK. — - --- , .-4 WITH GIRDER U.N.O. PAINT P-8. ./' 6'-8" ,, _e'-9" I I NOTE: I I ONLY RETAIL AREA TO 4411 4 : I t LA : . ' ZVI WU PRIM" , 1 I I I I ' r - RECEIVE SANDB AND PAINTED DUCTS. STING . 0 1 LI-1-' , ...) , I I - DUST. WD PURUNS i I I I I ....,..- '- _ f 1 I ../ 119. SANDBLAST. I I 1 I :. I ARD-spE ,R \ , STATE Of. WA SHING Ory 1 ! - -- 7 ' , 7 1 , -7 ______ ----- •. , / , , , , , \ I I , \ I \ , , ___ , a —4 I , ----- -- , I :*-- MEZZANINE MAIN CEILING HUNG BIKE DISPLAY — A - I . RACK TYP. (4)F.O.I.C. SEE NEW ROOF-TOP ROOF REFLECTED I I 1 I 29/A9.3. VERIFY LOCATION 'N/ EXHAUST FAN I I ' , REI PRIOR TO INSTALLATION PER MECH. CEILING PLAN ___ _ 4 ,,.. 1 --- — , I _ ' LI_ _ f t)) I _ - -- _ - 1 - - I - ,--,.- -- - -- t --7 " ---=-------- -------= - ---- - - --- - - - - 7 - ® i — - - -- = - -- _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - f - 1 I I I 1 02284.00 RO= . 0 () ad.. (0 ti.,4 ED NO. JUNE 10, 2002 bsn S1_2002 \0228400\CAD \A4-1 . DWG i PROM NINON PAM MEZZANINE / MAIN ROOF REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NORTH A4. 1 0 1,8,, . 1,-0' PERMIT/BID SET NW WWI COPYRIGHT 0 IA ITHUN, INC. • I I — ' — - - - -- — . _ . - . . . . ' '. - ... . . ..._ . 0 • .. o -4 6 ... MITHUN (2) EQ. SPIAL S A,di eects+Designers+Pl•nners in Vjr EXTERIOR PAINT FINISH SCHEDULE Pier 5 1201 Alaskan Way _. r. I i e COU R DEEP RUSSET 1264 Sea WA 9a'toi �' s �--� AIR: Ip T1` .6 623.kµ FAX 206 623.7005 :o 0.- III - SINNED 4x4 TYP. CD cotot NOBLE MAY /1485 ' e �- - millM111111 IFR: ICI ^v . - - ! P-9 COLOR: •O.AVE 1596 v �, %/ FN. GRADE EXIST. CI. NEW CEYEr+T EXIST_ ADJ. fill TENANT RD I MIS SIGNAGE N.I.C. PLASTER VIAL R_, LIES TENAMF +r0 WORK of WORK SUBMITTED UNDER , Oi woRK , NO WORK IN WOOD LATTICE 'NIS AREA SEPARATE PERMIT. 0 NEW w00D STL z TtYS AREA 401 NEW POWER 9Y CONTRACTOR --t I ENTRY TREWS 1/4' = ,' -O' it' I +36' -0' A.F.F. - 6 tg 22' -6' 4- 14' -7 1/2' ' 1 • T NEW I - A9.0 R.O. FIELD VERIFY ' ) =~RAPE ' j I ( f } R.O. FIELD VERIFY 1 �. +2B -o' AF.F. 1 I ' ! 4' -0 , 2 -. 11 , 2'C `3'- 11 1/2 4 " — 0 , 2 z'- •� 4 ! a d al I F-6 1 I __ i / � / 11 1/2 0 1/2 I , 1 I In' I / / ' 0 EXISTING STL ' i I n n n n n I ht t o n i n n 1� 11 t• 1 CANOPY. CUT ® • :if PER D1.1 ® P -9 _ i , 7 j -- i A9.� / I. P -9 - - ^ ' P -8 ° ■ I t As.t 57I/.d O 1 Cn 0 < i t 1 ---- . - _ ; o n II I t I• GL -1 i GL -1 GL -1 I GL -1 GL -1 . > ,. i , ; 0. NEW RECESS / — I J e I t �r © c� 1 _, © - o O. S11. CHANNEL - �^ I � ' W l I LL +9 -9 A.F.F. e 1.1 ?,� v I �I "`"-I" N' i ' I 1 _L' !h!IIf1I' - GL -1 GL -1 GL -1 I G -2 GL -2 , GL -2 L___ i` NEW WAL.. MOUNTED ' P -g A9.0 I 1 5 L EXPOSED NEW CONC. I ® �] C�JI AA WOOD LATTICE TYP. CURB TYP. ALUMINUM ®' L— EXISTING 0 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALL r v I OF (2) SEE 12/A9.'. STOREFRONT ® HANDRAIL TO 0 OA GLAZING SYSTEM TYP. GLAZING SYSTEM TYP. (� 1 LIGHT FIXTURE CUSTOM ENTRY GLAZING SYSTEM REMAIN I TYP. PER ELEC. DOORS PER 24/A7.0 D ® WESTELEVATION TYPES S v_______, 1 /8- _ ,' -o' i cP e O 2.1 3 4 c) 6 Cii) EXIST. ROOFING SYSTEM TO REMAIN - OP OF r t XIST. ROOF ELEV. FIELD VERIFY f f ,,r.,. — - - � - I f. .� - [ _ a� ` ;, u t �. .. . ROOF i ; EXSIT. 1 -HR ' ' " ' ` � •5 -: �' . EXIST. 1-HR. tiZr .� , t s ' FIRE - RATED STRU WD &DECKING FIRE- RATED ; z i'"�� DEMISING WALL ' OFFICE TYP. SANDBLAST. j r�, ,DEMISING WALL; " , "^"&45 � r 3 t �-�-- (SQL (y' ;. ak MEZZANINE r= * � n nx ti � • , ' �...� r.a; ' 'l �'kr'1'•- l � 1= `'4.f- ... `?' y . Z. ,T. ELEV. +10'-6" <, . , < } h c .s sa hs s .,:.;,,1-4 . r -•^ y i t} '�" �.i ma t ' 4:; • ` kA 's ue I mo t ' 1 o-`� • . AD,;. TENANT - NO rt �� j �q 4 ,-----:,.t,' `WORK N THIS AREA s 5} ~�� I� _ : STORAGE RRID;R LOCKERS OFFICE MEN WOMEN RETAIL + ";ADJ. TENANT - TOP OF :. ;� "� /, ^" ;' n , � i „� "�^ i � ffllll oo ME 113 _ f 111 1 f 110 ® ( 108 N EXIST. FLR. SLAB iL ti %� a --u ° 1 : - I _ - i l 6 HIS AREA P d - _i ELEV. +0' -00" aa. =- .- -- ` .,u?2 EXIST. FOOTING EXIST. CONC. SLAB BUILDING SECTION N DU11 0 -1 1 /e" = ,' —o' BG PAPA. a SS PIID.EV YNIAGER SMM a ® 6 (9 O E F G CD) MM I 0 lAWI iiii.,), TOP OF I KB JtgM1TCENrER mot ELEV. +36' -0' CITY .': __ 1 ,kiL ' , ..T It 4 ' ;-- TOP OF r--)/.... w„ EXIST. ROOF n _ _ _ .,=., R REGISTERED ELEV. FIELD VERIFY A - J i F * � WASHING ON EXIST. WD ROOF:" ' ^,fir., I STRUCTURE &DECKING 'i?y�+'',ysf```''` "' // .' r�+., ���'S1a -ter I TYP. SANDBLAST. s; , ��,,� " t , `4 7 . , III NEW ENTRY TRELLIS EXIST. WD COLUMN TYR � � w �� .,5. BUILDING ELEVATION, SEE 25/A6.0 SANDBLAST. MAPS DISPLAY STRUCTURE, .._14, � �� ` �'` � L `7r� SECTIONS, WINDOW SEE 6/A9.4. RETAIL R ' AIL o 1 T RETAIL BOO . F ` 510F` ADJ. TENA NO TYPES OP OF ® ® ® O N WORK IN THIS AREA i XIST. FLR. SLAB Ma °° / K �� ���,� s „ i 1..ft)(:)a......., 1 ;, ijk : • N �. 1 2284.00 II ELEV. +O' -00" 1 I 1 r I \ u ti ^ ti.� r :,, _ : "' EXIST, FOOTING EXIST. CONC. SLAB DU NE 10, 2002 S:\ _2002 \0228400 \CADD\AS -0. DWG riot ; KM. PAN 0 1/8 = l BUILDING SECTION A5uO ;ERMIT/BIDSET COPYRIGHT O MITHUN, INC. • a • r ' L. e 1 tits• MITHUN 1 Architects,- Des _ grrers-.Pla n Hers Pier 56 1201 AJn way Suite zoo Seattle, WA 311101 in 206 62 3.3344 FAX 206 623.7005 /'1 iG 05t-'1 Z 1 0 i ff 1 �! _ _ - _ _ - - - - T.O NEW PA RAPET I ; �\ T. O. NEW PARAPET a ____$ ® C� Li j EL +36' 0' , � = I - - - EL +36 -0' , Z , - f ^\ • 24 NEW PREFORMED EPS CORNICE SHAPE Ink I I, • A9.0 I 1E.: -/ I �� °:? ^: 1 NEW PREFORMED EPS CORNICE n ' 1 , U�J �:� I SHAPE NE1N PARAPET ASSEMBLY: NEW GALV. PARAPET BRACE I IREVEAL i 0 g , I TEXTURED CEMENT PILASTER o/ SELF - FURRING MTL PER STRUC. 1 . A NEW GALV. PARAPET BRACE - LATH o/ (2) LAYERS 34 BUILDING PAPER o/ 1I) J __P_1.) PER STRUC. I 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING o/ 8" MTh STUDS PER 7 • ! / STRUC. o/ 5/8' GYPSUM SHEATHING o/ (2) I LAYERS 301 BUILDING PAPER o/ SELF -FURRING NEW PARAPET WALL ASSEMBLY URRING PER 25/A6.0 t� I L____.1 MTL LATH 0/ TEXTURED CEMENT PLASTER ,� ^�� ill © 1 -T - - - E - +28' 0 — mly +� w , C — , D PRE -FIN. MTL CAP - `/ I - 1 - -- 1 ♦ -�i 4/ NEW P4RAPET WALL ASSEMBLY i �` I I I �� I I ® I ♦ ' PER 25/A6.0 // I 4 4 1 4 I T.O. EXIST. ROOF SI M ' 1 I T.O. EXIST. ROOF s .�. . �• » te r: rr, r. r .� •;$.:-:.;•.-.,k4,4.43. r ...•or... r, . `:::.#�'e.::a.3 - - - EL FIELD VERIFY ,• f. .:� :a. rati. I r :4 : r � . • . Wit;: 1 S ✓_ • lr . .. • 4.....)...;#:+:.:•:•:.:-:.? . , r• � „ 4'4r '� r , +,. r.; +?� .�► - E ; � \ r s r.' EL FIELD VERIFY I 0 ' ♦ -.— - - - - ) _ �. �> --‘-- _ -'� _2= • ' _ _; ” -_ � `.. _, i t iii 1 ; . i - _-_,: ., I )) EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBLY ` -- EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBLY K ' _ ® _ EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBLY -e NEW DIAGONAL BRACE { _ -.at __ -_- g K ' EXPANSION - B.O. GLULAM BEA ' ' ' i .. \ JOINT _ • PER STRUC. _ � t— __ l il‘ 1 EL +20' -6' ; • . _ Y ® S NEW STL BEAM PER STRUC. 1 ° t i _ l - Ark _ - I - -_ i , \_ _ WINDOW HEAD 1 NEW CEMENT PLAS WALL ASSEMBLY: r , - - EL +20' -0' - �I �! ; ' SE NG MTL PLASTER o/ . LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC. ,; LATH . ° . • 0/ (2) LAYERS 30# BUILDING PAPER J - . . o/ 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING o/ 6' MTL STUDS PER STRUC. o/ EXIST. 'N '` ' ) !_ NEW CEMENT PLASTER WALL ASSEMBLY: CONCRETE WALL o/ 6" MTL STUDS 5-1/8"x15" GLULAM POST TYP. OF (6) I t ] TEXTURED CEMENT PLASTER o/ EXPANSION 24' O.C. w/ R -19 GATT INSULATION SELF- FURRING MTL LATH --, / ■ JOINT w EWE 1.1201 I P CEMENT PLASTER BEYOND - a o/ (2) LAYERS 30# BUILDING PAPER -' r ‘ 5/8 GWB - f • 1 )—•- COILING SUNSHADE PER H-" STUDS w/ STUD BRACING PER STRUC. SPECIFICATIONS ' o/ EXIST. CONCRETE WALL o/ 6 MTL ` ` STUDS © 24" O.C. w/ R -19 BATT NEW ALUM. STOREFRONT i K r . , ■ I INSULATION o/ 5/8" GWB GLAZING SYSTEM T'P. . I _ I STUD BRACING TYP. PER STRUC. LINE OF EXIST. CONC. PILASTER BEYOND - 'J;: I WINDOW SILL / • ,, —_.. � - .' REVEAL 1 7. '-' 1 I 1 1C) oa fad ( 1+ - T.O. GLULAM BEAM =gl I EL +11 -0 ,E- j, - , ^ I - 1 ., • �_ I T.O. W5x16 16 BEAM - 1 - ' ', < ♦ BG N..?„,_ __Jo % --- Ti. +9 ' -9 " _ I - C EL +9 ' 9 ' ' • = - - - - • EO. +9-9SS S S es ♦ � Wait / ♦ :f � ■ � �� PAINTED W5x16 SMM .vita ( 1 CANOPY ROOF ASSEMBLY OVER ENTRY: r ` ® LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC. THRU °"°� "'°""' tra > - ` I SMM T- PRE- DRILLED HOLE IN CHANNEL WEB :1 N CEMENT PLASTER Wk ASSEMBLY: =Rnti ? CENTER CORRUGATED MTL ROOF PANEL o/ ROOFING FELT °""• I. TEXTURED CEMENT PLASTER o/ KB • LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC. o/ 5/8 PLYWD o/ TAPERED WOOD BLOCKING o/ I K , STAINED 3x6 WOOD DECKING o/ 6x6 WOOD BEAM ,- -< • • 1 , 111 SELF-FURRING MTL LATH o/ EXIST. 'RI 0c T EMO* I ; �- _` , , • .. r CONC. WALL PANEL o/ INTERIOR FURRED Af 0 2 "A GALV. DOWNSPOUT. RUN DOWN BACKSIDE • ;j - WALL JUL 2 , ""2 9 r; ' OF GLULAM POST. SLEEVE THROUGH CONC. , PLINTH de DAYLIGHT THROUGH NEW CONC. CURB L ® EXPANSION JOINT FILLER i 4411 0 PARKING - , MA TE RIAL w CAP & S :: j NEW WALL - MOUNTED WOOD LATTICE '" " ' - REGISTERED -- I i • / SEALANT ARCHITECT CUSTOM ENTRY DOORS PER 24/A7.0 I I — \ � , N E N C O N C P A V E M E N T S L O P E MIN. 1/4" PER j-- -- I • �_ _ / / �; ;o o � I FT. AWAY FROM BUILDING ( I NEW CONC. PAVEMENT. SLOPE MIN. I • - _ ° a J t I 1/4" PER FT. AWAY FROM BLDG NEW CONC. PAVEMENT. SLOPE MIN. WARD • GORY II J I ° :'1 I . ...I 1 /4" PER FT. AWAY FROM BLDG s rArE of wASHi roK EXIST. CONC. FLR. SLAB \ I T.O EXIST. CONC. FLOOR SLAB EXIST. CONC. FLR. SLAB 1 T.O. EXIST. C ONC. EXIST. CONC. FLR. SLAB I o - ' _ _ _ _ _ ',1 j o FLOOR SLAB ` . `\ T.O. EXIST. CONC. �- A EL +0 - —T r O FLOOR SLAB I �% 1 • I I I — �1r-- • LL .. ". - ...m�: - _ WALL SECTIONS s • - j . ._ , ,.,. :,., �. fir,._ ,t• 7, • •. c � ;`- .., • . ,� rl. . r '� -.. ` ay . ... . _ F r. ; �'. �r`. , � . . ,/; J�' ' . p • . °• . •o `p •• ^ 'o_ g, �^ �'.r• .Y :A,F�c �L 1'1� - ; ..�,•.:,•�,•: •�, •� \ __ I - _- _ _ 11 .. 1 t - i• =-� = O —;! : : ��,, c� ;f.,. ���. � •. � I , i -- + 5 .� j � i ii r } �� �� '� O � - -_ •c o, a o.•o } • •o �ij � � 1f III Di1 flit _ — - m� I — _ . ! FILLER MAT ERIAL — _ — — E — _ +i NEW CONC. CURB & es �_ �.- L� UIN 1 1 IIII il : elll�� = c _ 1 '1' _ 1 = EXPANSION JOIN _i' II I= 111L - II(II�IINtl�llt l81I {I1 III I ' i 1 1111=111111 � = 111111 = 111111 111111= 111111 11111 - 'l !'!' : = — - '` 0 III _ � _ _ �lll . _ .I FOOTING BEYOND PER u -- IN111 =�81E u111=8N11 1111 I I ___ _ — _- — R'` { � 1111_Ilii � 111111 _,N ' � . STRUC SEE 15/A9 0 SIM 111111 I- 111111_ {_ _ H ; EW CONC CURB & I I Ai !-= . {E01111 - - 111111 =1111 IM =m — 111_111111= - -. . _ _ E—_ ..� . j I I i I II IH�I !� — 11113— IIINI_ IIINI_ Iiltl�- 111111_11111�1 = 111111- 111111— IINII= � � . —11 = 111111 -11111 ,.. - � I — _ _ — ° , IIII mI _ _ t - — _ I .1 II�11TI _ I �111111>��I 111111 1 11111 - 111111 _ I IC — IINII u a 1111 -' —' "= — s = s �, - — nun•,.•.• — — — -�. Ih - - 1 Pi ll � � J UNE 10, 2002 uuu MI nun - M '�1 - — II i II —° _ ' `_ ER III , III11 r ' U! ?L! ��, � • S:1_2001\01365\ CAD\A6 -O DWG ..1laolnlc,pu -atu1 111111 NI I L ' - • =. " 1al'• EXIST. CONC. FOOTING e�_ EXIST. CONC. FOOTING WORM ,AM EXIST. CONC. FOOTING 1 SECTION @ ENTRY TYP. SECTION (ii) @ CEMENT PLASTER TYP. SECTION @ CEMENT PLASTER A60 . 4/0 PERMIT /BID SET 1/2" = 1' -0" I COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. • 0 MN R & 7 RAVE SC - LE - RE: 50 CENT 'R ('JKWILA" WA) 4:: 9;a, - M,►' =_a RD s aI1IEBe �� MEW IC WPC >� MITHUN a FINS- SCHEDULE LEGEND aOOLICT SPECNiG>rNoN • At e le 2 -' S mae6 ' -3V4• urn wow Imp C 'b . d4 . lick Ss 5600ir�iee,e r 'se = 2 Sox a ' to it • oe anOMM r. mow s� C a 'Ace ,; ere Ie IM et ! mi. " Aber flrlaow C.siiwl Poet I ac i a0 I� ! OCE> BMOC WI x e> o''re9e• Seecfmraee Toter ! for loom Dmet 3 NM AtCl uDects+Qiesignerst Plan nttrs Ile 0E9E IOY 4 FP* x 7lwaa 9 SecSaw Tao Scaesed It ice; - 7 poop & arms Wow 2 W°AD IMO NE le SOO ONLY C an 1%--V 4 Alf. SONER SAL 5 AA one awe m se said -amo meoradfes mom Dourer acme I #Mn m aese * tree "gee "! /Vi MC 2t/!' 3 Ier mseoiaa WE' SWIM 6t11dC S6 I Noise ice* * ; V rare • . : C Swat 24-16. 3 ROB W S3 AMEL ! MLR IOWAN Off- 'IMMO! INIRD EE BE Q1 -1 Ca KS/MO o 1 flAi 6 „ ? •32 a hQrg wee JO wererea ' -C - '<wl..e rea+r Pais C = r lr3ea L111 - ltlooe taw. 66L ER 11:9SV T 'f68 A' MPS =SET le 131/10W 1114-5. IOU O Lass+ NW em M t201 Alaskan Way Suite 200 IOU Igoe Amur •rvsra Spctle, WA yatot ISM1 51fET Segos NNW 7!1 206 6213344 WE = Eke :At "C _ snPaat Gherrq 96-1 164. HORS' C. G1otAflEa odloaETE ./ Caen xis'�61LfrEt etto FAX 206 623.7oo5 • Poore AManriefertr ; ti= 1i�r•t -u +coat CO = CGros • ao.•; SSE = Skew Ct = mem A = Acne:. i e Fx �+ S<AED =OEM REPLAN it; ME E Semen 0167E 10 _ Owe sour - noire o < S • O l e a n y spec lee sans dears < 15 is `« ecri+o• m o s . +SMle t for mud doom !-t IN-. AQ116011 E 1 C 3 (POW F DON PAW Cmor &Mx IICC -40 (4 • Siff; 4` :.Aw ow S DORIC MOM CELTIC/9EIMS SMOSAST D r f GM3 NF B WD / P-5 ES 58 : 1s-2 fC- 1Q? USED sr_re ocuesex aectrt *it .c- «+a. eaanot see eeerfos tar twr .rornefa. �� Coo, 2 Moe see a ties prayed TWr AOPPE I 3 fnooa'�P e,ete I R00R I OISE E "'AS I � * -� 4 Cmor. P-t!3 EtAOC 910TH jt6C fwd .�p 4 Emergency Ac`eaelre *come hnc6on 't cane_ 1 e �� YraA s? rw -indl Mary - - - -T - - - ( 6 '�0e� ]am aq! OdjOaaR 'Y �t6 ,7CC1R NUS NE1AAh t K DURING ILORS` (Yon scary dwsj VW T �N f SIXTH a S' 5 + - - -- t 4YAP15 (B-4 ,101 (1E } !Doer Btxtc 40 6 ` +9 err *sr 1 _ 16-5 l Ytr 6DPPE 6 E mar. Pc irn Potat/ to ` a, rtes ^so* rte ':creec•c to req irec. - 1 ' ' care make door «octet«. 101 OASIE CPC C -1 NB W-1.) GiE P -12 _ 4 EiB - -� P-5.3 Es s • ` ` Caro.: P -lm 6tAdt - at Ua m 1 - sN26YE 1 PAC c -1 RB RD-1 MEI NF 1 j!8 YE i AB If 616 if ES SB ' t13 CUSTOMER CPC C -1 NB RB_ 1,3 R IAJK!iC (MINCE Sslcn 06/02. nr ' WP -4 If - FMB P-12 ES SB . -1 1Mc FOCI ' kw kw Woe. t^ \ ' r '04 FETAL CPT CPT -1 iB RB-1,3 AP -4 /G>E y N /P - 13 f :JCR E S SB _ � P Cat«(1Frieet SUEDE CNt1EIh FIRER AT107 -S 1 . NG DOOR .AF � was +,w.s ye > _ '0 � F EW. CPT CPT -1 N8 E6i -t3 ilp 4 !f dB' P ES SB L -2 ler 6E11AWR ,Areasci aten c* *RAYS i1 MIAOW - L16 P-3 t ES SB Cab. /frier RIfOc VORTEX TEXTIRED VIZ-6 -r • Section ortrt p,ort siet sr� x 4 TYPE ® F!i ; t![E 'Y°E YAYL © Cdr GRP MAC =so? TNNE9t +.. m ua,ED .aoNC C 1 NB NB 1 ca66 P-3 GAB P 3 tale P-3 09900 - VIA Pi 3 x e•-. t pm v2 S-1 :AM A tIC ® ©0® 111® ©0® - x Q�Q� 7 P&G 5. Atom 106 ',OMENS 9i SV -1 1B RB-4 FRP /GWB - - RP- 1/P -7 COB P-7 t P-7 FF _j P /GOB F P -1/F -7 ' ACT _: NE 5-1 RESEW/GIVE 101E1 I -r x = A ' 41, • P -5 i - IA w 0 Q�©��YA6.0 '. 3. 7 . - 101 WENS SV SV N B F P-4 C1r2 P-7 FRP /cw P-7 GMB P-7 F TT - RP /�B FIP -1/P -7 ACT If i FlI t @! CLEAR COAT 3' -e x -O B W0 P-12 I TG A ; Pb Section 09900 } _ } O® �� taus 70 oFFxf cPr CPT-1 NB RE I-1 GOB - P-2 G1B P -2 GIB P-2 GWB P-2 _ ACT NF • 10714 ;4'- O�C7 -0 x A AI P -8 - -� } 1M I O ( 2/1492 2/1492 ttt ',DOER ROOM CCMC C C-2 N8 RB 1 (769 _ P-3 C19 P -3 MB P -3 G11B � P PAHi '.078 -0" x 7 p' G< �P-8 •G IA !w 'P-8 ' - �Mal - X t 119.0 ' ' /A9.0 t12 'S 'SHOWER OMER SY SY t RB RB-4 p9 _ P -7 FiP;GNB ■ FiP -1/P -7 FRP /G16 FlP -1/P 7 PP P-7 ACT If -' P-i Coo IMMAJO 11447 Sir 1123 fly O 'L18 3' -0` x 7'-e ;A ITC 1P-A - A t'I P-8 - HN -t0 - X 1 /A9.0 1 /144.0 21„1/112 Lamm Pum/Ptl 191494 113 CORRDOR CPIC C -2 RB RB-1 GOB M 0B I NF 0I9 w MB Mfr. Sherwin Moms I( 7' -0` ' A f WD I P-8 - A I w P-8 - -' 0 - Mt- 174 X + /149.0 1 /145.0 21SA92 taelael oua4/arl o7.911 o7.911 STORAM CONC C -2 011B/PLY if G16 /PLY NI EX E GOB/PLY W ES I If i 'O9 3'-0' 4 � P -2 aor WMSCfaPe 709 40Y160/1G3 office r' CPT-1 R9 RB t s 10 3'-0` c Y 7` • ! Ei 110,/::,, P-8 TG ' A . P -6 - MI- '5 5 - - 1 A9.0 1 /08.0 - toast I 115 STCRAC,c CPC C-2 1P-4 tf GI�B/PLY if EX If G1B/PL T !f ES 58 I Mtr IC _ i i I1 ' I + x 7' -+ 'f 00 G P -8 TG 'A 0-3 - A r - 116 RETAIL CPT CPT-1 RS RS a if 1 I1P-4 GOB P- 5 12 GW P-5 ES 58 P -3 Co t« IOIETiC x1fA10 SA1t31 T /f 1� • 112 .3' + x 7` -r ! A At P -3 - 1� ©�l0 ' -8 _ X v � : r ® 21 1492 4 117 IREPAR SHOP _ PVC C 3 RB R13-1 GWB P -7 GWB 61B P-7 P -3.10 L1B GWB P -7 P -12 G1119 11.-7 ES rf SB Yfr. P-4 Color Sher* 16i«tia ((� )i 178 T -1 RE R13-1 OSTRICH FEATHER 1413 -3 recd r 71314 3 0` , / -0` !A Nlp ; P -B A P-8 Mk FiW " 20 X X /119.0 1/149.0 Atom 1 �yy � RE REAL CPT GPT f - b 1138 ,1117, ,1117, 3 C x r -0` � A P -8 - A P-8 INN ' MI- 11 I X X '/149.0 f' /149.0 - Alarm -� C PT-1 -+T - Z 12C YAPS /EIOOKS CPIC c-1 RB t ES E t Wr . . _ 114A I PR 2 x Y -0 YFR - I - A P-8 r1N 7 i - - 2/1491 1 2/A9.2 Elam 7C-11 - Elam - P-5 ' Color OLD REDWCAC 160 rdo7 Iredc m r = 7148 0' 5 x 10' 0` H SR 20 YIN. 1 HN - - - 4 1492 Pam*. OH Wog Boer ' 122 CPT (0'T -1 RB W.r. IC1 721 RD,* CPT CPT -1 RB RB 1 MB t P -3 0119 P-3 I E5 23 r }( 1 FS 58 P-6 Color cap RUSSET 1 W j� y j 1140 3."-O" 3' -J• x 7 -0` A WO P -8 - A P-8 - 20 MA. 1 H1Y -12 1 - X 1 /A9.0 I /A9.0 - 1, 3, alarm RB-t 3 123 hiNIVIAY _ CPC C -2 RB RE1-1 GAB P-3 GWB 1 P -3 PE P -3 GM ES B P 3 S8 B 0 - - 115A ' x 1' -0" CO - A P -5 i - - - 1492 Comet - Co • 1 1158 : x •t � 0 A � - - 2L_ 4 2` -. x t- t .1 wD /G- ! S -' ' L& I A , FAi �0 - HO-6 - - � � - �� GW ''•�' 201 OFFICE CPT CPT RS FIB-1 -1 MB P -2 MB { P-10 GGIN) P -2 MB P-2 ACT W SEE WO- 25 Mfr. I n P -7 Color. WF[TE ON OWE ' 016 - y � 202 i OFFICE CPT CPT- . RB RB-1 B P -2 GWB P -2 GAB P-2 GWB P -2 ACT If I (`� U J i I i I I 203 }O E FFICE CPT CPT-1 RA RB 1 GAB P -2 GAB P -2 GAB P -2 GAB P -2 ALT `: soars. ^ f I Cd kffr °� 1 \ a MEZZANINE 1 CFR -1 RB 1 GWB P -2 CM _ P -2 P13 P -2 we P-2 a f 2 P-9 for iIa,AVE 596 201 -0' x 7' -0• ` D , I�? /GL P-3 TG A H I P -3 - - MI- I- 16 - X I 1 /A9.0 1 1/1 - Hod-open ludion is Moo 64 CLOSET W SV-1 R13 41-1 G69 - 3' P -2 G P -2 GAB P -2 GWB P -2 1 ES NF YF ICI 202 3' -0' x 7•-O` D ,WD,'GL P-3 TG A Hit P-3 I - - FM- 15 - - 1/A9.0 1 A9.0 - Lame T T P-10 Tsar 11 C 109 -- root. green, I 203 3' -0` x 1' -0` D I WD /GL P -3 TG A ' HY P -3 - - HW -15 - - 1/A9.0 f 1/149.0 - Leciaet , S1AEt /1 f- RE RB-5 I RB R 1 GWB P -3 I GWB P -3 GOB P 3 ES I 10, � Ben YMoore c 204 + x -0` x 7 -e D ; WD /GL P -3 0 A P -3 - - HW -15 - - 1/A9.0 1 /A9.0 - Immo NF F Cai • 3• P -71 n: NOT LSO _. 205 ,3'-0" 7'-0' B IWD /GL P-3 +WIRE A I HY HNi P-3 + ctw - HW '4 - X 1/149.0 1/.9.0 - tat (dears torso) le, 4' 206 -0' x ?' -^` E I r C P 3 I LVR A him P -3 f ! FIW -13 _ - 13/A92 12 - P Color BLUE HERON 1527 �� I I I Wr X] I /J P-13 , r:.:rr- BALCONY MIMI 356 rotas 1 -� //i I Mfr _ ICI �wf 6V WALK OFF WT Section 12690 1 Tt All -1 I fr. VAN DUI CARPETAC i 'I I I Color COLORADO-EXTRA 119 NNTURAL BEIGE i , WP , WOOD PANEL Section 06200 `� WP -' PLYWO!17 SIDING neD -..----_„_. IIP -3 MEDILH DENSITY FIBERBOARD PANELING 11P -4 M000 SIDING WP -5 PERFORATED HARDBOARD PANELING 4" 1 D" 2 "\ WD wooD BASE sect 06200 V-, T SI -FOLD DOORS TYP DOOR MB GYPSUM BOA RE}- Section 09255 I I W!DTH PCC PRECAST CONCRETE -;� 0300 1 ( f -- -'-y ��__ • /CT NNYL ACOUSITCAl MING TIE ACO Section 09513 9511 Section + t" ACT 11STICAL CE111NG TILE- Section 0 Ll 0 P Y EX L ES EXPOSED STRUCTURE NO FlNASFI SAFETY GLASS. - ■ G 100 SF MAX. NOT = _ SEE SB SNABAST _ re FRP FlBE PASS REI NFORCE PANEL D PA fiction 10265 CO RATED DOORS. ---- USED - _ 24/A7.0 O SYYYET>+1X WIRE GLASS =' o FRP -1 Yfc M ARL WHERE OCCURS NOT USED - 2 Cdor WHITE 5- 100G - G22 I -'� - - - - - -� I . {' LAM - ----- - - - 0 O @ 0 0 0 O 0 0 O E:) 4 1. 2)) ,...... 4, DOOR TYPES FRAME TYPES 1 (s) 4 .. 1/4" = 1' -0° 1/4" = 1' -0" 3' -4" I VERIFY J , 4,8" ,t , 2' -0" 8 "` " 116\gl (1) LAYER 5/8" GWB ! f STORAGE CORNER BEAD REI \ t . erl DANE K.01 1 LA YER 5/8 T YPE 'X' ao " GWB AT ENDS l� e GWB EACH SIDE WHERE OCCURS II . • ` `- - STILE & RAIL HARDWOOD (1) LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE 2x4 WOOD ' STUDS 0 • ® VENEER DOOR (WATER RESISTANT GWB IN SHOWER 1• 24" O.C. c, i GALV. S1FEL ANGLE AT • • 112, WOMEN 108, & MEN 109) 2x4 WOOD STUDS ® z 24" O.C. °o \� •STILES TI?. 2x4 WOOD STUDS 0 24" O.C. 4, - i (1) LAYER 5/8" REI w ° o • TYPE 'X' GWB ,! I o ® - CLEAR LAM. &INSULATED - -- ° • GLASS PANEL TYP. � SIM ADD (1) LAYER 5/8" PLYWOOD OVER FINISHED GWB I ADJACENT TENANT r SIM. E2 oo = e ° T " " 2x2 WOOD STU } , 11 SURFACE TO +8' -0" A.F.F. (STORAGE SIDE ONLY) •? i- REI CUSTOM PULLS SIM. B3 REPLACE GWB w/ 5/8 PLYWD 0 +8' 0 A.F.F. & 5/8 24 O.C. F ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. SIM. ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS. W • F.D.LC. GWB TO TOP OF WALL (STORAGE SIDE ONLY). ADD 4 SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. _ - SIM. 3B ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANK WHERE INDICATED SIM. 48 REPLACE GWB w/ 5/8" PLYWD TO t6' 0" A.F.F. & 5/8" ' • S - BG EXIST. CMU WALL - .L . GWB TO TOP OF WALL (STORAGE AND CLOSET SIDE ONLY). - - 'I - O "'""E""awtoE .: 1 SIM. L WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS, ADD (1) LAYER 5/8" PLYWD SIM. ADD (1) LAYE 5/8 PLYWD UNDER GWB ON STORAGE ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. I I REI ICE AXE F.O.LC. - SS BACKING UNDER GWB FINISHED SURFACE FROM +3' -0" L ADJACENT TENANT SIDE WHERE OCCURS PER STRUCTURAL. ADD (1) LAYER SIM.m WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS, ADD (1) LAYER 5/8 PLYWD I t • GALV. S TEEL ANGLE AT "'°ECT1N1"«" A.F.F. TG +T -0" AF.F. ADD SOUND ATTENUATION " ( --- RAILS TYP. PLYWD OVER GWB SURFACE TO 8' 0" A.F.F. n �i • r,ecT EYFTk1LA SIDE ONLY). ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS WHERE BACKING U ND E R GWB F INISHED SURFACE FROM +3' -0 1� i I BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. NN SMM INDICATED. A.F.F. TO +7' -0" A.F.F. ADD SOUND ATTENUATION " _ _ woo - -- = 3 8" DIA. STAINLESS E f GAP BETWEEN DOORS BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. c - \ SIM. tC ADD (1) LAYER 5/8 PLYWD OVER FIN. GWB (CLOSET / I NOT B 8' aKrBo, PERMiTCENrFR SIDE ONLY). NOTE: NOTE: SIM. aD WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS, ADD (1) LAYER 5/8" PLYWD . i STEEL CARRIAGE BOLT EXCEED 1 / TYP. FLATTEN AXE 0 FIRE RATED WALLS EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE FIRE -RATED WALLS TO EXTEND TO GA FILE jWP3510 BACKING OVER GWB FINISHED SURFACE TO 8'-0" A.F.F. SHAFT SLIGHTLY TO MAIN ENTRY SIM. tD ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. OF STRUCTURE U.N.O. UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE U.N.O. ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS WHERE INDICATED. ' ' PROVIDE FLAT SURFACE ED DOOR ELEVATION O PARTITUN WAL, EXISTING 4 - -HR. FIRE -RATED DEMISING WALL © 1 -HR FIRE -RATED PARTITION WALL FURRED WALL AT EXISTING WALL ;' FOR HEAD OF BOLT. 1/2• = 1'_p• © c ., FINISH EXPOSED WOOD TO MATCH SHAFT FINISH 4411 (1) LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE PROVIDE FURRING HARDWOOD VENEER 014. �`� \ RARCHT.ECI STILE & RAIL DOOR p•F4'7 (1) LAYER 5/8 WATER RESISTANT I (WATER- RESISTENT GWB 0 SHOWER FOR FLUSH w ) 3/4" DNA. BRUSHED 2°1 SURFACE WHERE i STAINLESS STEEL 1 /8" SHIM & SEALANT J .. E j: t . - s - GO R Y N GWL� EACH SIDE 112, WOMEN 108, & MEN 109) SPACER I.D. 7/16 oo "° °.�>.� _• :....,�, .""., REQUIRED 24" O.C. f�'� TYP. PROVIDE f . r - BOLTS BELOW TYP. OF (3). .,�►r PLYWOOD SHEATHING WHERE r„.4., , -4 . - WRAP PLUMBING w/ SOUND - '� OCCURS PER STRUC. INSTALL SEALANT AT JOINTS ALIGN WITH VERT. STOP WRAP PER MECH. SPECS. Ell IalE� i1 1 i z SHE ON STORAGE SIDE ! 1 3 4" " 11 I / / 1/2 / / BOLTS, CTR. ON ANGLE _ a I AND LOCKER ROOM SIDE. 1. ALL WALLS ARE TO STRUCTURE U.N.O. . I 2x4 WOOD STUDS ®24" It '••' 1 1 w _!'` __= rl= a 2x STUDS PER STRUC. j /' 1 "x 1 -1 /2 "x 1 / 8" GALV. " "` CENTER / \ , L STL ANGLE BOTH SIDES O.C. BRACE SCHEDULES, DOOR @ 2. TYPICAL WALL TYPE IS TYPE '1'. DESIGNATIONS ARE �+ PUSH /PULL ON STILE - 111 �" / - - VERT. AND 48" o.c. TYPES SHOWN FOR OTHER WALL TYPES. HORIZ. ��. �1M 6 A ADD SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS. o ; I err.. , � " + WALL TYPES, SIM. 6B DELETE (1) LAYER 5/8" GWB TO EXPOSE PLYWOOD 3. UNSUPPORTED WALLS WITH SPANS GREATER THAN 4) --1'------ 3/8 CLR. NAM. & ENTRY DOOR DETAILS ACOUSTIC GATT INSULATION TYP. SHEATHING (STORAGE SIDE ONLY). 6' -O" SHALL HAVE WALL BRACES PER DETAIL 10/149.3. 1 PUSH PLATE ' INSULATED GLASS, EASE • de POLISH ALL EDGES 02284.00 SIM. 6C SIM. TO '6B' BUT INSTALL PLYWOOD SHEATHING FULL 4. ROOM 206 (CLOSET) HAS PAINTED 5/8" PLYWOOD TO _.. __ MUTT NIX OF WALL (STORAGE SIDE ONLY). t8 0" A.F.F. ON ALL WALL FACES. c,,,,-\---- _ GLAZING GASKET BOTH JUNE 10, 2002 ( ) BLOCKING w/ RUBBER- uT ' SIDES � GASKET S:\ 2002 \02284001CADDW7 -0.DWG © CAVITY WALL 6 STRUCTURAL (SHEAR OR BEARING) WALL PARTITION WALL NOTES (INTERIOR w I EXTERIOR MEV I`1ea°` PAIN 1/4" DIA. GALV. -J - , p WALL TYPES I BOLTS & WASHERS - 25 NOT TO SCALE 0 N 0 C @ LITE 0 3" = 1'-0" 0 6" = r-0" CUSTOM DOOR PULLS DOOR SECTION TI A7 • PERMIT /BID SET out iolio U COPYRIGHT O MFTHUN. INC. „,----, ,,,,_,- B D C `, E F G H a 6� . a . a+ ` ,c e s F_� _� Cy MITHUN , (�AP4gICS Na C Yr A. GlAZNG SI 7*� (.7.,i 25/A9 4 r-' 31x8 r!0 RAFTER --, Pier 56 i I i i o wawa MIA CLEAR I I I j Co;S I I rvP. _ l r 1 - _ _ _ _ _. _ �_- . -- _.___ ___ _ __ _�- _ -- -�_ - 1201 Alaskan Way 9 Cl2«20.7 5 . I \ _ _ _ - . —.— , - _ - _ _ . - -� .�- -_ Suitt 200 - , RAII i 7w'. / T ^= 4 t i -- • E XISTIPD ROOF Seattle, WA 98tot P -3 + fl D1_ g & Ia. ` / 4 SB_ FAX 206 6= .0 1' \ llVtr �` GRD ' � ::--, � 7. � GRA�';fiC ' 11111 - \ /€i - STORAGE t ^ ST- TS F 5101�AOE `.3`iAT19t;E ` F.Os.O "3--et '? 1 i I _ , ter• I >i ) I tip j;�tlp 10 \ (�■►� N. : P?[L I ' = _ . L� GRID �.i [L t 1' ��aT•r_ i � t;sueE,, �, -t? Ni : ' / / / OPEN - = -- LIGHT F'J(TURE PER ELEC., _ CUSTOMER SERVICE - .4, + - - _ - 1< . — -- -� L Lt �- -- _ - _ - ' '8 - 0 t 0 1C10' 11' -t0' 12-10" 12-10' i4-1 t Cft R FG1 RE . PLU(Tl1RE f / , r C. CURB — II C_ 5 ,. L -'F L OLSPIAY FD( LC• L � SVICE VE OF COND UITS NORTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION , 401 © ve- �, 1is' = 1' -0' = 1' -0' i 1 H G F o E O B A: il , 4 5 6 i a 1 I I I I I GRAPHICS N.I.0 I I I I I r a Z MAINTAIN AREA CLEAR I - OF C011fhJ _ , I i r , I - ` RA1?tf1C " "� P -3 - T - - — �` F 0.I.0: 1 - EXIST. WD ROOF • P -t2 P -3 - . F STRUCTURE & DECKING P -3 oFYOND - ; 1 F W.) f I/ - _ _ SB • GRAPJifC / - CR10 GR D IQ i G T Q .D.LU..- S GRI) i .F 1J.l.G'. , ; GRID . p -5 'GRAPHIC < S STORAGE " "STORACE _ 10 STORAGE - o = I I f 1- Si0f7R6E - � ssT'J1�AGE -= == O F:O U y I SLOTaMA1L I ��� 'ID RI �GRI SRI S �EIT�YAt; SL$TJMAL N S i LOT�^d � �Qjy�1= - � �` rro >-- —� Et - I � �ANIEL • • Et_ P p Bltitl t t t I 04 t 1 \ - \ / \ / �� --,-' I i 1DPE aEt E - PE - - PANEL o • 8' -0' , i„. r 7 15' -0' 5' -5 ",, 6' -7' ,, 14' -0' 12' -0" 11' -0" , 13' -0 14' 0' 15' -0' 1T -0' 15' -10" 6' -6" c 9' 7' i -5 12' 10" 8' -10' t L `L RH , '' f jr 1 f SOUTH ELEVATION TYP. EAST ELEVATION 1 ' -11- © 1/8 = l'-0 2x6 LEDGER, ATTACH TO WALL t w/ (2) 14 SHEET MTL BIKE UFT TYP. I /8" = 1' -0 " � � BIKE LIFT TYP. SCREWS (2" MIN) 0 EA. STUD F.O.I.C. ■ OF (2) F.O.I.C. 1 4R LINE / 1 r -2'X6' LEDGER 0 n I I I _ B -ELEV. STRUC. $ ��� ■- ELEV. i+ 5 -0 - - - -- - � I. I i I I HOT WATER HEATER - 107 PER MECH. MOUNT C) P - _ _ __ _ _ EXHAUST HOOD 0 LF'3• , -_-, ID °, 0 LF t I - 1 16 LF SO c -,- - - In PER MECH. , r —7 . -. I 0 `-o- E . ! I a • r is : SOUTH WEST \ NORTH i co SHOP EQUIPMENT SOAP ® SHOP EQUIPMENT EXTEND NR LINE COMPRESSOR 3 TYP. N.I.C. WATER HEATER TYP. N.I.C. ERU WS SHUT -OFF SWITCH RETAIL. SEE E M MECH. REPAIR SHOP 117 Atii 1/8" = 1' -0' O NI OVE PM. i \ / \ • 1122) 0 a 29 29 MM I (iC7 1110•11 A9.2 A9.2 Arth Ark MELAMINE ADJ. MELAMINE ADJ. ® ® P -3 PL -2 CABINETS w/ ADJ. SHELVES TYP. P_2 SHELVES TYP. ..1` 3' -0- f P -2 SHELVING (16" DEEP ' - 5 '4 SHELVING 0 MICROWAVE) _ 1 I I �� CABINET K P -2 ) EQ. SPACES f PL COUNTERTOP & I - \ " - - - - - -� �_- 4) EQ. SPACES I � • - - ��� - , ® BACKSPLASH O P -2 PAPER TOWEL — P -LAM COUNTERTOP TACKBOARD F.O.I.C. ■ P LAM COUNTERTOP 1 TACKBOARD F.O.I.C. ! gG - DISPENSER C ;_ — — PULL -OUT DRAWER TYP. ._i _ ' _ _ V4(A N O4.E • SINK w/ SOAP DISPENSER PL- 1 END SUPPORTS SS / - OPEN , - - PL -2 CABINET w/ ADJ. PL -1 END SUPPORTS P _ 3 P -3 &KNEE BRACES TYP, & BRACES T ` SHELVING YP. I = i SMM RNE A' NORTH 7' -8" CO ` , i , CITY pF Tl'KW • 6' -2" t EQ ' t EQ ' / EQ. EAST 13 ,L EQ. „ EQ. 4 EQ. ` M ER Duo NORTH ' WEST KB Mir ENTE 0 LOCKER ROOM 2 1 OFFICE 205 OFFICE 203 1/4" = 1' -0° 1/4" = 1' -0' 1/4" = 1' -0" ( y 1 Y ('� 't!(e�StA REGISTERED A9.2 9 ® 29 Ri r F, ' ;Lp y AR' H TECT MELAMINE. ADJ. SHELVES TYP. Tar OFFiCF SYSTEM N.I.C. JUl 2 5 202 5' -3" 3' -0" �,�, EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ MELAMINE ADJ. �rv'c0 STATE OF wAS►II I P - CABINET TYP. I I 2 SHELVES TYP. - ( r ,, 4 5 n .. S, . .,_ , ra ..... i , i , ,, .....tmi ' -? P 1 TACKBOARD ' ' K BOA RD F.0I C. INTERIOR P -3 P -2 TACKBOARD F.ALC. -' _ _! L - - _ - , " f ti F I P -L C OUNTERT OP _ ...__. ONS P- '\ ; t _ELEVATIONS _ 1= PL -1 END SUPPORTS i 461! 1 KNEE BRAC TYP, 02284.00 . r EAST n MCI .a P -LAM COUNTERTOP EQ. EQ. WEST ® P_2 NORTH ` 9 —8 ` JUNE 10, 2002 PL -1 END SUPPORTS `? " - PENCIL DRAWERS TYP. ® S: \_2002 \02284001CADD1A8 -0.DWG & KNEE BRACES TYP. / 8 3 F.O.I.C. VERIFY , , , „ r.om,[T.o.� LOCATION w/ OWNER 3 — —0 OFFICE 201 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION -` A8.0 1' 1/4" = -0" PERMIT /BID SET COPYRIGHT 0 MITHON, INC " Y awn r ELS COX. . A iL j 1"-r (: p...i.,- ' (2 MITHUN .,,......„ r ------ caw PLAS°F.; 114- WE OF STUD (1) DST CONC. PILASTER ; ASS:WILY PER 25/ALO - 0` -- * - 1 I 1 Architects+Desgners+Ptanners ,.... „ „..----8-3/ 1 %15" Cll.* i . j . • - EF-AW Si e.,Ai.: iv , 41 7 if • • - -.- 0 ' . 7 41 `• * ' 1 ,.:..... ...-1,..* IS1216 PEIR STRUC. g 10 • 1 4 * . . . g 1 4 4 ., :4 4 74 • 4 . 1141 : " . ' / II. STLIt PER STRUC. f * 4-- -- 2 P 1 .0 Mc BE M me® I II ': . .. • ,,, g ! .( ._ _ 1 GLUM SEE Viji .. i . . • i • ILO GUAM, AD. IL_ ' • -- ‘ _ _ _____ ..-.... _ • r: ___ _ .--• 1,_ - .® " 4 g 4 -....._,.. 11 - - ----- - -r- -.--4,114 ir.- LATH of BEAD iiii 1 i L - 0- PLASTE CEMENT R ' . , • i 1 ......--1M V" _ .1. s EL Ekm +.6;9 1 ,. . , . . C15 PER ..a. ...:: - • !iota ,' , 6 yr, FRAloc • 27/ le o.e. , *IL.. PER A6 1 , ,.... _6"' .! . . . . . ---lik- suite Pier iao1 56 AL10011 200 Way Seat*, WA Ohm " ire. 2o6 623.3344 • STRIC, --- ' \--- core %vox SPACER 5 / r R*3 0 S.- • CORNER BEAD. LAP WI Lit OF CONC.---•-, [ ...:i r •\ ii I • it 14 • . _ ... . -II . ' a . ..> . . '''' - A I • - - - - - ••• 7 - - - . • '.. 1 -- -. . 1..: raa 2o6 623.7oos . . -,4•-• WIT.. FRANC a/ - /----- LATh 0/ BEAD FLANGE 5/8" O"*C --34L- ____ 5/1r • 0 ; 1..., STNRCI TO MATCr' • CURB BLOW - - . • I in- FRAIE OONNEC110.4 - _, _t I aubvit R-19 BAT' z ' ...,......... _ '... ' - - , , 94N. BACKR ROO. iialiOrk. ' L . • . . .. , IS I AT IN (2 1 .., ■ .. - . ••. *WM .. - - - -- - - --e CORNER WAD. LAP IITL .1 .C, " - " SEALANT - . PER STRILIC. - 3 5-1/8%15" G_/PAI k a .2v-o , . -- -N IfEADFR BEAM L-- I - r - t1 I MP LATH o/ BEAD ruudcE i . • i.: ------ 3/8"Ox'0" D■PM49014 BfraER ROO - 3x5-1/2x1/4" - ME OF EXIST. - \,. \ ROUTED ORP Mill ANCHOR 0 1 8' O.C. & SEALANT ANGLE PER STRUC. __I - '-'.; 90., BACKER FiOD„ CONC. PILASTER CASING BEAD. LAP MR STAGGERED - COUNTERSINK \ 1 --T I s i iAtANT RACKE Typ R . ROD, DER , ! . P.T. 'NOM BLOCKING I . BEYOND if ' / \.% LATht 0/ BEAD FlANGE ' i ALUM. CURTAIN *Ali WEAP-IERSTRIP I DRF PLASHING w / ST/e4EC 5 - 1 /8 . 1 1 2' 8 - GLAZING SYS. - y'' 111 DOOR CLOSER , - DRIP FLASH COIUNG SUNSHADE . . I I BACKER ROO & SEALANT BACKER ROD & SEALANT ! I GLI.11.11 SEE 4/A9.0 FOR COMMON CAU_OUTS i . ; DOOR ER / ' / r . / . % . WOOD DOOR FRAME ALM. STOREFRONT -, •: I \ N.Uil. HEAD RECEPTOR/ WOOD DOOR 4 R AV E , THRESHOLD BELOW SO-*MULE V ! ROUTE GUAM WING Sr.._ - -- 1 i CONPEWATION CHANNEL - - \--1 d T r FOR DOOR OPENER CUSTOM WOOD DOOR O HEAD @ STOREFRONT PER w-R. HORIZ. SECTION @ ENTRY DOORS JAMB @ STOREFRONT DOOR HEAD @ EXT. WALL '; CONDUIT . PER 24/A7.3 1 -I /2* = 1 -O 1-1/2 = 1-0 0 1-1/2 = 1'-O 0 3" = 1 '-o NO OMB SIM. 11 El ' _ . . ; ; I 5-1/8"x15" GUAM POST ..• _ ALUM. STOREFRONT GLAZING sysTai . . . , . . , ___ PRE-FIN. DRIP FLASHING. LAP PRE R ® A® _ ® I , ' i ALUM. SILL FLASHING w/ BACKER ROD & SEALANT . I : ! ' -N. IF_ FLASHING w / GA SKETED • , . • ROOFING FELT 0/ FLANGE DOOR PER I ,-.`•-r)...) _I _ 5-1/8"x12" LINE OF CONCRETE / FASTENERS EXTEND FLASHING UNDER SILL . , • . . . . , . . , . . • . . . CALV. lilL GU"; I ER w/ GUTTER , ---,- --- CI , i GLU LAN JAMB BEYOND : CURB BEYOND •IW / // "----- NEOPRENE CLOSURE SET IN SEALANT -- - 'IR V SLOPE / /2' PER ;7 , I-----___1 : : • i ,. ' 1 0.H. : 41,_ - r / STRAPS 0 36" O.C. MAX. 2x TRIM , i I THRESHOLD BLOW WOOD DOOR & FRAME ROUTE GWLAM FOR DOOR & 3, sys ALLI TDA M. ST FRONT GLAZING ..... -ALUM Slil FLASHING 'EXTERIOR 7- 1 SC DOOR SWEEP I . ' 77 --'-'-'7 ! ALUMINUM THRESHOLD , z-......,„„..--___,...........,„,..„E PRE-F1N. BEAM CAP Av OPENER CONDO!'" SHIM, BACKER ROD, SEALANT TYP. SEE IN (2) ROWS OF ALUMINUM -7-- - - - --I >. SEW ALANT I / i r GLULAM POST ' IBM ,* THRESHOLD SET - - - ' • ' 4 ' ' IIIIIIIIIIPNIINIIINIMIIIIEIPNIIINOIIIIIIID pli 4, - - 7 - C15 PER STRUC. NEW CONC. m ( EXISE CONC. ; • C 1 i - 1 _ 1. ‘" EXIST. FLR. ---... - SLAB _ _ _ _ . • L .,9, 1 -1-_,i--- - Ez; •. %_, ' 7N • - - - - -3 . II* - -, - 1 - q Mk ilk-iiiiillaall T!. Fireiggi __....Tr...■■•• __±••■_ := 8-3/4 ._ x15 GLULAM BEAM. \-- - ATTACH TO EXIST. CONC. PAD -----i .. ---- • I SLAB i IN SEALANT I r-NE1V CONC. SLAB _I - . - -- - t • ._ C: . - - - r -' _______----- : _ I CO ca; 1 - EL +0' -GT° - --/- _ - - PILASTER EA. END PER STRUC. r l . 4 ' 1 ,&,_______ „- , -- - . .. r . 3"x5 STE Ft EA. SIDE SIM ',- • ;:----- - E• B.O. GLU LAM I .011 I C < , i I > . , . .,. SHIM, BACKER ROD, & SEALANT , < - ---- • ' - CANOPY ASSEMBLY PER 25/A6.0 I I 5 I 3 1 -- . - OF WOOD BEAM by (1) 11 , ALUM. STOREFRONT GLAZING SYS. Itel I ‘ E + 9 ' -9" + , .' ''> . ' \ ._ I .I. \ i NEW CONC. SIDEWALK - ' 0: . 7 7 -_=;;__ 20 MTL DOWNSPOUT , „___ , ..._ i_. , GALV. 5/8'0 fl-1R1 -BOLT al \ T.O. *5x16 Vii, I 11 - II ; Ili - PRE-RN. DRIP FLASHING cr ! ' ! '•-.--t- EQ. , PT3 1 /4 BENT U SHAPE BRACKET w / - El._ 49 -9" mi CONCRETE CURB BELOW • 4 L-- i ..... 1 _,.. > , „., ,..... ..._...___ . i• ..... -7-EXPANSION JOINT - I • -±FILLER w/ CAP & . , ---- , - ' : _ -_ _ Oxe lAG SCREWS 0 Q, E . ' • , PAINTED W5x16 w/ 1/2' CAP -.-____,- 1 1/2"--4, 8 - i ip- 1 /2. 1 B . 14 -" SEALANT 1' 1 . ':----=-,-__ 3-1/2" O.C. INTO GLULAIA HEADER & / I i : , i i i 1 ' PLATES EA. END. ATTACH TO / < ) GALV. 5/8 THK -BOLT GLULAM POST EA END w/ (2) ® SECTION @ ENTRY DOOR CANOPY OVER ENTRANCE 5/8"Oxe LAG SCREWS HORIZ. SECTION @ ENTRY DOORS GLULAM HEAD/SILL TYP. EXT. DOOR THRESHOLD 1 11 1-1/2* = 1' -0" • 1-1/2" - 1-0 0 1-1/2 = 1'-O (II 1-1/2" - 1'_. 430 3_= 1'-o J ALUM. STORRONT CI EF GLAZING SYS tEM C) . C CEMENT P R WA ) WALL ING B ASSEMBLY PER 27/A6.0. C) CASEAD w/ WEITHOLES. CONT. LAP MTh LAO-1 o/ BEAD FLANGE ' iii ' ril -CEMENT PLASTER P.T. BLOCKING NEW SLOPED MTL COPING , ALUM. SILL FEASHNG I 8 CONC. CURB BEYOND • . 113 SET SIL TRAC K IN I ' MIL DRIP FLASHING w/ - PARAPET WALL PER / w/ DRIP EDGE , • ' r -- 72 , n ° PER 13/A9.0 ' • • 1 -1 -‹ ''• I • : i ; 25/A6D ' C•;;''' SEALANT. 1 1 , SHIM, BACKER ROD, & I • A • . • --- _ _ . SNAP COUNTERFTASHING. 6 CEMENT PLASTER WALL SEM BRACE PER STRUC. LAP BUILDING PAPER o/ 1 , ---------- n UNE OF GLULAM POST .: .. > : ' 1 III ,› > • , _ .. PER 29/A6.0 11 1 1 CONT. P.T. woon NAILER w/ / lJ EDGE ROUND SEALANT TYP I ON CURB --\ ,-* MIL FLASHING . CHAMFER 3/4 I I CASING BEAD w/ WEEP , ' it z, • . 1.,,_ 1 ! 11 PLASTER STOP 1 .,..„: PIA NEW CONC. CURB. \ Ma , T.O. CONC. CURB I 1/4" KERF ft ON 3/4' BASE it. SEE STRUC. • • •.> .. • - __ 1 • - •• ' • • . : EXIST. CONC. WALL NEW CANT STRIP , - ' - i DOWEL INTO EXIST. --_ : -*,---- ---0- T.O. CURB CASING BEAD w/ WEEP NEW CAP SHEET & I 'cc); \ I \ '' CLEA SET N SEALANT r n • .t. _:, it, . . . • SLAB . 4 EL +V-10" ROOFING PLYS. - EXTEND HOLES. LAP MTL LATH o/ ) lc- - ; ci vi 6 DAP BOTTOM OF GLULAM • , • CASING BEAD • 1111M1 ,--- A ' :. .:. . BEAD FLANGE HORIZ. MIN. 24"--i / - CONT. T I 9 1/2" 7 ,--:. POST 0 BOLT DIST PER STRUC . CONC. - Z .• PREFORMED MTL DRIP SLAB , " 1 /2 • M in I I-- ■1,1;.......m•;.■ LOCATIONS. SET GLULAM IN SEALANT BED A • , .. t. • LAP BUILDING PAPER / FACE OF STUD . s - , FLASHING SET IN SEALANT. o '-. r ,- 14 C FINISHED GRADE " SEAL EXPOSED ONC. \ A. / .... .. ,. _... _... .::. c . ,...,..,. • .... ,,. w/ WEEPHOLES . , • CEMENT PLASTER WALL PER I "' 25/A6.0. DTEND BUILDING PAPER ' 4 • > NII • - • , „ 1 NEW CCNC. SIDEWALK 14 ' ' ----1--- . . , FLASHING .../- ' „ . .. ,,,,,.1 ; 1 'c'_=,' > - !,:* :* • • ° • * . 4 '.‘ .. • . NEW RIGID INSULATION -.A I-a-jr UNDER COPING & OVER PARAPET WATER STOP :1 I • • - • • . >" o . ,r , - 1.. A. . 640 • - - * : ' . : ' - 1 & SHEATHING TO :. PRE-FORMED MTL FLASHING ON x. • 4 • ; • . NEW CONC. CURB >" • ' • , ... ---.-- NEIV CONC. SIDEWAL K - L - o - • -- ' --- ---- ="--- - - --- -, P.T. CANT STRIP. LAP BUILDING MATCH ADJACENT .•'• NEW CONC. SIDEWALK . I t - I- • '• 1.• • EXPANSION jT. FILLER IST1NG CONC WALL - - . . • PER STRUC • s . , • ' c . ro ,._< , .' t o i=---- EXPANSION Jr FILLER E ON. 44 I STUD BRACING PER ' , :: II PAPER o/ FLASHING I ° • - , w/ CAP & SEALANT • ' - D. ...-- . r_,,, . N • ' - • ) ' " " .? pi/ CAP & SEALANT , .. - STRUC. ALIGN w/ STL ANGLE PER STRUC. SEALANT _ _. , ,,,, CAP St SE EXPANSION J. F'LER ALANT _ e-. ,-, . D 0 . ' b . , . .., c.,-- ...., -T- • ' _ _ ______I :r ' . DaST. ROOF DECK 1 E. ^ I AROUND AL CEMENT PLASTER .... ,- _ . - , 1 $ PENETRATIONS ENTRY DOOR GLULAM CURB @ CEMENT PLASTER ROOF PARAPET PARAPET @ CEMENT P CURB @ STOREFRONT BASE @ TYP. CU CEMENT PLASTER @ FOUNDATION 4111 EXIST. RF TO NEW P 0 1 -1 /2" = 1 ' -0 PRE-F1N OR GALV. JOINT COVER AT PLASTER 1_,/,...,,_G" 01_1,2..1,-0. 41,1-1/2.=1,-.. • 1 - /2" = 1 . -Cr 1 - 1 /2" = 1 .-0 Q. • " NO OM NENNEN 11 1 (0 14 CASING BEAD w/ . BREAK MTh SECTIONS PER CALLOUTS. NEW ROOF FAN/VENT PER MECH. I WEEPHOLES. LAP MTL REFER TO SPECS FOR MTL GAUGE NEVI MECH. EQUIPMEN & NEVI PRE-FAB SKYLIGHT w LEAD SLEEVE w/ FLANGE SET 1' -2" LATH o/ BEAD FLANGE . 1 , , FLASHING PRE-FABRICATED CURB P.T. NAILER INSULATED GLAZING PER CODE IN PLASTIC CEMENT -= . , F.O.I.C., PROVIDE HOLDDOWN . •'' : SLOPE 'IL' ''--•-' PRE-FIN. MTL DRIP r - SEALANT BEP,D & jOINT COVER -NEW P.T. 2x12 CURB 0 EA. CORNER TO FRAME. CONT. SEALANT e - t'l ---P, BITUMEN STOP w/ 3" FLANGE • . - - ; !.-. -. . - . :-".- . ...... . , 4c 7 P_ASHING. LAP FIRST ••.- • • '." - '• . ' 11161:: II LAyER BUILDING JOINT © BREAK MIL SECTIONS v NEW PREFORMED CANT STRIP SEE MECH --....,... E......„.....,..,,, 0111. , , .‘ , RI.. • NEW CANT STRIP COUNTERFLASHING. 4'' 1 NEW COMPOSITION FLASHING PAPER o/ FlASHING . - • - '4 , ' ' ' ' • - " • * '11/4 FACE NAIL w/ . ; , Is' FLANGE 11 1 i • A om , , , : • • WI P • N , 1 NEW CAP SHEET. DTEND UP 1 10, _.:1 NEOPRENE WASHERS WOOD CURB DIST. ROOFING (DASHED LINE; E r o • • *V • •; ' 3" - SEALP NT ---.m.............__- .■;', i! , , I ' NOTES: & OVER CURB. EXTEND 3/4 EXT. PD i i i i ' , . RUN ROOFING UP & UNDER I 1 1 ,...JE• I i '1 • !' . : V P.T. WL NAILER Sc ; - - III 1. RUN FLASHING MEMBRANE UP \f ; L HORIZ. 18" MIN. NAILER o/ 3/4IYIN'' NEW CAP SHEET. RUN .7. L -.. •', SKYLIGHT FLANGE. SECURE & =,....-1-111111 - ;1_71-------..=-11 ..., • ' • 1 •, ' .. i BG ' .....‹,6' OVER PARAPET. . . - PERUTE BOARD, a •. rr ! i ; MEMBRANE MIN. 2 .. - SEAL PER MANUFACTURER'S -4 1 • •' : • • :' :: - 11111111111111 1 -:'.. ':::-'.1-' . r . , • , -• ... { .. t- I , PAMA li aMEE .° ,---- 2. INSTALL COVER (GAUGE PER SPECS) : s \ / '''..-.-X.';'-' EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBLY SCREW TO pi ,.'..... . 17:7 ABOVE CANT STRIP. 1 i i , . . ,,, - :•;,•,.... 4 EXT" . . RECOMMENDATIONS 4, SS .- 8" WIDE OVER MEMBRANCE, SAME PRE-FAB CURB . END HORIZ. 18 MIN ' , -. IIIIIIMINIIMIl Miii . , -. • ,'• : . r . CEMENT PIASTER o/ L _ PROFILE AS PARAPET, 2" DOWN EA. I , , I EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBL\ .. .. . . . . . . . .. ; EPS FOAM SHAPE Sr " ! .0., .......--, , FACE. INSTALL IN MASTIC. NEW P.T. BLOCKING NEW FRAMING 0 I . . • ..- . • ' SMM CONT. CLEAT SET 3. SET COPING SECTION OVER COVER. I OPNG. PER STRUC. k ,... EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBLY .. , ;..... , . ;L ... , . ■*-1' 01010 0E0c PERMIT ■,-_N-E,. IN SEALANT SET IN POLYJRETHANE SEALANT BEAD NEW FRAMING 0 OPNG. s N E O E T E p : B.0.CO KB 1/8" MIN. GAP. PER STRUC. ILT-----\ NEW FRAMING 0 OPNG. LUMBI NG DWGS. FOR LOCATION(S) , , •• . i.,. .. • _ _ E E _ s l , EL4.3 4. SET 8" COVER OVER COPING IN P.U. EXIST. ROOF ASSEMBLY NOTE: REFER ALSO TO MECHANICAL PER STRUC. I :,:.;. - _____- SEALANT AT a. SECTION. E., ..,1 .. COPING EXP. CONTROL CURB @ NEW MECH. FAN NEW MECH. EQUIPMENT CURB SKYLIGHT CURB MECH. VENT PENETRATION EPS CORNICE SHAPE - -: f'44 ----) €1 i-1/2. = 1'-O" 0 1-1/2" = 1 ' -0" CPI 1-1/2" = 1' -0 IS) 1-1/2" = 1'-O 411) 1-1/2" = 1'-O 0 1-1/2" = l'-O' LI 1 " "' .. : 44,1 JUL ', 2 5 E,.12 -\ CEMENT PLASTER WALL ' CEMENT PLASTER WALL EXIST. TENANT DEMISING WA! L i, ASSEMBLY PER 29/A6 I, .0 . 1 - ,,,.. ASSEMBLY PIP. PER 27/A9.0 CANOPY ROOF ASSEMBLY PER 25/A6.0 E • . E ,---7 V GREGORY - ,I "i SECOND LAYFR BUILDING PAPER ' 1 - SECOND LAYER BUILDING PAPER INSTALL $ NEW PLASTER SMP I --cF• • 1 .1 . • ; FLEXIBLE FLASHING TYP WASHINGTON . ' CONTINUOUS BEHIND EXPANSION JOINT LA, CONTINUOUS BEHIND REVEAL 0 CUT EDGE OF ADJACENT •• c. , ----- i.-. • . - ■ NEOPRENE CLOSURE :":•i'l IL I r t • c• - TENANT. PATCH & REPAIR ,. EACH : ,,, • . A 0 ., • ' 0 " - CASING BEAD TYP. LAP MTL SET IN SEALANT r .- FIRST LAYER BUILDING PAPER. : - -FIRST LAYER BUILDING PAPER. TO MATCH ADJACENT 4 ,.... . • 4 . i STUD 1 /8 r r I 1_, ., . . . LATH o/ BEAD FLANGE • • - LAP OVER JOINT RANGE i'-,E- LAP OVER REVEAL FLANGE ; CASING BEAD. LAP MTL -' ____ ___ CONT. MASTIC TAPE . ''rE BACKER ROD & SEALANT .• ,...,. ______ LATH 0/ BEAD FLANGE -;;: . ,; . 1 -_.......___,. • • . ' .V • MTL LATH. LAP OVER JOINT FLANGE MTL LATH. !_AP OVER REVEAL FLANGE 4, PRE-FIN. MTL DRIP FLASHING FLAs CONT H . IN P c .T. 2x3 " EXTERIOR DETAILS 2 . , BACKER ROD & -- N., : : „.. 4, ' • A . 11. , , 1 • • . 1 ' • • . 0 • , -- SET IN SEALANT BED. LAP PRE FIN. RAKE ,,, . • c LEASE UNE -- - . . . . • - ----- - -..' - _ rial : 746- AIL_ _41h.__W_ .... _ _ 7 .4111.... _ • ---. - • • -.k .. • ..f.- SEALANT BUILDING PAPER 0/ FLASHING .;‘-_, DIM. POINT (t. .2 DIM. POINT it CORNER BEAD. LAP ..-' 1111 " ----- - ... •, . \---, , i .,.., ...... c,. ,.. REVEAL IATL LATH o/ BEAD ..- .. .. LEASE LINE -- - -- r - :L. - - --0 - ---- - -4-- 7 - PAINTED C15x40 14/ 3/8" IE. --m...........,,,,,,,...-- ..,, FLANGE CONT. CLEAT SET 02284.00 JOINT/REVEAL CREED S . -. lir ' II 1 • , -. . „, . ° • , . 2 •;., EXIST. ADJACENT Or00 '4' , • .. • • . / . . • ' . ,/' /. • ... p• • . . . . FINS • _ _ B.O. CHANNEL IN SEALANT / I -- -- , _ , _. i -2-PIECE EXPANSION JOINT/REV ,,_6 ,\ NEWT NO. , 1 1 .• I'...:': CASING BEAD. LAP MTL .. V, '' 7/ / / .....1._ i JUNE 10, 2002 b.TE . 1. • . >, TENANT i - • 4. !•• • t'• , ; -, ...- .,;; • - - • CEMENT PLASTER -...;:, - CEMENT PLASTER LATH o/ BEAD FLANGE VII \ _EL +9'-9" -----117 I EACH 14, STAINED PERIMETER TRIM _ I - ' 4: • , EXIST. CONC. r . . s\_2001\013651CADV19-0.DWG STUD 1/8 / RIP FROM 2x. 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING o/ ' , • , 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING o/ ' PILASTER , t... BACKER ROD & C. ROW NEMO,. ■i STUD FRAM SH ING STUD FRAMING SH ,, CEMENT PLASTER ALL t , / , . A .,t': SEALANT STAINED 6x6 WOOD BEAM -. 61___ __LII - 11 ._ ASSEMBLY PER 29/A6.0 , •::. CEMENT PLASTER • EXPANSION JT. 0 TYP. CEMENT PLASTER REVEAL LEASE LINE PLAN DETAIL (NORTH) • 0 LEASE LINE PLAN DETAIL (SOUTH) • CHANNEL @ CEMENT PLASTER ENTRY CANOPY RAKE scr IMP . PERMIT/BID SET W CI) 3" = 1 3" = 1 1-1/2.=,,-o. 1-1/2..,,-.. 4:1 1-1/2" = 1'-O 0 1-1/2" = 1 COPYRIGHT 0 INTHUN INC • 6 . • S .. _ . _ _ _ _ _ , ,__ ,, _,,_ _ . _ -_ . . .- . - . . . , .. . - 4 I -4 6 -"El . - - ... . --- -PSIElFABRO ".'E3 Ohl Mk GAO. W HEM '3P MITHUN 2 1,4� r -'' -, I FROM ' / ST_ my. 5111 AXLE It STAN E - kW R c T BRAICE QfR s'k�uc - Pllanner ; GL AM 31 MATERIAL -1-- -:JW _�;ttl?S IYP. . .-� f 3/4 Ilk 6a6 iOGsJNG w/ IIiS _ a GALV. RET CUSTOM f -r MYk � ' ` � ilk CL EA DC " -- - _.-"., - -- I / SECURE •, 3/r0 Pier s6 ' flW:, 5i; A+V I 1 D 1/ 2 5/r . , : Thy -9C T w o , OP & BOTTOM • r , 1/ SCREr t a LAG x —� GYSTOY YAL� 5- / 8 • x5 SAME!? f IM�►SAER - F. r ` fi WAL.. ( GJW ?aOST - - POST ,� _ _ _ (4) /7 1 ,SA V. „� ,.: 1111:.::.:: Ell. BEM AP w/ EA SIDE of GLUM r"�l o STAINED 5- 1/8'x5' 3344 . TDO �"� � • r �!'Rf115 'YP. - _ • -• w MATCH RASHER COLOR D a 0 • - • � 1 GIILV. 5/8 THkRU -BOLT 1' -2' > I I 1 r �6 a° + i i' /2 GROUT d t I a • - 2'1 ST L PIPE P.T. NAILER � - - r ..� • - - • .- - STARED 4x4 TYP. ,. " EME - - - . - \L----- NON-SHRINK 1 CJ { , • 2 PRE CAB G - INTO CONC. ! ROOF CONNECTION . _ - - - --I , • A V POST PER STRUC : T ROcW __ . --.r-- SECURE W 11000 IEmBER TO j "i fl BASE FROM 1 /4" EM& , I 5 • : • ! Sit BEAM ■ �1 GAI V. 5 8 AG • , , • P4A 'r NOTE: ;SEtW?E oRru oAyc 'Wr v FSS ' f I / �) / CUSTOM ENTRY B = I IN BE s THRU ail t HOLE • • �, I BOLLARD ROOF BRACE PENETRATION . z . " IAA" s, a , • 1 jj4" = i -U' 1 - 1/2 . = 1 ' -0 ' 3- 'r ■ 5 rJ f - - - F` • + ! 4 • Ptn w12x30 m BEAM o A `i� -- 4 • ---‘- i a • - 0 STAINED 5- 1/8•x15' C 'S BEAM I 0 i- -- f- — p O' - -- - — - - - - - -- - • GLULAY POST TYP. OF ULAN BEAM _ _ i - r _ — _ - -- ---- – - -- ----- -- _ -- - - - - -- - , ` • , 1. CEMEN' ;.ASTER WALL BUILDING FACE - (2) EA BASE _ _ t21' -1 1/2' - _ f • - ` � 1 0 ASSEMBLE PER 27/A6.0 AT CENTER 1/4. -- - - -- . ` GA STL PLATE i . I -_ NE J 4 CI f. POST: EXTEND I ! - - ® - > `. • O l f '> BASE TO MEET EA SIDE N/ ,6) 5/8'0 +�� - -- F - -- - - - - -s ! j . z r � L w / ! I . ro . _ o GALV THROUGH - BOLTS 1 ;,, /L� r ., [LATH WINDOW CURB CORNER BEAD LAP MTL - - - FL ' SEE STRUC. r . 4 __ - _ -� _ { •� T : > • . , a/ BEAD FLANGE i r o 0. .. 11 -- • + , 91NG 0 • 1 ! « o o • DOWNSPOUT WHERE p �` } I D/ 3 � -0 � i , 1 6x6x' /4' FACE k. • . , > r. JI DIM POINT 1 i LI OCCURS. SLEEVE THRU I ArAC� - 0 WAL w / (4) � • � • j PER PLANS -� - T- - CONC. BASE - PTD KERF R dt 5/8'1 > i 5'0 ANCHOR BOLTS �' THRU -BOLTS PER STRUC. STAINED 5- 1/8 GLULAM w/ , ; , O CORN ERS TYP. SET — CO ' J' CONT. INSIDE CORNER i � d - PRE -F1N. BEAM CAP 1 ' - , U EXPANSION SHIP JOINT. '2` ° - CON BA SE REINF. SEALANT AROUND PLATE • > \ ; PER TRUC. + BRACKE" IN SEALANT • a LAYERS OF CONT. BUILDING ' 2' -2'° ::: THRU PLASTER WALL i L / / (4) GALV. 5/8'4 THRU -BOLTS 0_7. B.O. LATTICE � • PAPER BEHIND EXF. JT. �— EXPANSION JT. FILLER • - - -�k- - - 1 - [ - +T - - - i - -- 17 - 2 - � • 1111' - w STRUC. 0 ..:1:1 I w .. FLEXIBLE F! ASHtNG. EXTEND �- -- ; � � - - ^ONC. PAVING � � • MIN. 8 EACH WAY SEE 2/A9 0 FOR COMMON I - CEMENT PLASTER WALL - - s CALLOUTS ® SOFFIT I ___I ° ' -- 29/A6.G !PLAN DETAIL i ASSEMBLY °ER 29/A6.0 , . ' � � -, -- )r - �` 0 TYP. PLASTER INSIDE CORNER ENTRY TRELLIS POST BASE ENTRY TRELLIS WOOD LATTICE 1 , 1 -1/2 = 1' -0 3/4" = 1' -0 1-1/2 = 1' -0 ' 01_,/2..1_,, I i ,' ,___ , O i 1 1 POST: EXTEND F BUILDING FACE N4 I AT CENTER BASE TO MEET • • i - WINDOW CURB I LINE OF 5- 1/8'x15' GLULAM POSTS ., , . ••! PTO C15x40 WELD TO MTL (...0 1 11== t • ,D FRAMING PER 29/A9.0 _ _ .`1, r i .. ° ' . • '� MITER CHANNEL CORNER 1-------; 61 10 1 1 CZ r C 6 › . \ BACKER ROD & SEALANT - -- -. o TYP. AROUND C15 PROFILE CASING BEAD. LAP MIL > • ,I LATH o/ BEAD FLANGE DOWNSPOUT WHERE �' •. I - CEMENT PLASTER WALL OCCURS. SLEEVE THRU i ' :. >• , L PLINTH _11.11 A SSEMBLY PER 29/A6.0 I !PLAN DETAIL C 01-1/2° CHANNEL CORNER @ PLASTER ENTRY TRELLIS POST BASE - PLAN it\gil ' i le. MT WOM ■ Doa,..... 1 (p 1 -4 BG Ph.. Pi WNW SS PIMIECT IN L I V OF TUKWILA SMM mom 41104.7 SMM .tau : t_iii : Mel KB oe. CITY Of TUKWILA 4411 nRCnr�,r JUL 252002 1'./ & tb s , ` , « ,.; m ! 41111111"/ EXTERIOR DETAILS 02284.00 JUNE 10, 2002 MT • S: \_2002 \0228400 \CADD\A9.1.DWG ■ nnivT Lei m P.TM A9.1 PERMIT /BID SET WI MOM COPYRIGHT O MITHUN, INC. _ « # _ -_ . 1111..: 4 • 11 - - - RAMC SNiEATR __+___ T " - — MITHUN 0. - : r 1 Mu PIER ____ _.. T E ` R P - TYPE PER PLAN __. i-� I ,707-, Ardtitects.oesig.x.s.Planne,s r•c ;MtTL s/�' -ITE'� PLYrDOD _ STUD 0 'SM.; -` WAD '_ STUDS • SA. 1 T / W .. , i . (CLOSET SCE Y) PER PLAN YAi S 20 �AFaskanNap (HEADER OR STUDS PER . / , __ STRLC. 1N►+E IE OCCURS) 7 MEAL FRAM Suite 2A0 ( HOLLOW 11 'A_ ER ME — Seattle, WA 98tot r = 1 x BLOCKING FAX 623.3344 �_ '� MTL BASE T RACK r 206 623 loos SET IN SEALANT HOLLOW 1E'AL FRAME REITh (CLOSETI DOOR PER SCHEDULE t . - -- BI -TOLD DOORS BASE be FINISH; I . -- � PER SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE -- ,;(4. �� r 5 • 3/4' f 5 3/4' f 5 3/4 / X 6 1 /4' ®aOORS �` f n & • 0 HEAD @ GWB WALL (JAMB SIM.) HEAD @ CASED OPNG (JAMB SIM.) 0 HEAD @ CLOSET 206 PARTITION BASE DETAIL 3" = 1' -0' 3 = 1 -0' 3' = 1' -3i 1 -1/2" = 1'-0" _ Z - _ SC 3 -i; 2' 25 T GA STUD VERT. 9 GA HANGER SPACED VERT- 12 GA HANGER SPACED -- _I I REWED O CROSS TEES 4' -G' C.C. ALONG 4' -0' O.C. ALONG MAiN RUNNER WAIN RUNNER A WI � TO STRICTURE ABOVE O COMPRESSION JOINT DO NOT & JOISTS PER UBC 25 -2 TO STRUCTURE ABOVE STRUCTURE 12 G AT EACH 1 O ATTACH GWB .0 TOP RUNNER. COMPRESSION STRUT ®� 2' -0' 0 -C. ORT WI TYP SEEN,. CORNER Of RE MANGER TO FD(TURE I + STRUT SUPP PROYJc ACOUSTICAL SEALANT I = � , � AC.T- SWAY RES BRACE DET (4) ' 2 GA WIRES SECURED TO MAIN , ! AT tit ,TAPS BETWEEN CEILING \ I / 12' -0" O.C. (4) '2 GA. WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS RUNNER- ATTACH SI. +CK WIRE _ _ _ I & aRT�10N RUNNER. SPLAY 90' FROM EA. OTHER SPLAY 90' FROM EA OTHER N T-E_, 45' ! I ( CJ f 12 GA SWAY SUPPORT 5• / o RESTRAINT DAr' CORKERS DIRECT', '0 FIXTURE AT N -T_E -, 4 FROM CLNG- PLANE - HOW. 3 -1 25 GA MTL STUD ! / WIRES ®12' -0 0 -C. \ FROM LANG. PLANE HCRIZ. '-7/ _ ' I / RESTRAINT POIN S SHALL BE PLACED T ,ACRE PER 25 -2 & POINTS SHAH 9E PLACED 12' -0' O.C. Z 12' -0' O.C- IN 30TH DIRECTIONS « HE ACOUSTIC INSU � - 9 GA SUSPENSION / \ IN BOTH DIRECTIONS w/ THE FIRST � _ _ - LATION FIRST POINT WITt IN 4' -0' =ROM EACH \ 1 - _ F • WIRES A 4' -0 O.C. �- W SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE POINT WITHIN 4' O FROM EACH WALL. �� f ; \:/,‘,2. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. I = I e I COLD- ROLLED CHANNEL 1 1 '/2" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL , . I SO \ / MAIN RUNNER / I �- U3 1 , ,..i - ---- I ®4' -0' O.C. 0 4 - 0 ' 0 . C. - i 16 GA TIE WIRE 7/8' HAT CHANNE� ��� 111111111111111 , i i I O SS �� _ A.C.T. ATTACH FIXTURE TO CEILING CE �+ 2' -0" O.C. tee SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH WALL TYPE T.C.T. (GWB WHERE _ ILING EDGE ANGLE w/ P AVIN G CLAM DEVICES HIA1 CHANNEL ® P VARIES PER PLAN _ INDICATED ON A4.0 & A4.1). HAVING OAPACT! OF 100% Nib. 2 0 -C- I 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB (UNO) CROSS Rl yNER OF LIGHTING FIXTURE �- - i FASTEN ANGLE TO PARTITION 3 TrP WEIGHT IN ANY DIRECTION NOTE: SUSPENDED CLG SHALL BE 'NSTA! ! ED PER 97 UBC NOTE: SUSPENDED CLG SHALL BE INSTALLED PER 97 u C- 1 FULL HGT. PARTITION HEAD , GWB CEILING BRACING DETAIL ®SUSP. GWB CEILING DETAIL A.C.T. CEILING BRACE DETAIL A.C.T. SWAY BRACE DETAIL LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT n , (FP 1 -1/2 = 1' -0' • N -T.S_ 1 -1/2 = 1' -0" 0 1 -1/2" = 1' -0' 1 -1/2" = 1' -0' 2 J 1_1/2 = 1' -0' I 1 1 I �] USE RESILIENT SLEEVE � 18' � I -� �� -� TO ISOLATE PI PING CLR. - I BENCHMARK F.O.LC- 'S.4 , 10 _....i, FROM CL &STUD �',,� I I MiN. ■ a TOP TRACK Q z . ; ' `° (, 32' STN FLU TE F SH w 'J' BEAD TYP. NOTE: FITTING CLR. C ONCRETE 1 ROOM F010 4, MIN- 4, 4'0 CORE DRILL (4) 2x4'S ON WO SUPPORTS 1.-6' 0 " " "° "" I f & SOLID GROUT • f ' [� � , • THROUGH -BOLTS w/ WD. SPACERS. 1143 Min , l - ' - ' - - -- 'WALL MiOUNT -- -tom , ., RECESSED BOLTS ®EDGE - � � I IF MIRROR IS IN OBJECTS AT } J • t $ S' HEIGHT TO ; t a Zn „DR ESSING RO OM, MIN. 2x4 WD PERIMETER BRACING. SECURE �j - ! WALL TYPE PER PLAN 1118"W X 54'H, USABLE ,' Cl ' `O AVOID ,I ' �i INTERFERENCE I AS REQ'D TO WALL & BENCH i 1. I;+ „ FROM BENCH N • I ' WITH TURNING __ - — . SLEEVING DEV +CE SUCH AS r; �, 4' -0' MIN., ROLE 2x4 POST ® FREE CORNER 'TRlSOLATOR' CR 'PR ISOLATOR' ! CLEAR FLOOR ��oCP o4 ,,,D o ',)003303001.0 o o 'o�o,cP c4 \ ?o o�oo o ,oc 10 1c g:i, SEAL ALL AROUND PENETRATION BENCH ® , ?q,4,• n n,g, _ o _ q g,_ q,< - f — , SPACE o oc c o o O 4 �a 17 " -19" AFF 1 NOTE DETAIL OF PENETRATIONS PARALLEL ALL WOOD TO BE FINISH GRADE FIR, HEMLOCK, OR PINE. FINISH x/ & ANCHOR POINTS FOR + TRANSFER ZONE ! ! -_ CONCRETE SLAB WATER -PROOF VARATHANE- REMOVE ALL GRADE MARK NGS. I II® 1 0 CONTROL OF PLUMBING NOISE TOP @ PARTIAL HGT. WALL CID S CLR @ ACCESS. FITTING ROOMS REI BENCHMARK DETAIL BENCH @ SHOWER N.T.S. 3" = 1' -0' 1/2" = 1' -0" 1 -1/2" = 1' -0' GI 3/4" = 1' -0" HO. WE WWWM 24" f - EE ;: SHAPER MECH- PLWOOD i0 Q �ti WD STD ' v DOOR PER SCHEDULE — DOOR FRAME BEYOND - ELEV. +14'- ` . - Tr ` ` SHEET VINYL FL CORNER BEAD 111 9 • ou"a -- -' PER FINISH SCHEDULE. i ALUMINUM THRESHOLD FURRED WALL AT MECH. SHAFT GWB SOFFIT N EXTEND UNDER SET IN SEALANT 22 3/ = 1' -0" 3" = 1' - D" Rum VAMP THRESHOLD I SMM irnoscr MOT., .i����_ 1' -2' 1 ' - 2' - , SMM HMI; �ENTFti WRAP ALL HOT WATER 4 CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ADJ. PIPES PER CODE �, ,,� BLOCKING TYP. / ,`' " 1 _3 CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL .ADJ. - SHELVES SPACED 15 APART TYP. / 4 SHELVES SPACED 15" APART TY; o e 1 RECESSED +- 1 \ 3/4" x 12" MELAMINE ADJ. \ I • 1 I 3/4" MELAMINE ADJ. SHELVES STANDARDS TYP. SHELVES, HEAVY DUTY ADJ. , CI RESTROOM /SHOWER COUNTER THRESHOLD @ RESTROOMS I I BRACKETS & STANDARDS ®3' -0" . '' R ECESSED STANDARDS 3" = 1' -D 3/4" MELAMINE +! O.C. MAX, 6' MAX- FROM END OF SHELVES. b MELAMINE INLLI4ISH / " 3" = 1' -0" ADJ. SHELVES TYP.. �---�, u M , TYP. w» {�, 'o Gf 3TERE9 . - (� ` 3/4" MELAMINE SIDE PANEL WHERE - in WIRE PULL TYP. ,,,-.:7-- A f\ UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RUN A NEW BOTTOM SHELF ® "' COMPLETE SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS (ARCH., STRUC., MECH., & ELEC.) AND '' OCCURS w/ PVC EDGE TO MATCH. TACKBOARD F.OI0 WHERE INDICATED !? } MICROWAVE TO BE ' SEE ELEVATIONS / ' I PLACE THEM IN THE PLANS HOLDER. + - 1 LOOSE PVC CAP - __ 16' DEEP `1, I d 4) $ -- ' TACKBOARD F.0.I.0. WHERE INDICATED 7/ — 3/4" MELAMINE SIDE PANEL WHERE t4 wxs row ed OCCURS w/ PVC EDGE TO MATCH. I I I 1/4 "! THRU -BOLT w/ 2 -1/2" DIA. GROMMETS - VERIFY \ SEE ELEVATIONS ..Z i END TOGGLE TYP. OF (2) • P -LAM Cr) LOCATION W/ OWNER PROVIDE MIN. 2 -1/2 DIA. GROMMETS - VERIFY \ o NOTE: WRAP 4" l PAN HEAD VIM 1 ALL PIPES AS REQ. BACKSPLASH N (1) P ER SECTION OF DESK LOCATION W/ OWNER \ _ SCREWS 1YP. CODE 2' -0" �., N N ()�PERSECTIONO DESK MIN,[ 1-0)' P -LAM 14 1' PLYW P-LAM COUNTER COUNTER W/ 3/4 "x2" PLYWD- - _ -- COUNTERTOP, _ 2' -6" PVC EDGE TO MATCH 2' 6- 1" PLYWD P -LAM COUNTER W/ PVC INTERIOR DETAILS SCREWED TO 2x4 I • SELF -EDGE I� EDGE TO MATCH MTL STRAP TYP. OF (2) -t- N DRAWER II I - i STEEL PENCIL DRAWER i iiiw 4,11 STEEL PENCIL DRAWER CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CLR. LABEL STATING: LEDGER 3/4 ADJ. __ }F —WIRE CONTIN LEDGER J - CONTINUOUS LEDGER M " rY 6 PVC TUBE w/ PVC " `' SHELEVES ON D x PUL FULL P -LAM END PANEL " - - FULL P -LAM END PANEL 02284.00 END CAP GLUED IN PLACE 0 _ ° RECESSED STUDS. N TYP. � � ®EXPOSED ENDS JUNE 10, 2002 THIS TUBE CONTAINS CITY - APPROVED ` 1.-, MELAMINE TNT. a - 3/4' MELAMINE BRACE W/ PVC �n 3/4" MELAMINE BRACE W/ PVC °"n I STORE DRAWINGS AND OCCUPANCY N FINISH TYP, FRONT � + EDGE TO MATCH. (MAXIMUM 4' -0" �:, EDGE TO MATCH. (MAXIMUM 4' 0" S:\ 2002102284001CADD�A,9 2.DWG PERMIT. CONTENTS ARE NOT TO BE �� RB BASE TYP. — I SPACING SEE ELEVATIONS) am SEE ELEVATIONS) n�c, "�°" P "'" \ �� REMO VED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF P -L AM 0 EXPOSED THE STORE MANAGER. 4 RUBBER 3/4%4" WIDE BRACE 4 " RUBBER 3/4 "x4" WIDE BRACE PLANS HOLDER THANK YOU END PANELS 3" BASE ATTACHMENT PLATE BASE ATTACHMENT PLATE A9.2 SECTION @ KITCHENETTE SECTION @ OFFICE COUNTER SECTION @ OFFICE COUNTER PERMIT /BID SET • 1 1/2" = 1' -O" ■ 3/4" = 1' -O" 3/4" - 1' -0" 3 3/4" - 1' -0" *en went C OPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. —_ — ..... BRADcPS • c+ORWRS 4` ;' SEyaate. u) 3/4' pomp ENE 1 1/4' m ITHUN Pier N E : _ AWE_ ;PP / - ' [.. �— ,IdN1'S 1Y A T ?A Cti+ etc-- _ -' _E at - -It �� ADD M. ►RAMS '0 EA ?X? CONT. FRAME . b "; Des;gncrs +Planntrs _ p . - - --� S".,0 IT C 55ES { ?) 3/ +' P+LYMD • �I llrc>ttrteds_ • .. = = °f sus • = P !fRNAII -- - i TYPE PER PLAN 8' TI DE 2? GA "' Alaskan G :• ---)! _ "w - R E ' SiSRM� J1P . PLAN SHT YT maw - - - : t • JOINTS TYP. ATTACH r S/ ' uw9. �S $te 200 Way v, - I b � OR — t - -___- --__�� LENGTH ST 1 WA 98101 - --- ; - - / -"-� _ ------ CROSSES X 206 62; = : I -3344 -DI ' : . ONE ( 1)' LAYER • °D �_ I m ' 1/4' PEGBOARD _ s ' ---11 206 623 TES �_ i"P. ALIGN DISPLAY PANEL o ). ALIGN DISPLAY PANEL _ - GAW. W000 SCREW 5I •�+i SECTIONS PLYMIO(IO - JOINT 0 SU�RIMlE (_ JOINT 0 S RAl1E _ - - Q - AS 2' -0' ; j Ft �� l ONE ( 1 ) L AYER ) - WALL PER ALAN " SLATGRD' WALE-MOAT NIOOC S�,RE>W5 t _ _ 1 U APES ARE SJPP TYPE 'X GIIMB 0 ' 2' ' p .. • BRACKET F.o.lc. �w �� x s' c'. a? AS S�IOnm SC MK I pi, -"' EACH SECT ' BAR EDGES_ AS " EAN ';:� WIRE ?X6 WOOD STN_ • S Al AT ° - - - - - B >y 22 GA . y -0 . 24 O.C. TOP OF PLY*OOC MTL STORAGE GRID r ' . O LC. SM M L BACK NG MOUNT BO'TOV C+ PANELS ®` C' - 1W0 2) DYERS __ _ i AT STORAGE I i AFT, "'O TYPE 'X' cm , J 4-- __ VARIES PER PLAN X VARIES PER PLAN 3/4' MDF ■ c I - 0 GRID STORAGE CONSTRUCTION AT RATED CORRIDOR - SLOTWAL ED CO IDOR DISPLAY SUBFRAME GRID DISPLAY SUBFRAME - L STORAGE GRID � PEGBOARD , 3/8 = 1' -0' ®CEILING 3' = 1' -0' 3/8' = 1' -0' 3/8' = 1' -0' © 3' = 1' -0' 6 r = - - TYP. -WALL TYPE VARIES. TYP. SLATGRD IXST. CMS WALL . PLAN �O: NAT± PANELS PANEL WIDTH MDF BACKER PANELS >1.1 31 SEE PN TOGETHER WHEN TOGETHER WHEN DISPLAY VARIES — SEE PLAN 0 A9-3 LONGER THAN 4' 3 20 • DISPLAY PANE IS All Ali PANEL IS LONGER THAN 4' -0' 1x1 WOOD TRIM AROUND ALL 'r if I -0' •+' " 2 0'� �W 3x3x3/16' STL ANGLE r/ 1/2'0 x 5' _ ∎ I I ANCHOR BOLT INTO SOLIDY- GROUTED CMU EDGES 9Y CONTRACTOR I I \ I - -- - -- CELLS. INSTAL_ BOLT PER co IB REPORT - • r _ /4527. � � � ♦� -_ TYP. TYP. ` — I■ NNENNINNINErsommommonommaunto 3x3x3 /t E MTL ANE r/ k_ PARTIAL t 30 AI 1/2' DJ. '!;RU BOLT 0 MTh ♦ ♦ f' FABRIC- WRAPPED SELF -EDGED = ` \' 3 - - - - E 3 ♦ •� ♦ ♦ PANELING, F.O.LC. o FULL PANEL PANEL PANE- r ∎ TYP. - ANGLE, 3/8' :AC 0 WALL : : • .y ♦ 0 I [I L--, ♦ �► a _ - - _ - _ - - -- SLOTTED LAG �♦ _ ' ALUM. DISPLAY 'ADD -A- GROOVE' I , i, / F.O. _C.PAINT TO MATCH WOOD J I ���� � TRIM COLOR ttttttiw ® ¢ .O. W ALL 1-. -- - * I s * * ♦ ♦ ♦ . " ■ DE PLAN l' - Q y P C ' 0 t f 'I' / . ♦♦ SLJTWA�_ ANEL , .�J.LC. ,r4, .4, , NOTCH MTL. AT WALL ♦ ♦�� f . r `-' N ' ELEC. -GWB WALL TO MATCH EXST. i♦i�� � • j j FINISHED F_OCR FULL-SIZE PANELS Al DtDES,� r MAINTAIN . L_L- SIZE SLOTWAL� EQ. EQ. EQUIPMENT PER I LOCATE PAWl4 PANELS IN 'NE MIDDLE I I C1; f TYP. DISPLAY WALL ELEVATION ELEC. INTERIOR WALL BRACE ENVIRONMENTAL CTR. SECTION DISPLAY PANEL SEAM DIAGRAM 431 TI 3/8" = 1' -0" 0 1 -1/2" = i' -0' 3" = 1 - 0 ' N.T.S. 1 i , I C BIKE LIFT 1 v in 1 1/4° I j EQUIPMENT, F.O. LC. I I " 0 � . 1 1/4- _ + _� \ c ' — O I AFF GLULAM BEAM & y' 9 • \ 5/8" G.W.B. SHEATHING PER =. - � j 1 1 5/8" G.W.B. STRUC., TYP. �, ': I I I- __ —'Irk (2) /14 SHEET METAL SCREWS (2 p� ! -� 0 © , .....4 , 1/2" MIN.)0 EA. STUD TYP. FINISH NAIL & '' ,-r, GLUE 0 BUTT FINISH NAIL & '' Cf) JOINTS TYP. I I B.O. STRUC.., I'� GLUE 0 BUTT L � ' 2X6 LEDGER PEP. 3/4" MDF I ° JOINTS TYP. LLEV. +15' -0" in Q I a I !' MTL SLATGRID, ■■ I � 3/4 MD / �, _L_ Z MIS TYP.) / a 2 "x3/8' 4 6 "x3- 1/2'x3/8' X 1' -0' ;Vl / TYP ' ME = _ • W SLOTWALL PANE W 3 16" V w/ (2) 3/4'0 THRU -BOLTS c.-, - Ill 6 " .\__) . 111 = I BIKE LIFT LATCH 0 9" O.C. w/ WASHER R , j � -AFF II II — 3 I �^ 3 N ' 1/4 "X3" X 0' -3' ON -� � , ° ; . BACKSIDE. PLYWD SUBFRAME i 1 4 PLYWD SUBFRAME ° w NOTE. THIS ATTACHMENT ASSEMBL PER 5/A9.3 I - r o : I PER 4/A9.3 ii TYP. 0 EA END OF BIKE LIFT. _ BIKE HOOK, TYP. S IDE ELEVATION -I SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPES I® WOOD SCREWS , I °I o � o (BIKE LIFT OMITTED FOR CLARITY.) ,�, WOOD SCREWS 0 1 B KE LIFT HANGING DETAIL 12" O.C. TAP., 1/2' I I 12 D.C. TYP., 1 /2' ' c p SECTION AT RACK ANCHORAGE PENETRATION TO o I PENETRATION TO 16 1 -1 /2' = 1' -0' 8 z STUDS �I i„ W STUDS III ED "° °"" "'°' NI ••. = 1 IN WALL WALL • �•� , " CONSTRUCTION 0 = 1 1 2 I I, 3 CONSTRUCTION 0 1 ( l 1' O.H. / 3/4" - - / - -- - NOTE: HOOKS DISPLAY PANELS o DISPLAY PANELS � 3 60' CUT ( MAX. / VARIES. SEE PLAN I VARIES. SEE PLAN 1 1/4 0. 1 1/4" _- PLUG END OF HANDRAIL 2x WO TREAD " ` , A IL & 0 12" C.C. BY OWNER FOR WALL TYPES 'co S i' / RETURN TO WALL FOR WALL TYPES 1 4 RUBBER TREAD TYP. _1 1 -1/2'0 NOM. STD. PIPE ` ' _ _ _ . ° - - 'ED - -- i HANDRAIL '')L \ . N N Q) _ I 3/4 PLYWD \ . I � �- 1 3 —0" ED 5/8" G.W.B. - , 5/8" G.W.B. ° RISER f HANDRAIL BRACKET 0 5 -0 O.C. I I � 2x12 STRINGER MITER CORNERS P`1). �' BG liumismi. PE STRUC. j (2) 3/8 "0x2 -1/2' LAG SCREWS 3/4' OWNER SUPPLIED (2) ;y14 SHEET METAL SCREWS ( 2 SS TYP. RUBBER I TYP. RUBBER �} MDF CLEAR FINISH / 1/2 MIN.)® EA. S'UD s BASE - RETED ING / Ii i� BASE I I P.T. 2x8 SILL w/ 5/80 8" WIDE 16 GA. SHEET METAL _ - ` 3/4 MDF TRIM CLEAR SM WNW* ` "'r r FINISH. CUT F ROM 2X6 LEDGER 5MM FINISH PLR. FINISH PLR. EXPANSION ANCHOR TO BACKING T ALONG 2x8 LENGTH BLOCK OF OR OWNER SU PPLIED STOCK / """ ■ EXIST. CONC. SLAB. 3" HANDRAIL KB 1 'ERMITCENTER EMBED MIN. _1.____ , I SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPES - - i . o�« rp SEE PLAN FOR WALL YPES O SECTION @ GRID WALL DISPLAY SECTION @ GRID WALL DISPLAY TYP. SECTION @ WOOD STAIRS TYP. PIPE HANDRAIL TYP. CORNER @ DISPLAY PANEL SECTION AT LEDGER BOARD 3" = 1' -0" ( - 1 21 1" - 1' -D' 3" = 1' -0" 23 1'_0" = 1' -0' 0 3' = 1' -O' 4411 REGISTERED DISPLAY PANEL CONSTRUCTION NOTES: A RCHITECT WALL ASSEMBLY VARIES. 1. FACE MATERIAL FOR THE WALL - MOOUNTED DISPLAY PANELS IS FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR IS TO CONSTRUCT, / ' ! SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPES � INSTALL, AND FINISH THE DISPLAY WALLS WITH THIS MATERIAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO SUPPLY ALL SUBFRAME MATERIALS, STEEL I _.:, ' , • , I I 1 R � , E 1 SUPPORTS, AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING THE DISPLAY WALLS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE EXIST. WOO1 1I I ► as►�1NGTON INFORMATION. PURLIN 1 i� PLYWD SUBFRAME PLYWD SUBFRAME- i (/ I 11 CITY OF Pima AMMO 2. WALL -HUNG DISPLAY PANELS HAVE AN INTERNAL PLYWOOD SUBFRAME THAT IS ATTACHED TO EITHER CONCRETE OR GWB WALLS. I lP AT GWB WALLS, SECURE SUBFRAME AT EACH STUD IT CROSSES. 1 -1/2" UNISTRUT I , A F A JUL 2 5 2002 ATTACH w/ 1/2 "0 0 1/2 " ALL - THREAD I A) !-A ICU '°" 3. ALL MDF PANELS TO BE SECURED WITH FINISHING NAILING AND CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE. FOR GRID PANELS SEE 3/A9.3; FOR ' -- _- . I .44. — ___� ��^+�r� 1 INTERIOR DETAILS SLOTWALL PANELS SEE 4 A9.3. SEE 12 A9.3 FOR PANEL SEAMING DIAGRAM. ALL - THREAD TO EACH — JOIST IT CROSSES -- - - ' , -- CABLE BRACE r - 4. SLOTWALL (GROOVED MDF WITH METAL INSERTS): SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. SIMPSON ANGLE - - - - - - - 1 I ( 4 SCREW THROUGH ALUMINUM SLOT MATERIAL TO SECURE SLOTWALL TO SUBFRAME. INSTALL PLASTIC INSERTS FULL LENGTH OVER 12 GA. MIN. • SCREWS PRIOR TO ADDING FINAL TRIM AT EDGES. IF DISPLAY PANEL IS LONGER THAN 8' -0" IN LENGTH, RANDOMLY STAGGER THE _ , 3/8 "0 THROUGH -BOLT SLATWALL, TYP. SLIGHTLY EASE EDGES f � � n' "02284.00 METAL INSERT SEAMS ACROSS THE MATCHLINE 0 -8 MIN. 10 OBSCURE THE OUTLINE. FILL ALL HOLES WITH MATCHING PUTTY. 0 EXPOSED CORNERS "° REFER TO DETAILS FOR CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISHING. v AND 0 BUTT JOINTS 3/4 " MDF J OWNER FURNISHED WOOD FINISH NAIL & GLUE JUNE 10, 2002 - BIKE DISPLAY RACK 0 BUTT JOINTS TYP. OF MDF TYP. S:1_2002102284001CADW9 3.DWG 5. TRIM SHOWN IN DETAILS IS FROM SALVAGE OF OWNER- SUPPLIED MDF MATERIAL. PROVIDE TRIM AT ALL (4) SIDES OF THE DISPLAY B.O. RACK CLEAR FINISH 0 MDF SLATGRID, TYP. SC .1101N P�TM PANEL. TRIM AND SLOTWALL TO RECEIVE (2) COATS OF CLEAR SEAL FINISH TYP. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE 15' -0" AFF TRIM TYP. INFORMATION. 3/4 ' 2'-0' SLATGRID PANELS • BIKE RACK HANGING DETAIL EDGE WALL DISPLAY A9.3 BID SET 1 1/2" = 1 0" 3 0 @ 3" _ 1 O" D SPLAY PANELS PERMIT /BID ,�, • . COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC. • 4 1/4 . ® MITHUN _ ,,• Ar +Desigrers +Planners .I' 4' -5 1/1' 17.-2 1 /4' i If C =' -5 1/4 j , j IR Ti • ! P 1 Alaskan 56 r I I - -A iran Ws1r ii, , t I 41,--- Seattle, WA 98101 en 206 623.3344 re* ' MOD C ' d six 206 623.7oo5 Of / r I l I [I .. 3 1/6 -1/7 cam- / 1 " ' " _ GLUON IC BEAM T1PP. I /'� w/ FERRULE & #2 'YE DOSING 9'x "' / I T r , 1/4 ' SR NfIRE Reef f2 BOLT 0 EACH END • NO COLUMN ► `` •/ FE1 ULE & t2 E11E 3-1/0"x10-1/2" BOLT 0 EAC' EM I �x , \--, I { GLUON l BEAM ` i ce ► � �` An I 1; ........m. _ * en i — Q I s,. � — x6 ^ CO n _ DECK:�cC o/ Z ISE ,90 o I ( I ,N a 1 >> 1 .: -- 3- t /B 'x t O -1 DECKING / 2' o/ 4A 1 I I 1 3 -1 in'. 3x6 WD O-1 /2" ^ C . II ' 1;2._ 4 ! i - . +- - � — , i GL ULAM 3 BENT ' �� t auL �j - -. MCI ox22 RAW �, — i • STL CHANNEL "I �` 1 _ U. _f 1 ■ __ -- ► f '` TYP. OF — (4) ' o 4 ' } J MC i 0x22 RAW STL ` o EDGE OF I ATTACH CHANNEL TY P. lIC10x22 RAW STL DECKING ABOVE - i I A. fAC �.U.AM TO � CHANNEL r i a f 149 i MC w/ 5/ LAG 's SCREWS THROUGH •; 8x8 WOOD BASE 1 I I PRE - DRILLED HOLE -« + 8x8 WOOD ; ' COLUMN TYP. ' I `�' - - "' IN CHANNEL FLANGE COLUMN TYP. 1 AI I M MAPS I L j' , l 1 RAW SR BASE /KERF I RAW S^ L KE Rz - - ill H n , a N 1 II IV,111(fi �" E-, j ' ` / PLATE PER STRUC. / ST RUC. "; U U I 1 \_ U U :I::1: .I:3 ;I: ,„ � PLATE PER S RUC. I : I o I I r 1 1 l�-J� 3-1/8-x13-1/2- 1 3 WOOD DE CKING w/ ` I ( 1____------, NEW CONC. FOOTING NEW CONC. FOOTING 0 1 GLULAM BEAMS I 1 -1/2' GAPS TYP. DECKING TYP. OF (8) AT PERIMETER ONLY. CENTER \___ MTL HAND GRIPS PER STRUC. ( PER STRUC CI AREA OPEN TO ABOVE TYP. OF (4) iiil - MAPS /BOOKS DISPLAY STRUCTURE PLAN NORTH • MAPS /BOOKS DISPLAY STRUCTURE - SECTION /ELEV. MAPS /BOOKS DISPLAY STRUCTURE - SECTION /ELEV. D... 411 1/4" = Y-3" 1/4" = 1' -0' 0 1/4' = ?' -0' fl % I I , ii 3- 1/8'x10 -1/2" 1/8 "x4" STL FLATBAR w/ 1/4'0 HAND GRIPS WHERE OCCURS - I M BEAM TYP. LAG SCREWS 0 3' -O" O.C. GLULA HAGER CO. ' -8X- 325 -9995 (2) 5/8 "0 LAG SCREWS r -' ! MODEL #8H D v 0 6' O.C. 3x6 WD DECKING w/ g * LAG SCREW TO DECKING I I (2) 5/8'0 THROUGH -BOLTS GLULAM IT CROSSES i T FLAT BAR ' - I' - w/ REt CUSTOM MALLEABLE .4. ® r > , • _ t t ��-' 1/8'x4" STL FJ\,BAR " w/ 1/4'4 0 •�� Imtei-- WASHERS 0 6 O.C. _ 3- 1/8'x10 -1/2' GLULAM LAG SCREWS 0 3' 0 O.C. 1 ( BEAM w/ (2) 5/8'0~ ` / 1 i __ __ 4 THR OUGH -BOLTS & REI _ - _' _ 1 \ ` 4 ' 7---",, 1 _ _ . E0. EQ. - I CUSTOM MALLEABLE WASHERS _ / / / NC10x22 R STL CHANNEL — +1 _ ,1 jJ 1 w/ (2) 5/8"0 THROUGH -BOLTS 0 ' 3/8 "x9" DEEP RAW 511 & WASHERS TO EACH COLUMN .� BRACKET TYP. NOTCH CI - - - -- • ' COLUMN FOR FLAT 8x8 WOOD COLUMN 4 I ; r, 1 B CONNECTION ' TYP. � \'� - - -� \ - - 8x8 WOOD COLUMN TYP. O O / EQ. EQ / / EQ. EQ /, CITY , T B 5/8'0x4 LAG SCREWS TYP. *PRAY Ylt THRCLGH PRE - DRILLED HOLE g ' IN CHANNEL FLANGE JU( 25 ?oOz PLAN DETAIL @ TIE BEAM BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTION _.,. - - - `'''''",.---.• --CU;"-• 16 i ® 1 "o STL TIE ROD TYP. w/ PER PLAN i EXIST. WD & WASHERS I ; t rt.': i PER PLAN q / CLEVIS & TURNBUCKLE I PURLINS I EXIST. PURUN 2 4' 4" 2 " PER PLAN I GWB WALL P� —, � DATE ,� / / / WD BLOCKING - e � C12x20.7 RAW STL 3/4" DIA I ( �%L�, P te. CHANNELS THRU BOLTS I 1/4' KERF PLT, WELD TO --TM � � 4 1/2 "' 1/2" �`i' i ! I 6"Wx1C'Hx1 /4" STL PLATE c. ,p Q< ff 1/2" RAW STL PLATE, oo it -_r =_ `� J ® 2" 3' f1" i_ --- v • I WELDED TO 12'x12'x3 8' I 3x8 RAFTER �� - ic. TWO 1/2 RAW STL PLATES, / I _ pp. �'� WELDED TO 12'x12'x3 8 i STL BASE PLATE BELOW, ?YP. "' p � _ - , PER PLAN _ \� I • •� STL BASE PLATE, LOCATION e ,t, / ! ' ` r ,I _ "r c4-, \ i PER PLAN N" STL 1/2 STL / �I o (.0) \ , DIAGONAL 1 PLATE • PLATE c� 3 16 / , r —AL `3' (2) 5 /8" �` ' `, �� 16 • / ? — 3/16 l✓ THRU- BOLTS !' : L.+ t o - - • ce ' K ""i% f ' 7%12%3/8" STL . a ¢ I . _I DIAGONAL V 3/16> / _ / I �,, - STIFFENER PLATE L4 t • - I l , �--� t 111 - • , 1 ; -� I •-•. B.O. RAFTER ! _ , SS i f - 1 `'�` 3 16 / z ELEV. + 10 0 i awcc� w�,.� 1 > > ` 3 16 / N 0 1 0 TIE ROD TYP, w.' CLEVIS �, 1 E / ( 1 0 STL TIE ROD w/ �, j SMM T ,K� wi A A C12x20.7 RAW STL 3/16 ._ &TURNBUCKLE mom, CHANNEL TYP. CLEVIS & TURNBUCKLE o 3/16 ! - ® ` .. Ate.. ,p SMM (4) 5/8" DIA. ANCHOR BOLTS (2) KB PERMIT CENTER f 25. ® SUSP. ASMBLY CHAN N PER SIDE, 4- M!N. EMBED - - �« '' , gyp . G TYP. SUSP. ASSEMBLY @ CHANNELS " _ " @ ELS SUSP. ASSEMBLY @ ROOF 3x8 RAFTER @ GWB. WALL 1 -1 /z , 0 1 -1/2' = 1' - ' 3" _ ,' o" ell) 1 -1 /z" = 1' -0" i I 24 I I 3x8 RAFTER GWB WALL OR FURRING 3 L �" ' ,I 2" 3 7" 3" 2" PER PLAN BENT 1 8 "x TOP it, R / 3 ( 4x12 BLOCKING ~�� R E G TERED 2- 1/2'x5 "x3/8" STL 3" 4x BLOCKING, RIP AS REQ'D TO FIT AND BOTTOM) w/ (2) HITECT �� I ! PLATE EACH SIDE W/ (1) MIN BETWEEN STUDS, EXTEND DOWN TO ' 5/32' 0 DRIVE PINS TO / r D.RAFTER�T.O.CHANNEL 7 E -� ,1./ 1/2 "0 THROUGH - BOLT „_,�_,,,�� �,�_," TOP OF CONC. SLAB. ATTACH GWB STUD & (2) #10 SCREWS , ' 1 . p ; . � , , ., W ASHINGTON �i EQ.� �EO. TYP. }, DIRECTLY TO 4x BLOCKING. TO BLOCKING �' � I / , (6) 5/8 DIA LA G BOLTS, (3) PER 1 3x8 WD RAFTER, TYP. i u , SIDE, 3" MIN. EMBED i - - - - -- - - __• _ C12x20.7 RAW STL . - 3/16 �, - CHANNEL, TYP. ( , 1/2" KERF PLT, TYP., WELI ,. g ° ° -� T -- — - TO 1/2" BASE PLATE - -- I n n I__ j -I MAPS /BOOKS LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELEC., - 0 U T Y P> >3/ ! ��� r P ' 0 TYP. 0 7' -6" T.O. FIXTURE CASHIER COUNTER, TYP. ,I ' ��� ti -� } N C12x20.7 CHANNEL, - z - --�- ` - -� - -' -_- STRUCTURE, O. SLAB – F 2 -4 PER PLAN , CASHWRAP TRELLIS LEV. +0 �' V C12x20.7 RAW STL y -- - __ C12x20.7 RAW STL CHANNEL TYP. CHANNEL, PER PLAN PP" c� GWB . WALL PER PLAN 02284.00 a N nom w a� - B.O. CHANNEL (2) 5/8" THRU (2) 5/8" WD LAG SCRBLOCEWS, JUNE 10, 2002 EL +9' 8" " 2" 2" 1 /2 1YP TO KING SEE 24/A9.4 FOR °"" BOLTS & WASHERS : MIN. COMMON CALLOUTS S: \ \CADW9 4.DWG PART. BLDG. SECTION @ CASHSTAND TRELLIS SECT � "TM 0 RAFTERS @ CHANNELS Q CHANNELS @ GWB WALL — -- /4" _ '' -o• 3x8 RAFTER @ GWB WALL 3 = 1' -0" PERMIT /BID SET SW PUMP a, . COPYRIGHT m MITNI IN. INC. Notes MITHUN 6e^erQ S �C �� y �� � /� T.,C .�p�,��L Architects.Designers +Planners GR : ' : A RENOVA - : oI : �20: Alaskan Way A.. M•uu K • " : DE'S :9+ A nIVR+C',rA 5hr4._ CONFOR�' 7E ORb1:Yb SPECTIGTIONS 15 :112, :ON'TR.C7JR 'ink,. OERI " AL, EX :S' :46 GO1C : BEFSiE CO•EAC :46 AN" ODIOL ITION 2 A MELD :46._A.. EE :N Ct7F a r A : 5 G ANC A M.5 STACACS AND >HOL_ IX Ef ORRC B' 3s_ / r p r iw F0..!�.+16 Aim? r X186 0'! : ! a► f 74in��6c Suite Zoo ANC 'HE ,A:FOR" 3,. :.W :46 COVE AN '4'" =:':1N Sr04'N6 SQL BE 'N6*A-EL TC S:"'OR' EX :5TIME 60145''�„CTIOA A5 R :RE AN' :1A A WNW SsITA& TG N A B 0 �':"IS If -.D3R< .I5 ! O =.F "R ONL" PsE2oL:sIED rE7.' :A6 D�:SE S' A A 5 . Seattk. WA 98t0N -.E MOLAR SL ,MICE EY:STiN6 RE :N- CR: :46 5 BE SAY= MERE ANN; AS A OA T►E DRM :A166 SAM Sw BE U C ME-7:46 OF GRADE 60 RE:INFORC :46 BARS • iF RF�,.IR= 5006- 5E oERFR£ SIP ALL PRAM :h6 A :„) 5t+k_ '� f ":4:M�' S'AAL4FC5 THE J6C '!:N1:Mtiw 206 623 -3344 2. MSI8i LOAD: AS, •'F: -tLA CU": NS, ' F ANC * S NAL- NC " T EX I ST: 4fr RE I NFORC I A6 ANION : 5 BE SAr1 D DEMOLITION i :.F"R'Tf5 D: AS, AI TN I N 4 Or COLO BENS 14 RE I NFDRC I N6 5'gi :5 NO' PERM :'EEC SEE M: ilk _ O�FOR�' 'G JBG ' 23- :: 5 ,,+ \- : 8 , fie" tiBr -: '2 000 Floc 206 623.7005 VENICE W NC' 3E A-„OIC '0 WAS( 7R OA3LOAC 'HE EXIST :46 :'!R✓G JR L:MIT G@6R'. - :ON ..DN INS, RE:'FOI�c"'e 407. FOR wA'19R :A. R CLIRDEN S OF iE.DM BARS 5: OU':7N DF A :! n:'H- ,,q\.,It A\L AF;r. DRM " 6E °RO�.: +r1►T< { DE tMAS►$ROOF LIVE LOA; . - - - . . - - . - . . . . . _ _ . Z Rsf (IKJ ...' :NS, DEitL :TION DAR :S ON EXISTINE F.AAR S'STENS '0 AC °5F UNDI32 =E -€fr' L A JF A` 30 ANL _AS, B0.': BEAR:NE lC7A>C :6TA�J►':7A _AS FLOOR _ - rF_ _ AC c7' . GE.- 50 P5F 30 rn a F'RA NI M* TRIERS SNA" BE OF THE SANT 5'. ZE ANC 6A6E 5424+ ON '> E DRAM: A66 BOLTS Snk.L '.OlF G ' Q4' N+D< SECT I ON a ' 2. AND . NS AAA _ ON OF BOL' S+'A� GoFOR" '0 E "A : R AA✓ COLRR I DOR _ : IF_ ..OR; . . . . . . 1 OC °SF A _ 111_ SET OPE i : 465 THR0 EX I S : 46 M EOW" Sc .0 NGFF'E MALLS. 5�AB6. MO TAGS SMA.L BE NO''AT I ONS ON 'tiE DAM: AI6E �.A': S6 '0 ►E►'!` '"R -�W 5I OR w i SCE+AIEOUS W : t6 :'E5 . Rte PAN NOS BEG i 7N b . 1 2 _ . FAR ON . NS, 2C P5F AO44 FL: SHEC Br ° N i WS, MHEZ ' I la.E 1AL.SE T' : SE 'Y7 = A_ i O°I : N65 1, 0%.... TG ;.4TA�.06 NU BERS Or 'e 'wu . ACT, BY NN401�t 5 ': 46 S"5il K I RX_AND MA °C ONO S SY 6uARORA: 5; E�l.0 N" RA : -5 20 P_F BE SAWN, NEA' AEC' '. ?+ , EAN NC ''": NS, A' : N6 CORERS 9i _ LE 4.L01FD A5 RE L i REE C' MEMBERS OF NE ' i(Tk 51JD MMUFA DNA R 5 A5& : A'1 c'e MA' ?E SUBSTITUTED 'OR FRAM: r[- SNOMN B w 4.� `RAM I N6 T110 STUDS M: N I !Vy SHA BE FRO DES: A' '-E ENDS OF A` MLLE. AT EACr 11I NC NDO ► Oe�L1tLF ' $' COLE DR:',., ER✓ GOI• ANC Cr: A, 6R 11rD OR CC THE COP' "0 PR?J: DE NE REQU I RED OI E4S:ON5 PROi: Dl3 'HE" APE EQU T VALEN : N SHAPE 5: ZE, s : "NLE AND :'REA16T1+, AND CONFORM 'G : CEO RE` R NO 5I DE OF L. OPi N I NEE AND A' ` E ENDS OF Ay. BEAN ANC f_A R 50.16 BLx&I N6 FOR MOOD EARNOLA1.5 M) .AN:NE, ZONE 3 R : 5.5, CA : .54, Ga : 36 4a4S ALTER iATE NRANIN6 SNA._ BE SiE.EL" TO R.Fr:91 BY THE ARC- - :'FL' AND 5TR CT'JRiL NEWER PRIOR 'G GOL.Ui 45 5r/r.._ BE PRIMID3i THROC R+ FLOC45 'G a1PPORT 3:,21 SE DRAn_Nfr -0R A271 :JNAL LOA. NG CR. A . B. CONTRACTOR L VER:" ALL EXIST :NS, GOD :TIONS ANC _DC� IONN OF M PR.OR crrr 16 AM' FAB3t.CA .a EtJ A1_ CO- C-FCR : FRAM :45 7VL_ ALSO Co FOR' `i THE A.I.5.1. 'SPF'.F'CA'.ON "OR 'HE OPEN :'NEb DE5160. OF CAD -F�dE S R'.G 5' .A2k. 'E l4k S X M_5 54 __ -+AF 'c:R _2�c rW. R A A T; ARAM:46 MDR 911"911" 16d : COUGMUNPORTERLUNDEEN 3. STRti JRA DRM:Nf6 SNJL_ x JSi3 ►� OhUrG'iON M :TN 4R./ -. WTURUL DRM:4EF_ FOR 3:DD.A15 AN: NAME A' 1 2'oG STA6GNL JR EO_'E" 0 CONG T NI '- �' OIA ANCO OR BOLT ' EMS C N LT :ON CONT AG "OR SHALL VE;' =" D:'E'E : THE AND CO''G':' :ONE FOR : AT I B: _: T" AMC 5-Ac, NOTIFY G. SMALL R' Y C OPENi Nfh E SH BE AUO P_ I SHED 3N °OR€ DR: � 146, IF POSSIBLE. 31. DEFORMED BM ANCHORS iiAL_ BE TYPE D2_ ANCNORE BY NELSON STUD FIELDING OI V: S I ON TRA . A `,{z' i F` A D MITI' 2' x 2' x i' PLATE M id e E -C' oc °ER i5G ' 806.6 ML :806 b ' : NP : i : D. AL ► S1ATRL *AIL: s . i ;.+ AFC, : EL" OF 4_ : SCRE°AN C I ES °R : OR ',7 COMS'R..4 -: ON - r 5R UP OR SOU I VAL ENT. ANCt L SEA-_ BE MADE FRO" GOLD ROLLS DEFORMI� EOM GOM�FOR+': s6 'G OF EU I L' -JF S P O5 - 5 SrtiA�. BE Nil. :;,..Fri TC EACH- OTH R n: T 1(r • 1 oc 5 T A6fc7. -E 4 ON ^:rtfiG - J4 SQL_ JE�C:=" Ac: EX': ': S ^I'B6 ?7"L MP _:Z� ANC C .ONL'i'iCIL °R:GR TG GOM�EMG:46 l6'ti A-446 . -OCJR `�yt C ANC ROOF FRAMIN6. PROV :S XVI= .i0:ST5 .1MDER PARAc....:L FAR" : ':OWL 1 14' EX'EN OVER n r ANY WOW A_ 2: "EN'S: OE OF Ex: S'1 N6 CUR:/ a ST ON S*OKN T DRAM LAGS ARE : NTENDED 45 51, : xL: NE CVi4, ~ I MORE ' iAi. HAS F r JO! ST La6'� .Afv A ALL OPEN :!GS, : 4 �DO1Z OR RCYjFS °R'N 9R: h: NS C!L" AN' 'tU5' BE 1E,R :F :EC T E EN.S`:N6 : ;." :. 5HOrtN ON T►E PRAniNE6 A S' BA _ :"HER ON SI • 8 ° MD 50D 3�7GKI"6 A" A.. HEAR:`�6 °;:\ 5 '0.A,A :_ 10:5 `O iJ°°DR"r n'� TALC bC OeSE'Rv A': ON OR I G: 4 L NAA I N E'S OR b51."£: BASS ON EX°E'TED CORD :'IONS : r :HE Ex: S - I N& 14 . CONCRETE SEA.._ BE w I XED °ROPOR': ON ® ccNY-_` ED ANC °LAC= : N A /R ANCE n 1 TH UBG ' :ON 1 A05 AMC _ 41 A"AG� ':MEEK J0: _- 'O P.:�Sr aR CAMS n : S: MP50h '�" L �C: S' f14t : \ _ CGN O : T i ONES 7C NC' C,05E1' "A`N- THE GOND I '. ONE'S 5-04s ON THE DRAn :' OR : r THE Ex : : NG MA AG 1 30:. 5? REN6THS AT 28 DAYS AMC M I x CR: 732: A SHIA,- BE AS sOLLOM5 AC ANGE AN TN NOTES 4301_ NAIL ALL PI -,10' ET BEANS 'C6ETNER n:: r 1 6a • 2' oc 5T 66c'r ARE O^ OUFS':ONABLE OR E,?S'ANLA O 2.ALIT", NO' ENGINEER PRIOR TO COM£►C :NE ANY ,OR' 32. FRAN :46 .JN73E 5NALL BE KILN c :EP OR MC-1 AND GRADE? AND MARKED IN OCITOWANCE_ MITE+ 11 ', _ 5 TYPE OF CONSTRUCT :ON 2b DAY STREN6T>~ MAX I MJM W i N I MUM GEC STANDANO SRAD : Nb RJ: E5 FOR WsST (OAST NO. 11. FURNISH TO THE F LOA! N6 1 N I MUM STANDARDS ROOF AND FLOOR SHEATH" _ SE LAN,' J° 11: ' r GIRO: \ °EPE O - Fr 5 CONTRACTOR S-+A._ PROD: DE 'ENPORA+<'' BRAG'. 46 'OR NE STRJGTJR€ AND STRCTURA_ COMPONENTS 'UNTIL AL_ r : Nb SEAE : GULAR T SUPPORTS ANti. ',A : _ r ( N SLUMP CONTENT PER CUBI G TARE W: TFi 8c 4A I L5 • b' a TO °AMi= =SEE AC DIET 57"..10 rvN.. *5 Sr+G1h ON THE 7R�,x: VET F i NA ,ON►E `:OWL -LAVE NYC= ; : N AGC,0�4y E NIT- T-€ DFAn; W65. A. SLABS ON GRADE JOISTS ; 2x MEMBER HEN-FIR NG . 2 AND • ' 0' x TO i N'] : A'E SUP IrS °R_^ / : DE AP°1't7J 2) °AM£ DYE '.�.. I PS CE!rTT ED MEN MN 1 Ti N6 SLABS 3,000 PSI' 5' 5 1 :'2 SACKS MINIMUM BASIC DESIGN STRESS Fb : 850 PSI, Fv : 75 °5: JOISTS/TRUSSES AT J!�6i.OG�F7 ROt'JF S*EATN I NS, %. ' A` FLOOR )NEAT »INS, EDGES Erik_ »A;E 6. CON RAG':R SHALL BE RESPGNE I FOR A SAE"' PASCAL": ON5 AND HT'I E 1 ODS, TE N N i GEES CE . SEQUENCES AP°RDV'..i TON6'v'E- AND- 6ROOYE .G I NTS OR 5 SE GR?'c;. m: SOLID BLOOD : N6. ALLOW ' i 8' OR °R�'r�JF✓ REQL.IR� `; PE+RF'R� `- M10 E. FOOT :LASE 3,000 P5 :' S' 5 '/2 SAGS (3x AND 4x MESS,' HEM-FIR NC. SPAGIN5 AT A..._ PANEL Er)5E. AND ENDS OF LOCK A'v R7OF SFEATNINE TOE A._ BLXK1V5 TO HINNY BASIC DESIGN STRESS. Fb . 450 PSI, Fv : 75 P5: s 1p►ORTS ANN.: T' , 6d a -2.,-4 A_ co "B<= _ R is JE FLAT 2 '�.CK I N6 :. - I N 1 T : A EO 5 -A` BE 5 -A BE SUB*! :"_; : N WR: VE '. O THE ARON NTEC" AND STR�GTJRAi_ EN5I N C. ALL OMER CONCRETE 4,000 PSI' 4' 6 /2 5k5 AT AL PANE_ UNFRAMED PA. E NSE�i AN: W : _ ANTS. � \A I _ I NS, S� : sT ED FOR A°PRO V'L RR I OR 'O FABR: GA': ON OR :ONSTR/ TI ON. GHANSE SNtOYN ON SHOP DRM I Nff ONLY W! LL NOT - EiEAMS AND STR' NEER5 COUSL.A5 FIR SC. ' 5AT:5FC ^:5 Rr21RF'rt'N' (INCLv'D1N6 bx AND _AR692 METERS, HINNY BASIC DESl6N ST. Fb : '350 P51, Fv : 85 PSi D. NAILING AL. NAILS SPECIFIED ON TFE DRAW :Ns MERE DESIENE7 - BE ' /44SA AONER DRIVEN NAILS _ _ • MIXES SHALL. BE PROPORTIONED' 50 AS NOT TO EXCEED THE MAXIMA( SLUMPS iNDICATE). OF THE SAME L.�FN6T^ MA' SE SUBST: ED FOR COMMON WAIL FRO,:DED THEIR MUMBSc :5 INCREASED a. DRAW: Nf s I ND I GAT= SE ER& AND -: GAL DETAILS OF OONST RUC'! ON WHERE DOME' L T :ONES ARE NOT STUDS : PLATES i..EDSE£ t HEM -F i R N0. 3 OR STUD 6RADE (SEAL: N6 I5 DSGR£AS ) ACCORD' ; !ib 'O THE =0�_3M1: Nb FOR : SPEC :slOA`' :N'D:G4 B.:7 ARE OF SIMiLAR Cr+ARAGTER DETAILS s-c SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUG'ION THE MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT HAY BE 0HAN6Ei^ it A CONCRETE PERFORMANCE MIX i5 SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEiR HISGELLMFOUS LIGHT FRAMIN6: MINIMUM BASIC DE5i6N STRESS. Fb : 500 P5I E : 1200 K51 Q1 S•t4_. BE USED SUE.ECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE AZ'r :TEGT AND THE STRUCTURAL ENS :NEER AND BUILDING OFF:GIAL FOR APPROVAL TWD MEE S PRIOR TO PUCING ANY CONCRETE. THE °ERFORMANGE MIX Fc : 125 PSI S' : 5 x G - `- SHALL INCLUDE THE AMOUNTS OF cNT . CEMENT 1 TOJS MATER: AL . FINE AND COARSE A66RE6A ►LATER AND R. Ai_ S R I4 CTJRAL SYSTEM: C 'Q ED OF COMPONENTS '0 BE FELT ERECTED SHALL BE SUPER/15 R/15Ei BY THE ADMIXTURES. AS YELL AS THE WATER -GL i RATIO, SLUMP, CONCRETE' ":ELD AND SUHSTANT:ATIN6 5TR N6TH DATA NOTE: FINGER JOINTED STUDS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ONLY IF THEY 5' : NEM REQUIRED SPAC:NE SUP°_: ER DJR: Nib MAxiFAC_ JR i rob DELIVER' HAND_ i N6 STORAGE AND ERECT: ON IN ACCORDANCE WITH IN ACCORDANCE WITH AC 1 318-45 , CHARTER 5. THE USE OF A PERFORMANCE Mix J I S BATON PLANT HEE PRESCR I BED STRESS CRITERIA AC : N[- SNNOMN ON THE DAM!: 45E INSTRUCTIONS PREPARED 3Y THE INSPECTION, THE CAST OF WHICH SHALL BE PAID BY THE 6E:N Ak CONTRACTOR. REVIEW OF Mix SUBMITTALS B" C : CONVERSION FACTOR THE ENS I VEER OF RECORD : ND I GAZES ONLY THAT INFORMATION PRESENT= CO FORMS 6BNERALL" W: "H CONTRACT 33. SLUED L AM I NATED M SHALL BE F.ABR I MATED IN CONFORMANCE NINTH ASTM AND A. ? . T . C. STANDARDS. UGH+ 0 < 10. SEISMIC BRAG:* OFMECHANICAL Jr�IT5 AND OTHER MECHANICAL FIXTURES SHALL BE DE5IGN�D BY A PROFESSIONAL. DOCUMENTS- CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER MAINTAINS FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE. HLMBER SMALL BEAR AN A.I.T.G. ID13NTiFIGATION MARK AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY AN A.' T.G. C13RTIFIGATE NAILS DIAMETER FOYER PRiVB'1 NAIL (O:AETERC x ..EOT.1 G L_ _J II ENS,. N1 R RES.5'tNt; :N THE STATE OF WASH: N16TON TNE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST NICE THE ENS: NEER A'v OF GONFORMANGE. 1 iS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL GOSTE RELATED TO THE °JRLHASE ANC INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC BRACING. ALL CONCRETE WITH SURFACES EXPOSED TO STANDING WATER SHALL BE AIR - ENTRAINS WITH AN AIR- CONTENT bd 0.131' 0.092` x 2 1 i4' 0.6 I J CONFORMING TO UBC TABLE 14 -A -1. SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS: DOJ6L.A5 FIR COMBINATION 24F -V4 0.09 x 2 'i4' 0.6 E===7" � 1 11. r OP M: FOR REI"1FORGING ST ETRUGTJRAL S 6LV LAMINAT= METERS. AiD ENGIRD A4000 Fb = 2400 PSI, Fv : 165 P51, E = 1800 K5! 0. x 2 3/8' 0.8 1 --- :' I -JO :STS SHALL BE SUBMii ED TO THE „ °�.rTTECT AND STR'GTJRAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION 20. REINFORCIN6 STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615. GRADE 60. f . 60,000 RE: GANTiLEVERED BEAMS: DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24F -V8 0 1 31' x 2 1/2' 1.0 1 or OFT ITEMS. EXCEPTIONS, GRADE 60 REINFORGIN6 BARS WHICH ARE TO BE WELDED SHALL CONFORM TO AEI?' M' A106. : 2400 PSI, Fv : 165 PSI, E : 1800 K51 N REINFORCEMENT COMPLYING WITH ASTM A615(51) MAY BE RELIED ONLY IF MATERIAL PROPERTY REPORTS INDICATIN6 ICU 0.148' 0.120' x 3' 0.' J 12 SHOP DRAW:N6 REV:EA: DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE NOT REVIEWED BY THE ENSIN� OF RECORD, AND CONFORMANCE WITH WEDIN6 PROGEDUtRES SPECIFIED IN A.W. S- D'.4.12 ARE SUBMIT',=. CAMBER ALL SLL AM BEANS TO 200L0' RADIUS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 0.13" x 3' 0.8 THEREFORE !UST BE VERIr :� BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP ORAMIN65 PRIOR 0.148` x 3' LO TO J i EW BY E N S I N C R OF R E O R D SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE A G I BLE AND ONE COPY. THE 2 1 . R F I N F O R C 1 N6 STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED ( I NCLUDI N6 H O O K S AND B E N D S ) I N ACCORDANCE W 1 T AC 1 315-92 AND GLUED LAMINATED MEMBERS EXPOrsED TO WEATHER OR MOISTURE SHALL BE TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. • t E P R O D U C I BLE SHALL BE M A R K E D AND R E T U R N E D 318-45. LAP ALL GONT 1 MOLLS REINFORCEMENT I N ACCORDANCE WITH 'REINFORCEMENT SPL I GE AND DEVELOPMENT 12d 0.148' 0.120' x 3 1/ 0.1 LEN6TH SCHEDULE.' PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL AND FOOTIN5 INTERSECTIONS. LAP ADJACENT MATS OF 34. ENSIN�H WOOD I- JOISTS SHALL EE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S 0.131' x 3 14' 0.8 C V E +F DRAA 1 NG SUBMITTALS PRA'.EssED BY T E ENS I Nei ARE NOT MANGE ORJ6�. THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING YIELDED WIRE FABR I G A M I N I M)M OF 8' AT SIDES AND ENDS. INSTRUCTIONS. ALL NNEGESEA Y BR I DG i NS, BL OCK I N6, BLOCK ;1J6 PANELS. STIR es, ETC., SHALL BE SUBM: AL BY THE CONTRACTOR :5 TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE FURNISHED BY TE MANUFACTURER. PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY BRiD6IN6 SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONFORR1ANGE I6a 0.162' 0.131' x 3 IT 0 -7 OESI6N CONCEPT BY INDIGATIN6 WHICH MATERIAL IS INTEV D TO BE FURNISHED AND !NSTAJLED AND BY NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN �IARDBED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UN OTHERWISE NOTED ON T+E WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 0.162' x 3 IT 1.0 I DETAILING THE INTENDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENSINE3R. 0 - M CONFL :CTS BETNEEN SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE DISCOVERED EITHER PRIOR TO DESIGN SHOWN ON THE DRAWIN65 15 BASED ON J0I575 MANUFACTURED BY 'Td)5 -JOIST IN ACCORDANCE WITH REPORT CR ,AFTER SHOP DRAW N& Ni& SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENS: N EER, THE DESIGN DRAW i N65 AND 22. CONCRETE PROTECTION (COVER) FOR RE I NFORC I N6 STEEL SHALL SE AS FOLLOWS: N O. NER- 200. ALTERNATE JOISTS MAY BE USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND I SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOi.LANEC. STRUCTURAL ENfiiNEER. A CURRENT NER OR IGBO REPORT AND A LIST STATING THE iTEM4- FOR -ITEM SUBSTITUTION f F00TIN65 AND OTHER UNFORMED SURFACES CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXP�ED TO EARN- . 3' . . . MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES W II I3. SPECIAL INSPECTION: CONCRETE GONNSTRUCTiON, STRUCTURAL 5TEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION (INCLUDING FIELD FORK® ))FACES EXPOSED TO EARTH (i.e. WALLS LELOMI GROUND) OR WEATHER (A6 BARS OR LAR6ERR). . . 2' MELDING;, COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING, ANCHOR BOLTS, EXPANSION BOLTS, EXPANSION INSERTS, EPDXY 6R2GUTED (A5 BARS OR SMALLER) . . . 11/2" ALL JOIST HANSER5 SHALL BE 'IUT' SERIES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IRE ALLATiONE, SHEAR WALL NAiL1N6, DIAPHRAGM NAILING, HOLDONN INSTALLATION, SHALL BE SUPERVISED IN SLABS AND WALLS (INTERIOR FACE) GREATERR OF (BAR DIAMETER PLUS I/8') or . . 5/4" ACCORDANCE NITH SECTION 1101 OF THE UEC AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS BY A QUALIFIED TE5TIN6 AGENCY 35. FLOOR t WALL SHEATHJN6 SHALL BE AFA RATED, EXTERIOR OR EXPOSURE 1 PLYWOOD, IN CONFORMANCE WITH UBC DESIGNATED BY THE ARCHITECT. THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH COPIES OF 23. BONDING ASENT SHALL BE 'CONGRESIVE STANDARD LIQUID' BY MUSTER BUILDERS, INC. OR EQUIVALENT, AND STANDARD N0. 23 -2. 5HEATHIN6 SHALL BE MANUFACTURED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF VOLUNTARY PRODUCT CIT P;uYY ALL INSPECTION REPORTS AND TEST RESULTS. SHALL BE USED WHO NEW CONCRETE 15 PLACED AGAINST EXISTING CONC TE. PLACE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE STANDARDS P51 -83 OR P52 -92. GIR APA PRP -108 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND POLICIES FOR STRUCTURAL USE 4PoR;O �. KITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, 1NCLUDINN6 PREPARATION Of EXISTING SURFACES. PANELS. SEE DRAWIN65 FOR THICKNESS, SPAN RATING, AND NAILING REQUIREMENTS. UNLLS OTHERWISE NOTED, 1 �AL.L SHEATH I N6 SHALL BE 1 /2' ( NOM i NAL) WITH SPAN RAT I NS, OF 24/0. GLUE FLOOR SFEATH I N6 TO ALL J UL 2 5 2002 24. NON - SHRINK &ROUT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY AN APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE MIXED AND PLACED IN 5UPPORTIN6 MEMBERS WITH ADHESIVE CONK:RRHIN& TO APA SPECIFICATION AF6 -01. ,� ,`J ii\gi GE OTEGHN I GAL : STR I GT ACCORDANCE WITH 11E MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. GROUT STRENGTH SHALL BE AT LEAST EQUAL TO 3111 _r_,rr„�- THE MATERIAL ON WHICH IT I5 PLACED (3,000 PSI MINIMUM) . 36. ALL WOOD PLATES IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MAS Y SHALL BE PRESSURE-TREATED WITH AN N.g,c�, REVISION 14. FOUNDATION NOTES: ALLOWABLE 501 PRESSURE, LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE, AND SOIL PROFILE TYPE ARE APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. PROVIDE 2 LAYERS OF ASPHALT- IMFRE6NATED BUILDING PAPER BETN134 UNTREATED ASSUMED AND THEREFORE MUST BE VERIFIED BY A QUALIFIED 6EOTECHINiGAL EN&INEERR. IF 50IL5 ARE FOUND TO LEDSERS, BLOCKING, ETC., AND CONCRETE OR MASONRY. BE OTHER THAN ASSUMED, NOTIFY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR POSSIBLE FOUNDATION REDESIGN. STEEL. 31. TIMBER GQMEGTOR`i CALLED OUT BY LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE ' 5TRDNb -TIE' BY S I MPSON COMPANT , AS FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON FIRM, UNDISTURBED EARTH AT LEAST IS' BELOW ADJACENT FINISHED CRAVE. UNLESS SPECIFIED IN THEIR CATALOG NO. C -2002. EQUIVALENT DEVICE BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED, OTHERWISE NOTED, FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BELOW COLUMNS OR WALLS ABOVE. 25. STRUCTURAL STEEL_ DE516N, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL BE BASED ON THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE PROVIDED THEY HAVE IGBO APPROVAL FOR EQUAL OR 6REATER LOAD CAPACITIES AND ARE SUBMITTED TO THE A.I.S.C. SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES: ENSINE132 FOR APPROVAL PROVIDE NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENER'S AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. 1 BACKF I LL BEHIND ALL RETAINING WALLS WITH FREE DRAINING, SRANJLAR FILL AND PROVIDE FOR SUBSURFACE CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S I NSTRUCT I ONNS . MERE CONNECTOR DRAINASE I. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS- ALLOWABLE STRESS AND PLASTIC DE516N, OR LOAD STRAPS GOMECT TWO MEMBERS, CENTER STRAP ON JOINT AND PROVIDE NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS AS AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILD1455. SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER, WITH EQUAL Nl1MBi3R AND SIZE OF FASTENERS iN EACH MEMBER. ALL BOLTS IN WOOD .--- ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE 2,000 P5F MEMBERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A301. PROVIDE WASHES UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LA6 ti- LATERAL EARTH PRE55URE 35 PCF 2. CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGE. ADOPTED JUNE 10, 1992, AMENDED BY SCREM5 BEARING ON WOOD. ALL NAILS SHALL BE COMMON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL SHIMS SHALL BE ,,i SOIL PROFILE TYPE 5d THE DELETION OF THE FOLLOWING PHRASE iN PARA6RAPH 4.2.1: 'THIS APPROVAL CONSTITUTE SEASONED AND DRIED AND THE SAME GRADE (MINIMUM) AS MEMBERS CONNECTED ALL JOISTS AND MULTIPLE JOIST .. 4 ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE BEAMS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FLUSH BEAMS WITH 'U' SERIES JOIST HAN5EF5, UNLESS OTFERtMNISE NOTED JEC STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY OF SUCH CONNECTIONS.' ANCHORAGE: IN REFEiRBNGE TO SECTION 3.1.1, FABRICATOR SHALL REVIEW PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND ARCHITECTURAL EAD DRAWIREF_ TO DETERMINE PAINTING REQUiREMOTS. MEMBERS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR TO RECEIVE MAA „RECEIVED 15. EXPANSION BOLTS INTO CONCRETE AND SOLIDLY SPOUTED MASONRY SHALL BE 'KWIK BOLT i'.', A5 MANUFACTURED SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING SHALL NOT BE PAINTED. PE QC TUKW BY HILT' CORPORATION AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ICBO REPORT NO. 4621, INGL.UDIN6 MINIMUM LLC ', EGMENT REQUIREMENTS. SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WITH iGBO IN TO SECTION 3.3, FABRICATOR SHALL FOLLOW PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS TO VERIFY ■� NE REPORT5 INDIGATINN6 EQUIVALENT OR 6REAT13R LOAD CAPACITIES IN ADDITION, FOR WIND OR SEISMIC EN61NEER'5 INTENT IN THE EVENT Of DISCREPANCIES BENIN DRAW1NI65 AND SPECIFICATIONS. EAD PERMIT CENTER t« APPLICATIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL MEET 100 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AC01. SPECIAL INSPECTION 15 REQUIRED FOR ALL EXPANSION BOLT INSTALLATION. EXPANSION BOLTS SHALL NOT BE U5ED AS SUBSTITUTES FOR EMBEDDED 3. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A440 BOLTS. g ANCHOR BOLTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER > 26. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUiREMENTS. I I. DRIVE PINS AND OTHER PONDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL BE HILTI LOW - VELOCITY TYPE (0 145' DIAMETER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED), OR AN APPROVED EQUIVALENT IN STRENGTH AND EMBEDMENT. INSTALL IN STRICT TYPE OF h@BEft L CO � C ACCORDANCE WITH 1680 REPORT NO. 2388. MINIMUM EMBEDMENT I N CONCRETE SHALL BE l' UNLESS OTHERWISE U1 _S TM SPECIFICATION F I GAT I ON 5 t NOUN MAINTAIN AT LEAST 3' TO NEARET GONGRE'TE ED6E. A. SHAPES A512 50 K5I �� SHEET INDEX: r z 11. EPDXf- 6R411ED PRODS OR BAR TO GONGIETE OR MASONRY SPECIFIED ON THE DRMVIN65 SHALL BE &ROUTED WITH B. PLATES, ANGLES, AND RODS ABS 36 K51 G. PIPE MEMBERS A53 (TYPE E OR 5, SPADE B) 35 K5I 51.1 6ENF32AL STRUCTURAL N01E5 Y '5E7 EPDXY -TiE ADHESIVE' AS MANUFACTURED BY S1MPSON STRONG -TIE COMPANY, INC. INSTALL iN STRICT D. STRUUCTURAL TUBING (SQUARE OR RESGTMNSULAR) A500 (GRADE B) 46 K5I �rsre* ACCORDANCE WITH I00 REPORT N0. 5219, INCLUDING MINIMUM EMBEDMENT REQUIREMENTS. SUBSTITUTES PROPOSED E. ANCHOR BOLTS (IMBEDDED IN MASONRY OR CONCRETE) A301 r 'N'/ONAL s 1 BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW KITH :GBO REPORTS INDiCAT!N6 EQUIVALENT OR 6REATER LOAD F. CONNECTION BOLTS (3/4' ROUND, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A325 -N 52.1 FOUNDATION PUN MEZZ i a CAPAGITiE. IN ADDITION, FOR WIND OR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL MEAT 100 ACCEPTANCE 52.2 ROOF MIME PARTIAL FRAMIMN6 PLAN (.,, , li CRITERIA (AC58 FOR CONCRETE AND NSW MASONRY APPLICATIONS, AC60 FOR UNREINFORCED BRICK MASONRY). 21. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS SHALL BE PER THE AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE 52.3 DOF FRAMINS, PLAN n SPECIAL INSPECTION OF FOXY- 6ROUTED ANCHOR INSTALLATION 15 REQUIRED. PROVIDE SCREEN TUBE) IN HOLLOW FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND 8RiDSES, SECTION 6.4 AND ASTM SPECIFICATION A. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOM'ED 53.1 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS GMU . SCREEN T U B E S ARE NOT PEQU 1 R E D AT CONCRETE OR SOLID GMU . HOLES I N HOLLOW GMJ SHALL BE GORE BY THE ENS, [ Nom, COLUMN hfl3'Bf SHALL NOT BE MODIFIED B1' THIS ROTARt SERA 16H TEiN I NN6 PROI:CSS. GENERAL 1 DRILLED. HOLES IN CONCRETE AND SOLIDLY GROUTED MASONRY MAY BE DRILLED BY GORING OR ROTO- HAMMER j 0 UNLESS NOTED OTHERtW15E. EPDXY GROUTED RODS OR REBAR SHALL NOT BE USED AS SUBSTITUTES FOR EMBEDDED 28. ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 10 OF THE A. I S.G. CODE OF 55.1 METAL FRAMIM6 t MISG. DETAILS STRUCTURAL 1 ANCHOR BOLTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES, ADOPTED JUNE 10, 1992. ANY STEEL THAT 15 TO BE 56.1 WOOD FRAM! NS, DETAILS EXPOSED TO VIEW UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE CONSIDERED ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED. NOTES STOREFRONT DETAILS S020027 -10 A JUNE 10, 2002 .: K 'OW NnKmi PAN i sli PERMIT /BID SET � _ . . • ... _. .. ._ . . .. COPYRIGHT ®2001 MITHUN s • 0 ' 1■1 g , gel , ® ® 0 0 ® ,o, 0 i€;. 0 MITHUN 24-0 2 : 24 -O* 24-0* 24-0 24-0 24-0' 24-C' 4 -- - - — 0 o — . 0 0 0 0 -0 I s Architects+Designers+Plannefs ,...... - , - ij j __ -____ :.......-.. -10.- _____ 77 zr: ...1 Prier 56 . ' .— l• l acn Vaskar Way T Suite 200 • Seattle, WA 981o1 , TEL 206 623.3344 . i i FAX 206 623.7005 j . . ,• . . . ''. . , b , . . . i I li . . , i . I I i ' I 1 COUGHUNPORTERLUNDEEN I , . CO■66, 0. S •••O CM.. 0.1•1111RWC C.COPC34 r : , . , . I ;', i ,. i ME 5 3111 : 11111134.1-1.14 , . ' i : ..-___ - . . . r _ 1 1 . ,_____,,_ „ ri r . 1 .,____I . 1 ! , i , . , ;), , ., , :(,) , 1 li ., I ..„ , :, , , , ,1 - .... , I I ' 1 11 A r Li i •., -0 F • , i ,, 1 . . : . . i i 0 0 , h i 1 . . 1 1 < b,. 1 l H• it J o , A . 0 • I , ,, ,• . . ,, r: , • f ASSUM EX. f--- ASSUMED Ex. _ _ _ / FOOTINE, / FOOTINS , . , r (FIELD VpZ1FY) + (rIELD VERIFY) ■ t t _ r 11 C _ 4z to -1 - $ ... 1 ti. .. 1 I ii I IA- L. i # - 1 ! 41 ' -P ' I.! • '4', ' . tkv . ' 1 N7 1 0 ie I 1--- , I __= , I ,. 4 ki I I ' 0 r ____ ___. .< A !' No I I 'i 11 ! ! 'o . 5-3 1 - : i l ,,K1 k - -2x12. STRIN&ERS 1 • fil 23/ iso 1- 7 — 1 i z? ., , , . , is, , —)) I ,.-4_---A –2-'1!' : -1 • * 0 4 , V'_ Pr thP t\lt:,.. , ,, 1 I 4 . 1 . 40, 1 P, .• N - --- 0 (C 1 I I • 1 1 a 0 , a ASSUMED EX OTE *2 . ---\ FOOTINS il (FIELD VERIFY) i q q 7 > '07AF:1 0 M '11 ' .:--- • ' 5M 1 L III 0 P 1 1 II _ I t_ _ ,4 1 El i 1 1111 . . 0 11 cay I 1 _ n _ 0 JUL 2 I o I il ii -1 :9 5 2 02 i A, L. , .. , i ' ii L 30./S6.2 , .01 --- 6:.. , ',0,,, c ---- ------ 77 . 7.......___, _ L P if , PLAN NOTES ASSUMED EX. il FOOTING /I I. REFER TO MECHANICAL/CIVIL ORAvIIN&S, im° VER; 1 FOR DCACT LOCATIONS OF L1ND7R SLAB 'd o ;I of PIPING FOOTINGS MAY BE LONEREL TO i______I < i 2q/531 AVOID CONFLICTS. (SE 10/53 .' •' - 4V - /' 1 ' - - J r • , r — -1 . of of il 1 i I 1 .t_ th EI - 0 \ (15 ) 2 STUD WALLS ARE 2x4 4 Voc U.O.N. JEC „pc, I - — P -- _ 0 __ _____ _ _ _ Q — - - •. L _ J V ''/ (1)1"-.5 1._ _ ! J ( 1. I t ) ' P P: 0, EAD I , <P 6-' CITY R F) ILA / l■ 11 MM ■'.•(/' ' o # r "' /J LLC 2c4156.± 7 \\ I 4Qiiv.7 I V EAD PERMIT CENTER t I h - • 1 1E) ()a dINIP I ( 14 r -- -I r -1 11 4) I I I bi 1 0 L Li... -.1 L ....- J . li . V • (13, • ( i I V, 4 1 7 i) <c cot , ... c , 1 LA 1 I < 22/53.1 1 1 - ;. 4- V , ,.. , • '4, : .:- - (, , - i- --, ) 1 . , L14 r- - r r , , , I ■ ' 1 Y - <-1'/.' 30/56.2 1 11 , LEGEND / 4 - 4 40NAI, % : , 1 1 1 x' I TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION 1, ____ 11 1 I (x, FOOTING TYPE PER SCHEDULE OF 18/53.1 .... - . , 21/53.1 ' 1 . ___ i ----- INDICATES SHEAR ViALL PER FOUNDATION .., 1 0 V 1,1 5Ni-x 5GHEDULE, SEE 30/56.1 ,. I 1 ,1 PLAN _1 , ' I . _T. voLoovt PER SCHEDULE 2856.1 ____ — - .t- - - - :: - - tio _ - - . 0 - r-ill II I _ _ - - - - a . --- C) n 1 ____ 1 , 11 NUMBER OF STUDS IN MULTI-STUD l .,),.,( POST THIS LEVEL - NAIL TOGETHER S020027-10 [I PER GENERAL STRUCTURAL. NOTES 01 t JUNE 10, 2002 _ . EX MASONRY ALL FOUNDATION PLAN CALE: t 40XCT WETIVOR• it. 113"=1"-0" S2.1 PERMIT/BID SET • COPYRIGHT C 2001 MITHUN . ... . . 1 . _ — . . _. . - - . . . ,.. - . . ... - ... . a 6 • S . I 4 , 4 0 4 .. MITHUN Arctiitects-e-Desigr.ers*Pianners Per 56 1201 Alaskan Way Stitt 200 Seattle, WA 98icn TEL. 206 623.3344 nAX 206 623 7005 COUGHUN FORTERLUNDEEN • C.0.6.,PG MCI,Aw. .0 OW 04.4111.4. ,....04 0.. - 7 Phi P111. WI NI P 3111.414.4 Mir,. IP& P 706.110,0 r 7 ..., .... ..... .......... .-.... 1 < ■ i i . . 0 6: - - - 0 -, , 0-. - - __,,,,,. _ :: _ 0 ‹, I ,.. _ _ < 123/561' > 4 Ion - 64.. 340,12 7 "----- I R PL 21/.1 : I' 4 - '' TJI/PrO 250 0 i • . V ' -j01515 @ Ib'oc I 1 1 '> --...,,, ( • i -J3. , law ,,,-, SHEATHINS- .. -4 ----- I q (II I II III _ si all L__, ____1 i ...ti , Ii PLAN : 4 , 14. TJI/Pro .250 " oil° I .....7 NOTE i • I1 '', in JOISTS. I4 10.0‘ t,77 —I 0 's ft,i 1 J i; -.-'d ''. i I a3 1 2/561 ,• I, m . II -- , i * 1:1'.----j. 24' @ 16"oc _ ._ 1' "6 n ,...--. , il' : j 14" TJI/Pro 250 n -1. / 1-0- t.1 H A CD JOISTS 0 IP _, H 2x6 @ lb"oc cr t : 1 1 1 rn _. in, fl 1 : A ' W . 16/ %.I ri, '--- , 11 , 111 r: Li C) N, - "--..ill _, i I <Izi > 16 , .'erD JUL 2 5 ,. (002 1 R l T C E - N R t" A PLAN NOTES o e ® I. FLOOR SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF 44' thk. TS6 I 24 -0" 24'-0° 24'-0" SHEATHING (P 48 ANEL INDE,x /24 PROVIDE 2x FLAT -- 4` , ,„, --EL ' ----1--- II I BLOCKING (PER GENERAL STRUCTJRAL NOTES) AT AL . L UNFRAMED PANEL EDGES NAL TC ALL PANEL EDGES, DiAPHRAGm BOUNDARIES sTRi.rrs BLOCKING AND JEC ij .1/4 ® SHEAR KALLS E3ELOYi NI, 10d @ 4'o-, NAL TO ALL • AP NC. , ".RGE INTERMEDIATE SR:PORTS el/ 1 0d ti ,2"oc. GLUE 1 SHEATHING TO ALL SUPPORTS, N4/ ADHESIVE EAD cotfoRKNG TO A.F A. SPECIFICATION AFG-01. 11 M CT r - AA i; LLC EAD PEM 21 AL. , t ■ Pi I . q Dc).a... 1 6_\. Li ,,. II c...v... 1.1 t? colk ir WA SA, ''' , P - 4. 4 ,04 , . 1356.1 - 1 if:, 4- 't • • • 'Z x ii n- j <- • - ' , LEGEND , *kii-4'0° S/ONAL hl . , , ' , (.1 c4(V4 ' (-4 <-4 "------7 SPAN DIRECTION I 1 ti ..4 4 4 4 , ?- 8 Ici/S6.1 c''' V Z.L4 =2= EX. MASONRY INALL 1 I .g ' D - ,6' zd -0 - e 11 20/56.1 • MEZZANINE PARTIAL SHEATHING < 1 1 1 1 — ;$ ,;$ •;$ FRAMING PLANS PER PLAN x NOTE I II, , 1 __ . .. 14/S6.I ) SO20027-10 'tir JUNE 10, 2002 PPECT KM. ,, A1V , MEZZANINE PARTIAL PLANS ' *:, SCALE: 4$,":-.1"-0" t S2.2 , MI i NV., PERMIT/BID SET 1 . COPYRIGHT C 2001 MITHUN I . . . . . . . . . _ . .. __ . .. ..... . - ,.- - .... . . a . . I . . a 4 4, e 4 ,, € ® (,,,i @ ® ® ,„, .0, ® o o MITHUN 2.... 24.- 24-0• 24-0* 24-0' 24 24-0* :4 _ __; 4 -3* 24 t - _ # — .s 0 # no # ..____,,,, ----0 Archibects+Des4g.ners.Planners ,..- ...- ____.... 7.7 " L_ l . .' k ......, -.- — 12o1 Alaskan Way Suite 2oo Eli. AFL a EX ROLA Seattle, WA 9111o1 ! . - , tn. 206 6234344 1 1. :1 Fax 206 6234005 . . . , i • a, ! • 00 I 1 t t iz■ I .t kt Ill 4'4. i I 4 4 SI i 4„I 00 ! I dp Ex °.i 0 . t COUGH U N PORTERLUNDEEN . ail.. 'P. S'...CnAa, aft0 ...,IL bilSedilibil. CON101. O. 1 . i VOW' WI Ng 11. 20.411-0.14 c ; 9 , i ge —II a' , . ' I r 7 1 1 dby I X i I 7 1 -;: 1 I - 1 - , I I i I I 1 . _ , 1 1 i i a k. 4 4 ; : i I * i . . i 1 ! I Z 1 . 1 1 . . , ' II tr. ! — — i (._.„ [3 ‘• . I 0 do ck 0 < I 1 , I I do dc [1 i i I 1 . Z ? i i 1 ao cfc 6L 34pd5 1 x IP l ! 5/56.1 ? . a !IHi e , . liv , 61. 3itx15 N, il; ' I do ...) . \ - dc — i IT HVAC UN 9 :- 1 i do do I ____ 0 , I ! 1 1 I 1 I I , !. EX 9R. W i , - %— IENXIT : 9 HVAC 1 I ! __ . . ,_ ..: - ER _ _ _ _ -- ,' -- f Fri Nx ® i i _ k RIA UK PAL N_ _ Ex FIRLiN _ , FtR; .. N do ! i 1 ------ ----• - _ I HAN& CASHMAP 1RELIS , , I 1 I I 116\gi,,, PER ARCHL FROM THESE '9 I FURLINS 6/56 2 6L 5txI5 - 1 I Ne . jA – — 3:--_ do do - 1 _____. ,--_____ _ I I ao __ X__ =--- do .__ do do - ■ \ / I 11-1 , do - )(/ •\ x I \ / I V / i i I' - —,(„? FRAME OPENIN65 IV 4x8 MEMBERS, , 1 ---_" _ \ / \ I , ' \ ,I I "9 TIT. I , I , \ , „ — — t_ - -A i r . =--- , - - - - - , _- ---- .== =- _,_:_l__ — _:- - - 7 . ! ;_-- Le I 1 -:-. at' -- I .__ ____N 1 * ' fr,, -• 18/56.2 6L 343)(15 .,_ I II 6/56 I> ..--. ..z.- _ •,. ‘, ! V , Y i ,. ..._ I , • , TYR - ti , : - 8 " 1 "Ei M I or, , ___ . _ , ,_ co d, 4 ao _ —_-_-. ! - _ „ \ I ' I 1 . +WAG UNIT ) , 9 1 6L Vi,x15 - , I v, --. do ! ._____ do , * I x I do 1- — ok_ # . . Lt0' 22/5 li ' - ----- __I - !------ 1 ------- 5/5E,.1 - -- ---- F n ® 0 0 --It :_ _ _ __:: i_:___ - . - 7 - 174.. , - _ - _______t___..... aii, 0 • — \ JEC — I 6L 3,x15 — I, 77 ‘1 i . b !AD X ( 5/56 ! • : t • 1 6L 3 , MAA CITY 2 _ ,,, 16/56. do , ! !..._' il A do _ do ______,_ do -- _ill" , _ .. : 1 do do -- __ .7. - ---,-,--= .-',-----:=-: -' - ,- - -1 .- --"__ - ! i -...-.._,, - _ _ „ _- -7 '', \ r CANOPY - cs. 1 , a, ARCHI. I IRA. PERMIT CENTER UNIT \ / / I i Dol.. I ( L.,/ _ 31), _ —4 1 9 A EAD '$. ; ----- TA (Q. , i ' \ '') ' , Kon ,e0 --in - K , do do ''..: . t 1 > _I? I I __—_,i __ _dP _ ao . __ do ' , do ' _ ____ do _dc_, !--_-_ -- gt - 1 --- UNIT y I : t. COti .1 , I , _AL ,____,- do _ .. )-, 0 : a? r _ 1 l -= - 1 co l'Hr -k a. 1 ao 4 ' do __ ' , r - A 00 __ )2 iii r - - op_____ ts -- ) cvc, 4' , 0, _-.--.. I; 01 ei , v -: L .. - ....1 1 16/S6 2 V i II ,, I ..,,,, I LEGEND d *I ' s-iV I--: - , do ___....._. _ _ _do 41. _........._ --_--; , do do_ — ..krogAL ___________ 1 , 1 / 1 1------ SPAN DIRECTION I . gi 6/56 2 il x , ‘,,, ', , 7 . \ A V i _ i z=2:= Ex MASONRY PARAPET do\ do do „ I \ I :._ do do _ _ ROOF FRAMING 0, i PLAN 4 I , gx__FINA L_ _ . PURL IN I _ gX FMA — - ri - EX. P.St./N 1 ----- li gx. pVii.iN X . - 1 F4 r._ FV_R4./N _ __ H_ ________ . _ ___ . --.T. F r i ___ Ex 'WA _ , 171 i SO20027-10 14 'WM C •■ JUNE 10, 2002 . bl ,Iggt ROOF PLAN SCALE: It".1"-0• t i S2.3 '• CET MIJAIN, PERMIT/BID SET . COPYRIGHT C 2001 MITHUN I. e • _ . . , . . . - >, .:. . _., __. ._ ....... ., ..v.......igt*.a 34 atigIL.=' tillei•lmimodamtt:::1 7 • . . . . I II ' I IP • . . _ ____ , . ______ - °.-1,.....- - ______ •._ ______ ______ _ _ _ ..... MITHUN & +. 0 ,..... s�IIRA64 JEe_ D45714(4) _ 0 welt _I.oY ''6 to FOR S.'APC*FC ?ID .0745 A r Des;gners.Plsnns _ i"s =3(C» ft=.sC to 50 PS A `x ma 3en S BAR a� R5 TOP 3A O R TV* B 0"•£R 3Xft BAR 5.M 010 f c = 30001 t� _ 4000 !0 5009 °5i Per 56 ` Er 41' -- .� b' b• 1201 Alaskan Way • a Ir MI' 6' r - a• -T. S 200 • f r• 2,, 23' ,¢, s ; Kr a' Seattle WA 9 i o i • b 35' 2" 3' ^s' s E Ems, 10" FAN 206 623 3344 FAN 206 62 3 -7 • ' 48 .1 42' 32' I - 14' 12' I • a b3 ' 4a• 55' 47 16' i4' $ ' 8O 62' 6 53' • 9 e' 15' I • 'c VT le' i$8' b • c 20' I ,• - E I +"TOP s' AFC 47%L.ZOtfrok. 5ARB A1TE* r -ter, Dom+ of I SIDE CCNM 'w BE Ea: - C OR & ATE THAN 2 /2' CONCRETE : A.;' 5E-JA " IE 2. EKE CC/BR FOR 40' .00K5 KS' 9E ECM. 1. I TO OR SR`A"3c TF•.A,h .2'. _ASR ;OhYJC'=_ CC/ER 5�E •+A4'>Eri•AmE'°R O • TFf 3AR 0R G:?i?ER �O - C.B+^ 5°AG ►+6 S LESS 'rAh (4 N'3"E . �z 'Ai E= . % e v Arl ? r! S' �' ; = : G� .__ COUGH UN PORT ER W NOEE N BAR .i N•E''Ef 'FEN r/N S•At BE INC A`ED 5' 4S%. • :one - +c s a cT M .ro aR.var,.c caw .. u. • i INDIGIA TI: Cti DR.4065,. .?p.p.a- SVTi>, r39►308uC 4ATRL wA f!C F 79.343-5N 1 2 3 4 flip P MUN TAP sP. ..cE LEFr6T ' t c ' # (GLASS B) MIN MP 5"RAGHT DEVE_OPMENT i.8d6 • /.-d) I : 'c = 301010 PS x'c = 4 000 to S °5 Iv t FOR ,AR y ON liE BAR S; E TOP BARS O1i£R 3AR5 TOP BARS OTHER BARS BAR 5,a, f 'c > 3000 Psi - - i E 1- - I . � 1 ` 28` r' 24. 1C1' , # a 11• I 1 s 5 35 L 3C' 11 3 14• ' CONC. rw ° 4 I ' 6 4E' 35' ac' 3i' >x 6 "' -1 z s 8 82. 63 . 55 ' , 22 io, 11 c v,.l a Q ~ $ IC e2 IOL' 114' 88' $ G 28' 1 —� -E` v -4--'TOP E >ARS' ARC - 1- qFr I 1 c i r_ ■ 1 — — - en o i� HOR :ZONT BAR H. '2' DE? OF M'N.N . '_.A 5P! C, . -v6'- .. 5 • I. I - —� rte" \ CONCRE' E C4,5" 13E OY THE1 FOR BARS- N GOMPRE•"SION — - v. - - - , -5k Ir CLEAR C,ONCR T.. :AVER '5 LESS MAN 2x T'rE DiAME'E�c OP BAR 5.E f 'c , 3000 P5 �- �1 PIP E :4 ` AR OR '••E / LT : J::i RECO - O - m BAR DIAMETERS. THEN VALUES SHA;..,. BE .NCREASFD 3'! 43% \ s ta• This LINE I BE SPACED A MIN OF (4) DIAMETERS . I I S a Oh x E ,A. GETTER UNLESS 0-1-ER- 2'-0* ' 26 1 -b' MIN. WISE APPROVED BY THE 2 -O MIN. x „ . T 9 34. I STRi1G I URA. ENGINEER �� 0 5 10 34' t 7 8 10 1 I I I 1 J 1 MARK SIZE RElNFORGIN6 i ___`-}) V I C, 3 ' -0 " x 3'-0' x I2 "d19 (4)54 EA BOTTOM 0 (5 3' -0' x 3•-0° x I' - 8'cp. (4)54 E.W. BOTTOM ) ) 1 I 13 14 15 16 17 �' 8 'L D•„ ( --[.. - — WALL PER PLAN -WALL PER PLAN -SHEAR WALL PE R PLA CITY oF I 4F° .RC * tL1 ANCHOR E4 ANCHOR BOLTS PER 30/56.1 x 1'-4" ®24"oc Jul ' S 2C 2 54 x I'-4" ®24 "oc NOTES EPDXY GROUTED INTO 1 EPDXY G RO UTED INTO �.,_ 4, S ...0,- 1 6'0 EXP. BOLTS EX. SLAB (EMBED 4 ") 1 EX. SL (EMBED 4 ") sr� ' _ � +1c ®48 "oc (Et�ED 3 ") 1 EX. SLAB (SMUT \ SLAB (SAGU JEC -- EX. SLAB (2) CONT. TOP ri BOT. (305 CANT. TOP I 130T. T EX W I AS REO'D) A5 REQb) Ns • p ::�• ..� � »t :T,�YP� -- j i gliZ..; I p �T!Y -. : °. ii •�� .. • r i... � °O— — .�. �} • 4 . - -- E. 5 ��,��il� �:� <,hS�o SSE: �_, c C°� �,- MAA rt "� c T1JK'NILA 1 _1 = E _III = * _ 1=HI =h1 �. I:. _ - f�1 EAD PERMIT CENTER 0 3 ® IS "ac - I II II ._�• L r-4" I II-11" c JI IL -7I - ' - r - -- 3x03 j 380 3 , 1, 3 V. 19 20 21 22 23 SECTION � — — i - - -- �S E. CO jG I COL. I FOOTING I Q 7 - FILL BLOCK -OUT . , W/ GROUT AFTER r,�« CONSTRUCTION IS EX. COLUMN - 8x8 W -- OOD COLUMN 8x8 WOOD \ --F-4---------1-•--- - F COMPLETE COLUMN \ �s /OVAL �' "VV PERMIT /BID SET I T5 COLUMN PER PLAN (6` KERF R N{/ x4 I'-4" ®18'oc KERF I (2)15 "m THRU-BOLTS ~ PER 30/53.1 -- It I�'x fl xO -1i4" _ (TYP x . (4) 51DE5) 14, GRC'f1T ! \ / (b)� "m x Ib" ANCHOR j EPDXY GROUTED INTO BOLTS -DAP INT , EX. SLAB (EMBED 4 ") TYPICAL CONCRETE 13ASE R 1 6"x10 "x0' -10" X. SLAB ,r(4) h'm THREADED "x114 "xi' -51b' BOTTOM OF P05 W/ 1 4" GROUT W/ (4) \ rxssT RODS ®5 "oc EA 1 ON , 4i" 6ROU' �: • • > s , ' DETAILS 44.0 "m ANCHOR BOLTS I,- 3" AS REO'DJ WAY (EMBED 8 ") " : (EMBED 1 ") I np \ DAP INTO BOTTOM (2)54 - �� �� >, A5 REG2'D) L f I OF POST _ 'VI — c I I q _ ? t. 1_ -__f { 1 S020027 10 •. ��\.'��+. II 11 r c; °° " .; i .•'� j �, - " o. wcv • v JUNE 2002 - •.SQ/�. I I 7'1'11 � T S ;� • ,, • Il,I II I I �• it t y' `: � Y7�i�' :.. . �• Sy r .�Ir t Sal. 111 II �, .. -.. I y �y� l --I �1 1!,. ✓ J i o UNE 10, 200 — • = allIETE E _ ■ I y • ^ v 54 x I' -4" ® "OC ►y = _ — 'Ili . ' _ - .' •. :' 111 4 U • • (TYP. (4) SIDES) Raccr P.M REINF. PER NOn _ _ E PDXY GROUTED SCHEDULE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EX. INTO EX. SLAB - ,, =IN =_In =_m =,IC,1,, 1 o -- FOOTING SIZE PER 3701 EX. FOOTING -- FOOTING MONOL POURED v (EMBED 4') SLAB. 3802 REINF. PER FOOTING SIZE PER 3,00 I � _ _ - , CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY SCHEDULE / --v` ■ 1 25 26 27 SCHEDULE OF 18/53.1 2V ENGINEER IF DETAIL DOES 29 ' SCHEDULE OF 18/53.1 30 I A I / I I NOT CLOSE MATCH DETAIL. i COPYRIGHT C 2001 MITHUN . , I ... _.. _ - _. -. _... -._... ......... _. _.. - _.. _. 4 _ ..... ...., -.-..- ..... NMI .. MITHUN Arct itects.Desiigners.Planners 1 Pier 56 !201 Alaskan Way . SWIM S 200 i • Seattle, WA 9810: • m 206 62 3 -3344 sax 206 623.7005 • 9 • • COUGHUN PORTER WNDEEN • C.0•61.746 riCT,,U. MO M eYo.�c 03...M. 7 .,t ME Lin Ng I. 301,10 -0•G ■ s.", WA r•s r. aerw -sn. - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 n ' 1 l Bc"C„ 1,-' Or 5Lf.,5. _ I I ANC CONNE„" "O EA. airi IV 2' 118 SC.REYIS _ • A - G STUD ONE 5'X 8 E4 BL1(6 1' Erc PER 'v0 = OF 30/58 \ I E J • I . I r I Z ■ / i BLOCKING ;SAME MATER,.A_ - l lit' t 206A. CONT. STRAPS a 2 - cc — 1 ASS .05 @ 6 - C'oc 49R,: t VERT GALL" - COWECT 7G EA 57✓71; • AT STRAP _OCA''ONL iv ;a8 SCREW I TO EA. B,.K6. C .... ) < 1 to -IBER Of ( SCAB* 1 5?C _ _— L.__ 11 7 8 9 - 10 11 1 12 � i I r -- 1 1 T / --- (2) ROWS OF J TRACK PER PETALS / (4)1112 SCREWS 1 EA. SIDE OF SPLICE i f— ,f, �� l' \ 1 0 I66A. UNPUNCHED STUD 1 ' W I 1 I I 1 1 I I i Altik\ligi I 17 - - 580' 13 14 15 16 1, 18 .. . C/ NOTES. if OF oqi I. ATTACH ANGLE TO TRACK W/ (3)1 SCREWS WHERE POSSIBLE. WHERE TRACK 15 ON CONCRETE OR AGAINST STEEL, SHOOT (2) 0.14 °0 DRIVE PINS 10 . 1 . _ - - r ' t .„..42 THRU EA. ANGLE INTO CONCRETE OR STEEL. (EMBED I' a CONCRETE) % - - - - -4 166.AxI1t"xl `�J? 2. ALL STUDS SUBJECT TO WIND LOADING SHALL BE ATTACHED TO TOP AND S R � ;= - BRIDGE CLIP, TYP. :;; BOT TRACKS AS SHOWN. ~ °r B. STUD WEBS SHALL BEAR AGAINST TRACK WEBS. _ I !' 66A.. (S (4) SCREWS AS 11x1 x SAME • STUD PER PLAN _ , .1. s. ---(4)11& GAGE AS STUD - OR DETAILS NOTES: LENGTH : STUD WIDTH JEC I. BRIDGING 15 REQUIRED FOR LOADINGS APPLIED LESS it" EAD / BEFORE SHEATHING 15 ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES. BRIDGING PROVIDES RESISTANCE TO ROTATION MAA ECEIV ?RACK SAME GAGE j = n riK wu a CAUSED BY WIND LOADING, AND RESISTANCE TO �E,R AS STUD W/ I" WIDE BOTH ROTATION AND MINOR AXIS BENDING CAUSED 186A. BRIDGING L FLANGES, MIN. L } $Y" AXIAL LOADING. CHANNEL ® 4' -0 "oc LL C L P ERMi T CENTER 2. BRIDGING SHALL BE EITHER WELDED OR SCREWED MAX VERTICALLY, T. EAD F. A5 SHOWN. USE (3)x8 SCREWS 58C3 5800 19 20 21 TO ATTACH 4 TO WEB 22 24 i X 4 ,5 o WCOU 1 Metal Framing Notes: 1 t .. 1. METAL FRAMING USED SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 1. WALL FRAMING: A �sTe�c ° OUTLINED IN THE GENERAL NOTES IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS TWO 511JDS MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE END OF ALL WALLS Fs :/ONAL % -i>:. NOTED HERE AND AT EACH SIDE OF ALL OPENINGS. SEE 10/55.1 FOR FRAMING t 1St- 36 WHERE STUDS OR JOISTS OF OPENINGS, U.O N. 2. METAL FRAMING I STRAP BRACING SHALL BE GALVANIZED UNLESS % \\ ARE SHOWN TO ABUT, OTHERWISE NOTED, CONFORMING AS FOLLOWS: 8. SEE 24/55.1 FOR REQUIRED BRIDGING. WELD A5 SHOWN 12, 14, AND 16 GAGE ASTM A653, QUALITY SQ GRADE 50, CLASS I q. SEE ARCHL FOR SIZING I DETAILING OF INTERIOR, NON - BEARING WALLS. METAL FRAMING : 18 AND 20 GAGE ASTM Ab53, QUALITY SQ GRADE 33 & MISC. D ETAI LS 3. ALL STUDS I STUD GROUPS SHALL BE LATERALLY SUPPORTED TO PREVENT WEAK AXIS BUCKLING BY CONNECTING EACH FLANGE TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD PER All U B.C. T ABLE 25-6. S020027 -10 ,„, )4 / t : GAGE OF MATERIAL 4. WALLS WHICH HAVE SHEATHING CONNECTED ON ONE SIDE ONLY JUNE 10, 2002 4 , CONNECTED 5HALL HAVE UNSHEATHED FLANGES LATERALLY SUPPORTED PER � t 1 JI -- I, DETAIL 5114. iaccT M, •A 71.1 -- li 5. TRACK SECTIONS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED AND HAVE AT LEAST I' FLANGES. 5804 6. WELDING OF GOLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO AW5 58��5 S5.1 25 26 27 Q DI.3 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE (� FI S F "--- PERMIT /BID SET THE SPECIFIED CLASSES 0, WE. . 1 - . . L.. -- — — — I ► i • COPYRIGHT Q: 2001 MITHUN • S - . � .� T�� -� °,� � MITHUN INNI A6E R .. - IC` achi2ea�o ses.gne.s +Planners GIW/1GE .:KaFb r ' .14+61:44 Sitar e9rdar Wadi ad 115: _6 SG!�€i� i ___- 2 5r�o�ro= is foi t. wool sat aeoo (2 80 - �x 5�A �ti6 s -- Ex 5H!EA'•,v6 Pier Sb 4 of ib - oc 3 % 6 . r 200 Alaskan Way s tiPo or Nsa to eat± ist +fare ++or 1 q Suite 200 (2 � Ex 5HEA , 4*6 ) , fi ' r r . WA i01 4 rimer tIVr x b' _ 98 • s4vi+aa to corm ' sxe na " Y TEL 206 623 -3344 1 r - - - -- - - -_ _ — ` 1 - - 34 3e to 5 ?' s"t/ nor c or _- - ' A35 • �i'oc FAX Zo6 6 _ na r- �_ _ - k� ►� « to - - -" I a i A" PER di% arc ace E Sot octet C joist or b4ockrsC�. Ik'EAM JVt EA SIDE. STA66, a . mil face rte: Ibis ; _ I r - Ex BEAM PER ''_Alt Sole pore to . ois: or ,zixR!n� - - I I I 1441548 ANGEL - � � CE t�raceo wall co e _ c ao s (3) i6 r Ib' k ' �_. SAM PER PLAN - 14 :C TOP Plate to SAC end no 1 ; 4 Sc .Gera Gr 5 5 sole 44146 _ - ' ^ e i4�Z� 05 E f I` -6c a . hANE/ R COUGH UN PORTERUJNDEEPi 'ace no rtersectio (2 CV s, Iba a: 24'x . • :./ t..aAt F 71orsusN - -_- _ I r "w[ Mfa, s ► 71/11W.3-3044 o Daebe stU�S face no' i 1 ms, wcra,crw.w ouLrJa"s"cmro�a•o IC, Domed tor pates tjoicol face n a ' 160 a'. e'ac 3 4 ' Dave le tap Plates `ap sP ice _ ` ( 8 `(yj " '"1 //�� II. S OccK7 betweer joists or ra fte -c I I 5 I - tG =ap Oaate; tOPliO: (3{ 8d i I `} I • 12 Q- cat tc top Pee oera at 6'oc i I SEAN' PER PLAN BEAM - - Av o o _`. Car .OLUMfv Wi'ER` c ales, 4405 arc r>< 1 ,.6c f ,R BOOM ON PLANT 3 TQC 4 4. Conft header, twc nieces # 16d at ib'oc - j � ! ' I -- ` cone exit', - - -r 15 Ceilire osts to pate, lama. (S So I i ! I 1 `` IL" I " I I IE :ohewer nous hewer to sr,a toe no i (4. ✓ a -- , -_ - 1 17 Ce no foists Tap over part Lions =ace no (3' t i , .. - ,_ IE Ce ists to pa -aiie! rafters face nail (3. bd .+ `� I �� ---t, 7 Ia. Rafter to piste, oena; (3) 8d t t � N, i y� 20. brace to eacr stud ano pate I - /� face al (2J 8d �� 1 _ _ - i 2. i' x E` sneising 0- Tess - y4 B . 1' 1 1 , h/ i� BOLTS T5' B* AR NG- -- / � � i , YV ]�4'm B OLTS • 1 ` to sac, bearing face nail (2) 844 I lit ! �'. Wider trkr " ± ace BEARING p'xl2' x J _ :i stud Ibd at 24`014 24 gilt -up g raer an iaeams 20d at 32`oc at � I top xo bottom. and I , s (2) 20d at i n and at each splice 5 I : - Z, L____ 1 I 6716 7 8 9 10 11! 12 1 _ I PARAPET AA �.L - -• ST UDS ® I6' 0c I � —GOti 7 7 pLA`E r— —, —� DIAPHRAGM BO 1 Ibd ®!2 "oc PER 7t NAIL'NG PLAN NOTES ST i6 P�G6EiZED AT /� ST ® p,GGERED TYP. TOP RAPE I • DIAPHRAGM Ili" LSL RIM BOARD -- EA. SIDE OF SPLICE \ ELS�YM E �SPLiGE PER Il/55.i i BOUNDARY , -ALIGN STRA°P N „ WEB STIFFENERS S ® STIFFENERS NAILING 1 t STUD NU FOIST b PER JOIST MFRS. - (2)8d TOENAILS PER JOIST MFR's ' #IM■■■NI �■MI■■■■■�� ■s■■■■ ■■■ t 1 STUD BELOW SPEGIFIGATIONS JOIST HANGEf�S� PER T ■�■■■■�■■■■■■■� �■■■��■■■■■ l J TS12 ® "oc T 1015. HANGERS PER SPE G IFI G A TlONS ® EA- 1015 - Ex. / � G' S!fEA'HIN6 -GSiB x 36" SHEATHING PER PLAN NOTES STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL ' N----- (5 TOP CHORD I m SHEATHING PER PLAN pr SHEATHING PER PLAN 0 =1 AS R`QD i 1111111111111111111111111111 a 014 ,ii I WALL PER PLAN SPLICE 4 ____N„ LSL RiM BOARD , - - BOTTOM CHORD -- -Ibd ® "oc \ ; I✓ NAILING PER 1/56.1 Y "t SPLICE II TYPICAL STUDS SHEATHING I JOIST PER PLAN I b'-0 M IN. B ETWEEN SPLG, I BEAM OR HEADER 1 I PER PLAN / "' � / � LU26 HANGER ./: PER PLAN III -CONT. TOP P LATE - k -CONT. PER /Sb.l WEB STIFFENERS PER / v EiEAM a JOIS - SPLICE TO OCCUR PLACE (2) STUDS - ,101ST PER PLAN JOIST MANUFACTURERS CONT. 4 bx3�x (1.1..V) SEAM a JOIST -- AT 1 OF VERT. STUD, T`'P \_ SPECIFICAT :ONS PER PLAN U - UNDER HEADER U.O.N. MULTI -STUD POST PER W/ (312 SCREWS INTO PER PLAN PLAN NAIL TOGETHER WEB STIFFENERS .4 ■ HEADER PER PLAN EA. STUD REMAINING STUDS SHALL (WHERE OCCURS CONTINUE TO TOP PLATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH � PER JOIST MFRS /_1_4.2,_ Zx PLATE CONNECTED I I THE GENERAL STRllGTURAL ` SPECIFICATIONS 6727 TO ANGLE N DRIVE PINS ® Ib'oc, STAGGERS, 6723 6803 6703 NOTES _ STUD WALL PER PLAN 13 14 15 16 17 ' E708 18 Cto op. f:. � DIAPHRAGM BOUNDARY . . ! U T512 ®48 "oc NAILING - - MB STIFFENERS (SLOT SHEATHING % i JUL ( S REGD.) NAIL SHEATHING % P STUDS PER HOEDOWN DIAPHRAGM NAILING - JOIST MANUFACTURERS 2 5 2H702 SCHEDULE OR PLAN - k i ADM. STUD AS READ. PER PLAN NOTE ti "f'ic i r TO BLOCKING W' / SPECIFICATIONS NAIL SHEATHING - -- I^ I0d ® 4 "oc 0 % HD SERIES HOEDO ( I TO COVER BOLTS SHEATHING 4 DIAPHRAGM ' 0 - EX. GMU WALL WN NAIL SHEATHING TO / TO BLOCKING ® oc l I BLO CKING W/ IOd ®4 oc (2) Ibd SHEATHING PER PLAN - NAILING p PLAN NOTE Pi/ 10c1 ® "014 GSi2 " x 36" SHEATHING PER SCHEDULE 1 / PER PLAN _ JOISTS PER PLAN I I '9-+� ,--- r ------- ii -- j - MAY BE PLACED HERE - _ — - �f UP TO '6" OF FLAT SHIM F13QODT5 - - ., / CO NT. JOIST t i -NAIL N6 PER 7156 „ I w I I 1 11 l � (F'ER 3C 5b I AT 1 : i :i1 I I I � _ � �l �+ Y I JEC .. i r� i �,, Y b Y bl � • V" LSL RIM '°' �" I BOARD BLK G JOISTS I _ _ 1 - - - / 4 / i EAD C PY oFETUEKWQLA A 35 CLIP JOISTS PER PLAN J NAILING PER SHEAR WALL / ' " • , 'T' _ PER PLAN � SCHEDULE (Ibd ®12'oc i MAA ANCHOR BOLT SIZE PER FRAMING GONT. I!4' LSL RIM BOARD L M E "'" PERMIT CENTER 6 32 "oc FOR GALL-OUTS 2x BLOCKING - SIMPSON CATALOG G -2001 WHERE OCCURS .101ST BLOCKING ®48 "0° (nU ® 51M� LLC I a 48 "oc CONT. TOP PLATE " BOLT DIA. QED SPLICE PER PLAN EAD 4xb P.T. HEDGER hi 3�' 12" STUD WALL PER PLAN THI PLATES ION] Cq` _ !� "� SLEEVE ANCHORS THIS CONDITION) FOR GALL -OUTS 5 z8 680 I F . ; / t !N COMMON SEE 6705 6710 STUD WALL 6711 n IN COMMON SEE 22 DETAIL 13/561 1 2 0 9 DETAIL 24/56 2 23 PER P LAN 24 S ti. co 0 ! � V w ° Q NA3 / --- 1- - -r - JOIST OR BLKN ` /' .,!.., 7 MARK I SHEATHING BLOCK I PANEL NAILING I GoN NECr oN OF BOTTOM PLATE ATTACHMENT I .s- '6 I "�sre�� 2x BLKG. W/ 8d TO TOP PLATE ! FACENAILING TO C APACITY 4 40NAL 0- OH (2) ANCHOR BOLTING TO CONC. BELOW ! ,� TOENAILS* 8 _ "oc 1 h + I W OO D BELOW iI r, I A35 ®b0 oc i 1 ii 2 5W -A !S" PLYWOOD YES 1 8d ® " Ibd ® oc j "0 ® 55 "oc �4 "m 0 10 "oc 1 230 PLF L I (2)8d TOENAILS -- i Ibd ® 10 " oc ITN, MARK HOLDOWN MIN. NUMBER DETAIL REF. SHEATHING PER PLAN a EA. JOIST jI ; STUDS, U.O.N. WOOD FRAMING y a \ SH PER -EX. WALL PER PLAN f PLAN HDA I HD2A ' 2 22/56.1 SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE NOTES: DETAILS — rte.. - - - 0 1/2" THICK SHEATHING SHALL HAVE A PAWL SPAN RATING OF 24/0. 0) PANEL NAILING APPLIES TO ALL SHEATHING PANEL EDGES. NAIL SHEATHING TO INTERMEDIATE FRAMING W/ PANEL NAILS 0 Inc. S020027 -10 PER 30/56.1 JOIST PER PLAN ' JOISTS PER PLAN HOEDOWN SCHEDULE NOTES: (0) AT SHEAR MALLS THAT REQUIRE A35 FRAMING ANCHORS FOR CONNECTION TO TOP PLATE, PROVIDE MINIMUM OF (2) A35 AT EACH SHEAR JUNE 10, 2002 SHEARWALL PER PLAN 2x PLATE CONNECTED ' - WALL. A35F MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF A35 FOR FLAT NAILING CONDITIONS. 2x RIM JOIST TO ANGLE NV DRIVE OI HOEDOWN TYPES REFER TO SIMPSON STRONG -TIE CATALOG CALLOJTS. .n (4) (TN) INDICATES TOENAIL. wmcc. Writ. .TM CONT. TOP PLATE - - PINS ®Ib'oc, STAGGERED Q NAIL PLYWOOD SHEATHING TO STUDS RECEIVING HOEDOWN W/ I's SFIEAR WALL CAPACITIES ARE BASED ON THE USE OF COMMON NAILS. POWER DRIVEN NAILS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR COMMON NAILS SPLICE PER 11/56.1 GONT. d bx3�x (LLV) SCHEDULED PANEL EDGE NAILING. STAGGER NAILS 50 THAT EACH PER IV01E 40 ON SHEET 51.1. W/ (3) 12 SCREWS INTO STUD I5 NAILED. I 25 6800 6715 26 EA. STUD y_u 6706 6 6 • 1 • JKf' WIWi� _ _--_ -. _ I -.__ -__ ___ J I l 28 PERMIT/BID SET COPYRIGHT m 2001 MITHUN • . I __. I y I ' • N _ _ ___ _._ .._ . „ _ . , _ - ___ _ - _ __ __ .. . MI IA f•A "Cc 'RA:A i ___ ' : , d . 6 per - a , al 9P'. °E .. R t'55.• MITHUN ,, 1 , , , . - CL? :2/55.1 Architects.Designers+Ptarrters (, . : . , ). 4 i ' tt Fier i6 g : - • • -I, . 12ot Alaskart Way - — - _..... ..— — , Seattle, WA soltiot . . ._ . TB. 206 623.3344 ,„— BEAM i'M '"..Adn • I . . SAX 206 6217005 ' - S" 13 3k 30562 . -- ! ---i ''', s zoo AI 5/32 OR:•/"E P96 1 1 0 16'oc. i 1 T5 cr'R eLrAx _ . . . ... . • : l • Ex N __ _ /_ _ .;tst,4.., ._ . t..... : A —z ir .. • - - . . , COUGHUNPORTERLUNDEEN :. 7 .44 TIM' WIMPS P 216410-Codel [ : ..- . i s'. E . ' E IL 3 4 5 I 2> 145(.72 wst.,:. > .. i . I , . . 6L. 8-Xx:5 ; I ,----14 GA - OF 7RA6K „.----- '4 GA ® el- per SPLICED PER 5 ® 6L. 5t,x15 crc.N1 r ace! : :'---- C 22 L'e PER 1 55.. I I s CLIP orc :25.: 1 I = c.x 4 bxbx% et I r '• 1 • 5'32 I 1-: 'c E (3 'd DRrVE PI•15 ; i ':. F i FER s-uo , ,„ 7 , . . .., , ., __I __i , --..- • i __I - - - - . - -.L' - - --- - - - • ., • ND - - eo. end a , - ---- ., A /la - . i : I COtt1. PER IS/a2.2 •--------------7'-- : • 1 . 1 / I BRACING PER 431%2 1 I —6005162-33 STUDS f r 16oc — 1 EDGE O-• PILASIBR 0 ' __ 28/> T I. _,., __„, . _ k - • _.1 cr. . , PER PLAN ; 4 5x5x5y, BRACE 0 EA -,\NN ,F-- . • _ < e. 1 RJRL.IN CEY-0`oc MAY :, 0 1 , SV=1 6812 EX. SHEATHING (2) A35 CLIPS, EA. SIDE . • I , II 4 bx4x%cx1'-10' (....,/, FILL VOID 11/ RIGID 2' VOIP til R1611) / INSULA•••10N ' . INSULATION t'ti ( )3'0 LA6 %Rat I ..._.:_ 1 , 4 PER I8/56.2 5x BLOCKING 0 b'oc i - 1 A35 CLIPS 0 24'oc : / BEAt4 PER PLAN EX. 5Ff_A . „ - - - EA. 510E, STAGGERED 7 16' GDX PLYINOOD A/ . I -/ . : l' COX PLYWOOD A/ 1 Yr L 11,77_,-4_----____!•1_,A- (208 SCREAS PER 5TUD fr fr _ , (2)*8 SCREN5 PER SW j ic . •.- , 'r i I i N---1 Ili t : .. ' i ,;,, — 5Tup BRACE PER 30/56.2 ' . i' i i i ;-• -- - &LAZING F'ER ARCHL I H- - i - ,-- . L* • i I 4 4 „. ! --x--=• I , , -TREL.Lis PER ARcH t 1 r\ li P li r. AL - ---. -N 's - ' • ' ''': ' .- T. IN E - -4 • ;SI I3EAm PER 8/56.2 4 4x4)64x!'-10" NV - 5' MMBED '.•••.:••••••• . , : • • 1 z,,, 0 4 . /--- IE. 1 4'xFx 0'-3" INTO EX. PI.IRL'IN ....':.•._. .., - _1 (4) %"ilg LA6 SCREWS . ..; • - ' -KERF IE. w VW ,/' e ,... - , • , .. , Oil 6"oc ' `1,-I 1 L__ ' 4 16 . ' fa_ ' A (3) BOLTS 0 3V'oc. 1 _ _ Ex. PURLIN • : saw .., . . CONT CI5x33.9 Y (2) ROWS --/ 1: N"ri) EOLT, EA END -- , : , • . OF 44'0 x 6" LAG SCREWS . , . - . i Eh PRECAST irlALL - ___,- .. 4 4x4x14' BRAcz W li 1 'oc G , r s v k 4 %11 1‘ - .. 1 z I , „ ; - • .• •- • • ' \ --5'UD BRACE PER 30/562 0 18 STAGERED - PREDRILL HOLE 0 EA. EX. PURL.IN ( %... LA6 SCREWS - S1UDS PER 30/56.2 (V-0"oc, MAX) INTO EA. PURLIN r - : 41) . , .: \•\_ s_________ ' i 13 x4" LI I\rk _\ /6 4 Io , ' T5 PER PLAN , 4 0 4 VW ''- *'•'-. Cri .. • .• BENT FE %," - T EA. END ' - - • 6808 LAZING eR ARCL 5808 5807 , I 1 4 ...,1,_ FE I4"x5"x (LENGTH OF16 1...;...:-..- G rH' ,,,_ BENT gE LEG) "-- '' 18 i CHANNEL PER 142 If_' 1 •"x12"xl'-2" Vil '., • -.i - Ex. PLASTFR r (4)4'4" EV'. BOLTS -: • -•''''.. :••.•::••••-• :::-.. * •‘• ...II' ' ...;:: ' ' ' ' a,... I ( L$ ..............„ (EMBED 4-)4") "••.;••••••' .-•••• •:-!•:.. •-•.: ,' • • rt . •••••.. ,f) ' — It 1'2"xl'-0"x1 A/ GLAZING PER ARO- L --4 -- GLAZING PER ARCHt "•:-....-.;.`. •-• '... `': '-'''''' ' •• :•7- - -•-''• °.........•• • -, • . < t-._-, (6)44.0 EXP. BOLTS SECTION > -• f • ... t., . ., i -.,• .. ' : • j i t 1 . /---- T5 12x6x - •••:::.°.•-•',.•••••.••••:•::* ... - 2. -... : -,:-.. • - 11 ,fig 4-, (EMBED 444) , 41. , .1 PER PN / . 1 TS LA ' . ::". ' '• -:,:' — 4 --.- STIFF IE. %," TO - I - BEAM PER 8/56.2 - - - (3)5PACE5 IE "xII"xl'-1" tv . V - BEAM PER 8/52 B EA TO BEAR ' 4: ' 6. ALIGN IN/ FE ELOrt BM COLUMN • 0 3"oc = 9" EXP ears •:',=' II - •,.. 11 PILASTER EX. o .- ' .,.. 7 * ' MI . , . , - • • . . • i CITY Of s itaffikA VP/OVID (EMBED b") - t _11- - (3) sides - --1•---------- i • _•.'I — KERF 4 3x5ihxkt x l'-1' ..- ,.-.• ....: .•'' ......,. ••,. •; • •.• • ' :", : •... In * ------ : -- T, ....- ......, -..... , 7 - . •;-...• : ' -' ..■ Il• . . . . . ........ _________ 4 • - (LONG LEG INTO BEAM) j i , 2 J01 2 5 2002 -1 4 , , -11 - 1, , ri/ (5)% "0 x 4 " LA G SCREWS • , , -• •. • •.. < ... •• ..,.. I I - EAM PER PLAN JEC B I INTO COLUMN AND (3)%"4' THRU 4 fe Cr . . / / \ - -. .,•-•-.....-..- -:..:-`*:: - 1 , . - FE '4"x4"xl'-0" AS k;J:i Li l' '--- 1'-''' - BOLTS INTO EAM /* ft. .. D EX CONCRETE -----il ---- - - -- FE 1 "x8 1 6"xl'-1" il/ , --i-' -N` 1 , ..••• .•:.•• : '. • ' '.--- -'-. -,. .1_,,, I EA ' 3)- ' '•••••••••.,-,--- - 14 i -1,-, •in 0 -,, . IY _ 416: _ __1.- • .., ., ..• ' ' ' ' • - • - • .. 1 PANEL - • 3* .' ' — COUNTERSINK B NUTS 1" ® i® MAA -,7-1.--7-7,, 4 3' , PRE-DRILL HOLES — • / -' . • :,. .,, 1 %: • . - ,. i , . .. . • '---/ / / -, - Ry - —BEAM PER PLAN • • • - •-• 1,-, • EX CONC. - -// --7 • „... .„ =.-.....-=----:-,-- LLC PERMIT CENTER ■ / --- .4 PANEL . ' • '''. '. • -.... ---7. EAD ----- T5 4x4x4 0 o • • • [n° FE "x4 EA r(P. — caumN PER PLAN i- SIDE IV (2)%" THRU eoLTE ..• • , . , ..i . "----- ff 1/2"x1Txr-0" VW ' - in , o • _ N„ i i - --- i ' ''' .• ••i •••••••• (4)44'd EXP. BOLTS • . • .2; • • -..-..._ :: L, 0 ° _-,,, ° 1 • . .. I 1 • 4/ q EA YiAY FE 1 4"xxl'-4 1 /2" --I . ... ... • • ___ _ i- , .. .... . . , _ 4' I N --t-i 6810 ' 6806 ' (EMBED 4 58 ' 1 o o \ 5810 EA. SIDE iN/ ! i t • , _., EX. PRECAST INAL --o•-• :. , - 6005162.33 STUDS (6)%"(1 THRU-BOLTS ' ' • ... 0 Ib"oc SECTION . ___ 19 20 21 SECTION 4 22 ' ti) —t6. FE "x(GL VIIDT1-1+") -4,, CLIP PER 2.2/55.1 - --- . , ---6005162 - 3 3 STUDS 0 6'-0"cx., MAX. (FULL HEIGHT) COtin 4 , 4, ,,,, %LA, , \ 0 0 . - -- i‘ GLAZING . X , •„... . •, - .. . ,----(3)*8 SC REWS • -) PER ARCHt 0 'Y , • ii. ° .0 v- ; COLUMN ;-. -1 /4 •,'''--<t52 [..-.• - 111111. ••• * * , 3•Is i 4n.' 10 ,, , , ., .... — (2 / #4 440 NAL SO (2)*4 0 12"oc EPDXY PER PLAN ';'• GROUTED INTO 'I :,..% '.• /' / DIMENSIONS /--- KERF FE %," A/ EX. FOOTING AWN = "...1 =1111111111111M1 *4 0 12"oc - - - PAVING MIN. i : .. : / P ARCH ER 'L (2) THRU BOLTS (E-43ED 4..%ii) (2) MIN .......... . .. @ h"oc II II PER EX. SLA 'AVI B llokiL up= NG PER ARCH'L : / , / II STOREFONT vxxr-0 Yi/ i - EX. SLAB \ ___, , If ARCH'L . II 1 , \ ••'. -----__ / T. st." l • . -.--,-- • : . --€. .■ 1 4.1114 1 1‘;:: ...: • --------- - i . ..' 1 '."''''' 1 -,. -1416* EXP. BOLTS 1/ k _ _.) DETAILS EX. SLAB-ON-GRADE / # (EMi3ED 61 I-' •-.: \ \ ,/-4.-. , 0 fr. . TOP BALANCE , :-- k -- PAVING PER ARCHL (3)*4 TIES 0 2"oc - A/ .• ' ' ' PLINTH = SI! - .. :1 .___:___:__. , t -II 0 12"oc DIMENSIONS . i: ..• S020027-10 -1 •• • : • PER . • • .., :,, ARCH'L JUNE 10, 2002 o t' .• • t... .1 'I c ' ., 4) I YO, ,I 0 Y ,,,, •• • . - . ' ''. iy — SIIIE111= • . . !'. , E E x XTE1C . pREc TO ..: :, ,‘,. EiE " I'' ' ''iMili:i f ' : n : *4 3) 1 1)4 1): j = EIII. . . (8)*5 VERTS - -A-. . Ex FOOTING ..-- • , ....2,..• _ 4 . .. ' . • 4" --'"' 1 : • EOJECE 41010i. Wu e ,r't< - • ' ... .- , • , EX FOOTING ----o- • '. •. ' • ••, : ...*•..„ ::. • • .L. :..: 6809 5809 I 3806 S6 2 25 26 27 1 28 29 30 4CE NUOMEP • PERMIT/B1D SET I , I . , COPYRIGHT C 2001 MITHUN a . . . . . . * • 0 .. I • I 4 4 $ , .... MITHUN .. Architects.oesAgne.s. E+anners 5 NEW MR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE S6 Pier HVAC GENERAL NOTES I 1201 Maskai Way s L e I T " soft 1 CE ure 2010 TRAIE NM CAS T MM11M !Call IAN N-d a a fim.T1_ S N ,NC AREA °. T._- M�T � ., . .T . W'►!, 1. THESE PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW E4ACT ROJI;TING OR EVERY OFFSET MINION MAYBE Se>n*, WA98101 DENIM[ L SEALANT AM) 9¢E EOU11ElEt+tTS AC-4 EAST RETAIL ..1.1 t �!L�[!!!�(� ;r,�Q!!��j �� -E�r!1 REQU I RED THE HvAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE 11! I TH ALL OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY ALL I �'�1 S1♦ � 11EL 206 62 FOR 901E OF DUCT CONNECT/CM AG " DFr,crElLOCKFh ������_�� Rut 206 623.7oos �`"�' T BRACE A-1s AC-4 ' OR M ? a++EExTA1 CLEARANCES BE FORE B 1001 NG OR CaENC ! I1G 11OMiK 3 -3344 PER uec aEDU!aEJ�ns Ant (SEE PURRS AND Doti MouNITED P E R S M I A L 7 4 4 ` � ROOF 2. MATER i ALS , METHODS A N D I NSTALLAT 10111 SHALL COMPLY W I T H THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1997 - - GRILLE LEGEND FOR CREMATION) 64/24 SL SA DN NDTf S UN 1 FOAM MECHANICAL CODE. THE 1997 LN I Fpil MECHwi I CAL CODE. AND THE 1990 WASH ! VG TON STATE ENERGY CODE AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES S M C ' 1 RE' TO PRDV I DE AC UNIT PER AGREEItENT w 1 ill TRAnE , CH N I CAL CONTRACTOR 1 NSTALL 240M 2 AC $ �- SF'�L UJCT 2. FACTORY PROVIDE • - o-1001 I XL LAT l NG ECONOMIZER w / 1 NTEptAL ENTHALPY CONTROL 3 DUCT CONSTRUCT ! ON AND HANGING SHALL COPT Y W 1 TH THE 1997 IJE AND wiTH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS. EARTHQUAKE BRACE ALL DUCTS 24' DIAMETER AND LARGER **UCH SOUND - 50B BA?OETR I C RELIEF CAPACITY ( - THROl1GH THE BASE ELECTRICAL AND GAS CdN1ECT I Orb ARE SUSPENDED B' HANGERS 12' OR MORE IN LENGTH PROV 1 DE EARTHQUAKE BRACING AT 30 MECHANICAL - IAATCH 11rG .'OOH CURB FOR O O W N F LOw tlM t T WITH X000 NAIL 1 NG STRIPS ON CENTER NAX I Ml1M FIBERGLASS DUCTBUt►RD SHALL NOT BE USED 64/24 SL SA IMANTANN CnrtSTAM ( - CTI CONTROL INTERFACE fOR NOVAR CONTROLS CONSULTING FRT./Gat/TURN NES BRANCH OUC CENTER- I 1p FUSED D 1 SCdwECT Sw I TCH ��� VANES fll 510E LLE ELEYA*ION EA SIDE - l Meg M R. 1171, ATDi EXISTING K -1 L - - t 20V/� PM t "ONEv I ENCE OUTLET 4 ALL CONCEALED DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEALED win./ LISTED MAST t C TYPE DUCT SEALANT OuCT ELEVATION 3- INAC CONTROLS SWILL BE O1MER PROP I(iE0 AS PART OF THE INTEGRATED SwI TCH BAR TRNE 57l1ALL FACTORY AT ALL JOINTS SEAL FITTING CONNECTIONS WITH DUCT SEALANT (NOT TAPE` EXPOSED PI .2011 Dart -a :ST ADIMT AC t1N i T CONTROLLERS AND DUCTS SHALL INTERNALLY SEALED. au Imo' ='A -°"= 3' CAIMCEAMED SEALANT AT CTI BOARDS THE IMIN CONTROLLER AND CONTROL BOARDS WILL BE FACTORY ADt1NTE0 IN THE ELECTRICAL PANELS BY OTHERS ZONE TEMPERATURE OUCT /CAN CONNECTON SENSORS, OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND PUSH BUTTON OVERRIDE CONTROLLER SHALL BE INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTR +CAL CONTRACTOR S. CONCEALS., DUCTS SHALE. BE INSULATED AS REQUIRED BY TlE 1998 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE - Wi. F �! /I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE AND INSTALS pO1rER WIRE TO SINGLE POINT COl1ECTtON - DUCT WRAP IN ROOF CEILING JOIST SPACE SHALL 3 5 0 75 LB /CU -=T. FIBERGLASS DUCT ; Sr TEETAL CAN 5. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROPIDC AND INSTALL SUPPLY DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE AND INSTALL POWER WIRE AND INSULATION WITH A FACTORY APPLIED REINFORCED ALUMINUM FOIL VAPOR BARRIER. ;: RELAY TO FIRE CONTROL PANEL - SOUND LINING IN DUCTS WITHIN THE BUILDING, SHALL BE 1 ", 1 5 LB /CU FT FIBERGLASS ' VIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE. DUCT LINING COATED TO PREVENT FIBER EROS ON AT VELOCITIES UP TO 4000 FPM ` ELEVATION AC - 4 O SCALE DIFFUSER CAN /SPIRAL DUCT D ETA1 L b. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INSTALL FACTORY PROVIDED ROOF CURBS AHD PRO . FACTORY OPT ! ON INCLUDES 1 HP BELT DRIVE FAN MOTOR , BALANCE TO 607 RPM cOR F! O* Cow I T I DNS I N SCHEDULE ABOVE . - SOUND LINING , I N ROOFTOP DUCTS , SHALL BE 2.5 " , 1.5 L6 /CU FT FIBERGLASS DUCT LINING n Ii . 0 NO SCALE COATED TO PREVENT FIBER EROSION AT VELOCITIES UP TO 4000 FPM. 1! :I i I I 6. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL CONSIST OF A REINFORCED VAPOR BARRIER, 1 1/2" FIBERGLASS I INSULATION OR -5), AND NON - PERFORATED INTERIOR LINER WITH WIRE HEL,.. DUCT SHALL BE A ` �� UL 181 LISTED CLASS I AIR DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL ONLY BE USED WHERE SHOWN AND ;r SHALL NOT EXCEED 12' IN LENGTH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE !I EXISTING MR CONDmONING UNIT SCHEDULE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) IN ROOF CEILING JOIST SPACE FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL HAVE AN R-8 INSULATION RATING. I' ! �EER,' ELECTR I WT NOTES 7. PROVIDE EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT FOR HVAC EQL' I PMENT i N ACCORDANCE w I Tfr THE 1997 'I� UNIT SERVICE MffR A NOM GAS HEAT M731i NOM ESP FAN N I N- UNIFORM FORM BUILDING CODE AND PER LOCAL ES AND ORD NANCES . NQ . AREA ADOEL 7c N5 I HPU7 IXJTPUT CFM HP CFM SEER VOLT MCJA LEIS I - -- -- 60 AC.1 ...RETAIL 15 00 - - ' 1000 - - - - .1.2,3,4 / AC -2 RETAIN INTERIOR B 2400 - - 400 - - - - 1 2,3 ,4 __ 8. PROVIDE TARN VANES IN ALL MITERED 90'S AND TEE'S, 1 N Srt TRANSITIONS AND OFFSETS AC .3 3 _ BACK OF S70RE 10 [ - _ - _ 40001 - - 6OO - - - - 1 _ _ , 2.3, 4 .. „,...-- --- PER ELEVATION A -A BELOW 9. E_ECTR I CAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DISCONNECTS, MECHANICAL TO PROVIDE ALL REOU:RED ! ! ■ NOTES' MOTOR STARTERS AND OVERLOADS SINGLE PHASE EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH Li I THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. I r F i �/ 4 "COI AR 1. EXISTING AC UNIT CONTRACTOR VERIFY PROPER FUNCTION IN ALL MODES OF OPERATION. I 'I ' ! I j HIC>FN � 2. I AN ECHANICAL CONTRACTOR VERIFY CONSTANT FAN OPERATION AND VENTILATION DAMPERS OPEN DUR OCCUPIED MODE, OA DAMPER %CT DOWN _ • 1 _ IN LINOCGt1PIED MODE. 10 DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS PEP LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES II Ii �/ • 1T HIGH l 3/4' Y 34' SLOTS W /CENTERLINES AT ! ! r // 3 REBALANCE AC UNITS SERVING REI TENANT AREAS TO MATCH GRILLE AND DIFFUSER CFA'S AS NOTED C./ SHEET M-3 11. MAINTAIN 1 0' BETWEEN OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES TO AC UNITS FROM EXHAUST FAN )UTLETS, PLUMBING • HOOD t 3",G AND 9" ABOVE BENCH SURFACE HE SNITCH 4. HVAC CONTROLS SHALL BE OWNER PROVIDED AS PART OF T INTEGRATED ITCH GEAR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD MOUNT AC UN1T g OF}SET CONTROLLERS AND CTI BOARDS. THE MAIN CONTROLLER AND CONTROL BOARDS WILL BE FIELD AMOUNTED IN THE ELECTRICAL PANELS BY OTHERS. VENTS, GAS FLUE OUTLETS. J 5 EW \ \ ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSORS, OUTSIDE AIR 7EMPERATIARE SENSOR AND PUSH BUTTON OVERRIDE CONTROLLER SHALL BE INSTALLED AND WIRED BY 12. NEW EXPOSED DUCTS T _ 1 / \ UENGTIi THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHAL_ BE OF MIN 2e ;A. CONSTRUCTION. EXPOSED ROUNT; DDUCTS SHALL 8E SPIRAL I WOUND SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROVIDE FOR ACCEPTABLE APPEARANCE EXPOSED \ i � � CEN ON BENCH DUCTS SHALL BE INTERNALLY SEALED AND SHALL BE FREE OF DENTS AND BLEMISHES. LABELS \� ) j rP !f )t SHALL NOT BE APPLIED TO EXPOSED DUCTS. FINAL APPROVAL OF EXPOSE" DUCT ACCEPTANCE IS BY \ 1 �' THE ARC!; I TECT . 13. PROA'IDE FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED I \; _ • SHOP BENCH HOOD EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE on PLANS AND AS REQUIRED B I BY SECTIONS O N IONS 713.10 AND 713.11 OF THE 1997 UBC. PROVIDE LISTED NO SAE FIRE STOPPING AT PENETRATIONS OF ASSEMBLIES ACCORDING TO SECTION 710.2 OF THE t I UNIT `SERVICE AND GREENHECK FAN TYPE CFA ESP VOLT/ RPM HP/ ODD Wi/ NOTES PHASE WATTS LBS 1997 UBC INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS AND CEILING FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EF LOCATION MG8-L NO. MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS, THE TERMS OF THEIR LISTING, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE EF -1 LOl1NGE /SHOMER G8-090 ROOFTOP-CENT.' 900 1/4" ' CODE. 120/1 1360 t/4 15/15 50 1,2,4 EF -2 TOP RM 204 SP -252 CABINET 400 1/4" 120/1 -DO- 224 1NT'GL 37 1,3,6 0- EF -3 REPAIR SHOP GB- CABINET ENT. 1100 1/2" 120/1 1090 1/4 16/1fi 70 1.2.5.7 14 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MOUNT RETURN DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS FOR AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN OF ALL HEATING OR COOLING EQUIPMENT DEL VERVNG IN EXCESS OF 2000 j CI. CFM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 606 OF THE 1998 IMC- POWER WIRING AND INTERLOCK ' (- ''''V' ---..-„, WIRING WITH THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MECHANICAL j) NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WEATHER PROOF ENCLOSURES FOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS WHERE )) l) 1. DISCONNECT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NECESSARY ON ROOF DUCT SYSTEM. COORDINATE W/ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR I EF -3 SEE ROOFTOP EXHAUST 2. FIELD INSTALL 800 PER DETAIL 1/M-3. . FAN CURB DETAIL 3 CONTROL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATS TO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION. (60 -9OF RANGE OF OPERATION) � 1/M -3 4. CONTROL CONTRACTOR INTERLOCK EF -1 TO AC -11 OCCUPIED MODE OPERATION I S. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL SWITCH ON /OFF CONTROL. t `) Ifr 6. FACTORY OPTIONS INCLUDE ROUND DUCT CONNECTOR KIT. I V • j ! 7. FACTORY OPTIONS INCLUDE EXPLOSION PROOF MOTOR, SPARK PROOF RUB RING. r 15/15 SL III `14sM TRANS 15/15 SL I I J; REMODEL SCOPE OF WORK ( ( \ ) 1 THE MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS LISTED BELOW, DIFFUSER GRILLE SCHEDULE , , AS WELL AS THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THESE PLANS AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. �146SM SYMBOL MANUFACTURER 2 SIZE TYPE COMMENTS 1 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND INDICATE IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT SIZE ANY CONDIT ONS WHICH INTERFERE WITH CONSTRUCTION PER THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ` 14eSM TRANSITION TO 36/6 SM AQ TITUS NCO, TYPE 3 BORDER AS NOTED LAY IN 01FF SUPPLY, NOTES 1 2. PERFORM OR COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK AS DESCRIBED ON SHEET M-2. DISPOSE OF ALL DEMO'D �� if / BENCH HO SEE DETAIL 2 /N -1 /IM SIZE 116 TITUS SOH, TYPE 3 BORDER AS NOTED LAY IN GRILLE RETURN,EXHAUST,TRANSFER EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS PER LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. OD. j' LOCATE BOTTOM OF HOOD BALANCE DAMPER EXHAUST PER PLAN SIZE 3. INSTALL AC UNITS AC-4 AND AC -5 PER SHEET M-3 COORDINATE ROOF CURB LOCATION AND ROOF WORK 7 ABOVE MAXIMUM AB BENCH © TITUS 300RS, TYPE 1 BORDER AS NOTED SURFACE MT TIFF SUPPLY, NOTES 2,3 WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ROOFING CONTRACTOR. INSTALL NEW DUCTWORK AND GRDs FER SHEET M-3. BENCH VERIFY HEIGHT S IZE PROVIDE AND INSTALL TRANSFER GRILLES AND b ROMETRIC RELIEF CAPS PER SHEET M-3. ;., �S O TITUS 350RL TYPE 1 BORDER AS NOTED SURFACE LIT RAG RETURN, TRANSFER, NOTE 4 I I I W /ARCHITECT vCfA1E ��ZZ 4. BALANCE ALL NEW AND EXISTING UNIT SUPPLY AIR AND OUTSIDE AIR FLOWS PER THE VALUES SHOWN ON i EXISTING DIFFUSER AS NOTED VARIES FIELD VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION A THE AC UNIT SCHEDULE ON SHEET M-1 AND PER THE PLAN ON SHEET M-3. PROPER TYPE FOR APPLICATION o-FME TITUS TAR, CONCENTRIC ROUND AS NOTED SUPPLY INSTALL IN POSITION 01 5. INSTALL REPAIR SHOP AND REI OFFICE AREA EXHAUST FANS (EF- 1,2,3) AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK NOTES: GRD'S AND TRANSFER GRILLES AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS SHOP EXHAUST ELEVATION 1. FOR T-BAR CEILING. 6 . REPLACE EXISTING AC UNIT THERMOSTATS WITH NEW NOVAR CONTROL SYSTEM DETA I LD I N THE PLANS AND 2. DOUBLE DEFLECTION GRILLE FOR GYPSUM WALL BOARD AND DUCT MOUNTED CANS. SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY PROPER HEATING AND COOLING STAGING OPERATION INCLUDING ECONOMIZER NO MODULATION AND OPERATION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDES AND INSTALLS HOVER CONTROLS, O SCALE 3. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER UNLESS A MANUAL DAMPER 15 SHORN ON THE PLANS. 4. 3/4" BLADE SPACING AT 35 DEGREE ANGLE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR COORDINATE AND VERIFY PROPER UNIT OPERATION AFTER INSTALLATION. CII cv 1/ED ff..M to 5 Zaoz -' ti BG AN BASE SIZE _ AN .. - ,...a '",,,,...„ SS 1 '` Cc „f_ - vWA. OD CURB SIZE DUCT : G v ECE T: .. _ FAN BASE - 1 1/2" �I HVAC ABBREVIATIONS UCT MOUNTED GRILLE LEGEND I i'I = ., ■ ,----- PLAN SECTION DESCRIPTION IG II ABBY FULL NAME ABBV FULL NAME VIEW VIEW h ( ! H HOT GAS LINE A CPRESSED AIR LINE GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE P ERMIT CENTER MOUNTED FOR HORIZONTAL DISCHARGEAC AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 22.5 ° � AIR DIFFUSION PATTERN AT 2214 PATTERN . r - FASTEN DUCT FLANGE TO CURB /// f/ / AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ID INSIDE DIMENSION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FASTEN FAN BOO BACKDRAFT DAMPER MBH THOUSAND BTUH 11. CAP TO CURB BDD SIZE ! BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR 1 SL DUCT + 1" -iI 2X12 MINIMIJ 4 BOTH BOTTOM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AAPACITY N \ ';,R- LEVEL ROOF CURB, CANT STRIP • MINIMUM /5/ ` ,� AND ROOFING MATERIAL BY BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNITS MIN }/ DUCT GRILLE MOUNTED FOR DISCHARGE AT _ GENERAL CONTRACTOR HOUR MPG MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS ` 30 DEGREES BELOW HORIZONTAL ; �. _ B11rG BOTTOM WALL GRILLE BWR BOTTOM WALL R MT MOUNT DUCT LEGEND -- 30° AIR DIFFUSION PATTERN AT 221.1 PATTERN ALL IGISTER NON NOMINAL ��R DIFFUSION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Kamm. MR DIFIISION 1 D CURB I FASTEN BDD TO OA OUTSIDE AIR (ADO INSULATION THICKNESS FOR O.D.) , 0 COMPRESS CURB OR DU CT BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HO CAP CAPACITY SOUNDLINING DCTSUE __ �_1 SOl1NDLINED CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER DUCT SIZES REFERENCE INSIDE DESCRIP SYMBOL IMO MOUNTED VERTICAL DISCHARGE 1 O2 ° L I N I L PUMA COMB COMBUSTION OD OUTSIDE DIMENSION AIR DIFFUSION PATTERN AT 45 ° PATTERN 1/2 FRA ME RISER CONN CONNECT PD PRESSURE DROP RECTANGULAR SHEETLMETAL - BARE 14/12 SM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ' DO DUCT BOARD RA RETURN AIR _ M-71 / \ ' )�_ DMPR DAMPER REG REGISTER (GRILLE WITH DAMPER) SOUNDLINE SHEETMETAL (1 "LINER) 14/12 SLSM 14_1/ l E> - u - 2O DOWN RED'0 REQUIRED - / 45 EC EGGCRATE RIO ROUGH IN ONLY SHEETIAETAL WRAPPED W/1YR INSULATION 14/12 SMW ELEV ELEVATION SA SUPPLY AIR nc NOTE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR COORDINATE CURB SIZE AND ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE SL SOUND LINING SPIRAL ROUND SHEETMETAL - BARE 120SM LOCATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. VERIFY CORRECT EXH EXHAUST sM SHEET METAL _HVAC NOTES, LEGENDS BCC SIZE AND FIT IN DUCT. FD FIRE DAMPER SP STATIC PRESSURE ROUND SHEETMETAL WRAPPED W /1R" INS. 120W DAMPER LEGEND L� & T FLA FULL LOAD AMPS SS STAINLESS STEEL SCHEDULES NX DETAILS FOB FLAT ON B TOO TOP OF DUCT 0 EXHAUST FAN INSTALLATION DETAIL _ROUND sM W/1 "SPIRAL DUCT UNER 12.AC MANUAL DAMPER (MD) � .- 4 FOT FLAT ON TOP TV TURN VANES NO SCALE G GAS LINE (LON PRESSURE) TWG TOP WALL GRILLE FLEX DUCT 120 f GALV GALVANIZED TWR TOP WALL REGISTER } }�}{H}I{{}{H { }� MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPER (CEO (� i GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR TYP TYPICAL SQUARE -TO -ROUND DUCT TRANSITION / JUNE 10, 2002 LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE _J 71 VERTICAL COMB. FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER (FSD) 0 11 �.� UL USTED 5555, 1 -1/2 HR, CLASS UI LEAKAGE flit HORIZONTAL COMB. FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER (HFSO) I„ w- e°pT 4rMO Sin UL USTED 5555, 1-1/2 HR. CLASS II LEAKAGE _ _ -- SMC -066 M IN 1 C.D. SET 7 ., 77 , 7z7 .................. u8[F COPYRIGHT O 2002 MITHUN i a ._ - ,,,,,oa��.,.1, .•.a ... _. IY iiI - . NL " l`", _- _. ti w s3urasi_. M 4 I • a • F G H 1 K L MITHUN Ar&4eQS. DtS tgnK 3 t P ia n n!r S _ - - w, - 1 Pier 56 1..,:_,„,,„. i2o1 Alaskan Way Slate 200 F • _ -- Seattle. WA 8810 TEL 206 623 -3344 FAX 206 6237005 I • SM I SO(:ND _ MECHANICAL - CONSULTING MO R Y1 =L RS 1 r.i I2Mr'ti! -sta: - - - ....=_____ - - - — - _ — - - 2 • IC 1 = =—=— I � • • • . - - 2.1 I Z : _ I 0 I MAINTAIN CW SUPPLY - . LNG ADJACENT • • ' 3 • . oemounON NOTES: THESE DEMOLITION PLANS WERE MADE WITH L- ____ UMfTEO ACCESS AND AS -BUILT INFORMATION. • I THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING ! l I CONDRIONS AND EXAMINE THE REMODEL PLANS ? I • TO UNDERSTAND DEMOLITION INTENT PRIOR TO i____. __ 1____ I BID OR START OF DEMOLITION. DUCTWORK DEMOLITION INCLUDES CONNECTED ' GRD'e. BRANCH AND FLEX DUCTS. I I r _ L I ' J Cf DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES MAC BE SALVAGED I G AND REUSED PENDING PROPER SIZE. SHAPE AND APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT. A B EXISTING AC -3 I C D E -1 DEMO CONCENTRIC • '' SUPPLY AND RETURN a • J UNIT. MAINTAIN SA A • — - I RA RISERS- ' t ■ I I - - - - _ . - -- - -- DEMO ''- DEMO 1 - - - - 4 ii16 I ER / 1 I TRA LSFER DEMO DUCT MAINTAIN CW SUPPLY ! wn a= Nr4:11o01 SERVING ADJACENT TENANT — - I i , • COORDINAM OF RISER A B RANC TE DE H O LINE BY FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR MOW CAP AT SUPPLY LINE CONN. � Or EXISTING AC- — - -- 5 BG I MIDI M DOME - MAINTAIN DUCTING AS IS - ( t - CM' T1jI ► � I \4 Ni I DEMO TSTAT & WIRE 4`" �vc� SS P110/0 WAWA ' __ r - c --, JUL 25 ?nQ? IG ro PROW +ii- c VE3 I I 1 ' A: k J IG ;r T .KvVILA �` / r oiva DEMO PLUMBING AND HVAC SYSTEMS IN THIS AREA • MAINTAIN A DUCTING AS IS - I OI[ Ic rtr MI7 rc. CAP ALL WATER DEMO TSTAT dl WIRE . VENT AND WASTE LINES IN WALL I AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS. — ---4-- t _ _ 2 i 11 , , I L, qES -- - u-1cn) 3 I Ti„. 1!11 I I MAINTAIN CW SUPPLY SERVI ADJA CENT HVAC AND PLUMBING TENANT I i • ' DEMOLITION PLAN - - - _- • I 02284.00 SMC - ass ■ =fir JUNE 10, 2002 OAR __ - DEMOLITION PLAN PROJECT / SCALE" 1 /8 =1 'O N[�rfou Pall " MN PERMIT/ BID SET sa* Illrs,l COPYRIGHT 0 2002 MITHUN -- gin F G H J K I MITHUN - . Archttects+Designers+Rannets , Freer 56 .- --4- •r T___. - 1201 Alaskan Way cAsnm Ac ufta num To G H 1 Su4e 2oo - Cd418 0 1/2' CABLE AND „ i f _ _ Seattle, WA 9Itiot *,*2• • AWL TS AC t8417 I Tit 206623.33 4 TYP :AL . ONE I AT £&c» 'wawa I Fax 2o6 623.loo5 1 . p .1... AC '..IA. "' CURB AND FACTORY t r I S M C I FLASW.14, 2X2 NAIL tWG S___ ,\:....... - ..,.. ..11111P . -"' _ AND 2 FOCI CURB INSuLAT:CN NS 8 GISNFRAL CONTRACTCR !) GAS0E PROVIDED 8, REI AND , TALLED BY VECNANICAL CONTRACTOR I b 3 O F I NG MATER I A S . , I AHD 4 z 4 CANT STFHP By 3 SOUND i GENERAL CONTRACTOR leo uP _ ROOF CAP TO SEE — , I . - NIECHANICAL - - aro* -"11.7. .: ^ — - — • ---- ;-___. I t .. I ROOF DECK 1 - -' AE-11 ON , 1 _____________I 7 SuPPORT - C O G .._ 1.01411011./ 11, Mint '-` - ROOF MOUE . t ---- *STAR ff,___ . . .i , ' Pit al. 74111-5,5 1 , LIN i -.11.....' BY OTHERS ,, • — , F 1.412110-41,2 e I.' ;"-:. icr., 0 i _ • . __ 1 oevrt„.. Zs'. • I - - •. i 3 _ ...n.i iii-__i -1:----4 _ 11-______—__ --- -- ---- _ : , — _ _ _ _ _ _ i - ,,-.... , 4 2 _ ,,-----.,._- 4, I CFF . I .:. • • ,I----- .1, 1 arni ' ill 1 "' R - a • z sg... • . • .."., .. s,- c..1 tO111113144ATE 20/34 - I ' I r- • 1 . . ROOF CURB INSTALLATION DETAIL o: . . f. —4- 'il s__12ts siiii BY GC ' I 1 -; ....--- - 1 • f - -1 t ...,?, ,--- -II i I • 0 NO SCALE . Ili nal , -, T s _ : 1 ! ; , ,----------, 4 _ -- 12/28 SL DN SA . BANomETRic rj1 : i 2.1 Mil : "15 - 1 1 4:m0411E Roon r \ , ! i RELIEF CAF'. SEE DTL 2/11-3 I .,, ..! I AC-SI ON ROOF ABOVE A - Aims, r).4 • WALL ‘ I - SEE DTL 1/10 _ • z .., , ,„?.. ?, I . i . I. 2 TYPICAL. 1_.. ' . ,____: _____. . - --- OF' OE - i 1 - --- 1 . . r —it , , ; 1 2. - Z. I . -,-..-, -' 1 — • ! • Dr' :h ' - . 6-• <R4E6isirER 5 TYP .... FAN _BASE SIZE 1 303 ,1 1 OFF I - It ■ ,. _ _ . - -_, . . ' . . • ur. ,. [3 i i ar 1 1I il, . OD CuRB SZE • t I FAN BASE - I 1 /2' REUEF HOOD (R i 0 • • . ill I 1 i 11 1 I , ... ....„.„...............- I GREENHE . CK 60/30 BAROMETRIC HOOD ANGLE SUPPORT FASTENERS WITH WING NUTS FOR .: . . Cr • ------1 . , J AWE& ACCESS TO DAMPER BY OPENING CAP ALONG BOLT AXIS EIALANCE FIELC INSTALLED 68/33 REUEF ' 2E r 2o2 • .... .3 ll i 71 - ....6. o t : - 10 0 .,.„ . , : : Of ' • 11,11. 1 - 1 i , h '; igi8c,-. • .. . • , ' I • • ..: DAMPER TO 0.04" BUILDING POSITIVE PRESSURE , : -I , ,1 USE RUSKIN COLNTER BALANCED DAMPER #CEID- 4 \ \ .:„„ vs 02. . • I OS9 I . — ,7 ' • ' • z i /"...- I c ---- -, alkii 1 10 ' • t . - -- . . • 4 1 -4; _ _ , _ _ — • . , . I — — _ _ 4_ _ - —3 F -, I _,...--- 2.02 MiNimum -.__ L /-% '-'• I •••\ . 1 - 7" -----, 1 .. , -7 - 4 ROOF CURB. CANT STRIP AND ROOFING ' I . , . 0 4-.7 , . 4..., ,...---- MATERIAL. BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR , . • • . . -r --- _— ------- - , , . ., . / t -, s•\___..--, .,,555'5"* . / BOLT AND SEAL RETAINING FLANGE TO CURB . . . 14/14 SL UP TO :1 1-411 i • i . . • 10 MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN I u-' ON ROOF , . F ' SEE DTL 4/M- i ... I ROOF OPNG • _ •____,___! I , I . -.... .- 1161/ scALE- 1/8" =1 CURB OD SIZE-I - • , 1 ■ i ---- ---- -----i' laiSM ! i . 24711 12-Si. LIP ---:.---j - , 4 • TO _UPPER LEVF_L _ :„....- CURB 00 SR .• , 6 5 _SL _ r •-•"` -• . • • . .• imnr el .7.. ■......■ , 5+ . 1 , 6p _ • 1, us. I . , c. 4 Ik 11, 0..:::,. , oly,kw I ,, . ,-, ,-. BAROMETRIC RELIEF CAP DETAIL ._•-,.. . • o'er • = , w, --......„„ 2 NO SCALE [JI t . !____. : ' ; -;-' .: , 3 1 , , i. , . c,.....•,.......„ 1 , - ,,i_________, i ! : -- -.. _ ". -'' -. - ''''' ' : -. . • 2 • : _ _ _ ...., / Q , 1 ,...• - --- - - - '- 7T8/36 SL RA W/OPNG ON „,„/ ,--- ,..- • .. - -- __ 1 , A B C D • E li .--, I - . -- t,ci t . .1 sA TOP. 4' MIN F1A ELBOW - -- 1 ; - -- 1 . EXISTING AC-3 / .. ; ,- - „ ____:•- • : :‘ , ,s; _____--•-------F----;-. • ___. - 2511 CAla TRANSFE iT4 , CONVERT TO DUCTED < . : 100 r ie 1 SUPPLY AND RETURN • 014 1,, 1 ! ' , ..11 I - - - - -I EXTEND FULL SIZE ' . ' ' DUCTS DOWN - TRANS 1 , .---' "fa' ' . I .._ ' ' • : • - . - -__ , • : SA TO 24 WIDE MINIMUM . - •. . L--. ------------------------ 100 SM I - - • 4;t4IIVIatR • , „ i /2 '..----' i ' I • , 1 ! - _ ---- f , ■ I ' 1 i 1 1 . , : C. - /1 . To. - 7, , • ......,, ___.___----------- . , ----' -- -,.., ., • ------. I . 1 ' . 1 ....- - .. I ____. _ _____ __________., _ _ - - . ..:.--,-- —' • - -:.-..,_ -__ . 4 STORAGE , . '‘...._ 7 1, . L_____ I 102 : . ; , l T, __,..-,-- --- , _: 7_ , FR T . • . . - .4 - CFUNSFER -- - • , , , • , . , ligii ,. _ ,. ... / I A . . ,. ; , ., ;. SERVICE , . , RETAIL • . 1 RETAIL i , , ii=0 I / , • ----4 , i. , 1 104 j . , CigQki 1 -- - ER / ___ r _==__,_ .„. .,,,. 1 , i • ' —-----T"- ______ r _ _____, , ,/ .____:_ .„ , , ...._ _ ' . 1 , , , / ,- . , . 1 ... r Il , , i 1 • . • 4 I ;‘, , , . / / , i - _ .'• ..2 . I i ;1 i ----==-- - , .---- ' . _ • - , i _- - 7 .."-'''' m . - -- 0 We 7 - ---, _ - - • - :-.• i . - - Cgclki,9), Di- _ 1 , 61 ''.....11-.-------- . '4-t ' c E T ' : I : 7D : E n i L A ----- - •-)H / \ , . ' 180SM I I 220 SM / I • , . . , - . . ' • 1 , 7 ----- Mgaliil . ' @WPM ....,. • ' MN - ss. , •,, 10 TYPICAL • — \ . . ._ ___ _ _____ ____ _ ..._ __ _ -"---- — ' - 7 . i r _ . 1 1 , . @Ili& o ,...• '• , , 1 . i - 1 e , .__. 4....., i _ . . • 26/64 SL SA DN • . , 1 : __, --_-, . . - , , - It - • . , • . 18/70 SL RA DN i __ _ _ _ . --- - --:. • !_.:_r_ • , • ' AC-2 L. -- --a, -- - - - USE TV'S AT ELBOWS .•----= ------ I _ I - — — — -- — - — - - ., .-.... —- — _....r - • its .- „ _ ____ - , -, 5 BG ,-,, Ac-1 0 . 1 !EXISTING AC;- - 1 T • , !15 TONS 6000 CFM — EXISTING AC-2 e I I . ,_ __ ___. , . ------- - - CASH IEI : • I • ' 6 TONS. 2400 CFM I I ' SS . , r. _ A I MAINTAIN AS IS. REBALANCE i , MAINTAIN AS IS. REBALANCE i • I \ , I 1m - , .- - • ' I PER EXISTING AC SCHEDULE . PER EXSTG AC SCHEDULE 1 • -- ' • IG - if ---' / . A IlD J PLAN. i • • - -"- - --- == - - - / r- - ■ I - - - - --- '',.." - - -_______ , ----i ' I AC-4 1 L _ _ _ _i _1 esi_ti• iL WAPNG I . . • — -1 r 7, SEE ROOF CU RA 1--- ,- , - - 1 ,-- I RETAIL , 1 • I r~, , 27 , : .Y - - I . •, _-. • . -_- :. ' . 1 A , 1 DETAIL 1/M-3 AT TOP. 8' MIN FM ELBOW. IG , • 57 . " 11 ; i U2 1 I . I ' I •<-----"-7 ' . - - - - ----- - -7 ! -- ,- • . ___ ' I 1 , I tI AND 1 /M - 1 rf (If --- ir-, ---, - __:,, . ' RETAIL , . ...,______ . . , I no . 1 , ' * 1 , ,_.„...., -- i • , . . * - . , . . -- --- __ .__- - ----- - k-- - -i (_ _.) L _i , I-- 11, i _ _ 5 200 II : I — 77 --.',____ -_,-_,' -7-77-+- ' 1 1 I . ..._—_ P I I „.. ---___,, ...., , .... . • , - - 2 ------.■.■ i 1 , t . . ,---- , Lt II •;..--,._____=... _ -_, •,..' I Vk 1 ----,''' ' ' 11 iE TAIL U '° , ! DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY GRILLE - TYPICAL • '4 : . , , SEE DUCT/GRILLE LEGEND & I I STORAGE -- '-- - ';;•:.7*,." = =_ . I . , DETAIL 5 ON SHEET m-1. ..,.• I 1 115 1 • / r ' - -- , i__ ..*. I - --- --- - ---- ,---- - -- ___-_---- ' 11 - ------=_ __j____=____ _:. T_ ____--_ H..-_-.---... -_ r --- 1 - I 1 \ @lik 11 (g.% , — . , , s . , ,— ----- ... (01WPm . ____ ,. . 4h,. L. ., ---............... 0c 3 0 ____ _._ --- ---- - ---- --;--- . , / .• - : - - i ' VI ' - ''' ' : . • . , ' if — Ti ! ell' '. • ri 180SM 220 SIA I ' ! i 1' it rF; ! 1! ,Ip • , __,.._________ _ .. -- __ ------- - . .-- L - -. t I ' I •I • • ,' t; ....I t • We • • I. , - -------'-- __,.- .--=-=_.•-• `..=_---_-_. ________ __ ________ _ ___ ..-= _--. 1 ----/-4 __ ,....-== . . _.•,-.,-,-. -._ -.-.^--------=- - I - /------ --: i■ I• !I II I I , If . ' - • ' - :: 1 .... 1 r- i , • . I (N4FUI -- '••Li f - • „. _ I --_ Dc 1 ( \.„,._.:2:. _, : r . - - - - -7- - : - --- (04fria - .- - - I - , ., i. . : • • , 'I II 1 . I I @ige1 , , t.,. 1 .' ,! 1 " , , ,,, ,--....1 , i • , . . , , • ,,, ; , . , , , . , .. AR i! , ,,' , ! I ! - --J ru' : i, Vop 0 ' 1 1 II I E P , =E7,- -- 2 2_ - 2 )03 - - Li _ , , , ,, , , , ■ I i _____, .....____L_____ .._ J L _ A - - - " ■■••■••■4.111/1•111•1■11 . • ' - _k__ _ .....4 I-_---„_ _ _ ___ _ Kim. ! 1, k Ak -- ' 1 11 ' I In 1 ; I no i ; 1 , 11: ! 11 ! !I , HVAC FLOOR PLANS ll 1 ,_ j , : • ! 1 i ' 1 1 _. j 1 11 ! 11 1 II i' I , 1 11 I l' 1 -- I 1 I 1 1 : I ! 14/14 SL DN TO HOOD 1 II11 ,L1 ' ; , I , /■' 1 'I 1 . ' 1 I - ‘; 11 ' I 1 l' 14/14 SL UP TO EF- 3 ! ;. Li ; , I: ' I 11 1 ' 4,- I: SEE DETAiLS 2,3/M-1 1 1 . . , ., . , , , , , ,•••-,, - _ . . _ ____ __41' - 1--i i • . .. I ' ! ' ' ' . ,,,__L■ la, I ! ,I COORDINATE CLG FRAMING _ !. 1 - 1 ' 1 - -,_ _' I'M''''" N-••••••• il 'Li. MODIFICATIONS W/GC --- ___ , 6 - -, ,''. - -- --:_:-L-_-_--------- ,•=-_ = 7 --2 - -- - =7Z - ------- ----- 77 - - ---- -- --.:•=----F7_ .7.7-7- 7 . e- - - -- =, - - , : - .. , =i - _ - = ---- 7-2,-. _____ __ ....„ - - --,..-- ---=_-_-- _ _ 4._____ ----4 1, Er-31 ON ROOF I 11 I , 2412 SL TRANSFER DUT. 1 , SEE DETAIL 4/M-1 I 02284.00 _ SMC-066 , , : MI / N. LENGTH WITH 12/24 C 48" OPNGS I 0 1 ' R Li ' ON TOP AT INLET AND ON BOTTOM AT OUTLET. DUCT DOWN TO SHOP I I 1i! JUNE 10, 2002 i CEILING GRILLE. __ _ ____ ___ 5., LOCATE UNIT OUT OF MEW ABOVE CEILING . . ea MAIN FLOOR PLAN . . '4 •.1t. qu _ ip SCALE" 1 /8" =1'0" _ - M 1. ____3____ P B E ID R S PVI ET ITI • COPYRIGHT © 2002 MITHUN • . _ - • --- . _ .. _ _ ..... _ _ _ • _ . , . - .... ".• ... ... . a 4 4 I • . 4 ; 4 I • 48 1 1 Min I I 1111111110 1 R MIN ECOo OFF TO B I DC I NG OR GOA PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE MR of tMAIr ea surety sME .. , 1 . TH ESE PLANS ARE SCNEMAT I C AND NMY NOT ! T F I ICTIxE LOCAL CO�ECT 101 s - --- t MITHUN ! SHOD AFL OF THE RE0.' RED ELBOWS AND OFFSET NEEDED FOR �_ E T E pi0t1T a MG l _ - - T iS THE PLL�.NG CONTRACTOR'S RESPOIS :B L T. ",`, iP£R v A_: CLEARANCES AND TO PROVIDE COMPLETE ODORC.NATIdi TAG MATES VENT NOT H!"'`Il -� !►� i COLD Architects Desgpers. V1lr• users i • \-meff ENNA SUR LT OR LIE NIC : NG VICKI MIC -1 MATER CLOSET - KOHLER NOVEL K-a 330 AML . & O ni' TC - 1 _ T 4 2 - / pOp r►�ER 110 Rt><OP+!G w ! D. THE OTHER TRADES PRI 15 W/1.0 GAL t 1 / /z - s/4 2 2. AEL MATERIALS. IET•IOOS AND INSTALLATIONS SMALL CORFU 'wiTH THE REQ iREMENTS OF THE 1997 INIFOMII PU. 'NG OBOE ZURN 2-di000 -1M5 -t - 1 6 GALLON FL 75►+ vI1_vrt 21OV A CA SEAT softy � Y T om\ Peer S6 a/0 COVER TOILET MOUNTS TO JR SM T w MLOOf L 0210Y 1NA� _ CIMNRR ER THMAP PRISM rAl+f K/ PNyIIti9E AID KSIAt� 9£6AK M E$twAMT NWT( VITREOUS TREOUS Cl a 1 NA TOILET lom 11 MAKER PORTS 0 1111 C STIMPS r I SMPr > 1201 Alaskan Way • 3 . ALL PIPE S ! 2E5 SNaplIA. ARE MINIMUM I � Nicol - TRAP PAINTER 0404 ra • MURAL CNIEcK -VALVE Suite 200 4. ALL PLU16 REDUCE 1 -1/4" BRANCf. L AE AT LOCAL OIECT 1 ON SNOtAD IaOtwrTED r AFT I t NIG EOu PrENT . VALVES AND TRAP PRIMERS SHALL BE LOCATE; AND OR 1 SILTED TO ALLOHH EASY SERV t CE ACCESS roe 0 FAR EE r� T P RELIEF t1IILVE Seattle. WA 88101 I S - ALL FLOOR CPA NS 0R FLOOR MOUNTED SINKS SHALL HAVE TRAP PRtNEHY$ MC -2 MATER CLOSET - KOHLER NOOEL K -4330. -HANDICAP MALL MOomT TOILET. 4 2 - 1 UHE LE)aGlk IM/f I I J TEL 2066233344 . ! (H * muL11NE OW fAx VI/ELONGATED BOWL AND ZURN ' -6000-WS U TO JR SMITH M0J5 - 1 B GAL F VALVE PMT L >11f 'J6 62 ARCHITECTURAL T£CTtxtAl PLANS FOR ALL F t xT BI11 ! S 9550 SEAT w/O COVER. MONT T MODEL 0115 T 111AL L ! I I P� NGTK>r16 4NILh I ILA- • ` 6 . REV I EM 3-5 122E AND EQU ' ?WENT LOCATIONS QN AH p HEIGHTS_ GT1T5 _ T1!PKX CARR t ER . IOUINT UN 1 T SUCH THAT THE TOP OF _EAT HEIGHT ! S A : t 0' I ! y. RELIEF PROJECT LOC N T ' ON PRIOR TO 810 AND BEFORE CO I S M C 7. VERIFY AND COORDINATE POINT OF CONNECTION LOCH *,OHS ANC S'ZES O F STORY, SANITARY WASTE. GAS AND WATER AT THE AFF F O R ADA COMPLIANCE LOCATE FLUSH HANDLE TO THE W DE amp DRAIN ! 21t SLOPE TO D R A I N W S NC t MIG WORT S I D E OF THE STALL cOR ADA rArPl ; ANCE WHITE V , TREOM75 CHINA at 71PNC/1t 1:1 1 T11�K AL WATER HEATERS SHALL BE SIESMICALLY RESTRAINED ANC .NSTAILEO WITH CLEARANCES PER THE MMAIFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS REDUCE 1 -1/4' BRANCH LINE AT LOCAL CONNECTION. - -- - ` l ,/ DOOR ORAIa 8 AND PER ALL COOS REQLo RELENTS . UR -t URINAL - K0 _ SOUND KOHLER K- 5016 -T SIPHON PFION JE r w /Zuar+ MECHANICAL AND RESPONSIBILITIES WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FLUSH VALVE MODEL / Z- 6003 -WS _1 -ADA NIDUNT Rim Al 16 "- 17' ma. VAU,E i Yr , 9. COORDINATE SLAB CUTTING, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQu.RENENTS A AFF TO NIA I NT A : N ADA COMPLIANCE. WHITE VITREOUS CH ! N URINAL CONSULTING TING ma Salt. IS 10. All WALL AND FLOOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE REDUCE 1 LINE AT LOCAL CONNECTION ►4"ON. To DRAIN BOGY Wnr�cc se ee..e IAAI -0" AWAY F E LETR I C WATER HEATER DETAIL "' � "°-3237 11- LOCATE ALL VTR S U!NI ROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES AND OPENINGS. ExTEND VTR ABOVE ROOF ACCORDING TO L -1 LAVATORY - KOHLER K- 2196-4, 4' CENTERS W/O SOAP DISPENSER HOLE. 1 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 hi .84. Zee St. LOCAL REQUIRELENTS. W /SYYa0N5 MODEL S-60 -H 1PS CP SELF TE>rPERING METER FAUCET W /HANDICAP HALE JAIECO MODEL 629 1 -1/4' CP GRID DRAIN, TRAP PRIMER DETAIL "i° SCALE ND 12. EXPOSED PIPE SHALL BE CLEAN AND OF ACCEPTABLE APPEARANCE: THE PLI,MB NG CONTRACTOR SHALL GET FINAL APPROVAL FPOY BRASSCRAFT OCR- 1920 -A CP SUPPLIES, 1 -1/4' CP 17 GA P -.TRAP AND 5 1- -- NO SCALE THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION HANDY SHIELD P -TRAP AA RN SUPPLY COVERS. WHITE VITREOUS CHINA ' LAVATORY. 13. ALL RAIN LEADERS, OVERFLOW AND WASTE LINES SHALL BE SLOPED AT 1/4 PER FOOT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS- SECURE WATER HEATER APPROVAL FROM THE LOCAL JURISDICATION SHALL BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ALL DRAIN PIPING SLOPED AT LESS L-2 LAVATORY - KOHLER K -2054, 4' CENTERS W/O SOAP DISPENSER HOLE. 1 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 11 5E15a10 sRAP nix CONNECTOR (TYP) THAN 1/4" PER FOOT. WALL MT, ADA APPROVED w /KOHLER MODEL K- 15199 -P CP SINGLE LEVER TO STRUCTURE FAUCET W /JA ECO MODEL 629 1 -1/4' CP GRID DRAIN, BRASSCRAFT GATE vALVE ) 14. THE PLUmBI G CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED FOOTING. FLOOR AND WALL PIPE SLEEVING AND COORDINATE LOCATIONS MODEL OCR- 1920 -A CP SUPPLIES, 1 -1/4' CP 17 GA P -TRAP AND HAIRY r T FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHIELD P -TRAP A HA SUPPLY COVERS. WHITE v'TREOUS CHINA LAVATORY ! / T A P RELIEF vAL 4 /E : r'I ,-_- HA SUPPLY 15. ALL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 314 OF THE !APMC VERSION OF THE 1997 UPC OF -1 ELECTRIC HANDICAP WATER COOLER - OASIS PBAMSL, TWO LEVEL, 1 1/2 1 1/2 - 1/2 • 16. PROVIDE S E S C BRACING OF ALL PIPING SYSTEMS PER THE RECrJ i RELENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTION AND FOR ALL PIPING W /STAINLESS STEEL TOPS AND ENAMEL FINISH, W/UPPER UNIT APRON � 1� PAN PPE & � -2 or SUpplr 2-1/2" IN DIAMETER JR LARGER, FLUNG 12" OR MORE BELOW STRUCTURE AT INTERVALS OF 40 OR LESS A W /BRASSCRAFT OCR- 1920 -A CP SUPPLY, 1- 1 /4 "CP 17 GA P -TRAP. 8 GPH 50 F DRINKING WATER TEMP, 115V/1PH, 1/4 HP, 4.6A, 380W. TOGETHER ,N // • 17. PIPING PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND SEALED WITH LISTED FIRE STOP MATERIALS TO OPERATING WT. APPROX. 100 LB VERTTW � �` _ - _� �� MAINTAIN - HE FIRE RATING AT THE LOCATION OF THE PENETRATION td..."_ , -i p -2 I - .,-=\ S-1 SINK - JUST SL- 2017 -A-GR. STAINLESS STEEL SINK, W/ JUT 2 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 ' 18. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LOOSE KEY STOPS OR ANGLE VALVES AT ALL FIXTURES. J-35 CP SINK STRAINER, KOHLER K- 15171 -P CP SINGLE WWCLE '�, DRAIN PAN WATER HEATER PLATFORV 19. PIPING MATERIAL SCHEDULE FAUCET, BRASSCRAFT OCR- 1920 -A CP SUPPLIES, 1 -1/2" CP 1� GA HE /wD SUPPORT ETr // P -TRAP REDUCE 3/4" BRANCH LINE AT LOCAL CONNECTION. r: DRN�v TO SHOP SINK GaIERAL COMrOp PIPING LOCATION MATER: AL JOINT COLD WATER UNDERGROUND COPPER /K BRAZED OR TO - NR GAP TO FUNNEL - -, j : - ,` r COLD WATER ABOVE GROUND COPPER c S-2 SHOP SINK - MUSTEE DURASTONE /17F, SINGLE COMP MOLDED STONE, DRAIN w/TRAO PRIMER .. / LEAD REE SOLDER 2 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 OR TO SINK TNL PIECE HOT WATER ABOVE GROUND COPPER, /L LEAD FREE SOLDER FLOOR MOUNT LAUNDRY TRAY W /CHICAGO /891 FAUCET, BRASSCRAFT AS ALLOWED 6" LOCAL JURISDICTION . � --� ' VENT ALL CAST !RON NO HUB OCR - 1920 -A CP SUPPLIES, 1 -1/2' CP 17 GA P -TRAP. a WASTE ALL CAST IRON NO HUB REDUCE 3/4" BRANCH LINE AT / -\\ , Oo INDIRECT CRA NS ALL COPPER!M LEAD FREE SOLDER LOCAL CONNECTION. t.LEC WATER HEATER PIP I /1 . NATURAL GAS ALL SCH 40 BLACK STEEL SCREWED SH-1 ADA SHOWER - FIBERFAB MODEL /36 38 "X42 "WHITE FIBERGLASS STALL 2 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 L ING DETAIL � -1 RAIN LEADERS ALL CAST IRON NO-HUB WE COMPRESSED A'R ALL COPPER K ADA COMPLIANT W /PREINSTALLED 1 -1/4" GRAB BARS, SHOR ROD AND NO SCALE 1 ±i / LEAD FREE SOLDER FOLD DOWN SIT - VERIFY LEFT OR RIGHT FIT W /KOHLER K- 15701 -KS °'` _ L� RITE-TEMP BALANCING VALVE W /KT- 15121 -4 CP TRIM, W/ \` / ' I` /± 20. PIPING INS ATION SCHEDULE DELTA RPW1111HFD, W/24" ADJUSTABLE BAR A 60" BRAIDED METAL / PIPING INSULATION THICKNESS FLEX HOSE AND VACCUUM BREAKER, 2.5 GPM PUSH BUTTON HAND SPRAY, HOT WATER AND RECIRC FIBERGLASS 1" SWIVEL CONNECTOR, CP SUPPLY ELBOW, AND 101BR CP BRASS SHOWER ' ; �\ COLD WATER - OVERHEAD FIBERGLASS 1/2" DRAIN. RECESS UNIT 1" INTO FLOOR AND COORDINATE RAMP BY GC TO ! �` COLD WATER - IN WALLS NOT REQUIRED YIELD 1/2" MAXIMUM LIP AT ENTRANCE. SHOWER VALVE MUST BE MOUNTED �� / - ALL PIPE INSULATION EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED AE DESCRIBED BELOW. ON THE SHOWER WALL OPPOSITE THE FUTURE SEAT. INSTALL VALVE AND �' - ALL PIPING INSULATION AND COVERINGS SHALL HAVE AN ASTM FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 SPRAY UNIT AT 42" ABOVE SHOWER FLOOR INSTALL THE VALVE HANDLE • OR LESS AND AN ASTM SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS. WITHIN 18" OF THE OPEN SIDE OF THE STALL. SET VALVE TO 120F. 1 EXPOSED PIPING INSULATION SHALL BE PREFORMED FIBERGLASS W'TH A CONT;N000S VAPOR BARRIER COVER • L. WITH PREFORMED PVC COVERS AT ELBOWS AND FITTINGS < - SEAL ALL INSULATION JOINTS AND SEAMS AS PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS WH -1 WALL HYDRANT - WOODFORD #B65P, ANTI SIPHON, SELF DRAINING, - - - 3/4 FREEZELESS WALL HYDRANT W /CHROME FINISH ON BRASS CASTINGS. : - PROVIDE 4 VAPOR BARRIER COVERING ON ALL COLD WATER FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION. ELASTOMERIC PIPING MEETING THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR FIBERGLASS INSULATION - PROVIDE A NON- COMPRESSABLE PAD BENEATH FLOOR MOUNTED WATER HEATERS WITH A MINIMUM INSULATION VALUE OF R -10. TP -1 TRAP PRIMER - PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC., PRIME RITE 1/2 - - - � COMPLY WITH WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. MODEL. USE DISTRIBUTION UNIT FOR UP TO 4 TRAPS. CONNECT TO I 1:::7 C <` 1 -1 /2"CW MAIN LINE SIZE MAX. 1/2-PRIMER TUBE. SEE DETAIL 5/P-1. REMODEL SCOPE OF WORK / . THE PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS LISTED. CAREFULLY ,` � ��� PLUMBING ABBREVIATIONS REVIEW THESE PLANS AND READ THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR A COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. 1 ROOF /FLOOR DRAIN SCHEDULE �h ABBV FULL NAME ABBV FULL NAME ABBV FULL NAME 1. PLUMBING CONRTRACTOR VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND INDICATE IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT i i • RD ROOF DRAIN UNIT FIXTURE TRUCTION PER THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GLV GLOBE VALVE RL RAIN LEADER TAG N MATERIALS II LOCAL CONNECTION ANY CONDITIONS NMI ^H INTERFERE WITH CONS BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER HB HOSE BIBB WASTE VENT STORM 2. DEMO EX STING PLLN+6ING FIXTURES AND PIP AS SHOWN ON PLAN M-2. DISPOSE OF ALL FIXTURES Mw HOT WATER SD STORM DRAIN AND MA ERIALS PER LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. CAP ALL WATER, VENT AND WASTE LINES AT SLAB CB CATCH BAS'N CI CAST IRON T, SS SANITARY SEWER HWC HOT WATER C'RCU_A, NG FD -1 FLOOR DRAM - JR SMITH #2005 -A GENERAL SERVICE FLOOR DRAIN W/ 5 - DIAMETER 7 1 - -1/2" - OR WALL PENETRATIONS. CO CLEAN OUT HWR HOT WATEP RETURN INSTALL PLUMBING WORK DESCRIBED 3 TP TRAP PRIMER DIAMETER ADJUSTABLE STRAINER HEAD, GALVANIZED CAST IRON BODY AND NICKEL . BED ON SHEET P -2 CW COLD WATER S HOT WATER SUPPLY LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE BRONZE STRAINER HEAD. i WS CV CHECK VALVE IE INVERT ELEVATION V VENT . 4. EXTEND NEW CW SERVICE FROM EXISTING SUPPLY MAIN VERY LOCATION OF DOMESTIC COLD WATER VERFY CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER PFD PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE VTR VENT THRU ROOF FD -2 FLOOR DRAIN SAME AS FD-1 WJ4 FUNNEL DRAIN JR SMITH 3580 -NB. 2" 1_1/2 - SUPPLY MAIN AND OPERATION OF EXiSTII :> PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER. ELEV ELEVATION OFD OVERFLOW DRAIN W WASTE i FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT ORL OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER WCO WALL CLEAN OUT LIMITED ACCESS WAS AVAILABLE AT THE T'ME OF AS- BUILDING - VERIFY IF ALTERNATE DOMESTIC .11k\rEll 1 FD FLOOR DRAIN POC POINT OF CONNECTION WH WALL HYDRANT - WATER SUPPLY RISERS OFFER LOWER COST INSTALLATION OPPORTUNITY, 5. CUT SLAB AND TRENCH NEW SANITARY SEWER LINE TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE IN RECIEVING AREA. VERIFY LOCATION AND INVERT OF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE AND VERIFY ADEQUATE FALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT LIST FOR 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE OF DRAIN LINE TO POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING. j PLUMBING LEGEND 6. INSTALL NEW ROOF MOUNTED MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS PIP NG FROM POINT OF CONNECTION AT Ex STING SYMBOL _ DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION 1 -1/2" T. INSTALL DIRT LEGS, GAS COCKS AND GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES AT EACH NEW -- -. EWH -1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - TOILET ROOMS. LOCKER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT GAS CONNECTION. • BALANCING VALVE BALV A.O. SMITH MODEL DRE -52, 50 GAL STORAGE. 9kW ELEMENT, 208V /3PH Lt.--j BACKFLOw PREVENTER BFP 46 GPH RECOVERY RATE AT 40F/120F EWT LWT CONDITION 7. CUT SLAB AND TRENCH NEW SANITARY SEWER LINE TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE BELOW _ CHECK VALVE N / - FACTORY PROVIDE AS ME RATED TANK AND PAT REUEF VALVE REPAIR SHOP. VERIFY LOCATION, INVERT AND SLOPE OF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND INSTALL N GATE VALVE Gy 1 -1/4" INLET SIZE, 3/4" REUEF SIZE GLOBE VALVE GLV PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SET THERMOSTAT TO 120E CLEANOUT IN SINK WASTE RISER IF NO LOCAL CLEANOUTS ARE VISIBLE AFTER DEMOLITION. _ BALL VALVE By OPERATING WEIGHT = 700 LB PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PRV - -- H -2 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - REPNR SHOP GAS COCK CC A0. SMITH MODEL ELSE -15, 15 GAL. STORAGE, 3kw ELEMENT, 208V /1PH 0 VTR _ VENT THRU ROOF VTR 15 GPH RECOVERY RATE AT 40F /120F EWT /LW ITI T CONDON ID FLOOR CLEAN OUT FCO FACTORY PROVIDE UL 174 CERTIFIED TANK AND PAT REUEF VALVE 3/4' INLET, OUTLET AND RELIEF SIZE 0 WALL CLEAN OUT _ WCO PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SET THERMOSTAT TO 120F _ - - FLOOR DRAIN FD OPERATING WEIGHT = 200 LB BG _, HOSE BIBB HB ET -1 E XPANSION TANK (FOR EWH -1 -" COLD WATER J ( ) OW _ T AMTROI MODEL THERM ST-12. - 4.5 GAL TOTAL VOLUME. 3.3 GAL. MAXIMUM ACCEPTANCE f - HOT WATER PIPING SS - - NON -DBMS TANK, INTERNAL BUM DIAPHRAGM, PRECHARGED MR CHAMBER AT 55 PSI. • - ° " - HOT WATER CIRCULATING ,mt. W SANITARY SEWER ABOVE GRADE W ET -2 EXPANSION TANK (FOR EWH -2) IG �rry " "` ' rr[= IL SANITARY R BELOW GRADE SS AMTROL MODEL THERM -X -TROT ST -5. - 2.0 GAL TOTAL VOLUME. 0.9 GAL MAXIMUM ACCEPTANCE _ _ r ry A • SD STORM DRAIN BELOW GRADE SD NON -ASME TANK, INTERNAL BUAPHRAGM, PRECHARGED MR CHAMBER AT 55 PSI. M DI IG RL RAIN LEADER ABOVE GRADE RL _ c ORL OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER ORL GD -1 GARBAGE DISPOSER (FOR SINK S -1) PERMNTOENTER VENT PIPING V tN- SINKERATOR MODEL -77. 3/4 HP, 120V/1PH MOTOR. SMM ,„C -e CO ' T • ;><'w(!4 ti 1: GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR SCHEDULE UNIT MANUFACTURER GAS INLET OUTLET ORIFICE INLET OUTLET SPRING 1 1 (10 Lik* • TAG A MODEL MBH SIZE SIZE SIZE PRESS. PRESS. COLOR NOTES �' • GV -4 EQUIMETER 143-6 -182 250 3/4" 3/4" 5/16" .5 PSI 5 TO 8- 1 /2 "WC BLUE ;,P(S Z2_;� GV -5 EQUIMETER 143 -6 -184 60 3/4" 3/4" 3/8" .5 PSI 5 TO 8- 1 /2 "WC BLUE ::::11:71w _. ._ PLUMBING NOTES, LEGENDS SCHEDULES & DETAILS 1 - 02284.00 JUNE 10, 2002 .POIC NEMeO." P. SMC -066 • P - 1 C.D. SET 4 e. I corn :vow 2002 MITHUN i RKiHT A • Y ■ • i IIII•11 I F G H J K I G H J MITHUN 1 ... Arclutects.Dessgmers+Planners -- - -- - - -- - - - - - --- Paer s6 C> .... _. _ . ..._ _ _ _ . . _ ...... . ... .. _ _ . _ ,..._ _ _ __ ..._ 1 - - _..- -- 1201 Alaskan Way Suite zoo G H !I...0.c TO DPSTING SANITARY SEntit nap AMY iemmouto Seattle. WA 9sSiol .. ik -7 ..-- :...., - - - . _ .: .._., - - ti:=11 I --1 r 60 LE MAI' RAM Sue m 206 6233 E 344 e op DEIAL eq. IA" REIJEF ONNEC1006 Pc000 TO MD NC WNW. IFAX 206 623.7005 SE 1/p- , COTE ACCESS ■ •/aA•L CONTRACTOR 04_r� --- ._. -, ______-- - __, _ - _ _ _ I - 11111 1II - - - ---1=-: - ---- r — -. ----r--"----- ----- -4' 1- 4'14 t., - - , Cr1) - sir ,- i -- TO FCO ..------,--" . _ _____ _ I pi" v uP I , ------- . _ i W DIN : ,------ - 3 - _..... -=...,....., -- r - -116rw , eliw cw. STAIR ,......... .. LA --..... - rn ------ row -3 tip F i ._ _ I :: . . .., „,______ __ ____ „. __, I . , t- - . 7,-, ---,,- ®- _ _ ! ___ ___ 4- _ -----77--- _ — =- _,.... _._1 ___ ,....------„ --- -----' OFT I, • _ 11= ____ _ • . , 4 ...==.....-_-__ 1 --- ......___ ........._ . ....=_ _ , I--- ______ ____ . . rd .____ __ _ _ _ ._ _ _ _ _ _. _ • i I _ .... ..., . , . ;--- . , 1 AC -5 1 . '!'‘.!.''' 4 , : . . . • - c3 - 1 _. . , . OFT ......- IN ' - - I •. i 1 2. _ _1 , • .. ; 1 cv....5 -4-- , ; —.....- .. --------'-'.--;:t-"-- 1" = cw A l, ip OFF :.- E , . .1 , , . . \—r v ON r IMI . : . • ,- ,----.. . I _ __.-., .. . I . i V - OFC. : - 1 - ,--- 21M ' I .1 , , , • . • ..-_.....-- , ' i -------"-- <_______..._ --- 2 CW DN ....iip,•-k--,------0 • ,ii . 81 \ a+ TO VTR .• - - , . _ .:, 1 - - - - - - : , 1 • . , _ _ _ _ . • .! I ._'_ ,‘,) !:: • i 1/2" w uP ,._._ _ - -- - • ___ ___. __ _ i '•-_______:-___ I i • . , .., -..„ • . __k C) -, ------------- - 4- — CW 4 2-_1( - UP , ..._ - • ,r- _ =_..- 2" ---- I r k Hw up ------ r v• ..- - 1; i • J. • • 0 . j• , : \ 1 viv uP . ' • • , , CONTINUED ON ‘. 2"w D. 1 WCO MAIN FLOOR PLAN i ,-- - --. , --- - - .- _.•••,-__:-__- _ , ; , . . cr 0••••••• OD .._. , - - - - - - - - . I i__ __, :------ COORDINATE PIPE SLEEVE 4 _%----" ,4 $-4W U. i I00-11 -r -- ,i 2"w op - ' THRU FOOTING et/GC 0 MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN • , : • ,---. --• < 1 v.- of. uP 1 1/2" v uP 'II I. . b BELOw , S - 1 .3 . 1_, __.: • .. . ,. ; . , : P , 1 , t 0 --- , ---------*„. 2 1 1.- k . • _ - __:, t- --',.! , . , ,. • -- SCALE" 1 /8" = 1 w ON j '0" 0 • . 1-:-..,-..- ? I • : ',._ __, -- - - --• , ---- . i . . . ? .• _ _ _ _ _ -- - , 0 i . _ _ _ :I I • 1 . . . ; . --_.= - r•-■ , • i - , . IC=D j I 431E, . f.: : . • , ' . . I - .---'' •---..._. - 1•4" Hw UP r. — -' - — '-- -; i • • , . ------, 0 t-IW UP N.--: ‘ , .... „.....„4._ - AP ____-_______-% 44 CW UP "." 11 UP - 2" w UP ' p • 2v up : • , ,„-: . 1 11/2"w ON . 2'w UP----- 0 V) 1 0 ... .../ . . r• DN . / -i , __ 1 1 0 2v up ' & _ , -..,s1-1) - EXISTING AC-3 1V V UP ........ 0 ...- , . , in - ,--- r V4 UP TO FD \ A B C E • ..... , 2' W DN " - " miFOLD - - - — - - - 1 - ri - fir - 1 0 / 2 TYP1cAL •••, ,,\ ,-- --- D 1CW CONN TO 2u -___ CD w/Tp- 1 1 1 •,/ UP . IN / 0 \ ' ' gic-It • ,. • . . , . . . 1 WV UP 4'4" . • 2"w DN I . ' • r 1 X ' .1 2' W DN • , I /12" cw g - - - - - - - L_t- , _ J : 7 - , /- 4" w up 0 . , ---, •-, - -,- - , •,, , DCF- CONNECT NEw 4'.' MEDIUM / 4" SS - I - - . - - , - .. Wow mit - - PRESSURE GAS uNE TO • . • 2 • I . , • SUPPLY MANIFOLD . g : - .. - ,..), - , - , - "..' \._ 1 Yz u 4" F c0 0 ExiSliNG GAS COCK AND . 1v JP .‘ SS . ' s- - COORDINATE PIPE SLEEVE 4" w UP • .--;_,- 7 ----, . • PRESSURE REGULATING VALE , , THRU FOOTING W/GO TO FCC/ •,,, . , I • , I EXISTING 1P2 MPG 0 4"w ON _ _., ' , . ., . .• r cw CONNECTION - -r. . - , ROLITED TO METER • ! . D. • I TO 2" mANIFO - LD . 3"v UP 0 , • . . . ...; 2"V UP A FD vEN‹ CONNEC TO till) . . , Ty wc_ Nr4_ wc_...2 • 47. W co . • I - _.- _ . - - . ,. 7 i- v. cw DN _ — ,, sHowN STACK. _B PIPING NOT - yi• HIAI up _ _ — _ . . _ _ _ . — - - _ ____. . _ .______ .. _ 0 - _L__ _ -_ ,---- - — - - f -- - - - - a T it Y2 "- V C IM' ilP-'- — - , _ - - CONTINuED ON 1 Y2" W DN i - - -.! _ _ _2 -- — - L. ___; - _2 W i MEZZANINE Pl..AN 2 TYPICAL _ _ . . - - CW STOR A GE -;' . • _/ _ ; . I 1 , , .., , ,--___-=, ._ _. I tt ' . EXTEND NEW MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS PIPING (.5 / ■ . , : ! : • 1 I . : FROm ExiSTING T. REPLACE GAS HOSE RETAI ; al -, II 416\6 . I SERVICE . RETAIL To AC-3 PER PLAN. I 105 : t k I / , ; . : I T - --- — K I ice I I 104 1 !I....____ _ 1 ,..1 EXISTING 11/2" MPG I 1 L NEw 11/2" MPG 1 Vi MPG r MPG 3/4 '..(' • , __. 1 ._-:L_ _ il • ■I 1 -1 . -- -I 1 , : I NEW ROOTOP MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS UNES L _. _ .2 I I • • 1 , . -- __ ___________ __ _ _ _____ _________ ____ __..1 . .. . - I , , - -- . . / ..- -, P ERMIT C C E EN ' TE = r JR7 • I r . , , • : ! • -I . _ ' __ - I, __________ ___ I / : . . _ _ -H ! . ; • , . . I I / . , .. . , I • , . . , . I C lir t IC° 4 , • r- - - - . . •, , , ,-- - i , I , _._ , ------ --- i -- --HZ- - ------- -- -- _ __ ... — ._ o e ..._______C) .BG -,.: L'. 0 - --- -- — _-- -- it-- — ---- -t---- , -- .,•-, - — —— - Pil• - AKE I , f .-- ---: - 1 \ i l . SS . 7 I ER I ' I I I . . -- - - ---,I; I 101 ! ,, T I n „___.' , I , • , , : _ _ I ■ F • . IG CIT ;-,E,,,i,„, /I A '•-• - - --n• . FO . MEER •■-- -I , EXISTING AC -i 1 . J _ L —.1 , , .- . r - -, I AC-4 I . - - - -:' . IG , . . '? - - _ - , RETAIL , I / I ; . I In I RETAIL , I . MAPS/ I ri, ___ ______, .,___ ..,, : :,___, . ,_, :„ , , BOOKS I in 1 I ! - - - --'1 BM . . I `, .0 1 EXISTING AC-2 : • RE I Ad_ RETAIL Or TIfirspitA .:•••E CV , Ins _ - - -4, I in ) :, Atap 9 P • . . 1 , : • • ' ' ----................____ ; J ■__, . kL 2 5 2002 , ......_ rr-' , --:EJ FLOOR MOUNTED AIR ,--- - - -: 1 . , _ ,.. , • ''',- . COMPRESSOR PROVIDED ._ _ .._ _ . .. . , fr - -- t, eY REI & INSTALLED BY • , ,' ./ MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR li : -- Th... 1.:._ -------------- - ' \ . / PER IAANuFACTURER•S , 1 • _ - , INSTRUCTIONS . •• . , ! ' / -------'-- 1 i; __ __ ._._ __ _ - .... _ _ __ ___ . . - \ . . _ _ . : • ,,,,.. ..., \ ; • , / END • lir AFF V4 RISER UP TO SUPPLY - . . , _ _ __ - MANIFOLD W/ Y2 BRANCH , ___ .. _ _ _ . . . . . . ------ • LINE IN BAsE TO RETAIL STUB. • CAPPED END , --! , W/MALE PIPE THREAD " ' 4 TYPICAL , 1:•.. - ---2 - !. -,,---, I lairR - 3/4 . : . - 1 .. LOCATE 3 CAPPED ENDS , - , ; REPAIR 1 , IN SHOP 0 8' -0" AFT , , I 117 I , . , 1 I I SHOP _. RETAIL RE T All , Eli; 1 I : I ' I Fli 1 !I FIM-1 I - ; ; I r . ' . , • PLUMBING FLOOR AND - , 1 .,, , . tcw FROM SUPPLY RISER r 2 r L • COORDINATE ACCESS AND ROUTING ■ . • i , ./....- - SS - CONNECT FOUNDATION PLANS f 2" W i' 3/4- W/ADJACENT TENANT ! TO Ex iSTING SS. ; i . 1 Ye V (JP t .,•- .,, -- ---- . TO VTR - P'2. - A ".. T 0 -- _ 4__ --- -- —___"4,_;_-__=,_-_-_-.-_----_-__. =- — 4, ____ _.-..__ ._,..r.--- -=---- -----—:----=--.-- . — - ._ ..-7_,... .... _ :-_ -- --'----- - --'-'".- * .--- ,i . _ --- \ *4 UP 02224.00 SM C : EWn E -21 ■(EE) ROuTE COMPRESSED AIR • , ;',. - ■ DISTRIBUTIoN LINE AT Er -0" AFT " , . LOCATE El‘H - 2 DIRECTLy , 3/ 4" Cw UP ' OVER S-2. PIPE RELIEF 3/4 NW UP TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OF SHOP JUNE 10, 2002 ., DOWN TO S-2. I Y2 V UP .'... BO 0 T -0 SEE . EWH PLATFORM 2"W ON " .0JEC MT.. P.m MAIN FLOOR PLAN DETAIL 2/P- 1 al FOUNDATION PLAN MEW scALE" 1/8" =1'0" IN SCALE" 1/8" =1'0 — - " _ II_ ..2 PERMIT/ BID SET COPYRIGHT 0 2002 N111 HUN . i -- . ___ . . . .... .. • -- 4 -- ... . II 0 • 0 , is 111 ' :1 • • ma LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 'ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND M I T H U N TYPE HANt1FAC1URER LAMPS 'WATTS TYPE MANUFACTURER LAMPS WATTS DATA CONNECTION. PROVIDE BAC1(8ox AND CONDUIT. WITH PULL CORD TAGGED 46 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 2»4. 125v, MIMI. MOUN'T'ED HORIZ'OMTMlY 2' I!BOVE Anthitects+Oesigners.Planners WITH SOURCE AND DESTINATION, STUBBED NTO ACCESSIBLE CUING SPACE OR COUNTERTOP BAC1(SPLASN TO THE BOTTOM OF TF( RECEPTACLE COYERPU►1E. Al UGHTOLER (2)13MRT 36 Ht UGHTOUER 100W PAR38 FLOOD 100 6 ' ABOVE NMLL- CONDUIT N (WALLS OR ON COLUMNS SHALL BE 3/4'. CONDUIT LT6213HF277/8052C1./1951 90228K TUNGSTEN HALOGEN N SUB SHALL BE 1/2 REFER TO OWNER DIAGRAMS FOR LOCATION OF ' FOURPLEx RECEPTACLE 2oA i 25 KILT. N pPier MAIL MOUNTED AT 18 WOES F saw Alaskan Way FF. Suite Woo MYTH SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK(BLACK) RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT NSIDE OWNER SIJPPLEO COUNTERS. O BATTERY PACK Aix SAME AS Al Std. WA 98101 T V = NCANDESCENT SPOT TELEPHONE JACK. P BOX N comm. WITH PULL CORD TAGGED A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 20A, 125 KILT MOUNTED IN FLUSH FLOOR BOY WITH = w iL LwA$F( V WITH CARPET FLANGE - Is. 2o6 6z5.3344 WITH SOURCE AND DESTINATION, STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG SPACE OR ►+a 206 6 A2 TERON (2)1311/Pt 36 LT CRESCENT 0256 /PAR38 /FL 250 6' ABOVE WALL CONDUIT IN WALLS OR ON COLUMNS SHALL BE 3/4'. CONDUIT SPECIAL RECEPTACLE AMPERAGE AND VOITAjE AS SHONRi SUBSCRIPT T= EE-520E -D (277V /LAIfP INCLUDED) DC60 -1 ZOV IN SLAB SHALL BE 1/2'. REFER TO OWNER DUK:R/WS FOR LOCATION OF EQUPMENT CONNECTION. PROVIDE PER NEC AND MANUFACTURERS 81 EXCEUNE (1)126V/TT 36 M SPORTLITE (6)32WT1 301 RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT INSIDE OWNER SUPPLIED COUNTERS. RLP26HFLGC -4 -GREY -4 LX600T32CP277PEN35l35KEP'60PDL TWIST LOCK. 120V. 20A, CEIUNG MOUNTED RECEPTACLE. SEE DETAIL SHEET E6.1. (277) WITH LAMP TELEPHONE JACK. PROVIDE BAcKeox AND CONDUIT. WITH PULL CORD TAGGED REQUIREMENTS AND /OR RECOMMENDATIONS. 1IMTH SOURCE AND DESTINATION. STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR MX SAME AS M (6)32WTT 301 6' ABOVE WALL CONDUIT IN WALLS OR ON COLUMNS SHALL BE 3/4 ", CONDUIT B2 EXCEUNE (t)F26W T 36 WITH EMERGENCY BAILLEST (3000 LUMENS) N SLAB SHALL BE 1/2'. REFER TO OWNER DIAGRAMS FOR LOCATION OF S NUMBER OF S T AT THE SINGLE POLE. SUBSCRIPTS: 3 = LOCATION AND SPECIFIC FIXTURES CONTROLLED. MOUNT RLW26HFLGC -4- GREY -4 X1 DUALITE INCLUDED 6 RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT INSIDE OWNER SUPPLIED COUNTERS. NO PHONE AT 48 INCHES OFF. (277) WITH LAMP LX AT THIS LOCATION, JACK WILL BE PROVIDED. , C1 UTHONIA (1)F20 25 X2 SAME AS X INCLUDED 6 DISCONNECT SNITCH. j WC220A277 WITH DUAL FACE 0 EAS LOOP. PROVIDE BACKBOX AND 120V. 20A, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18' ADJACENT QJ FUSED DISCONNECT SNITCH WITH FUSES. _ _ D1 KIM (1)175w MH 210 X3 SURELITES INCLUDED 20 TO DOOR. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT AND EQUIPMENT SUPPUER -, AFL11- 175MH277 -LGP /VIM -LGP CUM -NC- 120/277 PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. EAS LOCATION AT ENTRY DOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH S.,. MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH W /OVERLOAD HEATER(S:, SIZE PER NEC 3/4 "C TO CEILING. CONFIRM FINAL LOCATIONS OF IN -SLAB EAS BOXES WITH OWNER. AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. _ __ El MHVIL- (1)175W MH 210 0 INTERCOM, PROVIDE BACKBOX. .. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD. (x8'0/4' EXTERIOR GRADE. 3 HOUR FIRE RATED 0 MHWL- t75MT -LL -87 -120 PLYWOOD, PAINTED TWO COATS GREY. 1 1 PROVIDE BACKBOX AND 1 /2' CONDUIT ALARM DEVICE INTRUSION A TR WITH PULL CORD NUL. , 1___, EP CANLET (2)18W 36 e I TRANSFORMER. SIZE MD TYPE AS NOTE. PROVIDE GROUNDING AS J II GSWFI8HIPPC -277V TAGGED WITH SOURCE AND DESTINATION BACK TO TDP CLOSET. AT WALL LOCATIONS STUB CONDUIT INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR TOP OF WALL. IN RETAIL CEILING REQUIRED BY NEC. F1 LITHONIA (2)F032T8 58 AREA, BURGLAR ALARM SUPPLIER TO RUN WIRES TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. NO CONDUIT FIRE ALARM( PULL STATION. WALL MOUNT AT 42 INCHES OFF /� 2LB232277 NEEDED. VERIFY EXACT DEVICES AND LOCATIONS WITH BURGLAR ALARM CONTRACTOR. . '/ F2 LIGHTOLIER DPA2G18LS23227703 WITH FLANGE KIT (2)F032T8 58 ® BURGLAR DEVICE. BY OTHERS. It FIRE ALARM HORN /ADA STROBE. WALL MOUNT AT BO INCHES AFT. (FK92X4) el DETAIL /SECTION IDENTIFICATION: A = DETAIL /SECTION LETTER: FIRE ALARM MINI HORN /ADA STROBE. WALL MOUNT AT 80 INCHES AFT. � .—, F2X SAME AS F2 WITH C = SHEET NUMBER WHERE DETAIL /SECTION IS DRAWN. STROBE. _____J Gfl BATTERY PACK "-Y. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE RACEWAY. PROVIDE GROUND CONDUCTORS PER NEC. Q FIRE SMOKE DAMPER. 120V CONNECTION REQUIRED 0 aC F5 S WO (2)F032T8 58 --a- 2 --a- A -1,3 ADJACENT TO ARROW INDICATES HOMERUN OF CONDUCTORS IN S SMOKE DETECTOR. i3 . W240RSH RSHPF277S0 -AWG3 CONDUIT FOR CIRCUITS 1 AND 3 TO PANEL A. F5X SAME AS F5 WITH / /!4/ CONDUIT CONCEAILED. HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF 112 H HEAT DETECTOR. BATTERY PACK CONDUCTORS IN CODE SIZE CONDUIT. NO HASH MARKS INDICATES Q- F6 LIGHTOLIER (1)F17WT8 27 2 - 112 CONDUCTORS PLUS GROUND IN 1/2" CONDUIT, LONG HASH MARKS (NIC) NOT IN CONTRACT INDICATES NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR. INDICATES GROUND CONDUCTOR. ALICE 46521 PC/46721 PC -277 PCF DATA /PHONE /POWER FLOOR BOX. HUBBEI FLOOR BOX WITH TRIM AID �- n EMERGENCY FLOODLIGHT WITH BATTERY PACK. COVERPLATE, SEE DETAIL SHEET E5.1. PROVIDE (1) 20A, 125V IG DUPLEX n I� F7 LIGHTOLIER (4)F32T8 116 RECEPTACLE AND (1) 20A, 125V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE (2)1 "C.O. LJ I ; SW242RSHPF277S0 (2) AWG3 EXIT LIGHT, UNIVERSAL MOUNTING, WITH BATTERY PACK. WITH PULL CORD, ONE FOR TELEPHONE ONE FOR DATA. DATA /PHONE � WIRING BY OWNER. CC F7X SAME AS F7 WITH I I FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, SURFACE MOUNTED ON CEILING. r� EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK I MP 12 "X12 "X6' PULL BOX WITH COVER PROVIDE ONE PULL BOX AT EACH 90' �,� 1 �! FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, RECESS MOUNTED IN CEILING. BEND FOR EACH TELEPHONE CONDUIT AND EACH DATA CONDUIT RUNNING F8 COLUMBIA (2)F32T8 58 BACK TO THE TDP CLOSET. DATA /PHONE WIRING BY OWNER. WP4- 232 -EB8 -277 I FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, WITH BATTERY PACK. 1 t F LUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, WALL. MOUNTED. SHADING INDICATES BATTERY PACK. GE DATA /PHONE /POWER COLUMN MOUNTED BOX. PROVIDE (2)2 PORT, SURFACE MOUNTED 10 - F9 COLUMBIA (2)F17T8 2 r BOXES ON COLUMN. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL BOX WITH (1) 20A, 125V IG RECEPTACLE, 5A2 -1 -17 -EB8 -277 I— I INDUSTRIAL TYPE FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT. SURFACE MOUNTED OR (1) 20A, WITH TRIM. PROVIDE (1)1 C.O PHONE/DATA � OR WITH (3PULL FOR CORDS, ONE FOR TELEPHONE. CHAIN HUNG FROM CEILING. TWO FOR DATA, TERMINATE CONDUIT AT ROOF DECK. DATA /PHONE WIRING BY OWNER. 0 LIGHT FIXTURE, SURFACE, RECESS, OR POLE MOUNTED, SEE CALLOUT FOR SPECIFIC 1 DATA /PHONE /POWER WALL MOUNTED BOX. SPIDER MANUFACTURING INC. TYPE OF FIXTURE. BOX #WSCS- GP -ACO -4 WITH TRIM PLATE. PROVIDE (1) 20A, 125V IG DUPLEX CD RECEPTACLE AND 20A, 125V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE (2) BLANK FACE PLATES El METAL HALIDE LIGHT FIXTURE, WALL OR POLE MOUNTED, SEE CALLOUT AND TRIM PLATE. PROVIDE (1) 1 "C.O. WITH (3) PULL CORDS, ONE FOR TELEPHONE, _ • FOR SPECIFIC TYPE OF FIXTURE. TWO FOR DATA, TERMINATE CONDUIT AT ROOF DECK. DATA /PHONE WIRING BY OWNER. • .° • °. LIGHT FIXTURES AND SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK, LIGHTING. PROVIDE QUANTITY OF LIGHT PCF DATA /PHONE /POWER FLOOR BOX. HUBBELL FLOOR BOX WITH TRIM AND FIXTURES AND LENGTH OF TRACK AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE LIGHT FIXTURES COVERPLATE, SEE DETAIL SHEET E5.1. PROVIDE (1) 20A, 125V IG DUPLEX AND TRACK WITH ALL CONNECTORS, ELBOWS, AND ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE RECEPTACLE AND (1) 20A, 125V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE (1) 1 li\g\I .. INSTALLATION. MOUNT ON PAINTED (BLACK TO MATCH TRACK) STEEL CHANNEL. THREADED WITH (3) PULL CORDS, ONE FOR TELEPHONE, TWO FOR DATA. (NOTE: NO ROD PENDANTS SHALL BE PAINTED BLACK ALSO. LIGHT FIXTURES: PHONE AT THIS LOCATION, JACK WILL BE PROVIDE BY OWNER.) ♦ = FLUORESCENT WALL WASH TRACK HEAD. DATA /PHONE WIRING BY OWNER. U V= INCANDESCENT GIMBLE RING TRACK HEAD. 'hVSSI TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 16601 CI JUNCTION BOX. SIZE PER NEC. FOR REQUIREMENTS. LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE. Al = SPECIFIC LIGHTING FIXTURE REFERENCED O TRAFFIC COUNTER. BY OTHERS. PROVIDE 1/r CONDUIT FROM ROOF DECK DOWN M0. °A11 ..... P. ON LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. TO DOOR FRAME. 0 PHOTOCELL, MOUNT ON ROOF FACING NORTH. ® DOOR BUZZER WITH REMOTE WEATHERPROOF PUSHBUTTON. MOUNT AT +48 ". I I POWER PANEL. I.;t BURGLAR KEYPAD AT 4' -0" PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT FROM DECK TO 48" AT INSIDE WALL. 1 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 20A, 125 VOLT WALL MOUNTED AT 18 INCHES OFF. OSA AND LIGHT SENSOR C = CEILING MOUNTED. IG = ISOLATED GROUND. G = GROUND FAULT V PAY PHONE. PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT FROM PHONE LOCATION BACK MOUNT ON ROOF INTERRUPTING. D = DEDICATED CIRCUIT. WP = IN USE WEATHER PROOF COVER. TO DEMARK LOCATION. MOUNT PHONE PER HANDICAP CODE. WIRING BY OWNER. REFER TO OWNER DIAGRAMS FOR LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT INSIDE TD OLS OWNER SUPPLIED COUNTERS. V TELEPHONE DEMARK. PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT FOR PHONE CROSS- CONNECT AL ROOF TOP AC UNITS TO TDP CLOSET. WIRING BY OWNER. LOCATE 1- SY AUTOMATIC /MANUAL BI -LEVEL OCCUPANCY SENSOR AND SINGLE POLE TOGGLE BG Ac -� Ac -2 AC -3 AC AC-5 SWITCH. WATT STOPPER WI- 277A- 12- ASP112. �"'^ 8 BUTTON OVERRIDE SS MANAGERS OFFICE OFF ROOF \� TELEPHONE /DATA IN SINGLE 4 SQUARE BOX. PROVIDE 1 C.O. TO ACCESSIBLE r nos soma. • CEILING SPACE. WIRING BY OWNER. SMM ; NOVAR NOVAR • NOVAR • NOVAR • NOVAR rwtc ..o• Fcr ETM204O (ETM2040 1ETM2040 ETM2040 ETM2040 , T - I I I I PP ALUMINUM POWER POLE, 2 CHANNEL (1 CHANNEL FOR DATA, 1 CHANNEL FOR POWER), SJK x WIREMOLD NP620 SERIES OR EQUAL. SUBSCRIPT IG = (1)120V, 20A DUPLEX COMM PERCENTER 2/2 WIRE II22TsP .. I ISOL ATED GROU RECE PTACLE, S = (1)120V, 20A STANDARD RECEPTACLE. 8 = (1)120V, MIT TJC /GLW - •. /// 1 / / / / / / / / / / / / / //////f/fr////77/ / / III/ / 20A DUPLEX, ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE AND (1)120V, 20A STANDARD RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE PROVISIONS FOR DATA/TELECOM LOCATION. --- •o 2 WIRE #22TSP - CEILING MOUNTED C. - SKYLIGHT INDOOR 0 2 WIRE #22TSP •• 2 WIRE #22TSP •• 2 WIRE #22TSP FB SINGLE GANG RECESSED FLOOR BOX FOR RECESSED FLOOR EAS SYSTEM. GRAINGER FLOOR TYPICAL O LIGHT S ENSOR TELEPHONE LOCATE NEAR SKYLIGHT TYPICAL TYPICAL TYPICAL BOX 3D418, WITH RING ADAPTER 30419, BOX COVER 3D439, AND CARPET FLANGE 3D440. - SEE SHEET E2 - CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 3 4 C.O. OVER TO EAS LOOP AT ENTRY DOOR. SECURITY t E 0.9 O 2 WIRE #22TSP--c> I LS O •' ° INSTALLER SHALL MAKE CONNECTION FROM RECESSED FLOOR EAS TO EAS LOOP AT DOO ^� . • • TYPICAL , -••■■ i T I T H , . • ■ NOVAR NOVAR I ;,.. • it t k 2 � SAVVY • AC r - AC - 2 [_�_. AC -3 AC - P;O !K - ROOM SENSOR ROOM SENSOR ROOM SENSOR ROOM SENSOR M SENSOR ON A\ SEE SHEET M2 SEE SHEET M2 SEE SHEET M2 SEE SHEET M2 SEE SHEET M2 - #22/9 WIRE I I 0 FOR LOCATION FOR LOCATION FOR LOCATION FOR LOCATION FOR LOCATION CITY ('F T ;tk NOVEMBER 26. 20021 ,LT o>: �,n 9 ►LR . 2 WIRE #22TSP • COMM. TRUNK JUL • 2 5 2002 PANELBOARD .... k c i >mc - . I I O OWNER TO PROVIDE SENSORS AND CONTROLS. . LEGEND, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WIRING. +�� ' 2 WIRE #22TSP `- FIXTURE SCHEDULE M `� 02037.100 • FACTORY MOUNTED EQ Matt so USE STRANDED WIRE 2 CONDUCTOR UIPMENT TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR #22 10, 2002 OA 3 PHASE LOSS MONITOR BELDEN 8761 & WATT TRANSDUCER CUTLER HAMMER INTEGRATED FACILITY rll°[t, Kl.Or. o.iN SYSTEM (IFS) IGHTING /MECHANICAL WIRING SCHEMATIC INSTALLED BY ELECTRIC CONTRACTOR CROS ENGINEERS, INC. NO SCALE 2407 Nate 31st St.. St. 100 (253) 759 - 0118 E0 0 Tacoma. Washington 98407 (FAX) 759 -1879 PERMIT /BID SET 1,100C,OSSEnq+neers.com 94LFT NW. COPYRIGHT O MITHUN, INC. • 4 e , I . ,_ • ' _ ' _ _._ ._ :. __.._,....: ix,.,..«. ' .wax - i.- ». 3 .Ym ... ...,4r.iri e" i` ' " a .NtWIt :. _ - "•••• • 1. y. . . . GENERAL NOTES. 'ELECTRICAL NOTES/ IIII O I 1. Al :JETS 11 14 THE RETAIL SPACE TO BE CONTROLLED NA LO4TNG CONTROL PANELS. UGHi1NG O LIGHT FIXTURE CIRCUITING SWILL » BE MADE AHEAD OF THE U TING CONTROL PANELS TO ALLJ�W THE LIf 4T FiXTt$RE M I T H U N CONTROLS SWWL BE EOUIPQED WITH fl TIME CONTROLS AND EIE PROYIOED PER LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING TO OE ON 24 HOURS PER DAY FOR SECURITY UcHTMG_ JURISDICTION. 2. A 1 TRAGIC SWILL 8E MOUNTED TO FULL LENGTH STEEL CHANNEL FOR SUPPORT. Ni TRACK SWlL1 LOCATED ©R t I t CO 9GN L SEE A B E CONNECTED AO PANEL L2. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE im. jv 3/4'C AND Ard>�eeas.Oes�Snas�Pis�+r+ers 4 -6' FROM THE DISPLAY UNIT SURFACE- VERIFY DUCT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT. TRACK LIGHTS SHALL BE L1CH�NG CONTROL PANELS. VERIFY E) TURAL ELEV OONIS ( ACT $IG1d POWER R EO LOCATIONS. CIRCUITS SHALT BE T'S AID LOCATIONS WITH APPROVED Sail ROUTED VIA Pier 56 MOUNTED AT +10' MT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TED_ SHOP DRAWINGS AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION IS REQUIRED FOR EMERY SIGN. li0nAlaslcanWa3' Site 200 3- ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SWILL BE PENDANT !FLING. MTH BOTTOM OF 11' LIGHT FIXTURE AT +15 AFt• » . LIGHT FIXTURE PROVIDE MTH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HOT MORE FROM AHEAD OF CONTROL 4. CONTRACTOR SMALL COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF THE F6 TYPE LIGHT ll' LI FIXTURES IN PAN FOR ONE Chi SERVING LIGHT FIXTURE TO ALLOW BATTERY PACK TO BE POWERED AT ALL TIMES. Sauk, WA 911io, PANEL m 206 62 3-3344 RA THE Fi'TING ROOMS WITH THE � 206 623.7oo5 OTHER TRADES SO THE LIGHT FIXTURE IS DIRECTLY ABOVE THE MIRROR IN THE FITTING ROOM. t> MOUNT 4' OFF ROOF DECK TO FIGHUGHT DISPLAY ABOVE HUB. O H J K L 5- FOR ALL ROOMS WiTH WALLS THAT ARE NOT FULL HEIGHT TO THE CEiJNG, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STEEL CHANNEL j TO SPAN ROOM FOR MOUNTING LIGHT FIXTURES_ 'F7' LIGHT FIXTURES IN STORAGE ROOMS SHALL BE CHAIN HUNG MTH BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT 14' -0'. AT STORAGE ROOMS MTH LOW CEILINGS, MOUNT LIGHT FlXTLRES TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. I 6. ALL EXIT AND EGRESS LIGHT FIXTURES (X1, X2, X3) CIRCUITING SHALL BE MADE AHEAD OF THE GE LIGHTING CONTROL ___i -i II . I - I - r . . - - - PANELS TO ALLOW THE EXIT D EGRESS LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE POWERED AT ALL TIMES. 1I T , 1 7_ ALL BUILDING EXTERIOR PERIMETER LIGHTING GHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL WITH I - I TIME CLOCK AND PHOTOCELL CONTROLS_ I 8. IF THE ELECTRICAL FOREMAN CALLS CROSS ENGINEERS WITHIN ONE (1) WEEK OF NOTICE TO PROCEED. A CHECK FOR TWENTY DOLLARS SHALL BE ISSUED TO THE ELECTRICAL FOREMAN. i I I I I _ - V AN 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, INCLUDING TRACK LIGHTS, PER THE LOCAL I - - ' -- - - } - - ® JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1 F5 6c.----1 _ 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO ARCHITECT /OWNER SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ROUTING OF ANY INTENDED EXPOSED . - . " 0 CONDUIT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN FOR ARCHITECT /OWNERS APPROVAL. ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL. BE RUN TIGHT TO DECK I "' _ _ -_ _ _ _L _ _ J_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ w j' ! i ' I OR WITHIN 2' OF ROOF DECK CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT START ROUGH -IN OF CONDUIT UNTIL WRITTEN APPROVAL IS RECEIVED. ' 6c I L3 -8 r j ; ^ J ALL CONDUIT NOT ROUTED TO THE OWNERS SATISFACTION SHALL BE REMOVED AND REROUTED TO OWNER'S SATISFACTION r - - - - =; / F7X ! /J CO CII WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. I s 4d 2b - 1 i! 11. EXIT LIGHTS SHALL BE MOUNTED 10' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE) OR JUST ABOVE THE TOP OF THE DOOR I I ' T 4L7I2,4 IF WALL MOUNTED ABOVE TOP OF A DOOR TALLER THAN 10'. I I F5X r T _ I I 1 i / L- - I I I I - F7 - F7 F7X F7 - - - �� 12. ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE NEATLY CORE- DRILLED, CAULKED AND SEALED TO MAINTAIN FIRE, AND WATERPROOF RATING. I " I r - - - - - T - - 2b �I_ I I I PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. I 6c . L _ _ _1_ _ _ _ - 1 I n 13. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT INDICATED TO REMAIN SHALL BE REMOVED, INCLUDING BRANCH WIRING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW r - - - T - S i I I II � CONDUIT, WIRE, AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITS TO SERVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN SHALL BE I L _ -F7X J. _ _ F7 F7 2b F7X OPERATIONAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID A MINIMUM OF EIGHT (8) HOURS TO TRACE EXISTING CIRCUITS. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL • I F5 I L y _ - - i - I INDICATE FIELD VERIFIED PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS ADJACENT TO EACH LIGHT FIXTURE AND RECEPTACLE. THESE SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED TO OWNER /ENGINEER FOR ACCURACY PRIOR OT FINAL ACCEPTANCE. - - ( ."4� I- _ - - q -�- -6 - -, -I-7 - F7 --r _ _ � F7 1._ _ I � i - I - : - - -t C 15. CONNECT FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS SUPPLIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND POWERED BY 120VAC FROM MECHANICAL PANEL THRU A - - _ _ _ _ J - a H CONTROL RELAY SUCH THAT DAMPERS ARE POWERED TO OPEN WHEN CONTROL RELAY IS ENERGIZED AND DAMPERS ARE CLOSED WHEN PANEL I I _ 6c A F5X ! ! _ r - -, PANEL IS IN ALARM. PROVIDE SMO DETECTORS OR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS WITHIN 5' OF EACH FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER. SEE MECHANICAL Jam_ _ _ - r 4 - - -, I I I I l RFC - 13 - .Tiu ' x 1 ••'•• a F 7X -2(i F - - i PLANS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. - _ _ _ _ 16. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THERE IS ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK I _ )' �� F •� 4c "' ; - - - �, REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID, INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL, LANDSCAPE, CIVIL, AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL F7 •d % _ J _ _ _ J WORK REQUIRED IN THE BID IS ALSO LOCATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOP SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, LANDSCAPE, " 7 LOCKER ' A, j AND MECHANICAL SPECIFiCATiONS FOR ADDITION ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. I �- , 6b tea _ _ _ _ MUM i I I r ;; I i r : � 6b - -1 - T - - - I I JI U _ _ F5X I I III I —. •a,►� �; Ir Iiit w - 2b FIX I I { #' , 1 . F - - -, I i I I1C3_ _irra r - 1 C-- W �- /. , I' 1_.„, 1 ' - -1 -- A ( C G E I i =R .t z F5 I . - - - 2 F7 u� N • It `� -- �`tl��a % 6 ; - -, (lin _1 I F5X F7 - /2� �, I ! L F7X -.b I I I wawa 6a I T - - - , I I I I _\ill��l: . = V1t — L _ _ 1 _ — _ . I .. 1 ______________,i 0 _ _ _� - - - - iii_ 3 H1 I 3 7= _I= - TI_ J L _I= H L1 -3.5.7 13 L L1- 9,11,13 ! ' - s ,a� c i r - \ J J I - H1 7 H1 1 11 1 11 H1 -1 3 5, �� .r J F7 1,3,5 H " . . .. a, vv .. 9 .15 I -� _ 1 M 135 8'_6 , , M 135 1 L1 -`. 17,19 . I 4L -6 - ., - -- 1 ..., H1 • F7- - - -- • 1,3.5 • 1,3. 5 �• , � 1,3,' '.3,5 1,3,5 1 . .� DAR J a y = - -r - - -� -' M M M ? 135 MX , 1 1 _ rn� _ - 5 5 F __ °i - r - _ i i - -. 1 M ' c 1 lip __, (I ‘ ( )- - 11 , L Iwo ,--i- . , , J I - I _ - - 1,5 I I : ' i 1 5 135 7 I , 1,3 5 1 3,5 - 7 - i 3, l M i / - a " 1._ __I _ M M 4'MX M i Of MX - -- - MX 1,3 It. 1 I I -- - -� �20 4 L1 -2 \ 4L- r,g,11,13,15 L- ©^ I -I ■ (Alt ■ f� I I F I — — —� _ I �_ _ I I BG - � _ = :',11--:: � J I — - -11--' I FF 111111 IIIICirllr illhillliil ills I II I' SEE GENERAL NOTE 2 FOR I P « WM . t.. I — 6 9,11,13 - - 9,11,13 I I n f` ii = I _ _ a s .4 _ _ Q � _ — YOUNTgiK3 HEIGHTS AND SS - 9,, 1 MIA• e- •,,,113 , \ S • LOCATIONS; - - I - - I SMM 0.0 cF Turcw .= • I • 40 :-.1 f . M - T , 11 • ,.III.., 111 . � , 1113 9 r ' L I 15 — 911,t3 9, 11,13 Hi F7 _ 0 +�cEwE� 3 I ' li 7 - I 9,1 1,13 �I ,p- _ If 1 M 13 M 1: � L -MI _'�7 ', _ MX TTT M SJK EIS ►:X1 4 L_J� 12 - - - - -- o•uw TIM.: ! 7 1; ' thill ' 4 -6 L2- 7,9,11 TJC /GLW PERMIT CENTER . _ z+ . .i IMill ' - - _. LJ — RETAIL i L z: x ` l k I 18 18 I. ! ( 1 A , F7 I ( LI1 ........■11■11••■•■■---- MI - ` I I 1 L 1 6,18,20 1 ..�. :. �� I I11i ■!.T I 7 - - y 1 -_ I I __ _ 20 ' 23 25,27 23,25,27 7SYI3,27 ?3,25,27 --- 1- - - 1 1 I I I I I H1 ^� __ I ■ p1 , . ��� I A'' ►III �a ,27 23,25,27 i I 23,25,27 23,25,27 23,25,27 I R2� 1 >>w -}--�- 111 L, � a MM.' C q 15 • 19 E - °d _J �� 1 1 I I M 1 �f,4 M I 1 - I ;i -- 4 • -- I - - . M M M �MX I I I ' / � .. . 6 I -' 111 CASHIER r � \ C • 1- 12,14 H 1 /. 22 / 11-24 ©� 11a A a ' 1 A ° '' _• '''',4' '` 8 Lt -8 \ L1 -22 4L- 15,17,1 ^9,21 au F7X � Ss2 0NA1 L * - I• - al. © L� -- ( -- - - / • I '(= II I r - ,1 I1"_i I " . 1 L _ L CI . :•, Y G s NOVFMBER 26. 2002 .,' 129 al - s I I 1 - I. 21 ' i5 17,19,21 17,19,21 1 ,19.2 5 - - - -- 1 ; • ,-' ! -,-' ilk - O 15 � • H.* 1 AL ' ! I ! i',rt .� � , -SEE PARTIAL PLAN 1 Mx " 17,19.21 I • M MX L2 -3 M L1 -27, M ------1 MX 17,19.21 1 2 •,.. , l I ! I SHEET ESA ' I i I r T— I t M M 23 251' Mx , tt -- . , I ._)..,- - LIGHTING 3 - 31 29 ° 29 7 F - • `-'�27 2 25 H 1 I! 9 I I . -4 - - M ! I -�u I I I FLOOR PLAN I _ . . H1 H1 21 H1 21'. _ ,I! I ! H1 . H1 1 . H1 ' . . • A . • . . H1 . • _ I I , 'il. - H1 H1 I I p� j � _� � �� i! : ( I ffr . 0 02037.100 r � r r r r r, * r t ===..., r ' ! I. 1 , i 0 JUNE Mow no a - - tt:/— - — - - �� — — -` — JUNE E 10, 2002 AMR 02037E20.dvvg LiI 9';' / T9 It� FLOOR PLAN N ® holier ," ,.a.P.TM CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. 2407 North 3111 5t.. St. 100 (253) 759 E2.0 Tacoma. w.sAington 98407 (rAx) 759 -1e19 PERMIT /BID SET ,nroOCro »En co, > , [[ r wret" 6 COPYRIGHT 0 MITMUN, INC ++ 0 _. I MITHUN GENERAL NOTES1 Archioectsr+0esigners +Planners 1 ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE NEATLY CORE-DRILLED. CAULKED MD SEALED TO MINIMA F. AND WATERPROOF RATING. 56 G. uo� Awn Way PATCH. REPAIR, AND PANT TO MATCH DIETING. Site 200 2 ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT INDICATED TO REMAIN SHALL BE REMOVED, INCLUDING BRANCH WRING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW Seeede, WA 9Iho1 CONDUIT. MIRE, AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITS TO SERVE ExiSTW1G EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN SHALL BE T 206 623 -3344 OPERATIONAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 206 623.7oo5 3 CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID A MINIMUM OF EIGHT (8) HOURS TO TRACE EXISTING CIRCUITS. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE FIELD VERIFIED PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS ADJACENT TO EACH UGHT FIXTURE AND RECEPTACLE. THESE SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED TO OWNER /ENGINEER FOR ACCURACY PRIOR OT FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 4 CONNECT FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS SUPPUt'D BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND POWERED BY 120VAC FROM MECHANICAL PANEL THRU A . CONTROL RELAY SUCH THAT DAMPERS ARE POWERED TO OPEN WHEN CONTROL RELAY IS ENERGIZED AND DAMPERS ARE CLOSED WHEN PANEL - - PANEL IS IN ALARM. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS OR DUCT WOKE DETECTORS WITHIN 5' OF EACH FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS. SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. 5 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT UNITED TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THERE IS ADOMONAL ELECTRICAL WORK i REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID, INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL. LANDSCAPE. CML, AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS_ ADOMONAL ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIRED IN THE BID IS ALSO LOCATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CML, LANDSCAPE, AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITION ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. - // r ,' , ' ! 1 -1 0 j I G ! Z.. 9 ..... _ _ , E @,: 1II @ H ________ , . 0 , . . I I I f ,___,, , cr. I I r Q I 1 I ; 11 I EF �, c ___. 0 - - - - - - - I - 3 ) - — - - ,ai^. (ON ROOF) DEDICATED - - i g�� . I D 0 FAX LINE e i , FAX ! -€ ;:F -xr -' _ _ ?� P 9 - � ,11 �0 J i I / 4g,11' S DI G Mr. ' / � R2 -13,15 t �� g' I - 4 1 3o F2X I FE --�$ i ...,........, . / C_qDn L J CLO I I 1G CLOSET r Au Z 1 _ F y 30 1 ! - - — — { 3000 i 1- t ,. t r - _ m O FFICE �� / I OF FICE 1 fi 18 - ' 7 e. I I ) 1 I I / _� R2 - • j R2 -8.14 12 _ ..i► I I ; ® t At I ] 1 o �� I 0 0o ! �- - J (ON ROOF) r- - --1_ , 3b �� I / I 1 1 1 __ —�—� I' I I � I T_ I I ® ' l ,rlii I r ' ' , I I I ii 18',, 0 En rr 1 o. c_ 1 -L I , j ■ -r O = = = T _ r i '� , FT--; - - - V 1 I j I I! I E 4 F2 I STORAGE � I I I I , I ' ' C0E M Jiwrror� U I I ic L am !7 . il�i • 30 I ( ) y� I J 13_ c JI / / oFF _ J- _ R2 -5,7 IF- T - I I I p R2 -2,4,6 I , I i • / ��.� r • i Ij ..VII 4� 7 , y rr i- -, 1 1 1 e_4_ I I I _- _ ' I , ! u 2 „ , ' g 1 R2 - 1,3 I I i. OFFICE 3a I f �� ; OFFICE ! 1 / - . I ) "� == Li' _ � = = =i_�1 n IiI I '_ 1 I iP I 6 O I 1 6 wowia 3d , I / ► 1 , ll _y_J 1 3 'i i I � C_ _ L il 01 — F2 ! I ,I I 1 110. SMM , 3o C= T —r 0 - ? - e SJK I I i ___ 1 I I� I I TJC /GLW ■•ti;nn.:;tr�7Er- • I I i I 1 H H 11, 4 I Q I b OFFICE F E2._ L 1 I I OFFICE c __ —' — L ' I _ 3a I I I 1 \ � � I I IG ( J i I I E � , C,p a I I I �� r ► IIG 0, o ^ i ,! � �, f- C!! I s ` ' ., . i 3b` - -- - �I I F. � o ..., E l") 4 " .c ss /OV AL E - -02 I I I I ': ;w- • < < ; 07 krw+ts:NOVENBER 26, 20021 N N MEZZANINE LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN 1 ED MEZZANINE POWER /SIGNAL FLOOR „... OD SCALE: 1 /4" =1 ' -0" SCALE: 1 /4" =1 ' -0" D 0 2 ELECTRICAL PLANS ....,R f ( 0 La 1 02037.100 • reofCT PO JUNE 10, 2002 wh 02037E21.dwg mac, i(Y PAN • CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. E21 2407 North 31st St., St. 100 (253) 739 -011e • Tacoma, Washington 99407 (r*x) 739 -1579 PERMIT /BID SET rnfoecrossEngineers.con, f.[T .ureE. COPYRIGHT O MITHUN, INC. t MOUNTING T LEGEND M I T H U N ELECTRICAL NOTES. RECEPTACLE PRo' � i Pu9+8UTTON FOR HANDICAP DOOR ACCESS_ REVIEW Y CI [ T 1 J ( ) 'u' rAra+ieects.oesiEners +P+s�+ne.s DOOR 9+OP DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARV •�,' I REQUIRED. 'RETAIL + 18' PANEL R2 Pier 56 k X01 A{ssirul Well Z�► PROVIDE 1-1/2. CONDUK► BACK TO PANEL U. JUNCTION BOXES. + 18' I `PANEL RI t T 1 — — MAW COVER, AN PULE CORD P CORD ONLY FOR FUTURE ESSPRESSO -- 1-1" SO CART- f• u �� ,, , O 1 Sure zoo ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS BY OTHERS. ' ande , TEL 206 REPAIR SHOP + i 8 ' I MX 206 623.7005 PROVIDE SIMTCH ABOVE COUNTER FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL R � + t 8- I I © 15OKVA RECEPTACLE LOCATED ON ROOF TO SERVE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. +4I • AT COUNTER L'/ EMPLOYEE R +48 I I I I • I GENERAL NOTES& TDP tXOSET +18' BOTTOM RECEPTACLE 10 MIMIC _ 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES RECESSED IN 1 HE FLOOR +7' -6' TOP RECEPTACLE I i 5 PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH ROUGH -IN WORK UNTIL SIGNED OFF SHOP WAREHOUSE +18' - I RE! SWATCHGEAR , DRAWINGS WFTH DIMENSIONS ARE RECEIVED FROM OWNER FOR ALL RECESSED FLOOR DEVICES_ SECTION I RECENING +48" AT COUNTER •i 2 Ir . CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING TO ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES IN MINIMUM 3/4' CONDUIT. .' r I 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO ARCHITECT /OWNER SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ROUTING OF ANY INTENDED I I I ?te PANEL 4R _ � ! - EXPOSED CONDUIT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN FOR ARCHITECT /OWNERS APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT START � ' L PANEL H2 _ ROUGH -IN FOR CONDUIT UNTIL WRRTEN APPROVAL IS RECEIVED. - — d-- - - — I O Z _ Yr q iii O 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL NEATLY SAWCUT FLOOR FOR ALL FLOOR RECEPTACLES AND DATA BOXES. CONTRACTOR 5 � � NOVAR CONTROL SHALL SAWCUT BACK TO NEAREST COLUMN OR EXTERIOR WALL AND THEN ROUTE CONDUIT UP COLUMN OR EXTERIOR WALL, ACROSS CEILING, BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL FOR POWER OR END AT ROOF DECK FOR NOVAR CONTROL DATA NEATLY TELEPHONE/DATA RECEPTACLES. NEAT PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. SAWCUTTING SHALL NOT CROSS ' -- _ 1 _ _ y 1 J_ J PANEL 4L j C r / - CROSS WALKWAY INDICATED BY HATCHED AREA_ 1 R 1 23'2 PANEL L2 I � O 2.1 I PANEL Lt 0 5. ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE N CORE- DRILLED, CAULKED AND SEALED TO MAINTAIN FIRE, AND WATERPROOF RATING. I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _- _ _ / PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. - R 2 -25,27 I - - � 1 I 1 I � 6. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT INDICATED TO REM 1 L--- L - - - - REMAIN SHALL BE REMOVED, INCLUDING BRANCH WIRING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW 1 25,27 , � CONDUIT, WIRE, AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITS TO SERVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN SHALL BE OPERATIONAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. I r T - T - � r - I I 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID A MINIMUM OF EIGHT (8) HOURS TO TRACE EXISTING CIRCUITS. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL STORAGE 25,27 • ' 0 INDICATE FIELD VERIFIED PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS ADJACENT TO EACH LIGHT FIXTURE AND RECEPTACLE. THESE SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED (- - T - - T - - `; I 1 TO OWNER /ENGINEER FOR ACCURACY PRIOR OT FINAL ACCEPTANCE. L _ _ L _ _ 1 _ _ J I 1 0 < FL 8. CONNECT FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS SUPPLIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND POWERED BY 120VAC FROM MECHANICAL PANEL THRU A 23 r - - 1 I CONTROL RELAY SUCH THAT DAMPERS ARE POWERED TO OPEN WHEN CONTROL RELAY IS ENERGIZED AND DAMPERS ARE CLOSED WHEN PANEL _ - _I L - - - - — - - J I PANEL IS IN ALARM. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS OR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS WITHIN 5' OF EACH FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER. SEE MECHANICAL I - I t____ ; PLANS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. I • r_ - - r - - T - - _ — — _ j r -- -1- - - - � — I H I O o - 9. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THERE IS ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK f - Q REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID, INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL, LANDSCAPE, CIVIL, AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL I ' t - 28,30,32 I R1 -2 _ 7- _ _ _ I I I r —� WORK REQUIRED IN THE BID IS ALSO LOCATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, LANDSCAPE, "" ; , : - -. _ _ 7 _ _ - J I _ , AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITION ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. IMPORTANT ELECTRICAL NOTES r- ± L _ _ 1 _ _ _ J ,- 1 r P 8 • CONTRACTOR SHALL SEE DRAWING E3.0, E4.0, E6A AND ESA FOR ADDITIONAL ir L yy - = ' r - - fib` - - W I POWER AND WRING REOUIRENENTS. 9 Q i • =` 5 L -- - J ' i � - I f '1- 31,33 ! -- C I � t 1 1 i 0 (7 I I T C D J r, I F `\ -_,. ! .g I I c ® „ T - _ R2 -22 I • r © I I I I 1 W O►1EN■ �; -- - - - - G ITV I I f Y I '' ' - 1 kd FE �i 7 WP 0 . 11! 0 Afie\ii ., I 1,23 �R; 71 il -- i -- F11 -33 I G 17 19, „_o I R1 -1 , 19 . 21 - W 1 � j L X 19 L • - J L - J _ J 1 , R 1 -T$;20, (ON -ROOF F !I1 +48" - I. _ : , 23 - - J III' +48" jet`✓ 'i �4r 1,23 ...t r - - ai r �, -� WP R2- 17,1 • F ..r.,---- r ' I I JI I 1 r � --- 19 i 1 1• RI-10, 12 R 1- ,4 I L 5'-3' 4, I 4 i_ ,� / I �' -o - y y I 1.. 0,12 , I.2,4 I I I \ 111 i I - 2 1 . - IG _ hC � I I SEE BEET E4.0 FOF I-- 10,12 ;4 L _ _ L _ ! FLOOR BOX tl _1 4 r I IC R 1- '14,16 !C R 1- 8 •-..- E LE'TRICAL I r _ 3' -6' a \ REQUIREMENTS 1 L - t ��,16 _ I It38 � __L�� � 1 I � r - -- BG 2 8 ' 6 ' 1/�s I ;a I I I 1 � L ' Sr' 6 c r �, o ° 2 � a L y UU.I 1 �, �����, _ - `� '�, j 1 _ J e -w.— — a- - -- — © _ , - i I t J : l T Tj l i : I , ' '�F r , I �_-' , I 1 1 �22 19 I - - - I ' ` / t I r - - - SJK c '1 r r� WP I I r - _.L._i 4 1 ����,,G L_ (ON ROOF) 1 2 -13 �� l' L I -- F - - 1 I_- WP I' L - - - TJ K :. _ m 22 l � ,�, G R2- 22 _ _ TJC/GLW ,\Ci , L ......, NIV--. I h. ..,L6.-2. 0 (AC RETAIL 22 P 18 r - -� (ON R00 V ( I_ t L - - - _-1 �" ( ON ROOF) I _ _ \ 6 - 2 • I I I r - r - - 22 / �� 0 ° I I I I I L - -- I �� ( 22 ° 1 ' -7 ' I I I __ �' - toy+ I I . -0.--0- I I I 1. I 7 -0 Iii) :_ , 8 A L 9'-I' 18 L - - - ! g � • \ \O ' H ONAI _ • (0 •d -- - \ 18 - - L J T( ,w) , [s:NOVEMBER 26. 2001 0.2 � •= > JLJ L - - - J L - - - V1) 1. 16 /c11} e C � � � / \ —� r a I, -n n Jut 2 5 ?!'t� 1 •1 l0' =23 ° 15• -2' 1 1 II - H I I I r - I � ` "` rr ;� I .AI POWER J - - `"' PO - - on '' f ''T'• N -` r =� �, j - _ _ I 1 I L_ J SE PART PLAN I I r T T I 1 1 �' Y91 -g. I � _ - al I I SHEET E6.0 I I FLOOR PLAN ' I I F --I I �4- --i I I 1 I _ _ 4 I I I LJ F , .. I I I I I I I ■ I - = -4- -1 I I e . _ __, .-Jr9 7 ,_ 2 ' I I I I I 9' -2I¢' b u u _ I 120 -� 18 1 - L .J L J -I 1 e r - r f - - - r - - - 02037.100 - , r- — 5 --- _ : �'• - r O I '• -�_ ._._L.. 2 L _ L • • CT - : ._ — — — O F.oio ra VV JUNE 10, 2002 bt 02037E30.dwg . - N Mow 1[11011K vim POWFil FLOOR PLAN — SCALE: 1/8 =1 -0" ® CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. 2407 North 31st Si, Ste 100 (253) 759 -01111 E3.0 Tocomo, Woddrqlon 9M07 (FAtt) 759 -1e79 PERMIT/BID SET i n100CrOSSE n neer s. c on, x111 • COPYRIGHT C MITHUN, INC 1 0 1 • - ... _ . -- 0 r "ELECTRICAL NOTES DATA MOUNTING !EIGHT LEGEND (.1) IQ .Q.. MITHUN O 194 Archibecls +Deli 's +Manners ! TERMINATE MIA AND TELEPHONE (mow N RECESSED Km IN SLAB- NO up REQUIRED. Ma atiO Existmc TT8 PROVIDE 3 GANG FLOOR 80x- FNRST Two PORTS SHALL NAVE 2011 125v. TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLES. LAST PORT P 56 SW� 1 BE USED FOR TELEPHONE/DATA. IOIE /DAU RETAIL 18' UNO AT COLUMN OR MALI tern Abstain Way mile zoo . _ — s ' 3 RECENVNG +48' — 'IJ U ` " r 0 seat*, WA g8ioT © DO ELECTRIC STRIKE. PR OVIDE 3 /4'c- CONTROL MARES. BACK TO ROOM 201 AND PUSHBUTTON CONTROL IN I R OOM c 20 T LOCATION WfEH ARCiT / OWNER. PRIDE 3/4 (2)/1 Cu & (1)12 Cu CND AND (COMB. DATA /T M OU NTING MIGHT LE�1� I f j I CONNECT s t l l 623.700 5 tax PROVIDE A TC &/CK TO TDP CLOSET #2:6. RUN CONDUIT AT CEILING- CONTRACTOR SWILL PROVIDE A 12 PULL Box WITH SCREVI DONN COVER AT 9O BENDS. ARE6 ifSeT I I ( 1 0 PROVIDE 16 CU GROUND AT TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD AND AT TELEPHONE BOARD IN CLOSET #206. RETML 418- E PROVIDE 3 CONDUIT FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO THE TDP CLOSET #206. RUN CONDUIT AT CEILING. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND I BIM HEIGHT DOOR BUZZER +48 I 0 L GENERAL NOTES' DOOR PHONE +48 I I I •r 1 ( - — 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER EXACT LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES RECESSED IN THE FLOOR ! r-\ PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH ROUGH -IN WORK UNTIL SIGNED OFF SHOP TIME CLOCK +34 __I — — — — — I �; — DRAWINGS WITH DIMENSIONS ARE RECEIVED FROM OWNER FOR ALL RECESSED FLOOR DEVICES. ;BURGLAR KEY PAD +48 . FJ Qs ® I L E e ® O 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING TO ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES IN MINIMUM 3/4" CONDUIT. 75cd . I - AS : ij TELEPHONE MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND _ i _ _ i _ _ i _ _ _ _ ,_ _ _ f " f 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO ARCHITECT /OWNER SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING ROUTING OF ANY INTENDED I -1 ' , II DEDICATED I ' } EXPOSED CONDUIT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN FOR ARCHITECT /OWNERS APPROVAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT START I BURGLAR ALARM HI (-- i AREA HEIGHT 1 , , r -- - - -- , I ROUGH -IN FOR CONDUIT UNTIL WRITTEN APPROVAL IS RECEIVED. ©; _i L _ _ _ _l _ _ J O _; I , 4. CONTRACTOR SWILL NEATLY SAWCUT FLOOR FOR ALL FLOOR RECEPTACLES AND DATA BOXES. CONTRACTOR RETAIL +48" UNO AT COLUMN OR WALL I SHALL SAWCUT BACK TO NEAREST COLUMN OR EXTERIOR WALL AND THEN ROUTE CONDUIT UP COLUMN OR ( I L _ _ J _ _ _ I ups LIN I I I 7 EXTERIOR WALL, ACROSS CEILING, BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL FOR POWER OR END AT ROOF DECK FOR OFFICE +10 LINO AT WALL -{ - -, TELEPHONE /DATA RECEPTACLES. NEATLY PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. SAWCUTTING SHALL NOT CROSS , i CROSS WALKWAY INDICATED BY HATCHED AREA. TDP CLOSET +48 I o I r ----r - - T - - I 8 F I I RECEMNG +48' AT WORK COUNTER 1 W 5. ALL WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE NEATLY CORE- DRILLED, CAULKED AND SEALED TO MAINTAIN FIRE, AND WATERPROOF RATING. r - - T - - 7" - 1 11 Ocd PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. GEN WAREHOUSE +48' L__ _L _ _ _L _ _ .J " L` - r • , i Q • 6. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT INDICATED TO REMAIN SHALL BE REMOVED, INCLUDING BRANCH WIRING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW •I I H CONDUIT, WIRE, AND EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUITS TO SERVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN SHALL BE I I T 1 I OPERATIONAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. IL___ I __ _ 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID A MINIMUM OF EIGHT (8) HOURS TO TRACE EXISTING CIRCUITS. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL I ' r __ - 1 -T - _ '� — O — T T _ _ I I — — i — — 3 INDICATE FIELD VERIFIED PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS ADJACENT TO EACH LIGHT FIXTURE AND RECEPTACLE. THESE SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED o L _ _ .1 _ _ _ J TO OWNER /ENGINEER FOR ACCURACY PRIOR OT FINAL ACCEPTANCE. t cd F - Q I ® O. G I FIRE -ALARM- -- 1 I I I I r �� 8. CONNECT FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS SUPPLIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND POWERED BY 120VAC FROM MECHANICAL PANEL THRU A � - - -- Z PA NEL _ j I i r CONTROL RELAY SUCH THAT DAMPERS ARE POWERED TO OPEN WHEN CONTROL RELAY IS ENERGIZED AND DAMPERS ARE CLOSED WHEN PANEL $ -:. –� ® i ' R1 -31 – I P PANEL IS IN ALARM. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS OR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS WITHIN 5' OF EACH FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER. SEE MECHANICAL - CHOCK _ _ _ _ 1 PLANS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. s 1- :�. T l I c =TI \_DEo►eATE� - - PHONE_LINE - 9. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT LIMITED ?C ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THERE IS ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK 30cd L - ^ I - - 1 F-- c I REQUIRED TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BID, INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL, LANDSCAPE, CIVIL, AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL � �z 3 Ocd = _ L _ _ _ __ _ J I- - WORK REQUIRED IN THE BID IS ALSO LOCATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, LANDSCAPE, • AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITION ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. ` 1 ...__ - ) - r — — T — 1 • - I I I I p 0 i i --I ' — i I � l _J - 4 ® C O E 0' 1 s i [ �_ „IN I'� i F I r—EIII -r � I i I I I J , ,__ 4 .._ , 9 -fi -- 8' i ( i I I, 10'-11'--T .. n _ _____.„„ _ 0 Ailg1,,, j r q I� ' — $'-� ' r -- E -- L - - -L — I _ _1_ 1_ 1 10d 10cd P 1 11 �__� L__� L =_� L =_� S ROOM I ql , I 1 4 ' NO DATE -m 4477 1 I L --- _ J I I MOU ® 5'+ -0” (411 1 [ :[I– E : E J I R1- 13.15 / ' / ` - r - - - I I I FRAME -� I�,110� __ � _ � \ \ I I _ I L - -- - - i . 1 57 � I F / O r _ 8 \'© B B D i j q ' ► I I I � 13,1s- 1 1� I 1 d 5,7 - R1 -5 110cd' I - I PCF ,AWN / �4 I - 0__ I I �I' gE / 6; / _ a �' 0 R1 -9,11 L _ 11 4 a ' DEDICATED I I I -I 1_ _. _ _I BG 1 _ 1 i i I - T - FE 9,1 �ug. I S — - 1' - 11 ' �I� , F F — — — 1 T P� - — — t . — o — — ° ° -� - FE . � — _ — O — — I I — —� r eact, WOOER CITY j TI11� �� 1 I - - T - 1 I ' L I 1 11bc ' 0 rzt, IL� J, I 1 I 1 I --) I r -- can SJK C c ® � � � 1 I I r - -- L_ -1 = -'� =a! _ LJ I L _ - - -- - - i 12' -9' L__ TJC/GLW I TJC /GLW k . TE ''NNUNC ATOR — 1 ,3 I - JO 2 _ 110c. ' ` - - 72 r I -- • C ) -�r-- 0 I ( I I ; I i I L -- I I i � - -- -J R I - 1,3 1 I ? 1( I j I —�-° i .,,A.-,. I 1 3,15 I _ I I I .'� I p , � _ �� I ' X01 - U I - Q �.►` 1,3 -IL- . O 0 —SEE SHEET ES.o I) �� FOR ' FLOOR BOX LOCA °" 'WIC. ° \ ?` no I i ^ ,\ O —AND -_ - ( B r• I I I F I !CT �irrar NOVEMBER 26. 2002 E 1 \ i v �- J LJ L__ L_ - -- 1 n n �' I '� , � 1 11 I I C -- � I I I S IGNAL 1 — a I I I I II I I 13 -= =H1 I `J i I FLOOR PLAN -� I 1 I I I I I I L __L +_J I L J ___ I I , I I I I I u u i I 1 1 Ocd ` ' 11 Ocd 1 1 Ocd r 1 r - - - 30cd- - 02037.100 Fl . �'-'_ J t: -- — ,. H - t . - ' '--- tQr r L:f -- — , , I I I , __ PROJECT NO O JUNE 10, 2002 - 15' - 0' -- —� f 3'- 9' -14' - 8' ----- 9'- 3' _-_J 9 ' - 4 ' --' tart • [,., - —. - '1' -3' 02037E40.dwg N PROJECT , [1 1 10« PAN SIGNAL FLOOR PLAN - -- SCALE. 1/8 " =1 —0 ® CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. 2407 North 31st St.. Sts 100 (253) 759 -0118 E� O Tocome, Washington 98407 (Mx) 759 -1•79 PERMIT /BID SET in1 oOC.oeat n eero.com 9R1 �" 9'" ■ COPYRIGHT m MITHUN. INC. a --- / , /, MITHUN .f 1� E ± S' ;* � Ar�+roeds�oes;s.P1a„neR .' .; - „'", PAL SCHEDULE D o :. ` - ` � ' 'r" PANEL SCHEDULE V y "' , PANEL SCHEDULE .►•• + „ PA L SCHEDULE r � - _�4:AitOt•. SEDB [20 I ;20[208 'DOLTS 3?1riASE 4w + ..ca►Tlolt SED8 I .2GJ2Q8 l CLTS 3 Pt+ASE 4th ' 5E0 77/ 4 • - t w a _ ! S 230 AMP >MIT L:l� L2 I R ._ � _X : * VAN _ , S _ 8 T -� 480 5 3- 1.0.4 t ■I ,_ � R1 2+JI; a a � � , Pier 56 : rte: S " L� S AMPS w';- 1.0.4', �_ � +� ��. .0 KVA {'r '� .,:L z KVA 1 c- - - : :•_ �(:�. _- = �.? bt3`3 2. P _ 7.77.77,,"P-ON }',- _.�T .,-._ ,�..� y ,, i r � ' T RIP V � �� - � _ -�C �'2r ® "�� KM LOAD 9ESCR�TFJh (: <:" -' �� -D� ---- ` -''► ��.> � ' T K1A ` L`JAE OESCift�+tt�i '!;•�� Suite 200 Way PS M P 1 , r 1IPS -.I ✓L wI• : - �1 ti X ie A P T - 'S 2 L ..14,.'-';:z - ..-_ -- � - .,E`....:, - xi. :} ', ilQ'lI'- •_ ' 11.k•��l `- � +:' Ri. ; ;.70 2v 2 i.09 LIGNTS STOAGAE , 2 - REC.;? j - .54 ,a ^r ,_ 6 A 981m r v'H TS i �� - ^ET+ . 4 Ss �-•- - 3€ s TRACK 0 Ni i© 1 .. f } t .6i KITS STOPCAE 2 3 3344 Q ■iii �'� '` -"'', Q'4 © 1.74 ^'-+-- ,61_ LAS 11 IZ 6 -� , FM 206 6 7005 L -� - .+ ^---•^ II �t - _ ^■--� Y1 UI 1 . sq '.+ -- Ex' LIGHTS -6 3� ^r-- .36 : �!l■ - ■ .+ _ _ ' ^ --- •w �! MA 2.0Q SPARE 1C 9 - '" f i 10 RETAIL 60 - .+ ■ =-+^ ■�1:'d� - CEO RECEPTS ' -+�' ■� i1.� 7 1 I 200 -- . 36 ^'j +1R '-''' ■ �� ® 2 H AP DOQR i,.) ' ' ■�lt!�l- m , 2 D, ^��-"� 14 • 3 3* ! - .3+•' '4 1 d i ^! ■ I'll ® _ SPARE , - " II ' t 1 m = t - 1 • & j -i- _ 16 -- i ML t 16 1 . - - .--r MI ' - ^ --• --- • ,+ UI 60 ^r -t--'' 18 • 7 _ res. 1 - 72 18 9 .06 ' --• -,-- ■ �.Tl ► ' 3� "*Y"' ■ ! + WZ4 '9 6Q "t - i - t" '9 r f - '`►- --- r _ r 20 - 1±- --- • .� 2' 1 I wa 2' Loin -- __.-22. L R Iti PT J ' 1 ' • EEO) TRACK f _? I '�''+"� +� �. r t ® 2? 'SPARE - t - , - $, - -' - { 24a 23 .7 - ' '' 1 +. ► ►N 24 __ i . -- MINN SP • ' . :5 _SPARE - -- - • ZT i FM : I 25 72 -- 1 • . NNW.; . N ' 26 7. s 1 "4 i EF I j+ "F ," MN= l = I L _2@, 2' RECEPTS 72 t ^}•t -- t FR`; 28 TRACK LIGHTS 1 E ^ �'' 1 L= ,F - 2 IMAM - --t - MINN NI +l 29 ' SP ARE d 29 TIME CLOCK _10 i - -,- _18 REC °TS 3G+ :' --- M 3 EF - 3 �'1�■ - -- 1111110111 + 3' 1 © XT I S _ �2 • _ +SIR ALARM .1Q_ - - -- 1 .18 RECEPTS 32 EC .. ^--- -- o 9 3? OF -1 M +1 ■EM= SS :3 _ t 2._ : s .10, -11 , S ?ARE 34 tt 20 20 t. E EXT LIGHT ...--....T... I '�14 �� 3` GD- t I --• t ; , 5Q_ (� S 36 35 SPARE i 36 _ - -- - - --r M ilk 3 WATER HEA TER .t 30 3' SPARE t 5 I 1 20 / 4 50 (E. EXT LIGHTS 38 3' - +� -- -- 38 Y u MINIM 20 SPARE 42 3 ® 3° 71st [ICJ T / 40 i , -4-4-.^ ; J 40 1 2C ....4..._:_4,..- 20 , SPARE 42 '1 3 3 42 !SPAR_ 2: 2. ; Rr 42 t- ;NARKS: CONNECTED LOAD: 37.3 KVA 104 AMPS REMARKS: CONNECTED LOAD: 26.1 KVA 73 AMPS PEMARKS: CONNECTED LOAD: 29.7 KVA 34 AMPS REMARKS: LOAD INCLUDES PANEL R2 CONNECTED LOAD: 109.! KVA 304 AMPS O � D_m' _- : 4 . 6.5 .,. 3 �: '-_ :EMAN _OA`_ 29.' ', E. 4.4P_ DEMAND iCA.. 3 f, 42 AMPS :E.M.'-l._ - JhT - IMPS r. 322 IMPS I �1 *PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK i I , a EXISTING EXISTING RECEPTS 21 20 __2 x ` '�� PALL SCHEDULE 10,000 R E MOUNTING PANEL SCIEDULE s �� E Mop ^ ',r PANEL SCHEDULE Z Z i 'r :ATION: SEDB 120%208 VOLTS 3PHASE 4WiRE NO. *tRE NC. SEDB 480/277 VOLTS 3PHASE 4WIRE R2 ;`R'.1NO RECEPTACLES I 40C AMPS W' MAN _ 35 S SERV1tC: SHOP EOUIPMErT 00 AyIPS N'T'r MAN LOCATION: SHOP 120/208 VOLTS 3PHASE 4 GS 4M I SERVING: MECHAN!CA` 400 AMPS WITH MAIN LUCS - r , : :OiP'C`. I KVA Ip " K VA I _GAO DESCRIPTION K CO ! OA DE KdA TRIP ;RIP ' KVA LOAD DESCR:PT ', f'= CK �DAC DESCRI ?'ION KVA TRIP TRIP KVA I LOAD DESCRIPTION C'(T REI 400A BREAKER DEMAND LOAD CALCULATIONS I c D, AlJPS A MPS ^10. N0. AMPS AMPS N0. z j ECTPTS 20 -- frt'� 2 G EPTS ,�_ BIKE LIFT 4.50 20 2.00 AIR COM SSOR ' AHU EXISTING �,� 60 .: 1 AC -4 © . _ ' � 1 M113 ' -- -- 1 11113=1 4 3 2 2 4 3 )--d �:� I� 6 5 BIKE LIFT 4.50 30 20 1,08 RECEP 6 5 3 I N 3 6 SERVICE KVA LOAD FACTOR NEC REF. DEMAND LOAD �] ■ II RECEPTS 8- ? 2 ,70 SHOP LIGHTS 8 7 AHU XI TIN 1. .. 2 0 7 SI ■ k COPIER _0 9 RECEPTS .54 20 n . SPARE 1 O 9 W • / AC -5 t p B NM se ■ �.� E LT 12 1 ? RECEPTS 1.Q8 20 1 12 11 ' 3 I ; i 3 12 LIGHTING 27.9 X 1.25 220 -10b = 34.9 3 ' MO ' j - ■ i FAX 14 13 SPE CIAL RECEPT 4.50 30 14 13 AHU EXISTING �� SPARE 14 RECEPTS TO tOKW X 1.00 220_ 3 = I 0 111173 ■ 1 �� in RECEPTS OVER tOKW X 0.50 220 13 - �] RECEPTS 6 15 2 IN 16 1 5 / �� 16 MOTORS (LARGEST) 38.2 X 1.25 430 -24 47.8 ��1 ■�:�= 8 17 SPARE 50/ 18 ' ' 3 I I 18 MOTORS 103.0 X 1.00 430-24 = 103.0 L � 19 i_ M I ' H ■ ■ fl 20 , 19 2 20 19 AHU EXISTING ; � --�� KITCHEN EQUIP - X 1.0 430 - 2 0 . 2' i IMO RECEPTS 2. In _ - 3 i II ■ t• SPARE 24 23 I 24 1 21 , / 3 II 24 WELDER _ X 1.00 630 -11 b (FPN) = - 25 = - t N� ■�� ._2e._ 25 26 25 AHU XISTIN • t ./ AIR CONDITIONING X 1.00 220 -31 -- - 1 27 RICE ?TS �� 20 SPARE 30 ■� 28 27 29 SPARE I 27 / I a _ 28 ELECTRIC HEAT - X 1.00 220 -31 = - 1 (1 Imo ! I 30 29 3 30 MISCELLANEOUS - X 1.00 = - 1 3 j I �� /,' 100 PANEL S Q ____3_L 31 33 AHU EXISTING I� 32 i J 33 I wit III II © � 33 35 SPARE ME 20 36 35 ► , t 1 36 35 / 3 SPARE b TOTAL CONNECTED 169.1 KVA TOTAL DEMAND 185.7 KVA r' 3 PANEL L2 I i I" 20o4Ego PANEL L1 38 : 37 SPARE 20 38 37 AHU EXISTING 1. t WY I , 00 27.90 PANEL 4L 38 . 5 (204 AMPS) (224 AMPS) � 39 1- 3 Ili EN 40 39 WATER HEATER 3.00 30 fl i 1 40 39 J 3 INO 3 40 • 41 � 3 42 20 SPARE 42 41 3 42 • _; s': 2 REMARKS: CONNECTED LOAD: 89.7 KVA 249 AMPS REMARKS: CONNECTED LOAD: 21.2 KVA 59 AMPS REMARKS: CONNECTED LOAD: 169.1 KVA 204 AMr-S DEMAND LOAD: 101.4 KVA 282 AMPS ( DEMAND LOAD: 21.2 KVA 59 AMPS DEMAND LOAD: 185.7 KVA 224 AMPS G \_ ) 150 KVA TRANSFORMER DEMAND LOAD CALCULATIONS I (in SPEAKER, TYPICAL DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION ELECTRICAL NOTES. SERVICE KVA LOAD FACTOR NEC REF. DEMAND LOAD TELEPHONE, TYPICAL (BY OWNER) (BY DIVISION 16) 3/4 "C -WIRES PER MANUFACTURER * LIGHTING 46.7 X 1.25 :220 -10b = 58.4 Q RECOMMENDATION BY DIVISION 16 PERSON PUSHES BUZZER BUTTON OUTSIDE OF STORE EXISTING FEEDERS ARE IN PANEL H 2. CO SHALL PROVIDE NEW _ ( ) CONDUIT AND WIRE AND EXTEND CIRCUITS TO NEW PANEL 4L. RECEI TO 10KW 10.0 X 1.00 220 -13 = 10.0 r • A SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE PHONE /INTERCOM /PAGING SYSTEM AND A PAGING RECEPTS OVER 10KW 10.8 X 0.50 220 -13 = 5.4 • ® I- PUSHBUTTON WITH INTERCOM SOUND IS HEARD IN MANAGER'S OFFICE, GEN. OFFICE AND SHIPPING /RECEIVING. REMOVE EXISTING (2) 20/2P AND (1) 30/2P BREAKER AND PROVIDE MOTORS (LARGEST) 0.7 X 1.25 430 -24 = 0.9 ' L')1 AT ENTRY DOOR (BY OWNER) (6) NEW 20/1P BREAKERS. MOTORS 2.5 X 1.00 430 -24 = 2.5 A MANAGER PICKS UP ANY PHONE AND TALKS TO THE INDIVIDUAL. KITCHEN EQUIP. - X 1.00 220 -20 = - REMOVE (2) 15/1P, (3) 20/2P, AND (1) 30/2P BREAKER AND PROVIDE WELDERS - X 1.00 630 -11b (FPN) _ - -- �► 24V DOOR LATCH + IF THE MANAGER APPROVES ENTRY OF THE INDIVIDUAL AT THE DOOR, THE (10) NEW 20/1P BREAKERS. AIR CONDITIONING - X 1.00 220 -31 = - TO 120V PANEL MANAGER WILL ENTER A SECRET CODE. ELECTRIC HEAT 12.0 X 1.00 220 -31 = 12.0 RAi\g\I (BY DIVISION 16) 3/4 "C -WIRES PER MANUFACTURER 4 CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY WHICH EXISTING AHU UNITS ARE TO REMAIN MISCELLANEOUS 26.6 X 1.00 = 26.6 RECOMMENDATION (BY DIVISION 16) * THE SECRET CODE RELEASES THE ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE AND THE INDIVIDUAL (TOTAL OF 3) AND RETAIN CIRCUITING. REMOVE REMAINING EXISTING AHU INTERCOM /MUSIC /PAGING HEAD END (BY OWNER). 3) ELECTRICAL LOADS ARE USED FOR LOAD CALCULATIONS. LOCATE IN ROOM 211. VERIFY EXACT T LOCATION CAN ENTER THE STORE. CIRCUITING. THE LARGEST ( TOTAL CONNECTED 109.3 KVA TOTAL DEMAND 115.8 WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CONDUIT AND PROVIDE NEW BREAKER IN EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. (304 AMPS) (322 AMPS) DATE s WIRE REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. • DOOR ENTRY /INTERCOM RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE • Crry. ' CONDUIT AND WIRE ' < (E) ( 2 -1 /2 "C- (4) 1' - 0" 1 - 0 " �' S Za� ✓ t \ tp3!0 CU ,. , ,� , y 1:,, 5' -0" 2' -0" . / (E) 3 "C- (3))250 KCM AL l ■M ersa 5' -0" I 5'_6- 8' -0 15/16" 6' -11 1 / " 1 - - - - - - I � I / 3 (E) 4"C-(4)#500 KCM CU MMWMT w" SMM _ I MI _ -_ INIIIIMI � ��� I - ' ' I ,Z\ NEW 2 -1 /2 "C- (4)x!3/0 CU do (1) #6 CU GRD M,o«T AROTITECT ►�- ...,, -- - - -- a 11 1 v s 'e� F5 " � .EGEND SJK COMPRESSOR 1 t� 8 ! 1111614 I I J \ > 11 I F5 C I L_ J I ' - 1 i. I 11 F, )1 - - - 1 I I I f E 1 I i 1 I -- 2 {a A\ NEW 1-1/2"C -(4)#2 CU & (1) #8 CU GRD ■�.. _ J ' - EXISTIN TJC /GLW ` /�!�� �L1J; I • - _J - L _ r •.er ■ -�I■% ,2` •► -- ,I • 1 !a "11 : ..�" ' I n ,�� T'.,iKWIIA ac°' ; _IIIIIIlI1111I . : Ui� ■ _ i ' " NEW I 5 CI 3 j� i I I I I F5 _" PERMIT CENTER I I S� 1 ' 2 V +I 1 I I II I 1 ' r : : BIKE LIFT SWITCH lik - - m - - - F5 - 1 I __F5 I I I 1 TENANT / \ , \C?S, / , I I L+ �= I 1 ': r ;I I I , L _ __ _ j 1 N + " _. - I = • ., , _ ;i I I 1 F5 PANEL ^' ► -0. ,/ • A _ 1 - S7E �� +� � 1 I i • /SCL' sim - "_ _ " -:-. 6 I I I I /5` sS r V� . _ �" il I _ - - - : HI 1 - I II r � # TONAL E _ [■ q 4 �� 1,- s - fi = • 1 2 O V I I I! o _ I I I I I 5 I I :NOVEMBER 26, 20021 �' �� L _ " PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL 1 - J I I ; ++ 11�7:E t II I I I 5 -0 4 00/3 200/3 2 ,1 Ii __ I1 4M H2 R1 . R2 L1 L2 S 4L + :" L'. .I� AF5 F5 F5 I I I ) T nn F5 - II - ( '-t" i "j � l 200/3 - 400/3 I `-I SCHEDUES, RISERS QV - _ � ' JI , , � i I T" S V�T CE 14 - f l r � r - � _ " �-11 11- t l \ mill i ' , ` , �k I - - - -, I I I 1 I 2 O A 4 PARTIAL PLANS ■ .i . a � I E I _ _ � I y 1 I 1I J EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVI 02037.100 3'-O" 800A, 480/277V, 3PH, 4W « so N WITH REMOTE UTILITY METER JUNE 10, 2002 S HOP POWER FLOOR PLAN [� w SHOP LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN POWER RISER DIAGRAM 02037E50.dwg SCALE: 1 /4 " =1 ' -0" SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" NO SCALE how Nylo"" ° "■ • CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. 2407 North 31M St.. St* 100 (253) 759 .I■■� p ■ O Tocomo. Washington 98407 OW) 759 -1e19 PERMIT /BID SE ,o0CrossEnginee . s.com •((T M YRR C C MITHUN Ir / I.. - -- -- _ - _. .. 'MITHUN her 56 TELEPHONE /DATA lam Alaskan Way HUBBELL #S3826 Was 200 Seattle, WA 98iot to 206 6 :34344 MX 206 62 3.7oo5 ,,,o...... ., <<". > �.3s. ii . ELECTRICAL PIJ►TES . . . _ HUBBE /S 382 5 • I 1 ------- ISM- - - - • � TRIM PL4TE HUBBELL #SB3085 J e O lb HUBBELL BOX #PFBRG3 1H % � .>- TYPICAL 1 " TRADE SIZE. ' .:>.' /' - M.) 0 c g 'PCF' FLOOR BOX L- _____I NOT TO SCALE i 1 " - i, 4 I r I I -� G 4 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE _____)) MIN. j I N r ITEM DESCRIPTION LOCATION VOLTS PHASE l HP CIRCUIT DISC. FUSES ' MA G STARTER ETI FEEDER CIRCUIT • NOTES n KW AMPS SWITCH DISC SW. NUMBER I I Z D 4e AC AIR ROOF 480 i 3 46 NEMA 3R 60 1- 1/4 "C -4 #6 CU 4L -1 1.) CONDITIONER I - 3P60 & 1 #8 CU GRD WR ROOF 480 3 - 9.5 NEMA 3R i 15 - 3/4 "C -4110 CU 41-7 AC e CONDITIONER 3P30 & 1 X110 CU GRD e I-- _ ® EXHAUST - 120 1 1/4 - *1P20 - - 3/4 "C -2,12 CU j L2 -27 0 FAN - & 1#1 0 CU GRD . EF EXHAUST - 120 1 - - . *1P20 - - 3/4 "C -2,12 CU L2 -29 ("P', FAN .22 & 410 CU GRD — ® EXHAUST - 120 1 1/4 / - *1P20 - - 3/4 "C -i.#12 CU L2 -31 © FAN / & 1 #10 LJ GRD Mo. au ... _ _____, m WATER CORRIDOR 120 1 - - *1P20 - - 3/4"C -2 #12 CU L2 -33 Q COOLER 30 & 1#10 CU GRD EX GARBAGE STAFF 120 1 3/4 - *1P20 - - 3/4 "C -2,10 CU L2 -35 0 DISPOSAL LOUNGE - & 1 #10 CU GRD, W WATER - 208 3 9 - - 3P30 - - 3/4 "C -3 #10 CU L2 -37 HEATER 0 & 1#10 CU GRD - W WATER - 208 1 - - 2P30 r - - 3/4 "C -2 #12 CU S -39 22 HEATER & 1#10 CU GRD Ci/y * MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH ./ti( Via' U Be 04 PARTNER o 1 4,,, .5.. SS �. PRIMCI s.NxE. SMM vaa c r+o.hET � . SJK o.� TJC /GLW Di. F ECEIV'ED CIT )F T! •KWILA _ e,[1RE ,/ 0'.1 s PERMIT CENTER V V U 1 b . 10 � s: 4-le -07- s:NOVEMBER 26. . 1•�tt . _ snc ELECTRICAL DETAILS 02037.100 iNOxc, No JUNE 10, 2002 Not 02037E51.dwg Mow WIC. PA,. .__. CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. 2407 North 31st St., St. 100 (253) 759 -011e E5.1 Tacoma, Washington 90407 (fa) 759 -1079 PERMIT /BID SET InfoOCrossE, cam pit' NIM![e COPYRIGHT O MITHUN, INC. 1 MD MITHUN ______.,_ 7 ...._ ___ i ___ _ ,....:.:, _ _ ...._ ___ _L.. .1 ___ l i 1 l •1 :-- IF LES I Q1STAt _ 1' COMMIT ! F+GIO g 4 I TIGHT TO NA_ �_ i 1 - 1 - �, n2cJ AlaskanAlaskan Pler 56 BO ^:ON OF .JOISTS. I 1 ' I - Suite goo 1 FROV RV 102 TO RIti1 1 1 ' s t _ SEf SHEE . 5 I 1 Y � — R I Seattle, WA gs,ot TIGHT j e.3O& e-4 G I I -- -1 I :4; 06 623. OR ADO" l( PC WALL MOUNTED 1 ' t \ 1 t . 1 - EifiRGTRICI►6 - - - 1 BA R COOS ' PRINT. • - L - - 1 r NOTE. THIS LEGEND IS FOR COUNTERS ONLY! 1 ' FWO '4 - ' 20' LEGEND 'NOTES P..- ____TYP1CA, ILr Sl.66 .s DUPLEX STANDARD RECEPTACLE BOX PROVIDEC BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ONDUIT CONDUIT i COWJUCTORS RUN BY ELEC COM 1 ') I Jr 4.-.• . SAWCUT SL48 FROM - DP BOX TO = DUPLEX-ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE box `D BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR f - - -RECESSED F....0011 D ir OOOxES. INSTAL_ p! • CONDUIT i CONDUCTORS RUN BT ELEC. CONTR , LECTRICAL CONTRACTOR '� BOX PROVIDED D7 E POND :.:I RUNS. IA :• ?/2' • DA "` FOURPLEX STANDARD RECEPTACLE CONDUIT r. " �' 1/2' • TEL b I>t AS READ B _`LEC CONDUIT i CONDUCTORS RUN BY ELEC CONTR. -IP �+ i a _ RECESSED 1 CONTRACTOR • BOx PROVIDED BY ELECTRI C ONTR ACT OR ` • c I FLOOR BOX „ - - FOURPLEX- ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE GOV T PROVIDED RUN by 2LEC. CO NT R f) I I TYP 3 LOC. i. :I I ::ir.: TELEPHONE JACK BOX PROVIDED BY DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR II • i I 1 I R I CABLING RUN BY DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR �I_ __ I FL I _ I 2 PC DATA OUTLET BOX PROVIDED BY DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR 1 • i 1 I I I C 0 ABLING RUN BY DATA/TELE_ CONTRACTOR I 1 BOX PROVIDED B7 DATA/TELE CONTRACTOR -- :1 SINGLE GANG BOX W/ 121 PC DATA OUTLETS ' ' I. I I ' ' I v I CABLING RUN B7 DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR I I 1 i 1 NOT_ T 1 SINGLE GANG BOX W/ TELEPHONE i BOX PROVIDED BY DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR I I 1 1 PROVIDE .,:,'+CTION BOX: J EI - PC DATA OUTLET CABLING RUN BY DATA/TELE CONTRACTOR L I I I • T AT A__ GO "'URNS URYS �'`1 Ill -- - IF 0 0 ! ATA I (� T 1 SINGLE GANG BOX W/ TELEPHONE i BOX PROVIDED BY DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR ! I I REGISTE I I CABLING - BACK I21 PC DATA OUTLETS CABLING RUN BY DATA/TELE_ CONTRACTOR q COUNTER F G I C I I I I c4i i TYPICAL 11 I 1 4 NO MOUN CONDUIT I I I I I TI QEO'D. T` P _ I ° NOTE • I) I 11 I :LEC` CONDUIT / WIRING IB ' ALL CONDUITS TO be RUN ..-.:= _ == -) LL = _ _ _ - bRACTOR TC COUNTERS B A-S SHOWN ON ACK WALL OF I — I l I �: I INS??AL,. WIRING & I - DIAGRAM. Irr EXISTING F I CONDu[T INSIDE BACK I VER Cn CONDITIONS. THESE DRAWINGS I I I CF COUNTER. TYP ARE DIAGRAMATIC ONLY. I .c RECEPTACLE !BY AL_ TELEPHONE/DATA ND a 1 0 CONDUCTORS & PLUGS /JACKS I I ' ! I I I I TRICAL RECEPTACLE. ` � [� I L - _ J _ _ _ _ _ _ IG LEX L OCATE PER �' an -1 b If - _ TEL /DATA II (� a-- BT DATA/TELE. CONTRACTOR. r - 1 (F.O.LOJ , I{ I I SINGLE GANG I I Il I I BOX W/TEL & 1 _ _ -•= A II Q c I I I rATF PFR I r - - . N II 1 t !! 1' °ELEC. / TELE / DATA LEGEND ()PARTIAL NOTE. C�, S E FLOOR PLAN ;IER CUSTOMER SERVIC c � REFER TO PLAN f2 G) ! FOR CLARIFICATION I OF CONTRACTOR'S I0 FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE WORK. MOUNT TO BACK WALL TYP. TINGLE GANG BOX W/ f \ n RECEIPT PRINTER RECESSED PC MONITOR TELE. & PC DATA OUTLETS. RECESS EAS RECEIPT PRINTER RECESSED PC MONITOR 1 (FOIO). d KEYBOARD (FOIO) NOTE: MOUNT BOX TO PAD 1F0101. F010. b KEYBOARD FOIO 1 J TYPICAL 7-TYPICAL BACK WALL. TYP. TYPICAL TYPICAL TYPICAL 1 I 1 --,-,------o CASH DRAWER (FOND), HEIGHT OF PRE -CUT \\ „__„ // CASH DRAWER HOLES IN COUNTER 0 EQUIPMENT 1N __ FOIO ' ' r y�. Yr• ;" - - --� i. TYPICAL POR RUNNING CONDUI HIS CABINET. PRE+C1T -- ,i -l ' r 1r _ -,' r _� TYPICAL \ SH -----..\ {; _ b CABLING LINES. , ' ' , , i; '„± ;); ;?; ;' 1 MONITOR HOLE 1`__ - _u, r___ 1,___�� r - ii-___-a, i 1 II II II J 1 I 1----....... : Z r IONE t1 111111 , I �� r - ill I, II III •I uui - - -- I I a y mom 11111111 I N_ 4-1 c.a , 1 Z ri-i',IG INIIIIIIIIIIMMIIIIIIN allin giu IP. - - -° it z d r - . r --- -- T a ..... 1111111111111111 s s , H _ N - R ■ - •�a '"` " ' &; RUN CONDUIT ELECTRICAL CONDUIT RUN CONDUIT — ELECTRICAL CONDUIT 11:61rE I THROUGH 4' X 6' DATA/TELE CABLING LOCATION OF RECESSED BOX THROUGH 4' X 6' DATA/TELE CABLING a PRE -CUT OPENINGS FOR ELEC_ TELE_ d DATA PRE -CUT OPENINGS TYPICAL POS CPU IF010) TYPICAL POS CPU. FOIO CDREGISTER COUNTER BACK ELEVATION COUNTER BACK ELEVATION ®N01 USED '� an "�" VT• T-0' ®REGISTER 1/2' • T •• I IG FOURPLEX IBY CONTR.) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 4' DIA. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 4' DIA. SLEEVE FOR TERMINATION OF PHONE i SLEEVE FOR TERMINATION OF DATA CABLING FROM STORE CABLING FROM STORE • CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2' DIA. ' SLEEVE FOR 2• CONDUIT FROM SLEEVE IN CEILING FOR MAIN TELEPHONE SERVICE TERMINATION OF MUSIC LINES TERMINATION POINT t n t PLYWOOD PANEL TO PHONE BOARD . 07 CONTRACTOR) Z TELE. BOARD d SG r PLYWD. PHONE SWITCH r G , DATA & MUSIC CI(/),. 4' VARIER Si O•WQ - PANEL BY OWNER) 1 48' ; ; - - - �,./� r t .,4 2�7v i IBY PHONE SYSTEM i ;' 24 � ' SYSTEM EQUIP. RACK PANEL PLYWD. 4DP f (BY n �/ SS CONTR.) CONFIGURATION `� „ ' 1' - IB Y OWNER) I CONTR.) ✓6' '� `R° M I 7- PC ON STAND IT/ ii ' � FILE SERVER 2$ !J SM M * N.I.C. 157' OWNER ,� t. ' ∎ _ ��- - -11 Q ' t '' 4 ' SJK wro■an " ��� ' . a II SHARED MONITOR & I.__2 .l c__.� = =1 KEYBD. ON STAND s_-...01., '' '?X ``' SJK COLUMNSF -fi , i 1 . �rTL ?.fi (B7 OWNER) q} . TJC /GLW I 't ■ n G I IG VARIES ' ' I ,, H TELEPHONE OUTLET ELEVATION OF LOCATION OF / RUN EMPTY CONDUIT UP STACKED ) COMPAQ Y CONTR.) FOURPLEX (B7 CONTRACTOR) LOCATION OF DATA BACK IBY OWNER) SIDE PC MONITOR B7 OWNER) COMPAQ 1800 SERVER TO ROOF DECK & TERMINATE SIDE E J TOR , ,'� ;,;; BOXES _� ELEVATION BACK OFFICE SERVER 6 E LEVATION .: C ■ COLUMN O IBY OWNER) ( , } POS FILE SERVER © CITY of TTKWIL d KEYBOARD " 0 %• v rFCEivcD , �� BEYOND r i ,,,',11007.17,-, ,ffr�iif'u' NOTE, R UN ELEC. • IBY OWNER) r,r,�,�,rr„ r CONDUIT AS • a� , ":,1;;;://h SHIFT LOW VOLTAGE ¢ ! a MOUNT BOTTOM OF CASH , ELEC/TELE/ PC DATA , _ DRAWER . _i COLUMN AS REQUIRED L OF 4' SLEEVES PERMIT CENTER 1^ a f'''''' BOXES AT 18' FROM • �' X UM S UPWARDS NARROW OF IN CEILING B 6 6• LOCATION OF 2' SLEEVE A SS �� �G - L2 FLOOR. TYP. • TO ACCOMMODATE IN CEI ON 2' SLEEVE \ IN CEILING /DAME E 6 - HANGER BAR 2 BOXES AT R18' FILE SERVER NOVEMBER 26. 2002 DUPLEX I- !BACK O FFICE SERVER '.� �'•� SHARED MONITOR d RUN CONDUIT TIGHT RECEPTACL � I! pp 11 I . ' BOX FOR DATA 1DY OWNER) TO BACK OF COUNTER. ��� 'I -- ;; , =_ I' KEYDD. IBY OWNER) • TYPICAL b TELEPHONE PHONE SYSTEONFIGURATION .- .- .l_ CPU P ''0 Q'' CON STAND N. I.C. C IBY OWNER) 'I DATA d MUSIC Ill PRE -CUT OPENING - -- ; ,?, HEIGHT OF STACKED UPS'S .48' 1' SYSTEM EQUIP. RACK ELECTRICAL ' W/ ACCESS DOOR ' PRE -CUT OPENING 1 (BY OWNER) Y OWNER) ELEVATIONS a +I COMPAQ 1800 SERVER • • A I - R O Y OWNER) SERVER IBY OWNER) PLYWD. PANEL. TYP. RUN CONDUIT THROUGH RUN CONDUIT THROUGH ITT CONTRACTOR) 4 TELEPHONE OUTLET ' x 8' PRE -CUT OPENINGS PRE -CUT OPENING AT VERTICAL DIVIDERS OPLAN IBY CONTRACTOR) 02037.100 kow RUN CONDUIT UNDER JU w COUNTER. TYPICAL INTERNET KIOSK PCC )ELEC. /TELE /DATA) UNE 10, 2002 • 1 CD REGISTER COUNTER SECTION 0 E LEVATION @ COLUMN 0 TDP CLOSET #204 09XICCI NE NMI ,AM CROSS ENGINEERS, INC. 4 07 North 310 se., St. , 00 (253) Ts9-01 > e .. _.. .. E6•0 I • Tacoma. WasMnytoo 911107 (FAX) 759-1679 PERM T /BID SET InfooCrossEnyinesr4 co, s([T wow - COPYRIGHT 0 MITHUN, INC. 1 1 . M `